Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Catalog Tehnic Complet
Catalog Tehnic Complet
- I.S.P.E.S.L. approved
CALEFFI
series 542
cert. n 0003
01001/03 GB
ISO 9001
General
Temperature relief valves are made by Caleffi S.p.A. in compliance
with the essential safety requirements laid down by Directive
97/23/CE of the European Parliament and the Council of the
European Union for harmonisation of member States with regard to
pressurised equipment.
Function
111 5
I.S.P.E.S.L.
Product range
Series 542 Temperature relief valve - fail-safe action - I.S.P.E.S.L. approved
Technical specification
Dimensions
RIARMO
542
Materials:
Body:
Control spindle:
Obturator seal:
Seals:
Springs:
Protective cover:
Working pressure:
Calibration temperature:
Temperature range:
Medium:
PED category:
Threaded connections:
0,3 P 10 bar
1 1/2 x 1 1/4; 98C
1 1/2 x 1 1/2; 99C
5100C
1 1/2 X 1 1/2
542
water
IV
1 1/2 M x 1 1/4 F
1 1/2 M x 1 1/2 F
Code
A
542870 1 1/2"
542880 1 1/2"
B
1 1/4"
1 1/2"
C
45
53
D
115
131
E
158
183
F
209
239
Operating principle
A temperature-sensitive element directly immersed in the fluid of the system acts on the
valve actuator.
On reaching the calibrated limit temperature value, the valve opens and discharges
water from the system.
The movement of the actuator in turn operates an electric switch which can be used to
shut off the fuel supply to the burner or to activate the top-up reset device.
The position of the actuator and the consequent flow rate through the valve vary with
the temperature of the fluid. When the limiting reclosing temperature is reached, the
valve automatically closes.
The valve also features fail-safe operation; i.e. the discharge opens in the event of
damage of the temperature-sensitive element.
Operating characteristics
The values below represent the average results obtained in the certification test and are
shown on the conformity certificates issued by the I.S.P.E.S.L.:
1 1/2 x 1 1/4
to= 98C
to= 99C
t1= 104C
t1= 99C
- reclosing temperature at which the valve re-closes in the temperature reduction phase:
t2= 95C
t2= 96C
tE= 99C
tE= 98,5C
6.100 l/h
20.300 l/h
0,382
0,495
1 1/2 x 1 1/2
- discharge flow rate given by the graph, attached to each valve, based on the
equation Gv= kv pn where:
Gv
kv
p
is the flow rate in l/h of water at temperature t1, discharged by the valve;
is the nominal characteristic flow rate of the valve, of value:
(the lower of that measured in normal operation and that measured in
fail-safe action, when p = 1 bar);
is the difference between the pressures upstream and downstream of the
valve. When top-up reset is used, p is taken as the hydrostatic pressure at
the point where the valve is installed, whilst otherwise, p takes the
conventional set value of 0,5 bar;
is the exponent of the variable p of value:
136 kW
419 kW
(117.000 kcal/h)
(360.100 kcal/h)
p (bar)
1 1/2 x 1 1/2
10
100
30
2,0
20
1,0
10
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
1
50.000
10.000
4.680
2.000
G (l/h)
Certification
Installation
Before installing a temperature relief valve, correct sizing must be
carried out by specialist technical personnel in accordance with the
current legislation governing the specific applications. It shall not
be used other than for its stated purpose.
The temperature relief valve must be installed by competent
technical personnel qualified in accordance with current legislation.
The temperature relief valve must be installed on line with the flow
direction indicated by the arrow on the valve body.
The temperature relief valve should be installed as close as
possible to the boiler, either on the top of the boiler or in the flow
pipework within 0,5 metres of the boiler and upstream of any
shut-off device.
original
e
229
O) - S.S.
ogna (N
TI
eto d'Agnti idrotermici
IMPIAN
Fontan
O PER OGATA
IC
28010 nenti per impia
RM
OL
TE
Compo
ARICO ALVOLA OMIFICAZIONI
V
A DI SC
- SPEC 1/12/75
VALVOLQUA CALDA.
R
TA
DM
AD ACNDO RACCOLICATIVE DEL
SECO ICHE APPL
TECN
ISTITUTO
I.S
SUPERI.P.E.S.L
OR
DipartimE SICUREZZ E PREVENZI
A LA
ONE
ento di
BIELLA VORO
- Via Ce
rruti, 7
VERBAL
E DI TA
DI SCAR
ICO TE RATURA AL
SECOND
RMICO
BANC
TECNIC O RACCOL PRESSO IL O DI VALVOL
A
FABBRI
HE APPL TA R CA
SP
ICATIV
E DEL ECIFICAZIO NTE
NI
DM 1/12
/1975
FONTAN
HIO: 2
PN 10 X 1 1/4" F I IN
54
A) MARC
NALE:
M
DELLO:
B) MO SIONE NOMINALE: 1 1/2" RA AMMESS
C) PRESETRO NOMI RI DI TARATU
D) DIAM O DEI VALO 100C
E) CAMPERANZA: 95
3/00
TOLL
VST 32
S.L. n.
I.S.P.E.
ICATO
CERTIF
li:
C
nomina 00
t o = 984 C
istiche
Caratter 50 - Kv E = 6.1ra:
t 1 = 10 C
Kv = 6.6 tura di taratuco:
t 2 = 95 C
Tempera tura di scari ura:
t E = 99
era
ius
ch
mp
.:
Te
tura di nto di emerg
in
Tempera
olare e
d'interve
nto rege positiva)
Temp.
zioname
ion
ETO D'
AGOGNA
............
............
......
............
Valvola
.....
di
542, DN scarico termico
: 1 1/2"
ad azion
n. VST
e positiva
323/00 M x 1 1/4"F,
,
m
.
certific
La verifi
ato I.S odello
ca della
.P
.E.S.L.
al ba
n c o c taratura della
valvo
on
98 1
C, cam a c q u a a l l a la stata eseg
stessa
po di va
uita
tempe
ha
con inizio cominciato a lori entro i qu r a t u r a d i
scarica
ali la va
La tem dell'alzata.
re in m
odo co lvola
pe
ntinuo,
campo ratura di inter
de
ve
valore no i valori amm nto riscontra
essi in
ta
tolleranz rientra nel
ed in minale di tara
tura
ac
a rispe
II de lla cordo con qu , dichiarato
tto al
dal
anto ind
Ra cc ol
applica
icato ne costruttore
tive del ta R - Sp
ll'A
ppendi
ec ific az
DM 1/12
Il blocco
ce
io
/1
ni
m
97
Te cn ic
ecca
5.
ghiera
he
di tara nico dell'elem
tura
L'inam
assicur ento sensibile
ov
ato a m
e della
di ta ra ibilit della pa
ez
rte supe
zo spina
tu
riore e
A segu ra re al izz
della po tura.
ito
at
siz
l'identif del buon esito a m ed ia nt e
icazione
pi om ba ione
de
seguen
tu
della va lla verifica di
ti da
taratura ra .
lvola, ve
a) march ti:
, per
ngono
io I.S.P.
pu
nz
onati i
b) num
ero della E.S.L.;
valvola.
(az
fun
rgenza
vola in
della val nto d'eme
Portata ni di interve
condizio
10
8
6
5
4
3
2
1,5
1
0,8
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
A DI SC
PORTAT
n
16 20
12
8 9 10
0 l/h)
Gv (x 100
Por tata
4680 l/h
ARICO
VALVOL
DELLA
0.382
00 p
G = 6.1
p
in l/h
G = kvE
bar
pressa
ziale in
rtata es
la po
e differen
sono
dove: G la pression
piegati ido a
p
l flu
teriali im
ed i madi esercizio de ghiere di
le
lvo
lle
va
e delle ni di pressionesensibile e de sp ina tu ra .
ion
uz
ndizio ll'elemento
m ez zoale e la prova
La costr
de
per le co
fin
ne
ib ile a
idonei . Il fissaggio
ina m ov il controllo lla guarnizio o
contatto ion e re son buon esito materiale de in prolu ng at si
n
e
r. Il
re go laz ti eseguiti co
e an ch
za e no
a 15 ba
valvola re ta le ch e di resisten
Sono sta
lla
de
to
a
ra
istich
idraulic
ed ot tu le caratter
fra se deo conserva
esercizialla sede.
ale di
incolla
dal verb
agnata
accomp
ZE
plicati .
EN
solo se ale.
sciare ducentrale
AVVERTla idonea pia
origin
ibile rila
di
La valvo che la co to non possnte al libretto im pia nt o.
taratura,di smarrimen ato unitame ve rif ica di
In caso va conserv in se de di
I S.p.A.
ibi to
Il verbale
CALEFF Tecnica
se re es
pe r es
zione
La Dire
Il Tecn
ico I.S
.P.E.S.L
.
58222.0
3
I.S.P.E.S.L. mark
The series 542 temperature relief valves is a component which is
also I.S.P.E.S.L. approved. Devices of this type are covered by
the following types of document:
S.p.A.
CALEFFI
p (bar)
CE mark
The series 542 temperature relief valves meets the requirements of
Directive 97/23/CE for pressurised equipment (also referred to as
the PED). They are therefore classified in category IV and granted
the CE mark. In addition, the electrical components meet the
requirements of Directive 73/23/CE.
Max 0,5 m
RIARMO
542
a) For pipework up to 2,
use of a tee-piece is
recommended;
b) for pipework of 2 and
over, a welded connection
may be used, whose collar
height, for correct positioning
of the temperature-sensitive
element, must be 15 mm.
100.000
3,0
20.000
50
5.000
5,0
1.000
p (m w.g.)
1 1/2 x 1 1/4
500
14.404
Sizing
1 1/2 X 1 1/2
542
RIARMO
RIARMO
542
542
1 1/2 X 1 1/2
1 1/2 X 1 1/2
542
542
Fitting
RIARMO
542
1 1/2 X 1 1/2
245
OMRAIR
2/1 1 X 2/1 1
245
542
542
1 1/2 X 1 1/2
542
RIARMO
Discharge pipework
As the temperature relief valve is designed to discharge, in relation
to the pressures involved, considerable flows of water, the
discharge pipework must be as short as possible, and of diameter
not less than that of the outlet of the valve itself.
The discharge pipework from the temperature relief valve must be
fitted in such a way as not to prevent the correct operation of the
valve and not to cause damage or injury.
In accordance with current legislation, the outlet of the temperature
relief valve must be visible and connected to a suitable drain
pipework.
RIARMO
542
1 1/2 X 1 1/2
542
Auxiliary micro-switch
The temperature relief valve has a micro-switch with changeover
contact which is activated after the discharge has opened. This
can be used, for example, to shut off the burner or to control the
top-up reset device.
After the micro-switch has been activated, it must be reset manually
by means of the pushbutton on the upper cover.
Electrical connections
1. solenoid valve on the fuel supply;
2. burner;
3. motorised valve for supplying
top-up water (optional);
4. audible alarm (optional, not
mandatory);
5. visual alarm (alternative to the
audible alarm).
220 V 50 Hz
220 V 50 Hz
blue
2
4
black
brown
3
blue
black
brown
yellow-green
yellow-green
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 542
Temperature relief valve. I.S.P.E.S.L. approved and calibrated. Bearing CE mark as per Directive 97/23/CE and
73/23/CE. Positive action (fail-safe). Threaded connections 1 1/2 M x 1 1/4 F (1 1/2 M x 1 1/2 F). Brass body.
Stainless steel springs. EPDM seals. Complete with 4-wire cable with manual reset electric changeover switch.
Calibration temperature at which the valve starts to open: 98C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
Check valves
01005 00
Replaces 01005/94
GB
Series
3041
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
ANTIPOLLUTION
ISO 9001
Quality Assured Firm
CALEFFI
Antipollution Division
General data
-
Construction
- UNI EN 12165 CW617N brass body
- Check mechanism made of POM acetal resin
- Seals made of NBR nitrile rubber (WRC-KTW approved for
drinking water)
- Spring made of AISI 302 stainless steel
- 1/4 test ports.
Sealing system
The lip seal also ensures effective
sealing without back pressure.
3045
Check valve with Female-Female
connections. Available in sizes 1/2,
3/4, 1, 1 1/4, 1 1/2 and 2.
Controllable.
3046
Check valve with loose nut-Male
connections (3/4 x 3/4, 1 x 1,
1 1/4 x 1 1/4, 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 and
2 x 2).
Controllable.
3047
3041
Ball valve with 1/2 incorporated check
mechanism with loose nut-Male
connections (3/4 x 3/4).
Controllable.
For use downstream from water
meters.
A
Versions with loose nut
These valves are suitable for
downstream installation of the
water meter. The loose nut is
fitted directly on to the body of
the meter.
NF
3048
CALEFFI
Installation
CALEFFI
.9
.8
.7
.6
3/4
1 1/4 1 1/2
32
32
27
27,5
68
78
3/4
1/2
32
C
D
40
32,5
36
41,5
48
90
110
120
150
100
3/4
1/2
C
B
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
.18
.16
.14
.12
32
32
32
40
24
27,5
32
36
41,5
78
81
128
153,5
168
1/2
3/4
1/2
3/4
68
78
90
1/2
10
32
6
7
8
9
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
.6
.7
.8
.9
.5
.25
.3
.35
.4
.45
.2
CALEFFI
.12
.14
.16
.18
1 1/4 1 1/2
CALEFFI
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
DN
1/2
3/4
1/2
3/4
71
78
25,5
27,5
.9
.8
.7
.6
CODE 304140
D
6
7
8
9
10
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
.6
.7
.8
.9
.5
.25
.3
.35
.4
.45
.2
.12
.14
.16
.18
.1
.18
.16
.14
.12
.45
.4
.35
.3
.25
CALEFFI
.1
1 1/4 1 1/2
B
NF
.2
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
.5
NF
9
8
7
6
CALEFFI
3/4
3/4
p (m water column)
1/2
.45
.4
.35
.3
.25
G (m3/h)
10
DN
.9
.8
.7
.6
.1
.1
CALEFFI
.2
.5
CALEFFI
9
8
7
6
NF
2
50
32
NF
p (m water column)
70
80
90
50 60
25
30
35
40
45
20
10
12
14
16
18
6
7
8
9
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
.6
.7
.8
.9
.5
.25
.3
.35
.4
.45
.2
1 1/4 1 1/2
1/2
.18
.16
.14
.12
.12
.14
.16
.18
DN
.45
.4
.35
.3
.25
.1
CALEFFI
NF
CALEFFI
G (m3/h)
10
1 1/2
1 1/4
CALEFFI
.1
NF
.2
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
.5
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
NF
NF
9
8
7
6
p (m water column)
10
3/4
Dimensions
1/2
Pressure loss
G (m /h)
B
E
DN
1/2
3/4
32
50,5
30
88
Construction
3049
Check valve with flanged connections from DN 50 to DN 200.
Controllable.
With epoxy coating.
General data
-
Dimensions
DN
50
65
80
100
19,8
41,8
63
99
125
150
154,8 223,2
200
396
DN
Pressure losses
p (m water column)
3
DN 50 DN 200
2.5
2
A
1.5
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
230
290
310
350
400
480
600
135
150
160
185
225
265
Weight
12,5
16
20
32
47
.5
0
0
.5
1.5
2.5
3.5
4.5
5
V (m/s) *
CALEFFI S.P.A. I - 28010 FONTANETO D'AGOGNA (NO) S.S.229 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A.
http://www.caleffi.com e-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
3045-3046-3047-3048-3041 series
01005/10 GB
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
FM 21654
replaces dp 01005/00
Function
The anti-pollution check valve is a hydraulic protective
device capable of preventing the backflow of polluted
water into the public water system. This may occur due to
changes in pressure in the distribution network that cause
water to flow backwards. The check valve, which is fitted
between the public and the user system in water
distribution systems, prevents any contact between the
water in the two systems, as it closes automatically
whenever backflow conditions occur.
The 3045 and 3046 series of anti-pollution check valves
are certified as being compliant with the performance
specifications set out in European standard EN 13959.
Product range
3045 series Controllable check valve, EA type
Code 304601 Controllable compact check valve, EA type
3046 series Controllable check valve, EA type
3047 series Non-controllable check valve, EB type
3048 series Controllable double check valve
Code 304140 Controllable ball valve with approved built-in check valve
Technical specifications
series
Materials
Body:
Check valve:
Springs:
O-Ring seals:
Union seal:
Knob:
Ball:
Ball control stem:
Ball seal seat:
Inspection point plug:
Performance
Medium:
Maximum working pressure:
Min. opening pressure for check valve:
Maximum working temperature:
Connections
(and internal check valve DN)
Inspection point connections
3045-3046
3047-3048-3041
drinking water
10 bar
0,5 kPa
90C
3045 series: 1/22 F (DN 1550)
code 304601: 3/4 F with union for M (DN 15)
3046 series: 3/42 F with union for M (DN 1540)
1/4 F; code 304601: 1/8 F
drinking water
10 bar
0,5 kPa
90C
3047 series: 1/21 F (DN 1525)
3048 series: 1/2, 3/4 F (DN 15, 20)
3041 series: 3/4 F with union for M (DN 15)
3048/3041 series: 1/4 F
Dimensions
A
C
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
NF
A
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
DN*
15
20
25
32
40
50
B
32
32
32
32
40
50
C
27
27,5
32,5
36
41,5
48
D
68
78
90
110
120
150
C
18
D
58
C
27
27,5
32,5
36
41,5
D
68
78
90
110
120
Weight (kg)
0,16
0,25
0,40
0,62
0,82
1,33
Code
304740
304750
304760
A
1/2
3/4
1
DN*
15
20
25
B
68
78
90
Weight (kg)
0,16
0,25
0,38
DN*
15
20
B
71
78
CALEFFI
NF
Code
304540
304550
304560
304570
304580
304590
CALEFFI
Code
304601
A
3/4
DN*
15
B
15
Weight (kg)
0,16
Code
304840
304850
A
1/2
3/4
C
25,5
27,5
Weight (kg)
0,16
0,26
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
NF
Code
304640
304650
304660
304670
304680
A
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
DN*
15
20
25
32
40
B
32
32
32
32
40
Weight (kg)
0,20
0,31
0,70
1,10
1,60
B
E
Code
304140
A
3/4
DN*
15
B
32
C
50,5
D
30
E
88
Weight (kg)
0,40
Backflow
Drinking water supplied by the public
network may suffer from hazardous
pollution
caused
mainly
by
contaminated fluids from plumbing
systems flowing back directly into the
public network.
This phenomenon, called backflow,
occurs when:
a) the pressure in the public network is
lower than that in the plumbing
circuit receiving the supply (back
siphoning). This situation may occur
when a pipe is broken in the public
system or when other consumer
demand on the public network is
very heavy.
b) the pressure in the plumbing circuit
receiving the supply rises (back
pressure) due, for example, to water
being pumped from a well.
Risk assessment
Given the potential dangers of the
phenomenon and the requirements of
current regulations, the risk of pollution
caused by backflow must be assessed
on the basis of the type of system and
the characteristics of the fluid that flows
inside it. A suitable backflow
prevention device must be selected on
the basis of the assessment performed
by the system designer and the public
network supplier. The device must be
located along the supply line at the
points at risk of backflow which would
be hazardous to human health.
The protection can be provided by
fitting a check valve at critical points in
the circuit, at the inlet from the public
network or in the internal plumbing
system. This will prevent the backflow
of polluted water in all systems for
which direct connection to the public or
an internal network is considered
hazardous.
General
Hot and cold water mixing devices in domestic water systems
Water cooling devices for air conditioning units, without additives
Sterilisers for packaged or disinfected materials
Water in primary domestic heating system circuits, without additives
Domestic, residential or commercial gardens
Hand-held fertiliser sprayers for use in domestic gardens
Watering systems, without fertilisers or insecticides, with sprinkler
fixed to the ground at a depth of not more than 150 mm
Water softeners
Domestic water softeners regenerated with common salt
Commercial water softeners (only regenerated with common salt)
Commercial applications
Automatic dispensers with injection of ingredients or CO2
Automatic dispensers without injection of ingredients or CO2
Machines to wash out drink distribution pipes in restaurants
Hairdresser rinsing systems
Medicine
X-ray machine cooling systems
Food applications
Ice-making machines
Large kitchen machines with automatic filling system
Household applications
Water in sinks, baths and showers
Domestic dishwashers and washing machines
Flexible pipes with controlled flow spray nozzles or stop cock
Domestic dialysis machines
Cat. of fluid
2
3
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Operating principle
Construction details
UPSTREAM
DOWNSTREAM
NORMAL OPERATION
No flow conditions
The check valve (2) closes in advance under the action of
the force exerted by the spring when the pressure
downstream (B) tends to equal the value upstream (A),
after the flow has stopped.
1
B
A
2
UPSTREAM
DOWNSTREAM
NO FLOW CONDITION
FN
1
A
B
2
UPSTREAM
DOWNSTREAM
UPSTREAM PRESSURE LOSS
Certification
The 3045, 3046 and 3041 series anti-pollution check valves
have been certified as compliant with specific national and
European product standards by the following bodies:
NF-BELGAQUA-ACS.
DN 20
DN 15
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
2 1.8
18
16
14
12
1.6
1.4
1.2
10
1 0.9
9
8
7
6
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.2
10
0.45
0.4
0.35
0.3
0.25
Series**
3048
Internal check valve DN
Kv (m3/h)
304840
15
3,10
10
6
7
8
9
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
0.5
0.25
0.3
0.35
0.4
0.45
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
304850
20
5,40
EB TYPE
Installation
Before installation, make sure that the device is suitable for protecting the
supply system, in relation to the type of fluid used in the system.
The controllable check valve should be installed after a shut-off valve,
upstream.
The unit should be installed in an accessible zone.
Installation
Before installation, make sure that the device is
suitable for protecting the supply system, in
relation to the type of fluid used in the system.
The check valve should be installed in an
accessible zone.
Before installing the check valve it will be
necessary to clean the piping with a
high-capacity jet of water. Poor cleaning of the
system can easily impair the operation of the
device.
CALEFFI
NF
WATER
MAIN
A B
SYSTEM
Shut-off valve
upstream
Controllable
check valve
A-B
Inspection points
Before installing the check valve it will be necessary to clean the piping with
a high-capacity jet of water. Poor cleaning of the system can easily impair
the operation of the device.
Inspection and operation checking procedure
The inspection and operation checking procedures should be carried out at
least once a year.
1) Check whether the installation standards still require the application of
the same device for the type of fluid used in the system.
2) Make sure that the hazard level of the fluid inside the system has not
altered over time.
3) Check that there are no leaks or areas of corrosion or deterioration.
4) Perform the check valve seal operation checking procedure; when the
water mains system pressure (and therefore the pressure upstream of the
check valve) drops, the valve should close and prevent the water in the
system from flowing back into the mains supply:
a. in order to maintain the system pressure in the absence of flow, close
all the shut-off valves downstream of the valve and the inspection
points for the same check valve.
b. close the shut-off valve upstream (1) and open the inspection point (A)
of the check valve.
The flow should stop after the part of piping, which has been cut off,
is emptied.
c. if this is not the case, check the seal of the shut-off valve upstream (1)
and, if the flow through the inspection point (A) continues, replace the
check valve.
d. the inspection point (B) (where present) may be used to empty the
system.
G (m3/h)
20
100
60
70
80
90
50
25
30
35
40
45
20
12
14
16
18
10
6
7
8
9
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
0.5
0.25
0.3
0.35
0.4
0.45
0.2
0.2
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
100
90
80
70
60
5 4.5
0.2
0.45
0.4
0.35
0.3
0.25
p (kPa)
4
3.5
3
2.5
G (m3/h)
DN 50
DN 40
DN 32
DN 25
0.5
9
8
7
6
9
8
7
6
CALEFFI
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
50
p (m w.g.)
10
NF
18
16
14
12
CALEFFI
100
CALEFFI
NF
45
40
35
30
25
CALEFFI
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
NF
90
80
70
60
CALEFFI
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
NF
p (kPa)
CALEFFI
9
8
7
6
DN 15
p (m w.g.)
10
DN 20
Hydraulic characteristics
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
3045 series
Controllable check valve. EA type. Threaded connections 1/2 (from 1/2 to 2) F, internal check valve DN 15 (from DN 15
to DN 50). Certification to standard EN 13959. Brass body. POM check valve. Stainless steel spring. EPDM and NBR O-Ring
seals. Medium drinking water. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Minimum opening pressure for check valve 0,5 kPa.
Maximum working temperature 90C. Inspection point plugs in PA66G30, 1/4 F connections.
Code 304601
Controllable compact check valve. EA type. Threaded connections 3/4 F union x M, internal check valve DN 15.
Certification to standard EN 13959. Brass body. POM check valve. Stainless steel spring. EPDM and NBR O-Ring seals.
Asbestos free fibre NBR union seal. Medium drinking water. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Minimum opening
pressure for check valve 0,5 kPa. Maximum working temperature 90C. Brass inspection point plugs, 1/8 F connections.
3046 series
Controllable check valve. EA type. Threaded connections 3/4 F union x M (from 3/4 to 2), internal check valve DN 15
(from DN 15 to DN 40). Certification to standard EN 13959. Brass body. POM check valve. Stainless steel spring. EPDM
and NBR O-Ring seals. Asbestos free fibre NBR union seal. Medium drinking water. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
Minimum opening pressure for check valve 0,5 kPa. Maximum working temperature 90C. Inspection point plugs in
PA66G30, 1/4 F connections.
3047 series
Non-controllable check valve. EB type. Threaded connections 1/2 (from 1/2 to 1) F, internal check valve DN 15 (from
DN 15 to DN 25). Brass body. POM check valve. Stainless steel spring. EPDM O-Ring seals. Medium drinking water.
Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Minimum opening pressure for check valve 0,5 kPa. Maximum working temperature 90C.
3048 series
Controllable double check valve. Threaded connections 1/2 (and 3/4) F , internal check valve DN 15 (and DN 20). Brass
body. POM check valve. Stainless steel spring. EPDM and NBR O-Ring seals. Medium drinking water. Maximum working
pressure 10 bar. Minimum opening pressure for check valve 0,5 kPa. Maximum working temperature 90C. Inspection
point plug in PA66G30, 1/4 F connection.
Code 304140
Controllable ball valve with approved built-in check valve. Threaded connections 3/4 F union x M, internal check valve
DN 15. Brass body. POM check valve. Stainless steel spring. EPDM and NBR O-Ring seals. Asbestos free fibre NBR
union seal. Brass knob. Chrome plated brass ball. Brass ball control stem. PTFE ball seal seat. Medium drinking water.
Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Minimum opening pressure for check valve 0,5 kPa. Maximum working temperature
90C. Inspection point plugs in PA66G30, 1/4 F connections.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) ITALY TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2010 Caleffi
Balancing valves
CALEFFI
ISO 9001
01006/05 GB
Function
Balancing valves are hydraulic devices that can precisely regulate
the flow rate of the fluid that supplies a systems emitters. Hydraulic
circuits must be correctly balanced to ensure that the system
operates at the design conditions and provides a high level of heat
comfort with low energy consumption.
In the 131 series threaded valves, the flow rate is measured by a
Venturi device that is incorporated into the body of the valve. This
device guarantees accurate setting as well as ease of use during
calibration.
Product range
Series 131 Balancing valve with Venturi device. Threaded version
Series 135 Balancing valve. Flanged version
Technical specifications
series
131 threaded
135 flanged
Materials:
- Body:
- Bonnet:
- Control stem:
- Regulating disc:
- Seal seat:
Hydraulic seals:
Flange seals:
Knob:
Pressure tappings:
Performance:
- Medium:
-
Connections:
- Connections:
- Valve body pressure tapping
connections:
EPDM
reinforced nylon, ABS
brass body with EPDM seals
1/2 2 F
1/4 F
1/4 F
Dimensions
B
B
Code
A
131400 1/2"
131500 3/4"
131600
1"
131700 1 1/4"
131800 1 1/2"
135900
2"
B
76
83
97
110
129
153
C
117
125
135
143
150
170
Weight (kg)
0,49
0,55
0,84
1,06
1,59
2,46
Code
135060
135080
135100
135120
135150
135200
135250
135300
A
DN 65
DN 80
DN 100
DN 125
DN 150
DN 200
DN 250
DN 300
B
305
305
356
445
525
716
762
967
C
244
267
268
332
349
625
673
722
Weight (kg)
9
11
19
37
54
141
209
395
Code
135060
135080
135100
135120
135150
135200
135250
135300
A
DN 65
DN 80
DN 100
DN 125
DN 150
DN 200
DN 250
DN 300
B
187
213
244
305
359
481
516
611
C
244
267
268
332
349
625
673
722
Weight (kg)
9
11
19
37
54
141
209
395
Operating principle
A balancing valve is a hydraulic device that regulates the flow rate rate
of the fluid passing through it. The flow rate is regulated by means of
a knob that controls the movement of a disc that allows the passage
of the fluid. The flow rate is controlled according to the p value
measured by two pressure connectors located on the valve.
SISTEMI
CALORE
CALEFFI
sistemi calore
FLOMET
ZERO OFFSET
C
ROLL
SET
SIGNAL
+
O
DP
ROLL
DP
FLOW
SET
SET
FLOW
MFR
ESTIMATE
FLOW
ROLL
MODEL
TEMP
SIZE
ROLL
DP
UNIT
D. TEMP
FLOW
UNIT
ROLL
TEMP
UNIT
POWER
POWER
UNIT
ROLL
Rectification baffles
The 131 series 1/2 - 2 valves are equipped with a flow rate
measurement device based on the Venturi effect. The device is
incorporated in the body of the valve upstream of the valve disc,
as shown in the figure below.
The 131 series valves are equipped with special rectification baffles
located immediately downstream of the disc. These devices reduce
the turbulence of the fluid caused by the restriction of the disc and
rectify the fluid flow characteristics more quickly.
As a result, the Venturi device can make more accurate
measurements and the noise caused by the turbulence of the flow
is reduced. In addition, because the fluid flow is rectified more
quickly, the valves can be installed with a minimum amount of
straight sections of piping downstream of the valves.
Venturi
device
18
14
12
Rectification
baffles
10
8
4
2
Number of turns
Fully open
1/2 turn
Closed
Pressure
measurement
Automatic
reclosure
Safety cap
2. Permits the measurement process and manual balancing of the
circuit to be performed more quickly. In fact, the flow rate is
now a function of the p only, which is measured upstream and
downstream of the fixed orifice of the Venturi device located
upstream of the disc and no longer across the entire valve.
In practical terms, this means that the only information required
for measuring the flow rate in the valves is now simply the
p, and no longer the p plus the position of the knob.
Measuring
syringe
Seal
Adjustment knob
The ergonomic shape of the adjustment knob has been designed
for maximum operator comfort and accurate adjustment.
The adjustment range of 5 complete turns provides a high level of
precision in balancing the hydraulic circuits.
The micrometric scale indicator graduations are large and clear
for very easy fine adjustment of the flow rate.
The knob is made of high strength, corrosion-free reinforced
polymer.
Adjustment reference scale
Each 360 rotation of the knob moves the turn indicator by one
position, within a range of 0 (valve closed) to 5 (valve fully open).
The decimal graduations of the micrometric scale situated around
the knob itself allow the flow rate to be even more finely adjusted.
Micrometric scale
Turn indicator
G = KvVenturi x
pVenturi
(1.2)
Note: The curve used in this step differs from the curve used for the
presetting step because it refers to the pVenturi-flow rate
characteristics of the Venturi device located upstream of the valve
and not those across the entire valve (including the disc), which are
shown in the curves used for presetting.
Memory stop
The valves are equipped with a system that memorises the setting,
allowing the valve to be reopened in the initial position if it has been
closed for any reason.
Locking the position to be memorised requires the use of a 2,5 mm
hex key.
Knob cover
Memory stop
lock screw
G2
(1.3)
KvVenturi2
Knob
Turn indicator
p (mm w.g.)
0,5
1 1,5
p (kPa)
15.000
150
10.000
100
5.000
50
2.000
20
1.000
10
500
200
100
60
100
250
500
1.000
2.500
5.000
Example: presetting
A flow rate G = 900 l/h must create a pressure drop of p = 18 kPa.
Use the curve for the 131600 1 valve to obtain a setting position of
2 (blue line).
Alternatively, use the formula (1.1) to obtain the value Kv = 0,9/ 0,18
= 2,14. Consult the table for the 131600 1 valve to obtain the
corresponding setting position of 2 (the value closest to the one
required).
0,6
25.000
10.000
G (l/h)
Kv
Venturi curve
p (mm w.g.)
1/2 3/4
1 1 1/4
1 1/2
15.000
p (kPa)
150
100
10.000
5.000
50
2.000
20
1.000
10
200
100
0,5
50
0,2
250
500
1.000
2.500
5.000
10.000
25.000
50.000
G (l/h)
Kv Venturi
500
20
100
1/2
3,10
3/4
4,74
Connection
1
1 1/4
11,96
18,41
1 1/2
18,56
2
31,85
Venturi curve
p (mm w.g.)
1/2 3/4
1 1 1/4
1 1/2
15.000
p (kPa)
150
100
10.000
Connection Kv
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
5.000
50
2.000
20
1.000
10
500
200
100
Venturi
3,10
4,74
11,96
18,41
18,56
31,85
0,5
50
20
100
0,2
250
500
1.000
2.500
5.000
10.000
25.000
50.000
G (l/h)
p (mm w.g.)
0,5
1 1,5 2
p (kPa)
p (mm w.g.)
0,5 1 1,5 2
p (kPa)
15.000
150
150
10.000
100
100
5.000
50
5.000
50
2.000
20
2.000
20
1.000
10
1.000
10
500
500
200
200
100
100
60
50
100
250
500
1.000
2.500
5.000
0,6
10.000
60
50
G (l/h)
Kv
100
250
500
1.000
2.500
5.000
0,6
10.000
G (l/h)
Kv
p (mm w.g.)
0,5
1 1,5
p (kPa)
p (mm w.g.)
0,5
p (kPa)
15.000
150
15.000
150
10.000
100
10.000
100
5.000
50
5.000
50
2.000
20
2.000
20
1.000
10
1.000
10
500
500
200
200
100
100
60
100
250
500
1.000
2.500
5.000
10.000
0,6
25.000
60
100
250
500
1.000
2.500
5.000
10.000
G (l/h)
Kv
G (l/h)
Kv
p (mm w.g.)
0,6
25.000
p (kPa)
p (mm w.g.)
0,5
1,5
p (kPa)
15.000
150
15.000
150
10.000
100
10.000
100
5.000
50
5.000
50
2.000
20
2.000
20
1.000
10
1.000
10
500
500
200
200
100
100
60
250
500
1.000
2.500
5.000
10.000
25.000
0,6
50.000
60
250
G (l/h)
Kv
500
1.000
2.500
5.000
10.000
25.000
0,6
50.000
G (l/h)
Kv
135
Adjustment knob
Decimal graduations
Linear indicator
Memory stop
The valves are equipped with a system that memorises the setting,
allowing the valve to be reopened in the initial position if it has been
closed for any reason.
Locking the position to be memorised does not require the use of
any special tools.
GASKET
VALVE
BODY
GROOVED FLANGE
Lock screw
Automatic
closure
Memory stop
Lock nut
Safety cap
Measuring
syringe
Seal
Kv =
(1.2)
p (mm w.g.)
0,5
1,5
4,5
p (kPa)
15.000
150
10.000
100
5.000
50
2.000
20
1.000
10
500
200
100
60
0,5
2,5
25
10
50
0,6
100
1
12,8
1,5
16
2
18
3
22,3
4
33
4,5
47
G (m3/h)
0,5
11
Example: presetting
A flow rate G = 6000 l/h must create a pressure drop of p = 7 kPa.
Use the curve for the 135060 DN 65 straight valve to obtain a
setting position of 3 (blue line).
5
61
p (mm w.g.)
4,5
p (kPa)
15.000
150
10.000
100
5.000
50
2.000
20
1.000
10
500
200
100
60
0,5
2,5
25
10
0,6
100
50
G (m3/h)
1
15,5
2
21
3
27
4
35
4,5
52
5
66
p (kPa)
p (mm w.g.)
15.000
150
15.000
150
10.000
100
10.000
100
p (mm w.g.)
0,5
1,5
4,5
4,5
p (kPa)
5.000
50
5.000
50
2.000
20
2.000
20
1.000
10
1.000
10
500
500
200
200
100
100
60
0,5
2,5
25
10
50
60
0,6
100
0,5
2,5
25
10
1
12,8
1,5
16
2
18
3
22,3
4
33
0,6
100
G (m3/h)
G (m3/h)
0,5
11
50
4,5
47
5
61
Kv
1
15,5
2
21
3
27
4
35
4,5
52
5
66
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
p (mm w.g.)
0,5
3,5
4,5
p (kPa)
15.000
150
15.000
150
10.000
100
10.000
100
5.000
50
5.000
50
2.000
20
2.000
20
1.000
10
1.000
10
500
500
200
200
100
100
0,6
250
60
1
2,5
25
10
50
100
2,5
25
10
50
100
G (m3/h)
G (m3/h)
0,5
14,5
1
17
1,5
20
2
22
3
26
3,5
32
4,5
63
5
82
2,5
0,5
13
Kv
1
16
2
21
3
23
3,5
31
4
45
4,5
63
5
82
0,6
250
60
3,5
4 4,5 5 5,5 6
p (kPa)
p (mm w.g.)
1 2
2,5
p (kPa)
15.000
150
15.000
150
10.000
100
10.000
100
5.000
50
5.000
50
2.000
20
2.000
20
1.000
10
1.000
10
500
500
200
200
100
100
60
1,5
2,5
25
10
50
100
250
0,6
400
60
2
25
10
50
100
1,5
21
2
23
2,5
38
3
58
0,6
400
G (m3/h)
G (m3/h)
0,5
Kv 14
250
Kv
1
21
2
25
2,5
39
3
61
3,5
86
4
112
4,5
132
5
168
5,5
190
6
217
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
p (mm w.g.)
15.000
150
15.000
150
10.000
100
10.000
100
0,5 1 2
2,5
3,5
4 4,5 5 5,5 6
2,5
3,5
p (kPa)
4 4,5 5 5,5 6
5.000
50
5.000
50
2.000
20
2.000
20
1.000
10
1.000
10
500
500
200
200
100
100
60
2,5
10
25
50
100
250
0,6
500
60
2,5
10
25
100
50
250
G (m /h)
G (m /h)
0,5
23
1
28
2
35
2,5
46
3
78
3,5
4
4,5
5
5,5
6
120 145 178 220 248 275
2,5
1
27
Kv
2
33
2,5
49
3
80
3,5
4
4,5
5
5,5
6
116 151 180 220 247 275
0,6
500
3
p (kPa)
p (mm w.g.)
2,5
p (kPa)
15.000
150
15.000
150
10.000
100
10.000
100
5.000
50
5.000
50
2.000
20
2.000
20
1.000
10
1.000
10
500
500
200
200
100
100
60
2,5
10
25
50
100
250
0,6
500
60
2,5
10
25
50
100
2
52
2,5
91
3
130
3,5
175
4
220
4,5
260
0,6
500
G (m /h)
G (m /h)
1
29
250
5
310
5,5
360
6
395
Kv
1
27
2
56
2,5
92
3
135
3,5
173
4
230
4,5
270
5
315
5,5
370
6
400
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
7 8 910 1112
p (mm w.g.)
11
7 8 9 10 12
p (kPa)
15.000
150
15.000
150
10.000
100
10.000
100
5.000
50
5.000
50
2.000
20
2.000
20
1.000
10
1.000
10
500
500
200
200
100
100
60
20
50
100
250
500
0,6
2500
1000
0,6
2500
60
20
50
100
250
500
1000
G (m3/h)
G (m /h)
4
244
5
332
6
424
7
538
8
645
9
753
11
920
10
863
12
1005
Kv
4
240
5
318
6
410
7
545
8
611
9
725
10
832
11
908
12
980
p (kPa)
p (kPa)
p (mm w.g.)
15.000
150
15.000
150
10.000
100
10.000
100
p (mm w.g.)
7 8 10
7 8 10
5.000
50
5.000
50
2.000
20
2.000
20
1.000
10
1.000
10
500
500
200
200
100
100
60
10
25
50
100
250
500
1000
0,6
2500
60
10
25
50
100
250
500
1000
G (m3/h)
G (m3/h)
3
374
4
480
5
718
6
1044
7
1440
0,6
2500
10
1796
Kv
3
307
4
465
5
752
6
980
7
1435
8
1676
10
1720
p (mm w.g.)
7 10 14
6 8 12
p (kPa)
p (mm w.g.)
7 10 14
5 6
8 12
p (kPa)
15.000
150
15.000
150
10.000
100
10.000
100
5.000
50
5.000
50
2.000
20
2.000
20
1.000
10
1.000
10
500
500
200
200
100
100
60
25
50
100
250
500
1000
2500
0,6
5000
60
25
50
100
200
500
1000
Kv
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14
417 711 1006 1306 1692 1967 2340 2371 2546 2719
Accessories
Installation
131 series
131 series
5D
Pump
10D
Nut
135 series
135 series
5D
2D
Pressure tapping
Pump
FLOMET fast-coupling
2D
0,6
5000
G (m3/h)
G (m3/h)
Kv
2500
Syringe
10D
100 series
Please see the 2nd volume of the Caleffi Handbooks for further
information about sizing a system with balancing valves, which
provides calculation examples and notes about the use of devices
in circuits.
Application diagrams
GR1
GR2
GR1
GR2
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 131
Balancing valve with Venturi device. Threaded 1/2 connections (from 1/2 to 2) F x F. Brass body, control stem and disc.
EPDM hydraulic seals. Temperature range: -10 110 C. Maximum operating pressure: 16 bar. Accuracy: 5%. Knob with
micrometric indicator. Five adjustment turns. Adjustment position lock and memory. Complete with fast-coupling pressure
tappings.
Series 135
Balancing valve. Flanged DN 65 connections (from DN 65 to DN 300), PN 16 convertible from straight to elbow and
viceversa with lip gaskets in EPDM. Cast iron body. Brass or stainless steel control stem. Bronze disc. Buna-N seals.
Temperature range: -5 110C. Maximum operating pressure: 16 bar. Accuracy: 5%. Knob with micrometric indicator.
Adjustment position lock and memory. Complete with fast-coupling pressure tappings.
We reserve the right to change the products and relevant technical data contained in this publication at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.com
CALEFFI
RE
IS
519 series
TERE
01007/07 GB
replaces dp 01007/00
Function
The differential by-pass valve is used in systems working with
variable flow rates, for example in those making widespread use of
thermostatic valves or 2-way motorised valves. It ensures a flow
recirculation proportional to the number of valves being closed,
while limiting the maximum differential pressure value generated by
the pump.
In chilled water systems with high head pumps, installation of the
version with a setting range between 100 and 400 kPa is advisable.
Product range
Code 519500 Adjustable differential by-pass valve with graduated scale, setting range: 16 m w.g.
Code 519700 Adjustable differential by-pass valve with graduated scale, setting range: 16 m w.g.
Code 519504 Adjustable differential by-pass valve with graduated scale, setting range: 1040 m w.g.
Technical specifications
Size 3/4
Size 1 1/4
Size 3/4
Dimensions
Materials
brass EN 12165 CW617N
brass EN 12164 CW614N
EPDM
EPDM
asbestos free NBR
ABS
stainless steel
mH2O
1
2
3
4
5
6
Body:
Obturator:
Obturator gasket:
O-Ring seals:
Union seals:
Control knob:
Spring:
Performance
Connections:
Medium:
water, glycol solutions
Max percentage of glycol:
30%
Temperature range:
0110C
Maximum working pressure:
10 bar
Setting range:
1060 kPa (16 m w.g.) for codes 519500 and 519700
100400 kPa (1040 m w.g.) for code 519504
A
B
Code
519500
519700
519504
A
3/4
1 1/4
3/4
B
59
88,5
59
C
26
41
26
D
104
158
104
Weight (Kg)
0,45
1,19
0,45
Operating principle
2
When the spring (1) compression is adjusted using the control knob (2), the force
balance acting on the obturator (3) changes, thus modifying the trigger pressure value
of the valve. The obturator opens, activating the by-pass circuit, only when it is subjected
to a differential pressure sufficient to generate a thrust greater than the thrust exerted
by the contrast spring. This allows the flow discharge through the outlet (4), limiting the
difference in pressure between the two points in the system where the valve is fitted.
5
1
3
System operation
The job of the by-pass valve is to maintain the pump operating
point as close as possible to its nominal value (point A on the graph
shown below). If the by-pass valve is not used, when the flow rate
in the circuit decreases due to partial closure of the two-way valves,
the head loss in the circuit increases, point B.
The by-pass valve, set to the nominal head value of the pump,
enables to limit the pressure increase, by-passing the flow rate G.
This behaviour is guaranteed at any closing condition of the system
regulating valves. In fact, once the position of the valve control
knob has been established, the trigger pressure value is more or
less constant as the discharge flow rate varies (see hydraulic
characteristic diagrams).
A proper valve sizing must guarantee a sufficient flow rate by-pass
to keep the pump at its nominal operating point in all system
operating conditions, for example when the first thermostatic valves
are closed.
TOTAL LOAD
PARTIAL LOAD
Regulating valve
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
mH2O 6
mH2O 6
B
Pump curve
p constant
on the circuit
G
50%
100%
Flow rate G
Setting
To regulate the valve, turn the knob to the required value on the
graduated scale: the values correspond to the differential pressure in
metres w.g. to open the by-pass.
To carry out rapid adjustment of the by-pass valve it is possible to use
the following practical method, which can be applied, for example, to
the system in an apartment fitted with thermostatic valves: the system
must be operating, the regulating valves must be fully open and the
by-pass valve must be set to the maximum value (a). Close approximately
the 30% of the thermostatic valve. Gradually open the valve using the
control knob. Use a thermometer, or simply your hand, to check that
the hot water is flowing into the by-pass circuit (b). As soon as a rise
in the temperature is noted, open the thermostat valves again and
check that the hot water stops flowing into the by-pass (c). Lock the
knob in this position (d) with the fixing screw (5).
a)
b)
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
mH2O 6
mH2O 6
c)
d)
1
2
3
4
5
mH2O 6
1
2
3
4
5
mH2O 6
Hydraulic characteristics
code 519500 (3/4)
70
60
60
5
4
50
50
40
30
20
4
3
2
1
40
3
2
1
10
4
3
2
1
0
0,5
(kPa)
80
Setting
positions
p (m w.g.)
(kPa
p (m w.g.)
1,5
80
70
30
20
10
10
(kPa)
p (m w.g.)
60
600
50
500
Installation
The differential by-pass valve can be fitted in any position, respecting
the flow direction indicated by the arrow on the valve body.
In systems with a traditional boiler it is normally fitted between the
system flow and return ends, which allows the control of the pressure
and the passage of a minimum flow through the heat generator.
In systems with a condensation boiler, it is preferable to fit the
by-pass directly between the upstream and downstream sections
of the pump, as this allows a higher T in the circuit, with lower
return temperatures and therefore better operation of the system.
In the event of high by-pass flow rate levels, it is recommended to
fit the valve between the flow and return ends of each column,
rather than fitting a number of valves in parallel at the central boiler.
4
400
40
3
30
300
20
200
10
100
0,5
1,5
Application diagrams
Shut-off valve
RT
Pump
Room thermostat
Check valve
RT
Insulated manifold
Autoflow
O2Hm
Thermostatic valve
1
2
3
4
5
6
RT
1
2
3
4
5
6
mH2O
1
2
3
4
5
6
RT
RT
RT
RT
RT
RT
RT
RT
RT
RT
RT
1
2
3
4
5
6
O2Hm
CHILLER
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
519 series
Differential by-pass valve. Threaded connections 3/4 (1 1/4) F x M with union. Brass body. Brass obturator. EPDM
obturator gasket. EPDM O-Ring seals. Asbestos free NBR union seals. ABS control knob. Stainless steel spring.
Medium: water, glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Temperature range 0110C. Maximum working
pressure 10 bar. Setting range 1060 kPa size 3/4 and 1 1/4, 100400 kPa size 3/4.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2007 Calef fi S.P.A.
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
CALEFFI
01008/07 GB
Function
The backflow preventer is a protective plumbing device capable of
preventing backflow of polluted water into the mains water system.
This type of backflow may occur due to changes in pressure in the
distribution network that cause water to flow backwards.
The preventer, which is fitted between the mains and the user system
in water distribution systems, creates a safety separation area that
prevents any contact between the water in the two systems.
This particular series of backflow preventers is certified as
conforming to the performance requirements of standard
NF P 43.009, with certification in progress according to
standard EN 14367
SVGW
SSIGE
Product range
Series 573 Non-controllable backflow preventer with different pressure zones, CA type
Technical specifications
Dimensions
Materials
Body:
dezincification-resistant alloy
EN 12165 CW602N
Seat of central obturator:
dezincification-resistant alloy
EN 12164 CW602N
Check valve body:
POM
Springs:
stainless steel
Diaphragm:
shaped NBR
O-Ring seals:
NBR
Gaskets:
non asbestos NBR
Strainer:
stainless steel
Performance
Medium:
Nominal pressure:
Maximum working temperature:
Connections:
drinking water
PN 10
65C
1/2, 3/4 F with union
Code
573400
573500
A
1/2
3/4
B
D
C
119,5 113,5 40
119,5 113,5 40
E
54
54
F
Weight (kg)
44
1,3
44
1,3
Backflow
Potable water fed from the mains
supply may suffer from hazardous
pollution
caused
mainly
by
contaminated fluids from plumbing
systems flowing back directly into the
mains supply.
This phenomenon, termed backflow
occurs when:
a) the pressure in the mains system is
less that in the plumbing circuit
receiving
the
supply
(back
syphonage). This situation may
occur when there is a pipe
breaking in the mains system or
when demand on the mains supply
from consumers is very heavy.
b) the pressure in the plumbing circuit
receiving the supply rises (back
pressure) due, for example, to
water being pumped from a well.
Category 1:
Category 2:
Fluid that does not present health hazard, as per 1, the quality of which has been
compromised due to changes in temperature, taste, odour or appearance.
Category 3:
Fluid that represents a slight health hazard due to the presence of one or more
harmful substances.
Category 4:
Fluid that represents a health hazard due to the presence of one or more toxic
or very toxic substances or one or more radioactive, mutagenic or
carcinogenic substances.
Category 5:
According to this classification, suitable backflow prevention devices must be inserted in water
distribution systems.
CA Type backflow preventers are used to protect against risk of contamination by waters
of up to category 3. For water of category 4, it is necessary to use a backflow preventer
of BA type. For water of category 2 on the contrary it is sufficient to use a controllable
check valve of EA type or a controllable double check valve of EC type.
The table given below, named Protection matrix, associates the various types of system with
the relative categories of fluid, and has been drawn up based on the indications provided in the
European standards.
Standard NF P 34.009 and the new European standard EN 14367 Devices to prevent pollution by
backflow of potable water. Non-controllable backflow preventer with different pressure zones. Family C
Type A establishes the functional, dimensional and mechanical requirements that must be satisfied
by non-controllable backflow preventers with different pressure zones of CA type.
Risk assessment
Given the potential dangers of the
phenomenon and the requirements of
current regulations, the risk of pollution
from backflow must be assessed on
the basis of the type of system and the
characteristic of the fluid that flows in it.
An appropriate backflow prevention
device must be selected on the basis
of that assessment performed by the
system designer and the mains
supplier. The device must be located
along the supply line at those points at
risk of backflow which would be
hazardous to human health.
The protection can be provided by
inserting a backflow preventer at critical
points in the circuit at the inlet from the
mains supply or in the internal plumbing
system. This will prevent polluted water
from flowing back in all systems for
which direct connection to the mains or
an internal supply is considered
hazardous.
Installation in a building
with multiple users
Protection matrix
Type of plant
General
Hot and cold water mixing devices in domestic water systems
Water cooling devices for air conditioning units, without
additives
Sterilisers for packed or disinfected materials
Water in primary domestic heating system circuits, without additives
Domestic, residential or commercial gardens
Hand held fertiliser sprayers for use in domestic gardens
Watering systems, without fertilisers or insecticides, with sprinkler
fixed to the ground at a depth of not more than 150 mm
Water softeners
Domestic water softeners regenerated with common salt
Commercial water softeners (only regenerated with common salt)
Commercial applications
Automatic dispensers with injection of ingredients or CO2
Automatic dispensers without injection of ingredients or CO2
Machines to wash out drink distribution pipes in restaurants
Hairdresser rinsing systems
Medicine
X-ray machine cooling systems
Food applications
Ice-making machines
Large kitchen machines with automatic filling system
Domestic applications
Water to sinks, baths and showers
Domestic dishwashers and washing machines
Flexible pipes with controlled flow spray nozzles or stop cock
Domestic dialysis machines
Fluid cat.
2
3
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Operating principle
The non-controllable reduced pressure zone backflow preventer, CA type comprises: a check valve upstream (1); a check valve downstream (2);
a discharge device (3).
The two check valves mark the limits of three different zones, in each of which there is a different pressure: upstream or inlet area (A);
intermediate zone, also known as the zone of different pressure (B); downstream or outlet zone (C). The discharge device (3) is located in the
intermediate zone. The discharge device (3) is connected directly to the diaphragm (4). This mobile assembly is opened and closed by the
difference in pressure between upstream and downstream of the check valve and by the counter spring (5).
Correct conditions of flow
Under correct conditions of flow, both check valves are open, while
the pressure in the intermediate chamber (B) is always lower than
the pressure upstream (A) due to a calculated loss of head at the
first check valve (1).
As a result, this pressure difference acts on the internal
diaphragm (4) and generates a force that keeps the drain valve
closed (3), communicating with the atmosphere, pressing on the
counter spring (5).
2
7
8
1
UPSTREAM
DOWNSTREAM
STRAINER
3
A
2
7
8
C
6
UPSTREAM
STRAINER
NORMAL OPERATION
DOWNSTREAM
3
A
No flow conditions
The check valves (1) and (2) are now closed. Due to the difference
in pressure that still exists between the upstream zone (A) and the
intermediate zone (B), the discharge valve (3) remains closed.
2
7
8
DOWNSTREAM
UPSTREAM
STRAINER
3
A
C
6
NO FLOW CONDITION
Construction details
Stainless steel strainer
The backflow preventer is fitted with a stainless steel strainer (9)
upstream, to prevent impurities or dirt from causing damage to the
check valve seals (1-2) or the central obturator internal
mechanism (8) over time.
Corrosion-proof materials
The materials used to manufacture the backflow preventers must be
insensitive to corrosion caused by contact with drinking water, and
these characteristics must be maintained over time. For this reason,
they have been made using dezincification-resistant alloy
for the
body (7), the central obturator seat (8) and the check valves (1-2), and
stainless steel for the springs and strainer.
Certification
Hydraulic characteristics
p (bar)
2
p (m w.g.)
20
1,8
18
1,6
16
1,4
14
1,2
12
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
10
0,5
5
4
0,3
50
Flow rate
3
(m /h)
20
0,5
10
5
0,2
0,1
0,4
0,2
Installation
The backflow preventer unit must be installed horizontally after a
shut-off valve upstream and an inspectable filter; another shut-off
valve must be installed downstream.
The unit must be installed in an accessible area that is large
enough to prevent it getting submerged by any accidental flooding.
In addition there must be adequate waste pipe for medium drained
from the unit to flow away.
2. Check the seal of the second check valve. When back pressure
is applied on the downstream side of the valve, the second check
valve must close to prevent the water from flowing back:
a. Close the shut-off valves downstream and upstream from the
disconnection unit.
b. Open the upstream control cock (2).
c. Install a by-pass hose joining the control cock (1) to the other
control cock (3) downstream and open them both to carry the
mains pressure downstream of the second check valve.
No water must come out of the drain valve, thereby indicating that
the second check valve does not leak.
WATER MAINS
5 Y-strainer
6 Backflow preventer series 573
with inspectable filter at inlet
7 Drain to sewer
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
573 series
Non-controllable backflow preventer with different pressure zones. CA Type. Complies with NF P 43.009.
Connections 1/2 (and 3/4) F with union. Body and seat of central check valve in dezincification-resistant alloy. POM check
valve body. Stainless steel springs and strainer. NBR shaped diaphragm and O-Ring seals. Non-asbestos fibre gaskets.
Medium: drinking water. Nominal pressure: PN 10. Maximum working temperature 65C.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
Copyright 2007 Calef fi S.P.A.
CALEFFI
01009/10 GB
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
FM 21654
replaces dp 01009/01GB
Function
The following series of convertible radiator valves are typically used
for controlling the fluid in the emitters of heating systems.
These special valves can be converted from manual to
thermostatic operation by simple replacement of the adjusting knob
with a thermostatic control head. This means that the ambient
temperature of any room in which they are installed can be
constantly maintained at the set value.
The innovative 202 series thermostatic control head enables the
room temperature to be controlled, showing the actual room
temperature on the indicator on the front of the control head.
These valves have a special tailpiece with rubber hydraulic seal,
permitting quick, safe connection to the radiator without the use of
additional sealing materials.
Product range
VALVES:
For copper and plastic pipe:
338 series Angled convertible radiator valve
series
series
series
series
sizes
sizes
sizes
sizes
3/8,
3/8,
3/8,
3/8,
1/2,
1/2,
1/2,
1/2,
3/4,
3/4,
3/4,
3/4,
1
1
1
1
(*)
(*)
(*)
(*)
series
series
series
series
series
OFF
7C
12C
234
16C
20C
24C
5
28C
05
028C
7C
50C
2m
1626C
- code 203502
- code 203702
Max sensor temperature:
Max pocket pressure:
Length of capillary pipe:
2050C
4090C
100C
10 bar
2m
Dimensions
2 3 4
E
A
2 3 4
Code
Code
Code
Code
338302
3/8
23 p.1,5
47,5
339302
3/8
23 p.1,5
47,5
342302
3/8
23 p.1,5
47,5
343302
3/8
23 p.1,5
47,5
338402
1/2
23 p.1,5
53,5
339402
1/2
23 p.1,5
53,5
342402
1/2
23 p.1,5
53,5
343402
1/2
23 p.1,5
53,5
338452
1/2
3/4
53,5
339452
1/2
3/4
53,5
342452
1/2
3/4
53,5
343452
1/2
3/4
53,5
Mass (kg)
Code
E'
Mass (kg)
Code
Mass (kg)
Code
Mass (kg)
338302 20,5
51,5
100
0,178
339302
24
55
103
0,178
342302
21,5
39
0,167
343302
24
44,5
0,184
338402 20,5
51,5
100
0,210
339402
24
55
103
0,210
342402
21,5
39
0,225
343402
24
44,5
0,228
338452 22,5
51,5
100 0,220
55
103 0,220
342452
23,5
39
0,205
343452
24,5
44,5
0,205
339452 24,5
E
A
2 3 4
2 3 4
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
401302
3/8
3/8
47,5
402302
3/8
3/8
21
431302
3/8
3/8
47,5
432302
3/8
3/8
21
401402
1/2
1/2
53,5
402402
1/2
1/2
22
431402
1/2
1/2
53,5
432402
1/2
1/2
22
401500
3/4
3/4
62,5
402500
3/4
3/4
30
431503
3/4
3/4
62,5
432503
3/4
3/4
30
401603
70,5
402603
38
431603
70,5
432603
38
Code
Mass (kg)
Code
Mass (kg)
401302 20,0
51,5
100 0,188
402302 46,5
Code
431302
20,0
38,0
0,182
432302
46,5
44,5
0,192
401402 23,0
51,5
100
0,242
402402 52,0
431402
23,0
38,0
0,237
432402
52,0
44,5
0,242
401500 25,0
60,5
108
0,190
402500 59,5
431503
25,0
47,0
0,360
432503
59,5
49,5
0,190
401603 30,5
77,5
125
0,590
402603 63,5
431603
30,5
47,5
0,590
432603
63,5
51,5
0,560
Mass (kg)
Mass (kg)
1/2
D
B
E
2 3 4
13
E
2 3 4
B
B
48
Code
200000 30 p.1,5 80
202000 30 p.1,5
Code
Mass (kg)
203502 30 p.1,5 80
Code
48 11 158 0,300
475002
203502
48
33
95
0,340
203702 30 p.1,5 80
475003
203702
B Mass (kg)
0,165
85 0,168
Code
201000 30 p.1,5 80
187
2 3 4
Code
Mass (kg)
Operating principle of
thermostatic control head
Valve closed
2
Valve open
2
Pivoting system
A particular pivoting system keeps
the indicator always vertical thus
allowing its optimal visualization.
Construction details
Valve
The stainless steel control stem (1) has an EPDM double seal
O-ring. In this way the upper portion of the headwork (2) can be
replaced even with the system running.
The obturator (3) is shaped so as to optimise the hydraulic
characteristics of the valve during the progressive action of
opening or closing in thermostatic operation. The wide passage
between the seat and obturator causes reduced head losses in
manual operation.
10 cm
1,5 m
CALEFFI
3/4"
p (kPa)
1"
30
20
1000
10
500
50
2000
20
1/
1000
500
10
1/
5
1
200
3/8"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
Kv0,01
500
50
= 56 l/h
= 56 l/h
= 70 l/h
= 78 l/h
3/8"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
Max
differential
pressure
2000
0,1
1000
10
200
0,2
100
20
20
0,5
10
50
3/8" 1/2"
3/4"
0,5
20
0,2
10
0,1
G (l/h)
ll
Fu
50
3/8"
G (l/h)
= 1,6 bar
= 1,6 bar
= 1,6 bar
= 0,6 bar
en
p
yo
100
50
100
100
20
10
200
2000
3/8" 1/2"
3000
2000
p (kPa)
1000
p (mm w.g.)
p (mm w.g.)
5000
500
200
Hydraulic characteristics
p (kPa)
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
5000
50
2000
20
200
100
100
50
50
0,5
20
0,2
20
0,2
10
0,1
10
0,1
2000
1000
500
200
100
50
20
G (l/h)
50
50
2000
20
1000
10
500
20
1000
10
200
500
100
200
50
5
3
2000
2
5
1
0,5
5000
2000
500
20
1000
10
50
2000
20
1000
10
200
500
100
50
3000
2000
G (l/h)
1"
op
en
lly
0,5
5000
0,1
2000
0,2
10
1000
20
500
0,1
1000
10
500
0,2
200
20
100
0,5
5
4
50
10
100
500
Fu
200
50
200
2000
200
p (kPa)
100
1"
3/4"
50
100
3/8" 1/2"
p (kPa)
p (mm w.g.)
5000
5000
20
100
p (mm w.g.)
10000
= 135 l/h
= 179 l/h
= 258 l/h
= 443 l/h
G (l/h)
3/4"
G (l/h)
= 222 l/h
= 270 l/h
= 336 l/h
= 447 l/h
3/8"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1000
3000
2000
1000
500
200
0,1
50
Kv0,01
0,2
10
20
3/8"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
100
0,1
50
0,2
10
20
20
20
50
0,5
10
50
20
100
p (kPa)
en
p (kPa)
100
p (mm w.g.)
5000
5000
Kv0,01
1
0,5
op
3/4"
op
lly
1/2"
y
u ll
en
Fu
3/8"
2
2
200
1/2"
G (l/h)
= 1,6 bar
= 1,6 bar
= 1,6 bar
= 0,6 bar
5
1
10
500
50
Max
differential
pressure
3/8"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
10
2
1/
500
Kv0,01
= 52 l/h
= 56 l/h
= 65 l/h
= 77 l/h
4
1/
1000
3/8"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
2000
1000
500
200
10
100
1000
20
30
20
10
3000
2000
G (l/h)
p (mm w.g.)
5000
50
2000
20
1/
1000
10
2
1/
500
200
100
ull
n
pe
yo
50
0,5
2000
1000
500
200
100
50
0,1
20
0,2
10
10
20
G (l/h)
3/8"
p (kPa)
5000
50
2000
2
1/
200
100
op
y
ull
en
50
0,5
2000
1000
500
200
100
50
0,1
20
0,2
10
10
20
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
5000
50
2000
20
1000
10
500
5
4
op
en
200
Fu
lly
100
5000
2000
1000
500
200
0,1
100
0,2
10
50
20
20
0,5
10
50
G (l/h)
p (mm w.g.)
50
2000
20
1000
10
2
5000
500
2
6
200
1
op
en
100
0,5
Fu
lly
50
5000
2000
1000
500
200
100
50
0,1
20
0,2
10
10
20
G (l/h)
TYPE
Convertible radiator valve
with manual adjustment
Convertible radiator valve
with manual adjustment
Convertible radiator valve
with manual adjustment
Convertible radiator valve
with manual adjustment
COPPER PIPE
Rad. Pipe int/ext STRAIGHT
conn. conn. pipe Kv0,01
le
(mm) (l/h)
(m)
Kv0,01
(l/h)
le
(m)
3/8"
23 p. 1,5
135
0,8
222
0,3
3/8"
23 p. 1,5 10/12
135
2,5
222
0,9
3/8"
23 p. 1,5 12/14
135
6,6
222
2,4
3/8"
23 p. 1,5 13/15
135
10,1
222
3,7
3/8"
23 p. 1,5 14/16
135
14,8
222
5,5
3/8"
23 p. 1,5 16/18
135
29,9
222
11,1
1/2"
23 p. 1,5
179
0,5
270
0,2
1/2"
23 p. 1,5 10/12
179
1,4
270
0,6
1/2"
23 p. 1,5 12/14
179
3,7
270
1,6
1/2"
23 p. 1,5 13/15
179
5,7
270
2,5
1/2"
23 p. 1,5 14/16
179
8,4
270
3,7
1/2"
23 p. 1,5 16/18
179
17,0
270
7,5
8/10
8/10
STEEL PIPE
Rad. Pipe int/ext STRAIGHT
conn. conn. pipe Kv0,01
le
(mm) (l/h)
(m)
ANGLED
ANGLED
Kv0,01
(l/h)
le
(m)
2,7
3/8"
3/8"
12,7/16,7
135
7,2
222
1/2"
1/2"
16,3/21,0
179
15,3
270
6,7
3/4"
3/4"
21,7/26,4
258
33,2
336
19,6
1"
1"
27,4/33,2
443
38,5
447
37,8
3/8"
23 p. 1,5
135
0,8
222
0,3
3/8"
23 p. 1,5 10/15
135
2,5
222
0,9
3/8"
23 p. 1,5 12/16
135
6,6
222
2,4
3/8"
23 p. 1,5 13/18
135
10,1
222
3,7
3/8"
23 p. 1,5 14/18
135
14,8
222
5,5
1/2"
23 p. 1,5
179
0,5
270
0,2
1/2"
23 p. 1,5 10/15
179
1,4
270
0,6
1/2"
23 p. 1,5 12/16
179
3,7
270
1,6
1/2"
23 p. 1,5 13/18
179
5,7
270
2,5
1/2"
23 p. 1,5 14/18
179
8,4
270
3,7
179
8,4
270
3,7
PLASTIC PIPE
G (l/h)
1"
10
500
3/4"
TYPE
20
4
1/
1000
1/2"
1/2"
3/4
8/12
8/12
20 est
Installation
The thermostatic control heads must be installed in horizontal
position.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
1
1
2
3
3
4
3
4
2 3
5
0
Temperature restriction
3. Re-lock the
ring. The valve
will now have a
temperature
range restriction
from 0 to the set
value.
3. Re-lock the
ring. The valve
will now be
locked at the set
temperature.
3. Re-lock the
ring. The valve will
now no longer have
any temperature
restriction or lock.
2. Position the
valve at the
required
temperature
and turn the ring
clockwise up to
the stop.
1. Using a
screw-driver, unlock
the ring, pressing it
fully towards the
valve body.
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
338 series
Convertible radiator valve fitted for thermostatic control heads and thermo-electric actuators. Angled connections for
copper and single and multilayer plastic pipes 23 p.1,5 for pipes from 10 to 18 mm, 3/4 for 20 mm plastic pipes.
Radiator connection 3/8 and 1/2 M with tailpiece equipped with EPDM pre-seal. Brass body. Chrome plated. Control
knob white RAL 9010, for manual control, in ABS. Stainless steel control stem. Double seal on control stem with EPDM
O-rings. Maximum working temperature 100C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
339 series
Convertible radiator valve fitted for thermostatic control heads and thermo-electric actuators. Straight connections for
copper and single and multilayer plastic pipes 23 p.1,5 for pipes from 10 to 18 mm, 3/4 for 20 mm plastic pipes.
Radiator connection 3/8 and 1/2 M with tailpiece equipped with EPDM pre-seal. Brass body. Chrome plated. Control
knob white RAL 9010, for manual control, in ABS. Stainless steel control stem. Double seal on control stem with EPDM
O-rings. Maximum working temperature 100C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
342 series
Lockshield valve. Angled connections for copper and single and multilayer plastic pipes 23 p.1,5 for pipes from 10 to 18 mm,
3/4 for 20 mm plastic pipes. Radiator connection 3/8 or 1/2 M with tailpiece equipped with EPDM pre-seal. Brass
body. Chrome plated. Cap white RAL 9010 in ABS. Outward seal consisting of EPDM O-ring on control stem. Maximum
working temperature 100C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
343 series
Lockshield valve. Straight connections for copper and single and multilayer plastic pipes 23 p.1,5 for pipes from 10 to
18 mm, 3/4 for 20 mm plastic pipes. Radiator connection 3/8 or 1/2 M with tailpiece equipped with EPDM pre-seal.
Brass body. Chrome plated. Cap white RAL 9010 in ABS. Outward seal consisting of EPDM O-ring on control stem.
Maximum working temperature 100C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
401 series
Convertible radiator valve fitted for thermostatic control heads and thermo-electric actuators. Angled connections for steel
pipes 3/8, 1/2, 3/4 or 1 F. Radiator connection 3/8 or 1/2 M with tailpiece equipped with EPDM pre-seal, 3/4 and 1 M
with tailpiece without seal. Brass body. Chrome plated. Control knob white RAL 9010, for manual control, in ABS. Stainless
steel control stem. Double seal on control stem with EPDM O-rings. Maximum working temperature 100C. Maximum
working pressure 10 bar.
402 series
Convertible radiator valve fitted for thermostatic control heads and thermo-electric actuators. Straight connections for
steel pipes 3/8, 1/2, 3/4 or 1 F. Radiator connection 3/8 or 1/2 M with tailpiece equipped with EPDM pre-seal, 3/4
and 1 M with tailpiece without pre-seal. Brass body. Chrome plated. Control knob white RAL 9010, for manual control,
in ABS. Stainless steel control stem. Double seal on control stem with EPDM O-rings. Maximum working temperature
100C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
431 series
Lockshield valve. Angled connections for iron pipes 3/8, 1/2, 3/4 or 1 F. Radiator connection 3/8 or 1/2 M with
tailpiece equipped with EPDM pre-seal, 3/4 and 1 M with tailpiece without seal. Brass body. Chrome plated. White cap
RAL 9010 in ABS. Outward seal consisting of EPDM O-ring on control stem. Maximum working temperature 100C.
Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
432 series
Lockshield valve. Straight connections for iron pipes 3/8, 1/2, 3/4 or 1 F. Radiator connection 3/8 or 1/2 M with
tailpiece equipped with EPDM pre-seal, 3/4 and 1 M with tailpiece without seal. Brass body. Chrome plated. White cap
RAL 9010 in ABS. Outward seal consisting of EPDM O-ring on control stem. Maximum working temperature 100C.
Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
200 series
Thermostatic control head for thermostatic and convertible radiator valves. Built-in sensor with liquid-filled element.
Maximum ambient temperature 50C. Graduated scale from 0 to 5 corresponding to a temperature adjustment range from
0 to 28C, with the possibility of locking and limiting the temperature. Frost protection cut-in at 7C.
201 series
Thermostatic control head for thermostatic and convertible radiator valves. Remote sensor with liquid-filled element.
Maximum ambient temperature 50C. Graduated scale from 0 to 5 corresponding to a temperature adjustment range from
0 to 28C, with the possibility of locking and limiting the temperature. Frost protection cut-in at 7C.
202 series
Thermostatic control head for thermostatic and convertible radiator valves. Built-in sensor with liquid-filled element, with
digital LCD room temperature indicator. Maximum ambient temperature 50C. Graduated scale from 0 to 5 corresponding
to a temperature adjustment range from 0 to 28C, with the possibility of locking and limiting the temperature. Frost
protection cut-in at 7C. Room temperature display range from 16C to 26C.
203 series
Thermostatic control head with contact sensor, for fluid temperature limitation. Control temperature range 2050C
(4090C). Maximum sensor temperature 100C. Numbered scale, with possibility of locking and limiting the temperature.
Capillary length 2 m.
209 series
Tamper-proof / anti-theft cap for thermostatic control head, for use in public places.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) ITALY TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2010 Caleffi
Dual manifolds
and differential by-pass valve
356 - 357 series
CALEFFI
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01014/06 GB
Function
Dual manifolds are typically used for the distribution of the heatcarrying medium in heating and air conditioning systems. They are
available with both double and single side connections and can be
used to connect fittings for copper, plastic or multi-layer piping.
They are also offered for air-conditioning systems in a version
complete with hot pre-formed shell insulation, sized to limit thermal
losses and above all to prevent condensation on the surface.
The differential by-pass valve keeps the manifold flow and return
circuits pressure balanced when the flow rate varies. This
variation in flow rate can take place following the closure of room
temperature regulating valves on the heat emitters like for example,
thermostatic or thermo-electric valves.
Reference documentation
Tech. broch. 01091 Inspection box 362 series
Product range
MANIFOLDS:
356 series
Double side connections
356. . . IS series Double side connections with pre-formed insulation
357 series
Single side connections
size 3/4
Material:
brass EN 1982 CB 753S
Medium:
water, glycol solutions
Max. percentage of glycol:
30%
Max. working pressure:
10 bar
Temperature range:
-10110C
Main connections:
3/4 and 1 F, version without insulation
1 F, version with insulation
Outlet connections:
23 p.1,5 M - 18 mm
Main connections centre distance:
60 mm
Outlet centre distance:
40 mm
Average inside diameter:
3/4: 20 mm
1: 26 mm
Material:
expanded PE-X with closed cells
Thickness:
20 mm
Density: - internal portion:
30 kg/m3
- external portion:
50 kg/m3
Thermal conductivity (DIN 52612): - at 0C:
0,038 W/(mK)
- at 40C:
0,045 W/(mK)
Coefficient of resistance to the diffusion
of water vapour (DIN 52615):
>1.300
Temperature range:
0100C
Reaction to fire (DIN 4102):
Class B2
Construction details
CALEFFI
Monoblock casting
These manifolds are made with a monoblock casting, without any
connections made between the internal tubes. This eliminates a
possible cause of leakage due to coupling with metals with different
coefficients of expansion.
The connections of the side outlets are obtained tangentially to the
main tubes to make fitting the unions easier.
Mod. Dep.
B
60
Dimensions
356
40
E
A
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
1
1
1
1
1
No. out.
2+2
4+4
6+6
8+8
10+10
4+4
6+6
8+8
10+10
12+12
Code
356502
356504
356506
356508
356510
356604
356606
356608
356610
356612
C
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
B
116
116
116
116
116
122
122
122
122
122
CALEFFI
E
100
180
260
340
420
184
264
344
424
538
D
30
30
30
30
30
32
32
32
32
32
Weight (kg)
0,84
1,55
2,20
3,00
3,70
1,75
2,54
3,44
4,38
5,30
B
60
220
Mod. Dep.
Pre-formed insulation
The manifold
356 series is also
offered for the
specific use of
air-conditioning
systems, with hot
pre-formed shell
insulation.
356
40
E
F
A
1
1
1
1
No. out.
4+4
6+6
8+8
10+10
CALEFFI
B
122
122
122
122
C
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
D
32
32
32
32
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
E
Weight (kg)
184
2,05
264
2,84
344
3,74
424
4,68
Mod. Dep.
B
60
Code
356604 IS
356606 IS
356608 IS
356610 IS
357
40
Code
357502
357503
357504
357505
357506
A
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
No. out.
2+2
3+3
4+4
5+5
6+6
357
73
E
B
105
105
105
105
105
C
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
D
30
30
30
30
30
E
180
260
373
453
533
Weight (kg)
1,30
1,95
2,80
3,45
4,06
Hydraulic characteristics
Coefficient of localized loss inlet loss (F+R):
Coefficient of localized loss outlet loss (F+R):
3,0
6,5
Hydraulic characteristics
Materials: -
50
45
40
35
3000
30
2500
25
20
2000
15
20
CALEFFI
A
C
2 3 4
Principle of operation
Thermostatic valve
CALEFFI
Mod
.
Dep.
356
900
800
1000
700
600
450
400
500
30
Application diagram
2 3 4
10
Q (l/h)
10
356050
Code
A
3/4
B
3/8
C
60
D
55
Weight (kg) 0,333
25
200
50
Dimensions
350
12
300
1200
1000
250
18
16
14
180
1800
1600
1400
160
60
4500
4000
3500
140
Connections to manifold:
Head connections:
Centre distance:
6000
5000
120
10 bar
-10110C
20 kPa (2000 mm w.g.)
90
80
70
90
100
9000
8000
7000
80
P (kPa)
10000
100
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
P (mm w.g.)
70
60
body:
check valve obturator:
spring:
seals:
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
Mod
Dep.
2 3 4
Mod
.
357
Dep.
357
Product Range
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
362036
362056
362073
363036
363056
363073
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
inspection
inspection
inspection
inspection
inspection
inspection
box
box
box
port
port
port
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
356 series
Cast monoblock dual distribution manifold with double side connections. Brass body. Main connections 3/4 or 1 F. Outlet
connections: 23 p.1,5 M - 18 mm. Main centre distance: 60 mm. Outlet centre distance: 40 mm. Medium: water and glycol
solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol: 30%. Maximum working pressure: 10 bar. Temperature range: -10110C.
356 IS series
Cast monoblock dual distribution manifold with double side connections and hot pre-formed insulation. Brass body. Main
connections: 1 F. Outlet connections: 23 p.1,5 M - 18 mm. Main centre distance: 60 mm. Outlet centre distance: 40 mm.
Medium: water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol: 30%. Maximum working pressure: 10 bar. Temperature
range: -10110C.
357 series
Cast monoblock dual distribution manifold with single side connections. Brass body. Main connections: 3/4 F. Outlet
connections: 23 p.1,5 M - 18 mm. Main centre distance: 60 mm. Outlet centre distance: 40 mm. Medium: water and glycol
solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol: 30%. Maximum working pressure: 10 bar. Temperature range: -10110C.
Code 356050
Differential by-pass valve for dual distribution manifolds. Brass body. Connections to manifold 3/4 M with captive nut. Head
connections: 3/8 F with plug. Seals of EPDM. Temperature range: -10110C. Medium: water and glycol solutions. Maximum
percentage of glycol: 30%. Maximum working pressure: 10 bar. Centre distance: 60 mm. Differential pressure fixed setting: 20 kPa.
362 series
Plastic inspection box with ventilation openings.
White colour RAL 9010. Useful dimensions ( h x b x d ):
Code 362036
360 x 270 x 100/80 mm.
Code 362056
560 x 330 x 100/80 mm.
Code 362073
730 x 360 x 100/80 mm.
363 series
Plastic inspection port with ventilation openings.
White colour RAL 9010. Useful dimensions ( h x b ):
Code 363036
360 x 270 mm.
Code 363056
560 x 330 mm.
Code 363073
730 x 360 mm.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
series 6460
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01015/03 GB
Function
Zone valves are used to automatically shut-off the flow of carrier
fluid distributed to a system. Specifically:
- In central heating systems, they support the ambient temperature
regulation and indirect heat metering when connected to a meter.
- In domestic hot water systems, they allow control of the
temperature in the storage cylinders.
- In commercial and industrial systems, they can shut-off the flow
in the distribution networks.
Motorised ball valves are used in the above applications mainly
because of the following characteristics:
- No seeping across the valve.
- Rapid operation (valve opening - closing).
- Ability to operate with high differential pressures.
- Low head losses.
Registered design.
Product range
Series
Series
Series
Series
Series
Series
Series
6460..
6470..
6480..
6489..
6490..
6490..
6480..
Technical specification
Valve body
Actuator
Materials:- body
brass EN 12165 CW617N
- ball
brass EN 12165 CW617N, chrome plated
- ball seal
PTFE with O-Ring in EPDM
- control shaft seal
double O-Ring in EPDM
Synchron motor
Electrical supply:
Medium:
Max percentage of glycol:
Max working pressure:
Temperature range:
Max differential pressure:
Connections:
3-way bottom connection:
220 V ( 20%) - 50 60 Hz
24 V ( 10%) - 50 60 Hz
Power consumption:
4 VA
Rating of auxiliary microswitch contacts:
220 V; 0,8 A
24 V; 1,3 A
Protection class:
IP 44
Operating time:
50 s
Max ambient temperature:
55C
Permissible humidity:
class G to DIN 40040
Dynamic starting torque:
9 Nm
Dimensions
Operating principle
Ambient temperature control in central
heating systems.
B
A
Code
D
647040+6460.. 1/2
647050+6460.. 3/4
647060+6460.. 1
647070+6460.. 1 1/4
A
141
141
178
172
B
80
80
92
92
E
36
36
36
36
C
105
105
105
105
H
G
F
65,5 101,5 124
65,5 101,5 124
106 128,5
70
106 128,5
70
L
68,5
68,5
68,5
68,5
M
59
59
59
59
B
A
Code
D
A
B
648040+64904.+6460.. 1/2 141 80
648050+64905.+6460.. 3/4 141 80
648060+64906.+6460.. 1 178 92
11/4 172 92
648070+6460..
C
105
105
105
105
F
E
I
M
G
H
L
36 65,5 161,5 184 60 68,5 59
36 65,5 161,5 184 60 68,5 59
36 70 166 188,5 60 68,5 59
36 70
- 68,5 59
-
B
A
Code
D
A
B
C
E
F
G
H
I
L
M
648950+6460.. 3/4 141 80 105 36 65,5 150,5164,5 173187 4963 68,5 59
Constructional details
Electrical connections
The electrical connection of the actuator consists of an external
plug-in socket system, which does not require the cover to be
opened for the supply cable to be connected.
This solution is particularly useful if the actuator needs to be replaced.
An efficient rubber protective cover safeguards the connection
system.
Actuator
The actuator has an auxiliary microswitch which can be used to
switch on an hours-run meter when the valve opens or for shut-down
of the pump. The microswitch contacts are closed when the valve
is approximately 80% open.
63
C A L E F F I
356
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
CALEFFI
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
CALEFFI
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
356
49
The actuator can be mounted on the valve body in the two positions
indicated, vertical or horizontal. Fixing is via a stainless steel clamp
ring.
Manual opening
Hydraulic characteristics
Calibrated nozzles
P (kPa)
40
900
800
700
600
9
8
7
6
400
300
180
160
140
120
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
90
80
70
60
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
3500
3000
G (l/h)
/4
30
400
180
160
140
120
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
90
80
70
60
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
40
0,4
50
20000
3
180
160
140
120
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
90
80
70
60
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
3/
90
80
70
60
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
3500
3000
2500
1800
1600
1400
1200
900
800
700
600
450
400
350
250
180
160
140
120
50
1/2" 3/4"
1"
1 1/4"
3500
1
0,5
4000
3000
2500
1800
1600
2000
1400
1200
1000
900
800
700
600
450
400
500
350
300
250
200
180
160
140
90
80
70
120
100
50
60
50
G (l/h)
1
0,5
G (l/h)
4000
300
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
2000
180
160
140
120
1000
400
500
300
500
9
8
7
6
10
200
900
800
700
600
20
400
100
18
16
14
12
1/
1600
1400
1200
100
30
2000 1800
200
40
10
9
8
7
6
500
100
50
1/
3000
20
18
16
14
12
900
800
700
600
90
/4
90
80
70
60
-3
2
4000
30
1600
1400
1200
P (kPa)
5000
3000
100
50
2000 1800
1000
8000
7000
6000
40
G (l/h)
1 1/4"
4000
300
18000
16000
14000
12000
10000
9000
8000
1"
90
80
70
60
80
1/2" 3/4"
7000
6000
5000
4500
4000
3500
3000
2500
2000
1800
1600
8000
7000
6000
5000
P (mm w.g.)
100
1"
P (kPa)
10000 9000
0,1
10000 9000
200
1/2" 3/4"
P (mm w.g.)
0,2
70
1400
1200
1000
900
800
700
500
300
600
0,3
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
400
450
30
18
16
14
12
10
1000
1
0,5
350
20
1" U8
3,10
60
100
300
1" U6
2,50
Kv (m3/h) 0,78
50
200
500
10
9
8
7
6
1/
900
800
700
600
1/
1000
1600
1400
1200
20
18
16
14
12
-3
2000 1800
1
0,5
40
3000
4000
2500
1800
1600
2000
1400
1200
900
700
600
50
P (kPa)
450
50
400
100
500
200
350
0,1
4000
10
5
P (mm w.g.)
U8
U4
U6
U8
18
16
14
12
500
20000
18000
16000
14000
12000
10000
9000
8000
7000
6000
4500
4000
5000
3500
3000
2500
1800
1600
2000
0,2
20
1600
1400
1200
1000
G (l/h)
50
300
1400
900
1200
800
1000
500
300
10
700
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
600
18
16
14
12
400
450
0,3
350
20
0,4
30
30
2000 1800
0,5
40
40
3000
250
50
4000
100
5000
180
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
160
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
P (kPa)
90
80
70
60
200
180
160
140
120
8000
7000
6000
140
90
300
U6
10000 9000
90
80
70
60
U4
400
120
100
1/2 - 3/4
P (mm w.g.)
60
200
4
1/
500
10
9
8
7
6
80
/4
1/
900
800
700
600
1000
20
18
16
14
12
-3
1600
1400
1200
800
30
100
3000
2000 1800
1000
4000
70
P (mm w.g.)
Example
Choice of nozzle for 3/4 3-way valve tee.
G = 400 l/h
by-pass circuit flow rate
P = 12 kPa
by-pass circuit pressure drop
Using the above diagram, U6 3/4 nozzle is specified.
3/4"
Kv (m3/h) 1,20
Installation
Electrical connections
The zone valve must be installed in line with the direction of the
water circulation shown on the valve body.
- R relay
MC 3
MC 2
MC 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
Connection diagram for room thermostat (RT) and electricity
supply.
CALEFFI
C A L E F F I
1 2 3 4 5 6
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
RT
Min 30 mm
C A L E F F I
356
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
01
N L
Min 30 mm
1 2 3 4 5 6
RT
HM
01
System applications
N L
Zone control systems act in such a way as to shut-off automatically
the hydraulic loops supplying the heat transfer terminals, according
to the temperature reached in the room. This can cause variations
in pressure and flow rates throughout the system, and it is therefore
vital to ensure that these variations are kept under control within
acceptable limits.
System with 3-way zone valve
The system operates with a constant flow rate only if the zone valves
are provided with balanced tees or the circuits are balanced with
Autoflow automatic flow regulators, which keep the zone flow rate
constant with the zone valve open or in by-pass. In this case, the
closing of the zone valves does not cause variations in either
differential pressure or flow rate to the loops which remain open.
System with 2-way zone valves
The system operates with a variable flow rate and the pressure
increase generated by the closing of the zone valve must be kept
under control. This increase, which may reach levels which are
unacceptable for the correct operation of the system, is translated
as an increase in head in the circuits which are left open, with
consequent problems at the pump and boiler. It is therefore
necessary to keep the differential pressures under control by
means of differential by-pass valves or variable speed pumps.
However, the insertion of Autoflow regulators always limits the flow
rate in the open circuits to the nominal value.
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 0
1 2 3 4 5 6
RT
RT
HM
HM
N
N L
L
0
1
Application diagrams
Shut-off valve
RT
Thermostatic valve
Electric pump
RT
Room thermostat
Differential by-pass
Adjustable differential
by-pass valve
RT
Autoflow
System with 2-way zone valves and adjustable differential by-pass valve
RT
RT
System with 2-way zone valves, variable speed pump and Autoflow
RT
RT
System with 2-way zone valves, temperature regulating unit and Sepcoll
M S
20
18
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
100
2,25
2,0
1,75
80
1,5
1,25
60
1,0
0,75
40
0,5
0,25
20
20
15
1,0
0,75
0,5
0,25
10
1,25
-5
-10
-15
-20
1,5
1,75
2,0
2,25
20
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
16
22
24
Accessories
F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
Off-centre fittings
Off-centre fittings 3/4,
(ref. 648005 and 1,
ref. 648006) for connecting
the 3-way zone valve and
the by-pass tee assembly
to any type of dual
manifold with centre to
centre distance between
50 and 70 mm.
50 to 70 mm
Off-centre kit
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 6460
Electrical actuator for ball zone valve. Power supply 220 V (or 24 V). With auxiliary microswitch. Dynamic
starting torque 9 Nm. Auxiliary contact current 0,8 A (220 V), 1,3 A (24 V). Power consumption 4 VA.
Operating time 50 seconds. Protection class IP 44. Maximum ambient temperature 55C. Electrical connection
by means of external plug and socket system. Self-extinguishing polycarbonate protective box.
Series 6470
2-way ball zone valve. Threaded connections 1/2 M (from 1/2 to 1 1/4) with unions. Brass body. PTFE ball seal
with extra EPDM O-Ring. Control shaft seal with EPDM double O-Ring. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
Temperature range from -5C to +95C (110C maximum peak). Maximum differential pressure 10 bar.
Maximum glycol 50%.
Series 6480
3-way ball zone valve. Threaded connections 1/2 M (from 1/2 to 1 1/4) with unions. Third way connection 3/4
F. Brass body. PTFE ball seal with extra EPDM O-Ring. Control shaft seal with EPDM double O-Ring. Maximum
working pressure 10 bar. Temperature range from -5C to +95C (110C maximum peak). Maximum differential
pressure 10 bar. Maximum glycol 50%.
Series 6489
4 -way telescopic zone valve. Threaded connections 3/4 M with unions. Brass body. PTFE ball seal with extra
EPDM O-Ring. Control shaft seal with EPDM double O-Ring. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Temperature
range from -5C to +95C (110C maximum peak). Maximum differential pressure 10 bar. Maximum glycol 50%.
Centre to centre distance between connections adjustable fro 49 to 63 mm. By-pass tee supplied with U6
calibrated nozzle.
Series 6490
By-pass tee for 3-way ball zone valve. Threaded connections 1/2 M (from 1/2 to 1) with unions. Third way
connection 3/4 M. Brass body. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Supplied with calibrated nozzle (U4, U6, U8),
for the third way (version without nozzle also available) for balancing the system.
Series 6480
Off-centre fittings for connection of the ball zone valves to manifolds with centre to centre distances between
50 and 70 mm. 1/2 M connections (1/2 and 3/4). In brass.
Code 648018
Eccentric kit for connection of 3-way zone valves to relevant by-pass tees. Connection 3/4 M x 3/4 F. For installation
in Caleffi manifold box, series 5902 and connection to simple manifolds.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
5261 series
01019/10 GB
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
FM 21654
replaces dp 01019/03 GB
Function
These hydraulic safety groups are used in domestic water systems to
protect hot water storage heaters.
They combine different components with the following functions:
- safety, to prevent the pressure of the medium in the storage heaters from
reaching dangerous levels
- anti-pollution, to prevent backflow of hot water into the cold water supply
network
- a shut-off function to isolate the supply network for maintenance and
inspection of the heater system.
The hydraulic safety groups, the installation of which is required by
applicable regulations, are certified as conforming to European
Standard EN 1487.
Product range
5261 Series
Hydraulic safety group for hot water storage heaters
Code 526153
Hydraulic safety group for hot water storage heaters for horizontal installation
Code 319601
Discharge tundish for hydraulic safety groups
Technical specifications
Performance
Medium:
Max. working temperature:
Max. working pressure:
Safety relief valve opening pressure:
Materials
Body:
brass EN 12165 CW617N, chrome plated
Ball valve:
brass EN 12164 CW614N
Check valve:
brass EN 12164 CW614N
Safety relief valve obturator:
EPDM
Safety relief valve seat:
stainless steel
Hydraulic seals:
EPDM
Springs:
steel UNI 3823
water
120C
10 bar
7 bar
inlet 3/4 M
outlet 3/4 F
discharge 1 M
Dimensions
D
A
C
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
A
C
B
B
E
Code
A
B C D
F Mass (kg)
526142 1/2" 1 29 38 98,5 122 0,46
526152 3/4" 1 29 38 98,5 122 0,45
Code
A B C
D
E
F Mass (kg)
526153 3/4" 1 29 38 114 116,5 0,49
Code A
B
C C D E Mass (kg)
319601 1 83100 25 32 55 117 0,08
Shut-off cock
Class A check valve
Inspection port to check functionality of the check valve
Safety relief valve
Discharge tundish and air gap
Knob for manual discharge
Plug for access to the check valve
Stainless steel seat
Connection
to heater
Characteristic components
Cold
water
inlet
Reference standards
Connection to
discharge pipe:
- 25 mm
(rubber seals)
Discharge tundish
The discharge tundish, located at the outlet of the safety valve, must
conform to the dimension requirements of standard EN 1487 and
discharge must occur without any spillage of water. To meet this
requirement the 319 series tundishes are fitted with special side
walls which catch any water spillage during discharge from the
safety relief valve and direct it to the drainage pipes.
- 32 mm
(glued)
83-100 mm
LL UTI
TIP O
0k
5 2 61
Application diagrams
6 - 3/ 4 1
. -0
7 bar
VI
EN 1487
DANGE
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
5261 series
Hydraulic safety group for hot water storage heaters. Certified to standard EN 1487. With shut-off and class A controllable
check valve. Safety relief valve seat in stainless steel. Connection to heater 1/2 (3/4) F. Discharge connection 1 M.
Brass body. Chrome plated. EPDM seals. Maximum working temperature 120C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
Safety relief valve opening pressure 7 bar.
Code 526153
Hydraulic safety group for hot water storage heaters for horizontal installation. Certified to standard EN 1487. With
shut-off and class A controllable check valve. Safety relief valve seat in stainless steel. Connection to heater 3/4 F.
Discharge connection 1 M. Brass body. Chrome plated. EPDM seals. Maximum working temperature 120C.
Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Safety relief valve opening pressure 7 bar.
Code 319601
Discharge tundish for hydraulic safety groups to standard EN 1487. Connection 1. In plastic material.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) ITALY TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2010 Caleffi
CALEFFI
RE
IS
IS
ANT
HOC
525 series
TERE
01020/08 GB
Function
Water hammer phenomenon occurs in closed pipes when the fluid
is accelerated or decelerated very quickly, due to the rapid closure
of valves or taps or as a consequence of a circulation pump
stopping.
The effect consists in the propagation of over- and underpressures
along the pipes, which may result in noise and damage to the
whole system.
The water hammer arrester, when installed close to single-lever
mixing taps, solenoid valves, ball valves, etc., prevents such
negative effects.
The use of water hammer arrester is recommended in particular by
UNI 9182 regulation Cold and hot water supply and distribution
systems. Design, testing and management criteria.
Product range
Code 525040
Code 525130
Code 525150
Technical specifications
Materials
Body:
Damping element:
Spring:
Seals:
size 1/2 M
size 3/8 F with nut x 3/8 M
size 3/4 F with nut x 3/4 M
Performance
Medium:
Max. working pressure:
Max. medium temperature:
Max. water hammer pressure:
Operating start pressure:
Connections:
water
10 bar
90C
50 bar
3 bar
- 525040
- 525130
- 525150
Dimensions
D
A
B
Code
525040
B
A
1/2 52
C
46
D
74
E
89
Weight (kg)
0,492
Code
525130
525150
A
3/8
3/4
B
75,5
84,5
C
46
46
D
71
74
Weight (kg)
0,492
0,538
(1)
2 L
t* =
v2
p (bar)
Steel
10
1411
14,2
288
28,8
Copper
10
1400
14,3
285
28,5
PE-X
10
885
22,6
180
18
v2 (m/s)
20x1
1393
143,5
(2)
80
pmax.
70
Overpressure p (bar)
60
Overpressure
50
40
30
Sudden
operation
20x1 v1 = 1 m/s
20x1 v1 = 2 m/s
20x1 v1 = 5 m/s
20
Slow
operation
10
t*
(phase time)
Closing time
0
1
10
Pipe length (m)
100
Overpressure
Operating principle
Certified performance
The Caleffi 525 series water
hammer arrester has been
tested by KIWA (NL) to verify
the
conformity
to
the
performance requirements for
water
hammer
devices
(reference standard BRL
K632/02). The laboratory tests
showed that the Caleffi
525 series provides a water
hammer
overpressure
damping ratio of more than
60%.
BRL K632/02
2000-06-02
Beoordelingsrichtlijn
voor het Kiwa productcertificaat voor
Waterslagdempers
Erkenning
Kiwa N.V
Certificatie en Keuringen
Sir Winston Churchill-laan 273
Postbus 70
2280 AB Rijswijk
Tel. 070 - 41 444 00
Tel. 070 - 41 444 20
Internet www.kiwa.nl
Construction details
Reduced dimensions
Water hammer arresters are easy to install in the system, preferably
in the vicinity of the shut-off devices which originate the
overpressure to damp.
Installation
Maintenance free
Compared to pneumatic arresters, Caleffi 525 series arresters,
since mechanical, are maintenance free.
Foodsafe elastomers and other materials
The elastomers used in the seals and the other materials comply
with the compatibility requirements for use with potable water as
required by WRAS certifications.
Reference standards
Article 15 of UNI 9182 (IT) Cold and hot water supply and
distribution systems. Design, testing and management criteria,
specifies that: All cold and hot water distribution systems must be
equipped with water hammer arrester of the mechanical (spring) or
hydropneumatic (permanent or serviceable air cushion) type...
The installation of the water hammer arrester must also comply with
the Guidelines for the prevention and control of Legionnaires
Disease, as set out by the Ministry of Health and adopted by the
Regional State Conference on 4.4.2000. The arresters must be
installed in such a way as not to create zones of stagnant water,
which may be difficult to reach for the purposes of disinfection.
Installation recommendations
The Caleffi 525 series water hammer arresters are designed for
single service installation (under washhand basins) or small groups
of services, such as in a bathroom supplied by a domestic
manifold. For larger scale water hammer problems, the solutions
are different and must be designed to fit the particular case. One
possible solution to water hammer may be to install an expansion
vessel to act as an arrester.
Water hammer
arrester
Dead
zones
INADVISABLE
INSTALLATION
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
525 series
Water hammer arrester. Threaded connections: 525040 1/2 M with PTFE seal on thread, 525130 3/8 F with
nut x 3/8 M, 525150 3/4 F with nut x 3/4 M. Chrome plated brass body, high resistance polymer damping element, stainless
steel spring, EPDM seals. Medium water. Maximum water hammer pressure 50 bar. Operating start pressure
3 bar. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Maximum medium temperature 90C.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2008 Caleffi
1-07-2010
12:42
Pagina 1
Ball valves
with built-in check valve
CALEFFI
01021/10 GB
P
O
T
S
L
L
BA
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
FM 21654
Function
The ball valves with built-in check valve BALLSTOP combine two
devices in a single body: a ball shut-off valve and a check valve
housed inside the ball itself. This dual function allows for quicker
installation and a more compact device, which means less space
required on the pipe.
BALLSTOP valves are available in two versions for two different
uses: the version with black plastic external ring for use in domestic
water systems and the version with red external ring for heating
systems.
Product range
3230 series
3230 series
Code 332400
333 series
334 series
327 series
327 series
Ball
Ball
Ball
Ball
Ball
Ball
Ball
valve
valve
valve
valve
valve
valve
valve
with
with
with
with
with
with
with
built-in
built-in
built-in
built-in
built-in
built-in
built-in
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
valve,
valve,
valve,
valve,
valve,
valve,
valve,
series
Materials
Body:
Ball:
Check valve:
sizes 1/21
sizes 1 1/42
size 1/2
size 3/4
sizes 1 and 1 1/4
sizes 1 1/2 and 2
butterfly handle
lever handle
butterfly handle
butterfly handle
butterfly handle
butterfly handle
lever handle
sizes 1/21
sizes 1 1/42
size 1/2
sizes 1/2 and 3/4 x 3/4
sizes 1/2 and 3/4 x 3/4
sizes 1/2 and 3/4
sizes 12
327
brass EN 12165 CW617N, chrome plated
brass EN 12164 CW614N, chrome plated
brass EN 12165 CW617N, chrome plated
PA
POM
PSU
brass EN 12164 CW614N, chrome plated
stainless steel
EPDM
aluminium
PTFE
water, glycol solutions
30%
16 bar
0,02 bar
5110C
1/22 F
1-07-2010
12:42
Pagina 2
Dimensions
B
B
Code
327400
327500
C
50,5
52,5
61,5
B
51
57
70
A
1/2"
3/4"
1"
Mass (kg)
0,28
0,37
0,55
Code
Code
327600
323070 327700
323080 327800
323090 327900
A
1"
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
B
70
83
89
110
C
61,5
65,5
80
89
D
111
111
149
149
D
50,5
52,5
E
70
73
Mass (kg)
0,55
1,01
1,60
2,80
Code
323040
323050
323060
E
Code
A
332400 1/2
B
1/2
D
50,5
F
61
Mass (kg)
0,40
334400 1/2
334500 3/4
3/4nut
3/4nut
63,5
69,5
50,5
52,5
70
73
0,40
0,42
Operating principle
The valve consists of a ball (1) containing a check obturator (2) with
a fluid-dynamic shape. During normal circulation of the medium in
the system, the obturator is pushed against the retaining spring (3)
housed inside it, thereby opening the aperture and allowing the
medium to flow through it. When the pressure downstream of the
valve is higher than the upstream pressure, the obturator is pushed
in the opposite direction against the seal seat on the ball (4), in
order to prevent backflow of the medium.
Even with no flow, the valve is closed by the action of the retaining
spring alone.
The obturator, owing to the thrust exerted by the retaining spring (3)
and by the downstream pressure, completely shuts off the flow
passage by means of the specially shaped seal (5) (positioned on
the ball seal seat or on the obturator depending on the version).
The ball valve, equipped with butterfly handle (6) or lever handle
depending on the size of the valve, acts as a standard shut-off
device.
Code
333400
333500
A
1/2"
3/4"
B
3/4"
3/4"
nut
nut
C
63,5
69,5
3230 series
6
1
4
2
5
327 series
6
4
1
2
Mass (kg)
0,42
0,42
1-07-2010
12:42
Pagina 3
Construction details
Silent operation and low head losses
Thanks to the ogival, fluid-dynamic shape of the obturator, the
BALLSTOP valve ensures silent operation. Furthermore the flow
rate curve is fairly flat, indicating limited head loss increases even
in the case of substantial increases in flow rate.
Quick operation
The seal (positioned on the end point of the ball or on the obturator
itself depending on the version) and the retaining spring (housed
inside the obturator) ensure instant shut-off and a perfect seal, even
with slight back pressure.
Insensitive to dirt
The sliding parts, due to the special coupling, are insensitive to dirt
particles present in the water and deposits which may form after
long periods of non-use.
Hydraulic characteristics
9
8
7
6
11/2
11/4
10
p (m w.g.)
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
3/4
p (bar)
1/2
1/2
p (m w.g.)
10
11/4
11/2
327 series
3/4
p (bar)
9
8
7
6
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,50,45
0,50,45
0,20,18
0,10,09
0.5 0.45
0,05
0,045
0,5 0.45
0,05
0,045
0.2 0.18
0,02
0,018
0,2 0.18
0,02
0,018
0.1
0,01
0,1
0,01
0,08
0,07
0,06
0,04
0,035
0,03
0,025
0.16
0.14
0.12
G (m3/h)
Kv
(m3/h)
1/2
4,2
3/4
7
1 1/4
13,5
Installation
Caleffi 3230, 332, 333 and 334 series
BALLSTOP ball valves with built-in check
valve are recommended for domestic
water systems where there is a need to
disable the check valve. Typical uses
include connection to the water network
or installation on hot water storage supply
lines etc.
Caleffi 327 series BALLSTOP ball valves
with built-in check valve are recommended
for heating systems, thanks to the seal
materials which are compatible with high
temperature operating conditions. The
application of a check valve after the
pump (see figure opposite) is aimed at
preventing the convective motion of
natural circulation when the circulator is
switched off and which causes an
unwanted increase in room temperature,
resulting in higher costs and discomfort
for the user.
24
1 1/2
29
50
35
40
45
G (m3/h)
2
43
30
25
18
16
12
14
20
10
3.5
4
4.5
2.5
1.8
1.6
1.4
0.9
1.2
0.8
0,016
0,014
0,012
50
35
40
45
30
25
18
16
14
20
12
10
3.5
4
4.5
2.5
1.8
1.6
1.4
0.9
0.8
1.2
0.7
0.6
0.35
0.4
0.45
0.5
0.3
0.25
0,016
0,014
0,012
0.2
0.16
0.14
0.12
0.4
0.35
0.3
0.25
0.7
0,04
0,035
0,03
0,025
0,08
0,07
0,06
0.4
0.35
0.3
0.25
0,16
0,14
0,12
0,10,09
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.6
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0,20,18
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
0.5
0,16
0,14
0,12
0.35
0.4
0.45
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
0,4
0,35
0,3
0,25
0.3
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
0,4
0,35
0,3
0,25
0.25
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
0.2
Kv
(m3/h)
1/2
3/4
1 1/4
1 1/2
4,2
10
18
29
43
By contrast the ball valve, where the check device is housed, serves
as a shut-off device: if the pump is removed or the boiler emptied, it
prevents all the water draining out from the system.
The ball shut-off valve with built-in check valve must be installed in
the system following the flow direction indicated on the plastic band
applied to the valve body. The valve can be fitted in any position,
vertical, horizontal or upside down.
1-07-2010
12:42
Pagina 4
Application diagrams
Pressure gauge
Shut-off valve
Pump
Check valve
Temperature gauge
Clock
Temperature probe
Outside compensated
temperature controller
Deaerator-dirt separator
T
T
Normally
closed valve
1-07-2010
12:42
Pagina 5
Heating system with two heat generators and various secondary circuits
SEPARATORE IDRAULICO
Serie 548
Tmax 120C
Pmax 10 bar
Tmax 105C
Pmax 10 bar
Heating system with one heat generator and two different secondary circuits
P
T
F
A
1-07-2010
12:42
Pagina 6
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
3230 BALLSTOP series
Ball valve with built-in check valve. Butterfly handle. Threaded connections 1/2 F (from 1/2 to 1). Brass body, chrome
plated. Brass ball, chrome plated. Check valve in PA (1/2), POM (3/4), PSU (1). Aluminium control lever. PTFE control
stem seals. NBR check valve seal. Stainless steel check valve spring. Medium water and hydrocarbons. Working
temperature range 590C. Maximum working pressure 16 bar. Minimum opening pressure for check valve 0,02 bar.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) ITALY TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2010 Caleffi
CALEFFI
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01022/03 GB
Replaces 01022/99 GB
Function
The backflow preventer is a plumbing protection device designed
to prevent polluted water from flowing back into the mains supply.
This type of backflow may occur when the pressure in the mains
supply changes and causes a reversal of the flow. The backflow
preventer is installed between the mains supply and the internal
consumer circuit in water supply systems and creates a safety zone
which prevents the water in the two circuits from coming into contact.
Product range
Series
Series
Series
Series
574
575
570
570
Controllable reduced pressure zone backflow preventer (BA type). Threaded connections
Controllable reduced pressure zone backflow preventer (BA type). Flanged connections
Assembly fitted with backflow preventer (BA type), shut-off valves, strainer. Threaded connections
Assembly fitted with backflow preventer (BA type), shut-off valves, strainer. Flanged connections
Sizes 1/22
Sizes DN 50DN 100
Sizes 1/22
Sizes DN 50DN 100
Technical specification
series
Materials
Body and cover:
Springs:
Diaphragm:
Seals:
Shut-off valve body:
Strainer body:
Strainer cartridge:
Performance
Medium:
Max. working pressure:
Max. working temperature:
Filter mesh:
Connections
Pressure test port connections
574-570 threaded
575-570 flanged
stainless steel
stainless steel
stainless steel
EPDM
NBR
Ductile iron GGG 40 coated with epoxy resin
Cast iron GG 25 coated with epoxy resin
stainless steel
water
10 bar
65C
0,8 mm
water
10 bar
65C
0,7 mm (DN 50-DN 65)
0,9 mm (DN 80-DN 100)
1/4 F
DN 50: 1/4 F
DN 65DN 100: 1/2 F
CALEFFI
D
C
C
D
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
Dimensions
F
B
E
Code
365
130
44,5
103 40
3,0
570005 3/4"
390
130
44,5
103 40
3,6
570006
430
162
72,5 99,5 40
5,4
Weight (kg)
162
72,5 99,5 40
6,2
Weight (kg)
103
30
263 40 227
2,9
31
382 50 387
11,3
574050 3/4"
103
30
263 40 227
2,9
574900
31
382 50 395
11,4
570009
130
574040 1/2"
2"
Weight (kg)
Code
1"
2"
735
CALEFFI
Code
570004 1/2"
E
F
C
D
LT
C
D
DN 100
PN 10
DN 100
PN 10
E
E
F
Weight (kg)
Code
DN
Lt
Weight (kg)
575005 DN 50 129
27
382 50 302
13,2
570050
50
1050
50
70
Weight (kg)
575006 DN 65 132,5
27
385 50 305
17,0
570060
65
1150
50
80
Code
D
Code
574600
1"
100
30
292 40 280
3,6
575008 DN 80 170
26
484 80 470
26,5
570080
80
1350
80
104
30
292 40 280
3,8
26
484 80 470
28,0
570100
100
1430
80
135
Backflow
Potable water fed from the mains supply may suffer from hazardous pollution caused mainly by
contaminated fluids from plumbing systems flowing back directly into the mains supply.
This phenomenon, termed backflow occurs when:
a) the pressure in the mains system is less that in the plumbing circuit receiving the supply
(back syphonage). This situation may occur when there is a pipe breaking in the mains
system or when demand on the mains supply from consumers is very heavy.
b) the pressure in the plumbing circuit receiving the supply rises (back pressure) due, for
example, to water being pumped from a well.
Risk assessment
Given the potential dangers of the phenomenon and the
requirements of current regulations, the risk of pollution from
backflow must be assessed on the basis of the type of system and
the characteristic of the fluid that flows in it. An appropriate
backflow prevention device must be selected on the basis of that
assessment performed by the system designer and the mains
supplier. The device must be located along the supply line at those
points at risk of backflow which would be hazardous to human
health.
The protection can be provided by inserting a backflow preventer at
critical points in the circuit at the inlet from the mains supply or in the
internal plumbing system. This will prevent polluted water from
flowing back in all systems for which direct connection to the mains
or an internal supply is considered hazardous.
Protection matrix
Type of system
General
Sprinkler fire fighting systems using anti freeze solutions
Industrial cisterns
Non-domestic hose union taps
Permeable hoses in others than domestic gardens, laid below or at ground level,
with or without chemical additives
Primary circuits and central heating circuits in other than a house
Reclaimed water systems
Urinals, WCs and bidets
Category 1:
Water used for human consumption
provided by a water company.
Category 2:
Fluid which does not present health hazard,
as in category 1, whose quality has been
compromised as a result in changes to its
temperature, taste, odour or appearance.
Category 3:
Fluid which presents a slight health hazard
due to concentrations of low toxic
substances.
Category 4:
Fluid that presents a significant health
hazard due to concentrations of toxic
substances.
Category 5:
Fluid that presents a serious health hazard
due to concentrations of pathogenic
organisms, radioactive or very toxic
substances.
Appropriate backflow prevention devices
must be fitted in water supply systems on
the basis of this classification.
Backflow preventers (BA type) can be
used to protect against the risk of
pollution from backflow for types of
water up to category 4.
For category 5 types of water an air gap
separation must be used.
The table on the right, entitled Protection
matrix, relates the categories of water to
different types of system. It has been
compiled on the basis of indications given
by the European regulations.
The new European standard EN 12729 Devices to prevent pollution by backflow of
potable water. Controllable backflow preventer
with reduced pressure zone. Family B Type A - stipulate the functional, dimensional
and mechanical requirements that must be
met for controllable reduced pressure zone
backflow preventers (BA type).
Fluid cat.
5
4
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Food processing
Bottle washing apparatus
Butchery and meat trade
Dairies
Food preparation
Slaughterhouse equipment
Vegetable washing
*
*
Medical
Medical or dental equipment with submerged inlets
Bed-pans washers
Commercial clothes washing in health care premises
Domestic appliances such as sinks, baths and wash basins
Dialysing machines
Laboratories
Mortuary equipment
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Catering
Bottle washing apparatus
Dish washing machines in commercial buildings
Dish washing machines in health care premises
Drink vending machines in which ingredients or CO2
are injected into the supply or distribution pipe
Refrigerating equipment
Vegetable washing
Industrial and commercial applications
Brewery and distillation
Car washing and degreasing plants
Commercial clothes washing plants
Drain cleaning plant
Dyeing equipment
Industrial and chemical plants
Industrial disinfection equipment
Laboratories
Mobile plant, tankers and gully emptiers
Printing and photographic equipment
Water storage for agricultural purposes
Animals drinking systems
Water treatment plant or water softeners using products other than salt
Pressurised water fire fighting systems
Water storage for fire fighting purposes
Agricultural
Commercial irrigation with outlets below or at ground level and/or permeable pipes,
with or without chemical additives
Commercial hydroponic systems
Insecticide of fertiliser applications
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Operating principle
The controllable reduced pressure zone backflow preventer is comprised of: a body with an inspection cover, an upstream check valve (1), a
downstream check valve (2), a discharge device (3).
The two check valves divide three different zones, each of which at a different pressure: an upstream or inlet zone (A); an intermediate zone,
also known as the reduced pressure zone (B); a downstream or outlet zone (C). Each of these has a test port for measuring pressure.
A discharge device (3), is located in the lower part of the intermediate zone.
The obturator of the discharge device is connected via the valve stem (4) to the diaphragm (5).
This mobile unit is pushed upwards by the spring (6). The diaphragm (5) marks the limit of the top chamber (D), which is connected to the
upstream zone by the channel (7).
Normal flow conditions
Under conditions of normal flow, both check valves are open, while
the pressure in the intermediate chamber (B) is always lower that
the inlet pressure by at least 140 mbar due to the pressure loss
caused by the check valve (1).
In the top chamber (D), however, the pressure is the same as in the
inlet zone.
In this situation, the mobile unit consisting of the diaphragm (5), the
valve stem (4) and the valve obturator (3) is pushed down by the
push created by the difference in pressure acting on the diaphragm
which is greater than that of the spring(6) acting in the opposite
direction.
The discharge valve is therefore held in the closed position.
2
D
7
5
4
6
UPSTREAM
DOWNSTREAM
No flow conditions
The check valves (1) and (2) are now closed.
Since the pressure in the upstream zone and therefore also in the
top chamber (D), is still at least 140 mbar higher than the pressure
in the intermediate chamber (B), the discharge valve remains
closed.
3 C
2
D
7
5
4
6
UPSTREAM
DOWNSTREAM
3 C
2
D
7
5
4
6
UPSTREAM
A
B
DOWNSTREAM
3 C
Constructional details
Discharge funnel
In compliance with standard EN 1717 backflow from the connected
pipe must be prevented during discharge and this must occur
without any external water spillage. Consequently the tundish
connected to the discharge pipe must be of an appropriate size
with special openings to create the necessary air gap and it must
be equipped with a proper flow conveyor.
Anti-corrosion materials
The materials used to manufacture the backflow preventers must
be corrosion resistant due to contact with drinking water.
They are therefore constructed using an dezincification resistant
alloy
, bronze and stainless steel to ensure longlasting high
performance.
Elastomers complying with food regulations
The elastomers employed for the water seals are approved by
Certifying Bodies in compliance with the most recent regulations
governing compatibility for use with drinking water.
Easy maintenance
The backflow preventer is inspected periodically during its normal
operating life to check that it is functioning correctly. Should the
need arise, dismantling and maintenance operations are simple
and easy to perform with components that are easy to inspect and
replace without disconnecting the valve body from the pipework.
Certification
The series 574 and 575 BA type controllable reduced pressure zone
backflow preventers are certified as complying with the National and
European standards by the following Certifying Bodies: UNI-NF-WRASKIWA-DVGW-SVGW-OVGW-KIWA-SITAC-BELGAQUA-SAI-Global.
Hydraulic characteristics
p (bar)
p (m w.g.)
3/4
20
1,8
1,6
1,4
18
16
14
1,2
12
10
0,9
0,8
9
8
p (bar)
2
1 1/2
20
18
16
14
1,2
12
10
0,9
0,8
9
8
0,7
0,6
0,6
5
4,5
0,5
20
1,8
1,6
1,4
18
16
14
1,2
12
10
0,9
0,8
40
45
50
35
G (m /h)
p (bar)
p (m w.g.)
1 1 1/4
9
8
p (m w.g.)
DN 50 DN 65 DN 80 DN 100
20
1,8
1,6
1,4
18
16
14
1,2
12
10
0,9
0,8
9
8
0,7
0,7
0,6
0,6
0,5
5
4,5
0,5
1
11
20
3/4
8
11
500
400
450
350
G (m /h)
Series 570
1/2
4,5
7
G (m /h)
Strainer
Shut-off valve
300
250
180
200
160
140
120
90
100
80
70
60
50
40
45
35
30
25
18
20
16
14
12
10
0,2
50
40
45
35
30
25
20
18
16
14
12
10
4
4,5
0,5
3,5
2,5
0,2
0,25
2,5
2,5
3,0
0,25
1,8
3,5
0,30
1,6
0,35
3,0
1,4
3,5
0,30
1,2
0,35
0,9
4,5
4,0
0,8
0,45
0,40
0,7
4,0
0,6
0,45
0,40
G (m /h)
p (bar)
30
25
18
16
20
14
12
10
4
4,5
3,5
2,5
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
0,9
0,8
0,2
0,7
40
45
50
35
30
25
18
16
20
14
12
10
4
4,5
0,5
2,5
0,2
3,5
0,25
2,5
2,5
1,8
3,0
0,25
1,6
3,5
0,30
0,35
3,0
1,4
3,5
0,30
1,2
0,35
0,9
4,5
4,0
0,8
0,45
0,40
0,7
4,0
0,6
0,45
0,40
p (m w.g.)
0,7
0,5
1,8
1,6
1,4
0,6
1/2
0,5
1 1/4
16
35
Kv (m3/h)
2
1 1/2
25
22
80
49
DN 65
180
610
DN 50
104
300
DN 80
258
950
DN 100
365
1.700
Installation
Backflow preventers must be installed by qualified personnel in accordance with current norms and regulations.
They must be installed downstream from a shut-off valve and from a strainer with a discharge that can be inspected and another shut-off valve must
be fitted downstream from it. The unit must be installed in an accessible position, appropriately located to avoid possible immersion due to accidental
flooding (see diagram).
The device must be fitted horizontally. The discharge tundish must comply with standard EN 1717 and be connected to the sewage piping. Before
installing the backflow preventer and the strainer, the pipework must be flushed with a large flow rate.
When used to protect the mains supply, backflow preventers must be installed downstream from the water meter, whereas when used to protect the
potable water supply system for internal usage, they are installed at the limit of the zone where pollution might occur, e.g. central heating systems,
garden irrigation systems, etc.
CALEFFI
L
4
1
2
pipe
0,50
sewer mains
tunnel
pipe
shut-off valve
strainer
backflow preventer
shut-off valve
Discharge to sewer
B=0,50 a 1,50
sewer mains
tunnel
B=0,50 a 1,50
0,50
DN 100
PN 10
1
2
3
4
shut-off valve
strainer
backflow preventer
shut-off valve
Discharge to sewer
OPERATION
FINDINGS
PROBABLE CAUSE
Constant discharge
2
Close the upstream
shut-off valve and open
the test cock for checking
the upstream pressure
(on the front flange)
Move to step 2
Continuous discharge
DECISION
Move to step 3
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 574
Controllable reduced pressure zone backflow preventer (BA type). EN 12729 certified. 1/2 M (1/2-3/4 M) threaded
connections with union. Body, cover and discharge valve seat in dezincification resistant alloy. Check valve spindle and
springs in stainless steel. Seals in NBR. Max. working temperature 65C. Max. working pressure 10 bar. Positive action
safety device in compliance with standard EN 12729. Complete with upstream, intermediate and downstream pressure test
ports and discharge tundish with collar fitting to pipe.
Series 574
Controllable reduced pressure zone backflow preventer (BA type). EN 12729 certified. 1 M (1-1 1/4 M) threaded
connections with union. Body and cover in dezincification resistant alloy. Check valve spindle, discharge valve seat and
springs in stainless steel. Seals in NBR. Max. working temperature 65C. Max. working pressure 10 bar. Positive action
safety device in compliance with standard EN 12729. Complete with upstream, intermediate and downstream pressure test
ports and discharge tundish with collar fitting to pipe.
Series 574
Controllable reduced pressure zone backflow preventer (BA type). EN 12729 certified. 1 1/2 M (1 1/2-2) threaded
connections with union. Body and cover in bronze. Check valve spindle, discharge valve seat and springs in stainless steel.
Seals in NBR. Max. working temperature 65C. Max. working pressure 10 bar. Positive action safety device in compliance
with standard EN 12729. Complete with upstream, intermediate and downstream pressure test ports and discharge tundish
with collar fitting to pipe.
Series 575
Controllable reduced pressure zone backflow preventer (BA type). EN 12729 certified. DN 50 (DN 50DN 100) PN 16
flanged connections. Body and cover in bronze. Check valve spindle, discharge valve seat and springs in stainless steel.
Seals in NBR. Max. working temperature 65C. Max. working pressure 10 bar. Positive action safety device in compliance
with standard EN 12729. Complete with upstream, intermediate and downstream pressure test ports and discharge tundish
with collar fitting to pipe.
Series 570
Assembly fitted with backflow preventer. 1/2 F (1/22 F) threaded connections. Max. working temperature 65C. Max.
working pressure 10 bar. Consisting of:
- Controllable reduced pressure zone backflow preventer (BA type). EN 12729 certified. M threaded connections with union.
Body in dezincification resistant alloy. Check valve spindle, discharge valve seat and springs in stainless steel. Seals in
NBR. Positive action safety device in compliance with standard UNI 9157. Complete with upstream, intermediate and
downstream pressure test ports and discharge tundish with collar fitting to pipe.
- Y strainer. Body in bronze. Mesh in stainless steel. Seal in Saital K. Filter mesh 0,8 mm.
- Upstream and downstream shut-off ball valves. Brass body. Chrome plated.
Series 570
Assembly fitted with backflow preventer. DN 50 (DN 50DN 100) PN 16 flanged connections. Max. working temperature
65C. Max. working pressure 10 bar. Consisting of:
- Controllable reduced pressure zone backflow preventer (BA type). EN 12729 certified. Body and cover in bronze. Check
valve spindle, discharge valve seat and springs in stainless steel. Seals in NBR. Positive action safety device in
compliance with standard EN 12729. Complete with upstream, intermediate and downstream pressure test ports and
discharge tundish with collar fitting to pipe.
- Y strainer. Body in cast iron GG 25. Epoxy resin coated. Mesh in stainless steel. Filter mesh: 0,7 mm (DN 50-DN 65),
0,9 mm (DN 80-DN 100). Complete with 1/2" F discharge valve connection.
- Upstream and downstream shut-off valves. Body in ductile iron GGG 40. Epoxy resin coated. Control spindle seal in NBR.
Series 5750
The periodical (annual) control instrumentation consists of the following:
upstream pressure gauge 010 bar; downstream pressure gauge 010 bar; differential pressure gauge 01.000 mbar;
flexible hoses and connectors to pressure test ports; instrument case.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
5330 series
01024/10 GB
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
FM 21654
replaces 01024/03 GB
Function
Pressure reducing valves are installed in residential water system to
reduce and stabilise inlet pressure from the water network which is
generally too high and variable for domestic systems to work
properly.
The 533 series was created for small systems, such as apartments,
and to protect water storage heaters, where size and absence of
noise are of particular concern.
Product range
5330
5331
5332
5334
5336
5337
5338
series
series
series
series
series
series
series
Inclined
Inclined
Inclined
Inclined
Inclined
Inclined
Inclined
pressure
pressure
pressure
pressure
pressure
pressure
pressure
reducing
reducing
reducing
reducing
reducing
reducing
reducing
valve
valve
valve
valve
valve
valve
valve
Technical specifications
Materials
Body:
- 5330/1/2/4 series;
- 5336/7/8 series;
Performance
Max. upstream pressure:
Downstream pressure setting range:
Factory setting:
Max. working temperature:
Pressure gauge scale:
Medium:
Connections
Main connections:
Pressure gauge connection:
16 bar
16 bar
3 bar
60C
010 bar
water
Dimensions
Operating principle
The functioning of the pressure reducing valve is based on the balance between two
opposing forces:
1 the thrust of the spring to open the flow through the cross section.
2 the thrust of the diaphragm to the close the flow through the cross section.
Mass (kg)
533041 1/2
Code
72,5
22,5
46
64
0,39
533051 3/4
72,5
22,5
46
66
0,41
UPSTREAM
Code
533151 3/4
Mass (kg)
72,5
22,5
46
85,5
0,46
DOWNSTREAM
4
8
Code
10
bar
10
bar
Mass (kg)
0,51
0,52
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
Code
Mass (kg)
533641 15
72,5
22,5
46
91
0,43
533651 22
72,5
22,5
46
93
0,46
When the draw-off outlet is closed, the downstream pressure rises and pushes the
diaphragm upwards.
As a result the obturator closes the valve to the passage of water and maintains the
pressure constant at the calibrated pressure.
The slightest difference in favour of the force exercised by the diaphragm, in relation to
that of the spring, causes the device to close.
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
Code
Mass (kg)
0,55
0,57
4
8
bar
10
bar
10
Construction details
Contoured diaphragm
The membrane was designed with a special shape to give an
accurate pressure regulation as a function of changes in the
downstream pressure.
This design feature also extends the valve life because the diaphragm
is more resistant to pressure sudden changes and to wear.
Silent operation
The large chamber on the outlet side of the reducing valve creates
a low flow speed zone, which is particularly effective in reducing
noise generated by narrowing the width of the passage through
which the water flows when the valve is reducing pressure.
Small size
The inclined design makes the 533. series reducers small in size
so that they are easy to fit especially in domestic systems.
Non-stick materials
The central support , which
contains the moving parts is
made of a plastic material with
a low coefficient of adhesion.
This reduces the probability of
scale deposits being formed,
the main cause of malfunction.
Extractable cartridge
The cartridges in the Caleffi 533. series of pressure reducing valves
can be removed for periodic cleaning and maintenance.
REMOVABLE
CARTRIDGE
CALEFFI
REMOVABLE
STRAINER
Approvals
The pressure reducing valves are approved as compliant with
WRAS specifications in the United Kingdom and ACS in France.
Hydraulic characteristics
Graph 1 (circulation velocity)
The steps to take for selecting the correct size are as follows:
V (m/s)
The total flow rate is calculated from the number and type
of appliances present by taking the sum of the individual
flow rates.
5
4
3
2
Example:
One living unit with 1 bathroom
1 bidet
G = 6 l/min
1 shower
G = 9 l/min
1 wash basin
G = 6 l/min
1 wc with cistern
G = 6 l/min
1 kitchen sink
G = 12 l/min
1 washing machine
G = 12 l/min
1/2
0,5
3/4
0,4
0,3
0,2
Gtot = 51 l/min
No appliances = 6
10
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
5
100
50
2
20
0,5
10
0,2
0,1
p (m w.g.)
1,5
15
1,2
12
1
0,9
0,8
10
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
Example:
Gds = Gtot % = 51 41 % = 21 l/min
Reference values:
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
10
5
100
50
2
20
0,5
10
0,2
Example:
Table of typical flow rates
Bathtub, kitchen sink, dishwasher
12 l/min
Shower
9 l/min
Washbasin, bidet, washing machine, WC with cistern 6 l/min
The simultaneous-use factor must be taken into account to
avoid selecting a valve that is too large. Basically, the fewer
people using the system, the lower the probability of two
appliances being used at the same time.
5
10
15
20
25
30
54
41
35 29
27,5
24,5
64,5
49,5
43,5
37
34,5
32
35
40
45
50
60
70
23,2
21,5
20,5
19,5
18
17
30
28
27
26
24
23
80
90
100
150
200
300
16,5
16
15,5
14
13
12,5
22
21,5
20,5
18,5
17,5
16,5
p = 0,8 bar
1/2
1,2
20
15
1,2
20
3/4
2,1
35
22
2,1
35
Installation
1. Turn all taps on before installing the valve to flush the
system and expel any air remaining in the pipes.
2. Install shut-off valves upstream and downstream of the
pressure reducer to facilitate future maintenance
operations. The upstream valve may have a check valve
incorporated (Caleffi BALLSTOP).
3. Install the pressure reducer in any position.
2. Water hammer
This is one of the main causes of faults in pressure
reducing valves. It is best to fit special devices to absorb
water hammer when installing pressure reducers in at-risk
systems.
Trouble-shooting
Certain types of fault, which are generally due to faulty design
of the system, are often wrongly attributed to pressure
reducing valves. The most frequent cases are as follows:
Maintenance
Proceed as follows for periodic cleaning of the strainer and inspection or replacement of the cartridge:
1 Shut off the reducer
2 Unscrew (anticlockwise) the calibrating screw to decompress the spring inside.
3 Unscrew the cover.
4 Extract the cartridge with the aid of pincers to grip the head of the screw.
5 The cartridge can be fitted back into the valve after inspection and cleaning or alternatively a replacement cartridge can be fitted.
6 Recalibrate the reducer.
Application diagrams
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
5330 series
Inclined pressure reducing valve. Threaded connections 1/2 F (or 3/4 F). Brass body. Chrome plated. Dezincification
resistant alloy stem. Glass/nylon cover. NBR diaphragm and seals. Maximum working temperature 60C. Maximum
upstream pressure 16 bar. Downstream pressure setting range from 1 to 6 bar. Extractable cartridge and strainer for
maintenance operation.
5331 series
Inclined pressure reducing valve. Threaded connection 3/4 M for 3/4 F with nut. Brass body. Chrome plated.
Dezincification resistant alloy stem. Glass/nylon cover. NBR diaphragm and seals. Maximum working temperature 60C.
Maximum upstream pressure 16 bar. Downstream pressure setting range from 1 to 6 bar. Extractable cartridge and
strainer for maintenance operation.
5332 series
Inclined pressure reducing valve with pressure gauge. Threaded connections 1/2 F (or 3/4 F). Pressure gauge connection
1/4 F. Brass body. Chrome plated. Dezincification resistant alloy stem. Glass/nylon cover. NBR diaphragm and seals.
Maximum working temperature 60C. Maximum upstream pressure 16 bar. Downstream pressure setting range from 1 to
6 bar. Extractable cartridge and strainer for maintenance operation. Complete with pressure gauge, scale 010 bar.
5334 series
Inclined pressure reducing valve with pressure gauge connection. Threaded connections 1/2 F (or 3/4 F). Pressure
gauge connection 1/4 F. Brass body. Chrome plated. Dezincification resistant alloy stem. Glass/nylon cover. NBR
diaphragm and seals. Maximum working temperature 60C. Maximum upstream pressure 16 bar. Downstream pressure
setting range from 1 to 6 bar. Extractable cartridge and strainer for maintenance operation.
5336 series
Inclined pressure reducing valve. 15 (or 22) connections. Dezincification resistant alloy body and stem. Chrome
plated. Glass/nylon cover. NBR diaphragm and seals. Maximum upstream temperature 60C. Maximum working pressure
16 bar. Downstream pressure setting range from 1 to 6 bar. Extractable cartridge and strainer for maintenance operation.
5337 series
Inclined pressure reducing valve with pressure gauge connection. 15 (or 22) connections. Pressure gauge
connection 1/4 F. Dezincification resistant alloy body and stem. Chrome plated. Glass/nylon cover. NBR diaphragm and
seals. Maximum working temperature 60C. Maximum upstream pressure 16 bar. Downstream pressure setting range
from 1 to 6 bar. Extractable cartridge and strainer for maintenance operation.
5338 series
Inclined pressure reducing valve with pressure gauge. 15 (or 22) connections. Pressure gauge connection 1/4 F.
Dezincification resistant alloy body and stem. Chrome plated. Glass/nylon cover. NBR diaphragm and seals. Maximum
working temperature 60C. Maximum upstream pressure 16 bar. Downstream pressure setting range from 1 to 6 bar.
Extractable cartridge and strainer for maintenance operation. Complete with pressure gauge, scale 010 bar.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.p.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 Fontaneto dAgogna (NO) Italy Tel. +39 0322 8491 Fax +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2010 Caleffi
CALEFFI
series 553
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01025/05 GB
Replaces 01025/02 GB
Function
The automatic filling unit is a device consisting of a pressure
reducing valve with compensating seat, an inlet strainer, a shut-off
valve and a check valve.
It is installed in the water supply pipework in sealed heating
systems and its main function is to maintain the system pressure
stable at a set value, automatically topping up with water, as
required.
After installation, during the filling or topping-up phase, feed will
stop when the set pressure is reached.
Product range
Code 553040 Automatic filling units with pressure gauge connection
Code 553140 Automatic filling units with pressure gauge
Dimensions
Technical specification
Materials: - body:
- cover:
- seals:
Size 1/2
Size 1/2
E
2
16 bar
0,3 4 bar
1,5 bar
70C
0 4 bar
CA
LEFF
I
Connections: - inlet:
1/2 M with union tailpiece
- outlet:
1/2 F
- pressure gauge connection:
1/4 F
Code
553040
553140
A
1/2"
1/2"
B
122
122
C
61
61
D
87
87
E
149
Weight (kg)
0,85
0,95
Installation
Components
The valve body is made of hot forged brass. The re-inforced rubber
control diaphragm is formed in a shape permitting deformation to
take place without creating stresses. The only sealing element of
the compensating piston is in the upper part of the device, ensuring
that impurities cannot be deposited.
Construction details
CA
LEF
FI
CA
LEF
FI
CA
LEF
FI
3
1
0
CA
LEF
FI
Code 553140
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 553
Automatic filling unit. 1/2 M with union tailpiece x 1/2 F threaded connection. Brass body and cover. Diaphragm and
seals in NBR. Maximum working temperature 70C. Maximum inlet pressure 16 bar. Pressure setting range 0,3 4 bar.
Complete with pressure gauge, scale 0 4 bar (or pressure gauge connection), shut-off, strainer and check valve.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
ISO 9001
01026/05 GB
Replaces 01026/01 GB
Function
Pressure reducers are devices which, when installed on a water
system, reduce and stabilise the pressure entering from the mains.
This incoming pressure is generally too high and variable to be
applied directly to domestic systems.
A basic characteristic of a good pressure reducer is that it makes it
possible to maintain constant downstream pressure when the
upstream pressure varies.
SVGW
SSIGE
Product range
Series 5360.1
Series 5360.0
Series 5362.1
Series 5362.0
Series 5365.1
Series 5365.0
Code 536660
Pressure
Pressure
Pressure
Pressure
Pressure
Pressure
Pressure
reducing
reducing
reducing
reducing
reducing
reducing
reducing
valve,
valve,
valve,
valve,
valve,
valve,
valve,
Technical specification
series
Materials:
- Body:
- Cover:
- Membrane:
- Seal:
- Seat and filter:
Performance:
- Max pressure upstream:
- Downstream pressure setting range:
- Factory setting:
- Max working temperature:
- Pressure gauge scale:
- Medium:
- Certification:
- Acoustic group:
Connections:
5360/5362
5365
5366
25 bar
0,56 bar
3 bar
80C
010 bar
25 bar
0,56 bar
3 bar
80C
025 bar upstream
010 bar downstream
water
EN1567
-
16 bar
0,56 bar
3 bar
80C
025 bar upstream
010 bar downstream
water
-
- 5360;
1/21 1/2 M
with union connection
- 5362
1/21 F
1 1/22 M
with union connection
one of 1/4 F
two of 1/4 F
two of 3/8 F
water
EN1567
I
Dimensions
Operating principle
The operation of the pressure reducing valve is based on the balancing of two
opposing forces:
Pressure
regulating nut
C
B
Code
A
536040/1 1/2
536050/1 3/4
536060/1 1
536070/1 1 1/4
536080/1 1 1/2
D
C
B
140 76 51
160 90 60
180 95 60
200 110 72
220 120 72
E
53,5
54
54
63
63
F
89,5
111,5
111,5
126
126
UPSTREAM
DOWNSTREAM
When a draw-off point is opened on the water main, the force of the spring prevails over
the opposing pressure of the membrane; the obturator moves downwards, allowing
water to pass.
The greater the demand for water, the lower the pressure under the membrane, thus
permitting more fluid to flow through the obturator.
Code
A
536240/1 1/2
536250/1 3/4
536260/1 1
E
D
C
51 53,5 89,5
60 54 111,5
60 54 111,5
B
81
95
100
4
8
bar
10
bar
10
C
B
D
C
B
Code
A
536580/1 11/2 260 160 110
536590/1 2 280 160 110
F
201
204
When the draw-off point is fully closed, the downstream pressure rises and pushes the
membrane upwards.
The obturator therefore closes, preventing the fluid from passing through and holding
the pressure constant at the calibrated value.
A minimum difference in favour of the force exercised by the membrane in relation to
that of the spring causes the device to close.
A
C
E
94
F
204
4
8
Code
A
B
C
D
536660 DN 65 225 185 110
bar
10
bar
10
Construction details
Compensated seat
Caleffi pressure reducing valves are supplied with compensated
seats. This means that the set pressure value downstream
remains constant independently of the variations in value of the
pressure upstream.
Noiseless
The internal layout, designed to obtain the optimum fluid dynamic
characteristics, has made it possible to achieve a noise level of less
than 20 dB in all the tests carried out.
Thanks to this quality, Caleffi reducing valves are approved to the
I acoustic group, in compliance with the EN 1567 European
standard.
High pressures
Sliding surfaces
The components most subject
to wear due to the friction of
moving parts are PTFE coated.
This treatment considerably
increases the life of the
pressure reduction device.
Removable cartridge
The cartridge containing the membrane, filter, seat, obturator and
adjusting piston can be removed for maintenance and strainer
cleaning purposes.
Seat seal
The fluid passage seat on which
the obturator operates is made
of stainless steel, which ensures
the long-lasting operation of the
device.
Certification
Pressure reducing valves are certified in accordance with the
requirements of the EN 1567 European standard.
Hydraulic characteristics
Graph 1 (Circulation velocity)
V (m/s)
5
4
3
2
Example:
0,5
0,4
0,3
1/2
3/4
1 1/4 1 1/2 2
DN 65
40
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
20
500
200
10
5
100
50
20
0,5
10
0,2
0,1
0,2
p (m w.g.)
1,5
15
1,2
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
12
10
9
8
7
0,6
0,5
0,4
5
4
1/2
0,3
3/4 1 1 1/4
1 1/2
2 DN 65
40
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
20
500
10
200
100
50
1
20
10
Reference conditions:
0,1
0,5
0,2
0,2
using
the
Example:
Gdes = Gtot % = 81 41 % = 33 l/min
When sizing pressure reducing valves, it is advisable to
keep the velocity of flow in the pipes at between 1 and
2 m/s. This prevents both noise in the pipework and
rapid wear in the point of use equipment.
The size of the pressure reducing valve is
determined by means of graph 1, starting with the
design flow figure and remembering that the ideal
velocity is between 1 and 2 m/s (blue band).
Example:
for Gdes = 33 l/min size 3/4 is selected
(see graph 1)
Dimensioning
The typical flow rates of equipment commonly used in hot water
systems are shown below to help in the selection of correct pipe
sizes:
Table of typical flow rates
Example:
12 litres/min
9 litres/min
6 litres/min
p = 0,55 bar
5
10
15
20
25
30
54
41
35
29
27,5
24,5
64,5
49,5
43,5
37
34,5
32
Number of
Private
Public
devices dwelling % building %
35
40
45
50
60
70
23,2
21,5
20,5
19,5
18
17
30
28
27
26
24
23
Number of
Private
Public
devices dwelling % building %
80
90
100
150
200
300
16,5
16
15,5
14
13
12,5
22
21,5
20,5
18,5
17,5
16,5
Size
1/2
Flow rate (m3/h) 1,27
Flow rate (l/min) 21,16
3/4
2,27
37,83
1
3,6
60
1 1/4 1 1/2 2
5,8
9,1
14
96,66 151,66 233,33
Installation
Trouble-shooting
Maintenance
For cleaning, inspection or replacement of the entire cartridge:
1 Isolate the pressure reducing valve.
2 Unscrew the spring pressure regulating nut to release the spring tension.
3 Remove the head cover.
4 Extract the cartridge using two screwdrivers.
5 After inspection and cleaning if necessary, the complete cartridge can be refitted or replaced using a spare cartridge.
6 Recalibrate the pressure reducing valve.
Washing machines
Shut-off valve
Mixer taps
10
CALEFFI
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 5360
Pressure reducing valve with compensated seat to standard EN 1567. Threaded connections 1/2 M (from 1/2 to 1 1/2)
with union. Brass body. Stainless steel seat and filter. NBR seal and membrane. Maximum working temperature 80C.
Maximum upstream pressure 25 bar. Downstream pressure setting range from 0,5 to 6 bar. Sliding surface heat-coated
with PTFE. Cartridge with membrane, filter and obturator, removable for maintenance operations.
Series 5362
Pressure reducing valve with compensated seat. Threaded connections 1/2 F (from 1/2 to 1). Brass body. Stainless
steel seat and filter. NBR seal and membrane. Maximum working temperature 80C. Maximum upstream pressure 25 bar.
Downstream pressure setting range from 0,5 to 6 bar. Sliding surface heat-coated with PTFE. Cartridge with membrane,
filter and obturator, removable for maintenance operations.
Series 5365
Pressure reducing valve with compensated seat to standard EN 1567. Threaded connections 1 1/2 M (from 1 1/2 to 2)
with union. Bronze body. Stainless steel seat and filter. NBR seal and membrane. Maximum working temperature 80C.
Maximum upstream pressure 25 bar. Downstream pressure setting range from 0,5 to 6 bar. Sliding surface heat-coated
with PTFE. Cartridge with membrane, filter and obturator, removable for maintenance operations.
Code 536660
Pressure reducing valve with compensated seat. Flanged connections PN 16 DN 65. Bronze body. Stainless steel seat
and filter. NBR seal and membrane. Maximum working temperature 80C. Maximum upstream pressure 16 bar.
Downstream pressure setting range from 0,5 to 6 bar. Supplied with double pressure range: 025 bar upstream and
010 bar downstream. Sliding surface heat-coated with PTFE. Cartridge with membrane, filter and obturator, removable
for maintenance operations.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
Function
The following series of manual and lockshield valves are typically
used for controlling and regulating the fluid flow in heat emitters of
central heating systems.
They are supplied with a special tailpiece with rubber hydraulic
seal, permitting quick, safe connection to the radiator without the
use of additional sealing materials.
Product range
For copper and plastic piping:
Series
Series
Series
Series
340
341
342
343
Sizes
Sizes
Sizes
Sizes
3/8,
3/8,
3/8,
3/8,
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
radiator
radiator
radiator
radiator
x
x
x
x
23
23
23
23
p.1,5
p.1,5
p.1,5
p.1,5
piping
piping
piping
piping
Sizes
Sizes
Sizes
Sizes
3/8,
3/8,
3/8,
3/8,
1/2,
1/2,
1/2,
1/2,
Sizes
Sizes
Sizes
Sizes
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
x
x
x
x
411
412
431
432
For copper and plastic piping (with tailpiece without rubber seal):
Series
Series
Series
Series
*
415
416
435
436
Technical specification
- Material: -
Fluid:
Max percentage of glycol:
Max working pressure:
Temperature range:
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
and
and
and
and
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
radiator
radiator
radiator
radiator
x
x
x
x
23
23
23
23
p.1,5
p.1,5
p.1,5
p.1,5
piping
piping
piping
piping
Dimensions
Code
Code
Code
Code
340302
3/8
23 p.1,5
47,5
341302
3/8
23 p.1,5
47,5
342302
3/8
23 p.1,5
47,5
343302
3/8
23 p.1,5
47,5
340402
1/2
23 p.1,5
53,5
341402
1/2
23 p.1,5
53,5
342402
1/2
23 p.1,5
53,5
343402
1/2
23 p.1,5
53,5
Code
Code
Code
Code
340302
21,5
48,5
37,5
341302
24
57
37,5
342302
21,5
39
28,5
343302
24
44,5
28,5
340402
21,5
48,5
37,5
341402
24
57
37,5
342402
21,5
39
28,5
343402
24
44,5
28,5
F
F
E
A
Code
Code
Code
Code
411302
3/8
3/8
48
412302
3/8
3/8
21
431302
3/8
3/8
47,5
432302
3/8
3/8
21
411402
1/2
1/2
54
412402
1/2
1/2
22
431402
1/2
1/2
53,5
432402
1/2
1/2
22
431500
3/4
3/4
62,5
432500
3/4
3/4
30
Code
Code
Code
Code
411302
20
48
37,5
412302
46,5
55
37,5
431302
20
38
28,5
432302
46,5
44,5
28,5
411402
23
48
37,5
412402
52,0
55
37,5
431402
23
38
28,5
432402
52,0
44,5
28,5
431500
25
47
28,5
432500
59,5
49,5
28,5
Code
Code
Code
Code
415303
3/8
3/8
47
416303
3/8
3/8
46,5
435303
3/8
23 p.1,5
47
436303
3/8
3/8
46,5
415403
1/2
23 p.1,5
51
416403
1/2
23 p.1,5
50
435403
1/2
23 p.1,5
51
436403
1/2
23 p.1,5
50
Code
Code
Code
Code
415303
21,5
48
37,5
416303
23,5
55
37,5
435303
21,5
38
28,5
436303
23,5
44,5
28,5
415403
21,5
48
37,5
416403
24,0
55
37,5
435403
21,5
38
28,5
436403
24,0
44,5
28,5
Construction characteristics
Hydraulic characteristics
Valve
The hydraulic seal on the control spindle is guaranteed by a PTFE gland
nut and an EPDM O-Ring.
Control knob
The knob is push-located on the control spindle by means of simple
manual pressure, without any fixing screws. Dismantling for any
operations on the gland or for replacement is very easy.
COPPER PIPING
TYPE
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Manual valve
Rad.
con.
ELBOW
Kv0,01
(l/h)
e.l.
(m)
3/8"
23 p.1,5
6/8
132
0,2
242
0,1
3/8"
3/8"
23 p.1,5
8/10
132
0,8
242
0,2
3/8"
3/8"
23 p.1,5
10/12
132
2,7
242
0,8
3/8"
23 p.1,5
12/14
132
6,9
242
2,1
3/8"
23 p.1,5
13/15
132
10,6
242
3,1
3/8"
23 p.1,5
14/16
132
15,5
242
4,6
3/8"
23 p.1,5
16/18
132
31,3
242
9,3
1/2"
23 p.1,5
8/10
217
0,3
399
0,1
1/2"
23 p.1,5
10/12
217
1,0
399
0,3
1/2"
23 p.1,5
12/14
217
2,6
399
0,8
1/2"
23 p.1,5
13/15
217
3,9
399
1,2
1/2"
23 p.1,5
14/16
217
5,7
399
1,7
1/2"
23 p.1,5
16/18
217
11,6
399
3,4
Lockshield
valve
STEEL PIPING
TYPE
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Lockshield valve
Rad.
con.
Kv0,01
(l/h)
e.l.
(m)
3/8"
3/8"
12,7/17,2
132
7,5
242
2,2
1/2"
1/2"
16,3/21,3
217
10,4
399
3,1
3/4"
3/4"
21,7/26,4
258
33,2
452
11
ELBOW
PLASTIC PIPING
TYPE
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Radiator or
lockshield valve
Rad
con.
ELBOW
Kv0,01
(l/h)
e.l.
(m)
3/8"
3/8"
23 p.1,5
8/12
132
0,8
242
0,2
3/8"
23 p.1,5
10/15
132
2,7
242
0,8
3/8"
23 p.1,5
12/16
132
6,9
242
2,1
3/8"
23 p.1,5
13/18
132
10,6
242
3,1
3/8"
23 p.1,5
14/18
132
15,5
242
4,6
1/2"
23 p.1,5
8/12
217
0,3
399
0,1
1/2"
23 p.1,5
10/15
217
1,0
399
0,3
1/2"
23 p.1,5
12/16
217
2,6
399
0,8
1/2"
23 p.1,5
13/18
217
3,9
399
1,2
1/2"
23 p.1,5
14/18
217
5,7
399
1,7
3/8"
p (kPa)
1/2"
3/8"
p (kPa)
1/2"
5000
50
5000
50
2000
20
2000
20
1000
10
1000
10
500
500
200
200
100
100
3/8"
1/2"
3/8"
1/2"
p (kPa)
5000
2000
4
1000
1/
2
1/
500
200
100
en
lly
op
fu
3000
2000
500
G (l/h)
50
5000
20
2000
10
1000
500
p (kPa)
50
20
4
1/
10
2
1/
200
100
fu
en
lly
op
3/8"
p (kPa)
5000
2000
20
2000
10
1000
500
200
100
2
1/
500
200
100
op
en
2000
1000
500
p (mm w.g.)
50
4
1/
G (l/h)
5000
1000
200
200
50
2000
3/8"
G (l/h)
100
0,1
50
0,2
10
20
20
0,1
10
0,2
10
1000
20
500
0,5
100
50
20
0,5
10
50
50
3000
50
1000
G (l/h)
1000
0,1
200
0,2
10
100
20
0,1
20
0,2
10
2000
20
500
0,5
200
50
100
0,5
20
50
p (kPa)
50
20
4
1/
10
2
1/
1
2
en
y
ull
op
0,2
10
0,1
1/2"
G (l/h)
p (kPa)
2000
20
2000
1000
10
1000
500
200
100
50
20
5
2
op
en
fu
lly
op
en
10
G (l/h)
3/4"
5000
5000
2000
1000
500
200
fu
100
50
20
10
3/4"
2000
0,1
1000
0,2
10
500
20
0,1
200
0,2
10
100
20
50
0,5
20
50
10
0,5
lly
50
2000
p (kPa)
5000
100
1000
G (l/h)
p (mm w.g.)
50
200
500
5000
500
0,5
200
2000
500
200
100
50
20
10
1/2"
100
20
0,1
50
0,2
10
20
20
10
50
ll
fu
1000
0,5
50
G (l/h)
Choice of connections
Accessories
COLORSET
4383
Piping
connections
Compression connection
for copper pipes,
with PTFE seal.
3/8
Code
3680
Con.
438310 3/8
438312 3/8
- 10
- 12
12
12
Available in colours:
purple
ivory
blue
yellow
grey
Piping
connections
23 p.1,5
brown
RAL 8017
black
RAL 9005
red
RAL 3000
green
RAL 6024
chrome plated
4370
382
Compression connection
for copper pipes,
with O-Ring seal.
Code
437010
437012
437014
437015
437016
RAL 3003
RAL 1013
RAL 5015
RAL 1021
RAL 7035
Con.
23
23
23
23
23
p.1,5
p.1,5
p.1,5
p.1,5
p.1,5
10
12
14
15
16
18
18
18
18
18
Code
382000
23 p.1,5
3870
Hex. nut spanner 25 and 26 mm.
4380
Compression connection,
for copper pipes,
with PTFE seal.
387000
Con.
Code
438010
438012
438014
438015
438016
438018
Code
23
23
23
23
23
23
p.1,5
p.1,5
p.1,5
p.1,5
p.1,5
p.1,5
10
12
14
15
16
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
3871
Hex. nut spanner 26 and 30 mm.
For DARCAL connections
23 p.1,5 and 3/4.
Code
387100
6810
Auto-adaptable
diameter connection
for single and multilayer
plastic pipes.
Code
681000
681002
681001
681006
681015
681017
681024
681026
681035
681044
Int.
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
23 p.1,5
17,5-18,0
19,0-19,5
19,5-10,0
19,5-10,0
10,5-11,0
10,5-11,0
11,5-12,0
11,5-12,0
12,5-13,0
13,5-14,0
Ext.
Con.
12-14
14-16
12-14
14-16
14-16
16-18
14-16
16-18
16-18
16-18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
3871
Multi-purpose tool.
Can be used for unions
from 3/8 to 1.
Code
387127
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 340
Manual radiator valve. Elbow connections for copper and single and multilayer plastic pipe 23 p.1,5 for piping from
10 to 18 mm. Connection to radiator 3/8 or 1/2 M with tailpiece supplied with seal in EPDM. Brass body. Chrome
plated. Control knob white RAL 9010 in ABS. Double seal consisting of EPDM O-Ring on control spindle and
gland in PTFE. Maximum working temperature 100C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
Series 341
Manual radiator valve. Straight connections for copper and single and multilayer plastic pipe 23 p.1,5 for piping from
10 to 18 mm. Connection to radiator 3/8 or 1/2 M with tailpiece supplied with seal in EPDM. Brass body. Chrome
plated. Control knob white RAL 9010 in ABS. Double seal consisting of EPDM O-Ring on control spindle and gland
in PTFE. Maximum working temperature 100C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
Series 342
Lockshield valve. Elbow connections for copper and single and multilayer plastic pipe 23 p.1,5 for piping from 10 to
18 mm. Radiator connection 3/8 or 1/2 M with tailpiece provided with EPDM seal. Brass body. Chrome plated. Cap
white RAL 9010 in ABS. Outward seal consisting of EPDM O-Ring on control spindle. Maximum working temperature
100C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
Series 343
Lockshield valve. Straight connections for copper and single and multilayer plastic pipe 23 p.1,5 for piping from 10
to 18 mm. Radiator connection 3/8 or 1/2 M with tailpiece provided with EPDM seal. Brass body. Chrome plated.
Cap white RAL 9010 in ABS. Outward seal consisting of EPDM O-Ring on control spindle. Maximum working
temperature 100C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
Series 411
Manual radiator valve. Elbow connections for steel pipe, 3/8 or 1/2. Connection to radiator 3/8 or 1/2 M with
tailpiece supplied with seal in EPDM. Brass body. Chrome plated. Control knob white RAL 9010 in ABS. Double seal
consisting of EPDM O-Ring on control spindle and gland in PTFE. Maximum working temperature 100C. Maximum
working pressure 10 bar.
Series 412
Manual radiator valve. Straight connections for steel pipe, 3/8 or 1/2. Connection to radiator 3/8 or 1/2 M with
tailpiece supplied with seal in EPDM. Brass body. Chrome plated. Control knob white RAL 9010 in ABS. Double seal
consisting of EPDM O-Ring on control spindle and gland in PTFE. Maximum working temperature 100C. Maximum
working pressure 10 bar.
Series 415
Manual radiator valve. Elbow connections for copper and single and multilayer plastic pipe, 3/8 or 23 p.1,5.
Connection to radiator 3/8 or 1/2 M with tailpiece. Brass body. Chrome plated. Control knob white RAL 9010 in ABS.
Double seal consisting of EPDM O-Ring on control spindle and gland in PTFE. Maximum working temperature 100C.
Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
Series 416
Manual radiator valve. Straight connections for copper and single and multilayer plastic pipe, 3/8 or 23 p.1,5.
Connection to radiator 3/8 or 1/2 M with tailpiece. Brass body. Chrome plated. Control knob white RAL 9010 in ABS.
Double seal consisting of EPDM O-Ring on control spindle and gland in PTFE. Maximum working temperature 100C.
Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
Series 431
Lockshield valve. Elbow connections for steel pipes 3/8, 1/2 or 3/4. Radiator connection 3/8 or 1/2 M with
tailpiece provided with EPDM seal, 3/4 with tailpiece without seal. Brass body. Chrome plated. Cap white RAL 9010
in ABS. Outward seal consisting of EPDM O-Ring on control spindle. Maximum working temperature 100C. Maximum
working pressure 10 bar.
Series 432
Lockshield valve. Straight connections for steel pipes 3/8, 1/2 or 3/4. Radiator connection 3/8 or 1/2 M with
tailpiece provided with EPDM seal, 3/4 with tailpiece without seal. Brass body. Chrome plated. Cap white RAL 9010
in ABS. Outward seal consisting of EPDM O-Ring on control spindle. Maximum working temperature 100C. Maximum
working pressure 10 bar.
Series 435
Lockshield valve. Elbow connections for copper and single and multilayer plastic pipe 3/8 or 23 p.1,5. Radiator
connection 3/8 or 1/2 M with tailpiece. Brass body. Chrome plated. Cap white RAL 9010 in ABS. Outward seal
consisting of EPDM O-Ring on control spindle. Maximum working temperature 100C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
Series 436
Lockshield valve. Straight connections for copper and single and multilayer plastic pipe 3/8 or 23 p.1,5. Radiator
connection 3/8 or 1/2 M with tailpiece. Brass body. Chrome plated. Cap white RAL 9010 in ABS. Outward seal
consisting of EPDM O-Ring on control spindle. Maximum working temperature 100C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
S.S. 229 Km 26,5 I-28010 Fontaneto dAgogna (NO) Tel. Int. +39 0322 8491 Fax +39 0322 863723
Http://www.calef fi.com E-mail:info@calef fi.it
MAXCAL
Automatic air vent for heating, air
CALEFFI
01031/05 GB
Replaces 01031/00 GB
Function
Automatic air vent valves are designed to remove the air that accumulates in heating, air
conditioning and refrigeration systems without the need for manual intervention. This
prevents harmful phenomena that may compromise the life and the performance of the
heating system and which include:
- corrosion due to the oxygen;
- pockets of air trapped in the heating emitters;
- cavitation in the circulation pumps;
- noise from air passing through the pipes.
These high capacity air vent valves are ideal for use in large piping systems and can also
be installed in horizontal sections.
Product range
Code 501500 MAXCAL Automatic air vent for heating, air conditioning and refrigeration systems
Technical specification
Body:
Cover:
Float:
Obturator stem:
Obturator:
Hydraulic seals:
Filter:
Screws:
Spring:
Medium:
Dimensions
brass EN 12165 CW617N
brass EN 12165 CW617N
stainless steel
stainless steel
VITON
EPDM
stainless steel
stainless steel
stainless steel
F
A
Materials: -
16 bar
6 bar
-20 120C
Connection: - Inlet:
- Discharge:
3/4 F
3/8 F
B
C
D
Code
501500
A
3/8
B
C
D
3/4 Hex. 40 97
E
158
F
Weight (kg)
135
3,00
Operating principle
The accumulation of air bubbles in the valve body causes the float
to drop and thus the obturator to open. This phenomenon occurs,
and consequently the valve functions correctly, as long as the water
pressure remains below the maximum discharge pressure.
Filter
As shown in the drawing, the air to be vented is forced through a
fine mesh filter before arriving at the obturator. This device greatly
reduces the risk of leakage from the seal due to metal chips, hemp
fibres, plaster flakes, etc., becoming lodged between the seat and
the obturator.
Flow curves
Air flow (when the system is being filled)
Flow rate (Nl/s)
4
3,5
3
2,5
2
1,5
Threaded outlet
For installation at the top of risers and/or in attics, the air vent valve
is equipped with a threaded outlet (1) that shall be connected to a
vent pipe.
Protection against foreign objects
The vent outlet is equipped with a mechanism (2) to protect against
dust and down, which may collect at the bottom of the valve over
time and thus obstruct the vent.
Vent valve
The slide surfaces of the vent valve (3) have been ground to
minimise friction and prevent the formation of harmful
encrustations.
5,5
4,5
3,5
2,5
1,5
0,5
0,5
Anticorrosive materials
The valve body and cover are made of hot forged brass whilst the
filter, obturator stem, float and spring are all made of stainless steel
to prevent rust from forming and later detaching and clogging the
seal seat filter.
Construction details
bar (air)
Maintenance
To facilitate maintenance of the
deaerator, it is recommended
to first install a 3/4 full
bore-through passage shut-off
valve as shown in the figure.
O-Rings
For maintenance purposes, the seals between the body and
cover (4) and the vent unit and cover (5) are equipped with large
cross-section O-rings.
Vent pipe
3/4" full
bore-through
passage
shut-off valve
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 501500
Automatic air vent valve for heating, air conditioning and refrigeration systems. Threaded connections, 3/4 F (inlet), 3/8 F
(discharge). Brass body and cover. Stainless steel filter, spring, obturator stem, float and screws. VITON obturator. EPDM seals.
Medium: water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 50%. Maximum working pressure 16 bar. Maximum
discharge pressure 6 bar. Temperature range -20 120C.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
507 series
01032/10 GB
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
FM 21654
replaces 01032/04 GB
Function
The end plugs for radiators with automatic air vents are designed
to automatically expel any air trapped inside heat emitters, both
during the system filling phase and during normal operation. This
helps to prevent undesirable effects such as noisy operation and
inefficient performance of the heat emitters themselves.
All models in the 507 series are supplied complete with a
hygroscopic safety cap.
Patented models
Product range
End
End
End
End
plug
plug
plug
plug
for
for
for
for
radiator
radiator
radiator
radiator
with
with
with
with
air
air
air
air
vent,
vent,
vent,
vent,
chrome
chrome
chrome
chrome
plated,
plated,
plated,
plated,
with
with
with
with
Technical specifications
Materials
Body:
Float:
Obturator:
Spring:
Protective cage:
Air vent seal:
Heater unit seal:
safety
safety
safety
safety
cap
cap
cap
cap
size 1 M right
size 1 M left
size 1 1/4 M right
size 1 1/4 M left
Dimensions
Performance
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
10 bar
6 bar
100C
Connections:
hygroscopic
hygroscopic
hygroscopic
hygroscopic
C
D
507611
507621
507711
507721
Code
Code
Code
Code
11 1/4 M
Code
A
B
507611 1 R
35
507621 1 L
35
507711 11/4 R 39,5
507721 11/4 L 39,5
C
61,5
61,5
63
63
D
14
14
15,5
15,5
E
47,5
47,5
47,5
47,5
F
25,5
25,5
27
27
G
36
36
36
36
Mass (kg)
0,13
0,13
0,17
0,17
Operating principle
The water almost entirely fills the inside of the valve body and
keeps the float (1), totally immersed in it, in a horizontal position.
The build-up of air bubbles inside the valve makes the float end (1)
rotate downward. This motion puts the float into contact with the
control stem and rim (2), strictly connected to the control stem, this
opening the obturator (3).
This action, as well as correct valve operation, is ensured as
long as the water pressure remains under the maximum
discharge pressure value.
3
Water level
2
3
Construction details
Installation
The plug performs its function correctly when the valve is in a
vertical position.
The hygroscopic cap functions correctly when fully screwed on
(as supplied by the manufacturer). We also recommend it is
replaced regularly.
Hydraulic characteristics
Discharge capacity (system filling phase)
Nl/s
Dry obturator
The position of the float and the other internal
parts allow the obturator (3) to always remain
clear of the water, so as to limit the risks
caused by the infiltration of impurities present
in the water.
Protective cage
The acetal resin cage (4) protects the float
(1) from knocks when the plug is screwed
into the heater unit.
0,15
0,14
0,13
0,12
0,11
0,10
0,09
0,08
0,07
0,06
0,05
Leverage system
The float (1) is moved by the stainless steel rod (6) supporting it,
which rotates on supports built into the cage (4) holding the float.
Therefore,
friction
is
minimised in the event of 4
limescale build-up.
This system ensures correct
operation of the device over
long periods of time.
0,04
0,03
0,02
0,01
0,5
1,5
2,5
3,5
4,5
5,5
6 bar
(air)
Accessories
The hygroscopic safety cap is available as spare
part, code R59720.
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
507 series
End plug for radiators with automatic air vent. Threaded 1 M (and 1 1/4 M) right and left connection. Brass body, chrome
plated. High-resistance polymer float. Silicone rubber obturator. Stainless steel spring. POM protective cage. Silicone rubber
air vent seal. EPDM seal to heater unit. Medium water and glycol solutions; maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Maximum
working pressure 10 bar. Maximum discharge pressure 6 bar. Maximum working temperature 100C.
Code R59720
Hygroscopic safety cap. Brass body, chrome plated. EPDM hydraulic seal. Cellulose fibre discs sealing cartridge; fibre volume
increase on contact with water 50%. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Maximum working temperature 110C.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.p.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 Fontaneto dAgogna (NO) Italy Tel. +39 0322 8491 Fax +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2010 Caleffi
ROBOCAL
Automatic air vents
CALEFFI
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01033/03 GB
Replaces 01033/99 GB
Function
These automatic air vents eliminate residual air in heating and air
conditioning systems without the need for manual intervention. This
prevents undesired noise, wear of devices in the circuits and
inefficient performance of heating units.
Product range
Series
Series
Series
Series
5024
5025
5026
5027
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
air
air
air
air
vent
vent
vent
vent
with
with
with
with
horizontal discharge
horizontal discharge and automatic shut off valve
vertical discharge
vertical discharge and automatic shut off valve
Sizes 1/4 e
Size
Sizes 3/8 and
Size
3/8
3/8
1/2
3/8
M
M
M
M
Technical specification
Materials:
Body and cover:
Float:
Obturator:
Spring:
Seals:
Seals on shut off valve:
Performance:
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
Max. venting pressure
Dimensions
C
C
D
A
A
C
E
Code
A
B
D
502420 1/4 55 40 25 45
502430 3/8 55 40 25 45
F Weight (kg)
10 0,140
10 0,147
Code
A
B
C
D
502530 3/8 72 40 25
E Weight (kg)
57 0,167
C
Code
A
B
D
502630 3/8 77 40 10
502640 1/2 77 40 10
E Weight (kg)
67 0,155
67 0,160
Code
A
B
C
D
502730 3/8 101 40 19
E Weight (kg)
82 0,175
Constructional details
Nl/s
5024-5025
5026-5027
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
0
0,5
1,5
2,5
3,5
4,5
5,5
6 bar
(air)
Installation
- Air is vented from the system by turning the plug on the air outlet
anticlockwise by one complete turn from the fully closed position.
Air is automatically vented if the cap is kept in this position.
Accessories
Dry obturator
The positioning of the float and the internal parts is such that the
water never reaches the obturator itself. This prevents faults
caused by the infiltration of impurities present in the fluid.
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 5024
Automatic air vent. 1/4 M (or 3/8 M) threaded connection. Body and cover in brass. Obturator in silicone
rubber. Max. working temperature 115C. Max. working pressure 10 bar. Max. venting pressure 4 bar. Float with
anti rotation and anti vibration system. Horizontal discharge.
Series 5025
Automatic air vent complete with automatic shut-off valve. Threaded connection 3/8" M. Body and cover in brass.
Obturator in silicone rubber. Max. working temperature 110C. Max. working pressure 10 bar. Max. venting
pressure 4 bar. Float with anti rotation and anti vibration system. Horizontal discharge.
Series 5026
Automatic air vent. Threaded connection 3/8 M (o 1/2 M). Body and cover in brass. Obturator in silicone
rubber. Max. working temperature 115C. Max. working pressure 10 bar. Max. venting pressure 6 bar. Float with
anti rotation and anti vibration system. Vertical discharge.
Series 5027
Automatic air vent complete with automatic shut-off valve. Threaded connection 3/8" M. Body and cover in brass.
Obturator in silicone rubber. Max. working temperature 110C. Max. working pressure 10 bar. Max. venting
pressure 6 bar. Float with anti rotation and anti vibration system. Vertical discharge.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
series 220
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01034/05 GB
Replaces 01034/01 GB
Function
Thermostatic valves are typically used for regulating the fluid flow
to the radiators of central heating systems.
They are provided with a regulating element which automatically
controls the opening of the valve to keep the ambient temperature
of the room where they are installed constant at the set value. This
prevents unwanted temperature rises and achieves considerable
energy savings.
These valves have a special tailpiece with rubber hydraulic seal,
permitting quick, safe connection to the radiator without the use of
additional sealing materials.
Product range
VALVES:
For steel pipes:
Series
Series
Series
Series
220
221
224
225
Body:
brass EN 12165 CW617N, chrome plated
Obturator stem:
stainless steel
Hydraulic seals:
EPDM
Control knob and cap:
ABS (RAL 9010)
0C
7C
12C
234
16C
20C
24C
5
28C
Medium:
water, glycol solutions
Max percentage of glycol:
30%
Max differential pressure with control fitted:
1 bar
Max working pressure:
10 bar
Temperature range:
5100C
Scale of adjustment:
Setting temperature range:
Frost protection cut-in:
Max ambient temperature:
Length of capillary, 201 series:
05
028C
7C
50C
2m
- code 203502
- code 203702
2050C
4090C
100C
10 bar
2m
Dimensions
LH version
2 3 4
B
E
3/8
48
48
20
100
3/8
48
51
25
104
1/2
48
52,5
23
100
1/2
48
57
30
104
3/4
48
62
26
100
Code
2 3 4
Code
Code
200001 30 p. 1,5
80
48
C
C
2 3 4
Code
D
A
3/8
48
48
26
104
1/2
48
52,5
29
104
3/4
48
62
35
104
Code
2 3 4
2 3 4
Code
201000 30 p. 1,5
C
48
80
48
33
95
A
D
2 3 4
2 3 4
2 3 4
3/8
48
35
45
104
1/2
48
40
51
104
RH version
Code
203502 30 p. 1,5
80
48
11
158
203702 30 p. 1,5
80
48
9,5
134
Code
Code
48
52,5
24
104
A
B
1 2
2 3 4
2 3 4
B
D
Code
3/8
48
51
25
104
1/2
48
57
30
104
Code
48
37
49,5 104
Code
475002
1/2
13
187
11,5
475003
1/2
13
187
10
of
Valve closed
2
3/8" 1/2"
p (kPa)
3/4"
3000
2000
1000
10
s-1K
500
200
100
20
0,2
10
0,1
500
2000
0,5
1000
50
200
100
50
Valve open
2
30
20
10
Hydraulic charateristics
20
Operating
principle
thermostatic control head
G (l/h)
p (kPa)
3/4"
30
20
1000
10
s-2K
500
200
100
0,1
500
2000
0,2
10
1000
20
200
0,5
100
50
10
The control stem is stainless steel with EPDM O-Ring double seal.
This means that the upper part of the control device can be
replaced even when the system is in operation.
The obturator is shaped in such a way as to optimise the fluid-dynamic
characteristics of the valve during the progressive opening and
closing actions in thermostatic operation. The large passage
between seat and obturator causes reduced pressure drops in
manual use.
3/8" 1/2"
3000
2000
50
Valve
p (mm w.g.)
20
Construction details
G (l/h)
Kv (m3/h)
Proportional band (K)
Size
220302
3/8
220402/222402 1/2
3/4
220500
1,5
Kvs
0,32
0,34
0,40
0,50
0,52
0,63
0,60
0,64
0,81
0,86
0,90
1,09
2,29
2,39
3,19
Size
Nominal flow
(l/h)
Obturator
autority
3/8
220302
220402/222402 1/2
3/4
220500
180
180 (170*)
240
0,92
0,92
0,93
0,1
0,1
0,1
Code
3/8
221302
221402/223402 1/2
3/4
221500
Tailpiece with rubber seal
The coupling union to the radiator
connection thread has a specially shaped
rubber ring. This system guarantees the
hydraulic seal with no need for further
sealing materials, such as PTFE tapes
etc.
Code
Kv (m3/h)
Proportional band (K)
Size
Size
3/8
221302
221402/223402 1/2
3/4
221500
1,5
Kvs
0,28
0,32
0,43
0,45
0,50
0,63
0,59
0,67
0,82
0,77
0,86
1,05
1,05
1,52
2,20
Nominal flow
(l/h)
Obturator
autority
180
180
240
0,60
0,60
0,86
0,1
0,1
0,1
p (kPa)
3/8" 1/2"
3000
2000
1000
30
20
3000
2000
p (kPa)
3/8" 1/2"
30
20
10
1000
500
500
200
200
100
100
s-1K
10
s-1K
G (l/h)
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
3/8" 1/2"
3000
2000
2000
1000
500
100
10
1000
100
200
0,1
50
0,2
10
20
20
0,1
2000
0,2
10
500
20
200
0,5
50
50
20
0,5
10
50
G (l/h)
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
3/8" 1/2"
30
20
3000
2000
10
1000
500
500
200
200
100
100
1000
s-2K
30
20
10
s-2K
G (l/h)
2000
1000
500
200
100
1000
100
50
0,1
20
0,2
10
10
20
0,1
2000
0,2
10
500
20
200
0,5
50
50
20
0,5
10
50
G (l/h)
(not to HD 1215-2)
Kv (m3/h)
Proportional band (K)
Code
Size
1
1,5
Kvs
224302
224402
227402
3/8
1/2
1/2
0,36
0,37
0,37
0,48
0,51
0,51
0,57
0,63
0,63
0,66
0,82
0,82
0,93
1,39
1,39
Code
Size
Nominal flow
(l/h)
Obturator
authority
224302
224402
227402
3/8
1/2
1/2
180
180
180
0,65
0,93
0,93
0,1
0,1
0,1
Kv (m3/h)
Proportional band (K)
Code
Size
1
1,5
Kvs
2253.2
2254.2
3/8
1/2
0,34
0,35
0,46
0,52
0,58
0,60
0,75
0,83
0,96
1,40
Code
Size
Nominal flow
(l/h)
Obturator
authority
2253.2
2254.2
3/8
1/2
180
180
0,60
0,80
0,1
0,1
(*) Certification
System sizing
Caleffi valves 220, 221 series sizes 3/8, 1/2, 3/4 and 224, 225
series sizes 3/8, 1/2, in combination with control heads 200
and 201 series, are approved to standard UNI EN 215: 1990.
CALEFFI
Installation
CALEFFI
1
2 3
1,5 m
CALEFFI
1
3
3
4
10 cm
5
0
3. Re-lock the
ring. The valve
will now have a
temperature
range restriction
from 0 to the set
value.
3. Re-lock the
ring. The valve
will now be
locked at the set
temperature.
3. Re-lock the
ring. The valve
will now no
longer have any
temperature
restriction or lock.
2. Position the
valve at the
required
temperature
and turn the ring
clockwise up to
the stop.
1. Using a
screw-driver, unlock
the ring, pressing it
fully towards the
valve body.
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 220
Thermostatic valve for radiators suitable for thermo-electric and thermostatic control heads. Angled connections for steel pipes
3/8, 1/2 and 3/4. Radiator connection 3/8 and 1/2 M with tailpiece provided with EPDM seal, 3/4 with tailpiece without seal.
Brass body. Chrome plated. Control knob in ABS white RAL 9010. Double seal on control stem with EPDM O-Rings. Maximum
working temperature 100C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
Series 221
Thermostatic valve for radiators suitable for thermo-electric and thermostatic control heads. Straight connections for steel pipes
3/8, 1/2 and 3/4. Radiator connection 3/8 and 1/2 M with tailpiece provided with EPDM seal, 3/4 with tailpiece without seal.
Brass body. Chrome plated. Control knob in ABS white RAL 9010. Double seal on control stem with EPDM O-Rings. Maximum
working temperature 100C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
Series 222
Thermostatic valve for radiators suitable for thermo-electric and thermostatic control heads. Angled connections for copper and
single and multilayer plastic pipes 23 p1,5 M. Radiator connection 1/2 M with tailpiece provided with EPDM seal. Brass body.
Chrome plated. Control knob in ABS white RAL 9010. Double seal on control stem with EPDM O-Rings. Maximum working
temperature 100C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
Series 223
Thermostatic valve for radiators suitable for thermo-electric and thermostatic control heads. Straight connections for copper and
single and multilayer plastic pipes 23 p1,5 M. Radiator connection 1/2 M with tailpiece provided with EPDM seal. Brass body.
Chrome plated. Control knob in ABS white RAL 9010. Double seal on control stem with EPDM O-Rings. Maximum working
temperature 100C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
Series 224
Thermostatic valve for radiators suitable for thermo-electric and thermostatic control heads. Reverse connections for steel pipes
3/8 and 1/2 F. Radiator connection 3/8 and 1/2 M with tailpiece provided with EPDM seal. Brass body. Chrome plated.
Control knob in ABS white RAL 9010. Double seal on control stem with EPDM O-Rings. Maximum working temperature 100C.
Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
Series 225
Thermostatic valve for radiators suitable for thermo-electric and thermostatic control heads. Double angled connections for
steel pipes 3/8 and 1/2 F. Radiator connection 3/8 and 1/2 M, LH or RH with tailpiece provided with EPDM seal. Brass body.
Chrome plated. Control knob in ABS white RAL 9010. Double seal on control stem with EPDM O-Rings. Maximum working
temperature 100C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
Series 227
Thermostatic valve for radiators suitable for thermo-electric and thermostatic control heads. Reverse connections for copper
and single and multilayer plastic pipes 23 p1,5 M. Radiator connection 1/2 M with tailpiece provided with EPDM seal. Brass
body. Chrome plated. Control knob in ABS white RAL 9010. Double seal on control stem with EPDM O-Rings. Maximum working
temperature 100C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
Series 200
Thermostatic control head for thermostatic and convertible radiator valves. Sensor incorporated with liquid-filled element.
Maximum ambient temperature 50C. Graduated scale from 0 to 5 corresponding to a temperature range of 0 to 28C,
with possibility of temperature restriction and locking. Frost protection cut-in at 7C.
Series 201
Thermostatic control head for thermostatic and convertible radiator valves. Remote sensor incorporated with liquid-filled
element. Maximum ambient temperature 50C. Graduated scale from 0 to 5 corresponding to a temperature range of 0 to 28C,
with possibility of temperature restriction and locking. Frost protection cut-in at 7C.
Series 203
Thermostatic control head with contact probe, for fluid temperature restriction. Setting temperature range 2050C (4090C).
Maximum sensor temperature 100C. Numbered scale, with possibility of temperature restriction and locking. Length of
capillary 2 m.
Series 209
Tamper-proof and antitheft cap for thermostatic control head 200 series, for use in public places.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
series DECA
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01037/03 GB
Function
DECA couplings, which are supplied in brass for diameters up to
63 mm and in cast iron for larger sizes, are used for connecting
polyethylene piping.
As proof of the high standard of quality, the threaded DECA
connections (up to 63) have DVGW and SVGW approval, which
means that they are approved for use in Germany and Switzerland.
SVGW
SSIGE
Product range
Series 860 Female coupling in brass
Sizes 20x1/2, 21x1/2, 25x3/4, 27x3/4, 25x1, 32x1, 34x1, 40x1 1/4, 50x1 1/2, 63x2
Series 860 Female coupling in cast iron
Sizes 75x2 1/2, 90x3, 110x4
Series 861 Male coupling in brass
Sizes 20x1/2, 21x1/2, 25x3/4, 27x3/4, 25x1, 32x1, 34x1, 40x1 1/4, 50x1 1/2, 63x2
Series 861 Male coupling in cast iron
Sizes 75x2 1/2, 90x3, 110x4
Series 862 Male reduced coupling in brass
Sizes 20x3/8, 25x1/2, 32x3/4, 40x1, 50x1 1/4, 63x1 1/2
Series 863 Sleeve coupling in brass
Sizes 20, 21, 25, 27, 32, 34, 40, 50, 63
Series 863 Sleeve coupling in cast iron
Sizes 75, 90, 110, 125
Series 864 Tee coupling in brass
Sizes 20, 21, 25, 27, 32, 34, 40, 50, 63
Series 865 Reduced male-female tee coupling, in brass
Sizes 20x1/2Mx3/8F, 25x3/4Mx1/2F, 32x1Mx3/4F,
40x1 1/4Mx1F, 50x1 1/2Mx1 1/4F, 63x2Mx1 1/2F
Series 866 Elbow coupling in brass
Sizes 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63
Series 867 Male elbow coupling in brass
Sizes 20x1/2, 25x3/4, 32x1, 40x1 1/4, 50x1 1/2, 63x2
Series 868 Female elbow coupling in brass
Sizes 20x1/2, 25x3/4, 32x1, 40x1 1/4, 50x1 1/2, 63x2
Series 869 Female elbow coupling with wall fixing in brass
Sizes 20x1/2, 25x1/2, 25x3/4
Series 870 Sleeve coupling for repairs
Sizes 25, 32, 40, 50
Series 871 Female coupling with ball valve
Sizes 25x1/2, 32x3/4
Series 875 Female reduced coupling in brass
Sizes 25x1/2, 32x3/4, 40x1
Series 876 Female union coupling in brass
Sizes 25x1/2, 32x3/4, 40x1
Series 888 Flanged coupling PN 10 in cast iron
Sizes 75xDN 65, 90xDN 80, 110xDN100, 125xDN 100
Technical specification
Brass couplings
Materials
Body:
Lock nut:
Seal:
Bolts and nuts:
GG 25
GG 25
NBR
Stainless steel
Performance
Max working pressure:
Max working temperature:
Medium:
16 bar
40C
Water
10 bar
40C
Water
Connections:
Dimensions
C
C
Code
860420
860421
860525
860527
860625
860632
860634
860740
860850
860963
A
20
21
25
27
25
32
34
40
50
63
B
47,5
47,5
49,5
49,5
56
56
56
64,5
66,5
74,5
C
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
1
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
A
Code
861075
861090
861110
A
75
90
110
B
130
130
140
C
2 1/2
3
4
Code
863075
863090
863110
863125
A
75
90
110
125
B
180
180
190
205
C
B
C
A
75
90
110
B
120
120
125
C
2 1/2
3
4
A
20
25
32
40
50
63
B
47
51,5
56,5
67
72
75,5
B
87
87
93
93
108
108
129
145
155
C
46
46
49
49
56,5
56,5
66,5
75
84
A
B
50,5
46
53
49
59,5
59,5
55
69
72,5
79,5
C
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
1
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
Code
863020
863021
863025
863027
863032
863034
863040
863050
863063
A
20
21
25
27
32
34
40
50
63
B
66,5
66,5
68,5
68,5
76,5
76,5
89
95
101,5
B
A
20
21
25
27
25
32
34
40
50
63
A
20
21
25
27
32
34
40
50
63
D
E
Code
864420
864421
864525
864627
864632
864634
864740
864850
864963
Code
861420
861421
861525
861527
861625
861632
861634
861740
861850
861963
C
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
Code
860075
860090
860110
Code
862320
862425
862532
862640
862750
862863
Code
865020
865025
865032
865040
865050
865063
A
20
25
32
40
50
63
B
87
93
108
129
145
155
C
31,5
37
41
49
56
68
D
E
1/2 3/8
3/4 1/2
1
3/4
1 1/4 1
1 1/2 1 1/4
2 1 1/2
6
A
Code
866020
866025
866032
866040
866050
866063
A
20
25
32
40
50
63
B
48,5
53,5
60,5
73,5
80,5
91,5
28
39
C
Code
A
B
D
869420 20 48,5 1/2 25
869425 25 53,5 1/2 26
869525 25 53,5 3/4 26
F
E
20 41,5
25 46,5
25 46,5
Code
875425
875532
875640
A
25
32
40
B
49
55
66
C
1/2
3/4
1
B
59,5
61
64,5
70
C
3/4
3/4
1
1
B
145
135
135
135
C
DN 65
DN 80
DN 100
DN 100
50
Code
867020
867025
867032
867040
867050
867063
A
20
25
32
40
50
63
B
37
42
48
58
64
74
C
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
D
30,5
37,5
43
51,5
57
69,5
Code
870025
870032
870040
870050
A
25
32
40
50
Code
876520
876525
876625
876632
B
125
127
138
143
A
20
25
25
32
A
D
Code
868020
868025
868032
868040
868050
868063
A
20
25
32
40
50
63
B
48,5
53,5
60,5
73,5
80,5
91,5
C
C
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
D
26,5
28
32
38
42,5
67
Code
A
871425 25
871532 32
B
73
79
C
49
52
D
1/2
3/4
Code
888075
888090
888110
888125
A
75
90
110
125
Constructional details
Accessories
Ease of use
DECA series polyethylene
pipe couplings are extremely
practical, as they do not
have to be taken apart
when connecting to the
piping (see example at foot
of page).
Repair joints
Series 870 sleeve coupling allows piping connections to be
made with a maximum space between ends of 50 mm.
Thanks to the absence of internal ledges, the pipe can slide
freely.
Code
886022
886032
886043
886054
886065
Series
PN 10
887120
887223
887330
887437
887546
887658
20 x 2
25 x 2,3
32 x 3
40 x 3,7
50 x 4,6
63 x 5,8
For REHAU
pipes
887128
887235
20 x 2,8
25 x 3,5
max.
50
Strength
Caleffi DECA couplings are not affected by frost, as any
deformations are absorbed by the pipe itself. In addition, in
the case of ground movement or excessive loads in the
connection area, there is no risk of breakage or
disconnection.
from 25 to 20
from 32 to 25
from 40 to 32
from 50 to 40
from 63 to 50
90
do
Cut
at 90
do not
Remove any
external burrs
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 860
Female coupling for polyethylene pipe. Connections 20 x 1/2" F (from 20 x 1/2" F to 63 x 2" F).
Brass body. NBR O-Ring seal. Maximum working pressure 16 bar. Maximum working temperature
40C. For use with water.
Series 860
Female coupling for polyethylene pipe. Connections 75 x 2 1/2" F (from 75 x 2 1/2" F to 110 x 4" F).
Body in GG 25 cast iron. Polyacetal resin ring. NBR seal. Stainless steel bolts and nuts. Maximum
working pressure 10 bar. Maximum working temperature 40C. For use with water.
Series 861
Male coupling for polyethylene pipe. Connections 20 x 1/2" M (from 20 x 1/2" M to 63 x 2" M).
Brass body. NBR O-Ring seal. Maximum working pressure 16 bar. Maximum working temperature
40C. For use with water.
Series 861
Male coupling for polyethylene pipe. Connections 75 x 2 1/2" M (from 75 x 2 1/2" M to 110 x 4" M).
Body in GG 25 cast iron. Polyacetal resin ring. NBR seal. Stainless steel bolts and nuts. Maximum
working pressure 10 bar. Maximum working temperature 40C. For use with water.
Series 862
Male reduced coupling for polyethylene pipe. Connections 20 x 3/8 M (from 20 x 3/8 M to
63 x 1 1/2 M). Brass body. NBR O-Ring seal. Maximum working pressure 16 bar. Maximum
working temperature 40C. For use with water.
Series 863
Sleeve coupling for polyethylene pipe. Connections 20 (from 20 to 63). Brass body. NBR O-Ring
seal. Maximum working pressure 16 bar. Maximum working temperature 40C. For use with water.
Series 863
Sleeve coupling for polyethylene pipe. Connections 75 (from 75 to 125). Body in GG 25 cast
iron. Polyacetal resin ring. NBR seal. Stainless steel bolts and nuts. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
Maximum working temperature 40C. For use with water.
Series 864
Tee coupling for polyethylene pipe. Connections 20 (from 20 to 63). Brass body. NBR O-Ring
seal. Maximum working pressure 16 bar. Maximum working temperature 40C. For use with water.
Series 865
Reduced male-female tee coupling, for polyethylene pipe. Connections 20 x 1/2" M x 3/8" F
(from 20 x 1/2" M x 3/8" F to 63 x 2" M x 1 1/2" F ). Brass body. NBR O-Ring seal. Maximum working
pressure 16 bar. Maximum working temperature 40C. For use with water.
Series 866
Elbow coupling for polyethylene pipe. Connections 20 (from 20 to 63). Brass body. NBR O-Ring
seal. Maximum working pressure 16 bar. Maximum working temperature 40C. For use with water.
Series 867
Male elbow coupling for polyethylene pipe. Connections 20 x 1/2" M (from 20 x 1/2" M to 63 x 2" M).
Brass body. NBR O-Ring seal. Maximum working pressure 16 bar. Maximum working temperature
40C. For use with water.
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 868
Female elbow coupling for polyethylene pipe. Connections 20 x 1/2" F (from 20 x 1/2" F to 63 x 2" F). Brass
body. NBR O-Ring seal. Maximum working pressure 16 bar. Maximum working temperature 40C. For use with water.
Series 869
Female elbow coupling, with wall fixing, for polyethylene pipe. Connections 20 x 1/2" F (from 20 x 1/2" F to
25 x 3/4" F). Brass body. NBR O-Ring seal. Maximum working pressure 16 bar. Maximum working
temperature 40C. For use with water.
Series 870
Sleeve coupling, for repairs, for polyethylene pipe. Connections 25 (from 25 to 50). Brass body.
NBR O-Ring seal. Maximum working pressure 16 bar. Maximum working temperature 40C. Maximum space
between the ends of the pipes to be joined 50 mm. For use with water.
Series 871
Female coupling with ball valve, for polyethylene pipe. Connections 25 x 1/2" F ( 25 x 1/2" F and 32 x 3/4" F).
Brass body. NBR O-Ring seal. Maximum working pressure 16 bar. Maximum working temperature 40C. For
use with water.
Series 875
Female reduced coupling for polyethylene pipe. Connections 25 x 1/2" F (from 25 x 1/2" F to 40 x 1" F ). Brass
body. NBR O-Ring seal. Maximum working pressure 16 bar. Maximum working temperature 40C. For use with water.
Series 876
Female union coupling for polyethylene pipe. Connections 20 x 3/4" F (from 20 x 3/4" F to 32 x 1" F). Brass
body. NBR O-Ring seal. Maximum working pressure 16 bar. Maximum working temperature 40C. For use with water.
Series 888
Flanged coupling PN 10 for polyethylene pipe. Connections 75 x DN 65 (from 75 x DN 65 to 125 x DN 125).
Body in GG 25 cast iron. Polyacetal resin ring. NBR seal. Stainless steel bolts and nuts. Maximum working
pressure 10 bar. Maximum working temperature 40C. For use with water.
Series 886
Coupling reducer for polyethylene pipe from 25 to 20 (available: reducers from 25 to 20 up to 63 to 50).
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
683 series
01040/10 GB
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
FM 21654
Function
The flow rate metering device is used to measure the flow rate
within a circuit. When used for central heating purposes, therefore,
it allows monitoring of the thermal power supplied to the systems;
in water treatment systems and industrial chemical or textile plants
etc., it can be used to continuously monitor the water flowing
through the circuits. This particular series of devices is equipped
with quick-fit ports for easier differential pressure measurement.
Product range
683 series Flow rate metering device, threaded connections
683 series Flow rate metering device, flanged connections, to be coupled with counterflanges PN 6
683 series Flow rate metering device, flanged connections, to be coupled with counterflanges PN 16
Technical specifications
series
Materials
Body:
Gaskets:
Screws:
Nuts:
Pressure test ports:
Pressure test port seals:
Performance
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
Working temperature range:
Minimum p for measurement:
Connections
Main:
Pressure test ports:
683 threaded
683 flanged
painted steel
asbestos free NBR fibre
steel
steel
brass EN 12164 CW614N
EPDM
-5110C
0,01 bar
3/4, 1 F
1/4 F
1/4 F
Dimensions
E
C
CALEFFI
E
A
3/4"
1"
B
23
29
C
32
32
D
51
54
E
78
90
Mass(kg)
0,30
0,43
Code
683030
683040
683050
683060
683080
683100
683120
683150
683170
683200
DN
32
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
175
200
Operating principle
D
74
77
83
90,5
101
106
145
160
175
185
57324
A)
The 683 series flow rate metering device operation is based on the
Venturi effect. The metering device contains a diaphragm that, by
restricting the cross-section of the channel, speeds up the medium
and generates an increased p (for measurement) at the ends, in
order to guarantee precise flow rate metering. Each differential
pressure value (measured at the ends of the diaphragm) has a
corresponding accurate flow rate value, with the diaphragm Kv
noted.
The total head loss for the metering device is, however, very low
since the length of the pipe downstream from the diaphragm allows
the medium to slow down and increase the pressure again.
C
64
71
88
110
140
182
75
80
85
100
C)
p (kPa)
'h
h = 'h sen
p = 12,6 h
E
205
230
307
390
451
530
275
300
325
350
F
120
130
140
160
190
210
250
285
315
340
Mass(kg)
5,55
6,27
7,56
10,43
16,03
20,06
48,00
61,00
74,00
96,00
B)
aria
D)
Code
683005
683006
p
(for mesurement)
E)
A)
B)
C)
D)
E)
Construction details
Pressure
measurement
Automatic
reclosure
Flow rate monitoring can take place at any moment, without any of
the pipes being dismantled. The patented self-cleaning
single-casting diaphragm profile and the quick-fit pressure test
ports offer rapid and accurate differential pressure measurement.
Safety cap
Measuring
syringe
Seal element
Hydraulic characteristics
Flow rate measurement
1000
I.S. UNITS
100
50
20
10
5
3
2
500
DN 200
DN 175
DN 150
DN 125
200
100
DN 100
50
DN 80
DN 65
20
DN 50
10
DN 40
DN 32
1"
0,5
3/4"
0,3
0,2
15
1000
(m3/h)
(l/s)
50
100
20
500
200
DN 125
DN 150
DN 175
DN 200
10
500
DN 100
100
DN 80
50
DN 65
200
2
DN 40
DN 50
20
50
10
0,5
2
3
5
10
100
200
500
0,2
0,3
0,5
0,5
1000
0,2
10
3/4"
p
(kPa) (mm w.g.)
1500
15
1"
DN 32
0,5
50
100
0,2
1500
p
(kPa) (mm w.g.)
0,5
1000
0,1
G= 0,129 p0,5
3/4
G= 0,229 p0,5
1
p
G= 0,337 p0,5
DN 32
G= 0,533 p0,5
DN 40
G= 0,989 p0,5
DN 50
G= 1,654 p0,5
DN 65
G= 2,438 p0,5
DN 80
DN 100
G= 4,029 p0,5
DN 125
G= 9,032 p0,5
p
DN 150
G= 11,290 p0,5
DN 175
G= 15,806 p0,5
0,5
DN 200
G= 22,580 p0,5
G= 0,129 p
3/4
G= 0,229 p0,5
1
G= 0,337 p0,5
DN 32
p = f (G)
le (m)
Kv
(1
kPa)
G= 0,533 p0,5
DN 40
p
=
41,8769 G2
12
7
3/4
0,154
G= 0,989 p0,5
DN
50
Kv 1
coefficients,
localised losses
lengths,
p
=
13,3637
G2
10
8and equivalent
0,273
G= 1,654 p0,5
DN 65
head
losses 0,403
p = 6,1579 G2
13
15
DN
G= 2,438 p0,5
DN 32
80
p = 2,4652 G2
10
13
DN 100
40 p 0,637
DN
G= 4,029 p0,5
p = 0,7153 G2
7
14
DN 125
50
1,182
DN
G= 9,032 p0,5
I.S.
UNITS
p = 0,2557 G2
7
18
DN 150
65
1,978
DN
G= 11,290 p0,5
2
p
6
20
DN
80
2,914
0,5 = 0,1178 G
DN 175
15,806
pl/s
G G=
= Flow
rate in
2
p
=
0,04142
G
6
27
DN
100
4,913
0,5
DN 200
22,580 p
pG=
= Differential
pressure
in kPa 2
p = 0,001 G
0,7
5
DN 125
23,290
water density () 1 kg/dm3
p = 0,001 G2
DN 150
29,144
1
8
p = 0,6 10-3 G2
DN 175
40,822
0,9
9
p = f (G)
le (m)
Kv (1 kPa)
2
DN 200
58,352
p = 0,293 10-3 G
0,7
9
p = 41,8769 G2
12
7
3/4
0,154
p = 13,3637 G2
10
8
1
0,273
p = 6,1579 G2
13
15
DN 32
0,403
p = 2,4652 G2
10
13
DN 40
0,637
p = 0,7153 G2
7
14
DN 50
1,182
p = 0,2557 G2
7
18
DN 65
1,978
p = 0,1178 G2
6
20
DN 80
2,914
p
= 0,04142 G2
6
27
DN 100
4,913
p = 0,001 G2
0,7
5
DN 125
23,290
p = 0,001 G2
DN 150
29,144
1
8
p = 0,6 10-3 G2
DN 175
40,822
0,9
9
DN 200
58,352
p = 0,293 10-3 G2
0,7
9
(m3/h)
0,1
(l/s)
Installation
where:
G = Kv
(2)
2,72
= 6,64 l/s
Sizing method
The size of the metering device should be selected so that,
when operating at the design flow rate, it has a
corresponding minimum measured p of 100 mm w.g.
(1 kPa). Sometimes, to achieve this condition, it may be
necessary to use a metering device with a diameter which is
different to that of the pipe. In this case, a tapered fitting
should be used (as illustrated in the figure below).
min.1,5 d
d
min.1,5 d
Accessories
100
100
100010
Brass body.
EPDM seals.
Female 1/4 threaded connection.
Working temperature range: -5130C
Max. working pressure: 30 bar.
130 FLOMET
Flow rate and differential pressure electronic
measuring station. Supplied complete with
shut-off and connection fittings. Can be
used for checking the correct operation of
AUTOFLOW devices.
Measurement range: 0,05200 kPa.
Differential Pmax: 250 kPa.
Code
Code
100000
130000
130001
Application diagrams
Central heating system
P
T
Tmax 120C
Pmax 10 bar
Tmax 105C
Pmax 10 bar
F
A
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
Shut-off valve
Zone valve
Expansion vessel
Ball valve
Pump
3-way cock
BALLSTOP
AUTOFLOW
Temperature gauge
Dirt separator
Inspection pocket
Temperature probe
Gas filter
Safety thermostat
Gas regulator
Temperature controller
Deaerator
A
Pressure switch
Anti-vibration joint
Pocket
Flow switch
Backflow preventer
Safety valve
Y-strainer
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
683 series
Flow rate metering device. Threaded connections 3/4 and 1 F. Brass body. Brass pressure test ports. EPDM pressure test
port seals. Threaded connections 1/4 F for pressure test ports. Medium water, glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol
50%. Working temperature range -5110C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Minimum p for measurement 0,01 bar.
Complete with quick-fit pressure test ports.
683 series
Flow rate metering device. Flanged DN 32DN 200 connections. Painted steel body. Asbestos-free fibre NBR gaskets. Steel
screws. Steel nuts. Brass pressure test ports. EPDM pressure test port seals. Threaded connections 1/4 F for pressure test
ports. Flanged connections. Coupling with counterflanges EN 1092-1 DN 32DN 100, PN 6; DN 125DN 200, PN 16. Working
temperature range -5110C. Maximum working pressure 6 bar (DN 32DN 100), 16 bar (DN 125DN 200). Minimum p for
measurement 0,01 bar. Complete with fast-plug pressure test ports, counterflanges, bolts and gaskets.
130 series FLOMET
Flow rate and differential pressure electronic measuring station. Supplied complete with shut-off and connection fittings. It can
be used to check AUTOFLOW device operation falls within the working range. It can also be used to measure the flow rate
of series 131 and 135 balancing valves, and of the 683 series metering device. Measurement range 0,05200 kPa. Unit of
measurement can be selected from Pa, kPa, mmW, mW, inW, mbar, PSI. Maximum line pressure 16 bar. Maximum differential
pressure tolerated 250 kPa.
100 series
Pair of fast-plug pressure and temperature test ports. threaded connections 1/4 M. Brass body. EPDM internal elements.
Working temperature range -5130C. Maximum working pressure 30 bar.
100 series
Pair of fittings with fast-plug syringe. Threaded connection 1/4 F. Maximum working temperature 110C. Maximum working
pressure 10 bar.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.p.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 Fontaneto dAgogna (NO) Italy Tel. +39 0322 8491 Fax +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2010 Caleffi
CALEFFI
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01041/07 GB
replaces dp 01041/00
Function
The Autoflow devices are automatic flow rate
regulators. They are used to keep the flow rate
constant, at the design value, in air conditioning and
plumbing system circuits.
They automatically balance the hydronic circuit by
ensuring the design flow rate to each terminal unit,
regardless of any change in the system working
conditions. The devices are available both as simple
flow regulator and complete with ball shut-off valve.
Product range
120 series Automatic flow rate regulator with steel cartridge and ball valve
125 series Automatic flow rate regulator with steel cartridge
103 series Automatic flow rate regulator with steel cartridge, flanged version
Technical specifications
series
Materials
Body:
Autoflow cartridge:
Spring:
Seals:
Ball:
Ball seat:
Control stem seal:
Lever:
Pressure ports plugs:
Performance
Medium:
Maximum percentage glycol:
Maximum working pressure:
Working temperature range:
p range:
Flow rates:
Accuracy:
Connections
120
125
103
25 bar
0110C
25 bar
-20110C
16 bar
-20110C
1/22 1/2 F x F
DN 65350 flanged PN 16
EN1092-1
1/4 F
1/4 F
1/4 F
Dimensions
D
A
C
FI
LEF
CA
FFI
LE
CA
Code
A
120141 ... 1/2"
120151 ... 3/4"
120181 ... 1 1/2"
120191 ... 2"
B
C
156,5 52,5
159,5 52,5
253
84
253
84
D
50
50
88
88
E
100
100
140
140
F
Weight (kg)
1/4"
1,10
1/4"
1,10
1/2"
4,60
1/2"
4,60
C
52,5
52,5
105
105
133
B
101
106
177
176
230
Code
A
125141 ... 1/2"
125151 ... 3/4"
125181 ... 1 1/2"
125191 ...
2"
125101 ... 2 1/2
D
30
30
38,5
38,5
48,5
F
1/4"
1/4"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2
Weight (kg)
0,55
0,58
2,25
2,45
4,36
CA
LE
FF
I
CA
LE
FF
I
B
F
C
68
68
D
66
66
E
120
120
F
Weight (kg)
1/2"
2,30
1/2"
2,30
A
C
B
Code
A
218,5
120161 ... 1"
120171 ... 1 1/4" 220,5
D
B
Code
10311. ...
10321. ...
10331. ...
10341. ...
10351. ...
10361. ...
10371. ...
10381. ...
10391. ...
A
DN 65
DN 80
DN 100
DN 125
DN 150
DN 200
DN 250
DN 300
DN 350
B
208
212
216
271
271
287
295
319
311
C
185
200
220
250
285
360
425
515
555
D
172
172
172
223
223
223
223
223
223
Weight (kg)
007,50
011,58
012,38
016,55
024,11
041,62
058,09
093,27
108,17
Code
A
125161 ...
1"
125171 ... 1 1/4"
B
140,5
148
C
102
102
D
33,5
33,5
F
1/2"
1/2"
Weight (kg)
1,02
1,16
Circuit balancing
DYNAMIC CIRCUIT BALANCING
Modern heating and air-conditioning systems have to guarantee a high level of thermal comfort with a low energy consumption. This means
supplying the system terminal emitters with the correct design flow rates, to produce balanced hydraulic circuits.
Unbalanced circuits
In
case
of
an
unbalanced circuit, the
hydraulic umbalance
between
emitters
creates areas with
temperatures which
are not uniform, and,
as a consequence,
problems with thermal
comfor t and higher
energy consumption.
Flow rate
50 %
17
140 %
22
24
180 %
Flow rate
Flow rate
100 %
100 %
140 %
Regulating
valve
0%
100 %
120 %
Manual valve
FULL LOAD
PARTIAL LOAD
Flow rate
100 %
100 %
CALEF
FI
CALEF
FI
100 %
0%
CALEF
FI
Regulating
valve
100 %
CALEF
FI
CALEF
FI
100 %
CALEF
FI
Autoflow
FULL LOAD
PARTIAL LOAD
Autoflow devices
Function
The AUTOFLOW device has to guarantee a constant flow rate when its upstream/downstream pressure differential varies.
It is therefore necessary to refer to the p - flow rate diagram and to a basic diagram illustrating the operation methods and the relevant
variable effects.
Operating principle
The regulating element of these devices is composed of a cilinder and a piston with fixed and variable geometry orifices, through which the
fluid flows. The surface area of these orifices is governed by the piston movement when pushed by the flow. A specially calibrated spring
counteracts this movement.
Autoflows are high performance automatic regulators. They regulate selected flow rates within a very tight tolerance (approx. 5%) and offer a
wide range of operation.
FLOW RATE
G0
DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE
1 bar/100 kPa
2,20 bar/220 kPa
4,10 bar/410 kPa
FLOW RATE
Control range
G0
Final p
Initial p
DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE
1 bar/100 kPa
2,20 bar/220 kPa
4,10 bar/410 kPa
DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE
1 bar/100 kPa
2,20 bar/220 kPa
4,10 bar/410 kPa
FLOW RATE
G0
14220 kPa
0,142,20 bar
35410 kPa
0,354,10 bar
Can be used in open systems, for example in water distribution systems or with high level of available head,
for example in district heating systems. The high upper limit, 410 kPa (4,1 bar), makes proper operation possible within
the control range.
Regulating valve
Autoflow
p absorbed by Autoflow
at 100% load
Pump H
4
Terminal
Construction details
Steel regulator
The flow rate regulator is made entirely of steel, suitable for use in airconditioning and plumbing systems.
It is fully compatible with the glycols and additives used in the
circuits.
Wide range of working pressures
The regulator is able to provide precise regulation of the flow rate
over a wide range of working pressures. It is factory calibrated to
keep the flow rate automatically within 5% of the set value.
For these reasons it can be used in system circuits both at zone
branching and directly at the terminal emitters.
Ball valve
The control stem of the ball valve is blow-proof and the reversible
closing lever is covered with vinyl. If there are any insulated pipes, it
can be changed with the extended lever series 117.
Replaceable cartridge
The internal regulator is assembled in the form of a one-piece
cartridge so as to permit easy removal from the body for inspection
or replacement.
FI
LEF
CA
Q
d.
01
ge
Ran
FI
LEF
CA
co
15
p
=
/h
kP
a
Cartridge plug
The cartridge plug (3)
contains a connection that
allows the use of a circuit
drain valve (4).
2
1
Autoflow, flanged version
This is supplied equipped with flanges EN 1092-1 PN 16 (on request
PN 25), gaskets and quick-fit pressure test ports.
3
FI
LEF
CA
18
d.
co
150
ge
Ran
FI
LEF
CA
p
=
m
a
kP
/h
Code
120141
120151
120161
7100
7100
7100
1690
1773
1704
1774
4724
4889
14
14
14
14
14
14
14220
14220
14220
14220
14220
14220
Minimum
p range
Kv0.01 (l/h) working p (kPa)
(kPa)
Code
120141
120151
120161
120171
120181
120191
7
7
7
Minimum
p range
Kv0.01 (l/h) working p (kPa)
(kPa)
Code
120141
120151
120161
120171
120181
120191
1690
1773
1704
1690
1773
1704
1774
4724
4889
35
35
35
35
35
35
35410
35410
35410
35410
35410
35410
0,12; 0,15; 0,2; 0,25; 0,3; 0,35; 0,4; 0,5; 0,6; 0,7; 0,8; 0,9; 1,0; 1,2; 1,4; 1,6; 1,8
0,12; 0,15; 0,2; 0,25; 0,3; 0,35; 0,4; 0,5; 0,6; 0,7; 0,8; 0,9; 1,0; 1,2; 1,4; 1,6; 1,8
0,7; 0,8; 0,9; 1,0; 1,2; 1,4; 1,6; 1,8; 2,0; 2,25; 2,5; 2,75; 3,0; 3,25; 3,5; 3,75; 4,0; 4,25
0,7; 0,8; 0,9; 1,0; 1,2; 1,4; 1,6; 1,8; 2,0; 2,25; 2,5; 2,75; 3,0; 3,25; 3,5; 3,75; 4,0; 4,25
2,75; 3,0; 3,25; 3,5; 3,75; 4,0; 4,25; 4,5; 5,0; 5,5; 6,0; 6,5; 7,0; 7,5; 8,0; 8,5; 9,0; 9,5; 10,0; 11,0
2,75; 3,0; 3,25; 3,5; 3,75; 4,0; 4,25; 4,5; 5,0; 5,5; 6,0; 6,5; 7,0; 7,5; 8,0; 8,5; 9,0; 9,5; 10,0; 11,0
0,25; 0,35; 0,45; 0,55; 0,7; 0,9; 1,1; 1,4; 1,6; 1,8; 2,0; 2,25; 2,5; 2,75
0,25; 0,35; 0,45; 0,55; 0,7; 0,9; 1,1; 1,4; 1,6; 1,8; 2,0; 2,25; 2,5; 2,75
1,4; 1,6; 1,8; 2,0; 2,25; 2,5; 2,75; 3,0; 3,25; 3,5; 3,75; 4,0; 4,25; 4,5; 5,0; 5,5; 6,0
1,4; 1,6; 1,8; 2,0; 2,25; 2,5; 2,75; 3,0; 3,25; 3,5; 3,75; 4,0; 4,25; 4,5; 5,0; 5,5; 6,0
3,0; 3,25; 3,5; 3,75; 4,0; 4,25; 4,5; 5,0; 5,5; 6,0; 6,5; 7,0; 7,5; 8,0; 8,5; 9,0; 9,5; 10,0; 11,0; 12,0; 13,0; 14,5; 15,5
3,0; 3,25; 3,5; 3,75; 4,0; 4,25; 4,5; 5,0; 5,5; 6,0; 6,5; 7,0; 7,5; 8,0; 8,5; 9,0; 9,5; 10,0; 11,0; 12,0; 13,0; 14,5; 15,5
Code
125141
125151
125161
7100
7100
7100
1669
1758
1342
1326
3472
3738
7582
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14220
14220
14220
14220
14220
14220
14220
Minimum
p range
Kv0.01 (l/h) working p (kPa)
(kPa)
Code
125141
125151
125161
125171
125181
125191
125101
7
7
7
Minimum
p range
Kv0.01 (l/h) working p (kPa)
(kPa)
Code
125141
125151
125161
125171
125181
125191
125101
1669
1758
1342
1669
1758
1342
1326
3472
3738
7582
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35410
35410
35410
35410
35410
35410
35410
0,12; 0,15; 0,2; 0,25; 0,3; 0,35; 0,4; 0,5; 0,6; 0,7; 0,8; 0,9; 1,0; 1,2; 1,4; 1,6; 1,8
0,12; 0,15; 0,2; 0,25; 0,3; 0,35; 0,4; 0,5; 0,6; 0,7; 0,8; 0,9; 1,0; 1,2; 1,4; 1,6; 1,8
0,7; 0,8; 0,9; 1,0; 1,2; 1,4; 1,6; 1,8; 2,0; 2,25; 2,5; 2,75; 3,0; 3,25; 3,5; 3,75; 4,0; 4,25
0,7; 0,8; 0,9; 1,0; 1,2; 1,4; 1,6; 1,8; 2,0; 2,25; 2,5; 2,75; 3,0; 3,25; 3,5; 3,75; 4,0; 4,25
2,75; 3,0; 3,25; 3,5; 3,75; 4,0; 4,25; 4,5; 5,0; 5,5; 6,0; 6,5; 7,0; 7,5; 8,0; 8,5; 9,0; 9,5; 10,0; 11,0
2,75; 3,0; 3,25; 3,5; 3,75; 4,0; 4,25; 4,5; 5,0; 5,5; 6,0; 6,5; 7,0; 7,5; 8,0; 8,5; 9,0; 9,5; 10,0; 11,0
6,0; 7,0; 7,5; 8,0; 8,5; 9,0; 9,5; 10,0; 11,0; 12,0; 13,5; 14,5; 15,5; 16,5; 17,0; 18,0
0,25; 0,35; 0,45; 0,55; 0,7; 0,9; 1,1; 1,4; 1,6; 1,8; 2,0; 2,25; 2,5; 2,75
0,25; 0,35; 0,45; 0,55; 0,7; 0,9; 1,1; 1,4; 1,6; 1,8; 2,0; 2,25; 2,5; 2,75
1,4; 1,6; 1,8; 2,0; 2,25; 2,5; 2,75; 3,0; 3,25; 3,5; 3,75; 4,0; 4,25; 4,5; 5,0; 5,5; 6,0
1,4; 1,6; 1,8; 2,0; 2,25; 2,5; 2,75; 3,0; 3,25; 3,5; 3,75; 4,0; 4,25; 4,5; 5,0; 5,5; 6,0
3,0; 3,25; 3,5; 3,75; 4,0; 4,25; 4,5; 5,0; 5,5; 6,0; 6,5; 7,0; 7,5; 8,0; 8,5; 9,0; 9,5; 10,0; 11,0; 12,0; 13,0; 14,5; 15,5
3,0; 3,25; 3,5; 3,75; 4,0; 4,25; 4,5; 5,0; 5,5; 6,0; 6,5; 7,0; 7,5; 8,0; 8,5; 9,0; 9,5; 10,0; 11,0; 12,0; 13,0; 14,5; 15,5
6,5; 7,0; 7,5; 8,0; 8,5; 9,0; 9,5; 11,0; 12,0; 13,0; 14,5; 15,5; 16,5; 18,0; 19,0; 20,0; 21,0; 22,0; 23,0; 24,5; 25,5; 26,5
Example
Autoflow 125 series dimension 1 with flow rate G0 = 2500 l/h and p Range 14220 kPa:
2nd
3rd
5th
6th
SERIES
1st
SIZE
5th
7th
SERIES
SIZE
2nd
8th
3rd
9th
7th
8th
9th
Complete code:
FLOW RATE
AND p RANGE
4th
1st
120
125
Size
1/2"
3/4"
1"
Digit
1 1/4" 1 1/2"
7
2"
2 1/2"
digit
m3/h
digit
m3/h
digit
m3/h
digit
0,45
0,50
S45
S50
0,60
0,70
S60
S70
0,80
0,90
S80
S90
1,00
1S0
m /h
digit
m /h
digit
m3/h
digit
m3/h
digit
m3/h
digit
m3/h digit
0,12
0,15
0,20
0,25
0,30
0,35
0,40
0,50
L12
L15
L20
L25
L30
L35
L40
L50
0,60
0,70
0,80
0,90
1,00
1,20
1,40
1,60
L60
L70
L80
L90
1L0
1L2
1L4
1L6
1,80
2,00
2,25
2,50
2,75
3,00
3,25
3,50
1L8
2L0
2L2
2L5
2L7
3L0
3L2
3L5
3,75
4,00
4,25
4,50
5,00
5,50
6,00
6,50
3L7
4L0
4L2
4L5
5L0
5L5
6L0
6L5
7,00
7,50
8,00
8,50
9,00
9,50
10,0
11,0
7L0
7L5
8L0
8L5
9L0
9L5
10L
11L
12,0
13,5
14,5
15,5
16,5
17,0
18,0
12L
13L
14L
15L
16L
17L
18L
digit
m3/h
digit
m3/h
digit
m3/h
digit
m3/h
digit
m3/h
digit
0,25
0,35
0,45
0,55
0,70
0,90
1,10
1,40
H25
H35
H45
H55
H70
H90
1H1
1H4
1,60
1,80
2,00
2,25
2,50
2,75
3,00
3,25
1H6
1H8
2H0
2H2
2H5
2H7
3H0
3H2
3,50
3,75
4,00
4,25
4,50
5,00
5,50
6,00
3H5
3H7
4H0
4H2
4H5
5H0
5H5
6H0
6,50
7,00
7,50
8,00
8,50
9,00
9,50
10,0
6H5
7H0
7H5
8H0
8H5
9H0
9H5
10H
11,0
12,0
13,0
14,5
15,5
16,5
18,0
19,0
11H
12H
13H
14H
15H
16H
18H
19H
20,0
21,0
22,0
23,0
24,5
25,5
26,5
20H
21H
22H
23H
24H
25H
26H
103111
103113
103121
103123
103131
103133
103141
103143
103151
103153
103161
103163
103171
103173
103181
103183
103191
103193
Minimum
working p (kPa)
DN
065
065
080
080
100
100
125
125
150
150
200
200
250
250
300
300
350
350
14
35
14
35
14
35
14
35
14
35
14
35
14
35
14
35
14
35
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
p range(kPa)
005180
006260
018220
018220
018220
018220
016610
019770
016122
019154
032 215
038 270
064 338
077 425
095 460
115580
160580
190730
14220
35410
14220
35410
14220
35410
14220
35410
14220
35410
14220
35410
14220
35410
14220
35410
14220
35410
Example
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
FLOW RATE
8th
9th
5th
6th
7th
8th
9th
{
{
SIZE p RANGE
SERIES
p RANGE
7th
1 0 3 1
Complete code
SIZE
6th
FLOW RATE
DN
65
80
100
125
150
Digit
kPa
14220
35410
Digit
Notes
Installation of AUTOFLOW
In air-conditioning systems, Autoflow devices must be installed on the circuit return pipe.
Some typical installation examples are given in the following pages.
Sizing the system with AUTOFLOW
For more detailed information on sizing a system with Autoflow, please refer to the 2nd volume of the Handbooks Caleffi and the technical
bulletin Dynamic balancing of hydronic circuits. They give theoretical calculations, numerical examples and notes on the application of the
above-mentioned devices in circuits.
Medium
Autoflow devices can be used with fluids other than water.
In this case it is recommended to contact our head office to select the most suitable product.
Applications of Autoflow (
T.A.
T.A.
T.A.
Applications of Autoflow (
CH1
CH2
To control the amount of delivered water and balance the
various circuits in irrigation systems.
CH1
CH2
For industrial type applications, such as:
- control of water taken from wells,
- cooling of machinery at nominal conditions,
- balancing of extremely complex distribution systems.
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Autoflow version 120 series
Automatic flow regulator and ball valve, Autoflow. Suitable to maintain constant flow rate values as the operating conditions in
the system change. 1/2 F connections with F union (from 1/2 to 2). Brass body. Replaceable stainless steel inner cartridge.
Stainless steel spring. EPDM seals. Chrome plated brass ball. Ball seat and control stem seal in EPDM and PTFE. Special zinc
plated steel lever. Brass pressure port plugs. Medium: water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 50%.
Maximum working pressure 25 bar. Temperature range 0110C. Working range p 7100 kPa (14220 and 35410 kPa).
Range of available flow rates: 0,1215,5 m3/h. Accuracy 5%. Suitable for fitting pressure ports with 1/4 F connections and
drain pipe.
103 series
Automatic flow regulator, Autoflow. Suitable to maintain constant flow rate values as the operating conditions in the system
change. DN 65 flanged connections (from DN 65 to DN 350) EN1092-1. Cast iron body. Stainless steel inner cartridge.
Stainless steel spring. Non-asbestos fibre seals. Medium: water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 50%.
Maximum working pressure 16 bar. Temperature range -20110 C. Working range p 14220 kPa (and 35410 kPa). Range
of available flow rates: 53850 m3/h. Complete with quick-fit 1/4 pressure test ports, counterflanges, rods and gaskets.
Strainers
Function
These devices comprise a combination of a Y strainer and a ball valve (120 series) or a Y strainer
alone (125 series). It is possible to inspect, clean and change the inner screen without having to
remove the device body from the pipeline.
They are suitable to fit pressure ports to check the clog level within the inner strainer and to connect
a drain pipe to clean the inner strainer without removing it from the body.
In the version with shut-off valve, the ball valve control stem is blow-proof and the reversible closing
lever is covered with vinyl.
If there are any insulated pipes, the lever can be replaced with an extended 117 series handle.
Product range
120 series Y-strainer with ball valve
125 series Y-strainer
Technical specifications
series
Materials
Body:
Strainer cartridge:
Seals:
Ball:
Ball seat:
Control stem seal:
Lever
Pressure ports plugs:
Performance
Medium:
Maximum percentage glycol:
Maximum working pressure:
Working temperature range:
Strainer mesh :
Connections
Pressure ports connections
120
125
25 bar
0110C
25 bar
-20110C
1/22 1/2 F x F
1/4 F
1/4 F
Dimensions
A
F
CA
LEF
FI
CA
LEF
FI
D
50
50
88
88
B
Code
A
C
120141 000 1/2" 156,5 52,5
120151 000 3/4" 159,5 52,5
120181 000 1 1/2" 253
84
253
120191 000
2"
84
E
100
100
140
140
F Weight (kg)
1/4"
1,07
1/4"
1,07
1/2"
4,55
1/2"
4,55
C
52,5
52,5
105
105
133
B
101
106
177
176
230
Code
A
125141 000 1/2"
125151 000 3/4"
125181 000 1 1/2"
125191 000
2"
125101 000 2 1/2
D
30
30
38,5
38,5
48,5
F
Weight (kg)
1/4"
0,52
1/4"
0,55
1/2"
2,20
1/2"
2,45
1/2
4,30
A
CA
LE
FF
I
CA
LE
FF
I
B
B
B
Code
A
120161 000
1" 218,5
120171 000 1 1/4" 220,5
Code
120141
120151
120161
120171
120181
120191
000
000
000
000
000
000
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
D
66
66
C
68
68
F Weight (kg)
E
120 1/2"
2,26
120 1/2"
2,26
Kv0,01 (l/h)
Mesh
(mm)
1.687
1.725
1665
1723
3913
3969
0,87
0,87
0,87
0,87
0,73
0,73
Code
B
A
125161 000
140,5
1"
125171 000 1 1/4" 148
Code
125141
125151
125161
125171
125181
125191
125101
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
C
102
102
D
33,5
33,5
F
Weight (kg)
1/2"
0,98
1/2"
1,12
Kv0,01 (l/h)
Mesh
(mm)
1.688
1.705
1410
1494
3227
3621
6825
0,87
0,87
0,87
0,87
0,73
0,73
0,73
Pressure drop
- The kv value indicated refer to the valve complete with strainer
Strainer cleaning
The strainer can be cleaned without removing it from the body.
1. By opening the drain valve to allow the dirt to flow into the drain
pipe.
1.
2.
.
cod
15018
Range
I
EFF
CAL
.
20,5
=
cod
cod. ER =
=
Q FILT p
Range
I
EFFFI
LEF
CAL
CA
15018
15011
p
=
mes
USER
SIDE
USER
SIDE
kPa
/h
ER
ER
FILT
cod.
FI
LEF
CA
FILT
cod.
FI
LEF
CA
15011
3 /h
m
h kPa
15011
20,5
20,5
mes
mes
11
,5
cod.
= 20
ER
FILT
FFI
CALE
es
7m
h
Application diagrams
120 series
STRAINER
15011
mesh
FILTER = 20,57
cod.
CALEFFI
AUTOFLOW
USER
SIDE
15012
m3 /h
CALEFFI
Q=
cod.
125 series
STRAINER
15011
mesh
FILTER = 20,57
cod.
CALEFFI
AUTOFLOW
USER
SIDE
15012
m3 /h
CALEFFI
Q=
cod.
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Strainer version 120 Series
Y-strainer and ball valve. 1/2 F connections with F union (from 1/2 to 2). Brass body. Stainless steel inner strainer; strainer
mesh 0,87 mm (for sizes 1/2 to 1 1/4; strainer mesh 0,73 mm for sizes 1 1/2 and 2). EPDM seals. Chrome-plated brass ball.
Ball seat and control stem seal in PTFE. Special zinc plated steel lever. Brass pressure port plugs. Medium: water and glycol
solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 50%. Maximum working pressure 25 bar. Temperature range 0110C. Suitable for
fitting pressure ports with 1/4 F connections and drain pipe.
Strainer version 125 Series
Y-strainer. 1/2 F x F connections. Brass body. Stainless steel inner strainer; strainer mesh 0,87 mm (for sizes 1/2 to 1 1/4;
strainer mesh 0,73 mm for sizes 1 1/2 to 2 1/2). EPDM seals. Ball seat and control stem seal in EPDM and PTFE. Special
zinc plated steel lever. Brass pressure port plugs. Medium: water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 50%.
Maximum working pressure 25 bar. Temperature range -20110 C. Suitable for fitting pressure ports with 1/4 F connections
and drain pipe.
Accessories
130 FLOMET
100
Code
130000
130001
Brass body.
EPDM seals.
Working temperature range: -5130C
Max. working pressure: 30 bar.
117
Dual-purpose ball valve extended control handle:
- valve open/close control possible, even when
insulation is fitted, thanks to extended lever;
- memory stop position by means of
mechanically-locking selector.
Useful if you want to create a certain loss of
head in the user circuit which needs to be
maintained even after subsequently closing and
reopening the valve.
Ring nut
FLOMET fast-plug
Syringe
Code
100000
Code
117000
117001
1/4
1/2, 3/4
1, 1 1/4
100
Pair of fittings with fast-coupling syringe for
connection of pressure ports to measuring
instruments.
Female 1/4 threaded connection.
Max. working pressure: 10 bar.
Max. working temperature: 110C.
538
Drain cock
with hose connection.
Code
538201
538401
1/4
1/2
Code
100010
1/4
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2007 Calef fi S.P.A.
Thermo-electric actuator
series 656
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01042/03 GB
Replaces 01042/00 GB
Function
The thermo-electric actuator, in conjunction with convertible
thermostatic radiator valves, with radiator and underfloor heating
systems distribution manifolds and with zone valves, allows
automatic shut-off of the system fluid under the control of a room
thermostat or of another electrical switching device.
Reference documentation
-
Leaflet 01051 Convertible thermostatic radiator valves for single and two pipe systems, series 455.
Leaflet 01072 Zone valves, series 676.
Leaflet 01044 Distribution manifolds for underfloor heating systems, series 668.
Leaflet 01065 Distribution manifolds for radiator systems, series 663.
Product range
Standard thermo-electric actuator
Standard thermo-electric actuator
Standard thermo-electric actuator with auxiliary microswitch
Standard thermo-electric actuator with auxiliary microswitch
Thermo-electric actuator with special connection
Thermo-electric actuator with special connection
Technical specification
- Materials: - protective cover
- colour
-
Normally closed
Power supply:
Starting current:
Working current:
Supply 220 V
Supply 24 V (ac) or 24 V (dc)
Supply 220 V
Supply 24 V (ac) or 24 V (dc)
Supply 220 V
Supply 24 V (ac) or 24 V (dc)
Dimensions
self-extinguishing polycarbonate
white RAL 9010
Code
656102
M 30 x 1,5 62
41
656104
M 30 x 1,5 62
41
656112
M 30 x 1,5 62
41
656114
M 30 x 1,5 62
41
656002
M 30 x 1,5 62
41
656004
M 30 x 1,5 62
41
Code 656102
Code 656104
Code 656112
Code 656114
Code 656002
Code 656004
Connection table
220 V -
656102
656104
656112
656114
4-
24 V -
CALEFFI
65611
24 V -
4-
2-
CALEFFI
3W
65610
65611
220 V -
CALEFFI
3W
2-
3W
65610
Operating principle
CALEFFI
Constructional details
338
339
401
402
455
65610
227
*480
656102
656104
656112
656114
4-
24 V -
221
220 V -
BROWN
BLUE
24 V -
CALEFFI
220
2-
CALEFFI
3W
RT
4-
65611
220 V -
65611
2-
CALEFFI
3W
65610
1
0
3W
CALEFFI
222
223
*481
*482
224
*483
225
*484
663
666 - 668
677
678
RT
*
Discontinued
2-
220 V -
CALEFFI
4-
656002
656004
24 V 3
W
65600
RT
3W
676
1
0
65600
Electrical connection
diagram with pump
switching.
CALEFFI
*6750
652
*672
*673
6620
6621
Special connection
The different configuration of some of these series of valves makes
necessary the modification of the connection geometry of the
thermo-electric actuator. Compared to the standard actuators ,
actuators code 656002 and 656004 are supplied with a longer
control spindle .
Attention: actuators 656002 and 656004 cannot be connected
to a valve body designed for use with actuators 656102,
656104, 656112 and 656114, and vice-versa.
Discontinued
*674
*670
*671
Fluid-dynamic characteristics
Installation
Straight thermostatic
Reverse valve
220 - 222
221 - 223
224 - 227
225
480-482
481-482
Zone valve
(straight / by-pass)
484
663 (ret.)
666
668 (ret.)
676
677
678
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1/2
3/4
1
3/8
1/2
3/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
3/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1/2
3/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1/21
1/21
1/21
185
210
270
440
110
145
225
420
200/110
200/110
200/110
180
200
255
100
135
200
80
125
85
125
178
267
446
119
178
356
277
138
287
287
287
370
370/100
370/100
25
25
18
12
25
25
18
12
10
10
10
25
25
18
25
25
18
25
25
25
25
25
25
12
25
25
12
12
12
25
25
25
12
12
12
656002, 656004 +
3-way zone valves
pmax *
(m w.g.)
6750
652
6620
6621
3/4
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
3/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1/2
445
140
140
140
178
267
446
119
178
356
247 total
12
25
25
25
25
25
12
25
25
12
12
670-672
671-673
674
Min. 20 mm
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
40
60
20
CALEFFI
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
Code 663000
Code 356050
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
356
kv0,01
(l/h)
Mod. Dep.
DN
CALEFFI
Series
CALEFFI
Elbow thermostatic
455
pmax *
(m w.g.)
CALEFFI
339 - 402
kv0,01
(l/h)
PN 10
338 - 401
DN
CALEFFI
Series
CALEFFI
656102, 656104,
656112, 656114 +
Applications
In domestic water heating systems, for controlling the temperature
of the water heater.
65610
2-
220 V 3W
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
RT
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
RT
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
357
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 656002/004/102/104
Thermo-electric actuator. Normally closed. Supply voltage 220 V (ac); 24 V (ac); 24 V (dc). Starting current 1 A.
Working current 13 mA (220 V (ac)), 140 mA (24 V (ac) - 24 V (dc)). Rated power consumption 3 W. Level of protection
IP44 (in vertical position). Maximum ambient temperature 50C. Operating time of 120 to 180 seconds. Length of
supply cable 80 cm.
Series 656112/114
Thermo-electric actuator. Normally closed, with auxiliary microswitch. Supply voltage 220 V (ac); 24 V (ac); 24 V (dc).
Starting current 1 A. Working current 13 mA (220 V (ac)), 140 mA (24 V (ac) - 24 V (dc)). Rated power consumption 3 W.
Level of protection IP44 (in vertical position). Rating of auxiliary microswitch contacts 0,8 A. Maximum ambient
temperature 50C. Operating time of 120 to 180 seconds. Length of supply cable 80 cm.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
01043 96
GB
Series
Patented self-cleaning
rotameter
669
Dual reading
scale
The main scale
(white) is used when
the instrument is
new.
If when a
subsequent reading
is taken the float is
no longer visible
because of deposits
on the clear section,
the auxiliary scale
(yellow) can be
used. Because of its
special construction,
this scale is always
clean
Scale:
1 to 4 l/min
Patented
ISO 9001
Quality Assured Firm
CALEFFI
Applications
The rotameter (1 to 4 l/min flow rate meter) can be fitted to
distribution manifolds for radiant panel or underfloor heating
systems.
When fitted to the return manifold it can be used to read off the
actual flow rate values in each individual circuit during the
commissioning operation and at the same time to achieve perfect
balancing of the whole system.
Operation
The rotameter has a 3/4 BSP union connection which is attached to
the manifold and the sealing is achieved by the O-Ring on the
convex spigot. The union connection was chosen to allow for
possible dismantling allowing the rotameter to be withdrawn from
the front. The lower connection consists of a 3/4 BSP male thread
with an internal shape which can be connected to the Series 680
fittings for plastic tubes. Balancing is achieved by operating the
adjusting valve on the flow manifold until the set flow rate is
reached. The flow rate is read off on the transparent cylinder when
the lower part of the float corresponds to the desired value in litres
per minute.
Construction
The body is made of hot stamped brass and the transparent tube
and internal protection are made of Polysulphone. The float
indicator is made of Hostaform/PTFE. All the seals are made of
silicone rubber.
General data
-
Dimensions
code 669050
Es. ch. 30
3/4"
CALEFFI S.P.A.
69,5
2
1
CALEFFI
L/MIN
3/4"
CALEFFI
01044/05 GB
Replaces 01044/00 GB
Function
Distribution manifolds for radiant panel systems are used to
optimally distribute the heating fluid in floor heating system circuits
and ultimately improve the control of heat emission from the panels.
The manifolds ensure that the flow to each circuit is regulated
precisely and also control the shut-off, venting and automatic
removal of air from the system.
Special solutions devised during sizing have also enabled depth to
be reduced and connection between manifold and branches
facilitated.
Reference Documents
- Tech. Broch. 01042 Thermo-electric actuator, series 656
- Tech. Broch. 01041 Automatic flow regulators
- Tech. Broch. 01054 Automatic air vent valves, series 5020, 5021
and 5022
Product range
Series 668 Pre-assembled distribution manifold for radiant panel systems
Technical specification
End fitting
- body:
Materials:
Flow manifold
- body:
PA
brass EN 12164 CW614N
POM
EPDM
ABS
Performance:
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Shut-off valve
- control device upper part: brass EN 12164 CW614N and PA
- obturator stem:
stainless steel
- obturator:
EPDM
- springs:
stainless steel
- seals:
EPDM
- knob:
ABS
Ball valve
- body:
- ball:
- handle:
10 bar
2,5 bar
080C
10
010
5%
1, 1 1/4 F
195 mm
3/4M - 18
50 mm
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
195
383
1 o 1 1/4
101
Dimensions
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
1 o 1 1/4
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
87
CALEFFI
25
3/4
50
L total
27
Code (1)
Code (1 1/4)
Nr. outlets
Total length
Weight (kg)
6686C5
6687C5
3
385
7,30
6686D5
6687D5
4
435
7,85
6686E5
6687E5
5
485
8,40
6686F5
6687F5
6
535
9,50
6686G5
6687G5
7
585
10,20
6686H5
6687H5
8
635
10,70
6686I5
6687I5
9
715
11,50
6686L5
6687L5
10
765
12,30
6686M5
6687M5
11
815
13,10
6686N5
6687N5
12
865
13,80
6686O5
6687O5
13
915
14,60
Characteristic components
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
Construction details
Exterior shape of the manifolds and mounting brackets
Flow manifold
The micrometric regulating valve
obturator is made of plastic (POM)
and features an upside down V
channel
(1) to provide greater
precision when regulating the flow
delivered to the floor system circuits.
This solution offers the following
advantages with respect to the
traditional
conically
shaped
obturator:
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
Return manifold
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
25 mm
CALEFFI
Hydraulic characteristics
To determine the hydraulic characteristics of the circuit, we must calculate the total pressure loss experienced by the flow of fluid as it passes
through the manifold unit parts and the radiant panel circuits.
From a hydraulic standpoint, the manifold unit and circuits can be shown as an assembly of hydraulic elements that are arranged in series and
parallel to each other.
PBV
PRM
PTot
PSV
P
PAnello
Loop
PVM
GTot
GLoop
PBV
PFM
PTot
PMV
PLoop
PSV
PTot
PMV
GTot.
PFM
GLoop
PRM
PBV
PSV
PFM
PRM
PBV
GTot
(1.1)
After noting the hydraulic characteristics of the individual components and the design flows, the total loss can be calculated as the sum of the
partial pressure losses of each specific component in the system, as shown in the formula (1.1).
0,6
45
40
35
0,45
0,4
0,35
30
0,3
25
0,25
0,5
0,2
450
400
0,1
120
1,2
100
50
20
90
80
70
0,9
0,8
0,7
60
0,6
45
40
35
0,45
0,4
0,35
30
0,3
25
0,25
18
16
14
0,18
0,16
0,14
12
0,12
0,5
0,2
10
500
350
300
250
180
160
200
140
120
80
90
100
50
25
20
70
0,12
60
12
10
45
0,18
0,16
0,14
40
18
16
14
35
20
60
30
50
0,9
0,8
0,7
Kv
1,15
2,87
Kv0,01
115
287
0,1
G (l/h)
G (l/h)
3500
1,2
90
80
70
1,8
1,6
1,4
4000
120
100
2,5
180
160
140
3000
1,8
1,6
1,4
250
2500
180
160
140
300
200
1800
4,5
4
3,5
2000
2,5
450
400
350
1600
250
600
500
1400
300
200
1200
4,5
4
3,5
900
450
400
350
9
8
7
1000
600
500
10
900
800
700
800
9
8
7
1000
700
900
800
700
P (kPa)
P (mm w.g.)
600
10
500
P (kPa)
P (mm w.g.)
1000
Kv
24*
17*
33,5*
23,5*
47,5
Kv0,01
2400*
1700*
3350*
2350*
4750
* Average value
Circuit 2
P2= 15 kPa
G2= 200 l/h
Circuit 3
P3= 7 kPa
G3= 80 l/h
(1.2)
Each segment of the formula (1.1), is calculated using the following relationship:
P=G2/Kv0,012
G= flow in l/h
P = pressure loss in kPa (1 kPa =100 mm w.g.)
Kv0,01 = flow in l/h through the device in question, with a pressure loss of 1 kPa
Note that the PTot must be calculated taking into account the circuit with the greatest pressure losses distributed along the entire piping loop of
the panel.
The circuit in question in our example is circuit 2.
Thus:
PMV
PLoop
PSV
PFM
PRM
PBV
=
=
=
=
=
=
2002/1152 = 3 kPa
15 kPa
2002/2872 = 0,5 kPa
4002/24002 = 0,03 kPa
4002/33502 = 0,01 kPa
4002/47502 = 0,007 kPa
} Values obtained disregarding variations due to flow rate delivered to each branch circuit
Using the formula (1.1) we can add all the calculated terms to obtain:
PTot= 3 +15 + 0,5 + 0,03 + 0,01 + 0,0071 18,5 kPa
Note:
We can ignore the three terms for the pressure losses associated with the ball valves and manifolds because their values are so low. Generally
speaking, the total pressure loss is fairly close to the pressure loss of the branched circuit of the panel.
(1.3)
(1.4)
+ disadvantaged
SV
PCircuit
PTot
HPredetermined PCircuit
+ disadvantaged
PMV
MV
Circuit 1
PLoop = 10 kPa
G1 = 120 l/h
Circuit 3
PLoop = 7 kPa
G3 = 80 l/h
P 2
P Circuit +
+ disadvantaged
5000
4500
4000
3500
1800
1600
1400
1200
1000
50
30
10
8
6
4
2
0
25
10
8
6
4
2
0
900
800
700
18
16
14
20
12
9
8
7
1
1,5
600
10
500
10
450
400
350
4,5
4
3,5
300
250
2,5
200
180
160
140
1,8
1,6
1,4
120
1,2
100
90
80
70
0,9
0,8
0,7
60
0,6
50
450
500
400
350
300
250
180
200
160
140
120
90
100
80
70
60
45
50
40
35
30
25
18
0,5
12
Circuit 3
PMV3 = 11,4 kPa
G3 = 80 l/h
Adjustment position ~ 3,5
2000
10
Circuit 2
Adjustment position completely open
45
40
35
3000
2500
Circuit 1
PMV1 = 8,3 kPa
G1 = 120 l/h
Adjustment position ~ 5.5
P (kPa)
P (mm w.g.)
20
= 18,5 kPa
PCircuit
16
HPredetermined
14
+ disadvantaged
P MV2
P MV1
disadvantaged
P 3
P 1
H Predetermined
Q (l/h)
P (mm w.g.)
P (kPa)
5000
4500
4000
3500
45
40
35
3000
2500
2000
1800
1600
1400
1200
50
30
10
8
6
4
2
0
25
10
8
6
4
2
0
18
16
14
12
1000
900
800
700
20
1,5
9
8
7
10
10
600
450
400
350
4,5
4
3,5
300
250
2,5
500
200
180
160
140
1,8
1,6
1,4
120
1,2
100
90
80
70
0,9
0,8
0,7
60
0,6
50
450
500
400
350
300
250
200
180
160
140
120
90
100
80
70
60
45
50
40
35
30
25
18
20
16
14
10
12
0,5
G (l/h)
Adjustment position
Kv
Kv0,01
1,5
10
0,06
0,09
0,18
0,21
0,27
0,31
0,42
0,53
0,7
0,89
1,15
18
21
27
31
42
53
70
89
115
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 668
Pre-assembled distribution manifold for radiant panel systems with 3 (from 3 to 13) outlets. Brass body. EPDM seals. 1 (1 and
1 1/4) threaded F connections. 3/4"M outlet connections. Medium: water, glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol: 30%.
Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Temperature range 080C. End fitting maximum discharge pressure 2,5 bar.
Consists of:
- Flow manifold complete with micrometric preregulating valves with graduated scale from 1 to10. Accuracy 5%.
- Return manifold complete with shut-off valves for use with thermo-electric actuator.
- Pair of end fittings consisting of a fitting with automatic air vent and drain cock.
- Pair of shut-off ball valves.
- Pair of mounting brackets.
11
12
40
CA
LEFF
I
10
14
15
40
60
20
60
20
80
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
40
60
20
60
20
80
40
60
20
80
80
16
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
60
CA
LEFF
I
20
80
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
60
20
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
17
CALEFFI
80
CALEFFI
18
10. End fitting complete with manual air vent valve, code 599672
11. Pair of mounting brackets, code 658100
12. DARCAL fitting, series 680
13. Inspection wall box, series 659
14. Automatic air vent valve, code 59575
15. Mini drain cock, code 337131
16. Eccentric bypass kit, code 668000
17. Double radial end fitting, code 599474
18. Drain cock, code 538400
Size 3/4
body:
brass EN 12165 CW617N
measuring spring:
stainless steel
seals:
EPDM
transparent cylinder and internal protection:
PSU
float-indicator:
POM/PTFE
Materials: -
Dimensions
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
Temperature range:
Flow measurement scale:
Accuracy:
Dual readout scale
Connections:
3
2
1
CALEFFI
L/MIN
Technical specification
B
Code
669050
A
3/4"
B
3/4"
C
69,5
Weight (kg)
0,146
Operating principle
5
4
Hydraulic characteristics
6
1
P (mm w.g.)
P (kPa)
5000
4500
4000
3500
45
40
35
3000
30
2500
1200
12
1000
900
800
700
9
8
7
600
20
10
500
450
400
350
4,5
4,0
3,5
300
3,0
250
2,5
200
180
160
140
1,8
1,6
1,4
120
1,2
450
0,5
500
400
350
300
250
180
100
50
60
50
200
0,6
160
0,9
0,8
0,7
60
140
90
80
70
120
100
90
CALEFFI
18
16
14
80
2
1
1800
1600
1400
70
50
25
2000
L/MIN
Installation
G (l/h)
Kv = 1
Kv0,01 = 100
Construction details
Easy installation
The flow meter is equipped with a captive nut (4) that is mounted onto the manifold and sealed with an O-ring (5) mounted on the tail piece.
The captive nut solution simplifies assembly because it allows the flow meter to be mounted at the front of the manifold without having to change
the optimal readout position.
Dual readout scale
The flow meter is equipped with a spare graduated scale that can be used if flow needs to be checked or the system rebalanced but the float
can no longer be seen due to deposits on the transparent cylinder.
Turning the knurled nut (6) to the left will bring into view another scale in yellow that always stays clean due to the hermetic seal that prevents
water from entering while the system is operating.
The nut must be returned into the original position on the white scale after reading the measurement.
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 669
Flow meter with float. 3/4M x 3/4F nut threaded connections. Brass body, stainless steel measuring spring, EPDM seals,
transparent cylinder and internal protection in PSU, float-indicator in POM/PTFE. Medium: water and glycol solutions.
Maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Maximum working pressure: 6 bar. Temperature range 580 C. Flow measurement scale:
14 l/min. Accuracy 10%. Dual readout scale.
Fitting with self-adjusting diameter for simple and multi-layer plastic pipes series 680
Function
The self-adjusting fitting for simple and multi-layer plastic pipes is a mechanical device that allows the pipes, the radiant
panel system circuits and the manifolds to be connected easily and securely. This versatile fitting has been specifically
designed to adapt to the varying pipe diameters of these types of systems.
Patented
Product range
Series 6805 . . Self-adjusting fitting for simple and multi-layer plastic pipes
Characteristic components
Technical specification
Materials:- nut:
brass EN 12164 CW614N
- adapter:
brass EN 12164 CW614N
- seals:
EPDM
- insulation ring:
EPDM
- olive:
PA 66 GF
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
Temperature range:
1) Adapter
2) Olive
3) Nut
Size 3/4
Pipe (mm)
internal
external
Code
680502
680503
680500
680501
680506
680515
680517
680524
680526
680535
680537
680544
680546
680555
680564
680505
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
7,58,0
8,59,
99,5
9,510
9,510
10,511,
10,511,0
11,512,0
11,512,0
12,513,0
12,513,0
13,514,0
13,514,0
14,515,0
15,516,0
1716,0
1214
1214
1416
1214
1416
1416
1618
1416
1618
1618
1820
1618
1820
1820
1820
22,50
Construction details
Versatility of pipe-fitting
This fitting has been specifically designed to adapt to several pipe diameters. The large variety of simple
and multi-layer plastic pipes available on the market and the wide range of permissible tolerances have
made it necessary to find an innovative solution for mechanical fittings. While maintaining the nominal
dimensions of the fittings currently available on the market, this new solution has been constructed so that
the same fitting can be used for pipes with differences on external diameters of up to 2 mm and differences
on internal diameters of up to 0,5 mm.
Insulation ring
The fitting is equipped with a rubber insulation element (2) to prevent contact between the aluminium in the multi-layer pipe and the brass fitting,
thus preventing galvanic corrosion generated by the two different metals.
Dual O-ring seal
The adapter is equipped with two O-ring seals (3) and (4) in EPDM to prevent leaks even when operating at high pressure.
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 680
Self-adjusting fitting for simple and multi-layer plastic pipes with internal Venturi effect profile to limit pressure losses. 3/4F
connection. Brass nut and adapter, EPDM seals, EPDM insulation ring, PA 66 GF olive coupling. Medium: water and glycol solutions.
Maximum percentage of glycol: 30%. Maximum working pressure: 10 bar. Temperature range: 580C (PEX); 550C (Multilayer).
Product range
Code 668000 Off-centre bypass assembly with fixed setting
Technical specification
10 bar
-10110C
25 kPa (2500 mm w.g.)
B
C
1/2 M x 1/2 M
Code
668000
B
1/2"
A
1/2"
Operating principle
Hydraulic characteristics
10000
100
9000
8000
7000
90
80
70
6000
60
50
5000
4500
4000
3500
45
40
35
3000
30
2500
25
20
2000
12
10
2000
350
400
450
300
250
180
200
140
160
1800
1200
1000
1400
1600
18
16
14
1200
1800
1600
1400
120
Weight (kg)
0,336
P (mm w.g.)
100
Construction details
C
35
1000
Connections:
700
800
900
600
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
500
body:
nuts:
18 pipe with plate:
check valve obturator:
spring:
seals:
gaskets:
137150
Materials: -
Dimensions
G (l/h)
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 668000
Off-centre bypass assembly with fixed setting. 1/2M threaded connections. Brass body and nuts. Copper pipe. PA check valve
obturator, stainless steel spring, EPDM seals, asbestos-free fibre gaskets. Medium: water and glycol solutions. Maximum
percentage of glycol: 30%. Maximum working pressure: 10 bar. Temperature range: -10110 C. Fixed setting pressure: 25 kPa.
Thermo-electric actuators
656
depl. 01042
Thermo-electric actuator.
For series 666 and 668 manifolds.
Normally closed.
Code
656102
656104
656
230
224
depl. 01042
Thermo-electric actuator.
For series 666 and 668 manifolds.
Normally closed.
With auxiliary microswitch
Code
656112
656114
Technical specification
Voltage (V)
230
224
Normally closed
Electric supply:
Peak current:
Working current:
self-extinguishing polycarbonate
RAL 9010 white
version with micro: RAL 9002 grey
Technical specification
With thermometer scale 080C - 40 mm
Max. working pressure: 25 bar
Max. working temperature: 110C
p range: 14220 kPa
Accuracy: 5%
Code
120961
120961
120961
120961
120961
120961
120961
Flow m3/h
1L2
1L4
1L6
1L8
2L0
2L2
2L5
1 F x 1 1/4 M
1 F x 1 1/4 M
1 F x 1 1/4 M
1 F x 1 1/4 M
1 F x 1 1/4 M
1 F x 1 1/4 M
1 F x 1 1/4 M
1,20
1,40
1,60
1,80
2,00
2,25
2,50
Code
120971
120971
120971
120971
120971
120971
120971
Flow m3/h
1L2
1L4
1L6
1L8
2L0
2L2
2L5
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
1,20
1,40
1,60
1,80
2,00
2,25
2,50
Technical specification
With thermometer scale 080C - 40 mm
Max. working pressure: 25 bar
Maximum working temperature: 110C
Strainer mesh size : 0,87 mm
Code
120961 000
Code
1 F x 1 1/4 M
120971 000
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
Manifolds
666
Technical specification
Materials:
Flow manifold
- body:
- seals:
Code
666735
666745
666755
666765
666775
666785
Connections N. outlets
1
1
1
1
1
1
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
F
F
F
F
F
F
x
x
x
x
x
x
3
4
5
6
7
8
Outlets
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
M
M
M
M
M
M
667
Flow distribution manifold complete
with micrometric balancing valves and
visual display for flow regulation.
Code
667735
667745
667755
667765
667775
667785
Connections
1
1
1
1
1
1
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
F
F
F
F
F
F
N. outlets
x
x
x
x
x
x
3
4
5
6
7
8
Outlets
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
M
M
M
M
M
M
Shut-off valve
- control device upper part:brass EN 12164
CW614N and PA
- obturator stem:
stainless steel
- obturator:
EPDM
- springs:
stainless steel
- seals:
EPDM
- knobs:
ABS
10 bar
080 C
1 1/4 F x M
3/4M
50 mm
Shut-off valves
391
391
Code
391167
391177
Code
1 x 1 1/4
1 1/4 x 1 1/4
391067
391077
1 x 1 1/4
1 1/4 x 1 1/4
End fittings
5996
5996
Code
Code
599671
1 1/4
599672
1 1/4
Mounting brackets
Fittings
3642
658
Reduction fitting.
Code
364276
1 F x 1 1/4 M
Code
5991
End fitting.
Temperature gauge fitting
Code
657
599173
599174
5994
Code
657050
1 1/4 F x 3/8 F
1 1/4 F x 1/2 F
Code
59575
Automatic air vent valve.
Hot forged brass.
Max. working pressure: 10 bar.
Max. pressure loss: 2,5 bar.
Max. working temperature: 110C.
5995
Single radial end fitting.
Code
59575
Code
3/8 M
599573
1 1/4 F x 3/8 F
337
Mini drain cock.
Adjustable outlet.
PTFE seal on thread.
Max. working pressure: 6 bar.
Max. working temperature: 85C.
Code
337131
3/8 M
End fittings
5993
End cap.
Code
599370
1 1/4 F
Drain cock
538
Drain cock with hose connection
and cap.
Max. working pressure: 10 bar.
Max. working temperature: 110C.
Code
538400
386
Screw plug with nut for manifold
outlets.
Code
1/2 M
386500
3/4
Box
Code
659
660
(h x b x p)
659040
659060
659080
659100
659120
450
450
450
450
450
x
x
x
x
x
1400
1600
1800
1000
1200
x
x
x
x
x
Code
660040
660060
660080
660100
660120
110140
110140
110140
110140
110140
for
for
for
for
for
box
box
box
box
box
659040
659060
659080
659100
659120
1200
1000
800
600
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.com
CALEFFI
510 series
01045/10 GB
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
FM 21654
Function
The anti-thermosiphon check valve prevents the natural circulation
of water in systems where ambient temperature adjustment is
carried out by a thermostat connected to the pump.
The anti-thermosiphon check valve allows water to reach the heat
emitters only when the pump is running: when the pump is not
running, the check valve is activated and the system remains
separate from the heat generator.
The check valve function can be overridden using the
corresponding knob and the valve can be used with straight or
angled connections by moving the relevant cap.
Product range
510 series Anti-thermosiphon check valve
Dimensions
Technical specifications
Materials
Body:
Check valve:
Check valve spring:
Check valve seal:
Cap seal:
Control knob:
Control knob seal:
Control stem seals:
Performance
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
Min. opening pressure for check valve:
Working temperature range:
Connections:
10 bar
0,02 bar
5110C
C
B
3/41 1/4 F
A
Code
D
A
510500 3/4 87
510600
1
87
510700 1 1/4 103
B
77
77
91
C
43
43
48
E
45
45
52
F
82
82
93
G
92
92
105
Mass (kg)
0,65
0,53
0,82
Construction details
Operating principle
The anti-thermosiphon check valve body houses a special
hydraulically-shaped check obturator (1). During normal circulation
of the medium (while the pump is running), the obturator is pushed
against the counter-acting spring inside it, so as to open the
channel to allow the medium to flow through. When the pump stops
running and the flow of medium stops, the obturator is pushed in
the opposite direction, against the seal seat (2), in order to prevent
medium backflow. In this way, the obturator completely shuts off the
flow of medium through the special contoured seal (3). Knob (4)
can be used to deactivate obturator intervention, by turning the
control stem (5) by 180 to keep the channel always open.
Silent operation
Thanks to the ogival hydraulic shape of the obturator, the
anti-thermosiphon check valve guarantees silent operation.
Quick operation
The seal positioned on the obturator and the couter-acting spring
located inside the obturator ensure there are no delays in closure
and guarantee an watertight seal, even when slight back pressure
is applied.
Non-sensitivity to impurities
The sliding parts, thanks to a special coupling, are not sensitive to
the small impurities in the water, or to the deposits which can form
as a result of prolonged periods of inactivity.
Hydraulic characteristics
p (mm w.g.)
1
3
3/4"
1"
3/4"
1"
p (bar)
1 1/4" 1 1/4"
5.000
0,5
2.000
0,2
1.000
0,1
2
0,05
20
500
200
2
50
1
20
100
10
0,2
5
0,1
0,5
200
150
10
Angled connections
Straight connections
0,02
0,015
50
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
500
Installation
Knob positions
ouvert-offen
open
CA L E FFI
ouvert-offen
open
CA L E FFI
normal
normal
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
510 series
Anti-thermosiphon check valve. Threaded connections 3/4 F (from 3/4 to 1 1/4). Brass body. PSU check valve. Stainless
steel spring. EPDM seals. PTFE control knob seal. ABS control knob. Medium water, glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol
30%. Working temperature range 5-110C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Minimum opening pressure for check valve 0,02
bar. Angled or straight layout depending on cap position. Check valve override option.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.p.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 Fontaneto dAgogna (NO) Italy Tel. +39 0322 8491 Fax +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2010 Caleffi
CALEFFI
series 541
01046/03 GB
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
General
Series 541 (98C) fuel shut-off valves are made by Caleffi S.p.A. in
compliance with the essential safety requirements of Directive
97/23/CE of the European Parliament and the Council of the
European Union for the harmonisation of the member states with
regard to pressurised equipment.
Function
Product range
Sizes 1/22
Sizes DN 65 and DN 80
Sizes DN 65 and DN 80
A
C
E
B
B
72
72
98
98
134
134
Code
A
54104. 1/2"
54105. 3/4"
54106.
1"
54107. 1 1/4"
54108. 1 1/2"
54109.
2"
C
38,5
41
50
50
57,5
57,5
D
112,5
112,5
123
123
136
136
E
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
F
43
43
43
43
43
43
Weight (kg)
F
60
60
Weight (kg)
1,3
1,3
2,1
1,9
3,6
3,2
Dimensions
Technical specification
I.S.P.E.S.L.
111 5
The Caleffi series 541 fuel shut-off valve is a fail-safe safety device
with pre-set calibration. This valve, installed in the burner fuel supply
pipework, shuts off the flow of fuel when the temperature of the
heat-carrying fluid reaches the calibrated value of the sensor. As this
is a fail-safe device in the case of damage to the sensor assembly,
the fuel supply pipe is automatically closed. This valve can be used
with different types of fuel and is also available in versions for
superheated water.
5 or 10 m
With 5 m capillary
2 120C 4 140C 6 160C 8 180C
0 98C
With 10 m capillary
1 98C
1 high pressures
Code
5416 .
5418 .
A
DN 65
DN 80
B
180
180
C
120
120
D
175
175
E
1/2"
1/2"
13,6
15,5
Fluid-dynamic characteristics
Diesel oil at 20C
P (mm w.g.)
P (kPa)
500
300
1/
2"
Operating principle
3/
4"
200
1"
11
/4
"
100
0,5
11
/
2" 2"
50
30
0,3
20
0,2
10
0,1
10000
5000
2000
1000
500
200
50
100
0,05
40
G (kg/h)
Fuel oil (35 C at 50C) at 20C
P (kPa)
P (mm w.g.)
10
1000
500
2"
1/
300
4"
3/
200
1" 4"
/
11
100
"
/2
11 2"
5000
1000
100
2000
0,1
500
10
200
0,2
50
0,3
20
20
0,5
30
10
50
G (kg/h)
100
50
0,5
30
20
0,3
10
400
300
200
100
G (m3/h)
LPG at 15C
P (mm w.g.)
P (kPa)
100
3/
4"
1/
2"
200
0,5
11
/4
"
1"
30
0,3
0,2
DN
DN 65
80
11
/2
2" "
20
10
0,1
400
300
200
100
20
0,02
10
0,03
0,05
50
20
10
0,02
0,03
0,05
50
Sensor pocket
0,1
0,2
DN
DN 65
80
50
11
/2
2" "
a) Wait until the water temperature falls to 10C below the shut-off
temperature (otherwise it will not be possible to reset the device).
P (kPa)
200
1
11 "
/4
"
P (mm w.g.)
3/
4"
Reset
Methane at 15C
1/
2"
Constructional details
G (m3/h)
Size
Diesel oil
Fuel oil
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
DN 65
DN 80
0.650
1.450
2.550
3.800
5.800
8.100
-
0.290
0.580
1.000
1.500
2.300
3.400
-
Methane
60
30 90
45 85 - 170
115 - 230
290 - 580
340 - 690
460 - 930
690 - 1.380
Certification
LPG
50 60
70 80
145 - 230
230 - 290
460 - 580
520 - 750
1.010 - 1.450
1.100 - 1.590
CE mark
Series 541 (98C) fuel shut-off
valves meet the requirements
of Directive 97/23/CE for
pressurised equipment (also
referred to as the PED).
They are therefore classified
in Category IV and granted
the CE mark.
Installation
The fuel shut-off valve must be installed by competent technical
personnel qualified in accordance with current legislation.
The valve sensor must be installed at the top of the boiler or in the
flow pipework within 0,5 m of the boiler, upstream of any other
shut-off control.
I.S.P.E.S.L. mark
The fuel shut-off valve (in our case the valves calibrated to 98C
and 120C) is a component which is I.S.P.E.S.L. approved.
Devices of this type are covered by the following types of
document:
The approval certificate is the document issued by the I.S.P.E.S.L.
which attests to the positive result of the tests carried out on the
prototype sample and consequently certifies that the series in
question has been approved.
The document is valid for five years. Every item of the series
covered by the certificate, which is manufactured during the five
years validity period, is approved for an indefinite period.
CALEFFI
S.p.A.
origina
9
- S.S. 22
gna (NO)
rmici
to d'Ago
nti idrote
Fontane
ILE
28010 enti per impia
MBUSTIB
on
CO
mp
L
Co
DE
VOLA
A. VAL
TAZIONE
TERCETACQUA CALDCCOLTA R
A DI IN
VALVOLR IMPIANTI ADSECONDO RAAPPLICATIVEE.S.L.
.P.
HE
A
PE
I.S
IC
AT
A
CN
OG
IC
OMOL CAZIONI TE ARE TECN /92
DEL 6/8
SPECIFI2/75 E CIRCOL
OT. 8273
1/1
DEL DM N. 68/92, PR
I.S
SUPERI.P.E.S.L
OR
DipartimE SICUREZZA E PREVENZIO
ento di
LA
NE
BIELLA VORO
- Via Ce
rruti, 7
VERBAL
DI INTEE DI TARATU
RA AL
RCETTA
BANCO
PRESSO
ZIONE
DI VA
DEL
RACCOL
IL
TA R FABBRICA COMBUST LVOLA
APPLIC - SPECIF NTE SECO IBILE
ND
ICAZIO
ATIVE
NI TE O
DEL DM
FONTAN
1/12/1 CNICHE
975
ETO D'
AG
:
RCHIO
10
A) MA : 541/100/FI
LE: PN "
IN
1/4
NOMINA
MESSI
B) SERIE
SIONE MINALE: 1 RATURA AM
NO
C) PRES
RI DI TA
METRO
D) DIAMPO DEI VALO 100C
E) CA ERANZA: 95
NE
IO
TOLL
OLOGAZ
DI OM -2-1997
CATO
l 24
CERTIFI/678/97 de
VIC
98C
OGNA
tura no
........
............
Valvola
............
di
............
...
positiva intercettazion
e
,
I.S.P.E. serie 541/10 del combustib
S.
0/
ile ad az
La ve rif L. n VIC/678 FI, DN: 1 1/
4", certi ione
/97
ic a de
ficato
eseguit
lla ta ra del 24-2-97.
a al ba
tu ra de
nc
98 1
lla va lvo
C, camp o con acqua
l'i nt er
alla tem la st at a
o di va
ve
intercett nt o in ch iu lori entro i qu peratura di
ali av
az
su ra
ve
de l di
La tem ione.
sp os iti nuto
pe
vo di
campo ratura di inter
de
ve
valore no i valori amm nto riscontra
es
ta
ed in minale di taratu si in tolleranz rientra nel
ac
a rispe
ra, dichia
tto al
III de lla cordo con qu
anto ind rato dal costr
utt
applica Ra cc olt a R
icato ne
tiv
ll'Appen ore
L'inamo e del DM 1/12 - Sp ec ific az
ion i Te dice
/1975.
vibilit de
cn
di ta ra
ich
lle parti
e
tu
interess
A segu ra re ali zz
ate e de
ito
at
lla posiz
l'identifi del buon esito a m ed ian te
pi om ba ione
cazione
de
seguen
tu
della va lla verifica di
ti da
taratura, ra .
lvola, ve
a) march ti:
per
ngono
io
punzon
b) nume I.S.P.E.S.L.;
ati i
ro della
valvola.
ra:
di taratu
piegati
teriali im ercizio
ed i ma
le
ed es
lvo
delle va ni di pressione buon esito
n
uzione
izio
La costr i per le cond stati eseguiti co valvola a 15
ne
sono ido contatto. Sono a idraulica della
a
ov
re
dei fluidi finale e la pr
otturato
o
sede ed nserva le
il controll
co
ione fra
guarniz ato esercizio
bar.
ng
iale della
Il mater anche in prolu .
za
e
tale ch iche di resisten
ist
caratter
Tempera
le
ISTITUTO
minale
dal
gnata
compa
le.
ENZE
lo se ac pi a or igi na e
nea so
la co
sciar
la ido
ch e
ibile rila
La valvo di ta ra tu ra ,
poss
n
no
di
rimento
ve rb ale
ar
tto
re
sm
lib
di
di
ente al
In caso
unitam
verifica
ti.
ervato
sede di
duplica
va cons
ibito in
Il verbale per essere es
centrale
.
impianto
AVVERT
Il Tecn
ico I.S
.P.E.S.
L.
I S.p.A.
CALEFF e Tecnica
ion
La Direz
58606.0
3
The valve is installed in the fuel supply pipework, in line with the
flow direction indicated by the arrow, even if it is in the vertical
position.
When installing the device, appropriate precautions must be taken
to ensure that the capillary connecting the sensor to the valve does
not become squashed or excessively bent.
In order to prevent tampering or accidental leaks of the sensor,
the latter must be sealed in the pocket (the seal and the securing
wire are included in the package).
Application diagram
Max 0,5 m
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 541. threaded
Manual reset fuel shut-off valve. I.S.P.E.S.L. approved and calibrated. Bearing CE mark as per Directive 97/23/CE
(calibration 98C). Positive action (fail-safe). Calibration 98C (or 120C). Threaded connections F x F 1/2 (from
1/2 to 2). Sensor pocket connection 1/2 M. Brass body. Stainless steel springs. Capillary length 5 m (or 10 m).
Maximum temperature (valve side) 85C. Maximum temperature (sensor side) +20% of calibrated temperature.
Maximum working pressure (valve side) using fuel gas 50 kPa. Maximum working pressure (sensor side) 12 bar.
Manual reset fuel shut-off valve. Supplied with declaration of conformity. Positive action (fail-safe). Calibration
140C (160C or 180C). Threaded connections F x F 1/2 (from 1/2 to 2). Sensor pocket connection 1/2 M.
Brass body. Stainless steel springs. Capillary length 5 m (or 10 m). Maximum temperature (valve side) 85C.
Maximum temperature (sensor side) +20% of calibrated temperature. Maximum working pressure (valve side)
using fuel gas 50 kPa. Maximum working pressure (sensor side) 12 bar.
Series 541. flanged
Manual reset fuel shut-off valve. I.S.P.E.S.L. approved and calibrated. Bearing CE mark as per Directive 97/23/CE
(calibration 98C). Positive action (fail-safe). Calibration 98C (or 120C). Flanged connections PN 16 DN 65 (or DN 80).
Sensor pocket connection 1/2 M. Bronze body. Stainless steel springs. Capillary length 5 m (or 10 m). Maximum
temperature (valve side) 85C. Maximum temperature (sensor side) +20% of calibrated temperature. Maximum
working pressure (valve side) using fuel gas 11 kPa. Maximum working pressure (sensor side) 12 bar.
Manual reset fuel shut-off valve. Supplied with declaration of conformity. Positive action (fail-safe). Calibration
140C (160C or 180C). Flanged connections PN 16 DN 65 (or DN 80). Sensor pocket connection 1/2 M. Bronze
body. Stainless steel springs. Capillary length 5 m (or 10 m). Maximum temperature (valve side) 85C. Maximum
temperature (sensor side) +20% of calibrated temperature. Maximum working pressure (valve side) using fuel gas
11 kPa. Maximum working pressure (sensor side) 12 bar.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
Adjustable, anti-scale
thermostatic mixing valve
CALEFFI
series 521
01050/02 GB
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
replaces 01050/01 GB
Function
The thermostatic mixing valve is used in systems producing
domestic hot water.
Its function is to maintain the temperature of the mixed water sent
to the user constant at the set value when there are variations in the
temperature and supply pressure of the hot water and incoming
cold water or in the flow rate.
These devices are also available with connections complete with
filters and check valves on the hot and cold water inlets.
Product range
Code 521400/500 Thermostatic mixing valve
Code 521503
Thermostatic mixing valve with check valves on the inlets
Code 521115/122 Thermostatic mixing valve with filters and check valves on the inlets
Technical specification
- Materials: - Body:
DZR brass
EN 12165 CW602N, chrome plated
PPO
stainless steel
EPDM
- Shutter:
- Springs:
- Seals:
Temperature setting range:
Temperature stability:
2:1
15C
3065C
2C
Connections:
14 bar
5 bar
85C
Dimensions
MIN
MAX 7
HOT
MIX
MIX
MIX
MAX 7
MIN
HOT
COLD
COLD
COLD
MAX 7
MIN
HOT
521122
521115
Code
521400
1/2
67
134
Code
521500
3/4
67
134
521503
F
A
Code
521115
15
79
65,5
521122
22 80,5 161
158 163,5 98
F
65,5
Legionella-scalding risk
In systems producing domestic hot water with storage, in order to
avoid the dangerous infection known as Legionella, the hot water
must be stored at a temperature of at least 60C. At this temperature
it is certain that the growth of the bacteria causing this infection will
be totally eliminated.
At this temperature, however, the water cannot be used directly.
As shown on the diagram opposite, temperatures of more than
50C can cause burning very quickly. For example, at 55C partial
burning will occurr in approximately 30 seconds, while at 60C
partial burning will occurr in approximately 5 seconds. The time
may be reduced by 50 percent or more for children and elderly
people.
In view of the above, it is necessary to install a thermostatic mixing
valve which can:
reduce the temperature at the point of use to a value lower than
that of storage and suitable for sanitary users. For safety reasons,
it is advisable to limit the mixed water temperature to 50C;
maintain the temperature constant when the incoming pressure
and temperature conditions vary.
Thermal disinfection
The diagram opposite
shows the behaviour of
the bacteria Legionella
Pneumophila when the
temperature conditions
of the water in which it is
contained vary.
In order to ensure proper
thermal disinfection,
the values must not be
below 60C.
70
60
50
40
30
Optimum temperature
for growth of bacteria
20
10
70
Energy saving
Energy saving is regulated by D.P.R. n 412/93 (Italy) which makes
the use of mixers obligatory on domestic hot water distribution units
with storage which are not otherwise regulated, to restrict to 48C,
with a tolerance of +5C, the temperature of the water flowing into
the distribution system.
The purpose of this temperature limitation is to reduce as much as
possible passive losses through the distribution system, and to
avoid delivery of water which is hotter than required.
65
Partial
burning
60
55
Safety condition.
Maximum exposure
time at a given
temperature
50
45
10
100
1.000
10.000
Seconds
COLD
Construction details
Anti-scale materials
The material used in the construction of the mixer eliminate
the problem of jamming caused by lime deposits. All the
working parts such as shutter, seats and slide guides are
made of a special anti-scale material, with a low friction
coefficient, guaranteeing that the performance will be
maintained over the long term.
HOT
Operating principle
The controlling element of the thermostatic mixing valve is a
0,1
temperature sensor fully immersed in the mixed water outlet tube
which, as it expands or contracts, continuously establishes the
correct proportion of hot and cold water entering the valve. The
regulation of these flows is by means of a piston sliding in
a cylinder between the hot and cold water passages. Even
Code 521400/500
when there are pressure drops due to the drawing off of hot
or cold water for other uses, or variations in the incoming
temperature, the mixer automatically regulates the water
flow to obtain the required temperature.
Hydraulic characteristics
p (bar)
1,0
0,5
0,3
Installation
Before installing the mixer, the pipework must be flushed to ensure
that no circulating impurities can harm its operation.
It is always advisable to install filters of suitable capacity where the
water enters the water system.
Mixers codes 521115/22 have filters on the hot and cold water
inlets.
Series 521 thermostatic mixing valves must be installed in
accordance with the installation diagrams given in the instruction
sheet or in this leaflet.
Series 521 thermostatic mixing valves can be installed in any
position, either vertical or horizontal.
The following are shown on the body of the mixer:
hot water inlet, colour red, marked HOT
cold water inlet, colour blue, marked COLD
mixed water outlet marked MIX.
0,2
0,1
0,05
0,03
0,02
0,01
0,005
0,003
0,002
5000
2000
1000
500
200
100
50
20
10
0,001
G (l/h)
Kv = 2,6 (m3/h)
Use
The Caleffi series 521 thermostatic mixing valves, given their flow
characteristics, can be installed to control temperature either for
individual uses (e.g. washbasin, bidet, shower) or for multiple uses.
Warning: wherever an antiscald feature is required, Caleffi
series 5212 high performance thermostatic mixing valves need
to be installed.
In order to guarantee the delivery of water mixed at the set
temperature, the thermostatic mixing valves must have a minimum
flow rate of 5 l/min.
Temperature stability
The diagram below shows the stability of the temperature of the
mixed water on variation of the temperature of the stored water.
Check valves
In order to prevent undesirable backsiphonage, check valves
should be installed in systems with thermostatic mixing valves.
Thermostatic mixing valves 521503 and 521115/22 have built-in
check valves on the hot and cold water inlets.
Commissioning
In view of the special purpose of the thermostatic mixing valve, it
must be commissioned in accordance with current standards by
qualified personnel using temperature measuring equipment. Use
of a digital thermometer is recommended for measurement of the
mixed water temperature.
Temperature adjustment
The temperature is set to the required value by means of the knob
with the graduated scale, on the top of the valve.
14
13
12
1 00
11
10
1 00
24
1 00
2 min.
90
90
90
10 C
Min
Max
T (C)
27
32
38
44
49
53
58
63
67
80
80
80
Position
70
70
70
60
60
15
50
14
13
50
12
11
10
50
40
40
40
30
30
30
20
20
20
10
10
10
hot water
mixed water
cold water
24
2
3
1 MI N
MA
Application diagrams
Ball valve
MAX 7
COLD
CALEFFI
MIX
HOT
Expansion vessel
Thermostat
Safety valve
20
18
17
16
21
15
12
22
14
23
13
24
WATCH
12
11
10
9
4
5
3
4
MIX
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 521
Adjustable thermostatic mixing valve to EN 1287. Connections 1/2 (or 3/4) M with union tailpieces. DZR alloy
body. Chrome plated. Shutter, regulating seats and sliding surfaces in anti-scale plastic. Seals EPDM. Stainless
steel spring. Maximum working temperature 85C. Setting range 30C to 65C. Maximum working pressure 14 bar.
Tolerance 2C. Provided with tamper-proof setting lock.
Series 521
Adjustable thermostatic mixing valve to EN 1287. Connections 3/4 M with union tailpieces. DZR alloy body.
Chrome plated. Shutter, regulating seats and sliding surfaces in anti-scale plastic. Seals EPDM. Stainless steel
spring. Maximum working temperature 85C. Setting range 30C to 65C. Maximum working pressure 14 bar.
Tolerance 2C. Check valve on hot and cold water inlets. Provided with tamper-proof setting lock.
Series 521
Adjustable thermostatic mixing valve to EN 1287. Connections for copper pipe 15 mm (or 22 mm). DZR alloy body.
Chrome plated. Shutter, regulating seats and sliding surfaces in anti-scale plastic. Seals EPDM. Stainless steel spring.
Maximum working temperature 85C. Setting range 30C to 65C. Maximum working pressure 14 bar. Tolerance 2C.
Check valve on hot and cold water inlets. Provided with tamper-proof setting lock.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO D'AGOGNA (NO) S.S.229 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
455 series
01051/10 GB
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
FM 21654
Function
The 455 series convertible radiator valve can be used both on
one-pipe and two-pipe radiator systems.
It is fitted for thermostatic control head, thermo-electric actuator and
radio wave control, to automatically regulate the ambient
temperature.
The valve must be installed only at the radiator lower connection,
which is used both as medium inlet and medium outlet.
Reference documentation
- Tech. Broch. 01034 Thermostatic radiator valves
- Tech. Broch. 01009 Convertible radiator valves
with thermostatic option.
Thermostatic control heads
- Tech. Broch. 01042 Thermo-electric actuator
- Tech. Broch. 01118 Radio wave temperature control systems
Product range
Valve
455 series Convertible radiator valve for one-pipe and two-pipe systems,
for copper, single and multi-layer plastic pipes
Technical specifications
Materials
Body:
Headwork:
Obturator control stem:
Spring:
Seals:
Control knob:
Probe holder (deflector):
Probe:
Lockshield:
Performance
Medium:
water, glycol solutions
Max. percentage of glycol:
30%
Max. working pressure:
10 bar
Working temperature range:
5100C
Max. differential pressure (with thermostatic control head): 1 bar
Flow rate to radiator for one-pipe version:
- with manual control knob:
- with thermostatic control head (proportional band 2K):
Threaded connections:
- radiator:
- pipes:
Probe length:
Probe diameter:
50%
30%
300 mm
- 1/2 and 3/4
11 mm
- 1
14 mm
Conversion from one-pipe to two-pipe mode and vice versa by
means of 10 mm Allen key.
4
3
2
Dimensions
B
D
B
D
B
C
H
Code
455400
455500
455600
455601
A
B
1/2 23 p. 1,5
3/4 23 p. 1,5
1 D 23 p. 1,5
1 S 23 p. 1,5
C
40
40
40
40
D
44,5
44,5
44,5
44,5
E
267
267
264
264
F
27,5
27,5
27,5
27,5
G
48
48
48
48
H Mass (kg)
0,61
103
0,62
103
0,65
103
0,65
103
Operating principle
The 455 series valve can be used in both one-pipe and two-pipe
distribution systems.
In one-pipe systems, radiators are connected in series with respect
to the same manifold outlet. However the 455 series valve, when
configured for this type of system, sends only the 50% of the flow
rate (30% with thermostatic control head) to the radiator, whereas
the remaining medium is by-passed and conveyed to the next
radiator. In this way the radiators can be shut off individually (for
isolation or maintenance) while allowing radiators further
Code
455400 + 200
455500 + 200
455600 + 200
455601 + 200
To next
radiator 100%
C
40
40
40
40
D
44,5
44,5
44,5
44,5
E
267
267
264
264
F
27,5
27,5
27,5
27,5
G H Mass (kg)
64 147 0,78
64 147 0,79
64 147 0,82
64 147 0,82
One-pipe system
To radiator 50%
in by-pass 50%
A
B
1/2 23 p. 1,5
3/4 23 p. 1,5
1 D 23 p. 1,5
1 S 23 p. 1,5
Inlet:
By-pass:
Heat
exchange:
To next
radiator:
CALEFFI
2 3 4
2 3 4
2 3 4
CALEFFI
75C
70C
65C
Two-pipe system
To return
circuit 100%
To radiator 100%
2 3 4
75C
2 3 4
CALEFFI
2 3 4
CALEFFI
Radiator shut-off
1
2
5 mm
4
4
3
2
3
10 mm
Two-pipe application
One-pipe application
In the one-pipe configuration, the 50% of the flow rate circulating in
the ring passes through the radiator (30% with thermostatic control
head). The figure below shows the path taken by the medium: the
water enters from the right-hand connection (1) and is divided into
two parts. One part is by-passed (2) and sent to the next radiator
via the left-hand connection (3), the second part enters the radiator
passing through the obturator (4) (controlled using the knob (5)) and
the probe (6). After the heat exchange, the medium exits the
radiator through the apertures outside the probe (7) and, mixing
with the by-passed flow rate, reaches the downstream radiator.
In the one-pipe configuration, the pipe connections are
interchangeable, therefore the valve can be used with flows in
opposite directions to those indicated in the figure, in order to adapt
it to any installation requirement.
Using the 455 series valve in combination with a thermostatic
control head, the flow rate entering the radiator is reduced from 50%
to 30% of the flow rate arriving at the radiator inlet. This is due to an
increase in head losses caused by the continuous modulation of the
thermostatic control head.
5
4
5 mm
9
6
100
4
3
2
250
2,5
180
160
140
120
25
0,25
18
16
14
12
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
450
400
500
350
300
250
180
160
200
140
10
0,1
G (l/h)
G (l/h)
Kv0.01=145 l/h
0,5
0,2
90
10
0,45
0,4
0,35
0,3
120
0,1
45
40
35
30
80
20
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
100
0,2
10
90
80
70
60
70
50
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
60
900
0,5
4,5
4
3,5
3
1000
800
700
600
450
500
400
350
300
200
50
100
60
10
250
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
180
0,25
18
16
14
12
160
25
140
0,45
0,4
0,35
0,3
120
45
40
35
30
90
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
80
20
200
90
80
70
60
70
50
450
400
350
300
45
100
500
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
40
2,5
180
160
140
120
p (kPa)
1 2 F.O.
9
8
7
6
50
250
200
900
800
700
600
35
4,5
4
3,5
3
0,5
1000
30
450
400
350
300
p (mm w.g.)
25
500
10
18
9
8
7
6
4
3
2
900
800
700
600
16
p (kPa)
1 2 3
1000
20
p (mm w.g.)
14
12
Hydraulic characteristics
No. of
lockshield
valve turns
0,5
1,5
2,5
F.O.
Kv (m3/h)
0,31
0,47
0,55
0,57
0,58
0,61
0,62
Kv0.01 (l/h)
31
47
55
57
58
61
62
Kv=1,45 m3/h
Kv0.01=170 l/h
Kv=1,7
m3/h
Kv0.01=200 l/h
Kv=2,0 m3/h
25
0,25
18
16
14
12
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
Kv0.01=55 l/h
Kv=0,55 m3/h
0,1
500
450
400
350
300
250
180
200
G (l/h)
G (l/h)
No. of
lockshield
valve turns
0,5
1,5
F.O.
Kv (m3/h)
0,34
0,62
0,78
0,91
1,09
1,15
Kv0.01 (l/h)
34
62
78
91
109
115
Kv0.01=110 l/h
Kv=1,1 m3/h
0,5
0,2
160
10
0,45
0,4
0,35
0,3
140
0,1
45
40
35
30
120
20
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
100
0,2
500
450
400
350
300
250
200
180
160
140
120
80
90
100
70
60
40
35
30
45
50
20
10
12
10
25
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
18
0,25
18
16
14
12
16
25
50
90
80
70
60
90
0,5
0,45
0,4
0,35
0,3
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
80
100
10
2,5
180
160
140
120
70
250
60
200
50
45
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
4,5
4
3,5
3
500
45
40
35
30
14
20
90
80
70
60
4
3
2
50
100
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
450
400
350
300
40
2,5
180
160
140
120
9
8
7
6
35
250
200
900
800
700
600
30
4,5
4
3,5
3
0,5
1000
450
400
350
300
p (mm w.g.)
25
500
10
16
9
8
7
6
20
p (kPa)
4
3
2
900
800
700
600
14
1000
12
p (mm w.g.)
18
10
4
3
2
Construction details
Versatile installation
The 455 series valve can be installed in both new and old
systems. The tilted control knob reduces the overall dimensions
of the valve, enabling it to be used in confined spaces.
The 455 series valve is suitable in the case of building
renovations or modernisation of existing heating systems. The
system can be constructed by laying out the pipes in the floor
slab only or by using the skirting board to route the pipes,
leaving the walls intact.
Sizing method
Valve sizing
To correctly size the system, 455 series valves are chosen by
identifying the overall head loss, according to the flow rate, by
means of the hydraulic characteristic diagrams in the left-hand
column of the previous page. The overall head losses of the
valve, used in combination with the thermostatic control head,
have been calculated with a proportional band of 2K (EN 215
standard).
Probe sizing
After having checked with
the manufacturer whether
the radiator is suitable for
installation in a mono or
two-pipe system, the correct
operation of the valve is
guaranteed
by
the
structure of the body and
by
the
body-probe
connection, whereas the
length of the probe does not affect the performance of the valve
and is therefore appropriate. Nevertheless the probe can be
extended by means of the 453 series extension, even if this is
not strictly necessary.
Accessories
200
2 3 4
Code
Installation
The 455 series valves must always be installed with the probe
horizontal, but the pipe connections can face the wall or point
towards the floor.
control
heads
200000
201
Code
201000
and
202
Code
202000
209
6561
209000
209
Code
Thermo-electric actuator.
Normally closed.
Electric supply: 230 V (ac) or 24 V (ac)/(dc).
Power consumption: 3 W.
Protection class: IP 44 (in vertical position).
Supply cable: 80 cm.
With adapter.
Code
656102
656104
230 V
24 V
209001
741
472
Thermostatic control head with remote
adjusting knob, liquid-filled element.
Working temperature range: 6-28C.
Length of capillary pipe: 2 metres.
Code
Code
472000
741000
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
455 series
Convertible one/two-pipe radiator valve, fitted for thermostatic control heads, thermo-electric actuators and radio wave controls.
Connections for copper, single and multi layer plastic pipes 23 p.1,5 from 10 to 18 mm. Centre distance 40 mm. Brass body, chrome
plated. Manual control knob, white RAL 9010, in ABS. Probe holder (deflector) in POM. EPDM gaskets. Brass probe 300 mm. Brass
lockshield valve. Working temperature range 5100C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Maximum differential pressure (with
thermostatic control head fitted) 1 bar. Convertible from one-pipe to two-pipe mode and vice versa by means of Allen key. Flow rate
to radiator for the one-pipe version 50% with manual control knob (30% with thermostatic control head).
200 series
Thermostatic control head for thermostatic and convertible radiator valves. Built-in sensor with liquid-filled element. Maximum
ambient temperature 50C. Graduated scale from 0 to 5 corresponding to a temperature adjustment range from 0C to 28C, with the
possibility of locking and limiting the temperature. Frost protection cut-in at 7C. With adapter.
201 series
Thermostatic control head for thermostatic and convertible radiator valves. Remote sensor with liquid-filled element. Maximum
ambient temperature 50C. Graduated scale from 0 to 5 corresponding to a temperature adjustment range from 0C to 28C, with the
possibility of locking and limiting the temperature. Frost protection cut-in at 7C. With adapter.
202 series
Thermostatic control head with temperature indicator. Maximum ambient temperature 50C. Graduated scale from 0 to 5
corresponding to a temperature adjustment range from 0C to 28C, with the possibility of locking and limiting the temperature. Frost
protection cut-in at 7C. Ambient temperature display range from 16 to 26C. With adapter.
209 series
Tamper-proof / anti-theft cap for thermostatic control head, for use in public places.
6561 series
Thermo-electric actuator. Normally closed. Electric supply 230 V (ac); 24 V (ac); 24 V (dc). Starting current 1 A. Working current
13 mA (230 V (ac)), 140 mA (24 V (ac) - 24 V (dc)). Power consumption 3 W. Protection class IP 44 (in vertical position). Maximum
ambient temperature 50C. Operating time from 120 to 180 seconds. Length of supply cable 80 cm.
Code 741000
Electronic actuator with radio receiver. Electric supply 2 x 1,5 V C-size alkaline batteries. Maximum power consumption 9 mA.
Autonomy 1 year. Reception frequency 868 MHz. Protection class IP 30. Insulation class III. Maximum signal range in free air 120 m.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) ITALY TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2010 Caleffi
Flow switch
CALEFFI
626 series
cert. n 0003
01052/07 GB
ISO 9001
replaces dp 01052/99
Function
The flow switch detects whether there is any flow in the piping and
opens or closes an electrical contact. It is normally used in heating,
air-conditioning, refrigeration, water treatment, additive pumping
and process systems in general. By means of the flow switch it is
possible: to control devices such as pumps, burners, compressors,
refrigerators, motorized valves; to turn on indicator and alarm
devices and regulate equipments for dosing water additives.
In heating systems, especially, the flow switch has the objective of
switching the burner off in case of a lack of medium circulation
within the water heater circuit. A lack of circulation would otherwise
impair the operation of the temperature-sensitive safety and
protection devices.
Product range
Code 626600 Flow switch
Code 626009 Set of paddles
size 1 M
for pipe diameters from 1 to 8
Dimensions
Technical specifications
Connection:
Pipe adjustability:
Electric specifications
Voltage:
Current:
Protection class:
Mark:
Performance
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
Medium temperature range:
Max. ambient temperature:
Materials
Body:
Cover:
Microswitch protection casing:
Bellows rod and bellows:
Paddle for pipes:
Microswitch spring:
O-Ring seals:
A
B
250 V
15 (5) A
IP 54
CE
Code
626600
A
1"
B
63
C
86,5
D
134,5
E
74
F
Weight (Kg)
60,5
0,930
Operating principle
Construction details
4
6
3
8
Setting screw
The setting screw (6) allows easy adjustment of the trip flow rate as
desired.
2
5
Certification
The water flow switch 626 series is made by Caleffi S.p.A. in
compliance with the essential safety requirements of directive
89/336/EC and 72/23/EC of the European Parliament and Council of
the European Union.
Hydraulic characteristics
p (mm w.g.)
1 1/4"
1 1/2"
p (kPa)
2"
900
800
700
9
8
600
450
400
4,5
4
350
3,5
300
250
2,5
180
160
140
1,8
1,6
1,4
120
1,2
4"
6"
p (kPa)
8"
10
9
8
900
800
700
600
450
400
4,5
4
350
3,5
300
250
2,5
180
160
140
1,8
1,6
1,4
120
1,2
0,9
0,8
500
200
100
0,7
90
80
70
60
0,6
60
0,6
45
40
0,45
0,40
0,5
0,45
45
40
50
0,40
0,7
0,5
35
0,35
35
0,35
30
0,30
30
0,30
25
0,25
25
0,25
18
16
14
0,18
0,16
0,14
12
0,12
1
10
1 1/4
21
1 1/2
32,5
2
58
0,1
1000
G (m3/h)
Size
Kv* (m3/h)
600
700
800
900
500
250
300
350
400
450
200
120
140
160
180
60
70
80
90
100
50
25
30
35
40
45
20
12
14
16
18
10
7
8
9
16
18
20
14
12
10
4
4,5
3,5
2,5
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
0,8
0,9
0,2
0,7
0,1
10
0,12
12
10
0,2
3,5
4
4,5
0,18
0,16
0,14
14
18
16
20
2,5
3
0,2
0,6
20
3"
0,9
0,8
0,5
50
1000
2 1/2"
90
80
70
0,35
0,40
0,45
100
0,30
200
0,25
500
10
p (mm w.g.)
1000
1"
G (m3/h)
Size
Kv* (m3/h)
2 1/2
120
3
180
4
350
6
950
8
1950
*The stated Kv values refer to the head loss within the pipes with diameters from 1 to 8 and standard length of 1 m, in which flow switches,
equipped with a blade of adequate size, are installed.
Reference standards
Setting
The setting is made by turning the screw (1) clockwise to close the
contacts at higher flow rates or anticlockwise for lower values.
After making the adjustment, lock the setting screw with the ring nut (2).
The operator is protected against accidental contact with electrical
parts of the flow switch by an insulating protective cover (3) on the
microswitch.
3
2
1
Installation
The unit is equipped with a set of blades (1), to be used for different
pipe diameters, particularly sized to allow easy installation and
minimal head losses.
For diameters equal to or greater than 3 (DN 80), it is necessary to
add to the preassembled blades in increasing order the long blade
(2) (supplied in the package), just cutting it to the size
corresponding to the desired diameter.
3"-DN 80
4"-DN100
1
COM.
5"-DN125
2
1
1"
6"-DN150
1
1
2"
DN175
3
N/O
2
N/C
8"-DN200
INLET
2 1/2
1,3
1,7
2,6
6,8
10 16,5 37
with
decreasing
flow
2,2
3,7
5,2
8,5 14,5 33
with
increasing
flow
2,8 3,8
5,9
76
with
decreasing
flow
2,7 3,7
5,8
70
FACTORY
SETTING
20 mm
80 mm
MAXIMUM
SETTING
36
with
increasing
flow
Diameter
pipe
1 1/2
1 1/4
The flow switch should preferably be installed on the pipe with the
control rod upright, respecting the flow direction indicated by the
arrow on the cover and on the body exterior.
For blade proper operation it is necessary to install the flow switch
by respecting the distance shown on the drawing, using a sleeve
welded for total passage.
Application diagrams
Example of using the flow switch in a plumbing system
In systems for instantaneous hot water production with heat exchangers, the flow switch has the job of governing the pump and enabling water
circulation in the exchanger primary circuit when required by the user.
Instantaneous production of hot water
Tmax
Shut-off valve
Mixing valve
Pump
Check valve
Autoflow
The two flow switches trip to stop the compressor from working if
one of the following conditions occurs:
- insufficient or no flow of cooling water in the condenser (danger
of overheating)
- insufficient or no flow of refrigerated water (danger of ice forming
on the evaporator and liquid returning to the compressor suction
side).
SECONDARY
CONDENSER
CONDENSER
EXPANSION
VALVE
EVAPORATOR
SECONDARY
EVAPORATOR
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
626 series
Flow switch. 1 M connection. CE certificate in accordance with directives 89/336 EC and 72/23 EC. Brass body.
Self-extinguishing polycarbonate cover and microswitch protection casing. Stainless steel bellows and bellows rod, paddles
for pipes and microswitch spring. EPDM O-Ring seals. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Medium temperature range
-30120C. Maximum ambient temperature 55C. Medium drinking water and glycol solutions; Maximum percentage of glycol
50%. Voltage 250 V. Current 15 (5) A. Protection class IP 54. Pipes adjustability from 1 to 8.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2007 Calef fi
CALEFFI
series 311-312-313-314-513-514-527
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01053/03 GB
General
Series 311, 312, 313, 314, 513, 514, 527 safety (pressure relief)
valves are made by Caleffi S.p.A. in compliance with the essential
safety requirements laid down by Directive 97/23/CE of the
European Parliament and the Council of the European Union for
harmonisation of member States with regard to pressurised
equipment.
Function
111 5
I.S.P.E.S.L.
Product range
Series 311
Series 312
Series 313
Series 314
Series 513
Series 514
Series 527
Technical specification
Materials:
Body:
Cover:
Control spindle:
Obturator seal:
Diaphragm:
Spring:
Control knob:
Nominal pressure:
Temperature range:
Performance:
Max opening pressure:
Min closing differential:
Medium:
PED Category:
Calibrations:
Series 311
2-2,5-3-3,5-4-5-6-7-8 bar (2 - 5 bar only 3/4)
Series 312
2,5-3-3,5-4-6-7-8 bar
Series 313 with pressure gauge
2,5-3-6-7-8 bar
Series 314 with pressure gauge
2,5-3-6-7-8 bar
Series 313 with pressure gauge connection
3 bar
Series 314 with pressure gauge connection
3-6 bar
Series 513
1,5-2-2,5-3-3,5-6-7-8 bar
Series 514
2-2,5-2,7-3-3,5-4-6-7-8 bar
Series 527 standard
2,25-2,5-2,7-3-3,5-4-4,5-5-5,4-6 bar
Series 527 special
1-1,5-2-7-8 bar
Dimensions
F
D
65,5
74,5
E
25,5
27,5
D
F
E
78 25,5 61
B
C
A
Code
3144.. 1/2 1/2 32
A
B
Code
5144.. 1/2 1/2
C
23
D
E
81,5 29,5
C
Code
A
B
3114.. 1/2 1/2 19,5
3115.. 3/4 3/4 24
D
69,5
D
E
78,5 29,5
E
25,5
A
E
C
Code
A
B
26
5274.. 1/2 3/4
30
5275.. 3/4
1
5276.. 1 1 1/4 39
5277.. 1 1/4 1 1/2 42,5
D
93
136
166
185
E
33
39,5
48
56
Code
A
B
C
3124.. 1/2 1/2 23,5
C
19
Code
A
B
5134.. 1/2 1/2
A
G
F
Code
A
B
C
D
E
F
3134.. 1/2 1/2 21,5 72 25,5 61
3135.. 3/4 3/4 24 74,5 27,5 61
G
24
24
Code
A
B
5136.. 1 1 1/4
5137.. 1 1/4 1 1/2
C
38
44
D
144
187
E
48
57,5
Code completion
bar
bar
bar
1
1,5
2
2,25
2,5
10
15
20
22
25
2,7
3
3,5
4
4,5
27
30
35
40
45
5
5,4
6
7
8
50
54
60
70
80
Certification
Outl.
(mm)
Nett
area
(cm2)
Maximum
boiler rating
(kW)
(kcal/h)
1/2
15
1,767
1,10
0,80
0,79
140,38
81,6
1/2
15
1,767
1,50
1,65
1,20
0,79
175,73
102,1
87.800
1/2
15
1,767
2,20
1,60
0,79
211,17
122,7
105.500
1/2
15
1,767
2,25
2,475 1,80
0,79
226,39
131,6
113.100
1/2
15
1,767
2,50
2,75
2,00
0,79
246,36
143,2
123.100
1/2
15
1,767
2,70
2,97
2,16
0,79
261,76
152,2
130.800
1/2
15
1,767
3,30
2,40
0,79
282,35
164,1
141.100
1/2
15
1,767
3,50
3,85
2,80
0,79
318,09
184,9
159.000
1/2
15
1,767
4,40
3,20
0,79
353,93
205,8
176.900
1/2
15
1,767
4,50
4,95
3,60
0,79
386,60
224,8
193.200
1/2
15
1,767
5,50
4,00
0,79
425,91
247,6
212.900
1/2
15
1,767
5,40
5,94
4,32
0,79
456,89
265,6
228.400
1/2
15
1,767
6,60
4,80
0,79
483,25
281,0
241.600
1/2
15
1,767
7,70
5,60
0,79
558,42
324,7
279.200
1/2
15
1,767
8,80
6,40
0,79
628,22
365,3
314.100
3/4
20
3,1416
1,10
0,80
0,67
211,66
123,0
105.800
3/4
20
3,1416
1,50
1,65
1,20
0,67
264,95
154,0
132.400
3/4
20
3,1416
2,20
1,60
0,67
318,38
185,1
159.100
3/4
20
3,1416
2,25
2,475 1,80
0,67
341,33
198,4
170.600
3/4
20
3,1416
2,50
2,75
2,00
0,67
371,45
215,9
185.700
3/4
20
3,1416
2,70
2,97
2,16
0,67
394,66
229,4
197.300
3/4
20
3,1416
3,30
2,40
0,67
425,70
247,5
212.800
3/4
20
3,1416
3,50
3,85
2,80
0,67
479,59
278,8
239.700
3/4
20
3,1416
4,40
3,20
0,67
533,63
310,3
266.800
3/4
20
3,1416
4,50
4,95
3,60
0,67
582,89
338,9
291.400
3/4
20
3,1416
5,50
4,00
0,67
642,16
373,4
321.000
3/4
20
3,1416
5,40
5,94
4,32
0,67
688,87
400,5
344.400
3/4
20
3,1416
6,60
4,80
0,67
728,61
423,6
364.300
3/4
20
3,1416
7,70
5,60
0,67
841,95
489,5
420.900
3/4
20
3,1416
8,80
6,40
0,67
947,19
550,7
473.500
25
4,9087
1,10
0,80
0,88
434,38
252,5
217.100
25
4,9087
1,50
1,65
1,20
0,88
543,74
316,1
271.800
25
4,9087
2,20
1,60
0,88
653,40
379,9
326.600
25
4,9087
2,25
2,475 1,80
0,88
700,49
407,3
350.200
25
4,9087
2,50
2,75
2,00
0,88
762,30
443,2
381.100
25
4,9087
2,70
2,97
2,16
0,88
809,94
470,9
404.900
25
4,9087
3,30
2,40
0,88
873,65
508,0
436.800
25
4,9087
3,50
3,85
2,80
0,88
984,23
572,3
492.100
70.100
25
4,9087
4,40
3,20
0,88 1095,13
636,8
547.500
25
4,9087
4,50
4,95
3,60
0,88 1196,22
695,6
598.100
25
4,9087
5,50
4,00
0,88 1317,87
766,3
658.900
25
4,9087
5,40
5,94
4,32
0,88 1413,72
822,0
706.800
25
4,9087
6,60
4,80
0,88 1495,28
869,5
747.600
25
4,9087
7,70
5,60
0,88 1727,88
1004,7
863.900
25
4,9087
8,80
6,40
0,88 1943,86
1130,3
971.900
1 1/4
32
8,0424
1,10
0,80
0,74
348,0
299.200
1 1/4
32
8,0424
1,50
1,65
1,20
0,74
749,13
435,6
374.500
1 1/4
32
8,0424
2,20
1,60
0,74
900,22
523,4
450.100
1 1/4
32
8,0424
2,25
2,475 1,80
0,74
965,10
561,2
482.500
1 1/4
32
8,0424
2,50
2,75
0,74 1050,25
610,7
525.100
1 1/4
32
8,0424
2,70
2,97
2,16
0,74 1115,89
648,8
557.900
1 1/4
32
8,0424
3,30
2,40
0,74 1203,66
699,9
601.800
1 1/4
32
8,0424
3,50
3,85
2,80
0,74 1356,02
788,5
678.000
1 1/4
32
8,0424
4,40
3,20
0,74 1508,81
877,3
754.400
1 1/4
32
8,0424
4,50
4,95
3,60
0,74 1648,09
958,3
824.000
1 1/4
32
8,0424
5,50
4,00
0,74 1815,69
1055,8
907.800
1 1/4
32
8,0424
5,40
5,94
4,32
0,74 1947,74
1132,6
973.800
1 1/4
32
8,0424
6,60
4,80
0,74 2060,11
1197,9 1.030.000
1 1/4
32
8,0424
7,70
5,60
0,74 2380,57
1384,3 1.190.200
1 1/4
32
8,0424
8,80
6,40
0,74 2678,14
1557,3 1.339.000
2,00
598,47
CE mark
Series 527 safety relief
valves
meet
the
requirements of Directive
97/23/CE for pressurised
equipment (also referred
to as the PED).
They
are
therefore
classified in Category IV
and granted the CE mark.
I.S.P.E.S.L. mark
The series 527 safety relief valve is a component which is
I.S.P.E.S.L. approved. Devices of this type are covered by the
following types of document:
The approval certificate is the document issued by the
I.S.P.E.S.L., which attests to the positive result of the tests carried
out on the prototype sample and consequently certifies that the
series in question has been approved.
The document is valid for five years. Every item of the series
covered by the certificate which is manufactured during the five
years validity period is approved for an indefinite period.
The bench calibration report is the document confirming the
testing of each individual device included in the approved series.
The test is carried out in the presence of an I.S.P.E.S.L. inspector
who draws up the report after the test has been passed.
The document gives the serial number of the valve, which is also to
be found on the plate fixed to the valve body.
There is only one copy of the report and it is therefore vital for
it to be kept with the valve.
CALEFFI
S.p.A.
original
e
229
O) - S.S.
ogna (N
QUA
eto d'Agnti idrotermici
TI AD AC
Fontan
IMPIAN
28010 nenti per impia
R
PE
R
A
ARIA.
Compo
CCOLTA
CUREZZ
A DI SI CALDA E ADCONDO RA IVE DEL DM
SE
AT
VALVOL
IC
A
PL
HE AP
OLOGAT
IC
OM
CN
LA
TE
5
VALVOIFICAZIONI
1/12/7
- SPEC
ISTITUTO
I.S
SUPERI.P.E.S.L
OR
DipartimE SICUREZZ E PREVENZI
A LA
ONE
ento di
BIELLA VORO
- Via Ce
rruti, 7
VERBAL
E
DI SICUDI TARATURA
REZZA
AL BA
SECOND
PR
NC
TECNIC O RACCOL ESSO IL FA O DI VALVOL
BB
TA
HE AP
PLICAT R - SPEC RICANTE A
IF
IVE DE
L DM 1/ICAZIONI
12/197
FONT
5
ni
prestazio
iva. Le so di rottura
zza posit
che in ca
a sicure
RCHIO:
A ) MA DELLO: 527 no garantite an
a.
so
MO
ran
)
B
mb
della me LE: PN 10
NOMINALE: DN 3/4"
NA
ESSIONE
C ) PR ETRO NOMI ZIO: 20 mm2
D ) DIAM ETRO ORIFI 3,1416 cm 3 bar
A:
AM
DI
TT
Pt =
)
NE
E
TURA:
%
ZIONE
F ) SE ESSIONE TARA NE MAX: 103,30 bar
Ps = rica
G ) PR VRAPPRESSIO
ARICO:
H ) SO ESSIONE SC NE: Atmosfere 20% Pt
SIO
I ) PR NTROPRES IUSURA: mino
CO
CH
)
L
ARTO DI
lvole
M ) SC
sulle va
ortati
Dati rip
RCHIO
a ) MA DELLO
MO
)
b
ESSIONE
c ) PR TARATURA ARICO
DI
h)
DI SC
00 Kcal/
RTATA
d ) PO7,5 kW (212.8
o
24
effluss
iente di
Coeffic
7
K = 0,6
Alzata
mm
L.
h = 7,3
.P.E.S.
ato I.S
Certific
319/00
n. VS
ego
d'impi
di
ui
Fl
A
A CALD
- ACQU
- ARIA
ico
di scar one 1982
Portata a R Edizi
RaccoltPunto 2.3.1
R.2.A
A
x
0,9 x K
W= 0,005 x M
DN 1
Size
DO 20
3/4
ANETO
D'AGOG
NA ......
............
- Valvo
............
la
............
n. VS 31modello 527
.....
e DN 3/
9/00.
4". Certif
- Ti po
icato I.S
.P.E.S.L.
a se de
pi an a
ca ric at
- Diam
etro D
a da
m ol la
0 = 20 m
di re tta
m.
- Guar
.
niz
stelo gu ione interpo
sta tra
idato.
sede ed
- Vite
otturato
di rego
re
e con
lazione
mezzo
di
su
valvola riscontro all ghiera file
per la
tta
invariaba parte superio ta con blo
cc
ilit de
- Bl oc
lla tensre del corpo o a
co
de
ione de
posizion m ec ca nic o
lla moll lla
a.
della pa e di taratura de l sis te m a
di regolarte superiore assicurato m di ta ra tu ra
e
che im
ed
zione de
pedisce iante piombade lla
lla tensio
l'acces
- La ta
ne della
so alla tura
ratura
m
oll
vite
a.
de
con ar
ia com lla valvola di
pressa
sic
e cont urezza sta
- La va
ropressio
ta
lvo
ne atm eseguita
sc ar ica la, alla pres
osferica
dell'alza re il flu id o sione di 3 ba
.
r,
in m od
ta.
o co ntha incominciat
in uo ,
- A se
co n in o a
gu
izi o
l'identif ito del buon
es
ica
ito
zio
seguen
della
ne della
ti dati:
valvola, prova di ta
ratu
vengon
- Pres
o punz ra, per
sione di
onati i
taratura
: 3 bar
- Marc
hio I.S.P.
E.S.L.
- Num
ero della
valvola
DN
79
one 19
Edizi
9
olta E
M = 0,85.70 Kg/h
) - Racc
W = 42
ico (aria
2 Kg/h
di scar
2.
= 649,3
W
Portata2. Punto 5.2.
A
x
x C x P1
E.1.D.
x 394,9
0,9 x K
Z1 x T1
W=
rtata,
M
piena po
o
ante
ric
arico di ri ad almen
del fabb
pa
he
ni di sc
razione lla, in condizio a lunghezza ca ra tte ris tici di
le
Dichia
on
r un
mo
e
izi
pe
li
lla
nd
o
ria
de
co
lor
e
te
Le spire distanti tra l filo . I ma ne i pe r le ntrollo finale o
o
ido
de
co
hann
restan dia me tro lvo la so no contatto. Il
15 bar
me zz o tiv e de lla va dei fluidi a pressione di fra se de ede
la alla ion e po sta tire, anch
co str ut e ed esercizio
ran
lla valvo
pression idraulica de . La gu ar nize tale da ga e assenza di
terial
'usura
la prova ito fav orev ole
enza all
a con ma
da to es e costruit ercizio, resist
I S.p.A.
otturatorprolungato es .
CALEFF Tecnica
per un enti alla sede
zione
La Dire
incollam
58856.0
2
di
l verbale
nata da
compag
to.
ENZE
lo se ac
arrimen
AVVERT idonea so .
so di smdi centrale
ale
la
ti in ca
La valvo in copia originiare duplica nte al libretto im pia nt o.
taraturapossibile rilasc ato unitame ve rif ica di
di
erv
Non
va cons to in se de
ibi
Il verbale
se re es
pe r es
Il Tecn
ico I.S.P.
E.S.L.
Heating systems
Standard safety relief valves, in compliance with Italian regulations,
can be applied to heat generators of capacity below 35 kW.
Maximum
boiler rating
(kW)
(kcal/h)
Size
Outl.
(mm)
Nett
area
(cm2)
1/2
13
1,327
2,50
3,00
2,00
0,5
124,4
72,3
62.200
1/2
13
1,327
3,60
2,40
0,5
142,17
82,5
71.000
1/2
13
1,327
3,50
4,20
2,80
0,5
161,39
93,6
80.600
1/2
13
1,327
4,80
3,20
0,5
178,25
103,3
89.000
1/2
13
1,327
7,20
4,80
0,5
248,81
144,6
124.400
1/2
13
1,327
8,40
5,60
0,5
284,35
165,2
142.100
1/2
13
1,327
9,60
6,40
0,5
322,78
187,5
161.300
3/4
13
1,327
2,40
1,60
0,5
106,63
61,8
53.300
3/4
13
1,327
2,50
3,00
2,00
0,5
124,4
72,3
62.200
3/4
13
1,327
3,60
2,40
0,5
142,17
82,5
71.000
3/4
13
1,327
3,50
4,20
2,80
0,5
161,39
93,6
80.600
3/4
13
1,327
4,80
3,20
0,5
178,25
103,3
89.000
3/4
13
1,327
6,00
4,00
0,5
213,26
123,6
106.600
3/4
13
1,327
7,20
4,80
0,5
248,81
144,6
124.400
3/4
13
1,327
8,40
5,60
0,5
284,35
165,2
142.100
3/4
13
1,327
9,60
6,40
0,5
322,78
187,5
161.300
Outl.
(mm)
Nett
area
(cm2)
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
1,767
1,767
1,767
1,767
1,767
1,767
1,767
1,767
1,767
1,767
1,50
2
2,50
2,70
3
3,50
4
6
7
8
1,80
2,40
3,00
3,24
3,60
4,20
4,80
7,20
8,40
9,60
1,20
1,60
2,00
2,16
2,40
2,80
3,20
4,80
5,60
6,40
Maximum
boiler rating
(kW)
(kcal/h)
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
68,3
82,3
96,2
102,4
110,0
124,6
137,6
192,5
220,1
249,8
117,80
141,99
165,65
176,70
189,32
214,90
237,35
331,31
378,64
429,81
58.900
70.900
82.800
88.300
94.600
107.400
118.600
165.600
189.300
214.900
Outl.
(mm)
Nett
area
(cm2)
1/2
1/2
1/2
1
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
15
15
15
25
25
25
32
32
32
1,767
1,767
1,767
4,9087
4,9087
4,9087
8,0424
8,0424
8,0424
Calibn. Nom.disch.
press.
press.
(bar)
(bar)
6
7
8
6
7
8
6
7
8
7,20
8,40
9,60
7,20
8,40
9,60
7,20
8,40
9,60
Clos.
press.
(bar)
Capacity
of heater
(l)
4,80
5,60
6,40
4,80
5,60
6,40
4,80
5,60
6,40
1.000
1.000
1.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
5.000
5.000
5.000
513660 1 6 bar
513670 1 7 bar
513680 1 8 bar
513760 1 1/4 6 bar
513770 1 1/4 7 bar
513780 1 1/4 8 bar
Water systems
These safety relief valves can also be used for discharging cold
water; in this case, the discharge capacities indicated are the
results of experimental testing, without the use or any conversion
formula for fluids of different types.
Outl.
(mm)
Nett
area
(cm2)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
25
25
25
25
25
25
32
32
32
32
32
32
4,9087
4,9087
4,9087
4,9087
4,9087
4,9087
8,0424
8,0424
8,0424
8,0424
8,0424
8,0424
Calibn. Nom.disch.
press.
press.
(bar)
(bar)
Clos.
press.
(bar)
Capacity
of heater
(l)
2,50
3
3,50
6
7
8
2,50
3
3,50
6
7
8
2,00
2,40
2,80
4,80
5,60
6,40
2,00
2,40
2,80
4,80
5,60
6,40
8,3
8,7
9,1
10,5
11,5
12,3
13,2
13,8
14,1
17,5
18,6
19,4
3,00
3,60
4,20
7,20
8,40
9,60
3,00
3,60
4,20
7,20
8,40
9,60
Certification
CE mark
Series 311, 312, 313, 314, 513 and 514
safety relief valves meet the requirements
of Directive 97/23/CE for pressurised
equipment (also referred to as the PED).
They are therefore classified in Category IV
and granted the CE mark.
V
5
Installation
Fitting
The safety relief valve can be fitted vertically or horizontally, but not
upside down.
This prevents deposits of impurities from affecting correct
functioning.
Correct installations
The safety relief valve must be installed in line with the flow direction
indicated by the arrow on the valve body.
Heating system
The safety relief valve bust be installed on the top of the boiler or in
the flow pipework at a distance of not more than one metre from the
boiler (section R). The connecting pipework between the safety
relief valve and the boiler must not be interrupted.
Max 1 m
Incorrect installation
Discharge pipework
40
60
20
80
The discharge pipework from the safety relief valve must be fitted
in such a way as not to prevent the correct operation of the valve
and not to cause damage or injury.
In accordance with current legislation, the safety relief valve
discharge must be visible and carried in suitable collection pipework.
As shown in the diagrams, it is advisable to install a tundish directly
in the discharge pipework for low capacity valves, as diagram 1.
In the case of larger capacities, proceed as shown in diagram 2.
Diagram 1
Diagram 2
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 311
Standard diaphragm safety relief valve. Bearing CE mark as per Directive 97/23/CE. Threaded connections 1/2 F x 1/2 F
(1/2x1/2 and 3/4x3/4). Calibration 2,5 bar (calibrations available: 2,5 3 3,5 4 6 7 8 for 1/2 and 3/4,
2 - 5 bar only for 3/4). Maximum temperature 110C. Brass body. Diaphragm and seal in EPDM. Control knob in ABS.
Series 312
Standard diaphragm safety relief valve. Bearing CE mark as per Directive 97/23/CE. Threaded connections 1/2 M x 1/2 F
Calibration 2,5 bar (calibrations available: 2,5 3 3,5 4 6 7 8). Maximum temperature 110C. Brass body.
Diaphragm and seal in EPDM. Control knob in ABS.
Series 313
Standard diaphragm safety relief valve with pressure gauge connection. Bearing CE mark as per Directive 97/23/CE.
Threaded connections 1/2 F x 1/2 F (1/2 and 3/4). Calibration 3 bar. Maximum temperature 110C. Brass body.
Diaphragm and seal in EPDM. Control knob in ABS.
Series 313
Standard diaphragm safety relief valve with pressure gauge. Bearing CE mark as per Directive 97/23/CE. Threaded
connections 1/2 F x 1/2 F (1/2 and 3/4). Calibration 2,5 bar (calibrations available: 2,5 3 6 7 8). Maximum
temperature 110C. Brass body. Diaphragm and seal in EPDM. Control knob in ABS.
Series 314
Standard diaphragm safety relief valve with pressure gauge connection. Bearing CE mark as per Directive 97/23/CE.
Threaded connections 1/2 M x 1/2 F. Calibration 3 bar (calibrations available 3 and 6). Maximum temperature 110C.
Brass body. Diaphragm and seal in EPDM. Control knob in ABS.
Series 314
Standard diaphragm safety relief valve with pressure gauge. Bearing CE mark as per Directive 97/23/CE. Threaded
connections 1/2 M x 1/2 F. Calibration 2,5 bar (calibrations available: 2,5 3 6 7 8). Maximum temperature 110C.
Brass body. Diaphragm and seal in EPDM. Control knob in ABS.
Series 513
Standard diaphragm safety relief valve. Bearing CE mark as per Directive 97/23/CE. Connections 1/2 M x 1/2 F.
Calibration 1,5 bar (calibrations available: 1,5 - 2 - 2,5 - 3 - 3,5 - 6 - 7 - 8). Maximum temperature 110C. Brass body.
Diaphragm and seal in EPDM. Cover and control knob in glass-fiber re-inforced nylon.
Series 513
Standard diaphragm safety relief valve. Bearing CE mark as per Directive 97/23/CE. Connections 1 F x 1 1/4 F (1 x 1 1/4
and 1 1/4 x 1 1/2). Calibration 2,5 bar (calibrations available: 2,5 - 3 - 3,5 - 6 - 7 - 8). Maximum temperature 110C.
Body and cover in brass. Diaphragm and seal in EPDM. Cover and control knob in glass-fiber re-inforced nylon.
Series 514
Standard diaphragm safety relief valve. Bearing CE mark as per Directive 97/23/CE. Connections 1/2 M x 1/2 F. Calibration
2 bar (calibrations available: 2 - 2,5 - 2,7 - 3 - 3,5 - 6 - 7 - 8). Maximum temperature 110C. Brass body. Diaphragm and
seal in EPDM. Cover in glass-fiber re-inforced nylon, control knob in ABS.
Series 527
I.S.P.E.S.L. approved and calibrated diaphragm safety relief valve. Bearing CE mark as per Directive 97/23/CE.
Connections 1/2 F x 3/4 F (available 1/2 x 3/4, 3/4 x 1, 1 x 1 1/4, 1 1/4 x 1 1/2). Calibration 1 bar (calibrations
available: 1 1,5 2 2,25 2,5 2,7 3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5,4 6 7 8). Maximum temperature 110C. Body
and cover in brass. Diaphragm and seal in EPDM. Control knob in glass-fiber re-inforced nylon. Discharge
overpressure 10%, closing differential 20%. Fail-safe. Accompanied by bench calibration report.
Accessories
5521
5520
5520
Discharge tundish
with rotating elbow,
male-female.
Sizes: 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1 1/4.
Straight discharge
tundish, female-female.
Sizes: 3/4 and 1 1/4.
Discharge collector.
In coated sheet metal.
Size: 1 1/2.
Dimensions
B
A
A
A
Code
A
B
3/4
552140 1/2
1
552150 3/4
1 1/4
552160
1
552170 1 1/4 1 1/2
Code
552080
C
25
25
40
40
D
125
125
180
180
Code
552050
552070
A
3/4
1 1/4
B
25
40
A
1 1/2
B
210
C
150
C
96
134
SPECIFICATION DETAILS
Series 5520
Straight discharge tundish. Connections 3/4 F x 3/4 F (3/4 x 3/4 and 1 1/4 x 1 1/4). Body in die-cast
aluminium. Visible discharge.
Series 5520
Discharge collector. Connection 1 1/2 F. Body in coated sheet metal.
Series 5521
Discharge tundish with rotating elbow. Connections 1/2 M x 1/2 F (from 1/2 to 1 1/4). Body in die-cast
aluminium. Visible discharge.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
MINICAL VALCAL
Automatic air vent valves
CALEFFI
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01054/05 GB
Replaces 01054/99 GB
Function
Automatic air vent valves are designed to remove the air that
accumulates in heating and air conditioning systems without the
need for manual intervention. This prevents harmful phenomena
that may compromise the life and the performance of the heating
system and which include:
- corrosion due to the oxygen;
- pockets of air trapped in the heating emitters;
- cavitation in the circulation pumps.
Product range
Series
Series
Series
Series
Series
Series
Series
5020
5020
5020
5020
5021
5021
5022
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
Technical specification
Materials:
Body and cover:
Float:
Obturator stem:
Spring:
Seals:
Shut-off cock seal:
Performance:
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
Max. discharge pressure:
Max. working temperature:
Dimensions
C
A
To complete codes
end number 0 with brass body and plastic cap
end number 1 with chrome plated body and metallic cap
A
Code
50203. 3/8
50204. 1/2
B
79
79
C
48
48
D
11
11
Weight (kg)
0,18
0,18
To complete codes
end number 0 with brass body and hygroscopic cap
end number 1 with chrome plated body and hygroscopic cap
To complete codes
end number 0 with brass body and plastic cap
end number 1 with chrome plated body and metallic cap
A
Code
50205. 3/4
50206. 1
A
Code
50213. 3/8
50214. 1/2
B
86
86
C
48
48
D
11
11
Weight (kg)
0,18
0,18
B
96
96
C
48
48
D
11
11
Weight (kg)
0,21
0,23
A
Code
502221 1/4
502231 3/8
502241 1/2
B
94
97
97
C
55
55
55
D
9
11
11
Weight (kg)
0,29
0,29
0,29
Flow curves
The accumulation of air bubbles in the valve body causes the float
to drop so that the air vent valve opens.
This phenomenon occurs, and consequently the valve functions
correctly, as long as the water pressure remains below the
maximum discharge pressure.
Operation
1,1
1
5022
0,9
0,8
0,7
5020
0,6
0,5
Construction details
Hygroscopic cap
All MINICAL and VALCAL
models are equipped with a
hygroscopic safety cap. Its
functionality is based on the
properties of the cellulose fibre
discs that serve as the seal
cartridge and whose volume
increases by 50% as soon as
they become wet and thus
cause the valve to close. This
way, possible damages are
avoided in case of leakage.
Models with shut-off
The automatic shut-off valve,
which forms a seal with the
valve body by means of an
O-ring made of EPDM,
facilitates
maintenance
operations by shutting off the
water flow when the valve is
removed and also allows for
easy inspection of the air vent
device.
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
0
0,5
1,5
2,5
3,5
4,5
5,5
6,5
7 bar
(air)
Installation
- The valve is installed in the vertical position, on the air separator,
on manifolds, on riser pipes and generally in parts of the system
where a concentration of air pockets is to be expected.
- During operation the upper cap in the standard version must be
loosened whilst it must be completely hand tightened in the
hygroscopic version.
- It is not advisable to fit the valve in places which could be subject
to freeze. In such cases the Caleffi Maxcal Series 501 automatic
deaerator can be used.
- It is advisable to replace the valve cap with a Caleffi Series
5620 safety hygroscopic cap in all fitting locations which
cannot be inspected.
Accessories
- Check valve series 561 for air vent valves series
5020 and 5022 is available. 3/8 and 1/2
connections. Available in brass or chrome plated
version. PTFE sealing on thread.
- Hygroscopic safety plug AQUASTOP series
5620 for MINICAL and VALCAL series is
available in brass or chrome plated.
- Small anti-suction valve series 5621 for air vent
valves for MINICAL and VALCAL series.
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 5020
Automatic air vent valve. 3/8M (or 1/2M) threaded connection. Brass and chrome plated versions. Brass body and cover, PP
float, brass obturator stem, EPDM O-Rings. Medium: water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Maximum
working pressure 10 bar, maximum discharge pressure 2,5 bar. Maximum working temperature 120C.
Series 5020
Automatic air vent valve. 1/2M ( or 3/4M) threaded connection. Brass and chrome plated versions. Brass body and cover, PP
float, brass obturator stem, EPDM O-Rings. Medium: water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Maximum
working pressure 10 bar, maximum discharge pressure 2,5 bar. Maximum working temperature 120C. Complete with
hygroscopic safety cap.
Series 5021
Automatic air vent valve with automatic shut-off cock. 3/8M (or 1/2M) threaded connection. Brass and chrome plated versions.
Brass body and cover, PP float, brass obturator stem, EPDM O-Rings. Medium: water and glycol solutions. Maximum
percentage of glycol 30%. Maximum working pressure 10 bar, maximum discharge pressure 2,5 bar. Maximum working
temperature 110C.
Series 5022
Automatic air vent valve. 1/4M (3/8, 1/2M) threaded connection. Chrome plated with metallic cap. Brass body and cover,
PP float, brass obturator stem, EPDM O-Rings. Medium: water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 30%.
Maximum working pressure 10 bar, maximum discharge pressure 4 bar. Maximum working temperature 120C.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
AERCAL
Automatic air vent for radiators
CALEFFI
series 504
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01055/05 GB
Function
Automatic air vents with external float are designed to remove the
air that is released from the water when it is heated and which
accumulates at the top of radiators, limiting the normal heat
exchange process and giving rise to noise and corrosion.
The air vent has been constructed so that it can be installed on any
type of heating emitters ranging from the traditional cast iron
radiators to the thin steel panel radiators. All models are equipped
with a hygroscopic safety cap.
Product range
Series 504 Automatic air vent for radiators, chrome plated, with hygroscopic safety cap
Dimensions
Technical specification
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
10 bar
2,5 bar
100C
Connections:
B
G
Code
504401
504501
504611
504621
A
1/2
3/4
1 R
1 L
B
51
51
51
51
C
48
48
48
48
D
37
34
30
30
E
63
60
56
56
F
76
76
76
76
G
88,5
88,5
88,5
88,5
Weight (kg)
0,28
0,27
0,33
0,33
Flow curves
The accumulation of air bubbles in the valve body causes the float
to drop and thus the obturator to open. This phenomenon occurs,
and consequently the valve functions correctly, as long as the water
pressure remains below the maximum discharge pressure.
Operating principle
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
0
0,5
1,5
2,5
3,5
4,5
5,5
6,5
7 bar
(air)
Installation
The valve must be installed
in a vertical position.
The hygroscopic safety cap
must be screwed tight when
the system is operating.
Construction details
Hygroscopic cap
All models are equipped with a hygroscopic safety cap. Its
functionality is based on the properties of the cellulose fibre discs
that serve as the seal cartridge and whose volume increases by
50% as soon as they become wet and thus cause the valve to
close.
Cover
The removable cover has a strong opening mechanism to vent the air.
Float
The location of the float and other internal parts means that the
water never reaches the obturator, thus limiting the harmful effects
from the impurities contained in the liquid.
Maintenance
The valve can be inspected as follows if the water contains
impurities that jeopardize the correct functioning of the system:
a) isolate the heating emitter by closing the valve and lockshield;
b) unscrew the valve cover with the O-ring seal.
The valve has been constructed so that this operation can be
performed without leakage of water.
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 504
Automatic air vent valve for radiators. Threaded connections, 1/2 M (3/4 M, 1 M right or 1 M left). Hygroscopic safety cap.
Chrome plated brass body and cover, stainless steel spring, PP float, EPDM O-ring seals. Hygroscopic safety cap seal in NBR.
Medium: water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Maximum operating pressure 10 bar. Maximum
discharge pressure 2,5 bar. Maximum working temperature 100C.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
Function
Two types of device are covered here:
- Automatic or manual air vent valves.
- Radiator drain valve with extractor drain tube.
The purpose of the radiator air vent valve is to remove, either
manually or automatically, any air trapped inside the heat emitters
both during the filling of the system and in normal operation.
The drain valve, on the other hand, makes it possible to easily
discharge the water contained in the radiator, thanks to the
extractor which is inserted into the valve itself.
Product range
Series 505
Series 5054
Series 5055
Series 5080
Code 560421
Code 560000
Sizes
Sizes
Sizes 1/8,
Sizes 1/8,
1/8,
1/8,
1/4,
1/4,
1/4,
1/4,
3/8,
3/8,
Size
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
M
M
M
M
M
Technical specification
series
Materials:
- Body:
- Knob:
- Outer seal:
Performance:
- Max working pressure:
- Max working temperature:
505 / 5054
5055
5080
560421
POM
white RAL 9010
POM
white RAL 9010
POM
white RAL 9010
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
EPDM
10 bar
10 bar
10 bar
10 bar
90C
90C
100C
100C
Dimensions
A
F
A
F
C
18
18
18
B
29
29
32
E
22
22
25
F
Es.13
Es.13
Es.17
D
7
7
7
A
B
C
Code
505411 1/8 36,5 18
505421 1/4 36,5 18
505431 3/8 37 18
Code
505511
505521
505531
505541
E
G
F
29,5 Es.13 12
29,5 Es.13 12
30 Es.17 12
A
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
B
30
30
33
35
D
7
7
7
10
E
23
23
26
25
F
Es.14
Es.14
Es.17
Es.17
C
18
18
18
18
E
A
D
7
7
7
A
Code
505111 1/8
505121 1/4
505131 3/8
B
G
Code
508011
508021
508031
508041
A
B
1/8 30
1/4 30
3/8" 30,5
1/2" 33
C
18
18
18
18
D
10
10
10,5
10
E
20
20
20
23
F
Es.15
Es.15
Es.17
Es.17
Code
560421
560000
A
1/2"
-
B
32,5
-
C
Es.22
-
D
21,5
-
E
11
-
F
8 p. 1
8 p. 1
G
205
5054
This valve operates in the same way as
the series 505, but differs in having
a 360 revolving discharge facility
which makes air venting easier.
5080
Valve code 5080 can be used manually or
automatically.
The principle of manual discharge is the
same as for the valves already described,
whilst automatic discharge is based on the
property of the cellulose fibre discs forming
the seal cartridge.
560
The drain valve is applied to the lower connection of the radiator.
When inserting the extractor drain tube into the valve itself, the
sliding piston which provides the outer seal must be screw-located
and extracted, making the water flow outwards.
Valve closed
The
manual
discharge
position is achieved by
unscrewing the knob approx.
one turn. Typical use of this
method is when refilling the
system.
The hygroscopic discs increase their volume by 50% when they are
immersed in water.
s+50%
Dry
disc
Valve open
1 Remove
2 Screw
protective
cap
Immersed
disc
Dried
disc
on the drain
tube provided
40
50
Times in
hours
60
70
2 1/2 1 1/2
Replaceable cartridge
The valve is constructed in such
a way that the part containing the
hygroscopic discs can easily be
replaced without having to empty
the heat emitter. This may be
necessary because the discs can
deteriorate in time if there is
unfiltered or hard water present.
It is, in any case, advisable to
replace the disc cartridge at least
every 36 months.
80
90
100
1/2
1/4
3 Pull
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 505
Radiator air vent valve. Threaded connection 1/8 M (from 1/8 to 3/8) with PTFE seal. Brass body. Nickel
plated. White heat resistant knob in POM. Max working temperature 90C. Max working pressure 10 bar.
Series 5054
Radiator air vent valve. Threaded connection 1/8 M (from 1/8 to 3/8) with PTFE seal. Brass body. Nickel
plated. White heat resistant knob in POM. Max working temperature 90C. Max working pressure 10 bar.
Rotable outlet.
Series 5055
Radiator air vent valve with EPDM soft seal. Threaded connection 1/8 M (from 1/8 to 1/2) with PTFE seal.
Brass body. Nickel plated. White heat resistant knob in POM. Max working temperature 90C. Max working
pressure 10 bar.
Series 5080
Automatic hygroscopic air vent valve. Threaded connection 1/8 M (from 1/8 to 1/2) with PTFE seal. Brass
body. Nickel plated. White heat resistant knob in POM. Max working temperature 100C. Max working pressure
10 bar. Replaceable hygroscopic cartridge.
Code 560421
Radiator drain valve. Threaded connection 1/2 M. EPDM seal. Brass body. Nickel plated. Max working
temperature 100C. Max working pressure 10 bar. Designed for use with extractor drain tube.
Code 560000
Extractor drain tube for extraction of sliding piston from radiator drain valve.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
S.S. 229 Km 26,5 I-28010 Fontaneto dAgogna (NO) Tel. Int. +39 0322 8491 Fax +39 0322 863723
Http://www.calef fi.com E-mail:info@calef fi.it
CALEFFI
RE
IS
543 series
TERE
01057/07 GB
replaces dp 01057/05
General description
Temperature safety relief valves are manufactured by Caleffi S.p.A. in
compliance with the essential requirements contained in Directive
97/23/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of the
European Union to harmonise member state regulations on pressure
equipment.
Function
111 5
Product range
Temperature safety relief valve
Size 3/4
Connections:
Probe connection:
Capillary length:
C
1/2
10 bar
95C
5110C
3000 l/h
080C
2 KP
130C
water
IV
3/4 F x 3/4 F
1/2 M
1300 mm
Performance:
Max. working pressure:
Set temperature:
Temperature range:
Discharge flow rate at 110C and p 1 bar:
Ambient temperature range:
Action type (EN 14597):
Max. temperature of the sensor:
Medium:
PED category:
F
E
Materials:
Body:
Control spindle:
Obturator seal:
Seals:
Spring:
Protection cover:
Dimensions
Technical specification
197
Code 543513
Code
543513
A
3/4
B
40
C
42
D
86
E
42
F
70
Weight (kg)
1,06
Operating principle
Installation
When the temperature rises, the fluid contained within the sensor
(1) undergoes a change of state from liquid to gas. The consequent
volume increase creates a mechanical movement causing the
expandable bellows (2), inside the valve, to push on the obturator
and lift it up.
Installation
of
the temperature
safety relief valve
in boilers with
built-in heater.
DOMESTIC
water supply
Hot
water
storage
mains
inlet
safety
discharge
Installation
of
the temperature
safety relief valve
in the emergency
heat exchanger.
mains
inlet
safety
discharge
Construction details
Redundant expansion system
The entire expansion system has a built-in
redundancy (1)-(2) to ensure maximum
safety, so if one part of the sensor system
fails the other part will perform the same
functions as the entire sensor.
Drain
The lower part of the valve contains a button
in order to drain the system.
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 543513
Temperature safety relief valve. EC certified and approved to German DIN standards. Redundant safety sensor. Connections 3/4
F. Chrome plated brass body. Stainless steel spring. EPDM seals. Temperature range 5 110C. Nominal set temperature 95C.
Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Complete with 1/2 M remote probe with pocket. Length of capillary 1300 mm.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2007 Calef fi S.P.A.
CALEFFI
RE
IS
544 series
TERE
01058/07 GB
Function
The dual effect temperature safety discharge valve is used to ensure
safety in heating systems that use a fireboxes or stoves as a heat
generator.
The device integrates in a single block a heat discharge valve and
a filling valve that operate simultaneously controlled by a positive
safety type remote sensor. The refilling, in case of valve intervention,
ensures water circulation in the phase of fuel running out, thus
protecting the integrity of the generator.
Product range
Code 544400 Temperature safety valve with automatic filling
Size 1/2
Dimensions
Technical specifications
Materials:
Body:
Pocket:
Spring:
Hydraulic seals:
Performance:
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
Set temperature:
Temperature range:
Discharge flow rate at 1 bar p:
Connections:
Probe connection:
Length of capillary:
B
60
C
77
D
50
E
F
162 1/2
G
43
Weight (kg)
1,32
Operating principle
Fig.1
Fig.2
2
4
Installation
The valve can be fitted in any position, vertical, horizontal or upside down.
The temperature probe pocket (6), supplied together with the valve, must be fitted on the flow pipe at a distance lower than 0,5 m from the
generator or at the highest point of the water heater and anyhow before the drain pipe. The pocket provided with the valve must be used.
In order to be able to control the inlet pressure better, it is advisable to have a charging unit (normally open) on the valve filler pipe, set at the
system operating pressure. In the case of operation with an open vessel system, the entire system is charged directly through the pipe
connected to the vessel.
In order to avoid any type of malfunction due to the presence of debris, it is advisable to install an inspectable Y strainer on the filling inlet. It
is necessary to check periodically that the strainer is not dirty or blocked.
The installation of a low head loss strainer, fitted with devices to check the state of cleanliness, is recommended to enable functional testing
during the work phase (e.g., pressure gauges upstream and downstream of the filtering element).
system flow
safety pipe
system return
max 0.5 m
S
C
S
mains infeed
C
main inlet
filter
safety drain
System accessories
551 DISCAL
broch. 01060
Deaerator.
Brass body.
Female connections.
With drain.
Max. working pressure: 10 bar.
Max. discharge pressure: 10 bar.
Working temperature range: 0110C.
Patented.
Function
Code
551005
551006
551007
551008
551009
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
Air separators are used to remove continuously the air contained in the hydraulic circuits of
heating and cooling systems. The air discharge capacity of these devices is very high. They are
capable of removing automatically all the air present in the system down to micro-bubble level.
The circulation of fully deaerated water allows systems to work under optimal conditions without
any trouble of noise, corrosion, local overheating and mechanical damage.
5462 D I RTCAL
broch. 01137
Dirt separator.
Brass body.
Female connections.
Drain cock with hose connection.
Top connection with plug.
Max. working pressure: 10 bar.
Working temperature range: 0110C.
Particle separation rating: to 5 m.
Patented.
Function
Code
546205
546206
546207
546208
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
In heating and air conditioning systems, the circulation of water containing impurities may result in
rapid wear and damage to components such as pumps and valves. It also causes blockages in
the heat exchangers, heating elements and pipes, resulting in a lower thermal efficiency within the
system. The dirt separator separates off these impurities, which are mainly made up of particles
of sand and rust. The impurities are collected in a large collection chamber that requires low
frequency cleaning operations, from which they can be removed even while the system is in
operation. This device is capable of efficiently removing even the smallest particles, with extremely
limited head loss.
553
broch. 01061
Function
Code
553540
553640
The automatic filling unit is a device consisting of a pressure reducing valve with compensating
seat, an inlet filter, a shut-off valve and a check valve.
It is installed on the water inlet piping in sealed heating systems, and its main function is to
maintain the pressure of the system stable at a set value, automatically topping up with water
as required. After installation, during the filling or topping-up phase, the water feed will stop
when the set pressure is reached.
Application diagrams
SYSTEM WITH OPEN EXPANSION VESSEL
Expansion vessel
IMPORTANT: for overall power levels exceeding 35 kW the dimensions of the safety pipe
must comply with current regulations.
Inlet
Sistem drain
Filling group
T
Thermostat
Pressure gauge
T
C
Thermostatic timer
Deaerator
Dirt separator
Main inlet filter
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 544400
Temperature safety valve with automatic filling. Connections 1/2" F. Brass body. Chrome plated. Steel spring. EPDM seals.
Maximum working pressure 6 bar. Maximum working temperature 110C. Maximum discharge temperature 100C (0C/-5C).
Complete with remote probe with pocket. Connection 1/2" M. Length of capillary 1300 mm.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2007 Caleffi S.P.A.
DISCAL deaerator
CALEFFI
551 series
01060/10 GB
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
FM 21654
replaces 01060/06 GB
Function
Deaerators are used to continuously remove the air contained in the
hydraulic circuits of heating and cooling systems. The air discharge
capacity of these devices is very high. They are capable of
automatically removing all the air present in the system down to
micro-bubble level, with very low head losses.
The circulation of fully deaerated water enables the equipment to
operate under optimum conditions, free from any noise, corrosion,
localised overheating or mechanical damage.
The threaded connection product is available in versions for
installation to horizontal or vertical pipes.
Flanged and weld-end DISCAL deaerators are supplied complete
with hot pre-formed shell insulation to ensure perfect thermal
insulation when used in both hot and chilled water systems.
Product range
551 series DISCAL deaerator for horizontal pipes with drain
sizes 3/42
551 series DISCAL deaerator for horizontal pipes, compact version
sizes 3/4
551 series DISCAL deaerator for horizontal pipes with olive connections, compact version
sizes compression ends for 22 copper pipe
551 series DISCAL deaerator for horizontal pipes with flanged connections and pre-formed insulation with drain
sizes DN 50DN 150
551 series DISCAL deaerator for horizontal pipes with weld ends and pre-formed insulation with drain
sizes DN 50DN 150
551 series DISCAL deaerator for vertical pipes, compact version
sizes 3/4, 1
551 series DISCAL deaerator for vertical pipes with olive connections, compact version
sizes 22 with nuts for copper pipe
Technical specifications
series
Materials:
Body:
Internal element:
Float:
Float guide:
Stem:
Float lever:
Spring:
Hydraulic seals:
Drain cock:
Performance:
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
Max. discharge pressure:
Working temperature range:
Connections:
Main:
Drain:
551 threaded
Inner part
Material:
rigid closed cell expanded polyurethane foam
Thickness:
60 mm
Density:
45 kg/m3
Thermal conductivity (ISO 2581):
0,023 W/(mK)
Working temperature range:
0105C
Inner part
Material:
Thickness:
Density: - inner part:
- outer part:
Thermal conductivity (ISO 2581):
External cover
Material:
Thickness:
Reaction to fire (DIN 4102):
Head covers
Heat moulded material:
External cover
Material:
Thickness:
Reaction to fire (DIN 4102):
PS
Dimensions
F
B
A
Code
146
551006
E
F Mass (kg)
205 1/2 1,7
205 1/2 1,7
110
146
166
166
551009
160
1"
2"
130
Mass (kg)
Code
551905
551906
Mass (kg)
A
Code
22
551902
2,05
2,05
2,05
BI-DIRECTIONAL
Tmax 105C
Pmax 10 bar
Tmax 110C
Pmax 10 bar
Tmax 105C
Pmax 10 bar
BI-DIRECTIONAL
Tmax 110C
Pmax 10 bar
38415.01
38415.01
Code
551003 3/4"
Mass (kg)
78
55
143
162
0,9
G
B
B
E
Code
Code
551002 22
1" 28,5
1" 30,5
Code
F
E
D
A
B
551053 DN 50 260 374 506 169
551063 DN 65 260 374 506 169
551083 DN 80 366 435 595 219
551103 DN 100 366 435 595 219
1 20,0
1 21,0
1" 48,5
1" 53,5
1 35,0
1 38,0
G Mass (kg)
1" 15,5
1" 15,5
G Mass (kg)
1" 09,3
1" 09,4
Mass (kg)
Size
DN 50
DN 65
DN 80
DN 100
DN 125
DN 150
97
55
143
162
0,9
Volume (l)
18
18
52
52
Velocity
Cavitation micro-bubbles
Micro-bubbles develop where the fluid velocity is very high with the
corresponding reduction in pressure.
These points are
typically the pump
impeller and the
regulating valve
seating. These air
and vapour
Implosions
micro-bubbles, the
Seat-obturator
formation of which
distance
Cavitation
is enhanced in
micro-bubbles
the case of non
Pressure
Velocity
de-aerated water,
may subsequently
implode due to
Fluid vapour
the cavitation
pressure
phenomenon.
Pressure
Absolute pressure
The deaerator uses the
combined action of several
physical principles. The active
part consists of an assembly of
concentric
metal
mesh
surfaces. These elements
create the whirling movement
required to facilitate the release
of micro-bubbles and their
adhesion to these surfaces.
The bubbles, fusing with each
other, increase in volume until
the hydrostatic thrust is such as
to overcome the adhesion force to the structure. They rise towards
the top of the unit from which they are released through a
float-operated automatic air release valve.It is designed in such a
way that the direction in which the medium is flowing inside it
makes no difference.
55
3 bar
4 bar
5 bar
6 bar
7 bar 8 bar
100
120
50
45
40
2 bar
35
30
25
1 bar
20
15
10
5
0
0
20
40
60
80
140
160
180
Water temperature C
Boiler micro-bubbles
Micro-bubbles are formed continuously on the surface separating
the water from the combustion chamber due to the fluid
temperature. This air, carried by the water, collects in the critical
points of the circuit from where it must be removed. Some of this air
is reabsorbed in the presence of colder surfaces.
Flame temperature
1000C
Combustion chamber
wall
Boundary layer
FLAME
WATER
Micro-bubbles
Wall temperature
160C
Boundary layer
temperature 156C
Average water
temperature 70C
2
4
A
1
B
Air separation efficiency
Construction details
The automatic air vent is located at the top of the unit and is
equipped with a long chamber for the floating action. This feature
prevents the impurities present in the water from reaching the seal
seat.
The construction of the DISCAL deaerator allows it to be
maintained and cleaned without removing the device from the
system. Note the following:
1 bar
2 bar
3 bar
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
1200
Tme
(s)
25
No.
of
recirc.
1100
900
1000
20
700
600
800
15
V = 1 m/s - T = constant
10
500
400
300
200
0
100
DN 150
DN 125
DN 100
DN 80
DN 65
1 1/2"
2
DN 50
1 1/4"
Vertical version
1"
400
3/4"
p (mm w.g.)
22 - 3/4" - 1
p (kPa)
4
350
3,5
300
250
2,5
200
180
160
140
1,8
1,6
1,4
120
1,2
100
90
80
70
0,9
0,8
0,7
60
0,6
0,5
50
45
40
0,45
0,4
35
0,35
30
0,3
25
0,25
0,2
20
22 - 3/4
3/4
22 - 3/4 - 1
180
1 1/4 1 1/2
0,1
200
140
160
120
100
70
80
90
60
50
25
35
40
45
30
18
20
14
16
12
7
8
9
10
3,5
4
4,5
2,5
1,8
0,5
DN
1,4
1,6
0,12
1,2
12
10
0,7
0,8
0,9
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,6
18
16
14
G (m3/h)
Hydraulic characteristics
22 (551002)
3/4" (551003)
Insulation
Vertical version
Kv (m3/h)
10,0
16,2
DN
Kv (m3/h)
DN 50
75,0
DN 65
150,0
17,0
DN 80
180,0
28,1
DN 100
280,0
48,8
63,2
DN 125
450,0
70,0
DN 150
720,0
22 - 3/4 - 1
22,7
1,36
DN 50
141,20
8,47
3/4
22,7
1,36
DN 65
238,6
14,32
1
35,18
2,11
DN 80
361,5
21,69
1 1/4
57,85
3,47
DN 100
564,8
33,89
Installation
DISCAL units may be used in both heating and cooling
systems, to ensure the progressive removal of air which is
continuously formed. The units should preferably be installed
after the boiler and on the pump suction side, as these are
the points where the formation of micro-bubbles is greatest.
DISCAL deaerators must be installed in a vertical position,
and preferably:
- upstream of the pump where, due to the high speed of
the medium and the ensuing drop in pressure, air
micro-bubbles develop more easily.
The flow direction of the medium is not important in
DISCAL devices.
In installation sites where inspection is not possible, it is
recommended that the air vent cap is replaced with a
Caleffi 5620 series hygroscopic safety cap.
CHILLER
1 1/2
90,33
5,42
DN 125
980,0
58,8
2
136,6
8,20
DN 150
1436,6
86,2
Application diagram
P
T
F
A
Shut-off valve
Flow switch
Zone valve
Ball valve
Safety thermostat
Control pocket
Anti-vibration joint
Regulator
Gas filter
Sensor pocket
Gas regulator
Safety valve
Y-strainer
Backflow preventer
Pump
BALLSTOP
Expansion vessel
AUTOFLOW
Thermometer
3-way valve
Flow meter
Differential by-pass
valve
Pressure switch
Temperature probe
P
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
DISCAL 551 series
Deaerator, version with drain. Connections for horizontal pipes 3/4 F (from 3/4 to 2) with union. Drain 1/2 F (with plug).
Brass body. PA66G30 internal element. PP float. Brass float guide and stem. Stainless steel float lever and spring. EPDM
hydraulic seals. Medium water and non-hazardous glycol solutions excluded from the guidelines of EC directive 67/548;
maximum percentage of glycol 50%. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Maximum discharge pressure 10 bar. Working
temperature range 0110C. Patented.
DISCAL 551 series
Deaerator. Flanged connections DN 50 (from DN 50 to DN 150) PN 16; to be coupled with counterflanges EN 1092-1. Weld
end connections DN 50 (from DN 50 to DN 150). Drain 1 M (with plug). Epoxy resin coated steel body. Stainless steel
internal element. EPDM hydraulic seals. Medium water and non-hazardous glycol solutions excluded from the guidelines of
EC directive 67/548; maximum percentage of glycol 50%. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Maximum discharge pressure
10 bar. Working temperature range 0110C. Patented.
Complete with:
- automatic air vent: brass body, PP float, brass float guide and stem, stainless steel float lever and spring;
- chrome plated brass drain cock;
- rigid closed cell expanded polyurethane foam insulation for sizes up to DN 100 (closed cell expanded PE-X for DN 125
and DN 150) and embossed unfinished aluminium external cover. Working temperature range 0105C (0-100C for
DN 125 and DN 150).
DISCAL 551 series
Deaerator, compact version. Connection for horizontal or vertical pipes with compression ends for 22 copper pipe,
threaded connections 3/4 F (and 1) for vertical pipes, threaded connections 3/4 F for horizontal pipes. Brass body.
Stainless steel internal element. PP float. Brass float guide and stem. Stainless steel float lever and spring. EPDM hydraulic
seals. Medium water and non-hazardous glycol solutions excluded from the guidelines of EC directive 67/548; maximum
percentage of glycol 50%. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Maximum discharge pressure 10 bar. Working temperature
range 0110C.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.p.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 Fontaneto dAgogna (NO) Italy Tel. +39 0322 8491 Fax +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2010 Caleffi
CALEFFI
553 - 573 574 series
01061/10 GB
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
FM 21654
Function
The automatic filling unit is a device consisting of a pressure
reducing valve with compensated seat, an inlet strainer, a shut-off
valve and a check valve.
It is installed on the water inlet pipe in sealed heating systems and
its main function is to maintain the pressure of the system stable at
a set value, automatically topping up with water as required.
This product has the characteristic of being pre-adjustable,
which means that it can be adjusted at the required pressure
value before the system filling phase.
After installation, during the filling or topping-up phase, feed will
stop when the set pressure is reached.
Two pre-assembled versions are also available, complete with
shut-off valves and different upstream backflow preventers,
depending on the hazard level of the water inside the system.
Reference documentation
- Tech. Broch. 01008 Backflow preventer, 573 series
- Tech. Broch. 01022 Backflow preventer, 574 series
Product range
Code 553540
Code 553640
Code 573001
Code 574000
Filling unit with pressure gauge connection and pressure setting indicator
Filling unit with pressure gauge and pressure setting indicator
Charging unit with pressure gauge, complete with 573 series CAa-BA type ckflow preventer and shut-off valves
Charging unit with pressure gauge, complete with 574 series BA-BA type ckflow preventer, strainer and shut-off valves
size 1/2
size 1/2
size 1/2
size 1/2
Technical specifications
Code
Materials (code 553540/640 only)
Body:
Cover:
Control stem:
Moving parts:
Seals:
Strainer:
Shut-off valves:
Performance
Max. inlet pressure:
Setting range:
Factory setting:
Indicator accuracy:
Max. working temperature:
Pressure gauge range:
Filter mesh size :
Medium:
Connections
Inlet:
Outlet:
Pressure gauge:
553540
553640
573001
574000
16 bar
0,24 bar
1,5 bar
0,15 bar
65C
04 bar
0,28 mm
water
10 bar
0,24 bar
1,5 bar
0,15 bar
65C
04 bar
upstream strainer: 0,47 mm
unit strainer: 0,28 mm
water
10 bar
0,24 bar
1,5 bar
0,15 bar
65C
04 bar
upstream strainer: 0,4 mm
unit strainer: 0,28 mm
water
1/2 F
1/2 F
-
1/2 F
1/2 F
-
Dimensions
0
CA
LEF
FI
CA
LEF
FI
3
CA
LEFF
I
C
F
F G Mass (kg)
Code A
B
C
D
E
573001 1/2" 335 40 87 101,5 122 213 2,2
Construction details
2
3
bar
F G Mass (kg)
Code A
B
C
D
E
574000 1/2" 382 40 80 101,5 164 218 1,9
Obturator guide
In order to
reduce the
frictional
surfaces, the
obturator
stem guide
has been
positioned in the upper part of the device.
It consists of four spokes directly stamped on
the plastic central support.
Pre-adjustment
This model is provided with a pressure
adjustment indicator, which facilitates
setting operations. The system filling
pressure may be set by turning the
regulating screw, even before the system
charging phase begins.
G
B
D
C
Code
A
B
E Mass (kg)
553540 1/2" 122 50 101,5 0,62
553640 1/2" 122 152 50 101,5 0,70
CALEFFI
Non-sticking materials
The central support containing
moving parts and the internal
sliding compensation piston is
made using plastic with a low
adhesion
coefficient.
This
solution minimises the chance of
scale forming, the major cause
of malfunctions.
Diaphragm-seat
seal
The
useful
working surface
of the diaphragm
is particularly large, in order to guarantee greater precision and
sensitivity when working with minimum pressure differences. This
feature is also useful for giving greater force to the sliding of the
piston and overcoming friction.
In view of the low flow rates involved,
the filling unit seat has been
designed with the smallest possible
diameter.
This factor, combined with the
extended surface of the diaphragm,
creates an optimum dimensional
ratio for a piece of equipment which
must
maintain
its
operating
characteristics unchanged over time.
Code 553540
use
in
Code 574000
Charging unit code 574000 is composed of:
573 series
574 series
slight health risk due to the presence of one or more harmful substances.
Installation
Maintenance
The following steps are necessary for the cleaning, inspection and
replacement of the entire regulating cartridge:
Application diagram
P
T
0
4
C
ELA
IFF
F
A
1
0
4
3-way cock
Shut-off valve
Pump
Ball valve
AUTOFLOW
P
Temperature gauge
BALLSTOP
Temperature probe
Safety thermostat
Pressure switch
C
ELA
IFF
Anti-vibration joint
Control pocket
Gas filter
Flow switch
Regulator
Gas regulator
Zone valve
Expansion vessel
Air separator
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
Code 553540 and 553640
Pre-adjustable filling unit. Threaded connections 1/2 M with union x 1/2 F. Brass body and internal moving parts. Glass nylon
cover. Sliding surfaces in anti-scale plastic. NBR diaphragm and seals. Cartridge removable for maintenance operations.
Maximum working temperature 65C. Maximum inlet pressure 16 bar. Adjustment range 0,24 bar. Pressure indicator for
pre-adjustment of device, accuracy 0,15 bar. Complete with pressure gauge, scale 04 bar (code 553640), pressure gauge
connection 1/4 F (code 553540), shut-off valve, strainer and check valve.
Code 573001
Charging unit with backflow preventer. Connections 1/2 F. Maximum working temperature 65C. Maximum working pressure
10 bar. Complete with: pre-adjustable filling unit, brass body, glass nylon cover, NBR seals, pressure adjustment range
0,24 bar, complete with shut-off valve, strainer and check valve; backflow preventer with non-controllable reduced pressure
zones, CAa type, conforms to EN 14367, with DZR alloy body, NBR seals, complete with collar for fixing to discharge pipe, ball
shut-off valves with brass body, downstream pressure gauge 04 bar.
Code 574000
Charging unit with backflow preventer. Connections 1/2 F. Maximum working temperature 65C. Maximum working pressure
10 bar. Complete with: pre-adjustable filling unit, brass body, glass nylon cover, NBR seals, pressure adjustment range 0,24 bar,
complete with shut-off valve, strainer and check valve; controllable reduced pressure zone backflow preventer, BA type , conforms
to EN 12729, with DZR alloy body, NBR diaphragm and seals, complete with tundish with collar for fixing to discharge piping, ball
shut-off valves with brass body, downstream pressure gauge 04 bar, Y-strainer for backflow preventers.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) ITALY TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2010 Caleffi
CALEFFI
524 series
01063/10
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
FM 21654
Function
The thermostatic mixing valve is used in heating systems with
centralised hot water production.
It is designed to keep the temperature of the mixed water supplied
to the user circuits constant when there are variations in the
temperature of the water contained within the storage.
It is designed for direct connection to the recirculation circuit.
The materials used and high flow rate offered are central factors in
achieving the desired thermal performance and reliability levels.
Product range
524 series Adjustable thermostatic mixing valve for high flow rates
Technical specifications
Materials
Body:
Obturator:
bronze
stainless steel
sizes DN 65 and DN 80
Performance
Adjustment temperature range:
Accuracy:
Factory setting:
Max. working pressure:
Max. inlet temperature:
3653C
2C
48C
10 bar
90C
Flanged connections:
DN 65 and DN 80
DN 65
DN 80
Hydraulic characteristics
Dimensions
p (bar)
1,5
1,0
0,5
p (m w.g.)
A
F
CALEFFI
524
0,2
0,1
0,05
0,02
Code
A
B
524060 DN 65 330
524080 DN 80 355
C
145
155
D
82
92
E
F
G
H
I
Mass (kg)
112 185 121 145 1 1/2
31
124 200 127 155 2
36
Code
524060
524080
DN 65
DN 80
Kv
32
43
100
50
20
10
0,5
0,005
200
Flow rate
(m3/h)
0,01
H
B
Operating principle
RECIRCULATION
HOT
MIXED
COLD
Regulation and recirculation
The check valve (1) prevents undesired circulation from the hot
water storage.
Application diagram
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
524 series
Adjustable thermostatic mixing valve for high flow rates. Flanged connections DN 65 (and DN 80). Bronze body. Adjustment
temperature range 3653C. Accuracy 2. Factory setting 48C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Maximum inlet
temperature 90C.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.p.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 Fontaneto dAgogna (NO) Italy Tel. +39 0322 8491 Fax +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2010 Caleffi
IS
CALEFFI
UNI EN ISO 9001:2000
Cert. n 0003
01064/08 GB
Function
The 520 and 522 series mixing valves are used in systems that
produce hot water for sanitary purposes with a water storage
heater. They are designed to maintain the preset temperature of the
mixed water delivered to the user despite variations in the
temperature of the water contained in the storage.
Product range
520 series Adjustable thermostatic mixing valve
522 series Adjustable thermostatic mixing valve for installations under a water storage heater
Technical specifications
Materials
Body:
Obturator:
Spring:
Sealing elements:
522 series extension:
Performance
Medium:
Max. working pressure (static):
Max. working pressure (dynamic):
water
10 bar
5 bar
5 l/min
Dimensions
B
A
C
A
Code
5204..
5205..
5206..
A
1/2
3/4
1
B
56
61
64
C
96
103
103
D
54
60
55
Weight (kg)
0,38
0,47
0,59
Code
5224..
A
1/2
B
56
C adjustable
105 160
Weight (kg)
0,65
Energy Savings
Hydraulic characteristics
Thermal disinfection
70
60
50
3/4
p (m w.g.)
1,5
15
1,0
10
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
0,05
0,5
40
Kv (m3/h)
1/2
1,30
3/4
1,80
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
50
0,5
10
20
20
10
30
Optimum temperature
for spread of bacteria
0,2
1/2
p (bar)
1
2,75
Operating principle
The regulating element within the thermostatic mixing valve consists of a temperature sensor in contact with the mixed water outlet pipe. By
expanding and contracting, it continuously ensures correct proportioning of the hot and cold water at the inlet, modulating with the obturator
on the cold water. Correct mixing therefore requires the hot and cold water pressures to be balanced.
522 series
520 series
HOT
HOT
MIXED
COLD
MIXED
COLD
COLD
Use
Under standard conditions, Caleffi 520 and 522 series thermostatic
mixing valves can manage reduced flow rates (from 5 l/min).
Instantaneous hot water production
Caleffi 520 and 522 series thermostatic mixing valves must not be
used in combination with boilers with instantaneous hot water
production for sanitary purposes.
Adding them would impair the operation of the boiler.
Temperature setting
The control knob is used to adjust
temperature between 30C and 48C
or from 40C to 60C depending on
the version.
60
40
160
150
Commissioning
The thermostatic mixing valve must be commissioned in
accordance with current regulations and by qualified personnel
using suitable temperature measuring instruments. We recommend
using a digital thermometer for measuring the temperature of the
mixed water.
155
140
145
135
130
125
120
115
105
Centre
distance
boiler mm.
110
Installation
The 520 and 522 series thermostatic mixing valves must be
installed as shown in the diagrams in this leaflet. They can be
installed in any position, horizontally or vertically. The following
marks are indicated on the mixing valve body: hot water inlet,
indicated by a red colour, cold water inlet, indicated by a blue
colour, and mixed water outlet, indicated by the word MIX.
The 522 series is equipped with a telescopic extension on the cold
water inlet line with an adjustable connection centre distance from
105 to 160 mm. This permits fitting directly under the water storage
heater, easily adapting to different models and sizes. On the
extension there is a label showing the reference marks so as to be
able to cut the pipe to size easily.
Check valves
In systems with thermostatic mixing valves, check valves should be
fitted to prevent undesired backflows, as shown in the diagrams in
this leaflet.
Application diagrams
Ball valve
Expansion vessel
5261 Series
Pressure reducing
valve
Y-strainer
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
520 series
Adjustable thermostatic mixing valve. Threaded connections 1/2 F (3/4, 1). Chrome plated brass body. Brass obturator.
Stainless steel spring. EPDM seals. Maximum working pressure (static) 10 bar. Maximum working pressure (dynamic)
5 bar. Maximum working temperature 90C. Maximum inlet pressures ratio 1,1:1. Setting range 3048C (4060C).
Minimum flow rate to ensure the highest performance 5 l/min.
522 series
Adjustable thermostatic mixing valve for installations under a water storage heater. Threaded connections 1/2 M x F. Chrome
plated brass body. Brass obturator. Stainless steel spring. EPDM seals. Maximum working pressure (static) 10 bar. Maximum
working pressure (dynamic) 5 bar. Maximum working temperature 90C. Maximum inlet pressures ratio 1,1:1. Setting range
3048C (4060C). Minimum flow rate to ensure the highest performance 5 l/min. Centre distance between the connections
adjustable from 105 to 160 mm.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2008 Caleffi S.P.A.
CALEFFI
01065/06 GB
Function
The preassembled distribution manifolds are designed to optimize
the distribution of the medium in the circuits of the heating and
air-conditioning systems.
They ensure accuracy in controlling the flow to the single circuits,
cutting them off and reduced depth that, at the time of assembly,
facilitates hooking up with the outlet pipes.
They are also offered in a version complete with hot pre-formed
insulation to limit thermal losses and above all to prevent
condensation on the surface when used in air-conditioning
systems.
Reference documentation
- Tech. Broch. 01042 Thermo-electric actuator 6561 series
- Tech. Broch. 01142 Thermo-electric actuator with manual opening
and position indicator 6563 series
- Tech. Broch. 01041 Automatic flow stabilizers
- Tech. Broch. 01054 Automatic air vent valves 5020 series
Product range
663 series
Preassembled distribution manifold
663... IS series Preassembled distribution manifold for air-conditioning systems
size 1 1/4
size 1 1/4
Technical specifications
Materials:
Flow manifold
- body:
Lockshield valve
- control device upper part
- stem
- seals
- plug
- adjustment key:
Return manifold
- body:
Shut-off valve
- control device upper part: brass EN 12164 CW614N and PA
- obturator stem:
stainless steel
- obturator:
EPDM
- springs:
stainless steel
- seals:
EPDM
- knob:
ABS
End fitting
- body:
Performance:
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
Temperature range:
Main connections:
Centre distance:
Outlets:
Centre distance:
CALEFFI
1 1/4
195
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
1 1/4
Dimensions
CALEFFI
25
CALEFFI
3/4
50
27
L total
6637F5
6637F5 IS
6
370
6,8
6637G5
6637H5
6637G5 IS 6637H5 IS
7
8
420
470
7,4
8,1
6637I5
6637I5 IS
9
550
8,5
6637L5
6637M5
6637N5
6637O5
6637L5 IS 6637M5 IS 6637N5 IS 6637O5 IS
10
11
12
13
600
650
700
750
9,6
10,5
11
11,6
Characteristic components
1 Flow manifold with lockshield valves for flow rate
adjustment
2 Return manifold with shut-off valves fitted for
thermo-electric actuator
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
Construction details
External shape of the manifolds and brackets
Flow manifold
The flow manifold is
equipped with outlet circuit
shut-off
and
setting
lockshield valves.
In order to prevent leaks or
seepage over time, the
assembly seal is guaranteed
by the EPDM O-Rings on the
headwork (1) and on the
control stem (2) while the
O-Ring on the obturator (3)
permits fully closing the
outlet circuit, if necessary.
1
2
3
b
a
c
Return manifold
The partial housing of the pipe in the manifold shaping is moreover
helped by the brackets, made with such an angle as to obtain a
misalignment of 25 mm between the upper and lower manifolds.
As shown in the figure, this misalignment, at the time of installation,
makes a perfect match automatic between the position of the piping
and the shape of the manifold.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
2
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
1
25 mm
4
Pre-formed insulation
5
3
6
The insulation has been specially designed to aid its coupling with
the manifold and any accessories, such as the thermo-electric
actuators, as well as its installation in boxes.
Hydraulic characteristics
In order to determine the hydraulic characteristics of the circuit, it is necessary to calculate the total loss of head suffered by the flow of medium
on passing through the devices forming the manifold assembly and the fan coil circuits.
From a hydraulic point of view, the system composed of the manifold assembly and the circuits can be represented as a set of hydraulic elements
arranged in series and in parallel.
PRM
SV = Shut-off valve
LV = Lockshield valve
P/F = Pipe/Fan coil
PSV
P
PP/T/VF
PTot.
PLV
GTot.
GP/F
PFM
PTot.
PLV
PFM
PP/F
PTot.
PSV
GP/F
GTot.
PLV
PP/F
PRM
PSV
GTot.
GP/F
PFM
PRM
GP/F
(1.1)
When the hydraulic characteristics of each component and the design flow rates are known, the total loss can be calculated as the sum of the
partial losses of head for each specific component of the system, as indicated with the formula (1.1).
P (kPa)
10
600
450
400
350
4,5
4
3,5
300
2,5
250
2,5
0,25
0,2
900
0,1
1000
800
700
600
450
500
400
350
300
250
180
200
160
60
50
140
0,12
120
12
10
90
0,18
0,16
0,14
80
18
16
14
20
60
0,6
45
40
35
0,45
0,4
0,35
30
0,3
25
0,25
18
16
14
0,18
0,16
0,14
12
0,12
0,5
0,2
10
G (l/h)
G (l/h)
Kv
3,10
2,87
Kv0,01
310
287
0,1
4000
0,3
25
50
0,9
0,8
0,7
3500
30
0,5
1,2
90
80
70
3000
0,45
0,4
0,35
120
100
2500
0,6
45
40
35
100
20
60
70
50
0,9
0,8
0,7
1,8
1,6
1,4
1800
1,2
90
80
70
180
160
140
2000
120
200
1600
1,8
1,6
1,4
1400
180
160
140
1200
250
500
900
300
1000
4,5
4
3,5
800
450
400
350
700
600
100
10
9
8
7
9
8
7
200
1000
900
800
700
900
800
700
500
P (kPa)
P (mm w.g.)
600
1000
500
P (mm w.g.)
Kv
33,5*
23,5*
Kv0,01
3350*
2350*
* Average value
Circuit 2
G2 = 300 l/h
PF 2 = 3 kPa
PPipe 2 = 7,8 kPa
PP/F2 = 7,8 + 3 = 10,8 kPa
Circuit 3
G3 = 400 l/h
PF 3 = 5,3 kPa
PPipe 3 = 7,2 kPa
PP/F3 = 7,2 + 5,3 = 12,5 kPa
(1.2)
PLV
PP/F
PSV
PFM
PRM
=
=
=
=
=
} Values obtained by neglecting the changes due to flow rate to the single branched circuits.
Note:
Because of the low head losses for the manifolds, the two terms relating to them can be neglected.
In general, the total head loss is reasonably approximate to that of the circuit composed of the piping, fan coil and lockshield valve fully open.
(1.3)
In all the circuits the lockshield, for the flow rate GCircuit,
must provide an additional loss of head equal to the
difference, which we can indicate as PLV (p lockshield).
SV
PCircuit
PTot.
Once we know the data PLV and GCircuit for each circuit, we
need to go to the graph of hydraulic characteristics of the
lockshield valve and choose the optimum adjustment
curve to which the valve adjustment position corresponds.
PMost disadvantaged
circuit
PLV
LV
Example of adjustment
Suppose we need to balance three circuits with the characteristics of loss of head and flow rate for the pipe/fan coil shown in the example (1.2):
Since circuit No. 3 is the most disadvantaged one, because it has the greatest loss of head for the pipe/fan coil, we need to adjust the remaining
circuits:
Circuit 3
PP/F = 12,5 kPa
G3 = 400 l/h
Circuit 1
PP/F = 3 kPa
G1 = 200 l/h
most disadvantaged
Circuit 2
PP/F = 10,8 kPa
G2 = 300 l/h
P1
P
P2
PLV1
Most disadvantaged
circuit
P3
PLV2
PCircuit 16 kPa
+ disadvantaged
3000
30
2500
25
2000
20
1800
1600
1400
1,5
2,5
18
16
14
3,5 4 F. O.
1200
12
1000
900
800
700
9
8
7
600
500
10
450
400
350
4,5
4
3,5
300
250
2,5
200
180
160
140
1,8
1,6
1,4
120
1,2
100
90
80
70
0,9
0,8
0,7
60
0,6
50
1800
2000
1600
1400
900
1200
800
1000
700
600
450
400
500
350
300
250
180
160
200
140
120
80
90
100
70
60
40
45
50
35
30
25
20
18
0,5
16
Circuit 3
Adjustment position fully open
50
45
40
35
14
Circuit 2
PLV2 = 16 - 11,9 = 4,1 kPa
G2 = 300 l/h
Nr. of turns of adjustment = 3
P (kPa)
4500
4000
3500
12
Circuit 1
PLV1 = 16 - 3,5 = 12,5 kPa
G1 = 200 l/h
Nr. of turns of adjustment = 2
P (mm w.g.)
5000
10
G (l/h)
P (mm w.g.)
P (kPa)
5000
50
4500
4000
3500
45
40
35
3000
30
2500
25
2000
20
1800
1600
1400
1,5
1200
2,5
18
16
14
3,5 4 F. O.
12
1000
900
800
700
9
8
7
600
10
500
450
400
350
4,5
4
3,5
300
250
2,5
200
180
160
140
1,8
1,6
1,4
120
1,2
100
90
80
70
0,9
0,8
0,7
60
0,6
0,5
1800
2000
1600
1400
1200
900
1000
800
700
600
450
500
400
350
300
250
180
200
160
140
90
120
50
100
80
70
60
45
40
35
30
25
18
20
16
14
10
12
50
Adjustment position
1,5
2,5
3,5
F.O.
Kv
0,22
0,53
0,90
1,50
2,30
2,90
3,10
22
53
90
150
230
290
310
Kv0,01
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
663 series
Preassembled distribution manifold for heating systems with 3 (from 3 to 13) outlets. Brass body. Seals of EPDM. Head
connections 1 1/4 (1 with reduction as standard) threaded F, centre distance 195 mm. Outlet connections 3/4 M - 18,
centre distance: 50 mm. Medium: water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol: 30%. Maximum working
pressure: 10 bar. Temperature range: 5100C. Composed of:
- Flow manifold with lockshield valves with 5 full turns of adjustment.
- Return manifold, with shut-off valves fitted for thermo-electric actuator.
- End fittings composed of union with double radial connection and plugs.
- Pair of brackets.
- Reduction 1 1/4 M x 1 F.
663 IS series
Preassembled distribution manifold for air-conditioning systems, with hot pre-formed insulation, with 3 (from 3 to 13)
outlets. Brass body. Seals of EPDM. Head connections 1 1/4 (1 with reduction as standard) threaded F, centre distance
195 mm. Outlet connections 3/4 M - 18, centre distance 50 mm. Medium: water and glycol solutions. Maximum
percentage of glycol: 30%. Maximum working pressure: 10 bar. Temperature range: 5100C. Composed of:
- Flow manifold with lockshield valves with 5 full turns of adjustment.
- Return manifold, with shut-off valves fitted for electro-thermal control.
- End fittings composed of union with double radial connection and plugs.
- Pair of brackets.
- Reduction 1 1/4 M x 1 F.
- Hot pre-formed shell insulation made of expanded PE-X with closed cells.
10
11
40
60
60
20
80
CALEFFI
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
40
60
20
60
20
CALEFFI
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
80
14
13
40
20
0
12
19
18
22
1) Flow manifold with lockshield valve to adjust flow rate, 6631 series
2) Return manifold with shut-off valves fitted for thermo-electric
actuator, 6630 series
3) End fittings composed of union with double radial connection and
plugs, 5994 series
4) Pair of brackets fastening to the box, 658 series
5) Reduction 1 1/4 M x 1 F, 3642 series
6) Hot pre-formed shell insulation (version with insulation) 663 IS series
7) Ball shut-off valves, 391 series
8) Autoflow, 120 series
9) Filter, 120 series
10) Thermo-electric actuator, 6560 - 6561 series
11) Thermo-electric actuator with manual opening and position
indicator, 6563 series
20
21
17
16
23
15
Technical specifications
body:
nuts:
18 pipe with plate:
check valve obturator:
spring:
seals:
gaskets:
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
Temperature range:
Fixed pressure setting:
137150
Materials: -
Dimensions
B
C
3/8 M
1/2 M
B
3/8"
A
1/2"
Code
663000
C
35
Weight (kg)
0,3
Principle of operation
The by-pass valve contains a non-return
obturator connected to a contrast spring.
When the fixed setting pressure is reached, the
valve obturator gradually opens, recirculating
the flow in proportion to the closing of the
thermo-electric valves and maintaining a
constant differential pressure in the manifold
circuit.
Hydraulic characteristics
By-pass pressure differential:
P (mm w.g.)
P (kPa)
10000
Construction details
100
9000
8000
7000
90
80
70
6000
60
50
5000
45
40
35
3000
30
2500
25
20
2000
1800
1600
1400
18
16
14
1200
12
1000
700
800
900
600
500
350
400
450
300
250
180
200
140
160
100
50
120
10
70
80
90
1000
60
4500
4000
3500
Q (l/h)
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 663000
By-pass eccentric kit with fixed setting. Threaded connections 3/8 M x 1/2 M. Brass body and nuts. 18 pipe with plate in
copper. POM check valve obturator, stainless steel spring, EPDM seals, asbestos-free fibre gaskets. Medium: water and glycol
solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol: 30%. Maximum working pressure: 10 bar. Temperature range: -10110C.
Fixed pressure setting: 20 kPa.
6561
Thermo-electric actuator.
For manifolds 663 series.
Normally closed.
Code
Voltage (V)
230
224
656102
656104
6561
Thermo-electric actuator.
For manifolds 663 series.
Normally closed.
With auxiliary microswitch.
Code
Technical specifications
self-extinguishing polycarbonate
(codes 656102/04) white RAL 9010
(codes 656112/14) grey RAL 9002
Normally closed
Electric supply:
Starting current:
Working current:
Voltage (V)
230
224
656112
656114
6563
Thermo-electric actuator.
For manifolds 663 series.
Normally closed.
Code
656302
656304
Voltage (V)
230
224
6563
Thermo-electric actuator.
For manifolds 663 series.
Normally closed.
With auxiliary microswitch.
Code
656312
656314
Technical specifications
self-extinguishing polycarbonate
(codes 656302/04) white RAL 9010
(codes 656312/14) grey RAL 9002
Normally closed
Electric supply:
Starting current:
Working current:
Voltage (V)
230
224
The thermo-electric actuator 6563 series is equipped with a control knob for manual opening, valve opening/closing indicator and a device
for returning to automatic operation from the manual position when the electricity supply is restored.
The control knob for manual opening and the
automatic return from the manual to the automatic
position is particularly useful when testing or
servicing the system if:
- hydraulic tests need to be carried out without
having necessarily to connect and power up the
controls.
- the knob is left on the manual position at the end
of the tests. In this case the control automatically
goes back onto automatic operation when the
system is electrically put into operation.
120961
120961
120961
120961
120961
120961
120961
1L2
1L4
1L6
1L8
2L0
2L2
2L5
1 F x 1 1/4 M
1 F x 1 1/4 M
1 F x 1 1/4 M
1 F x 1 1/4 M
1 F x 1 1/4 M
1 F x 1 1/4 M
1 F x 1 1/4 M
1,20
1,40
1,60
1,80
2,00
2,25
2,50
Code
120971
120971
120971
120971
120971
120971
120971
1L2
1L4
1L6
1L8
2L0
2L2
2L5
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
1,20
1,40
1,60
1,80
2,00
2,25
2,50
Technical specifications
Thermometer scale:
Max. working pressure:
Max. working temperature:
p Range:
Accuracy:
080C - 40 mm
25 bar
110C
14220 kPa
5%
120961 000
Code
1 F x 1 1/4 M
120971 000
Thermometer scale:
Max. working pressure:
Max. working temperature:
Filter mesh :
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
080C - 40 mm
25 bar
110C
0,87 mm
Manifolds
6630
Technical specifications
Materials:
Return manifold
- body:
brass EN 1982 CB753S
Shut-off valve
- control device upper part:
brass
EN 12164 CW614N and PA
- obturator stem:
stainless steel
- obturator:
EPDM
- springs:
stainless steel
- seals:
EPDM
- knobs:
ABS
Code
663030
663040
663050
663060
663070
663080
1
1
1
1
1
1
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
F
F
F
F
F
F
x
x
x
x
x
x
3
4
5
6
7
8
Outlets
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
M
M
M
M
M
M
Flow manifold
- body:
6631
Flow manifold with lockshield valves.
Code
663130
663140
663150
663160
663170
663180
1
1
1
1
1
1
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
F
F
F
F
F
F
x
x
x
x
x
x
3
4
5
6
7
8
Outlets
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
M
M
M
M
M
M
Lockshield valve
- control device upper part:
brass
EN 12164 CW614N
- obturator stem: brass EN 12164 CW614N
- seals:
EPDM
- plug:
self-extinguishing polycarbonate
Max working pressure:
Temperature range:
10 bar
5100C
Main connections:
Outlets:
Outlet centre distance:
1 1/4 F x M
3/4 M - 18
50 mm
Shut-off valves
Mounting brackets
391
658
Pair of mounting brackets for use with
boxes 659 series or direct fixing.
Complete with screws and fixings.
391167
391177
Kv (m3/h)
1 x 1 1/4
1 1/4 x 1 1/4
Code
47,5
47,5
391
Pair of ball valves.
Female - male connections with union.
With thermometer connection.
Max. working pressure: 10 bar.
Max. working temperature: 100C.
59575
Kv (m /h)
Code
391067
391077
1 x 1 1/4
1 1/4 x 1 1/4
47,5
47,5
Code
59575
3/8 M
End fittings
5996
337
Code
599671
337131
3/8 M
1 1/4
5996
End fitting composed of union with
double radial connection, 5994 series,
with automatic air vent valve, 337 series
and drain cock, 538 series.
Max. working pressure: 6 bar.
Max. working temperature: 85C.
Drain cock
538
Drain cock
with hose connection and cap.
Max. working pressure: 10 bar.
Max. working temperature: 110C.
Code
Code
599672
1 1/4
538400
1/2 M
Fittings
680
679
Code
680502
680503
680500
680501
680506
680515
680517
680524
680526
680535
680537
680544
680546
680555
680564
680505
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
inside
outside
17,518,0
8,519,
19,019,5
19,510.0
19,510.0
10,511.0
10,511.0
11,512.0
11,512.0
12,513.0
12,513.0
13,514.0
13,514.0
14,515.0
15,516
17
1214
1214
1416
1214
1416
1416
1618
1416
1618
1618
1820
1618
1820
1820
1820
22,50
347
Code
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
Code
679514
679524
679525
679544
679564
679565
679566
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
14x2
16x2
16x2,25
18x2
20x2
20x2,25
20x2,5
679
Case kit to calibrate multilayer pipes
before use with fittings 679 series.
Code
347510
347512
347514
347515
347516
347518
10
12
14
15
16
18
679000
679001
679002
679003
679004
679006
679007
679008
679005
Set calibrators
calibrator 14x2
calibrator 16x2
calibrator 16x2,25
calibrator 18x2
calibrator 20x2
calibrator 20x2,25
calibrator 20x2,5
handle for calibrator
386
Screw plug with nut, for manifold
outlets.
Pipe
Code
386500
3/4
Pipe clamp
Nut
Hose connection
Manifold or valve
connection
Box
5902
659
Code
Code
Useful dim. (h x b x d)
590204
590206
590208
590210
450
450
450
450
x
x
x
x
1400
1600
1800
1000
x
x
x
x
659040
659060
659080
659100
659120
110140
110140
110140
110140
x
x
x
x
x
1400
1600
1800
1000
1200
x
x
x
x
x
110140
110140
110140
110140
110140
660
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
450
450
450
450
450
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
(h x b x d)
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
L total
Code
40
40
60
20
0
225
80
60
20
0
80
95
660040
660060
660080
660100
660120
for
for
for
for
for
659040
659060
659080
659100
659120
Application diagrams
RT
RT
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
60
20
CALEFFI
80
CALEFFI
RT
RT
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
60
20
CALEFFI
80
CALEFFI
CHILLER
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
Distribution manifolds
with pre-formed insulation
series 650
cert. n 0003
01067/03 GB
ISO 9001
Function
This manifold has been designed specifically for heating and
air conditioning systems, for the distribution of hot or cold fluids. It is
provided with pre-formed insulation, whose shape and dimensions
prevent not only heat loss but also condensing on the metal surfaces.
The tight sealing of the insulation is an essential factor in
preventing damp air from passing from the atmosphere to the
surface of the manifold and forming condensation. For this reason,
this solution is considerably more efficient than the traditional
polyurethane foam. It is also simpler to check the hydraulic seals
and carry out any maintenance work that may be required.
Technical specification:
CALEFFI
Material:
Manifold connections:
Branch connections:
Branch centre distance:
Manifold internal diameter:
Dimensions
Hydraulic characteristics
Localized loss factor of inlet connections:
Localized loss factor of branches:
1,0
3,0
Characteristics of insulation
Hot pre-formed insulation, can be sealed with glue (615500).
Material:
Thickness:
Density:
Thermal conductivity (UNI 7745):
cross-linked PE expanded
20 mm
33 kg/m3
0C 0,038 W/mK
40C 0,045 W/mK
Steam diffusion resistance factor (DIN 52615):
> 1300
Temperature range:
- 40 95C
Fire resistance (D.M. 26/06/84):
class 1
Code
Branches
650722
1 1/4"
180
100
60
3/4"
80
650732
1 1/4"
240
100
60
3/4"
80
650742
1 1/4"
300
100
60
3/4"
80
Application diagram
CHILLER
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Manifold series 650
Single manifold in cast brass for heating and air conditioning systems. Manifold connections 1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M.
Number of branches 2 (or 3 or 4); connection 3/4 M 18, centre distance 60 mm. Complete with
heat-formed cross-linked PE expanded shell insulation.
Accessories
347
Compression connection for
copper pipe, with O-Ring seal.
5994/5995
Single end connection and
with double radial connection.
680
Self-adjusting diameter
fitting for plastic pipes,
single and multi-layer.
392
Connection with thermometer.
5991/5993
Connection and end plug.
615500
Sealant for insulation.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
ISO 9001
01069/01 GB
replaces 01069/00 GB
Function
The set point regulating unit carries out the function of maintaining
the fluid flow temperature constant at the input value when
distributed in a low temperature system with underfloor radiant
panels.
The unit is preassembled with distribution manifolds and is housed
in a casing enclosure which guarantees functional simplicity, safety
and ease of installation.
- Pipe material:
- Setting range:
- Factory setting:
- Level of protection:
- Setting range:
- Max. primary input temp.:
- Max. pressure:
- Differential by-pass regulation:
- Thermometers:
180 mm
1 1/2 with union
1 1/4 with union
1 with union
3/4 M
555C
50C
IP 40
Yellow/Green
C Blue
1 Brown
2 Black
Electrical connections
+C
- Contacts rating:
- Contacts rating:
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
1200
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
60
20
80
40
60
20
80
13 outlets
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
450
205
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
60
10 outlets
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
20
0
6 outlets
1000
3 outlets
800
600
Dimensions
CALEFFI
ATTENZIONE:
Il circolatore
deve essere
installato
CALEFFI
seguendo
il senso
di flusso
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
CALEFFI
8
10
8
6
4
2
0
6
4
2
0
40
CALEFFI
1606C1
3
590
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
CALEFFI
8
10
8
6
4
2
0
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
CALEFFI
8
10
8
6
4
2
0
6
4
2
0
40
CALEFFI
80
CALEFFI
80
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
60
20
CALEFFI
60
20
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
80
CALEFFI
50
35
Code
Outlets
A
10
8
6
4
2
0
60
20
CALEFFI
80
310
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
60
20
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
1606D1
4
640
1606E1
5
690
1606F1
6
740
1606G1
7
790
1606H1
8
840
1606I1
9
915
1606L1
10
965
60
150190
1606M1
11
1015
1606N1
12
1065
1606O1
13
1115
Functional scheme
Thermostatic valve
Calibration valve
20 50C
9
ST
60 95C
System pump
By-pass valve
Shut-off valve
Check valve
Safety sensor
Safety thermostat
ST
Thermometer
Pressure tapping
Manual air vent
Operating principle
40
SYSTEM
RETURN
60
20
80
45
50
55
ATTENZIONE:
Il circolatore
deve essere
installato
seguendo
il senso
di flusso
40
60
20
FLOW TO
SYSTEM
FLOW FROM
BOILER
80
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
Hydraulic characteristics
THERMOSTATIC VALVE
50
20
10
5
2
1
5000
3500
4000
4500
3000
2500
2000
100
G (l/h)
kv (2K) = 0,82
kv (1K) = 0,42
1800
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1400
1600
0.18
0.16
0.14
0.12
900
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
1200
0.1
0.45
0.4
0.35
0.3
0.25
800
0.2
9
8
7
6
1000
0.5
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
700
18
16
14
12
600
7 TA
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
500
5 5,5 6
45
40
35
30
25
350
400
450
10
300
20
p (kPa)
2
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
250
180
900
p (m w.g.)
1000
800
700
600
500
350
400
450
300
250
140
160
180
200
100
120
90
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
80
.18
.16
.14
.12
70
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
60
.45
.4
.35
.3
.25
CALIBRATION VALVE
200
9
8
7
6
50
140
160
.9
.8
.7
.6
20
.1
18
16
14
12
50
.2
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
35
40
45
.5
45
40
35
30
25
30
p (kPa)
2K
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
25
1K
120
p (m w.g.)
G (l/h)
System sizing
The nominal incoming flow from the boiler circuit is calculated using
the following equation (see scheme 1):
Gc = Gs (Tm-Tr) / (Tc-Tr)
Gc
Gs
Tm
Tr
Tc
=
=
=
=
=
Practical method
With reference to the operating temperature conditions of the boiler
circuit and the system, the calibration valve must be gradually closed
until the set temperature imposed by the thermostatic valve is
reached on the unit flow delivery thermometer.
This balances the amount of fluid passing respectively through the
thermostatic valve and the calibration valve itself under the rated
conditions.
Reference table
Gc
Tc
Tm
pV
Gs
The table below can be used as a guide for setting the calibration
valve. It takes account of the main parameters which interact when
the system is operating under steady state conditions.
H
VB
H=0
Tc
(C)
Tm
(C)
Tr
(C)
VB
(n giri)
Gs
(l/h)
ps
(kPa)
P max
(kW)
70
35
30
6,5
1850
15
10
70
40
33
5,5
1500
15
12
70
45
35
4,0
1150
15
13
70
50 ( - 2 )
38
3,5
1150
15
16
70
30
6,5
2750
25
16
70
35
50
40
33
5,5
2000
25
16
70
45
35
4,5
1550
25
18
70
50 ( - 2 )
38
4,5
1800
25
25
ps
Tr
+0
+0
Example
Tm = 40C
Pump 1
SCHEME 1
Pump 2
where:
50
Tr = 33C
Tc = 70C
Gs = 2000 l/h
H (kPa)
60
80
Pump 1
50
60
30
50
20
40
10
0
Pump 2
70
40
30
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
G (l/h)
20
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
G (l/h)
Applications schemes
Shut-off valve
Thermostatic valve
RT
Manual valve
3-way zone valve
Pump
RT
Room thermostat
Check valve
RT
Autoflow
Filter
Hydraulic separator
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
ATTENZIONE:
Il circolatore
deve essere
installato
CALEFFI
seguendo
il senso
di flusso
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
60
20
CALEFFI
80
CALEFFI
Air separator
RT
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
ATTENZIONE:
Il circolatore
deve essere
installato
CALEFFI
seguendo
il senso
di flusso
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
60
20
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
80
RT
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
ATTENZIONE:
Il circolatore
deve essere
installato
CALEFFI
seguendo
il senso
di flusso
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
60
20
CALEFFI
80
CALEFFI
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
Series 160 set point regulating unit
Set point thermal regulating unit with brass and polished copper piping. Connections to primary circuit 1 with union.
Primary max. temperature 100C, max. pressure 10 bar. Complete with: template for insertion of circulator, max.
outlets centres 180 mm, connections 1 1/2 with union. Thermostatic valve with remote sensor, setting range
2050C. Calibration valve. Differential by-pass valve, range of calibration 0,10,6 bar. Ball valve with built-in stop.
Safety thermostat, setting range 555C, factory calibration 50C, protection to IP 40. Thermometers scale 080C.
Tappings for connection to pressure gauge. Flow and return manifolds with 3 (from 3 to 13) outlets complete with
micrometric preregulating valves, shut-off valves suitable for thermo-electric control heads and automatic air vent
units. Supplied pre-assembled in pre-coated sheet steel casing with lock.
S.S. 229 Km 26,5 I - 28010 Fontaneto dAgogna (NO) Tel. Int. +39 0322 8491 Fax +39 0322 863723
Http://www.calef fi.com E-mail:info@calef fi.it
Zone valves
CALEFFI
series 676
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01072/02 GB
Function
Zone valves are used to control the thermal carrier fluid in heating
and air-conditioning systems. Coupled with a thermo-electric
actuator and managed by a room thermostat, they allow automatic
on/off control of the part of the hydraulic circuit on which they are
inserted.
Their special feature is their low flow rate coefficient and they can
therefore be installed to control small areas or used directly on the
emitters.
Product range
Zone valves are available in the following configurations:
Series 676
Series 677
Series 678
2-way
3-way
4-way
220 V / 24 V
220 V / 24 V
Technical specification
Actuator with auxiliary microswitch
Valves
Materials: -
body:
obturator:
control spindle:
hydraulic seals:
- Medium:
- Max. percentage of glycol:
-
Temperature range:
Max. pressure:
Max. pressure differential:
Connections:
Bottom 3-way connection:
Reference documentation
For further details of the characteristics of series 656 thermo-electric
actuators, see the following leaflet:
- Thermo-electric actuators
Normally closed
Supply:
220 V o 24 V
Starting current:
220 V = 0,6 A; 24 V = 2 A
Power consumption:
220 V e 24 V = 3 W
Level of protection:
IP44 (in vertical position)
Max. ambient temperature:
50C
Operating time:
opening and closing from 120 s to 180 s
Supply cable length:
80 cm
leaflet 01042
A
A
Dimensions
B
C
B
Code
A
676040 1/2
676050 3/4
676060
1
B
113
113
122
C
41
41
41
D
81
81
81
B
Code
A
677040 1/2 1/2
677050 3/4 1/2
1/2
677060 1
C
113
113
122
D
52
52
52
E
81
81
81
Code
A
678040 1/2
678050 3/4
678060
1
B
113
113
122
C
4963
4963
4963
D
81
81
81
Operating principle
When a room thermostat operates, the thermo-electric actuator
causes the opening or closing of the valve obturator controlling the
thermal carrier fluid.
The actuator operates via a wax expansion thermostat heated up
by a PTC resistor, which automatically limits the current once
reaching regime temperature.
Construction details
Control spindle
The stainless steel control spindle has a double hydraulic seal
consisting of two EPDM O-rings; this means that the upper part of
the unit can be replaced even when the system is operating.
Variable centre distance
The series 678 4-way valve allows for adjustable centre distance
between connections from 49 to 63 mm, permitting direct
connection to twin parallel type manifolds.
Manual opening
The manual knob on the valve can be used for any preliminary
opening/closing operations. It is removed to fit the thermo-electric
actuator by unscrewing the lower metal ring.
The valve, with the servo-actuator fitted, is in the normally closed
position; for manual opening, remove the thermo-electric actuator.
63
49
Locking ring
Hydraulic characteristics
Valves in OPEN position
P (mm w.g.)
P (kPa)
40
4000
2000 1800
18
16
14
12
900
800
700
600
9
8
7
6
400
300
180
160
140
120
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
90
80
70
60
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
10
7000
70
6000
60
2000
1000
0,5
50
50
40
4000
3000
30
1800
1600
18
16
1400
14
1200
12
900
800
1,0
1,0
1,2
1,2
1,2
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
The zone valves must be installed in line with the direction of flow
indicated by the arrow on the valve body.
C A L E F F I
Installation
C A L E F F I
900
C A L E F F I
3,7
3,7
3,7
C A L E F F I
1/23/4-1
pmax *
(bar)
straight by-pass
Kv (m3/h)
C A L E F F I
676
677
678
DN
G (l/h)
C A L E F F I
Series
10
G (l/h)
Thermo-electric
actuators codes:
656102, 656104,
656112, 656114,
+
zone valves
20
1000
800
700
600
450
500
400
350
300
500
250
1800
0,2
2000
1600
1400
1200
900
1000
800
700
600
450
200
500
400
600
350
700
0,3
300
0,4
30
250
40
20
100
5000
200
100
80
500
200
90
8000
20
1600
1400
1200
P (kPa)
10000 9000
30
3000
1000
P (mm w.g.)
L
N
Thermostat
220 V / 50 Hz
24 V / 50 Hz
The valve is installed with the control knob at the top or in the
horizontal position, never upside down.
The 2-way valve cannot be converted into a 3-way valve or vice versa.
2 Blue
3 Watt
1 Brown
3 Black
max. 0,8 A
4 Black
Applications diagrams
RT
Shut-off valve
Manual valve
Electric pump
RT
Room thermostat
Check valve
Insulated manifold
Differential by-pass
Zoned system
RT
RT
CHILLER
Two pipe system
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 676
2-way zone valve. Designed for thermo-electric actuator. Connections 1/2 (from 1/2 to 1) M, with union.
Brass body. Stainless steel control spindle. Control spindle seal with EPDM double O-ring. ABS manual
control knob. Temperature range 095C. Max. working pressure 10 bar. Max. differential pressure 1,2 bar.
Series 677
3-way zone valve. Designed for thermo-electric actuator. Connections 1/2 (from 1/2 to 1) M, with union.
Lower connection 1/2 M, with union. Brass body. Stainless steel control spindle. Control spindle seal with
EPDM double O-ring. ABS manual control knob. Temperature range 095C. Max. working pressure 10 bar.
Max. differential pressure 1,2 bar.
Series 678
4-way zone valve. Designed for thermo-electric actuator. Connections 1/2 (from 1/2 to 1) M, with union.
Brass body. Stainless steel control spindle. Control spindle seal with EPDM double O-ring. ABS manual
control knob. Temperature range 095C. Max. working pressure 10 bar. Max. differential pressure 1,2 bar.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
S.S. 229 Km 26,5 I-28010 Fontaneto dAgogna (NO) Tel. Int. +39 0322 8491 Fax +39 0322 863723
Http://www.calef fi.com E-mail:info@calef fi.it
CALEFFI
01073/01 GB
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
Function
The high temperature fluid distribution kit has been produced for
use in mixed system solutions: radiant panels and radiators in
combination with the low temperature set point regulating unit and
underfloor radiant panel distribution manifolds. The kit has the
function of distributing to the heat emitters a proportion of the high
temperature fluid coming from the boiler primary circuit. It is
supplied complete with fixed rating differential by-pass valve.
This accessory is, in fact, essential in cases where the radiator
circuits are controlled by thermostatic or thermo-electric
valves.
The kit is available in either a separate component version or a
pre-assembled version, with series 160 distribution and set point
regulating unit.
Reference documentation
- Material: -
Manifolds:
brass UNI EN 12165 CW617N
By-pass body:
brass UNI EN 12164 CW614N
Pre-formed 18 mm flared pipe:
copper
Hydraulic seals:
EPDM
B
C
F
160002
2
1
1
1/2
205
164
50
Code
Outlets
A
B
C
D
E
F
10 bar
100C
20 kPa (2000 mm w.g.)
ref. 01069
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
2+11 outlets
3+10 outlets
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
1200
2+7 outlets
3+6 outlets
800
2+3 outlets
1000
Dimensions
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
450
205
CALEFFI
ATTENZIONE:
Il circolatore
deve essere
installato
CALEFFI
seguendo
il senso
di flusso
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
80
CALEFFI
310
A
35
A
60
150190
Code
Radiator outlets
Panel outlets
A
1606I1 002
2
9
1065
Code
Radiator outlets
Panel outlets
A
1606I1 003
3
9
1115
1606L1 003
3
10
1165
P (mm w.g.)
1,0
3,0
P (kPa)
10000
100
9000
8000
7000
90
80
70
6000
60
50
5000
4500
4000
3500
45
40
35
3000
30
2500
25
20
900
800
1000
700
10
600
450
400
500
350
300
250
180
200
160
140
100
50
90
12
120
1200
1000
80
18
16
14
70
1800
1600
1400
60
2000
Q (l/h)
Application diagram
Shut-off valve
Electric pump
RT
Room thermostat
Thermostatic valve
Lockshield valve
Manual valve
RT
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
2-
3W
CALEFFI
65610
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
220 V -
CALEFFI
ATTENZIONE:
Il circolatore
deve essere
installato
CALEFFI
seguendo
il senso
di flusso
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
RT
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 160 (HT)
High temperature set point thermal regulating unit with copper piping and polished surface. Connections to
primary circuit 1 F. Connections to high temperature manifold 1 F with nut. Maximum primary temperature
100C. Maximum pressure 10 bar. Complete with template for insertion of circulator, maximum distance 180 mm,
connections 1 1/2 with nut; thermostatic valve with remote sensor, regulating range 2050C; balancing valve;
differential by-pass valve, setting range 1060 kPa; ball valve with built-in non return valve; safety thermostat,
setting range 555C, factory setting 50C, protection to IP40; thermometers, scale 080C; arrangement for
connection of pressure gauges; 3-outlet flow manifold (3 to 11) connection 3/4 M for panel system circuit,
complete with micrometric preregulation valve and air venting unit; 3-outlet return manifold ( 3 to 11) connection
3/4 M for panel system circuit, complete with shut-off valve arranged for thermo-electric actuator operation and
air balancing unit; 2-outlet return manifold (2 to 3) connection 1/2 F for high temperature circuit, with differential
by-pass valve set at 20 kPa. Supplied pre-assembled in pre-coated sheet steel casing.
Code 160002
2-outlet flow and return manifolds for high temperature circuit. Brass body. Manifold connections 1 M x 1 F.
Outlet connections 1/2 F. Supplied with differential by-pass valve set at 20 kPa.
Code 160003
3-outlet flow and return manifolds for high temperature circuit. Brass body. Manifold connections 1 M x 1 F.
Outlet connections 1/2 F. Supplied with differential by-pass valve set at 20 kPa.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
S.S. 229 Km 26,5 I-28010 Fontaneto dAgogna (NO) Tel. Int. +39 0322 8491 Fax +39 0322 863723
Http://www.calef fi.com E-mail:info@calef fi.it
CALEFFI
series 540
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01074/03 GB
General
Series 540 (97C) fuel shut-off valves are made by Caleffi S.p.A. in
compliance with the essential safety requirements laid down by
directive 97/23/CE of the European Parliament and the Council of
the European Union for harmonisation of member states with
regard to pressurised equipment.
Function
111 5
I.S.P.E.S.L.
Product range
Series 540 Fuel shut-off valve with flanged connections
Dimensions
Technical specification
DN 65 - 80 - 100
1/2 M
aluminium alloy
stainless steel
NBR
Materials: - body:
- spring:
- seals:
With 5 m capillary
0 97C
With 10 m capillary
1 97C
G
60
60
60
Weight (kg)
9,5
9,9
15,5
Operating principle
Sensor pocket
Fluid-dynamic characteristics
Methane at 15C
P (mm w.g.)
P (kPa)
DN 65 DN 80 DN 100
500
450
400
350
4,5
4
3,5
250
2,5
300
200
180
160
140
120
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
90
80
70
60
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
40
35
0,45
0,4
0,35
25
0,25
100
0,5
5045
30
0,3
20
0,2
18
16
14
12
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
8
7
6
0,09
0,08
0,07
0,06
10 9
0,1
54,5
0,05
4
3,5
0,045
0,04
0,035
2,5
0,025
4000
2500
0,02
3000
1400
1600
1800
2000
800
900
1200
700
1000
600
350
400
450
500
300
250
140
160
180
200
120
100
70
80
90
60
50
35
40
45
30
20
10
14
16
18
25
0,03
12
G (m3/h)
Constructional details
LPG at 15C
Reset
P (mm w.g.)
500
a) Wait until the water temperature falls to 10C below the shut-off
temperature (otherwise it will not be possible to reset the device).
200
100
250
2,5
300
3
2
180
160
140
120
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
90
80
70
60
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
40
35
0,45
0,4
0,35
25
0,25
5045
0,5
30
0,3
20
0,2
18
16
14
12
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
8
7
6
0,09
0,08
0,07
0,06
10 9
0,1
54,5
0,05
4
3,5
0,045
0,04
0,035
2,5
0,025
4000
2500
0,02
3000
1400
1600
1800
2000
1200
1000
800
900
700
600
500
350
400
450
300
250
200
140
160
180
120
100
70
80
90
60
50
35
40
45
20
30
25
0,03
14
16
18
12
4,5
4
3,5
10
P (kPa)
DN 65 DN 80 DN 100
450
400
350
G (m3/h)
Size
Methane
LPG
540
540
540
DN 65
DN 80
DN 100
900 - 1.900
1.100 - 2.600
1.900 - 4.500
1.700 - 2.300
1.900 - 2.900
3.400 - 4.600
Certification
CE mark
Series 540 (97C) fuel shut-off valves meet the requirements of
directive 97/23/CE for pressurised equipment (also referred to as
the PED). They are therefore classified in Category IV and granted
the CE mark.
CALEFFI
S.p.A.
origina
le
9
- S.S. 22
gna (NO)
rmici
to d'Ago
nti idrote
Fontane
ILE
28010 enti per impia
MBUSTIB
on
CO
mp
L
Co
DE
VOLA
A. VAL
TAZIONE
TERCETACQUA CALDCCOLTA R
A DI IN
RA
IVE
VALVOLR IMPIANTI ADSECONDO APPLICAT .P.E.S.L.
PE
ATA TECNICHE CNICA I.S
NI
OMOLOG
ARE TE L 6/8/92
CAZIO
SPECIFI2/75 E CIRCOL
8273 DE
1/1
PROT.
DEL DM N. 68/92,
:
RCHIO
: PN 16
A) MARIE: 540
IN
MINALE
MESSI
B) SE ESSIONE NO NALE: DN 65
TURA AM
C) PR METRO NOMI RI DI TARA
D) DIAMPO DEI VALO 100C
94
:
E) CA LLERANZA
NE
IO
TO
AZ
OLOG 98
DI OM
19
CATO del 23-10CERTIFI
/98
VIC/725
atura: 97
le di tar
ISTITUTO
I.S
SUPERI.P.E.S.L
OR
DipartimE SICUREZZA E PREVENZIO
ento di
LA
NE
BIELLA VORO
- Via Ce
rruti, 7
VERBAL
E
DI INTE DI TARATU
RA
RC
PRESSOETTAZIONE AL BANCO
DI VA
DEL
RACCOL
IL
TA R FABBRICA COMBUST LVOLA
APPLIC - SPECIF NTE SECONDIBILE
ICAZIO
ATIVE
NI TE O
DEL DM
FONTAN
1/12/1 CNICHE
975
ETO D'
AG
OGNA
mina
tura no
gati
i impie
material
izio
le ed i ione ed eserc
ito
lle valvo
ss
ione de ndizioni di pre i con buon es
uz
str
co
1,5
eguit
La co
i per le
stati es della valvola a
ne
no
ido
So
.
a
sono
contatto prova idraulic
a
idi
flu
e
e la
dei
otturator le
o finale
oll
ed
ntr
de
il co
ne fra se izio conserva
erc
guarnizio
bar.
e della prolungato es
ial
ter
Il ma
e in
za.
e anch
tale ch iche di resisten
ist
caratter
Tempera
l
nata da
compag
le.
ZE
lo se ac co pia or igi na e
nea so
iar
la ido ra , ch e la ssibile rilasc
lvo
va
tu
po
La
non
di ta ra
di
rimento
ve rb ale
libretto
di smar
nte al
In caso
rifica di
unitame
ti.
de di ve
ervato
duplica
va cons esibito in se
ale
rb
re
ve
se
Il
per es
le
ra
nt
ce
.
impianto
EN
AVVERT
I S.p.A.
CALEFF e Tecnica
ion
La Direz
............
............
Valvola
............
di
.......
positiva intercettazion
, serie
e
540, DN del combus
VIC/725
tibile
65, certif
/9
La ve rif 8 del 23-10icato I.S ad azione
98.
ica de
.P.
E.S.L.
eseguit
lla ta ra
n
a al ba
tu ra de
nc
97 3
lla va lvo
C, camp o con acqua
la st
l'i nt er
all
at
o di va
ve
lori entro a temperatur a
intercett nt o in ch iu
a di
i quali
azione.
su ra
av
ve
de l di
La tem
sp os iti nuto
pe
vo di
campo ratura di inter
de
ve
valore no i valori amme nto riscontra
ta
ss
minale
ed in
di taratu i in tolleranz rientra nel
accord
a
ra,
ris
dic
petto al
o con qu
hia
III de lla
anto ind rato dal costr
utt
applica Ra cc olt a R
icato ne
tiv
ll'Appen ore
L'inamo e del DM 1/12 - Sp ec ific az
ion i Te dice
/1975.
vibilit de
cn ich e
di ta ra
tu ra lle parti intere
ssate e
A segu
re ali zz
della po
ito del
at
a
m
buon es
ed ian te
sizione
l'identifi
ito de
pi om ba
cazione
seguen
tu ra .
della va lla verifica di
ti da
tar
lvola, ve
a) march ti:
ngono atura, per
io
punzon
b) nume I.S.P.E.S.L.;
ati i
ro della
valvola.
Il Tecn
ico
I.S.P.E.
....
S.L.
I.S.P.E.S.L. mark
The fuel shut-off valve (in our case the valves calibrated to 97C
and 120C) is a component which is I.S.P.E.S.L. approved.
Devices of this type are covered by the following types of document:
The approval certificate is the document issued by the I.S.P.E.S.L.
which attests to the positive result of the tests carried out on the
prototype sample and consequently certifies that the series
in question has been approved.
The document is valid for five years. Every item of the series
covered by the certificate, which is manufactured during the five
years validity period, is approved for an indefinite period.
Installation
Application diagram
Max 0,5 m
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 540, calibrations 97 and 120C
Manual reset fuel shut-off valve. I.S.P.E.S.L. approved. Bearing CE mark as per directive 97/23/CE (calibration 97C).
Positive action (fail-safe). Flanged connections DN 65 (from DN 65 to DN 100), PN 16. Body in aluminium. Sensor
pocket connection 1/2 M. Stainless steel spring. Seals NBR. Capillary length 5 m (or 10 m). Maximum
working temperature (valve side) 50C. Maximum working temperature (sensor side) + 20% of calibrated
temperature. Maximum working pressure (valve side) 50 kPa. Maximum working pressure (sensor side) 12 bar.
Calibration 97C (97 and 120C).
Series 540, calibrations 140 - 160 and 180C
Manual reset fuel shut-off valve. Supplied with declaration of conformity from the manufacturer. Positive action
(fail-safe). Flanged connections DN 65 (from DN 65 to DN 100), PN 16. Body in aluminium. Sensor pocket
connection 1/2 M. Stainless steel springs. Seals NBR. Capillary length 5 m (or 10 m). Maximum working
temperature (valve side) 50C. Maximum working temperature (sensor side) + 20% of calibrated temperature.
Maximum working pressure (valve side) 50 kPa. Maximum working pressure (sensor side) 12 bar. Calibration
140C (140 - 160 and 180C).
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
Hydraulic separator
CALEFFI
548 series
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01076/06 GB
Replaces 01076/05 GB
Function
This device consists of several different functional components,
each of which meets specific requirements, typical of the circuits
used in heating and air-conditioning systems.
Hydraulic separator
To keep connected hydraulic circuits totally independent from
each other.
Dirt remover
To permit the separation and collection of any impurities present
in the circuits. Provided with a valved connection with discharge
piping.
Automatic air vent valve
For automatic venting of any air contained in the circuits.
Provided with a valved connection for maintenance purposes.
Insulation
Flanged and welded versions of separators are supplied
complete with pre-formed shell insulation to ensure perfect heat
insulation when used in both hot and cold water systems.
Reference documentation
- Tech. Broch. 01031 Automatic air vent valve, 501 series
- Tech. Broch. 01054 Automatic air vent valve, 5020 series
Product range
548 series Threaded hydraulic separator with pre-formed insulation
548 series Flanged hydraulic separator with pre-formed insulation
Technical specifications
series
Materials:
- Separator body:
- Automatic air vent body:
- Automatic air vent float:
- Automatic air vent hydraulic seals:
- Drain valve body
- Shut-off valve body:
548 threaded
548 flanged
Performance:
- Medium
- Max. percentage glycol:
- Max. working pressure:
- Temperature range:
Connections:
- Separator:
-
1/2 F
1/2 M
hose connection
E
A
Serie 548
Tmax 120C
Pmax 10 bar
Tmax 105C
Pmax 10 bar
Tmax 105C
Pmax 10 bar
SEPARATORE IDRAULICO
Tmax 120C
Pmax 10 bar
Internal part
- Material:
closed cell expanded PE-X
- Thickness: - threaded
20 mm
- flanged
60 mm
- Density: - internal part:
30 kg/m3
- external part: 50 kg/m3 (threaded), 80 kg/m3 (flanged)
- Thermal conductivity (ISO 2581): - 0C:
0,038 W/(mK)
- 40C:
0,045 W/(mK)
- Coefficient of resistance to the
diffusion of water vapour (DIN 52615):
> 1.300
- Temperature range:
0100C
- Reaction to fire (DIN 4102):
class B2
Dimensions
embossed aluminium
0,7 mm
class 1
Head covers
- Heat moulded material:
B
F
Code
A
548006 1"
548007 1 1/4
548008 1 1/2
Size
Volume (l)
B
C
D
E Weight (kg)
225 195 220 204 2,7
248 225 240 214 3,8
282 235 260 224 5,7
1
1,7
Code
548052
548062
548082
548102
548122
548152
A
DN 50
DN 65
DN 80
DN 100
DN 125
DN 150
B
1 1/4"
1 1/4"
1 1/4"
1 1/4"
1 1/4"
1 1/4"
C
341
341
389
389
374
374
D
330
330
450
450
560
560
E
398
398
440
440
499
499
F Weight (kg)
350 33
350 36
466 49
470 53
635 100
635 105
PS
Operating principle
When a single system contains a primary production circuit, with its
own pump, and a secondary user circuit, with one or more
distribution pumps, operating conditions may arise in the system
whereby the pumps interact, creating abnormal variations in circuit
flow rates and pressures.
The hydraulic separator creates a zone with a low pressure loss,
which enables the primary and secondary circuits connected to it to
be hydraulically independent of each other; the flow in one circuit
does not create a flow in the other if the pressure loss in the
common section is negligible.
In this case, the flow rate in the respective circuits depends
exclusively on the flow rate characteristics of the pumps, preventing
reciprocal influence caused by connection in series.
Therefore, using a device with these characteristics means that the
flow in the secondary circuit only circulates when the relevant pump
is on, permitting the system to meet the specific load requirements
at that time.
Primary
Secondary
Gp
Gs
Gprimary = Gsecondary
Primary
primary
secondary
Secondary
Gp
Gs
Primary
Secondary
Gp
Gs
Construction details
Insulation
Flanged versions separators up to DN 100 are available complete
with the insulation made of a shell in expanded polyurethane foam
coated with an aluminium layer. For threaded and flanged versions
DN 125 and DN 150, insulation is made of a pre-formed shell in
closed cell expanded PE-X.
This insulation ensures not only perfect heat insulation but also the
tightness required to prevent atmospheric water vapour from
entering the unit. For these reasons, this type of insulation can also
be used in cooling water circuits, as it prevents the formation of
condensate on the surface of the valve body.
Hydraulic characteristics
The hydraulic separator should be sized according to the maximum
flow rate value at the inlet. The selected design value must be the
greatest between the primary circuit and the secondary circuit.
Size
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
Size
DN 50
DN 65
DN 80
DN 100
DN 125
DN 150
Application diagram
Shut-off valve
Check valve
Three-way mixing valve
Clock
Temperature controller
Pressure gauge
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
548 series
Hydraulic separator. Connections 1 F (from 1 to 1 1/2) with union. Front connection 1/2" F (thermometer pocket). Epoxy
resin coated steel body. Medium: water, glycol solutions non hazardous, therefore excluded from the guidelines of
67/548/EC Directive. Maximum percentage of glycol: 30%. Maximum working pressure: 10 bar. Temperature range:
0110C.
Supplied with:
- Automatic air vent valve. 1/2 M connection. Brass body, chrome plated. PP float. EPDM hydraulic seals.
- Drain valve. Hose connection. Brass body.
- Hot pre-formed shell insulation in closed cell expanded PE-X. Temperature range: 0100C.
548 series
Hydraulic separator. Flanged connections DN 50 (from DN 50 to DN 150) PN 16, to be coupled with counterflanges EN 1092-1.
Epoxy resin coated steel body. Medium: water, glycol solutions non hazardous, therefore excluded from the guidelines of
67/548/EC Directive. Maximum percentage of glycol: 50%. Maximum working pressure: 10 bar.
Temperature range: 0110C.
Supplied with:
- Automatic air vent valve. 3/4" F connection. 3/8 F discharge connection. Brass body. Stainless steel float. VITON hydraulic
seals.
- Drain valve. 1 1/4" F connection. Brass body, chrome plated.
- Rigid closed cell expanded polyurethane foam shell insulation to DN 100 (closed cell expanded PE-X for DN 125 and DN 150).
External embossed aluminium cover. Temperature range: 0105C (0100C for DN 125 and DN 150).
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
Hydraulic separator
CALEFFI
548 series
01076/10 GB
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
FM 21654
replaces 01076/06 GB
Function
This device consists of several different functional components,
each of which meets specific requirements, typical of the circuits
used in heating and air-conditioning systems.
Hydraulic separator
To keep connected hydraulic circuits totally independent from
each other.
Dirt remover
To permit the separation and collection of any impurities present
in the circuits. Provided with a valved connection with discharge
piping.
Automatic air vent
For automatic venting of any air contained in the circuits.
Provided with a valved connection for maintenance purposes.
Insulation
The separators, threaded and flanged up to DN 150, are supplied
complete with pre-formed shell insulation to ensure perfect
thermal insulation when used in both hot and cold water
systems.
Reference documentation
- Tech. Broch. 01031 Automatic air vent, 501 series
- Tech. Broch. 01054 Automatic air vent, 5020 series
Product range
548 series Threaded hydraulic separator with pre-formed insulation
548 series Flanged hydraulic separator with pre-formed insulation
548 series Flanged hydraulic separator with floor supports
Technical specifications
series
Materials
Separator body:
Automatic air vent body:
Automatic air vent float:
Automatic air vent seals:
Drain valve body:
Shut-off valve body:
Performance
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
Working temperature range:
Connections
Separator:
Probe holder:
Automatic air vent:
Automatic air vent discharge:
Drain valve:
548 threaded
548 flanged
front 1/2 F
1/2 M
hose connection
Volumes
Size
Volume (l)
001,7
1 1/4
002,6
1 1/2
004,8
013,5
DN 50
015,0
DN 65
015,0
Inner part
Material:
closed cell expanded PE-X
Thickness: - threaded
20 mm
- flanged
60 mm
Density:
- inner part:
30 kg/m3
- outer part:
50 kg/m3 (threaded), 80 kg/m3 (flanged)
Thermal conductivity (ISO 2581): - at 0C:
0,038 W/(mK)
- at 40C:
0,045 W/(mK)
Coefficient of resistance to water vapour (DIN 52615):
> 1.300
Working temperature range:
0100C
Reaction to fire (DIN 4102):
class B2
Dimensions
Tmax 105C
Pmax 10 bar
Tmax 120C
Pmax 10 bar
DN 80
030,0
DN 100
030,0
DN 125
085,0
DN 150
088,0
DN 200
394,0
DN 250
778,0
DN 300
990,0
B
Code
A
B
C
548006 1"
225 195
548007 1 1/4 248 225
548008 1 1/2 282 235
548009 2
315 281
D
220
240
260
300
Mass (kg)
E
204 2,7
214 3,8
224 5,7
230 11,8
Inner part
Material:
rigid closed cell polyurethane foam
Thickness:
60 mm
Density:
45 kg/m3
Thermal conductivity (ISO 2581):
0,023 W/(mK)
Working temperature range:
0105C
External cover
Material:
Thickness:
Reaction to fire (DIN 4102):
Head covers
Heat moulded material:
PS
SEPARATORE IDRAULICO
Serie 548
Tmax 120C
Pmax 10 bar
Tmax 105C
Pmax 10 bar
Operating principle
B
F
B
1 1/4"
1 1/4"
1 1/4"
1 1/4"
1 1/4"
1 1/4"
D
330
330
450
450
560
560
C
341
341
389
389
374
374
E
398
398
440
440
499
499
F
460
460
526
529
670
670
Mass (kg)
34,5
39
51
55
104
108
Code
A
548052 DN 50
548062 DN 65
548082 DN 80
548102 DN 100
548122 DN 125
548152 DN 150
SEPARATORE IDRAULICO
38...
Serie 548
Pmax 10 bar
Tmax 110C
Primary
Secondary
Gs
Gp
primary
Gs
secondary
Secondary
Gp
Gs
Primary
Secondary
Gp
Gs
Gp
Primary
E
Code
A
B
E
F Mass (kg)
C D
548200 DN 200 1000 610 400 900 250 255
548250 DN 250 1100 660 460 1060 250 410
548300 DN 300 1200 710 500 1180 250 600
Without insulation
Gprimary = Gsecondary
Construction details
Insulation
Flanged versions separators up to DN 100 are available complete
with the insulation made of a shell in expanded polyurethane foam
coated with an aluminium layer. For threaded and flanged versions
DN 125 and DN 150, insulation is made of a pre-formed shell in
closed cell expanded PE-X.
This insulation ensures not only perfect thermal insulation but also
the tightness required to prevent atmospheric water vapour from
entering the unit. For these reasons, this type of insulation can also
be used in cooling water circuits, as it prevents the formation of
condensate on the surface of the valve body.
Hydraulic characteristics
The hydraulic separator should be sized in accordance with the
maximum recommended flow rate value at the inlet. The selected
design value must be the greater between the primary circuit value
and secondary circuit value.
Size
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
Size
DN 50
DN 65
DN 80
DN 100
DN 125
DN 150
DN 200
DN 250
DN 300
Application diagram
Shut-off valve
Check valve
Three-way mixing valve
Clock
Outside temperature regulator
Pressure gauge
Outside temperature probe
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
548 series
Hydraulic separator. Connections 1 F (from 1 to 2) with union. Epoxy resin coated steel body. Medium water and
non-hazardous glycol solutions excluded from the guidelines of EC directive 67/548. Maximum percentage of glycol 30%.
Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Working temperature range 0110C.
Complete with:
- Automatic air vent. 1/2 M connection. Brass body, chrome plated. PP float. EPDM hydraulic seals.
- Drain valve. Hose connection. Brass body.
- Front probe holder connection 1/2 F.
- Hot pre-formed shell insulation in closed cell expanded PE-X. Working temperature range 0100C.
548 series
Hydraulic separator. Flanged connections DN 50 (from DN 50 to DN 150) PN 16, DN 200 (from DN 200 to DN 300) PN 10,
for coupling with counterflanges EN 1092-1. Epoxy resin coated steel body. Medium water and non-hazardous glycol
solutions excluded from the guidelines of EC directive 67/548. Maximum percentage of glycol 50%. Maximum working
pressure 10 bar. Working temperature range 0110C.
Complete with:
- Automatic air vent. Connection 3/4 F. Outlet connection 3/8 F. Brass body. Stainless steel float. VITON hydraulic seals.
- Drain valve. Connection 1 1/4 F. Brass body, chrome plated; 2 F for DN 200DN 300.
- Inlet/outlet probe holder connections 1/2" F.
- Rigid closed cell polyurethane foam insulation for sizes up to DN 100 (closed cell expanded PE-X for DN 125 and DN 150).
Embossed unfinished aluminium external cover. Working temperature range 0105C (0100C for DN 125 and DN 150).
- Floor supports for sizes DN 200DN 300.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.p.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 Fontaneto dAgogna (NO) Italy Tel. +39 0322 8491 Fax +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2010 Caleffi
Expansion vessels
series 555 - 5558 - 556 - 568
01079/01
Function
Expansion vessels are devices designed to accommodate the
increase in the volume of water due to the raising of its temperature,
both in heating systems and in domestic hot water production
systems.
They are also used as pressure restorers in potable water
distribution systems.
Product range
Series 555
Series 5558
Series 556
Series 568
Standardised crimped expansion vessel for heating and potable water systems
Capacities l: 2, 5, 8, 12, 18, 24
Flat circular crimped expansion vessel for heating systems
Capacities l: 5, 8, 10, 12, 14, 18
Welded expansion vessel for heating systems, CE certified
Capacities l: 35, 50, 80, 105, 150, 200, 250, 300, 400, 500, 600
Welded expansion vessel for potable water systems, CE certified
Capacities l: 60, 80, 100, 200, 300, 500
Technical specification
Series
555
5558
556
568
Steel
Non-toxic butyl
Steel
SBR synthetic rubber
Steel
SBR synthetic rubber
Steel
Non-toxic butyl
Performance:
- Max working pressure:
10 bar
3 bar
35 and 50 l; 4 bar
80600 l; 6 bar
10 bar
- Pre-charge pressure:
1,5 bar
1 bar
1,5 bar
99C
90C
99C
99C
2 l; 1/2 M
524 l; 3/4 M
3/4 M
35400 l; 3/4 M
500 e 600 l; 1 M
60100 l; 1 M
200500 l; 1 1/2 M
Materials:
- Body:
- Membrane:
Dimensions
Litres
2
5
8
12
18
24
A
1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
Code
556035
556050
H
220
288
308
292
377
420
140
160
200
270
270
300
A
3/4
3/4
404
407
Litres
35
50
H
408
530
Code
555002
555005
555008
555012
555018
555024
Code
555805
555808
555810
555812
555814
555818
Litres
5
8
10
12
14
18
H
A
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
387
387
387
387
387
387
H
85
104
110
140
150
200
Code
568060
568080
568100
568200
568300
568500
Litres
A
B
60
1 1/2
80
1 1/2
100
1 1/2
200 1 1/2 1/2
300 1 1/2 1/2
500 1 1/2 1/2
380 860
450 830
450 910
550 1235
630 1365
750 1560
Code
Litres
556080 80
556105 105
556150 150
556200 200
556250 250
556300 300
556400 400
556500 500
556600 600
A
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
1
1
450
500
500
600
630
630
630
750
750
H
608
665
897
812
957
1105
1450
1340
1555
Operating principle
Expansion vessel
The closed expansion vessel with membrane (diaphragm) consists
of a closed container divided into two parts by a membrane which
separates the water from the gas (usually nitrogen) and acts as an
expansion accommodator.
Following an increase in temperature, an increase in pressure takes
place in the vessel in relation to the pre-charge pressure when cold
(Fig. 1) until it reaches the value corresponding to the maximum
expansion (Fig. 2).
Pressure restorer
The operating principle of a pressure restorer is as follows:
The pump, activated by the pressure switch, starts up and the
vessel starts to fill. When the pressure reaches the set value, the
pump stops; the tank is at its maximum capacity (Fig. 1). If the user
draws off water, the pressure is gradually restored to the system, in
the period between the de-activation and the activation of the pump
(Fig. 2).
Sizing Method
Heating systems
The capacity of a closed expansion vessel with membrane
(diaphragm) for heating systems is calculated using the following
formula:
eC
V=
Pi
1Pf
Where:
V = Volume of vessel (l)
e = Water expansion coefficient. Calculated on the basis of the
maximum difference between the temperature of the water
when the system is cold and the maximum working temperature.
In practice, for heating, a conventional value
of 0,035 is assumed.
C = Water content of system (l).
Pi = Initial absolute pressure (bar) at the point where the vessel is
installed, given by hydrostatic pressure + 0,3 bar +
atmospheric pressure (1 bar). In practice this is the initial
charge pressure of the vessel plus 1 bar.
Pf = Final absolute pressure (bar), given by the maximum working
pressure of the system + atmospheric pressure (1 bar). In
practice, this is the calibrated pressure of the safety valve plus
1 bar.
Example
T (C)
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
Coeff. e
0,00013
0,00025
0,00085
0,00180
0,00289
0,00425
0,00582
T (C)
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
Coeff. e
0,00782
0,00984
0,01207
0,01447
0,01704
0,01979
0,02269
T (C)
75
80
85
90
95
100
Coeff. e
0,02575
0,02898
0,03236
0,03590
0,03958
0,04342
Solution
The following is taken from the table of coefficient e:
Example
Size an expansion vessel for a heating system with the following
characteristics:
In addition:
Solution
=
=
=
2,25
2,50
2,70
3,00
3,50
4,00
4,50
5,00
5,40
6,00
1,0
0,091
0,082
0,076
0,070
0,063
0,058
0,055
0,052
0,051
0,049
1,2
0,106
0,094
0,086
0,078
0,068
0,063
0,058
0,055
0,053
0,051
1,4
0,134
0,111
0,100
0,088
0,075
0,067
0,062
0,058
0,056
0,053
1,6
0,175
0,136
0,118
0,100
0,083
0,073
0,066
0,062
0,059
0,056
1,8
0,253
0,175
0,144
0,117
0,093
0,080
0,071
0,066
0,062
0,058
2,0
0,245
0,185
0,140
0,105
0,088
0,077
0,070
0,066
0,061
2,2
0,259
0,175
0,121
0,097
0,084
0,075
0,070
0,064
2,4
0,233
0,143
0,109
0,092
0,081
0,075
0,068
2,6
0,175
0,125
0,101
0,088
0,080
0,072
2,8
0,225
0,146
0,113
0,095
0,086
0,077
3,0
0,175
0,128
0,105
0,093
0,082
V = f Ca
Where f is a coefficient which, for temperature differences
between 40 and 50C, can be taken from the table below,
according to the working pressure and the calibrated pressure of
the safety valve.
Table coefficient f
Calibrated pressure of safery valve (bar)*
Thus:
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
0,035
0,028
0,025
0,022
0,021
0,020
0,019
2,5
0,047
0,034
0,028
0,025
0,023
0,022
0,021
* Relative pressures
3
0,070
0,042
0,033
0,028
0,025
0,023
0,022
3,5
0,140
0,056
0,039
0,032
0,028
0,025
0,024
4
0,084
0,049
0,037
0,032
0,028
0,026
4,5
0,168
0,065
0,045
0,036
0,031
0,028
5
0,098
0,056
0,042
0,035
0,031
5,5
0,196
0,075
0,050
0,040
0,034
6
0,112
0,063
0,047
0,039
Installation
V=6
Gpr 60
Pmax + 1
a
Pmax - Pmin
Constructional details
Where:
V
= Volume of vessel (l)
Gpr = Design flow rate (l/s)
Pmin = Minimum boost in pressure (bar), equal to the
minimum pressure switch operating pressure
Pmax = Maximum boost in pressure (bar), equal to the
maximum pressure switch operating pressure
a
= Maximum number of pump start-ups per hour (h-1)
a = 30 for pump rating < 3kW
a = 25 for pump rating 35 kW
a = 20 for pump rating 57 kW
a = 15 for pump rating 710 kW
a = 10 for pump rating > 7 kW
Example
Size a membrane pressure restorer for a system with the
following characteristics:
3,4 60
30
6+1
6-5
Standard references
= 285,6 l
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 555
Crimped expansion vessel, standardised for heating and potable water systems. Connection 3/4"M (2 l 1/2").
Crimped membrane - non-toxic butyl (food standard). Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Pre-charge pressure
1,5 bar. Maximum working temperature 99C. Capacity 2 l (from 2 to 24 l).
Series 5558
Crimped circular flat expansion vessel for heating systems. Connection 3/4"M radial. Steel body. Crimped
membrane - SBR synthetic rubber. Maximum working pressure 4 bar. Pre-charge pressure 1 bar. Maximum
working temperature 90C. Capacity 8 l (from 8 to 18 l).
Series 556
Welded expansion vessel for heating systems. CE Mark. Connection 3/4"M (3/4" from 35 to 400 l and 1" 500 and
600 l). Steel body. Membrane sack - SBR synthetic rubber. Maximum working pressure 4 bar (4 bar 35 and 50
l; 6 bar 80600 l). Pre-charge pressure 1,5 bar ( from 1,5 to 2,5 bar - see technical specification table).
Maximum working temperature 99C. Capacity 35 l (from 35 to 600 l).).
Series 568
Welded expansion vessel for potable water systems. CE Mark. Connection 1"M (1" from 60 to 100 l; 1 1/2" from
200 to 500 l). Steel body. Replaceable butyl membrane sack. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Pre-charge
pressure 1,5 bar. Maximum working temperature 99C. Capacity 60 l (from 60 to 500 l).
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
5230 series
01080/10 GB
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
replaces 01080/06 GB
FM 21654
Function
The thermostatic mixing valve is used in systems for domestic hot
water production. Its function is to maintain the temperature of the
mixed water supplied to the user constant at the set value when
there are variations in the temperature and supply pressure of the
incoming hot and cold water or in the draw-off flow rate.
This particular series of mixing valves is specifically designed for
systems which require high flow rates, such as centralised systems
or groups of equal users.
These systems also require stable and accurate temperature
adjustment, especially in relation to variations in the flow rate drawn
off by the users.
Patent application No. MI2001A001645.
Product range
Code 5230 . 0
Code 5230 . 3
Code 5230. 2
Code 523005
Code 523006
Code 523008
Technical specifications
Materials
Body:
Cartridge and obturator:
Springs:
Seals:
Adjustment range:
brass EN 12165 CW617N, chrome plated
brass EN 12164 CW614N
stainless steel
EPDM
Performance
Medium:
3065C
3660C
Accuracy:
2C
water
2:1
Connections:
15C
14 bar
5 bar
85C
Dimensions
MAX 7
MIN
MAX 7
CALEFFI
Code
Mass
(kg)
MIN
MAX 7
CALEFFI
A
E
CALEFFI
A
D
MIN
Code
A
D
Mass
(kg)
Code
Mass
(kg)
523040 1/2 85
170 169
95
74
1,65
523043 1/2 91
74 1,69
523052 22 92
74
1,80
523050 3/4 85
170 169
95
74
1,68
523053 3/4 91
74 1,72
88
3,31
88
3,09
523063
88 3,22
88
3,07
88 3,20
523060
1"
1"
Operating principle
The regulating element in the thermostatic mixing valve consists of a temperature sensor
(1) fully immersed in the mixed water outlet pipe which, by expanding and contracting,
continuously ensures correct proportioning of hot and cold water at the inlet.
The water proportions are regulated by a piston (2) that slides inside a special cylinder
placed between the hot (3) and cold (4) water passage channels.
Even if the pressure drops due to hot or cold water drawn-off by other users or temperature
variations at the inlet, the mixing valve automatically adjusts the water flow rate until the set
temperature is achieved.
Construction details
Double seat
The mixing valve has a special obturator which acts on a double water passage seat. This
ensures a high flow rate with a reduced overall dimension, while maintaining an accurate
temperature control.
Interchangeable cartridge
The internal cartridge containing all the control components is preassembled in a single
body and can easily be inspected for cleaning or replacement if necessary, without any
need to take the valve body out of the pipe.
Thermal disinfection
Low-inertia thermostat
The temperature-sensitive element, the engine of the thermostatic mixing valve, has low
thermal inertia; in this way it can quickly react to changes in the conditions of inlet pressure
and temperature, shortening the valve response time.
70
60
50
40
30
Optimum temperature
for bacteria growth
20
10
HOT
COLD
Energy saving
Energy saving is governed in Italy by
Presidential Decree 412/93, making it
compulsory to use mixing valves on
domestic water systems with storage in
order to limit the temperature of the water at
the inlet of the delivery network to 48C with
a tolerance of +5C.
The purpose of limiting the temperature is
to reduce passive thermal losses through
the delivery network, as much as possible,
and to prevent the delivery of water at a
higher temperature than necessary.
MIXED
Hydraulic characteristics
p (bar)
1/2
3/4
22
1
28
1 1/4
1 1/2
Position
Max
29
33
39
43
48
52
58
65
32
38
44
49
53
58
63
67
39
42
45
48
51
54
57
60
1,5
15
1,0
10
0,5
0,3
0,2
1 1/2 - 2; T (C)
0,1
36
Reference values: Thot = 68C; Tcold = 13C; Hot and cold water inlet pressures = 3 bar
1/2
3/4 - 22
1 - 28
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
Kv (m3/h)
4,0
4,5
6,9
9,1
14,5
19,0
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
1 MIN
MA
30
500
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
20
10
200
100
50
1
20
10
2
3
0,5
0,5
0,05
Min
Maximum*
(m3/h)
4,9
5,5
8,5
11,2
17,7
23,2
* P = 1,5 bar
Application
In view of their flow rate characteristics, Caleffi 5230 series
thermostatic mixing valves can be installed in centralised systems
with a number of user outlets or used to control groups of user
outlets, such as shower units, washbasin units, etc.
Installation
The system in which the Caleffi 5230 series mixing valve is to be
installed must be flushed and cleaned to remove any dirt that may
have accumulated during installation.
3a
3b
Application diagrams
System with equal user outlets
Check valve
Ball valve
Ball valve with built-in check valve
Temperature gauge
Backflow preventer
Motorised valve
Clock
Pump
7 XAM
NIM
Expansion vessel
T
Thermostat
Safety relief valve
Strainer
7 XAM
NIM
Centralised system
with thermal disinfection
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
Code 5230 . 0
Adjustable thermostatic mixing valve with interchangeable cartridge. Connections 1/2 M (from 1/2 to 2) with union. Brass body.
Chrome plated. Brass cartridge and obturator. Stainless steel springs. EPDM seals. Maximum inlet temperature 85C. Adjustment
temperature range from 30C to 65C (from 36 to 60 for 1 1/2 and 2). Maximum working pressure (static) 14 bar. Maximum working
pressure (dynamic) 5 bar. Accuracy 2C. Minimum temperature difference between hot water inlet and mixed water outlet to ensure
optimal performance 15C. Tamper protection system to lock the set temperature.
Code 5230 . 3
Adjustable thermostatic mixing valve with interchangeable cartridge. Connections 1/2 M (from 1/2 to 1 1/4) with union. Brass body.
Chrome plated. Brass cartridge and obturator. Stainless steel springs. Complete with check valves at the inlets. EPDM seals. Maximum
inlet temperature 85C. Adjustment range from 30C to 65C. Maximum working pressure (static) 14 bar. Maximum working pressure
(dynamic) 5 bar. Accuracy 2C. Minimum temperature difference between hot water inlet and mixed water outlet to ensure optimal
peformance 15C. Tamper protection system to lock the set temperature.
Code 5230 . 2
Adjustable thermostatic mixing valve with interchangeable cartridge. 22 mm ( 22 and 28 mm) connections for copper pipe. Brass
body. Chrome plated. Brass cartridge and obturator. Stainless steel springs. Complete with check valves at the inlets. EPDM seals.
Maximum inlet temperature 85C. Adjustment range from 30C to 65C. Maximum working pressure (static) 14 bar. Maximum working
pressure (dynamic) 5 bar. Accuracy 2C. Minimum temperature difference between hot water inlet and mixed water outlet to ensure
optimala performance 15C. Tamper protection system to lock the set temperature.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.p.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 Fontaneto dAgogna (NO) Italy Tel. +39 0322 8491 Fax +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2010 Caleffi
CALEFFI
01081/03 GB
Function
The temperature regulating unit is designed to guarantee the
correct contribution of heating energy required by the user, by
measuring the outside and room temperature values to regulate the
correct system flow temperature.
The unit, complete with all the devices required for a regulating
circuit, is of compact size in order to reduce the space taken up
and enable it to be installed within a manifold box.
It is supplied complete with:
4-way mixing valve, servomotor, electronically-regulated pump,
flow temperature sensor, return temperature sensor, outside
temperature sensor, temperature controller, flow thermometer and
unions for connecting to the primary and secondary circuits.
The unit is designed for connection for remote data transmission.
The unit solves the problems of installation of regulating
components in modern small and medium-sized systems, due to its
compact size and ease of use.
The product is available in various configurations, both stand-alone
and pre-assembled in manifold boxes with the distribution
manifolds.
The unit is factory set for use with underfloor heating systems.
Product range
Series 154
Series 155
Code 154600
Code 155600
Code 151000
Code 151002
Temperature regulating unit complete with room thermostat and clock, pre-assembled with manifolds
Temperature regulating unit pre-assembled with manifolds
Temperature regulating unit complete with room thermostat and clock
Temperature regulating unit
Room thermostat and indoor sensor
Room thermostat and indoor sensor with 3-position selector and digital clock
Technical specification
- Mixing valve:
-
Medium:
Max percentage of glycol:
Working temperature range:
Max working pressure:
- Thermometer scale:
- Connections to manifolds:
- Primary connections:
- Servomotor: electric supply:
rating:
cycle time:
torque:
brass, G-MS 58
EPDM
4-way
water, glycol solutions
30%
2090C
6 bar
20100C
1 1/2 adjustable nut
1 F with union
230V 50 Hz
1,3 VA
210 s
6 Nm
- Materials: - body:
- hydraulic seals:
6
5
Factory setting:
proportional
head regulation
4
3
2
1
0
4
5
Q (m3/h)
Dimensions
CALEFFI
25%
100%
80%
50%
50%
60
REGOLATORE
DIGITALE TRE PUNTI
50
70
40
80
30
90
60
40
-25%
+25%
-50%
80
20
100
2
6 4
Zu
A
C
B
1 1/2
C
90
D
190
6 outlets
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10 outlets
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
25%
100%
80%
25%
100%
80%
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
+25%
-50%
20
2
6 4
60
CALEFFI
CALEFFI50
70
80
30
90
-25%
+25%
-50%
Zu
20
0
40
60
2
6 4
25%
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
60
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
80
90
-25%
+25%
-50%
20
0
40
60
2
6 4
Zu
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
70
30
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
50
35
Outlets
A
1546E1
1556E1
5
655
60
150190
A
Code
L
142
50%
REGOLATORE
DIGITALE TRE PUNTI
40
Zu
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
315
10
8
6
4
2
0
100%
80%
REGOLATORE
DIGITALE TRE PUNTI
40
100
CALEFFI
8
I
30
50%
CALEFFI50
80
450
-25%
60
CALEFFI
80
90
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
70
CALEFFI
60
H
332
13 outlets
10
8
6
4
2
0
50%
50%
REGOLATORE
DIGITALE TRE PUNTI
50
30
G
200
CALEFFI
50%
50%
40
F
25
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
E
100
CALEFFI
A
1
800
Code
154600/155600
1000
1200
1546F1
1556F1
6
730
1546G1
1556G1
7
780
1546H1
1556H1
8
830
1546I1
1556I1
9
880
1546L1
1556L1
10
930
1546M1
1556M1
11
980
1546N1
1556N1
12
1030
1546O1
1556O1
13
1080
Characteristic components
11
CALEFFI
100%
80%
25%
50%
50%
19
20
18
17
16
21
REGOLATORE
DIGITALE TRE PUNTI
15
12
22
14
13
23
50
24
WATCH
70
80
30
90
12
60
40
11
+25%
-50%
60
20
10
-25%
40
80
100
SYSTEM
FLOW
1. Temperature controller
10
M S
18
CALEFFI
22
16
24
2
6 4
Zu
SYSTEM
RETURN
16
22
24
FLOW FROM
BOILER
18
CALEFFI
20
20
BOILER
RETURN
7)
Automatic by-pass
Thermometer
Hydraulic diagram
SF
Servomotor
Pump
SR
BF
BR
a)
b)
c)
d)
Temperature controller
1
11
CALEFFI
ON
25%
100%
80%
50%
50%
19
20
18
16
REGOLATORE
DIGITALE TRE PUNTI
15
21
17
12
22
14
13
23
50
24
WATCH
11
70
80
30
90
12
60
40
-25%
+25%
10
-50%
3)
4)
5)
b)
55
c)
d)
e)
C (11;33,75)
35 55%
20
50
45
40
f)
50%
60
25%
TFLOW (C)
Characteristic curve
B (-10;45)
D (4;40)
80%
30
25
A (18;20)
15
25
20
15
10
-5
-10
-15
TOUTSIDE (C)
9)
Typ 2124
2501/2601
230 V (ac)
4VA
optional
INLET PUMP
MIXING VALVE
LP
TA1
12
SR/TA
230V (ac)
10A max
SR
SE
4(2)A
PS
4(2)A
OPEN
-10
-20 -20
-5
20
55
40 40
65
22
4,5
SM
SM
1 2
0 14
N
30
50
11
18
MIXING VALVE
CLOSED
60
55
-10
-15
OFF
MC
SE
PUMP
MA
4(2)A
13
ROOM
THERMOSTAT
T 40
DIGITAL
REGULATOR
90 1,5
6
max
NZ
10
50
6,25C
45
Y..72097
100
RF(%)
40
35
14
30
25
20
20
15
10
-5
-10
10)
TFLOW (C)
25
20
15
0
-5
-10
-15
TOUTSIDE (C)
d
-7
21
22
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
1 2
30
OFF
35
10
15
6,25C
15
1 2
4)
50
20
55
25
3)
60
40
45
2)
OFF
-15
TOUTSIDE (C)
1)
15
25
5)
6)
7) NZ
13
10
12
11
TFLOW (C)
RH terminal strip
PS
MA
MC
Brown
C
0
2
4
6
8
10
15
Ohm
5.632
5.187
4.742
4.347
4.000
3.553
2.971
C
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
Ohm
2.431
2.000
1.655
1.376
1.150
966
815
C
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
Ohm
690
587
501
430
370
319
276
C
90
95
100
Ohm
240
209
183
60
Safety
55
50
45
40
Treturn: 35,2C
35
30
25
20
15
25
20
15
10
-5
-10
-15
TOUTSIDE (C)
9)
+C
Outside sensor
SE
Connecting
cable
SE
Connector
1
2
LH terminal strip
11) SE
- Range of adjustment:
555C
- Factory setting:
50C
- Protection class:
IP 40
- Contacts load:
(C-1) 10(2,5)A / 250 V
- Contacts load:
(C-2)
1(1)A / 250 V
25%
50%
50%
19
20
17
16
21
REGOLATORE
DIGITALE TRE PUNTI
22
14
23
50
13
24
WATCH
60
70
40
80
30
90
12
11
-25%
+25%
-50%
20
40
60
10
4
5
18
12
15
6 4
Zu
or
Manual control
n 2
n 3
MA
MC
2
6 4
Zu
RH terminal strip
Press the screw on the protective motor cover and turn it to the
required position.
Options
1) Room thermostat, code 151000.
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
18
CALEFFI
22
16
20
15
10
24
25
20
15
10
-5
-10
-15
TOUTSIDE (C)
55
M S
+
20
18
CALEFFI
16
22
24
TA1
TA1
TA
SR/TA
LH terminal strip
60
Room thermostat
Application diagrams
Shut-off valve
Thermostatic valve
Mixed system
with wall boiler
and zone valve
TA
Manual valve
Lockshield valve
3-way zone valve
Electric pump
TA
Room thermostat
Non-return valve
M S
+
20
18
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
25%
100%
80%
50%
50%
REGOLATORE
DIGITALE TRE PUNTI
60
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
70
80
30
90
+25%
20
40
60
CALEFFI
-25%
-50%
2
6 4
CALEFFI
50
40
Zu
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
220 V
TA
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
M S
+
20
18
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
100%
80%
25%
50%
50%
REGOLATORE
DIGITALE TRE PUNTI
50
60
CALEFFI
70
40
80
30
90
-25%
+25%
-50%
20
40
6 4
60
Zu
220 V
65610
220 V -
CALEFFI
2-
220 V 3W
2-
3W
65610
220 V 3W
65610
6
5
4
3
2
1
2-
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
mH2O
TA
CALEFFI
16
22
24
16
22
24
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 154600
Temperature regulating unit for manifold box installation. Connections to primary circuit 1" F with unions.
Connections to manifold 1 1/2 F with nut. Brass body. EPDM hydraulic seals. Maximum working pressure 6 bar.
Ambient temperature from 0 to 40C. Regulating temperature from 20 to 90C (factory setting 45C). Consisting of:
4-way mixing valve; mixing valve servomotor with the following characteristics, supply 230 V 50 Hz, rating
1,3 VA, cycle time 210 s, torque 6 Nm. Electronic pump UPE 25-60, maximum flow rate 3,5 m3/h, protection
class IP42; temperature controller; flow temperature sensor; return temperature sensor; outside temperature
sensor, connectable to terminal; flow thermometer with pocket, scale 20100C; room thermostat with
programmable daily/weekly digital clock and 3-position selector (comfort, set-back and clock).
Code 155600
Temperature regulating unit for manifold box installation. Connections to primary circuit 1" F with unions.
Connections to manifold 1 1/2 F with nut. Brass body. EPDM hydraulic seals. Maximum operating pressure 6 bar.
Ambient temperature from 0 to 40C. Regulating temperature from 20 to 90C (factory setting 45C). Consisting of:
4-way mixing valve; mixing valve servomotor with the following characteristics: supply 230 V 50 Hz, rating 1,3 VA,
cycle time 210 s, torque 6 Nm. Electronic pump UPE 25-60, maximum flow rate 3,5 m3/h, protection class IP42,
temperature controller with analogue daily/weekly clock, flow temperature sensor; return temperature sensor,
outside temperature sensor connectable to terminal, flow thermometer with pocket, scale 20100C.
Series 154
Temperature regulating unit with underfloor heating manifolds preassembled in manifold box. Connections to
primary circuit 1" F with unions. Brass body. EPDM hydraulic seals. Maximum operating pressure 6 bar. Ambient
temperature from 0 to 40C. Regulating temperature from 20 to 90C (factory setting 45C). Consisting of: 4-way
mixing valve; mixing valve servomotor with the following characteristics, supply 230 V 50 Hz, rating 1,3 VA, cycle
time 210 s, torque 6 Nm; Electronic pump UPE 25-60, maximum flow rate 3,5 m3/h, protection class IP42;
temperature controller; flow temperature sensor; return temperature sensor; outside temperature sensor,
connectable to terminal; flow thermometer with pocket, scale 20100C; room thermostat with programmable
daily/weekly digital clock and 3-position selector (comfort, set-back and clock); 5-outlet flow manifold (5 to 13)
complete with regulating valves; 5-outlet return manifold (5 to 13) complete with shut-off valves, suitable for
connection of thermo-electric heads; manifold units with air vents and drain valves; manifold box, colour white
RAL 9010, depth adjustable from 150 to 190 mm.
Series 155
Temperature regulating unit with underfloor heating manifolds preassembled in manifold box. Connections to
primary circuit 1" F with unions. Brass body. EPDM hydraulic seals. Maximum operating pressure 6 bar. Ambient
temperature from 0 to 40C. Regulating temperature from 20 to 90C (factory setting 45C). Consisting of: 4-way
mixing valve; mixing valve servomotor with the following characteristic: supply 230 V 50 Hz, rating 1,3 VA, cycle
time 210 s, torque 6 Nm; electronic pump UPE 25-60, maximum delivery 3,5 m3/h, protection class IP42,
temperature controller with daily/weekly analogue clock; flow temperature sensor; return temperature sensor;
outside temperature sensor, connectable to terminal; flow thermometer with pocket, scale 20100C; 5-outlet
flow manifold (5 to 13) complete with regulating valves; 5-outlet return manifold (5 to 13) complete with shut-off
valves, suitable for connection of thermo-electric heads; manifold units with air vents and drain valves; manifold
box, colour white RAL 9010, depth adjustable from 150 to 190 mm.
Code 151000
Room thermostat and indoor sensor for temperature regulating unit.
Code 151002
Room thermostat and indoor sensor for temperature regulating unit with 3-position selector (comfort, set-back
and clock) and daily/weekly digital clock.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
01082/03 GB
Function
The temperature regulating unit is designed to guarantee the
correct contribution of heating energy required by the user, by
measuring the outside and room temperature values to regulate the
correct system flow temperature.
It is supplied complete with:
4-way mixing valve, servomotor, pump, flow temperature sensor,
outside temperature sensor, temperature controller, flow and return
thermometers and unions for connecting to the primary and
secondary circuits.
The unit is designed for connection for remote data transmission.
This unit solves the problems of installation of regulating
components in modern small and medium-sized systems, due to its
compact size and ease of use.
The unit is factory set for use with underfloor heating systems.
Gamma prodotti
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
152600
152601
153600
153601
151000
151002
Technical specifications
- Materials: - body:
- hydraulic seals:
- Mixing valve:
-
Medium:
Max percentage of glycol:
Working temperature range:
Max working pressure:
By-pass regulating range:
- Grundfos pump:
code 152600/153600
code 152601/153601
H (m w.g.)
H (m w.g.)
4-way
- Thermometer scale:
- Primary and secondary circuit connections:
- Servomotor: electric supply:
rating:
cycle time:
torque:
20100C
1 F with union
230V 50 Hz
10 VA
240 s
10 Nm
model UPS 25-60
model UPS 25-80
95%
040C
IP 42
UPS 25-60
code 152600
code 153600
UPS 25-80
code 152601
code 153601
2
2
1
0
Q (m3/h)
Power consumption
Speed
3
2
1
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
Speed
0,45
0,30
0,17
100
65
35
1800
1100
700
3
2
1
Q (m3/h)
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
1,13
1,04
0,69
250
220
140
2450
1500
1000
Dimensions
H
D
L
CALEFFI
ON
100%
80%
25%
50%
50%
19
20
18
17
16
REGOLATORE
DIGITALE TRE PUNTI
15
21
12
22
14
13
23
50
24
WATCH
60
70
40
80
30
90
12
11
-25%
+25%
-50%
10
A
1"
Code
152600/601
B
142
C
78
D
90
20
22
24
16
H
205
I
320
L
120
18
CALEFFI
G
267
F
234
M S
E
40
ON
CALEFFI
100%
80%
25%
50%
50%
REGOLATORE
DIGITALE TRE PUNTI
50
60
70
40
80
30
90
-25%
+25%
-50%
Code
153600/601
A
1"
B
142
C
78
Characteristic components
60
40
SYSTEM
RETURN
SYSTEM
FLOW
40
80
20
100
60
80
20
100
D
90
E
40
H
205
I
320
L
120
M
70
01
02
03
Circulating pump:
code 152600 - 153600 GRUNDFOS UPS 25-60
code 152601 - 153601 GRUNDFOS UPS 25-80.
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
Servomotor.
11
CALEFFI
100%
80%
25%
50%
50%
19
20
18
17
16
21
12
REGOLATORE
DIGITALE TRE PUNTI
15
50
13
23
22
14
24
WATCH
60
70
40
80
30
90
12
11
+25%
-50%
10
-25%
M S
20
18
CALEFFI
FLOW FROM
BOILER
BOILER
RETURN
G
267
F
234
22
16
24
10
20
18
CALEFFI
16
22
24
7)
Hydraulic diagram
SR
SF
Servomotor
Pump
Automatic by-pass
Differential by-pass
BR
BF
Thermometer
Temperature controller
1
11
b)
c)
d)
CALEFFI
ON
a)
25%
100%
80%
50%
50%
19
20
18
16
REGOLATORE
DIGITALE TRE PUNTI
15
21
17
12
22
14
13
23
50
24
WATCH
11
70
40
80
30
90
12
60
-25%
+25%
10
-50%
2)
3)
4)
5)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
50%
25%
a)
TFLOW (C)
50
45
40
B (-10;45)
D (4;40)
80%
C (11;33,75)
35 55%
30
25
A (18;20)
20
15
25
20
15
10
-5
-10
-15
TOUTSIDE (C)
9)
2501/2601
230 V AC
4VA
optional
LP
12
SR
SE
4(2)A
4(2)A
PS
4(2)A
MA
-10
-10
-15
11
SM
18
MIXING VALVE
-20 -20
-5
0 14
22
N
30
55
65
4,5
SM
1 2
CLOSED
OFF
MC
SE
PUMP
OPEN
TA1
SR/TA
230V AC
10A max
INLET PUMP
MIXING VALVE
13
ROOM
THERMOSTAT
T 40
t Typ 2124
60
20
55
40 40
90 1,5
6
max
NZ
50
6,25C
45
10
50
Y..72097
100
RF(%)
40
14
35
15
30
25
20
1)
2)
3)
15
25
20
15
10
-5
-10
-15
TOUTSIDE (C)
10)
TFLOW (C)
50
6,25C
35
30
25
20
15
25
20
15
10
-5
-10
-15
TOUTSIDE (C)
d
-7
21
22
1 2
55
40
ON Position.
60
45
OFF
1 2
4)
OFF
5)
6)
19
18
17
7) NZ
16
15
10
14
13
12
11
PS
MA
MC
Brown
C
0
2
4
6
8
10
15
Ohm
5.632
5.187
4.742
4.347
4.000
3.553
2.971
C
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
Ohm
2.431
2.000
1.655
1.376
1.150
966
815
C
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
Ohm
690
587
501
430
370
319
276
C
90
95
100
Ohm
240
209
183
Safety
RH terminal strip
60
55
50
45
40
Treturn: 35,2C
35
30
25
20
15
25
20
15
10
-5
-10
-15
TOUTSIDE (C)
- Range of adjustment:
5 55C
- Factory setting:
50C
- Protection class:
IP 40
- Contacts load:
(C-1) 10(2,5)A / 250V
- Contacts load:
(C-2)
1(1)A / 250V
+C
C
1
2
Outside sensor
SE
SE
Connecting cable
Connector
LH terminal strip
11) SE
CALEFFI
ON
100%
80%
25%
50%
50%
19
20
18
17
16
REGOLATORE
DIGITALE TRE PUNTI
15
21
12
22
14
13
23
50
24
WATCH
11
-25%
+25%
-50%
4
5
80
90
70
30
10
60
40
12
or
Zu
Close
Ferm
e
pe
ng
be
ft
au
Vo r l
a ch
ten
Auf
Open
Ouvrir
Beipass n
ich
Hand schliee
on
n
tv
Mis
ch
e
Manual control
ra t
nh
u r f
r Fu b o d e
ei z
Options
1) Room thermostat, code 151000.
20
18
22
60
55
50
45
40
CALEFFI
16
35
24
30
25
20
15
10
25
20
15
10
-5
-10
-15
TOUTSIDE (C)
M S
+
20
18
CALEFFI
16
22
24
TA1
TA
SR/TA
LH terminal strip
Room thermostat
Application diagrams
TA
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
PN 10
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
TA
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
PN 10
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
25%
100%
80%
50%
50%
19
20
18
17
16
REGOLATORE
DIGITALE TRE PUNTI
15
21
12
60
13
23
22
14
24
WATCH
7080
4050
12
30
11
90
-25%
+25%
-50%
10
M S
20
18
CALEFFI
22
16
24
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
M S
20
18
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
100
2,25
2,0
1,75
CALEFFI
100
2,25
2,0
1,75
80
80
1,5
1,5
1,25
1,25
60
60
1,0
1,0
0,75
0,75
40
40
0,5
0,5
0,25
0,25
20
20
15
1,0
0,75
0,5
0,25
10
1,25
-5
-10
-15
20
20
-20
15
1,0
1,5
0,75
1,75
2,0
0,5
2,25
0,25
10
1,25
-5
-10
-15
-20
1,5
1,75
2,0
2,25
20
20
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
16
22
24
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 152600
Temperature regulating unit. Connections 1" F with unions. Body in grey cast iron GG19. EPDM hydraulic seals.
Maximum working pressure 6 bar. Ambient temperature 0 to 40C. Regulating temperature from 20 to 90C
(factory setting 45C). Consisting of: 4-way mixing valve; mixing valve servomotor with the following
characteristics: supply 230 V 50 Hz, rating 10 VA, cycle time 240 s, torque 10 Nm, pump UPS 25 60;
by-pass valve with regulating scale from 0,05 to 0,5 bar; temperature controller with clock for daily/weekly
programming; flow temperature sensor; outside temperature sensor, connectable to terminal; flow and return
thermometers with pocket, scale 20100C.
Code 152601
Temperature regulating unit. Connections 1" F with unions. Body in grey cast iron GG19. EPDM hydraulic seals.
Maximum working pressure 6 bar. Ambient temperature 0 to 40C. Regulating temperature from 20 to 90C
(factory setting 45C). Consisting of: 4-way mixing valve; mixing valve servomotor with the following
characteristics: supply 230 V 50 Hz, rating 10 VA, cycle time 240 s, torque 10 Nm; pump UPS 25 80;
by-pass valve with regulating scale from 0,05 to 0,5 bar; temperature controller with clock for daily/weekly
programming; flow temperature sensor; outside temperature sensor, connectable to terminal flow and return
thermometers with pocket, scale 20100C.
Code 153600
Temperature regulating unit. Connections 1" F with unions. Body in grey cast iron GG19. EPDM hydraulic seals.
Maximum working pressure 6 bar. Ambient temperature 0 to 40C. Regulating temperature from 20 to 90C
(factory setting 45C). Consisting of: 4-way mixing valve; mixing valve servomotor with the following
characteristics: supply 230 V 50 Hz, rating 10 VA, cycle time 240 s, torque 10 Nm; pump UPS 25 60;
by-pass valve with regulating scale from 0,05 to 0,5 bar; temperature controller; flow temperature sensor; outside
temperature sensor, connectable to terminal; flow and return thermometers with pocket, scale 20100C; room
thermostat with programmable daily/weekly digital clock and 3-position selector (comfort, set-back and clock).
Code 153601
Temperature regulating unit. Connections 1" F with unions. Body in grey cast iron GG19. EPDM hydraulic seals.
Maximum working pressure 6 bar. Ambient temperature 0 to 40C. Regulating temperature from 20 to 90C
(factory setting 45C). Consisting of: 4-way mixing valve; mixing valve servomotor with the following
characteristics: supply 230 V 50 Hz, rating 10 VA, cycle time 240 s, torque 10 Nm; pump UPS 25 80;
by-pass valve with regulating scale from 0,05 to 0,5 bar; temperature controller; flow temperature sensor;
outside temperature sensor, connectable to terminal; flow and return thermometers with pocket, scale
20100C, room thermostat with programmable daily/weekly digital clock and 3-position selector (comfort,
set-back and clock).
Code 151000
Room thermostat and indoor sensor for temperature regulating unit.
Code 151002
Room thermostat and indoor sensor for temperature regulating unit with 3-position selector (comfort, set-back
and clock) and daily/weekly digital clock.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
Hydraulic separator-manifold
SEPCOLL
CALEFFI
series 559
01084/05 GB
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
Replaces 01084/02 GB
Function
The SEPCOLL, a new device combining a hydraulic separator and
distribution manifold, is used in heating and air-conditioning
systems to allow different controls of the various rooms when there
is only one boiler or chiller.
The various configurations are compact, and can be easily fitted in
any kind of hydraulic circuit, with the advantages of ease of
installation and a saving of useful living space.
The SEPCOLL devices are supplied complete with preformed shell
insulation to ensure perfect heat insulation when used in both hot
and cold water systems.
Patent application No. MI2001A001270
Product range
Code 559022
Code 559031
Code 559021
Code 559121
Hydraulic separator-manifold 2+2 external use with insulation. Complete with fixing brackets
Hydraulic separator-manifold 3+1 external use with insulation. Complete with fixing brackets
Hydraulic separator-manifold 2+1 built-in version with insulation
Hydraulic separator-manifold 2+1 in manifold box with insulation
Technical specification
Insulation characteristics
- Materials: - Body:
painted steel
6 bar
0 110C
Connections:
- mains;
- branches;
1 1/4 F
1 F
1 M
1 M
1 F
1/2 F
1/2 F
80 mm
60 mm
90 mm
90 mm
Material:
closed cell expanded PEX
Thickness:
20 mm
Density: - internal part
30 Kg/m3
- external
50 Kg/m3
Thermal conductivity (DIN 52612): - at 0C
0,038 W/(mK)
- at 40C
0,045 W/(mK)
Coefficient of resistance to the diffusion of vapour (DIN 52615):> 1.300
Temperature range:
0 100C
Reaction to fire (DIN 4102):
Class B2
Hydraulic characteristic
Maximum recommended flow rates at outlets:
Branches
2+1
2+2
3+1
Primary
2 m3/h
2,5 m3/h
2,5 m3/h
Secondary (total)
5 m3/h
6 m3/h
6 m3/h
Dimensions
C
A
A
38433.01
I
H
Domanda di brevetto
n. MI2001A 001270
C
D
38431.01
Domanda di brevetto
n. MI2001A 001270
H
G
C
D
B
E
L
E
I
F
F
G
Code
A
559021 1"
Weight
Domanda di brevetto
n. MI2001A 001270
Domanda di brevetto
n. MI2001A 001270
38435.01
I
H
38431.01
Volume (l)
L
Code
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
(kg)
559022 11/4" 1" 1/2 160 90 140 530 80 250 80 13,2 6,9
Weight
B
C
D
E
F
G H
I
L
(kg) Volume (l)
1" 1/2 155 90 570 60 195 140 60 7,7 4,1
A
Weight
Code A B C D E
F G H
I
L M (kg) Volume (l)
559031 11/4" 1" 1/2 390 90 90 140 80 250 760 80 17,5 9,8
Code
559121
A
800
B
770
C
595
E
D
85
E
150190
Operating principle
When a single system contains a primary generating circuit, with its
own pump, and a secondary user circuit, with one or more
distribution pumps, operating conditions may arise in the system
where the pumps interact, creating abnormal variations in flow
rates and pressures in the circuits.
In the SEPCOLL there is a low pressure loss zone, which enables
the primary and secondary circuits connected to it to be
hydraulically independent of each other; the flow in one circuit
does not create a flow in the other if the pressure loss in the
common section is negligible.
In this case, the flow rates passing through the respective circuits
depend exclusively on the flow characteristics of the pumps,
preventing reciprocal influence due to connection in series.
Downstream of the hydraulic separation zone are the flow and
return manifolds to which the various secondary distribution circuits
can be connected.
secondary circuit
primary circuit
GS1
GS2
GS3
Gp
GS1
GS2
GS3
Gp
GS4
Gprimary = Gsecondary (GS1+GS2+GS3+GS4)
GS1
GS2
GS3
Gp
GS4
Gprimary > Gsecondary (GS1+GS2+GS3+GS4)
GS4
Gprimary < Gsecondary (GS1+GS2+GS3+GS4)
Installation
SEPCOLL units should be installed in accordance with the
diagrams shown in this leaflet, paying attention to the correct
connection of the flow and return pipework and the main and
branch connections. SEPCOLL can even be installed upside down,
as long as the right connection pattern is achieved.
The 1/2 F connections must only be used for connecting an air
vent valve and drain cock, and not for connecting branch circuits.
40
CALEFFI
80
1,75
80
1,5
60
1,0
40
0,5
0,25
15
21
0,75
16
20
20
22
14
23
13
10
1,25
-5
-10
-15
-20
1,5
1,75
2,0
12
24
15
1,0
0,75
0,5
0,25
2,25
11
10
80
2,0
17
WATCH
60
20
Insulation
80
100
2,25
18
12
80
60
20
1,25
19
20
40
60
40
60
20
40
20
4
5
20
Support brackets
The SEPCOLL external versions
2+2 and 3+1 are supplied
complete with suitable wall-mounting
brackets, which make it possible
to adjust the front-to-back
positioning.
Application diagrams
Pump
Lockshield valve
Shut-off valve
Thermostatic valve
Clock
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
- t1
- t2
- t3
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
CALEFFI
bar
CALEFFI
40
60
20
5
conforme norme ISPESL
80
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
- t1
- t2
- t3
t
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
3
2
1
CALEFFI
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
CALEFFI
3
2
bar
40
60
20
1
conforme norme ISPESL
80
CALEFFI
M S
+
20
18
CALEFFI
22
16
24
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
M S
+
20
18
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
100
2,25
2,0
1,75
CALEFFI
80
1,5
1,25
60
1,0
0,75
40
0,5
0,25
20
5
-5
-10
-15
CALEFFI
1,75
40
0,5
0,25
10
1,25
10
8
6
4
2
0
2,0
60
1,0
0,75
15
1,0
0,25
10
8
6
4
2
0
100
2,25
80
1,5
1,25
20
0,75
0,5
22
24
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
16
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
20
20
-20
15
1,0
1,5
0,75
1,75
2,0
0,5
2,25
0,25
10
1,25
-5
-10
-15
-20
1,5
1,75
2,0
2,25
8
20
20
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 559022
Hydraulic separator-manifold 2+2 external use, for heating and air-conditioning systems. Painted steel body. Connection to
generator 1 1/4 F, outlet centre distance 80 mm. Branch connections 1 M, outlet centre distance 90 mm. 1/2 F connections for
air vent valve and drain cock. Maximum working pressure 6 bar. Temperature range 0110C (0100C with insulation). With a
hot preformed insulation shell in closed cell expanded PEX. Complete with fixing brackets.
Code 559031
Hydraulic separator-manifold 3+1 external use, for heating and air-conditioning systems. Painted steel body. Connection to
generator 1 1/4 F, outlet centre distance 80 mm. Branch connections 1 M, outlet centre distance 90 mm. 1/2 F connections for
air vent valve and drain cock. Maximum working pressure 6 bar. Temperature range 0110C (0100C with insulation). With a
hot preformed insulation shell in closed cell expanded PEX. Complete with fixing brackets.
Code 559021
Hydraulic separator-manifold 2+2 built-in version, for heating and air-conditioning systems. Painted steel body. Connection to
generator 1 F, outlet centre distance 60 mm. Branch connections 1 M, outlet centre distance 90 mm. Head branch connections
1 F, outlet centre distance 60 mm. 1/2 F connections for air vent valve and drain cock. Maximum working pressure 6 bar.
Temperature range 0110C (0100C with insulation). With a hot preformed insulation shell in closed cell expanded PEX.
Code 559121
Hydraulic separator-manifold 2+2 built-in version, for heating and air-conditioning systems. Painted steel body. Connection
to generator 1 F, outlet centre distance 60 mm. Branch connections 1 M, outlet centre distance 90 mm. Head branch
connections 1 F, outlet centre distance 60 mm. 1/2 F connections for air vent valve and drain cock. Maximum working
pressure 6 bar. Temperature range 0110C (0100C with insulation). With a hot preformed insulation shell in closed cell
expanded PEX. Complete with painted sheet steel manifold box. White. Box dimensions 800 x 770 x 150190 mm.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
01085/10 GB
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
FM 21654
replaces 01085/03 GB
Function
Pressure reducing valves are devices which, when installed on
private water systems, reduce and stabilise the pressure of the
water entering from the public network. This inlet pressure, in
general, is too high and variable to be applied directly to domestic
systems.
This series of pressure reducing valves have the feature to be preadjustable. The pressure reducing valve can be set to the desired
pressure value before installation, using an adjustment knob with a
pressure setting indicator. After installation, the system pressure will
automatically adjust itself to the set value.
The internal cartridge containing all the regulating components is
pre-assembled as a self-contained unit, to facilitate inspection
and maintenance procedures.
A version fitted with an inspectable high-capacity strainer, located
inside a special transparent container, is also available. This
ensures the pressure reducing valve and water system are well
protected from any impurities in the water supply. 5350 and 5351
series pressure reducing valves are certified as compliant with
European standard EN 1567.
Patent application:
No. MI2001A001592
No. 188928201
SVGW
SSIGE
AS 1357.2
WMKA 02467
Product range
5350 series
5350 series
5351 series
5351 series
Pre-adjustable pressure reducing valve with self-contained cartridge. With pressure gauge
size 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1 1/4, 1 1/2 and 2 M with union
Pre-adjustable pressure reducing valve with self-contained cartridge. Without pressure gauge
size 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1 1/4, 1 1/2 and 2 M with union
Pre-adjustable pressure reducing valve with self-contained cartridge and inspectable strainer. With pressure gauge size 1/2, 3/4 and 1 M with union
Pre-adjustable pressure reducing valve with self-contained cartridge and inspectable strainer.
With pressure gauge connection
size 1/2, 3/4 and 1 M with union
Technical specifications
series
Materials
Body:
Cover:
Control stem:
Moving parts:
Diaphragm:
Seals:
Strainer:
Strainer container:
Performance
Max. upstream pressure:
Downstream pressure setting range:
Factory setting:
Max. working temperature:
Pressure gauge scale:
Strainer mesh size:
Medium:
Certification in compliance with standard:
Connections
Pressure gauge connections
5350
5351
25 bar
16 bar
3 bar
60C
010 bar
0,51 mm
water
EN 1567
25 bar
16 bar
3 bar
40C
010 bar
0,28 mm
water
EN 1567
1/4 F
1/4 F
Dimensions
Operating principle
The functioning of the pressure reducing valve is based on the balance between two
opposing forces:
CALEF
FI
B
B
Code
Mass (kg)
UPSTREAM
DOWNSTREAM
CALEF
FI
8
bar
10
bar
10
B
B
Code
Mass (kg)
Code
Mass (kg)
98 54 58 1,57
4
8
bar
10
bar
10
Construction details
Pre-adjustment
Pressure reducing valves in the 5350
and 5351 series are fitted with an
operating knob and a pressure
setting indicator which is visible on
both sides. This pressure indicator
features incremental step operation,
therefore the pressure can be
adjusted continuously with the value
displayed at 0,5 bar increments.
The system pressure can therefore
be pre-set to the desired value, even
before the pressure reducing valve is
installed.
Compensated seat
Caleffi pressure reducing valves are
fitted with compensated seats. This
means the set pressure value
remains constant, regardless of
variations in the upstream pressure
value.
In the figure, the thrust towards the
opening is counterbalanced by the
force created by the closing pressure
acting on the compensating piston.
Since the piston has a surface area
equal to the obturator one, the two
forces cancel each other out.
3
2
8
0
10
bar
Pressure gauge
The pressure gauge used in the 5351 series has stainless steel
casing and a connection with a PTFE ring, which guarantees the
hydraulic seal without the need for any further sealing.
3
2
8
0
10
bar
4
6
2
8
0
10
bar
Certification
The 5350 and 5351 pressure reducing valves are approved by the
SVGW and DVGW bodies as compliant with the specifications of
European standard EN 1567.
Hydraulic characteristics
Graph 1 (Water velocity)
V (m/s)
5
4
3
2
Example:
1
0,5
0,4
1/2
0,3
3/4
1 1/4
1 1/2
0,2
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
12 l/min
9 l/min
12 l/min
12 l/min
12 l/min
12 l/min
12 l/min
20
200
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
10
5
50
100
2
20
0,5
10
0,2
0,1
No. of devices = 10
The design flow rate is calculated from the table of
simultaneous use factors.
2"
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
1/2"
3/4"
(535074/5)
5350
1"
1"
1 1/4"
5351
1/2"
3/4"
Gtot = 81 l/min
p (m w.g)
1,5
15
1,2
12
1
0,9
0,8
10
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
Example:
Gds = Gtot % = 81 41 % = 33 l/min
20
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
200
10
5
50
100
- Reference values:
20
10
0,5
0,2
Example:
for Gds = 33 l/min, select the 3/4 diameter.
(see Graph 1)
Sizing
The typical flow rates of equipment commonly used in domestic
water systems are shown below, to help in the selection of correct
pipe diameters:
12 litres/min
9 litres/min
6 litres/min
Example:
for 5350 p = 0,60 bar
(see Graph 2)
Private
dwelling
%
Public
building
%
Number
of devices
Private
dwelling
%
Public
building
%
Number
of devices
Private
dwelling
%
Public
building
%
5
10
15
20
25
30
54
41
35
29
27,5
24,5
64,5
49,5
43,5
37
34,5
32
35
40
45
50
60
70
23,2
21,5
20,5
19,5
18
17
30
28
27
26
24
23
80
90
100
150
200
300
16,5
16
15,5
14
13
12,5
22
21,5
20,5
18,5
17,5
16,5
Diameter
1/2
Flow rate (m3/h) 1,27
Flow rate (l/min) 21,16
3/4
2,27
37,83
1
3,6
60
1 1/4 1 1/2 2
5,8
9,1
14.
96,66 151,66 233,33
Installation
Installation recommendations
2. Water hammer
This is one of the main causes of faults in pressure
reducing valves. It is best to fit special devices to absorb
water hammer when installing pressure reducers in at-risk
systems.
Trouble-shooting
Certain types of fault, which are generally due to faulty design
of the system, are often wrongly attributed to pressure
reducing valves. The most frequent cases are as follows:
Maintenance
Application diagram
Shut-off valve
Ball check valve
Water hammer arrester
Solenoid valve
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
5350 series
Pre-adjustable pressure reducing valve with compensated seat and self-contained cartridge, compliant to standard
EN 1567. Connections 1/2 M (from 1/2 to 2) with union. Dezincification resistant alloy body and internal moving parts.
PA66G30 cover. Stainless steel strainer, mesh size 0,51 mm. NBR diaphragm and seals. Maximum working temperature
60C. Maximum upstream pressure 25 bar. Downstream pressure setting range from 1 to 6 bar. Self-contained cartridge
can be removed for maintenance purposes. Complete with: adjustment knob with downstream pressure regulating scale
for manual setting, pressure gauge with scale 0-10 bar (version with pressure gauge). Pressure gauge connection 1/4 F
(version without pressure gauge).
5351 series
Pre-adjustable pressure reducing valve with compensated seat, self-contained cartridge and inspectable strainer,
compliant to standard EN 1567. Connections 1/2 M (from 1/2 to 1) with union. Brass body. Dezincification resistant alloy
internal moving parts. PA66G30 cover. Stainless steel strainer, mesh size 0,28 mm. Transparent PA12 strainer container.
NBR diaphragm and seals. Maximum working temperature 40C. Maximum upstream pressure 25 bar. Downstream
pressure setting range from 1 to 6 bar. Self-contained cartridge can be removed for maintenance purposes. Complete
with: adjustment knob with downstream pressure regulating scale for manual setting, pressure gauge with scale 0-10 bar
(version with pressure gauge). Pressure gauge connection 1/4 F (version without pressure gauge).
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.p.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 Fontaneto dAgogna (NO) Italy Tel. +39 0322 8491 Fax +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2010 Caleffi
CALEFFI
6000 series
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01086/07 GB
replaces dp 01086/05
Function
The electronic mixing valve is used in central systems that produce
and distribute hot water for sanitary purposes.
It is designed to ensure and maintain the temperature of the hot tap
water distributed in the network when there are variations in the
temperature and pressure of the incoming hot and cold water or in
the draw-off flow rate.
This particular series of electronic mixing valves is equipped with
a special regulator that controls a set of programs for circuit
thermal disinfection against Legionella.
In addition it enables checking the temperature and time for
thermal disinfection are actually reached and undertaking the
appropriate corrective action. All the parameters are updated
every day and logged, recording the temperatures by time.
Depending on the type of system and habits of the consumer, it is
possible to program the temperature levels and the operation times
in the most appropriate manner.
In addition, it is fitted for a monitoring and remote control
connection.
Patented
Product range
6000 series Electronic mixing valve with programmable thermal disinfection. Threaded version.
6000 series Electronic mixing valve with programmable thermal disinfection. Flanged version.
Technical specifications
Valve body
Materials: Body:
Ball:
Hydraulic seals:
10 bar
100C
0 80C
2C
5 bar
2:1
Digital regulator
Material: - box:
- cover:
Electric supply:
Power consumption:
20 65C
40 85C
0 50C
IP 54 (wall mounting)
(class II appliance).
5(2) A / 250 V
5(2) A / 250 V
10(2) A / 250 V
Fuses:
Charge reserve:
1A
15 days In case of a mains failure, with a
3-cell rechargeable buffer battery of 150 mAh
enabling via jumpe
Battery charging time:
72 h
Conforming to Directives:
Temperature sensors: -
CE
25 m
1000 m
Dimensions
Ok
Ok
Menu
Shock
Ok
Return C
13/02/2006
adjustment
running
Ok
Menu
Mixed C
tuesday
Adjustment
running
Shock
Return C
13/02/2006
Mixed C
tuesday
40
60
20
80
60
40
80
100
20
0
A
B
G
B
Code
A
74
600050 3/4"
75
600060 1
600070 1 1/4 85
600080 1 1/2 100
110
600090 2
D
85
95
140
150
170
C
200
212
226
248
266
E
145
145
145
145
145
F
180
180
180
180
180
G
G
105
105
105
105
105
120
A
B
Weight (kg)
1,3
1,7
2,3
2,9
5,0
B
Code
A
600006 DN 65 235
600008 DN 80 235
C
600
600
D
275
275
E
145
145
F
180
180
G
105
105
Weight (kg)
28
30,4
Legionella-distribution temperature
Energy savings
In central systems that produce hot water for sanitary purposes with
storage, in order to prevent the growth of dangerous Legionella
bacteria, the hot water must be stored at a temperature of at least
60C. At this temperature it is certain that the growth of the bacteria
that can lead to the illness called legionnaires disease will be totally
inhibited.
These temperatures, however, are too high to be able to be used
directly by the consumer; hot water at these levels can cause
severe burns. It is therefore necessary to reduce the temperature of
the hot water distributed in the network to a lower value compatible
with use.
In addition, not only the storage but also the entire distribution
network needs thermal disinfection at regular intervals. Otherwise
the bacteria would quickly form there too.
70
60
50
40
30
Optimum temperature
for growth of bacteria
20
10
0
Reference documents
With regard to the prevention and control of Legionella, see the
National Regulations and applicable Code of Practice.
Applications
Characteristic components
tuesday
13/02/2006
adjustment
running
5
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
40
60
20
80
60
40
80
100
20
0
120
Operating principle
At the mixing valve inlet there is hot water from the storage and cold water from the
mains. At its outlet there is the flow mixed water.
By means of a specific sensor, the regulator measures the temperature of the mixed
water at the valve outlet and operates the mixing valve to maintain the set temperature.
It modifies the flows of hot and cold water at the inlet to bring the temperature of the
outlet water to the set value.
Even if there are drops in pressure due to hot or cold water usage or temperature
variations at the inlet, the mixing valve automatically adjusts the flow rate of water until
it obtains the set temperature.
HOT
For the best thermal disinfection control, in this type of system it may also be
necessary to measure the temperature of the water returning from the network,
measured with the recirculation sensor. When this measurement is available, it is
used in order to check and control the temperature reached over all or part of the
network, since the sensor can be located at a significant remote point of the system.
COLD
The appliance is equipped with an RS-485 serial port for remote querying and
setting and via specific relays it carries alarm signals and controls for other
system devices outside.
recirculation sensor
20
80
0
40
60
flow sensor
MIX
Hydraulic characteristics
p (bar)
3/4
1 1/4 1 1/2
2 p (m w.g.)
p (bar)
DN 65
DN 80
p (m w.g.)
10
0,5
0,5
0,3
0,3
0,2
0,2
0,1
0,1
0,05
0,5
0,05
0,5
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
* p = 1,5 bar
Minimum
(m3/h)
0,5
0,7
1,0
1,5
2,0
Maximum*
(m3/h)
6,4
11,0
17,8
28,0
39,0
100
2000
1000
50
20
500
500
200
5
100
50
20
200
200
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
1,0
10
10
50
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
1,0
20
15
10
1,5
15
1,5
DN 65
DN 80
Kv (m3/h)
90,0
120,0
DN 65
DN 80
* p = 1,5 bar
Minimum
(m3/h)
4,0
5,0
Maximum*
(m3/h)
110,0
146,0
Back panel
To remove the electrical wiring base you need to turn it round and extract it from its housing.
Appliance fuse
1 A - 250 V delayed
6 5
Relay 3
4 3
Relay 2
2 1
Relay 1
Screw
for closing front
with hole for
sealing
21 20 19
Temperature
sensors
Flow
Common
Return
Thermal shock
enabling
Relay contacts
18 17 16
RS485
Appliance
reset button
PIN
disable
8 7
Relay 4
Disabling
button
PIN code
Reset
15 14 13 12 11 10 9
Closes
Common
Opens
Earth
Earth
Neutral
Live
RS485
interface
terminal
Terminal for
temperature
sensors
Contacts for thermal
shock function enabling
jumper
Shock disabled
Battery connection
Battery connected
Battery disconnected
Shock enabled
Connecting sensors:
The cable connecting the flow and return sensors with the regulator must be installed in a
dedicated raceway. If the connecting cable is put into a raceway with other live cables then you
must use a grounded shielded cable.
Front panel
1 LCD display
tuesday
13/02/2006
adjustment
running
Shock
Menu
Return C
On
- Status OK
- Battery
- Alarm
5 LED display: TReturn-return temperature
Ok
Ok
8 Navigation buttons
- Menu
- OK
UP
DOWN
9 RS 485 front connection
Indicator description
Signals with LED display
On the front of the appliance there are 3 LED displays that constantly
give the current time and the temperatures of the flow and return
(system recirculation) sensor.
LED indicators
On the front of the appliance there are the following indicator LEDs:
Mains LED:
red LED: on steady when there is mains voltage.
Return C
Flow
Return
tuesday
13/02/2006
adjustment
running
tuesday
13/02/2006
disinfection
running
Ok
Work status
Depending on the time, according to the programs entered, the appliance may be in one of the following work modes:
Adjustment;
Disinfection;
Flushing;
Thermal shock (this function takes priority over the preceding ones);
In the event of trouble due to the appliance or the system, the device manages and reports the alarm and, depending on the situation, may maintain
operation or not. So the statuses include:
On with alarm
Off with alarm
The appliance is equipped with a chargeable battery that enables keeping the clock working in the event of a mains power failure.
In the event of a blackout, in order to ensure the longest operating time possible for the battery, the appliance is in the status of:
Off with Low Power.
Adjustment
In this mode the appliance continually checks the temperature detected by the flow sensor and as a result adjusts the mixing valve so that the flow
temperature is equal to the set point.
Disinfection
In this mode the appliance runs a disinfection phase, which consists of taking the water temperature up to a pre-set value for a specific duration, suitably
controlling the mixing valve.
It is possible, with the menu, to set the days of the week when disinfection must be carried out.
At the end of disinfection, the statistical data relating to the disinfection that has just been concluded are stored in memory.
Access to and exit from this mode take place automatically according to a time for starting (TIMEON) and ending (TIMEOFF) that the user can set.
CHECK ON DISINFECTION
Temperature
t1
t2
SET2 - PRG1A
SET3 - PRG1B of 2
Time
TIME OFF
If, in the time span (Time OFF - Time ON), the actual disinfection time is reached tDIS greater than the set tMIN, the disinfection is concluded with a
positive outcome. It automatically exits this status and returns to adjustment.
If it is not possible to reach a sufficient time tDIS, the disinfection phase anyhow ends at Time OFF.
Example:
Time ON:
Time OFF:
tMIN:
Program:
Tdisinfection:
2:00
3:00
30 min
1A
60C
If, in the time span of 1 hour, there is a temperature higher than 60C for at least 30 minutes, disinfection has been
successful and the regulator returns to adjustment. Otherwise, disinfection anyhow ends at 3:00.
Programs
The operation of the regulator, during disinfection, can be set according to different programs, chosen according to the type of system and its
management:
Program 0 (default)
This program features continual adjustment of the flow temperature with automatic disinfection in a time band that can be set. With this program
the return sensor is not used; if present, it is only used as a monitor.
During the phase of disinfection, the temperature of the flow sensor must be above SET2 for a time tDIS at least equal to tMIN, if this occurs
then disinfection has been successful.
As soon as there are the conditions to be able to consider disinfection successful, it is stopped. If disinfection is not successful there is no alarm
signal.
Program 1A
This program features continual adjustment of the flow temperature with automatic disinfection in a time band that can be set. With this program
the return sensor is not used; if present, it is only used as a monitor.
During the phase of disinfection, the temperature of the flow sensor must be above SET2 for a time tDIS at least equal to tMIN, if this occurs
then disinfection has been successful.
As soon as there are the conditions to be able to consider disinfection successful, it is stopped.
If it is not possible to reach the disinfection temperature or it is not possible to hold it for a sufficient time, the alarm for unsuccessful disinfection
is generated. The alarm is recorded in the log.
Program 1B
This program can only be set if the return sensor is set as present.
It is identical to the previous program, the only difference lies in the fact that the successful outcome of the disinfection phase is checked via
the return sensor in relation to SET3 instead of via the flow sensor in relation to SET2.
As soon as there are the conditions to be able to consider disinfection successful, it is stopped.
If it is not possible to reach the disinfection temperature or it is not possible to hold it for a sufficient time, the alarm for unsuccessful disinfection
is generated. The alarm is recorded in the log.
Program 2
This program can only be set if the return sensor is set as present.
It is identical to the previous program, the only difference lies in the fact that, if after a wait time (tWAIT) since the start of disinfection the return
temperature does not reach SET3, the flow temperature SET2 is increased by a value equal to (SET3 - TR reached), considering the fact that
SET2 anyhow cannot exceed the limit of SETMAX.
This correction procedure (increasing only) of the disinfection SET is iterative: if necessary, it is repeated in the time span defined by TimeON
and TimeOFF at each time interval equal to tWAIT.
As soon as there are the conditions to be able to consider disinfection successful, it is stopped.
If it is not possible to reach the disinfection temperature or it is not possible to hold it for a sufficient time, the alarm for unsuccessful disinfection
is generated. The alarm is recorded in the log.
Thermal disinfection
The temperatures and corresponding disinfection times for the network must be chosen according to the type of system and the related
intended use. In the light of the requirements of the most advanced world legislation on this matter, the following criteria can generally be
followed:
T = 70C for 10 minutes
T = 65C for 15 minutes
T = 60C for 30 minutes
Thermal disinfection is generally performed at times of reduced use of the system, for example at nighttime; this is to minimize the risk of users
getting scalded. It is recommended to perform thermal disinfection every day and at least once a week.
Progr.
Use
return
sensor
NO
1A
NO
1B
YES
1B
YES
YES
Adjustment temperature
Disinfection temperature
Flow: (SET 1)
5055C
Flow: (SET 1)
5055C
Flow: (SET 1)
5055C
--
Flow: (SET 2)
60C
Flow: (SET 2)
60C
Recirculation: (SET 3)
57C
Recirculation: (SET 3)
55C -24 h
Recirculation: (SET 3)
55C with modification of flow
up to the max value
Flow: (SET 1)
5055C
Flushing
The appliance goes into this mode automatically at the end of the disinfection phase and it can be used for example to make the water
temperature return to the adjustment value more quickly or to periodically clear the storage of any impurities.
Thermal shock
In this mode, the appliance regulates the flow temperature on the shock setting for a time that can be set.
It is possible to start thermal shock on pressing the specific button on the front of the appliance (pressing it for at lease 5) while the work screen
is displayed, or to program it with the menu item for deferred execution (countdown in minutes), or by remote control.
After activating the procedure, it is anyhow possible to stop it by pressing the shock button and confirming it with the OK button
(display guided procedure), or by remote control.
At the end of the Thermal Shock phase the appliance goes back into the adjustment function.
Low Power
This mode is entered if there is a mains power failure.
The appliance continues running the internal date clock, however in this state there is no power to switch over the relays so the regulator will
perform neither adjustment nor disinfection.
When the mains power comes back on, the blackout is recorded in the log and the regulator returns to operating as programmed, unless the
mains failure lasted long enough to run down the battery completely. In this case the appliance will reset when the mains power comes back on.
In the event of a reset or an extended power failure, the default settings are restored.
Reset
Reset
On the back of the panel there is the reset button, if it is necessary to restore the initial settings.
If the date and time are not set after the reset, the regulator will only make the adjustment according to the default settings.
Actuation relays
On the power and terminals board there are the contacts of the relays used to govern the auxiliary equipment and to report alarms.
Relay 1: circulation pump (on in disinfection).
Relay 2: general alarm (sensor fault, battery fault, blackout or loss of current time). This relay is connected via the NC contact.
Relay 3: second thermostat.
Relay 4: flushing valves.
Relay 1
1
T1
60C
Relay 3
5
N
Recirculation pump
T2
70C
Alarm management
In order to simplify the solution of any functional problems after installation and commissioning, the regulator is configured so as to signal any
operating trouble with alarms and to undertake the appropriate action.
In this case the cause of the alarm is shown on the LCD display.
If the alarm does not inhibit all the functions, the alarm screen will alternate with the appliance status screen.
Description
AL1
AL2
AL3
Disinfection failed
AL4
AL5
AL6
Appliance reset
AL7
Battery faulty
Log
The log is a FIFO list (loop buffer) that is continually updated and records parameters relating to the phases of adjustment and disinfection
that took place during the day.
The last 40 days are saved, after which the data relating to the less recent day are overwritten and so on.
Every hour the hourly averages of the flow and return temperatures are saved to Eeprom, while the alarms are saved at the time when they
occur.
At any time it is possible to view the average hourly values of the current day (obviously the ones already recorded).
The data on disinfection are saved when disinfection ends.
It is possible to view the log on the display (via the specific menu item) or remotely via the RS485 serial interface.
The parameters saved in the log are:
- Date (day, month, year)
- Set program. This is saved when disinfection starts.
- tDIS: actual disinfection time (in steps of minutes).
When the set program is 0 or 1A, this parameter is the time when the temperature of the flow sensor was greater than SET2.
When the set program is 1B or 2, this parameter is the time when the return sensor was greater than SET3.
This is helpful when it is less than tMIN, to understand how much greater the span of TIME ON: TIME OFF should be to complete disinfection.
- TRMAX: Maximum temperature of the return sensor during disinfection (if there was disinfection that ended on that day).
- TRMIN: Minimum temperature of the return sensor during disinfection (if there was disinfection that ended on that day). It is calculated from
the time when the return sensor measured a value greater than SET3, that is starting from the time when the disinfection starts being effective.
- Alarms AL1, AL2, AL3, AL4, AL5, AL6, AL7 if they were activated on the day in question.
- 24 hourly average values of the flow temperature.
- 24 hourly average values of the return temperature.
- Marker indicating whether the previous data are reliable. Used in the event of resetting, changing time, changing date and any other event
that might have made the saved data unreliable.
If no disinfection ended on that day, then the related fields will contain a default value.
If there have been any faults with one or both sensors, the hourly average data will be displayed with dashes.
If there are any gaps or unavailable data due to a change in date, time, etc., the cells will contain a default value and will be shown on the
display with dashes.
hiSTORIc 06/04/2006
tDIS 060 PGRM 1A
TR MAX 58 TR MIN 48
ALARM ---45-7-
hiSTORIc 06/04/2006
h 01 02 03 04 05 06
TF ----------------TR -----------------
hiSTORIc 06/04/2006
h 07 08 09 10 11 12
TF 50 50 50 51 49 52
TR 47 47 47 47 46 48
Application diagrams
Check valve
20
40
60
Temperature gauge
80
Ball valve
Backflow preventer
Pump
Expansion vessel
T
T2
T1
Thermostat
Safety valve
20
80
0
40
60
Filter
T2
T1
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
6000 series threaded version
Electronic mixing valve with programmable thermal disinfection. Consisting of: Valve body. Hot and cold water connections
threaded 3/4F (from 3/4 to 2), mixed water connection 3/4F (from 3/4 to 2) with union. Brass body. Chrome plated brass ball.
NBR hydraulic seals. Maximum working pressure (static) 10 bar. Maximum temperature at inlet 100C. Thermometer
temperature scale 080C. Actuator. Electric supply 230 V (ac) - 50/60 Hz directly from the regulator. Power consumption 8 VA.
Protection class IP 44. Ambient temperature range: -1055C. Self-extinguishing protective cover VO. Power cable length
0,9 m. Mixing valve. Accuracy: 2C. Maximum working pressure (dynamic) 5 bar. Maximum ratio between inlet pressures
(H/C or C/H), with G = 0,5 Kv, 2:1. Digital regulator. Electric supply 230 V (ac) - 50/60 Hz. Power consumption 6,5 VA.
Adjustment temperature range 2065C. Disinfection temperature range 4085C. Ambient temperature range 050C. With
program for checking the temperature and time for thermal disinfection are actually reached; equipped with system for logging
the measured parameters on a daily basis; fitted for a monitoring and remote control connection. Protection class IP 54 (wall
mounting). Conforms to EC directives.
6000 series flanged version
Electronic mixing valve with programmable thermal disinfection. Consisting of: Valve body. Flanged connections DN 65 (DN 65
and DN 80), PN 16 can be coupled with counterflanges EN 1092-1. Brass body. Chrome plated brass ball. NBR hydraulic seals.
Maximum working pressure (static) 10 bar. Maximum temperature at inlet 100C. Thermometer temperature scale 080C.
Actuator. Electric supply 230 V (ac) - 50/60 Hz directly from the regulator. Power consumption 10,5 W. Protection class IP 65.
Ambient temperature range: -1055 C. Self-extinguishing protective cover VO. Power cable length 2 m. Mixing valve. Accuracy:
2C. Maximum working pressure (dynamic) 5 bar. Maximum ratio between inlet pressures (H/C or C/H), with G = 0,5 Kv, 2:1.
Digital regulator. Electric supply 230 V (ac) - 50/60 Hz. Power consumption 6,5 VA. Adjustment temperature range 2065C.
Disinfection temperature range 4085C. Ambient temperature range 050C. With program for checking the temperature and time
for thermal disinfection are actually reached; equipped with system for logging the measured parameters on a daily basis; fitted
for a monitoring and remote control connection. Protection class IP 54 (wall mounting). Conforms to EC directives.
Accessories
6001
LEGIOMIX Interface
Product range
Code
600100
755845
755846
755855
LEGIOMIX interface
analog modem
GSM digital modem
bus cable (FROR 450/750 - 2x1 mm2) - 100 m roll
Legiomix
id 3
id 6
Mixed C
Martedi
Return C
Mixed C
13/02/2006
Martedi
regolazione
in corso
Shock
Ok
Return C
Mixed C
13/02/2006
Martedi
regolazione
in corso
Ok
Menu
Remote transmission
with GSM modem
id 9
Shock
13/02/2006
regolazione
in corso
Ok
Menu
Ok
Return C
Shock
Ok
Menu
Ok
CALEFFI
id 2
id 5
Mixed C
Martedi
Return C
Mixed C
13/02/2006
Martedi
regolazione
in corso
Shock
Ok
Shock
id 1
Return C
Mixed C
13/02/2006
Martedi
regolazione
in corso
Ok
Menu
Ok
Martedi
Shock
Mixed C
Martedi
Ok
Local transmission
Ok
Shock
Return C
Mixed C
13/02/2006
Martedi
regolazione
in corso
Ok
Menu
Ok
Menu
id 7
Return C
13/02/2006
regolazione
in corso
Shock
13/02/2006
regolazione
in corso
Ok
Menu
Ok
Shock
Return C
Ok
Menu
Ok
Device Parameters
Parametri
dispositivo
ID bus
Programme
Language
Set adjustment
Set disinfection
Set return
Set shock
Set max temp.
Time ON hh
Time OFF hh
Change done
Remote transmission
with analog modem
Return C
13/02/2006
regolazione
in corso
Ok
Menu
id 4
Mixed C
Legiomix
interface
id 8
1a
English
C
C
C
C
C
50
60
57
60
65
2 mm
3 mm
Date
Prgm T dis TR TR
Alarms
04-07-06 02
30 60 57 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
max min 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
()
M T W T F S S
0
0
T wait
T min
T flux
T shock
T motor
T play
min
min
sec
min
min
min
2
30
0
5
60
2
Confirm
Hour
00-01
01-02
02-03
03-04
04-05
05-06
06-07
07-08
08-09
09-10
10-11
11-12
T.average
flow
ret
51
51
51
51
50
50
52
52
50
50
50
50
34
32
31
31
30
30
31
36
46
46
46
46
Hour
12-13
13-14
14-15
15-16
16-17
17-18
18-19
19-20
20-21
21-22
22-23
23-24
Help
T.average
flow
ret
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
51
58
58
51
47
47
46
46
46
47
47
47
40
42
52
37
Store
Safety in use
C
75
Full thickness
burns
70
65
Partial thickness
burns
60
55
Safety conditions.
Max. exposure time
at a specific
temperature
50
45
0,1
10
100
1.000
10.000
Seconds
Materials: - body:
- springs:
Kv = 0,8 (m3/h)
Dimensions
10 bar
5 bar
481C
B
Code
Connections:
Hydraulic characteristics
Technical Specifications
1/2 F inlet
1/2 M outlet
C
A
600140 1/2
38
Application diagram
Operation
Open
Closed
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 600140
Anti-scald device for domestic hot water use. 1/2 F inlet x 1/2 M outlet connections. Chrome plated brass body. Stainless
steel springs. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Set temperature 48C 1C.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
Copyright 2007 Calef fi S.P.A.
CALEFFI
series 640
01087/03 GB
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
Function
The new series 640 zone kit provides, in a single assembly, all the
necessary components for installation in the zone manifold box,
making installation operations quicker and easier.
The kit consists of:
- A 4-way zone valve with thermo-electric actuator, equipped with
auxiliary micro-switch.
- A cast monoblock dual manifold.
- A differential by-pass.
- Two automatic air vents with hygroscopic safety caps.
The function of the differential by-pass is of particular importance,
as it controls the pressure of the manifold flow and return circuits
when the required flow rate varies. Variations of this nature may
take place following the closure of room temperature regulating
valves on the heat emitters, such as, for example, thermostatic or
electrothermal valves.
Reference documentation
- Leaflet 01014 Dual manifolds. Series 356.
- Leaflet 01072 Zone valves. Series 676.
- Leaflet 01054 Automatic air vents. Series 5020.
Product range
Code 640542 Zone kit 4+4
Code 640562 Zone kit 6+6
Code 640582 Zone kit 8+8
Technical specification
356
E
D
B
Medium:
Max percentage of glycol:
10 bar
1,2 bar
20 kPa (2000 mm w.g.)
2,5 bar
095C
Mod. Dep.
CALEFFI
Dimensions
220V
0,6 A
13 mA
3W
0,8 A
3/4 M with union
23 p.1,5 M
A
F
Code Branches
640542 4+4
640562 6+6
640582 8+8
A
60
60
60
B
23 p. 1,5
23 p. 1,5
23 p. 1,5
C
126
126
126
D
40
40
40
E
405
485
565
F
142
142
142
Hydraulic characteristics
Constructional details
Zone valve
P (kPa)
100
3000
30
50
2000 1800
1000
20
1600
1400
1200
18
16
14
12
900
800
700
600
9
8
7
6
400
300
180
160
140
120
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
90
80
70
60
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
40
0,4
30
0,3
10
500
200
100
1800
Installation
0,2
The zone kit, supplied with the control on the r.h. side come with
the air vents, differential by-pass and manifold pre-assembled.
G (l/h)
Series
Straight
By-pass
pmax *
(bar)
3,7
1,0
1,2
Kv (m3/h)
DN
3/4
678
Zone valve
The stainless steel control spindle has a double hydraulic seal
consisting of two EPDM O-rings. This means that the upper part of the
assembly can be removed even when the system is in operation.
0,5
2000
1600
1400
1200
900
1000
800
700
600
450
500
400
350
200
250
20
300
50
Dual manifold
These manifolds are made in a single monoblock casting without the
need for additional connections between the internal tubes.
This eliminates a possible cause of problems due to the joining of
metals with different thermal expansion coefficients.
The connections of the lateral branches are made at right angles to
the main headers to make fitting the connections easier.
3,0
6,5
356
40
Mod. Dep.
4000
5000
CALEFFI
90
80
70
60
356
Open
8000
7000
6000
Mod. Dep.
By-pass
10000 9000
CALEFFI
P (mm w.g.)
Differential by-pass
P (mm w.g.)
P (kPa)
10000
100
9000
90
8000
80
7000
70
6000
60
5000
L
50
4500
45
4000
40
3500
35
3000
30
2500
25
1800
1600
18
1400
14
1200
12
2000
10
1000
900
800
700
600
450
500
400
350
300
250
180
200
160
140
120
90
100
80
70
60
16
50
220 V
50 Hz
Thermostat
20
1000
3 Watt
max 0,8 A
1 Brown
3 Black
2 Blue
4 Black
G (l/h)
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 640
Controlled pressure zone kit, branches 4+4 (6+6 or 8+8). Manifold connections 3/4 M with union. Branch
connections 23p.1,5 M. Brass body. EPDM hydraulic seals. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Working temperature
range 095C. Comprising:
- Single cast monoblock dual manifold.
- 4-way zone valve. Maximum differential pressure 1,2 bar.
- 220V servomotor complete with auxiliary micro-switch. Start-up current 0,6 A. Working current 13 mA.
- Differential by-pass. Connections 3/4 M x 3/8 F. Differential pressure 20 kPa.
- Automatic air vents. Maximum discharge pressure 2,5 bar. Complete with hygroscopic safety caps.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
series 152
01088/03 GB
Function
The temperature regulating unit is designed to guarantee the
correct contribution of heating energy required by the user, by
measuring the outside and room temperature values to regulate the
correct system flow temperature for either heating or cooling.
It is supplied complete with:
4-way mixing valve, servomotor, pump, flow temperature sensor,
outside temperature sensor, system temperature return sensor,
cooling surface humidity control sensor, temperature controller, flow
and return thermometers, unions for connecting to the primary and
secondary circuits, with preformed shell insulation.
The unit is designed for connection for remote data transmission.
This unit solves the problems of installation of regulating
components in modern small and medium-sized systems, due to its
compact size and ease of use.
The unit is factory set for use with underfloor heating systems.
Product range
Code 152650
Code 152651
Code 151000
Temperature regulating unit for heating and cooling with pump UPS 25-60
Temperature regulating unit for heating and cooling with pump UPS 25-80
Room thermostat and indoor sensor
Technical specification
- Materials: - body:
- hydraulic seals:
- insulation shell:
Medium:
Max percentage of glycol:
Working temperature range:
Max working pressure:
By-pass regulating range:
- Thermometer scale:
- Primary and secondary circuit connections:
- Servomotor: electric supply:
rating:
cycle time:
torque:
- Grundfos pump:
cod. 152650
cod. 152651
H (m w.g.)
6
4-way
- Mixing valve:
-
H (m w.g.)
6
060C
1 F with union
230V 50 Hz
10 VA
240 s
10 Nm
model UPS 25-60
model UPS 25-80
95%
040C
IP 42
UPS 25-60
code 152650
UPS 25-80
code 152651
5
4
2
2
1
0
Q (m3/h)
Power consumption
Speed
3
2
1
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
Speed
0,45
0,30
0,17
100
65
35
1800
1100
700
3
2
1
Q (m3/h)
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
1,13
1,04
0,69
250
220
140
2450
1500
1000
Dimensions
H
D
C*
L
CALEFFI
28
26
30
24
19
20
18
16
21
22
34
15
50
13
23
22
14
WATCH
12
24
32
17
12
11
60
70
40
80
30
90
+25%
-50%
10
-25%
A
1"
Code
152650/651
B
142
Characteristic components
12
10
20 30 20
10
SYSTEM
FLOW
60
20 30 20
10
D
90
E
40
F
234
G
267
H
205
I
320
L
120
Hydraulic diagram
SYSTEM
RETURN
C
78
10
SR
SF
60
Servomotor
Pump
Automatic by-pass
11
CALEFFI
26
19
20
18
50
21
13
23
22
14
WATCH
12
24
Differential by-pass
30
32
22
34
16
15
11
28
24
17
12
60
70
40
80
30
90
-25%
+25%
-50%
FLOW FROM
BOILER
BOILER
RETURN
BR
10
BF
Thermometer
Temperature controller
10
20
18
CALEFFI
16
22
24
10
CALEFFI
01
03
Circulating pump:
code 152650 GRUNDFOS UPS 25-60
code 152651 GRUNDFOS UPS 25-80.
20
13
23
22
14
24
WATCH
11
06
07
08
09
10
11
Servomotor.
12
50
60
70
40
80
30
90
-25%
11
+25%
34
10
05
32
22
16
15
04
30
24
17
12
21
18
12
02
26
19
28
-50%
12
2)
3)
4)
5)
Characteristic curve
The characteristic curve is determined taking into account the
following parameters:
a)
b)
c)
d)
6)
7)
b)
f)
9)
50%
e)
25%
d)
TFLOW (C)
c)
50
B (-10;45)
45
D (4;40)
80%
40
55%
35
C (11;33,75)
30
25
E (24;20)
20
A (18;20)
15
10
5
35
30
25
20
15
10
-5
-10
-15
TOUTSIDE (C)
Passive band
11)
16
4(2)A
PS
4(2)A
MA
4(2)A
MC
230 V AC
4VA
OPEN
-10
OPEN
-10
-15
SM
18
30
20
40 35
UR
4,5
DIP
6,25C
45
65
22
KA
A
50
55
0 14
ON
4(2)A
12
SR
-20 -20
-5
F
KA
55
15
SE
PUMP
N
CLOSED
CLOSED
60
11
TA
230V AC
10A max
C
4(2)A
TA 1
1 2 3 4
TFLOW (C)
2501
INLET PUMP
MIXING VALVE
LP
17
t Typ 2125
N
13
ROOM
THERMOSTAT
T 40
DIGITAL
REGULATOR
65 1,5
6
max
NZ
10
50
40
100
RF(%)
35
30
25
20
20
15
10
-5
-10
3)
4)
TFLOW (C)
15
10
-5
-10
-15
TOUTSIDE (C)
d
-7
21
22
ON
ON
DIP
DIP
DIP
DIP
ON
DIP
Flow temperature
limited 16C
1 2 3 4
17
Free flow
temperature
1 2 3 4
18
DIP
19
Screed
drying
1 2 3 4
20
16
15
14
ON
20
1 2 3 4
25
ON
30
1 2 3 4
35
ON
6,25C
15
18
1 2 3 4
50
20
DIP
55
25
2)
ON
60
40
1 2 3 4
45
-15
TOUTSIDE (C)
12)
1)
15
25
Flow temperature
limited 14C
Flow temperature
limited 12C
Flow temperature
limited 10C
13
10
12
11
6)
TRANSFORMER
code 150052
7) NZ
TFLOW (C)
50
45
40
Treturn 35,2C
30
25
20
15
20
15
10
-5
-10
-15
TOUTSIDE (C)
220 V
24 V
UR
SENSOR RH%
code 150050
SENSOR RH%
code 150050
55
25
Layouts for the correct positioning of the max RH% limit sensor.
60
35
SR
LH side
terminal strip
CONVERTER
code 150051
1 2 3 4 5 6
10
5)
16) C
Summer - winter circuit changeover valve wiring.
F
This connection enables the 3-way valve to be activated
automatically for hydraulic deviation between the boiler circuit
and the chiller circuit. This takes place after the outside
temperature has risen above the value set at point 10 for at least
half an hour.
Ten minutes later, the regulating unit pump is activated.
RH side
terminal strip
F
KA
KA
The maximum heat energy that the panel can produce in relation
with the climate values recorded, can be reached by controlling the
below outlined parameters.
CALEFFI
28
3032
2426
19
20
18
17
16
22
22
14
60
23
13
WATCH
12
24
34
15
21
12
11
7080
4050
30
90
-25%
+25%
-50%
10
4
5
11) SE
18)
SE
Connecting
wiring
12) SR
SE
Connector
LH side
terminal strip
C
0
2
4
6
8
10
15
Ohm
5.632
5.187
4.742
4.347
4.000
3.553
2.971
C
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
Ohm
2.431
2.000
1.655
1.376
1.150
966
815
C
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
Ohm
690
587
501
430
370
319
276
C
90
95
100
Ohm
240
209
183
Safety
If the flow or outside sensor shows an ohm resistance value outside
its working range (damaged or disconnected sensor), the following
operating state is automatically activated:
Pump OFF, Mixing valve OFF, LED 7 continuously lit.
RH side
terminal strip
PS
MA
MC
Brown
- Range of adjustment:
5 55C
- Factory setting:
50C
- Protection class:
IP 40
- Contacts load:
(C-1) 10(2,5)A / 250V
- Contacts load:
(C-2)
1(1)A / 250V
+C
C
1
2
CALEFFI
26
24
19
20
18
16
21
22
30
32
34
15
13
23
22
14
WATCH
12
24
28
17
12
11
50
60
70
40
80
30
90
-25%
+25%
-50%
10
4
5
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
Manual control
10
25
20
15
10
-5
-10
-15
ten
TOUTSIDE (C)
be
ng
pe
ra t
nh
u r f
r Fu b o d e
ei z
Options
TA1
20
TA
18
CALEFFI
22
TA 1
TA
LH side
terminal strip
a ch
Zu
Close
Ferm
e
15
Hand schliee
on
n
tv
Mis
ch
e
ft
au
Vo r l
20
Auf
Open
Ouvrir
Beipass n
ich
Room thermostat
16
24
Application diagram
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
CALEFFI
PN 10
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
CALEFFI
PN 10
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
28
3032
2426
19
20
18
17
16
22
60
13
23
22
14
WATCH
12
24
34
15
21
12
11
7080
4050
30
90
-25%
+25%
-50%
10
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 152650
Temperature regulating unit for heating and cooling. Connections 1" F with unions. Body in grey cast iron GG19.
Hydraulic seals in EPDM. Maximum working pressure 6 bar. Ambient temperature from 0 to 40C. Regulating
temperature from 5 to 60C (factory settings: heating 45C, cooling 16C). Maximum ambient relative humidity 95%.
Consisting of: 4-way mixing valve; mixing valve servomotor with the following characteristics: power supply 230 V
50 Hz, rating 10 VA, cycle time 240 s, torque 10 Nm. Pump UPS 25-60. By-pass valve with regulating scale
from 0,05 to 0,5 bar. Temperature controller with two channel clock, for daily/weekly programming. Flow
temperature sensor. Return temperature sensor. Outside temperature sensor, connectable to terminal.
Maximum RH% limit control sensor. Flow and return pocket thermometers, scale 060C. Automatic
summer/winter cycle changeover. Provided with connection for remote data transmission. Protection
class IP 42. Complete with PPM insulation.
Code 152651
Temperature regulating unit for heating and cooling. Connections 1" F with unions. Body in grey cast iron GG19.
Hydraulic seals in EPDM. Maximum working pressure 6 bar. Ambient temperature from 0 to 40C. Regulating
temperature from 5 to 60C (factory settings: heating 45C, cooling 16C). Maximum ambient relative humidity 95%.
Consisting of: 4-way mixing valve; mixing valve servomotor with the following characteristics: power supply 230 V
50 Hz, rating 10 VA, cycle time 240 s, torque 10 Nm. Pump UPS 25-80. By-pass valve with regulating scale from 0,05
channel clock, for daily/weekly programming. Flow temperature sensor. Return temperature sensor. Outside
temperature sensor, connectable to terminal. Maximum RH% limit control sensor. Flow and return pocket
thermometers, scale 060C. Automatic summer/winter cycle changeover. Provided with connection for remote
data transmission. Protection class IP 42. Complete with PPM insulation.
Code 151000
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
253 series
cert. n 0003
01089/06 GB
ISO 9001
Replaces 01089/03 GB
General
The safety relief valves manufactured by Caleffi are produced in
compliance with the essential safety requirements laid down by
Directive 97/23/EC of the European Parliament and the Council of
the European Union for the harmonisation of member States with
regard to pressurised equipment.
Function
111 5
Product range
253 series Safety relief valve for solar systems
Technical specifications
Dimensions
Materials: - body:
brass EN 12165 CW 617N, chrome plated
- control spindle:
brass EN 12164 CW614N
- obturator seal:
high resistance elastomer
- spring:
stainless UNI 3823
- control knob:
PA6G30
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Connections:
IV
TV according to SV 100 7.7
N TV 01.SOLAR 02.146.p
PED category:
Approval:
Nominal pressure:
Temperature range:
1/2 F x 3/4 F
A
Performance
Opening overpressure:
Closing differential:
Discharge capacity:
Code
Set pressure
253043
3 bar
10%
20%
50 kW
253044
4 bar
253046
6 bar
253048
8 bar
253040
10 bar
Code
25304.
A
1/2"
B
3/4"
C
24
D
70
E
33,5
Weight (kg)
0,22
Operating principe
The obturator (1), opposed by a
set spring (2), raises on reaching
the setting pressure and fully
opens the outlet. The setting
pressure is chosen according to
the
maximum
permissible
pressure in the system.
The diameter of the outlet
connection (3) is greater in order
to help discharge the required
potential.
As the pressure decreases there
is the opposite action, with the
valve subsequently reclosing
within the set tolerances.
2
1
3
Construction details
Discharge pipework
The discharge pipework from the safety relief valve must be fitted
in such a way as not to prevent the correct operation of the valve
and not to cause damage or injury.
In accordance with current legislation, the safety relief valve
discharge must be visible and
carried in suitable collection
pipework. The glycol medium must
therefore be drained off into a
specific container.
As shown in the diagram, it is
advisable to install a tundish
direcly in the discharge pipework.
Application diagram
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
253 series
Safety relief valve for solar heating systems. CE mark as per Directive 97/23/EC. TV certified for solar systems. 1/2 F x 3/4 F
threaded connections. Brass body. Chrome plated. Diaphragm and obturator seal in high resistance elastomer. Spring in steel
UNI 3823. Control knob in PA6G30. Temperature range: -30160C. Nominal pressure: PN 10. Calibration setting: 3 bar
(3, 4, 6, 8, 10 bar). Medium: water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol: 50%.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01091/04 GB
Function
The new plastic shock resistant box was specially designed for
single and dual manifolds in combination with various types of
zone valves. The vent openings in the cover are specially
designed to prevent the formation of marks on walls. The
surface finish of the door is suitable for painting.
Product range
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
362036
362056
362073
363036
363056
363073
Inspection
Inspection
Inspection
Inspection
Inspection
Inspection
plastic
plastic
plastic
plastic
plastic
plastic
box
box
box
wall port
wall port
wall port
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
356
356
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
356
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
356
Mod. Dep.
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
series 5020
CALEFFI
code 356050
356
shut-off valves
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
6+6
6+6
4+4
4+4
4+4
4+4
10+10
12+12
10+10
10+10
10+10
10+10
10+10
12+12
10+10
10+10
12+12
10+10
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
2+2
2+2
2+2
8+8
8+8
8+8
6+6
6+6
6+6
10+10
12+12
10+10
10+10
10+10
10+10
Code
Dimensions
356
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
356
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
356
Mod. Dep.
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
series 5020
CALEFFI
code 356050
356
PN 10
PN 10
PN 10
PN 10
PN 10
Code
Dimensions
series 6480
+ 6490
356
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
356
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
356
Mod. Dep.
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
series 5020
CALEFFI
code 356050
356
shut-off valves
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
2+2
2+2
2+2
2+2
10+10
8+8
8+8
8+8
6+6
6+6
10+10
12+12
10+10
10+10
10+10
10+10
3/4
3/4
3/4
Code
Dimensions
Code
Dimensions
3/4
356
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
356
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
356
Mod. Dep.
shut-off valves
CALEFFI
series 678
Mod. Dep.
series 5020
CALEFFI
code 356050
356
4+4
4+4
2+2
2+2
2+2
10+10
10+10
8+8
8+8
8+8
6+6
10+10
12+12
10+10
10+10
10+10
10+10
356
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
356
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
356
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
356
Mod. Dep.
CALEFFI
3/4
3/4
2+2
2+2
10+10
10+10
8+8
8+8
8+8
6+6
10+10
12+12
10+10
10+10
10+10
10+10
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
2+2
2+2
8+8
8+8
6+6
6+6
4+4
4+4
10+10
10+10
10+10
10+10
8+8
8+8
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
2+2
2+2
Mod. Dep.
356
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
356
356
Mod. Dep.
356
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
PN 10
PN 10
PN 10
PN 10
CALEFFI
356
3/4
4+4
356
4+4
356
3/4
356
6+6
6+6
4+4
4+4
4+4
10+10
10+10
10+10
8+8
8+8
8+8
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
Mod. Dep.
356
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
Mod. Dep.
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
CALEFFI
356
8+8
10+10
356
8+8
356
2+2
2+2
2+2
10+10
8+8
6+6
6+6
6+6
4+4
10+10
10+10
10+10
10+10
10+10
10+10
CALEFFI
Choice of casing for use with 357 series single sided dual manifolds
Mod. Dep.
357
CALEFFI
code 356050
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
357
Code
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
Mod. Dep.
shut-off valves
Dimensions
357
357
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
357
3+3
2+2
2+2
6+6
5+5
5+5
4+4
6+6
6+6
6+6
code 356050
shut-off valves
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
PN 10
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
PN 10
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
PN 10
357
357
357
Mod. Dep.
PN 10
357
PN 10
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
4+4
4+4
3+3
3+3
6+6
6+6
5+5
5+5
Code
Dimensions
code 356050
shut-off valves
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
357
357
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
Mod. Dep.
357
357
series 648950
Code
Dimensions
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
2+2
2+2
4+4
4+4
4+4
3+3
6+6
6+6
6+6
6+6
code 356050
shut-off valves
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
357
357
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
357
357
series 678
Code
Dimensions
Mod. Dep.
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
4+4
2+2
2+2
5+5
4+4
5+5
4+4
6+6
6+6
6+6
6+6
series 5020
shut-off valves
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
6+6
6+6
6+6
6+6
4+4
4+4
4+4
4+4
10+10
10+10
10+10
9+9
8+8
8+8
8+8
7+7
14+14
14+14
13+13
13+13
12+12
12+12
11+11
11+11
Code
Dimensions
series 5020
shut-off valves
PN 10
PN 10
PN 10
PN 10
PN 10
series 632
Code
series 5995
Dimensions
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
7+7
7+7
7+7
5+5
6+6
5+5
6+6
5+5
11+11
10+10
10+10
10+10
10+10
8+8
9+9
8+8
series 5020
shut-off valves
PN 10
PN 10
PN 10
PN 10
PN 10
series 633
series 635
Code
code 648018
series 5995
Dimensions
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
11+11
10+10
10+10
10+10
10+10
8+8
9+9
8+8
series 6470
series 5995
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
8+8
7+7
7+7
6+6
7+7
6+6
6+6
5+5
11+11
10+10
10+10
10+10
10+10
8+8
10+10
9+9
Code
Dimensions
distribution manifolds.
series 5020
series 6480
shut-off valves
code 648018
series 6490
series 5995
Code
Dimensions
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
11+11
10+10
10+10
10+10
10+10
8+8
10+10
9+9
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
series
series 676
Code
shut-off valves
series 5995
Dimensions
8+8
8+8
8+8
8+8
7+7
7+7
7+7
6+6
11+11
11+11
11+11
11+11
11+11
10+10
10+10
10+10
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
11+11
11+11
11+11
11+11
11+11
10+10
10+10
10+10
series 5020
shut-off valves
series 677
code 648018
series 5995
Code
Dimensions
Use
The type of system to be adopted, whether with single or dual manifolds, must be known for proper positioning of casings.
Positioning of code 362001 bracket
Mod. Dep.
CALEFFI
01 NP
CALEFFI
IFFELAC
IFFELAC
.peD .doM
IFFELAC
.peD .doM
.peD .doM
653
653
653
356
simple
Installation
The box is supplied with a series of spacers to set
the depth of the space available inside at between
80 mm and 100 mm.
10
0m
m
The box comes complete with guards to place on the sides where
no piping passes to prevent mortar from falling on them and
dirtying them when the casing is set into the mortar.
Guards are provided for both the narrow and the broad side, to be
fitted depending on whether the casing is positioned horizontally or
vertically.
80
mm
The guards are fitted with special fasteners to fix them to the bottom
of the box and it is therefore best to fit them before placing the
casing in the wall.
After the components have been positioned and tested for leaks,
the guard (supplied with the casing) should be positioned before
cement operations commence to prevent cement from entering the
box and dirtying the contents.
10
10a
11
12
13b
13a
14
30 mm
13
The ventilation holes in the cover are specially shaped so that air exits from the cover
at a speed and in a direction which takes it immediately away from the cover. This
prevents the formation of ugly marks on the wall.
16
15
When installed vertically box code 362073 has a width of 360 mm,
which is the same as the length of box code 362036 installed
horizontally; this allows the two boxes to be positioned one above
the other for particularly complex systems.
17
Manual valve
Thermostatic valve
Air vent valve
Differential by-pass
Zone valve
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 362
Inspection plastic box with ventilation openings.
Colour white RAL 9010. Internal dimensions ( h x b x d ).
Code 362036 mm 360 x 270 x 100/80.
Code 362056 mm 560 x 330 x 100/80.
Code 362073 mm 730 x 360 x 100/80.
Series 363
Inspection plastic wall port with ventilation openings.
Colour white RAL 9010. Internal dimensions ( h x b x d ).
Code 363036 mm 360 x 270 x 100/80.
Code 363056 mm 560 x 330 x 100/80.
Code 363073 mm 730 x 360 x 100/80.
Code 360001
Mounting brackets for 1 distribution manifolds, 350 and 592 series; for 3/4 and 1 distribution manifolds, 351 and 598 series. In
each package: two long and two short brackets.
Code 360002
Mounting brackets for 3/4 349, 350 and 592 series distribution manifold. In each package: two long and two short brackets.
Code 360001
Mounting brackets for single sided dual manifolds 356, 357 series and zone kit 640 series.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
series 5213
01092/04 GB
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
Function
In some domestic hot water distribution systems there is a need to
protect the most vulnerable people against scalding caused by hot
water, such as, for example, in hospitals, in nursing homes or in
schools.
This particular series of thermostatic mixing valves has been
specially designed for these applications and installation at the
point of use.
These thermostatic mixing valves ensure enhanced thermal
performance. They are able to accurately control the temperature
of the mixed water supplied to the user in case of variations in the
inlet supply pressure or temperature, or in the flow rate.
They are designed with a special anti-scald function which
immediately shuts off the flow of water discharging from the mixed
water outlet in the event of a failure of cold supply.
(The 5213 series thermostatic mixing valves are certified to UK
specification NHS D 08, standard BS 7942: 2000 and standards EN
1111 and EN 1287).
Product Range
Anti scald thermostatic mixing valve, complete with filters and check valves on the inlets
Anti scald thermostatic mixing valve, complete with filters and check valves on the inlets
30 50C
2C
10 bar
5 bar
4 l/min
Connections:
3/4 M with union tail piece
15 and 22 mm with union tail piece and compression ends
C
B
Shutter:
Springs:
Seals:
Cap:
Materials:- Body:
Dimensions
Technical specification
Size 3/4
Sizes 15 and 22 mm
for copper pipe
Code 521303
Code 521315/322
A
A
Code
A
B
C
D
E
F Weight (kg)
521303 3/4 66,5 133 130 81,5 48,5 0,75
B
C
D
A
E
Code
521315 15 67,5 135 105 56
521322 22 75 150 106 57
F Weight (kg)
49 0,50
49 0,60
C
75
65
Partial
thickness
burns
60
55
Safety conditions.
Maximum exposure time
at a given temperature.
50
45
0,1
10
100
1.000
10.000
Seconds
70
60
50
40
30
Full
thickness
burns
70
Optimum temperature
for growth of bacteria
Temperature
Adults
70C
1s
--
65C
2s
0,5 s
60C
5s
1s
55C
30 s
10 s
50C
5 min
2,5 min
20
10
Operating principle
HOT
COLD
Code 521303
The thermostatic mixing valve mixes incoming hot and
cold water in such a way as to maintain the temperature
of the mixed water constant. A thermostatic element is
fully immersed in the mixed water flow. As this expands
or contracts it causes the internal shutter to move and
thereby controls the flow of incoming hot and cold
water. If the temperature or pressure of the incoming
water changes, the internal element reacts immediately
to restore the original water temperature at the outlet.
Construction details
Anti-scale materials
The materials used in the construction of the mixer
eliminate the problem of jamming caused by lime
deposits. All the functional parts are made of a special
anti-scale material, with a low friction coefficient, which
guarantees high performance and long life.
Anti scald safety function
As a safety measure, in case of failure of the cold water
supply, the valve immediately shuts off the flow of mixed
water. This prevents dangerous burns. This performance
is guaranteed if there is a minimum temperature
difference between the inlet hot water and the outlet
mixed water of 10C. In case of failure of the hot water
supply, the valve shuts off the mixed water, to prevent
dangerous thermal shocks (performance in compliance
with UK standards NHS D 08 and BS 7942: 2000).
MIXED
Commissioning
Flow curves
P (bar)
1
15 mm
P (m w.g.)
3/4 - 22 mm
9
8
7
6
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
10
0,45
0,40
0,35
0,30
4,5
4
3,5
3
0,25
2,5
0,2
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
0,1
0,09
0,08
0,07
0,06
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,05
0,045
0,040
0,035
0,030
0,025
0,5
0,25
0,2
Code
521303
521315
521322
3/4
15 mm
22 mm
Kv (m3/h)
1,7
1,5
1,7
45
40
Appliance
Bidet
Shower
Wash basin
Bath tub
0,1
50
35
30
25
18
20
16
14
12
10
4,5
3,5
2,5
1,8
1,6
1,4
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
1,2
0,018
0,016
0,014
0,012
0,45
0,40
0,35
0,30
0,02
0,01
Q (l/min)
Max. Temp.
38C
41C
41C
44C
Use
Given their flow characteristics, the Caleffi 5213 series thermostatic mixing valves
are suitable for point of use applications or to supply a limited number of outlets.
As a consequence, the flow rate through the mixing valve is generally the same as
that at the final outlet. For best performance the mixing valve must have a minimum
flow rate of 4 l/min.
The domestic water system must be sized in accordance with the current legislation
concerning the nominal flow rates of each outlet.
Check valves
In order to prevent undesirable backsiphonage, check valves must be installed in
systems with thermostatic mixing valves
The 5213 series thermostatic mixing valves are supplied with built-in check valves
at the hot and cold water inlets.
Application diagrams
Point of use installation
MIX
COLD
HOT
MIX
COLD
HOT
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 521303
Anti-scald, thermostatic mixing valve. Certified to standards: NHS D08, BS 7942 - EN 1111 and EN 1287. 3/4 M
connections. Body in anti dezincification alloy. Chrome plated. Shutter in PPO. Springs in stainless steel. Seals in EPDM.
Cap in ABS. Maximum working temperature: 85 C. Temperature setting range: 30C to 50C. Temperature stability: 2C.
Maximum working pressure (static): 10 bar. Maximum working pressure (dynamic): 5 bar. Maximum inlet pressure ratio
(H/C or C/H): 6:1. With anti-scald safety function and complete with inlet strainers and check valves.
Series 5213 . .
Anti-scald, thermostatic mixing valve. Certified to standards: NHS D08, BS 7942 - EN 1111 and EN 1287. 15 mm
( 22 mm) compression ends. Body in anti dezincification alloy. Chrome plated. Shutter in PPO. Springs in stainless steel.
Seals in EPDM. Cap in ABS. Maximum working temperature: 85 C. Temperature setting range: 30C to 50C.
Temperature stability: 2C. Maximum working pressure (static): 10 bar. Maximum working pressure (dynamic): 5 bar.
Maximum inlet pressure ratio (H/C or C/H): 6:1. With anti-scald safety function and complete with inlet strainers and check
valves.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
cert. n 0003
01093/04 GB
ISO 9001
Function
The set point regulating unit is designed to maintain the flow temperature of
fluid distributed in a low temperature underfloor radiant panel system constant
at the set temperature.
It is preassembled with distribution manifolds in a box to guarantee simple
functioning, safety and easy installation.
Product range
Code 16263
Code 16264
Code 162600
Code 162601
Technical specification
- Piping materials:
- Setting temperature range:
- Max. primary inlet temperature:
- Max. pressure:
- Differential by-pass regulation:
- Temperature gauge scale:
- Pressure gauge scale:
130 mm
1 1/2 with nut
1 1/4 with nut
1 with nut
3/4 M
Safety thermostat
Electric wiring
- Factory setting:
- Protection class:
- Contacts rating:
55C 3C
IP 55
10 A / 240 V
L
230 V
N
Safety
thermostat
Room
thermostat
Pump
Three-speed pump:
Materials: - Body:
Electric supply:
Max. ambient relative humidity:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protection class:
3
2
bar
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
3
2
5
bar
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
3
2
5
bar
10
8
6
4
2
0
1200
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
2
5
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
80
bar
4
5
270-410
10
8
6
4
2
0
60
20
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
CALEFFI
80
10
8
6
4
2
0
60
20
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
CALEFFI
80
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
60
20
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
55
10
8
6
4
2
0
55
55
55
10
8
6
4
2
0
50
50
50
50
10
8
6
4
2
0
45
45
45
45
10
8
6
4
2
0
60
80
80
40
20
0
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
13 outlets
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
450
205
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
60
10 outlets
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
20
6 outlets
1000
3 outlets
800
600
Dimensions
Code
310
Outlet
A
50
1626C3
3
590
1626D3
4
640
1626E3
5
690
A
1626F3
6
740
A
1626G3
7
790
1626H3
8
840
38
A
1626I3
1626I4
9
915
1626L3
1626L4
10
965
1626M3
1626M4
11
1015
27
150-190
1626N3
1626N4
12
1065
1626O3
1626O4
13
1115
Hydraulic diagram
Thermostatic valve
9 8
Balancing valve
SR
BR
9
Shut-off valve
3
2
Check valve
Flow sensor
Safety sensor
4
6 ST
Safety thermostat
ST
10
Temperature gauge
Pressure gauge
SF
BF
Operating principle
The principle by which the unit functions is to mix, at node A, the high
temperature fluid of the primary boiler circuit with the low temperature
return fluid of the secondary user circuit. It consists of the following
components with their relative functions:
1 Pump, to distribute the low temperature fluid in the secondary
user circuit.
BOILER
RETURN
40
80
55
4 Differential by-pass valve, which maintains the value set for the
head on the secondary circuit constant as the number of open outlet
circuits to panels varies. They can in fact be automatically shut-off
if the valves are fitted with a thermoelectric and thermostat control
to regulate the ambient thermal load.
SYSTEM
RETURN
60
20
0
50
7
45
40
60
20
80
SYSTEM
FLOW
BOILER
FLOW
3
2
bar
4
5
10
The regulating unit is preassembled with:
Return distribution manifold, serie 666,
fitted with shut-off valves for individual
circuits designed for use with
thermoelectric controls.
Flow distribution manifold, series 667,
fitted with micrometric valves for
calibrating individual circuits.
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
8 Manual air vent valve, for use when filling the system.
9 Suitable for connection to pressure tapping points, for
measuring the working conditions of the circuit and of the circulator.
The points can also be connected to a Flomet electronic differential
pressure measurement device to speed system calibration
operations.
10
8
6
4
2
0
Hydraulic characteristics
THERMOSTATIC VALVE
50
20
10
5
5000
3500
4000
4500
3000
2500
2000
100
1800
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1400
1600
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
900
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
1200
0,1
0,45
0,4
0,35
0,3
0,25
800
0,2
9
8
7
6
1000
G (l/h)
Kv (2K) = 0.82
Kv (1K) = 0.42
0,5
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
120
900
800
1000
700
600
500
350
400
450
300
250
180
200
140
160
90
100
120
80
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
70
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
18
16
14
12
700
4
3,5
3
2,5
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
600
0,45
0,4
0,35
0,3
0,25
45
40
35
30
25
500
5
4,5
4 4,5
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
350
400
450
10
p (kPa)
3
300
250
20
180
9
8
7
6
50
200
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
20
0,1
18
16
14
12
60
0,2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
50
0,5
45
40
35
30
25
35
40
45
p (kPa)
2K
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
30
1K
25
140
160
p (m w.g.)
G (l/h)
System sizing
The nominal operating inlet flow rate from the boiler circuit is
calculated with the following formula (see diagram 1):
Gb = Gs (Tf-Tr) / (Tb-Tr)
Practical method
DIAGRAM 1
Gb
Tb
Tf
pV
Gs
H
VB
H=0
Tf
(C)
35
40
45
50 ( +0
- 2)
35
40
45
50 ( +0
- 2)
Tb
(C)
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
ps
Tr
VB
(turns)
7.5
6.5
5
4.5
7.5
6.5
5.5
5.5
Tr
(C)
30
33
35
38
30
33
35
38
ps
(kPa)
15
15
15
15
25
25
25
25
Gs
(l/h)
1900
1750
1200
1150
2700
2200
1550
1600
H (m w.g.)
H (m w.g.)
UPS 25-60
UPS 25-80
6
4
Example
Tr = 33C
Tb = 70C
Gs = 2000 l/h
Tf = 40C
1
0
The following is obtained from the graph: loss of pressure on the thermostatic
valve pV ~ 25 kPa.
The loss of pressure on the check valve is negligible.
Given ps = 20 kPa the loss of pressure in the secondary circuit at
the nominal flow rate Gs, the head is obtained
H = pV + ps = 45 kPa
P max
(kW)
10
13
14
16
15
17
18
20
With
With
Gb
Gs
Tf
Tr
Tb
where:
The balancing valve is adjusted through eight full turns between the
following conditions: fully closed, fully open. It is normally preset at
6.5 turns which satisfies the operating conditions of most systems.
If adjustment is necessary to satisfy the actual requirements of a
system, a practical method is described below with a reference
table.
1
0
0,5
1
1
1,5
2,5
3,5
Q (m3/h)
Speed
3
2
1
Q (m3/h)
(A)
P
(W)
n
(r.p.m.)
Speed
0,40
0,30
0,20
90
65
45
1800
1100
700
3
2
1
(A)
P
(W)
n
(r.p.m.)
1,04
0,92
0,63
245
210
140
2450
1500
1000
Application diagram
Shut-off valve
Thermostatic valve
RT
Manual valve
Three-way
zone valve
Electric pump
RT
Room thermostat
Check valve
RT
Autoflow
Filter
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
Hydraulic separator
CALEFFI
45
CALEFFI
50
55
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
3
2
bar
4
5
Dearator
RT
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
45
CALEFFI
50
55
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
60
20
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
80
3
2
bar
4
5
1
conforme norme ISPESL
RT
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
45
CALEFFI
50
55
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
3
2
bar
4
5
1
conforme norme ISPESL
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 162
Set point regulating unit with brass and polished copper piping. 1 connections with union to primary circuit. Primary circuit
maximum temperature: 100C, maximum pressure: 10 bar. Complete with: UPS 25-60 (UPS 25-80) pump, 130 mm between
centres, 1 1/2 connections with union. Thermostatic valve with remote sensor, setting temperature range: 20-50C. Balancing
valve. Differential by-pass valve, setting range: 10 60 kPa. Shut-off valve with built-in check valve. Safety thermostat, factory
setting: 55C, protection class: IP 55. Temperature gauge scale: 0 80C. Pressure gauge scale 0 6 bar. Suitable for connection
to pressure tapping points. Three-outlet (from 3 to 13) flow and return manifolds complete with built-in micrometric balancing
valves, shut-off valves designed for thermoelectric controls and automatic air vent units. Supplied preassembled in painted sheet
steel box with lock, depth adjustable from 150 to 190 mm, complete with floor supports, height adjustable from 270 to 410 mm.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
C A L E F F I S . P. A . I 2 8 0 1 0 F O N TA N E T O D A G O G N A ( N O ) S . R . 2 2 9 , N . 2 5 T E L . + 3 9 0 3 2 2 8 4 9 1 FA X + 3 9 0 3 2 2 8 6 3 7 2 3
01094/04 GB
ISO 9001
Function
The regulating unit with the high temperature distribution kit is designed for
use with mixed systems consisting of radiant panels and radiators in
combination with distribution manifolds for radiant panels.
The function of the set point regulating unit is to maintain the flow
temperature of the fluid distributed in a low temperature system for
underfloor radiant panels constant at the set temperature.
The function of the kit is to distribute part of the high temperature fluid from
the primary boiler circuit to the heater units. It is supplied complete with a
differential by-pass valve with a fixed calibration. This accessory is
indispensable if the radiator circuits are controlled by thermostatic or
thermo-electric valves.
Product range
Code 16263 00
Set point regulating unit preassembled with manifolds and box, high temperature distribution kit with UPS 25-60 pump
Code16264 00
Set point regulating unit preassembled with manifolds and box, high temperature distribution kit with UPS 25-80 pump
Code 160002
High temperature distribution kit complete with 2-outlet manifolds and differential by-pass
Code 160003
High temperature distribution kit complete with 3-outlet manifolds and differential by-pass
- Piping materials:
- Materials: - Manifolds:
brass EN 12165 CW617N
brass EN 12164 CW614N
- By-pass body:
- Pipe gauged 18 with collar:
copper
- Hydraulic seals:
EPDM
130 mm
1 1/2 with nut
1 1/4 with nut
1 with nut
3/4 M
Safety thermostat
10 bar
100C
20 kPa (2000 mm w.g.)
Wiring diagram
Room
thermostat
Pump
Three-speed pump:
Materials: - Body:
Electric supply:
Max. ambient relative humidity:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protection class:
160002
2
1
1
1/2
205
164
50
160003
3
1
1
1/2
205
214
50
Code
Outlet
A
B
C
D
E
F
C
F
Safety
thermostat
Dimensions
A
L
230 V
N
55C 3C
IP 55
10 A / 240 V
- Factory setting:
- Protection class:
- Contacts rating:
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
2+11 outlets
3+10 outlets
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
1200
2+7 outlets
3+6 outlets
1000
800
2+3 outlets
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
45
450
205
50
55
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
60
20
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
80
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
80
CALEFFI
3
2
bar
4
5
1
conforme norme ISPESL
270410
Code
310
A
Code
Radiator outlets
Panel outlets
A
with UPS 25-60 pump
with UPS 25-80 pump
Radiator outlets
Panel outlets
A
50
38
27
150190
1626I3 002
1626I4 002
2
9
1065
1626I3 003
1626I4 003
3
9
1115
1626L3 003
1626L4 003
3
10
1165
Hydraulic diagram
Thermostatic valve
11
9 8
Balancing vale
SR
BR
Shut-off valve
3
12
Check valve
Flow sensor
Safety sensor
4
6 ST
11
BF
ST
10
7
Safety thermostat
Temperature gauge
SF
Pressure gauge
Pressure tapping point
Air vent valve
BOILER
RETURN
40
SYSTEM
RETURN
60
20
80
45
50
55
12
40
60
20
80
SYSTEM
FLOW
BOILER
FLOW
3
2
bar
4
5
10
Operating principle
The principle by which the unit functions is to mix, at node A the high
temperature fluid of the primary boiler circuit with the low temperature
return fluid of the secondary user circuit. It consists of the following
components with their relative functions:
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
Hydraulic characteristics
THERMOSTATIC VALVE
50
20
10
5
5000
3500
4000
4500
3000
2500
2000
100
1800
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1400
1600
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
900
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
120
0,1
0,45
0,4
0,35
0,3
0,25
1200
0,2
9
8
7
6
800
G (l/h)
Kv (2K) = 0,82
Kv (1K) = 0,42
0,5
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
1000
1000
700
800
900
600
500
300
350
400
450
200
100
250
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
120
140
160
180
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
18
16
14
12
700
4
3,5
3
2,5
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
600
0,45
0,4
0,35
0,3
0,25
45
40
35
30
25
500
5
4,5
4 4,5
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
350
400
450
10
p (kPa)
3
300
250
20
180
9
8
7
6
50
200
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
20
0,1
18
16
14
12
70
80
90
0,2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
60
0,5
45
40
35
30
25
50
p (kPa)
2K
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
30
35
40
45
1K
25
140
160
p (m w.g.)
G (l/h)
System sizing
The nominal operating inlet flow rate from the boiler is
calculated with the following equation (see diagram 1):
The balancing valve is adjusted through eight full turns between the
following conditions: fully closed, fully open. It is normally preset at
6.5 turns which satisfies the operating conditions of most systems.
If adjustment is necessary to satisfy the actual requirements of a
system, a practical method is described below with a reference
table.
Gb = Gs (Tf-Tr) / (Tb-Tr)
Practical method
DIAGRAM 1
Gb
Tc
Tm
pV
Gs
H
VB
H=0
Tm
(C)
35
40
45
50 ( +0
- 2)
35
40
45
50 ( +0
- 2)
Tb
(C)
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
ps
VB
(turns)
7,5
6,5
5
4,5
7,5
6,5
5,5
5,5
Tr
(C)
30
33
35
38
30
33
35
38
Gs
(l/h)
1900
1750
1200
1150
2700
2200
1550
1600
P max
(kW)
10
13
14
16
15
17
18
20
ps
(kPa)
15
15
15
15
25
25
25
25
With
With
Gb
Gs
Tf
Tr
Tb
where:
Tr
H (m w.g.)
H (m w.g.)
UPS 25-60
UPS 25-80
Example
4
3
Tf = 40C
Tr = 33C
Tb = 70C
Gs = 2000 l/h
H = pV + ps = 45 kPa
2
1
0
1
0
0,5
1
1
1,5
2,5
3,5
Q (m3/h)
Speed
3
2
1
Q (m3/h)
(A)
P
(W)
n
(r.p.m.)
Speed
0,40
0,30
0,20
90
65
45
1800
1100
700
3
2
1
(A)
P
(W)
n
(r.p.m.)
1,04
0,92
0,63
245
210
140
2450
1500
1000
P (mm w.g.)
1.0
3.0
P (kPa)
10000
100
9000
8000
7000
90
80
70
6000
60
5000
50
4500
4000
3500
45
40
35
3000
30
2500
25
2000
20
900
800
1000
700
10
600
450
400
500
350
300
250
180
200
160
140
90
100
50
120
12
80
1200
1000
70
18
16
14
60
1800
1600
1400
Q (l/h)
Application diagram
Shut-off valve
Electric pump
Room thermostat
Thermostatic valve
Lockshield valve
Manual valve
RT
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
45
2-
6561
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
220 V - 3
50
RT
55
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
60
20
CALEFFI
80
3
2
bar
4
5
1
conforme norme ISPESL
RT
CALEFFI
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 162
Set point regulating unit with brass and polished copper piping. 1 connections with union to primary circuit. Primary circuit
maximum temperature: 100C, maximum pressure: 10 bar. Complete with: UPS 25-60 (UPS 25-80) pump, 130 mm between
centres, 1 1/2 connections with union. Thermostatic valve with remote sensor, setting temperature range: 20-50C. Balancing
valve. Differential by-pass valve, setting range: 10-60 kPa. Shut-off valve with built-in check valve. Safety thermostat, factory
setting: 55C, protection class: IP 55. Temperature gauge scale: 0-80C. Pressure gauge scale 0-6 bar. Suitable for connection
to pressure tapping points. Three-outlet (3 to 13) flow and return manifolds complete with built-in micrometric balancing valves,
shut-off valves designed for thermoelectric controls and automatic air vent units. Supplied preassembled in painted sheet steel
box with lock, depth adjustable from 150 to 190 mm, complete with floor supports, height adjustable from 270 to 410 mm.
Code 160002
2-outlet flow and return manifolds for primary distribution. Brass body. 1M X 1F main connections. 1/2F outlet
connections. Supplied with 20 kPa set differential by-pass.
Code 160003
3-outlet flow and return manifolds for primary distribution. Brass body. 1M X 1F main connections. 1/2F outlet
connections. Supplied with 20 kPa set differential by-pass.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
C A L E F F I S . P. A . I 2 8 0 1 0 F O N TA N E T O D A G O G N A ( N O ) S . R . 2 2 9 , N . 2 5 T E L . + 3 9 0 3 2 2 8 4 9 1 FA X + 3 9 0 3 2 2 8 6 3 7 2 3
CALEFFI
series 161
01095/04 GB
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
Function
The temperature regulating unit is designed for use with a climatic
or modulating temperature controller. The unit is compact to save
space and facilitates installation in an embedded wall box.
The unit is supplied complete with a three-way motorised valve, a
three-speed pump, flow and return temperature gauges, a
pressure gauge, a safety thermostat, an adjustable discharge
valve, connecting piping and shut-off valves on the primary circuit.
The unit is available in different configurations, both simple and
preassembled in a box with distribution manifolds.
Product Range
Code 1615 Motorised temperature regulating unit preassembled with distribution manifold and box
Code 161600 Motorised temperature regulating unit preassembled
Technical specification
Three -way valve
Materials: - Body:
brass EN 12165 CW617N, nickel plated
- Ball:
brass EN 12165 CW617N, chrome plated
- Seals:
EPDM
Hydraulic unit:
Materials: - Piping:
polished copper
- Fittings:
brass EN 12164 CW614N
- Shut-off valves: brass EN 12165 CW617N, nickel plated
Temperature gauge scale:
Pressure gauge scale:
Connections to primary circuit:
Connections to manifold:
Manifold outlet connections:
Actuator
Three-point type:
Electric supply:
Operating time:
Power consumption:
Protection class:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protective cover:
Cable length:
0 80C
0 6 bar
3/4 M
1 1/4 M union connection
3/4 M
230V 50-60 Hz
95 s
4W
IP 54
65C
self extinguishing VO
0,9 m
Safety thermostat:
Setting temperature:
Protection class:
Contacts rating:
Cable length:
55C 3C
IP 55
10 A - 240 V
0,55 m
Pump
Three-speed pump:
UPS 25-60
Material: - Body:
95%
80C
IP 44
130 mm
1 1/2 with union
1m
Power consumption
UPS 25-60
5
4
Speed
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Working temperature range:
Max. working pressure:
2
1
0
3
2
1
0,5
1,5
2,5
Q (m3/h)
(A)
P
(W)
n
(r.p.m.)
0,40
0,30
0,20
90
65
45
1800
1100
700
Dimensions
Code
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
40
60
20
80
bar
40
80
40
40
60
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
3
2
bar
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
60
20
bar
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
60
bar
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
20
5
conforme norme ISPESL
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
80
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
450
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
60
20
80
13 outlets
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
20
10 outlets
CALEFFI
6 outlets
1200
800
1000
A
C
60
20
5
conforme norme ISPESL
3
2
1
161600
1
1 1/4
50
240
65
105
195
90
80
270-410
3/4
240
315
50
A
Code
Outlets
A
1615E0
5
635
1615F0
6
685
1615G0
7
735
1615H0
8
785
Characteristic components
10
40
60
20
80
SYSTEM
RETURN
7
10
3
2
bar
5
BOILER
FLOW
60
1615M0
11
965
1615N0
12
1015
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
80
SYSTEM
FLOW
40
20
1615L0
10
915
1615I0
9
865
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
110-150
6
BOILER
RETURN
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
1615O0
13
1065
Hydraulic diagram
10
4
Temperature sensor (option)
SR
1
ST
Temperature gauge
10
ST
Safety thermostat
SF
BF
BR
Wiring
Pressure gauge
Pump
diagram for
connecting
the regulating
Open
Close
valve
Type NTC
Working temperature range:
Time constant:
Response:
Beta value:
Two-wire cable with connector
Cable length:
-40 125C
2,5 s
10000 a 25C
25/85C 39771,5%
0,55 m
Application diagrams
System with wall boiler and Sepcoll 2+1
Pump
Lockshield valve
Shut-off valve
Thermostatic valve
Clock
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
- t1
- t2
- t3
t
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
CALEFFI
3
2
bar
40
60
20
1
conforme norme ISPESL
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
Pump
Variable speed pump
Thermostatic valve
Lockshield valve
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
- t1
- t2
- t3
CALEFFI
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
Shut-off valve
Clock
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
- t1
- t2
- t3
t
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
CALEFFI
3
2
bar
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
CALEFFI
60
20
10
8
6
4
2
40
80
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 1615.
Motorised temperature regulating unit with piping in polished copper. 3/4 M connections to the primary distribution.
3/4 M manifold outlet connections. Working temperature range: 5 to 90C. Maximum working pressure: 10 bar. Supplied
complete with: three-way ball valve; three-point actuator, electric supply 230 V, protection class: IP 54; three-speed pump
UPS 25-60, adjustable drain valve; safety thermostat, working temperature range: 55C 3C, protection class: IP 55;
temperature gauge scale: 0C to 80C; temperature gauge scale: 0 to 6 bar; primary distribution shut-off valve; fitted with
connections for temperature sensors; 5-outlet (5 to 13) flow distribution manifold complete with micrometric preregulation
valves and drain cock; 5-outlet (5 to 13) return distribution manifold complete with shut-off valves suitable for
thermoelectric control and air vent valve. By-pass kit for panel system manifold, setting: 25 kPa (2500 mm w.g.). Supplied
preassembled in coated steel sheet box with lock, adjustable depth from 110 and 140 mm, complete with adjustable
height to 410 mm floor supports.
Code 161600
Motorised temperature regulating unit with piping in polished copper. 1 F connections to the primary distribution.
1 1/4 M with union connections to the secondary distribution. Working temperature range: 5 to 90C. Maximum working
pressure: 10 bar. Supplied complete with: three-way ball valve; three-point actuator, power 230 V, protection class: IP 54;
three-speed pump UPS 25-60, adjustable drain valve; safety thermostat, working temperature range: 55C 3C,
protection class: IP 55; temperature gauge scale: 0C to 80C; pressure gauge scale: 0 to 6 bar; primary circuit shut-off
valve; suitable for connecting to temperature sensors.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
01096/04 GB
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
Function
The modulating temperature regulating unit with high temperature
distribution kit is designed for use with mixed type systems
consisting of radiant panels and radiators or fan coils in
combination with distribution manifolds for radiant panels.
This unit, complete with digital temperature controller,
controls the temperature of the fluid sent to radiant
panels as a function of the actual thermal load.
The unit is compact to save space and facilitates installation into an
embedded wall box.
The unit is supplied complete with digital temperature controller for
both heating and cooling, a motorised three-way valve,
components to limit relative humidity, a three-speed pump, flow and
return sensors, a safety thermostat, flow and return temperature
gauges, a pressure gauge, adjustable drain valve and shut-off
valves on the primary circuit.
The function of the kit is to distribute part of the primary fluid from
the boiler or chiller unit to the heater and cooler units. It acts as a
hydronic separator for underfloor heating circuits and is supplied
complete with an adjustable differential by-pass for the primary
circuit.
Product range
Code 16152 003
Code 161503
Modulating temperature regulating unit with high temperature distribution kit, preassembled with manifolds and box
High temperature distribution kit with 3-outlet manifold and differential by-pass
Technical specification
25 kPa
(2.500 mm w.g.)
P (kPa)
5000
50
1,8
20
1,6
1,4
1,2
0,5
0,8
0,9
25
2000
0,7
30
2500
0,6
35
3000
0,40
0,45
40
3500
0,35
4000
0,30
45
0,25
4500
0,18
0 80C
0 6 bar
3/4 M
1 1/4 M union connection
3/4 M
0,2
230 V - 50 Hz
95 s
4W
IP 54
65C
self extinguishing VO
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Setting temperature range:
Primary inlet temperature range:
Max. working pressure:
0,16
Hydraulic unit
Materials: - Piping:
polished copper
- Fittings:
brass, EN 12164 CW614N
- Shut-off valves: brass EN 12165 CW617N, nickel plated
0,14
valve
Body:
brass EN 12165 CW617N, nickel plated
Ball:
brass EN 12165 CW617N, chrome plated
Hydraulic seals:
EPDM
Actuator
Three-point type:
Electric supply:
Operating time:
Power consumption:
Protection class:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protective cover:
0,12
Three-way
Materials: -
230 V - 50 Hz
IP 40
0,1
Temperature controller
Electric supply:
Protection class:
G (m3/h)
Safety thermostat
Setting temperature:
Protection class:
Contacts rating:
55C 3C
IP 55
10 A - 240 V
Pump
Three-speed pump:
10 bar
100C
10 60 kPa (1 6 m w.g.)
UPS 25-60
Material: - Body:
Max. ambient relative humidity:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protection class:
Pump centre distance:
Pump connections:
Materials: - Manifold:
- By-pass:
- Hydraulic seals:
Insulation
Material:
Thickness:
Density: - inner part:
- outer part:
Thermal conductivity (DIN 52612):
H (m w.g.)
6
UPS 25-60
Power consumption
0,5
1,5
2,5
1800
1100
700
90
65
45
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
357
40
60
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
80
1200
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
150051
Convertitore
AC 230V 50Hz
10,5VA
T50
AC 24V 50Hz
AC 230V
6(2)A
T50
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
3/4
650
V
DE
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
Trasformatore
60
20
80
12 outlets
40
60
20
80
150052
8 outlets
CALEFFI
40
20
0
1000
5 outlets
800
G (m3/h)
3
2
bar
40
bar
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
60
bar
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
20
5
6
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
80
Mod. Dep.
60
CALEFFI
80
60
20
CALEFFI
145
357
1
2
3
4
5
6
270410
mH2O
(A)
0,40
0,30
0,20
3
2
1
n
(r.p.m.)
1
2
3
4
5
Speed
P
(W)
mH2O 6
Code 161503
A
3/4
B
23 p. 1.5
C
60
D
1
E
240
F
75
G
87
H
50
440
50
A
Code
Radiator outlets
Panels outlets
A
1615E2 003
3
5
775
1615F2 003
3
6
825
A
1615G2 003
3
7
875
1615H2 003
3
8
925
110-150
A
1615I2 003
3
9
1015
1615L2 003
3
10
1055
1615M2 003
3
11
1105
1615N2 003
3
12
1155
Characteristic components
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
6
7
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
150052
150051
Trasformatore
V
DE
SYSTEM
RETURN
CALEFFI
Convertitore
AC 24V 50Hz
AC 230V
6(2)A
T50
AC 230V 50Hz
10,5VA
T50
10
5
4
9
8
12
13
3
2
11
BOILER
FLOW
bar
CALEFFI
60
80
SYSTEM
FLOW
40
20
1
6
Mod. Dep.
BOILER
RETURN
357
mH2O 6
1
2
3
4
5
14
15
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
Hydraulic diagram
1
6
TC
10
Temperature sensor
16
SR
2
ST
8
11
TC
15
Transformer/Converter
Manual drain valve
Temperature gauge
SF
ST
Safety thermostat
Shut-off ball valve
Three-way motorised valve
12
13
Pressure gauge
BF
Pump
BR
12
14
Differential by-pass
Differential by-pass
Operating
The differential by-pass valve is
used to control the head to which
the distribution circuit to the heater
units is subjected; it facilitates
circulation to the heater units and
limits over pressure where there are
thermostatic or electro-thermal
valves.The differential valve is
calibrated at the pressure loss
value in the heater
unit circuit.
mH2O
1
2
3
4
5
6
Setting
positions
p (m w.g.)
8
80
70
60
50
40
3
2
30
0,5
10
1
1,5
G (m3/h)
Gs
20
(kPa)
The distributor manifold not only distributes the water in the heater
unit circuits but also allows the hydronic separation between the
primary and the secondary circuits. This separation improves the
functioning of the secondary circuit to the panels and prevents
changes in the flow rate in the primary circuit from affecting the
secondary circuit. In this case, the flow rate in the respective circuits
is an exclusive function of the pump flow rate and the reciprocal
influence arising from coupling them in series is avoided. Two
possible conditions of circuit equilibrium follow.
3,0
6,5
Secondary
Gs
Gp
Gp
Primary
Primary
Secondary
Operation
Example:
FTset = 40C
RTset = 40 - 0,35 (40 - 20) = 33C
FTcalculated = 40 + (33 - RT)
10
11
12
(C)
Flow limit
temperature
50
ed
lat
lcu
Ca
45
40
35
FT
Design Flow
Temperature
FT Set
ted
ula
alc
C
T
RT Set
FT
Flow temperature
30
25
50%
100%
150%
Design Thermal
Load %
Display
- flow temperature set using the selector 5). The flow temperature
measured appears after 5 seconds.
- the flow temperature measured with the return sensor off.
- the flow temperature calculated with the return sensor on.
- the maximum duration of the impulse to the valve, selected using
the adjuster 10). Displayed for 5 seconds.
- delay time for acquiring the return temperature, selected using the
adjuster 11). Displayed for 5 seconds.
- valve-motor mechanical delays, selected using the adjuster 12).
Displayed for 5 seconds.
Back panel
CALEFFI
M 230 V~ 5060 Hz
~
5(2) A / 250 V~
13 14 15 16 17 18
1
7
FS
RS AT
9 10 11 12
Auxiliary micro-switch
The controller is equipped with an auxiliary micro-switch which can
be used to control other equipment.
Example:
For Heating: to switch the boiler on or off. Terminal NA- pump offambient thermostat OFF or safety thermostat ON (boiler off).
Terminal NC-pump on-ambient thermostat ON (boiler on).
For Cooling: to switch chiller unit on or off.
Terminal NA-pump OFF-ambient thermostat OFF or RH% limit
sensor on (chiller unit OFF).
Terminal NC-pump ON-ambient thermostat ON (chiller unit ON).
Contacts rating: 5 A (230 V).
ST
230 V~ IN OUT
Open Close
13 14 15
1 2 3
16 17 18
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
97.060
72.940
55.319
42.324
32.654
25.396
C
10
15
20
25
30
35
19.903
15.714
12.493
10.000
8.056
6.530
C
40
45
50
55
60
65
5.327
4.370
3.603
2.986
2.488
2.083
C
70
75
80
85
90
95
1.752
1.480
1.255
1.070
915
787
C
100
105
110
115
120
125
680
592
517
450
390
340
ON
ON
Position 1
Position 0
1 2 1 2
ST
Inferior side: placed on the cooling surface
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
150051
150052
Converter
Transformer
AC 24V 50Hz
AC 230V
6(2)A
T50
AC 230V 50Hz
10,5VA
T50
V
DE
LN
24V
24V~
~ ~
1 2 3
4 5 6
Layouts for the correct positioning of the max RH% limit sensor.
The sensor should be fixed to the manifold installed in the position
where the RH% relative humidity value has not to exceed the safety
limits. Fix by inserting the two straps contained in the package
through the holes in the sensor.
230 V
AT
13 14 15
16 17 18
Controller
13 14 15 16 17 18
1
230 V~ IN OUT
7
FS
RS AT
9 10 11 12
ST
Open Close
The maximum heat energy that the panel can produce, in relation
to the climate values recorded, can be reached by controlling the
parameters below.
- Minimum flow temperature can be set using the selector 5) on the
front panel.
- Maximum RH% limit, controlled through RH% sensor.
- Room temperature controlled through room thermostat.
- Room temperature and relative humidity controlled through a
dedicated fan-coil or dehumidifier).
N.B.: Through the RH% limit sensor, possible formation of
condensation is anticipated. In areas with cooling, adequate air
treatment must always be present.
Accessories
738
Code
738107
120 x 90 x 20 mm
Application diagram
Pump
Shut-off valve
Three-way valve
Clock
Thermostatic valve
0
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
TU Thermostat/Humidistat
Lockshield valve
S/W
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
- t1
- t2
- t3
t
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
CALEFFI
TU
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
150051
Trasformatore
V
DE
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
150052
Convertitore
AC
50Hz
230V
AC 24V 50Hz
AC 230V
T50
6(2)A
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
3
2
bar
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
60
80
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
20
1
6
Mod. Dep.
357
mH2O
1
2
3
4
5
6
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 1615.2 003
Modulating temperature regulating unit for heating and cooling with piping in polished copper. 34 M connections to primary
circuit. 34 M distribution manifold outlets to radiant panels. 23 p.1,5 connections high temperature distribution manifold outlets.
Primary inlet temperature range: 5 90C. Maximum working pressure: 10 bar. Complete with: three-way ball valve; three-point
actuator, electric supply: 230 V, protection class: IP 54; radiant panel system temperature controller, electric supply 230 V,
setting temperature range: 7 78C, complete with flow, return and relative humidity sensors; three-speed pump UPS 25-60,
protection class: IP 44. Adjustable drain valve; safety thermostat, working temperature range: 55C3C, protection class:
IP 55; Scale temperature gauge: 0 to 80C; scale pressure gauge: 0 to 6 bar; primary circuit shut-off valves; 5-outlet (5 to 12)
flow manifold for panel systems complete with micrometric preregulation valves and drain cock; 5-outlet (5 to 12) return manifold
for panel systems complete with shut-off valves suitable for thermoelectric controls and air vent valve; by-pass kit for panel
system manifold, setting: 25 kPa (2500 mm w.g.); flow and return single sided dual manifold for high temperature circuit;
by-pass valve for high temperature manifold, setting: 10 60 kPa; supplied preassembled in coated steel sheet box with lock,
adjustable depth: 110 to 140 mm, complete with adjustable height 270 to 410 mm floor supports.
Code 161503
High temperature distribution kit for modulating temperature regulating unit consisting of: flow and return single sided dual
manifold for high temperature circuit. 34 F with union connections to primary circuit; 23 p.1,5 outlet connections; by-pass valve
for high temperature system manifold, setting: 10 - 60 kPa. Maximum working temperature: 100C. Maximum working pressure:
10 bar.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
series 161
01097/04 GB
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
Function
The modulating temperature regulating unit is designed for use in
underfloor heating systems in combination with distribution
manifolds.
This unit, complete with digital temperature controller,
controls the temperature of the fluid sent to radiant
panels as a function of the actual thermal load.
The unit is compact to save space and facilitates installation into an
embedded wall box.
The unit is supplied complete with digital temperature controller, a
motorised three-way valve, a three-speed pump, flow and return
sensors, a safety thermostat, flow and return temperature gauges,
a pressure gauge, an adjustable drain valve and shut-off valves on
the primary circuit.
Product range
Code 16151
Technical specification
25 kPa
(2.500 mm w.g.)
P (kPa)
5000
50
1,8
20
1,6
1,4
0,5
1,2
25
2000
0,8
0,9
30
2500
0,7
35
3000
0,6
3500
0,40
0,45
40
0,35
45
4000
0,30
4500
0,25
3/4 M
1 1/4 M adjustable nut
3/4 M
0,18
0 80C
0 6 bar
0,2
230V - 50 Hz
95 s
4W
IP 54
65C
self extinguishing VO
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Setting temperature range:
Primary inlet temperature range:
Max. working pressure:
0,16
Hydraulic unit
Materials: - Piping:
polished copper
- Fitting:
brass EN 12164 CW614N
- Shut-off valves: brass EN 12165 CW617N, nickel plated
0,14
valve
Body:
brass EN 12165 CW617N, nickel plated
Ball:
brass EN 12165 CW617N, chrome plated
Hydraulic seals:
EPDM
Actuator
Three-point type:
Electric supply:
Operating time:
Power consumption:
Protection class:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protective cover:
0,12
Three-way
Materials: -
230 V - 50 Hz
IP 40
0,1
Temperature controller
Electric supply:
Protection class:
G (m3/h)
-10 125C
2,5 s
10.000 at 25C
25/85C 3977 1.5%
UPS 25-60
Power consumption
5
4
Speed
Safety thermostat
Setting temperature:
Protection class:
Contacts rating:
1
0
Pump
Three-speed pump:
55C 3C
IP 55
10 A / 240 V
3
2
1
0,5
1,5
2,5
(A)
P
(W)
n
(r.p.m.)
0,40
0,30
0,20
90
65
45
1800
1100
700
G (m3/h)
UPS 25-60
Material: - Body:
95%
80C
IP 44
130 mm
1 1/2 with union
40
60
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
3
bar
CALEFFI
40
60
20
5
conforme norme ISPESL
bar
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
bar
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
1200
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
60
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
40
20
5
conforme norme ISPESL
10
8
6
4
2
0
80
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
450
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
60
20
80
13 outlets
40
60
20
80
9 outlets
CALEFFI
40
20
0
1000
6 outlets
800
Dimensions
80
270-410
3/4
240
50
365
A
Code
Outlets
A
1615E1
5
685
1615F1
6
735
1615G1
7
785
1615H1
8
835
1615I1
9
915
110-150
1615L1
10
965
1615M1
11
1015
1615N1
12
1065
1615O1
13
1115
Characteristic components
40
60
20
80
10
11 Pressure gauge
12 Primary circuit shut-off valves
5
4
9
8
SYSTEM
FLOW
3
2
11
bar
40
80
60
20
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
12
BOILER
FLOW
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
BOILER
RETURN
Hydraulic diagram
1
6
10
Temperature sensor
SR
Temperature gauge
2
ST
8
11
ST
SF
Safety thermostat
Shut-off ball valve
Three-way motorised valve
Pressure gauge
12
Pump
12
BF
BR
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
Operation
10
11
12
Example:
FTset = 40C
RTset = 40 - 0,35 (40 - 20) = 33C
FTcalculated = 40 + (33 - RT)
The front panel contains the following functions:
FT/RT
(C)
Flow limit
temperature
50
45
FT
ed
lat
lcu
ca
FT
flow temperature
40
FT
ed
lat
lcu
ca
RT Set
30
100%
150%
Design thermal
load %
Display
Back panel
Auxiliary micro-switch
The controller is equipped with an auxiliary micro-switch
which can be used to control other equipment.
Example:
For Heating: to switch the boiler on or off.
Terminal NA- pump off-ambient thermostat OFF or safety
thermostat ON (boiler off).
Terminal NC-pump on-ambient thermostat ON (boiler on).
Contacts rating: 5 A (230 V)
Flow/return sensor
CALEFFI
M 230 V~ 5060 Hz
~
5(2) A / 250 V~
13 14 15 16 17 18
1
7
FS
RS AT
9 10 11 12
ST
230 V~ IN OUT
Open Close
1 2 3
16 17 18
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
C
-20
-15
-10
-5
0
5
97.060
72.940
55.319
42.324
32.654
25.396
C
10
15
20
25
30
35
19.903
15.714
12.493
10.000
8.056
6.530
C
40
45
50
55
60
65
5.327
4.370
3.603
2.986
2.488
2.083
C
70
75
80
85
90
95
1.752
1.480
1.255
1.070
915
787
C
100
105
110
115
120
125
680
592
517
450
390
340
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
Dip switch
setting
0 0 0
0 1 0
1 0 0
1 1 0
0 0 0
0 1 0
1 0 0
1 1 0
Maximum
limit (C)
50
54
58
62
66
70
74
78
ON
ON
Position 1
Position 0
1 2 1 2
Accessories
Flow/return sensor
13 Flow temperature sensor
14 Common C
15 Return temperature sensor
738
738107
120 x 90 x 20 mm
Application diagram
Pump
Lockshield valve
Shut-off valve
Thermostatic valve
Clock
1 2 3 4 5 6
C
C
ON OFF
t1
t1/t2/t3
t2
- t1
- t2
- t3
CALEFFI
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
CALEFFI
3
2
bar
60
80
CALEFFI
40
20
1
6
Pump
Shut-off valve
Thermostatic valve
Clock
Lockshield valve
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
- t1
- t2
- t3
t
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
CALEFFI
3
2
bar
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 1615.1
Modulating temperature regulating unit for heating with piping in polished copper. 3 4 M connections to primary circuit.
3 4 M distribution manifold outlets to radiant panels. Primary inlet temperature range: 5 90C. Maximum working
pressure: 10 bar. Complete with: three-way ball valve; three-point actuator, electric supply: 230 V, protection class: IP 54;
radiant panel system temperature controller, electric supply 230 V, setting temperature range: 7 78C, complete with
flow and return sensors; three-speed pump UPS 25-60, protection class: IP 44. Adjustable drain valve; safety thermostat,
working temperature range: 55C3C, protection class: IP 55; temperature gauge scale: 0 to 80C; pressure gauge
scale: 0 to 6 bar; primary circuit shut-off valves; 5-outlet (5 to 13) flow manifold for panel systems complete with
micrometric preregulation valves and drain cock; 5-outlet (5 to 13) return manifold for panel systems complete with
shut-off valves suitable for thermo-electric controls and air vent valve; by-pass kit for panel system manifold, setting:
25 kPa (2500 mm w.g.); supplied pre-assembled in coated steel sheet box with lock, adjustable depth: 110 to 140 mm,
complete with adjustable height 270 to 410 mm floor supports.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
series 161
01098/04 GB
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
Function
The modulating temperature regulating unit is designed for use in
underfloor heating systems in combination with distribution
manifolds.
This unit, complete with digital temperature controller,
controls the temperature of the fluid sent to radiant
panels as a function of the actual thermal load.
The unit is compact to save space and facilitates installation into an
embedded wall box.
The unit is supplied complete with digital temperature controller for
both heating and cooling, a motorised three-way valve,
components to limit relative humidity, a three-speed pump, flow and
return sensors, a safety thermostat, flow and return temperature
gauges, a pressure gauge, adjustable drain valve and shut-off
valves on the primary circuit.
Product range
Code 16152
Technical specification
25 kPa
(2.500 mm w.g.)
P (kPa)
5000
50
1,8
20
1,6
1,4
1,2
0,5
0,8
0,9
25
2000
0,7
30
2500
0,6
35
3000
0,40
0,45
40
3500
0,35
4000
0,30
45
0,25
4500
0,18
0 80C
0 6 bar
3/4 M
1 1/4 M union connection
3/4 M
0,2
230V - 50 Hz
95 s
4W
IP 54
65C
self extinguishing VO
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Setting temperature range:
Primary inlet temperature range:
Max. working pressure:
0,16
Hydraulic unit
Materials: - Piping:
polished copper
- Fittings:
brass EN 12164 CW614N
- Shut-off valves: brass EN 12165 CW617N, nickel plated
0,14
valve
Body:
brass EN 12165 CW617N, nickel plated
Ball:
brass EN 12165 CW617N chrome plated
Hydraulic seals:
EPDM
Actuator
Three-point type:
Electric supply:
Operating time:
Power consumption:
Protection class:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protective cover:
0,12
Three-way
Materials: -
230 V - 50 Hz
IP 40
0,1
Temperature controller
Electric supply:
Protection class:
G (m3/h)
-10 125C
2,5 s
10.000 at 25C
25/85C 3977 1,5%
UPS 25-60
Power consumption
5
4
Speed
Safety thermostat
Setting temperature:
Protection class:
Contacts rating:
55C 3C
IP 55
10 A / 240 V
1
0
Pump
Three-speed pump:
3
2
1
0,5
1,5
2,5
(A)
P
(W)
n
(r.p.m.)
0,40
0,30
0,20
90
65
45
1800
1100
700
G (m3/h)
UPS 25-60
Material: - Body:
Max. ambient relative humidity:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protection class:
Pump centre distance:
Pump connections:
40
60
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
V
DE
80
1200
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
150051
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
450
CALEFFI
Trasformatore
60
20
80
12 outlets
40
60
20
80
150052
8 outlets
CALEFFI
40
20
0
1000
5 outlets
800
Dimensions
Convertitore
AC 230V 50Hz
10,5VA
T50
AC 24V 50Hz
AC 230V
T50
6(2)A
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
3
2
bar
40
60
20
bar
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
60
bar
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
20
5
conforme norme ISPESL
10
8
6
4
2
0
80
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
80
270-410
3/4
240
50
A
Code
Outlets
A
1615E2
5
775
1615F2
6
825
1615G2
7
875
1615H2
8
925
110-150
1615I2
9
1005
1615L2
10
1055
1615M2
11
1105
1615N2
12
1155
Characteristic components
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
6
7
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
150052
150051
Trasformatore
V
DE
SYSTEM
RETURN
CALEFFI
Convertitore
AC 230V 50Hz
10,5VA
T50
AC 24V 50Hz
AC 230V
6(2)A
T50
10
5
4
9
8
11
bar
60
80
SYSTEM
FLOW
40
20
5
6
13
12
BOILER
FLOW
BOILER
RETURN
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
Hydraulic diagram
1
6
TC
10
Temperature sensor
14
SR
2
ST
8
11
TC
13
Transformer/Converter
Manual drain valve
Temperature gauge
SF
ST
Safety thermostat
Shut-off ball valve
Three-way motorised valve
12
12
BF
Pressure gauge
BR
Pump
CALEFFI
Operation
Example:
FTset = 40C
RTset = 40 - 0.35 (40 - 20) = 33C
FTcalculated = 40 + (33 - RT)
10
11
12
5
The new FT value calculated is given on the display 1) with a small
side bar showing.
Flow limit
temperature
50
ed
lat
lcu
a
C
FT
45
40
35
Design flow
temperature
FT Set
ed
lat
lcu
a
C
FT
RT Set
30
25
20
FT
Flow temperature
50%
100%
150%
Design thermal
load %
Display
- flow temperature set using the selector 5). The flow temperature
measured appears after 5 seconds.
- the flow temperature measured with the return sensor off.
- the flow temperature calculated with the return sensor on.
- the maximum duration of the impulse to the valve, selected using
the adjuster 10). Displayed for 5 seconds.
- delay time for acquiring the return temperature, selected using the
adjuster 11). Displayed for 5 seconds.
- valve-motor mechanical delays, selected using the adjuster 12).
Displayed for 5 seconds.
Back panel
CALEFFI
M 230 V~ 5060 Hz
~
5(2) A / 250 V~
Auxiliary micro-switch
The controller is equipped with an auxiliary micro-switch which can
be used to control other equipment.
Example:
For Heating: to switch the boiler on or off. Terminal NA- pump offambient thermostat OFF or safety thermostat ON (boiler off).
Terminal NC-pump on-ambient thermostat ON (boiler on).
For Cooling: to switch chiller unit on or off.
Terminal NA-pump OFF-ambient thermostat OFF or RH% limit
sensor on (chiller unit OFF).
Terminal NC-pump ON-ambient thermostat ON (chiller unit ON).
Contacts rating: 5 A (230 V).
13 14 15 16 17 18
1
7
FS
RS AT
9 10 11 12
Flow/return sensor
ST
230 V~ IN OUT
Open Close
13 14 15
16 17 18
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
C
-20
-15
-10
-5
0
5
97.060
72.940
55.319
42.324
32.654
25.396
C
10
15
20
25
30
35
19.903
15.714
12.493
10.000
8.056
6.530
C
40
45
50
55
60
65
5.327
4.370
3.603
2.986
2.488
2.083
C
70
75
80
85
90
95
1.752
1.480
1.255
1.070
915
787
C
100
105
110
115
120
125
680
592
517
450
390
340
ON
ON
Position 1
Position 0
1 2 1 2
ST
Inferior side: placed on the cooling surface
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
150051
150052
Layouts for the correct positioning of the max RH% limit sensor.
Converter
Transformer
AC 24V 50Hz
AC 230V
6(2)A
T50
AC 230V 50Hz
10,5VA
T50
V
DE
LN
24V
24V~
~ ~
1 2 3
4 5 6
230 V
AT
13 14 15
16 17 18
Controller
13 14 15 16 17 18
1
230 V~ IN OUT
7
FS
RS AT
9 10 11 12
ST
The maximum heat energy that the panel can produce, in relation
to the climate values recorded, can be reached by controlling the
parameters below.
Open Close
Accessories
738
Code
738107
120 x 90 x 20 mm
Application diagram
0
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
Pump
Lockshield valve
Shut-off valve
Three-way valve
Clock
Thermostatic valve
E/I
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
- t1
- t2
- t3
CALEFFI
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
TH Thermostat/Humidistat
TH
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
150051
Trasformatore
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
150052
Convertitore
AC
50Hz
V
DE
AC 24V 50Hz
AC 230V
T50
230V
6(2)A
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
3
2
bar
60
80
CALEFFI
40
20
1
6
0
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
Pump
Shut-off valve
Three-way valve
Clock
Thermostatic valve
TH Thermostat/Humidistat
Lockshield valve
E/I
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
- t1
- t2
- t3
t
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
150051
Trasformatore
V
DE
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
150052
Convertitore
AC
50Hz
230V
AC 24V 50Hz
AC 230V
T50
6(2)A
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
3
2
bar
40
60
20
1
conforme norme ISPESL
80
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
TH
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 1615.2
Modulating temperature regulating unit for heating and cooling with piping in polished copper. 3 4 M connections to
primary circuit. 3 4 M distribution manifold outlets to radiant panels. Primary inlet temperature range: 5 90C. Maximum
working pressure: 10 bar. Complete with: three-way ball valve; three-point actuator, electric supply: 230 V, protection
class: IP 54; radiant panel system temperature controller, electric supply 230 V, setting temperature range: 7 78C,
complete with flow, return and relative humidity sensors; three-speed pump UPS 25-60, protection class: IP 44.
Adjustable drain valve; safety thermostat, working temperature range: 55C3C, protection class: IP 55; temperature
gauges scale: 0 to 80C; pressure gauge scale:
0 to 6 bar; primary circuit shut-off valves; 5-outlet (5 to 12) flow
manifold for panel systems complete with micrometric preregulation valves and drain cock; 5-outlet (5 to 12) return
manifold for panel systems complete with shut-off valves suitable for thermo-electric controls and air vent valve; by-pass
kit for panel system manifold, setting: 25 kPa (2500 mm w.g.); supplied pre-assembled in coated steel sheet box with
lock, adjustable depth: 110 to 140 mm, complete with adjustable height 270 to 410 mm floor supports.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
01099/04 GB
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
Function
The modulating temperature regulating unit with high temperature
distribution kit is designed for use with mixed type systems
consisting of radiant panels and radiators or fan coils in
combination with distribution manifolds for radiant panels.
This unit, complete with digital temperature controller,
controls the temperature of the fluid sent to radiant
panels as a function of the actual thermal load.
The unit is compact to save space and facilitates installation into
an embedded wall box.
The unit is supplied complete with digital temperature controller, a
motorised three-way valve, a three-speed pump, flow and return
sensors, a safety thermostat, flow and return temperature gauges,
a pressure gauge, adjustable drain valve and shut-off valves on the
primary circuit.
The function of the kit is to distribute part of the primary fluid from
the boiler to the heater units. It acts as a hydraulic separator for
underfloor heating systems and is supplied complete with an
adjustable differential by-pass for the primary circuit.
Product range
Code 16151 003
Code 161503
Modulating temperature regulating unit with high temperature distribution kit, preassembled with manifolds and box
High temperature distribution kit with 3-outlet manifold and differential by-pass
Technical specification
25 kPa
(2.500 mm w.g.)
P (kPa)
5000
50
1,8
20
1,6
1,4
1,2
0,5
0,8
0,9
25
2000
0,7
30
2500
0,6
35
3000
0,40
0,45
40
3500
0,35
4000
0,30
45
0,25
4500
0,18
0 80C
0 6 bar
3/4 M
1 1/4 M union connection
3/4 M
0,2
230V - 50 Hz
95 s
4W
IP 54
65C
self extinguishing VO
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Setting temperature range:
Primary inlet temperature range:
Max. working pressure:
0,16
Hydraulic unit
Materials: - Piping:
polished copper
- Fittings:
EN 12164 CW614N brass
- Shut-off valves: EN 12165 CW617N nickel plated brass
0,14
valve
Body:
EN 12165 CW617N nickel plated brass
Ball:
EN 12165 CW617N chrome plated brass
Hydraulic seals:
EPDM
Servomotor
Three-point type:
Supply voltage:
Operating time:
Power consumption:
Protection class:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protective cover:
0,12
Three-way
Materials: -
230 V - 50 Hz
IP 40
0,1
Temperature controller
Power consumption:
Protection class:
G (m3/h)
Safety thermostat
Setting temperature:
Protection class:
Contacts rating:
55C 3C
IP 55
10 A - 240 V
Pump
Three-speed pump:
10 bar
100C
10 60 kPa (1 6 m w.g.)
UPS 25-60
Material: - Body:
Materials:- Manifold:
- By-pass:
- Hydraulic seals:
Insulation
Material:
Thickness:
Density: - inner part:
- outer part:
Thermal conductivity (DIN 52612):
95%
80C
IP 44
130 mm
1 1/2 with union
H (m w.g.)
6
UPS 25-60
Power consumption
Code 161503
A
3/4
B
23 p. 1,5
C
60
D
1
E
240
F
75
G
87
H
50
0,5
1,5
2,5
1800
1100
700
90
65
45
CALEFFI
Mod. Dep.
0,40
0,30
0,20
357
40
60
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
3/4
3
bar
40
CALEFFI
bar
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
bar
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
60
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
20
5
conforme norme ISPESL
10
8
6
4
2
0
80
60
20
5
conforme norme ISPESL
CALEFFI
80
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
650
10
8
6
4
2
0
60
20
80
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
60
20
80
12 outlets
CALEFFI
40
20
0
8 outlets
1200
5 outlets.
1000
800
G (m3/h)
80
60
Mod. Dep.
145
357
1
2
3
4
5
6
270-410
mH2O
3
2
1
n
(r.p.m.)
P
(W)
1
2
3
4
5
(A)
Speed
mH2O 6
D
4
440
50
A
Code
Radiator outlets
Panel outlets
A
1615E1 003
3
5
765
1615F1 003
3
6
815
A
1615G1 003
3
7
865
1615H1 003
3
8
915
110-150
A
1615I1 003
3
9
995
1615L1 003
3
10
1045
1615M1 003
3
11
1095
1615N1 003
3
12
1145
Characteristic components
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
6
7
40
60
20
80
SYSTEM
RETURN
10
5
4
9
8
12
13
3
2
11
BOILER
FLOW
bar
CALEFFI
80
60
20
SYSTEM
FLOW
40
Mod. Dep.
BOILER
RETURN
357
mH2O 6
1
2
3
4
5
14
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
Hydraulic diagram
1
6
10
Temperature sensor
SR
Temperature gauge
2
ST
8
11
ST
SF
Safety thermostat
Shut-off ball valve
Three-way motorised valve
Pressure gauge
Pump
12
13
Differential by-pass
BF
BR
12
14
CALEFFI
Differential by-pass
Operation
The differential by-pass valve is
used to control the head to which
the distribution circuit to the heater
units is subjected; it facilitates
circulation to the heater units and
limits over pressure where there are
thermostatic or electro-thermal
valves.The differential valve is
calibrated at the
value
where
pressure is lost in
the heater unit
circuit.
mH2O
1
2
3
4
5
6
p (m w.g.)
Setting
positions
80
70
60
50
40
3
2
30
0,5
10
1
1,5
G (m3/h)
Gs
20
1
Manifold hydraulic characteristics
(kPa)
The distributor manifold not only distributes the water in the heater
unit circuits but also allows the hydronic separation between the
primary and the secondary circuits. This separation improves the
functioning of the secondary circuit to the panels and prevents
changes in the flow rate in the primary circuit from affecting the
secondary circuit. In this case, the flow rate in the respective circuits
is an exclusive function of the pump flow rate and the reciprocal
influence arising from coupling them in series is avoided. Two
possible conditions of circuit equilibrium follow.
3.0
6.5
Secondary
Gs
Gp
Gp
Primary
Primary
Secondary
Operation
Example:
FTset = 40C
RTset = 40 - 0,35 (40 - 20) = 33C
FTcalculated = 40 + (33 - RT)
10
11
12
FT/RT
(C)
50
Limit flow
temperature
45
40
35
FT
Design flow
temperature
FT Set
FT
ed
lat
lcu
a
c
ed
lat
lcu
a
c
RT Set
30
25
20
FT
flow temperature
50%
100%
150%
Design thermal
load %
Display
Back panel
CALEFFI
M 230 V~ 5060 Hz
~
5(2) A / 250 V~
Auxiliary micro-switch
The controller is equipped with an auxiliary micro-switch which can
be used to control other equipment.
Example:
For Heating: to switch the boiler on or off.
Terminal NA- pump off-ambient thermostat OFF or safety thermostat
ON (boiler off).
Terminal NC-pump on-ambient thermostat ON (boiler on).
Contacts rating: 5 A (230 V)
13 14 15 16 17 18
1
7
FS
RS AT
Flow/return sensor
9 10 11 12
ST
230 V~ IN OUT
Open Close
13 14 15
16 17 18
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
C
-20
-15
-10
-5
0
5
97.060
72.940
55.319
42.324
32.654
25.396
C
10
15
20
25
30
35
19.903
15.714
12.493
10.000
8.056
6.530
C
40
45
50
55
60
65
5.327
4.370
3.603
2.986
2.488
2.083
C
70
75
80
85
90
95
1.752
1.480
1.255
1.070
915
787
C
100
105
110
115
120
125
680
592
517
450
390
340
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Maximum
limit (C)
50
54
58
62
66
70
74
78
ON
ON
Position 1
Position 0
1 2 1 2
Accessories
738
Code
738107
120 x 90 x 20 mm
Application diagram
Pump
Shut-off valve
Thermostatic valve
Clock
Lockshield valve
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
- t1
- t2
- t3
t
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
3
2
bar
40
80
Mod. Dep.
357
mH2O
1
2
3
4
5
6
CALEFFI
60
20
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 1615.1 003
Modulating temperature regulating unit for heating with piping in polished copper. 3 4 M connections to primary circuit.
34 M distribution manifold outlets to radiant panels. 23 p. 1,5 connections high temperature distribution manifold outlets.
Primary inlet temperature range: 5 90C. Maximum working pressure: 10 bar. Complete with: three-way ball valve;
three-point servomotor, electric supply: 230 V, protection level: IP 54; radiant panel system temperature controller, power
consumption 230 V, setting temperature range: 7 78C, complete with flow and return sensors; three-speed pump UPS
25-60, protection class: IP 44. Adjustable discharge valve; safety thermostat, working temperature range: 55C3C,
protection class: IP 55; temperature gauge scale: 0 to 80C; pressure gauge scale: 0 to 6 bar; primary circuit shut-off
valves; 5-outlet (5 to 12) flow manifold for panel systems complete with micrometric preregulation valves and drain cock;
5-outlet (5 to 12) return manifold for panel systems complete with shut-off valves suitable for thermo-electric controls and
air vent valve; by-pass kit for panel system manifold, setting: 25 kPa (2500 mm w.g.); supplied pre-assembled in coated
steel sheet box with lock, adjustable depth: 110 to 140 mm, complete with adjustable height 270 to 410 mm floor
supports.
Code 161503
High temperature distribution kit for modulating temperature regulating unit consisting of: flow and return single sided
dual manifold high temperature circuit. 3 4 F with union connections to primary circuit; 23 p.1,5 outlet connections;
by-pass valve for high temperature system manifold, setting: 10 60 kPa. Maximum working temperature: 100C.
Maximum working pressure: 10 bar.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
IS
7554 series
TERE
BS EN ISO 9001:2008
Cert. n FM 21654
01111/09 GB
Function
CONTECA is a direct heat energy meter especially suited to
measuring thermal consumption in residential buildings. Thanks to
its double memory register, it is able to keep a record of power in
both heating and air-conditioning modes (option 755810).
The device comprises an electronic calculator unit, a positive
displacement flow rate gauge and two temperature probes. The
CONTECA meter is very easy to install and hardly requires any
maintenance.
The CONTECA meter flow rate gauge is the turbine type. The
turbine speed is measured by means of a high-resistance
protected magnetic joint. As the mechanism is inside a vacuum
there is no condensation. The mechanism block nut, made of
non-magnetic material, prevents all attempted tampering.
The electronic technology and the materials used offer precise and
reliable measurements.
The high-precision NTC temperature probes are easy to seal for
greater protection against tampering. The cables connecting the
flow and return probes to the calculator unit are 1,9 m long.
The CONTECA meter is equipped with an 8-digit liquid crystal
display that can be turned on with a button, as it is normally off in
order to minimise battery usage. This display enables easy reading
of consumption values as well as a range of technical data to allow
appliance operating status evaluation and data logging.
Product range
7554 series
Heat meter
Code 755010
Touch-Screen controller
Code 755055/56 M-Bus interface - Remote transmission interface
7558 series
Additional options
Technical specifications
Standard installation
24 V (ac) - 50 Hz - 1 W
in accordance with M-Bus method
PUSH
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
Utente
Numero di serie
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Electric supply:
Data transmission:
Anti-tamper protection
Advanced control software
Conformity:
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
Technical data
Temperature probes
Flow probe length
Return probe length
Probe type
Temperature range limits
Temperature difference limits
Measurement sensitivity
m
m
1,9
1,9
NTC
1090 (THERMIE) - 225 (REFRIGERATION UNIT)
380 (THERMIE) - 320 (REFRIGERATION UNIT)
0,05
C
K
C
PN
Qp
Qi
Qs
1/22
Brass
Male with union ISO 228
Threaded PN 10
bar
C
DN 65DN 200
Steel FE510
Flanged PN 16 EN 1092-1
Flanged PN 16
90
normally horizontal
class OA-OC in accordance with E1434-2
see table 1 and 2
see table 1 and 2
see table 1 and 2
l/h
l/h
l/h
C
kWh
The CONTECA heat meter is supplied with accessories for installation, probe positioning and subsequent lead sealing.
TAB. 2 - Flow rate limits (m3/h) - Connection from DN 65 to DN 200:
2 sleeves, 1/2, to be welded, with brass pocket and 1 lead sealing kit
Code
755404
755405
755406
755407
755408
755409
Q p (mc/h)
1,5
2,5
3,5
6
10
15,5
Q i (l/h)
30
50
70
120
200
3000
Qs (mc/h)
1,5
2,5
3,5
6
10
15,5
Code
755410
755411
755412
755413
755414
755415
Connect.
DN 65
DN 80
DN 100
DN 125
DN 150
DN 200
Q p (mc/h)
25,
45,
70,
100,
150
250,
Qs (mc/h)
50,
80,
120,
200,
300
500,
Dimensions
165
147
165
147
40
40
PN
Utente
88
1/2
M07 1259
07185865
Utente
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
755810
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
PN
Numero di serie
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Anno di produzione
755810
PUSH
120
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
120
PUSH
1/2
B
Code
755404
755405
755406
755407
755408
755409
A
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1 1/4"
1 1/2"
2"
B
110
130
260
260
300
300
C
18
18
43
43
46
57
D
108
108
159
159
185
199
E
80
80
102
102
136
166
F
190
226
358
378
438
458
H
44
51
60
73
80
90
G
59
69
87
99
109
126
Weight (Kg)
2,8
3,2
5,2
5,5
8,5
9,5
Code
755410
755411
755412
755413
755414
755415
A
DN 65
DN 80
DN 100
DN 125
DN 150
DN 200
B
200
225
250
250
300
350
C
85
95
105
118
135
162
D
205
245
255
278
312
368
E
200
200
225
270
300
375
F
34
34
25
17
17
17
Weight (Kg)
12
16
20
23
38
55
Pre-installation guidelines
It is good practice to provide shut-off valves upstream and downstream of the meter in order to facilitate installation and maintenance, if
required.
Upstream from the flow rate gauge, it is necessary to fit a filtering device in order to protect the gauge.
From diameter 1/2 to diameter 2, this filter is already inside the flow temperature pocket.
After installation, it is good practice to wash the pipes and carry out a pressure test.
After washing and before installing the temperature probes, it is wise to check the mesh filter saturation level.
After completing the hydraulic installation you can install the electric/electronic parts.
When work has been completed, qualified technicians will lead seal the electronic module and the temperature probes.
PUSH
PUSH
755810
PN
Utente
Utente
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Anno di produzione
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Numero di serie
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
Anno di produzione
Utente
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
PUSH
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
M07 1259
07185865
THERMIE
G
System
system
REFRIGERATION
UNIT
system
kWh
kWh
Heating unit
R.U.
Maintenance work
H.U.
Filter cleaning
Sometimes it will be necessary to clean the filter installed in the
flow circuit in a suitable position for the protection of the flow
rate gauge.
For a 7554 series complete meter with the addition of just 1 pulse
positive displacement meter code 75591. of 2 pockets code
75590. and of 2 probes code 75593. it is possible to take two
complete and separate thermie/refrigeration unit measurements.
Hydraulic characteristics
DN 200
DN 150
DN 125
DN 100
DN 80
DN 65
2"
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
1"
1/2"
p (m w.g.)
3/4"
4,5
4
3,5
3
45
40
35
30
2,5
25
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
18
16
14
12
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
9
8
7
6
0,5
50
20
10
0,45
0,40
0,35
0,30
4,5
4
3,5
3
0,25
2,5
0,25
2
1
500
250
300
350
400
450
200
120
140
160
180
100
60
70
80
90
50
30
35
40
45
25
20
12
14
16
18
7
8
9
10
3
3,5
4
4,5
2,5
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
0,5
0,1
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
Q (m3/h)
The dotted red line indicates the head loss (P=2 m. w.g.) for threaded connections and (p=2 m. w.g.) for flanged connections referring to
the permanent flow rate (Qp).
A
Mass meter Thermie/Refrigeration units
m3
m3
IMP
FT
RT
FT2
RT2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
PUL
Return
m3
m3
III Pulse
II Pulse
Heat./Cond
I Pulse
Meter
Polarised cable
Rx
24 V (a c)
Tx
Flow
RT
FT
Heating probes
(for systems with 2 pipes)
The CONTECA heat meter features various metering configurations referring to two-pipe or four-pipe and aggregated pulse acquisition systems
that determine set connection positions.
Two-pipe system
1) Thermie and/or refrigeration unit metering
6
Four-pipe system
1) Thermie and/or refrigeration unit metering
6 - 7 Heating zone valve status*
9 - 10 Mass meter
12 - 13 DCW
12 - 13 DHW or DCW
12 - 13 DCW
13 - 14 Generic
12 - 13 DHW
13 - 14 DCW
3 - 5
3 Tx (Transmission)
5 Rx (Reception)
For the transmission bus, use an unshielded 2 x 1 mm2
FROR 450/750 2x1 CEI 20-2211 IMQ cable (our code 755855/N).
Note: The transmission polarity must be fully observed.
Energy pulse outputs, code 755881/755882
1 - 2
Data centralisation
In the case of centralised data transmission via bus the following
connection plan must necessarily be carried out:
Output specifications:
1 IMP = 1 kWh - open collector contact
Pulse duration: 120 ms
Max. frequency = 1 Hz
24 - 25 N/O
Flow rate
25 - 26 N/C
7 - 8
Flow temperature
Operating information
The accumulated energy amounts are retrieved in a non-volatile
memory device (EEPROM) each time the units of measurement are
completed (1 kWh) and, at the same time, this increase causes the
display to be updated (see User information cycle).
- When the electricity mains is connected (24 V (ac)), the following
occurs:
- display always on
- metering always enabled
- If the electricity mains is not connected, the following occurs:
- display off but can be activated for 20 seconds each time the
PUSH button is pressed.
Tamper
Thermal gradient
CKSUM
Return temperature
Segment test
Power
6 - 7
Digital inputs
The digital inputs must have no potential (class IB)
Test instructions
The 7554 series calculator is equipped with a quick output
test feature, located inside the plastic container.
In order to access this, remove the seal and take out the
fixing screws.
The electronics card on the deepest level has a button on
the very edge of the right-hand side (fig. 1) which can be
used to select the technical menu.
(fig. 3)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
m3
PUL
Return
m3
III Pulse
II Pulse
Heat./Cond
I Pulse
Meter
Polarised cable
Rx
24 V (ac)
F
Tx
(fig. 1)
Flow
RT
FT
Heating probes
(for systems with 2 pipes)
The probes, which are absolutely inseparable from the electronics circuit,
may be placed in a thermostatic bath, observing the temperature range
1090C and taking into account a T of between 380 K.
Use the button (push) on the display front panel to scroll
through the screens. The unit of measurement for the
energy - test is Wh (fig. 2).
TV0,277769810-3 [Wh]
(fig. 2)
d - Date (DD.MM.YY)
t - Time (hh.mm)
V = NP
where N = number of pulses
P = pulse value for each litre
If the errors, after the metrological checking of the CONTECA meter
in the 7554 series, are greater than the max. permitted value, the product
should be sent to the Caleffi S.p.A. head office; 28010 Fontaneto dAgogna;
S.R. 229 n 25; ITALY, for metrological requalification.
Operating specifications
1) The software used to control the metering process, in order to avoid unnecessary action or unwanted metering procedures, operates on the
principle that consumption processing depends on a specific flow temperature value (FT).
The thermie cycle is activated for a FT value >22C (factory set).
The refrigeration unit cycle is activated for a FT value <15C (factory set).
The set values may be modified by an authorised technician on request.
2) The software used to control the metering process also operates on the principle that consumption processing depends on the presence
of a minimum temperature difference in order to further safeguard against unnecessary measurements or minimal unwanted metering
deriving from natural dispersion. At the time of factory setting, a dead band of 0,4 K (factory set) is therefore defined.
3) The software used to control the metering process also works on the principle that the flow rate gauge is installed on the return pipe.
Authorised technicians can, on request, adapt the configuration set so as to position the gauge on the flow pipe.
DATA CENTRALISATION
Architecture of centralisation
- It is understood that every individual may have a specific idea
relating to the complexity of the system and personal
expectations.
- It is also understood, for this very reason, that in general there is
no divine law governing the drafting of a particular architecture.
It is therefore true to say that an increase in the number of users,
combined with the application of a centralised system, will
necessarily increase the complexity of this system.
In order to distinguish between a normal system and a
complex system, you could argue that a centralised system with
over 25 users could be a complex system which, for many
obvious management-related reasons, practically requires
continuous monitoring.
Therefore, if the distinction made can, in principle, be perceived
as correct, you can establish the following:
PUSH
Utente
2008
M08 1259
Numero di serie
GSM
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Anno di produzione
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
M08 1259
755810
PN
755846
755010
PUSH
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Numero di serie
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
2008
76072
Anno di produzione
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
76072
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
Utente
CALEFFI
230 V ~
PUSH
Utente
Controller
2008
M08 1259
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Anno di produzione
Remote acquisition
755810
PN
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
M08 1259
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Numero di serie
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
2008
76072
Anno di produzione
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
76072
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
PUSH
Utente
PUSH
PUSH
Anno di produzione
Utente
2008
M08 1259
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
755810
PN
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
M08 1259
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Numero di serie
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
2008
76072
Anno di produzione
Utente
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
76072
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
Data
centralisation
Le
soluzioni
(A), (B) e
(C)
di centralizzazione
solutions
(A), (B) and
dei
datialternatives
sono una in
(C) are
to
alternativa
one anotheralle altre.
755055
FAST
FAST-TELE
AQUAPRO
Cod. 755055
Cod. 755056
Cod. 755060
Cod. 755500
Contatti Rel 4 x 8 A - 250 V
Sonde temp. 0 90C
Tamb. : 545C
Attenzione:
Componenti in tensione
IP 54
76049
24 V ~
230 V ~
Local acquisition
Fast
Bus transmission line 2-way x 1 mm2 (755855/N)
24 V ~ centralised electric supply line
PUSH
PUSH
755810
Anno di produzione
2008
M08 1259
PN
Utente
76072
76072
M08 1259
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
2008
Utente
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
Anno di produzione
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
CALEFFI S.p.A.
M08 1259
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
2008
Utente
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
Anno di produzione
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
76072
PUSH
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
N.B.:
The transmission bus code 755855/N is a 2-way device (section
2 x 1 mm2). The controller allows a maximum of 250 users.
The laying methods are in accordance with tree distribution (star).
The maximum length of each individual section is 1200 m.
It is possible to lay up to a maximum of 4 separate sections,
using code 755005.
LN
7554..
76072
755810
Anno di produzione
2008
M08 1259
PN
Utente
CALEFFI S.p.A.
M08 1259
Numero di serie
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
2008
Utente
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Anno di produzione
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
M08 1259
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
2008
Utente
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
Anno di produzione
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
PUSH
76072
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
PUSH
76072
PUSH
L2
LB
PUSH
Anno di produzione
Utente
2008
Numero di serie
M08 1259
CALEFFI S.p.A.
755810
PN
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
M08 1259
M08 1259
PUSH
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Numero di serie
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
2008
76072
Anno di produzione
Utente
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Numero di serie
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
2008
76072
Anno di produzione
Utente
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
76072
PUSH
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
4a Section
3a Section
2 Section
1 Section
LA
Controller
cod. 755010
L1
ELECTRIC-ELECTRONIC OPTIONS
controller
- Electric supply:
230 V (ac) 10% - 50 Hz - 60 W.
- Ambient conditions 1035C
with no dust.
- Maximum number of users:
250.
Includes:
- 1 touch-screen CPU
- 1 wall-mounting bracket
Terminal 25 - 26
PUSH
Utente
SERIES
7554 . .
755871
739107
F N
BUS line
~ 24V (ac)
123456
646002
Terminal 25 - 26
PUSH
PUSH
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
Numero di serie
755810
PN
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Anno di produzione
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
Anno di produzione
Numero di serie
CALEFFI
Utente
Utente
PARALLEL
7554 . .
755846
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Anno di produzione
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
PUSH
755810
PN
Utente
The function of the controller is to acquire, via bus, all the totalised
values of the individual users (thermie / refrigeration units / mass / hours
of opening of the zone valve), consumer operating status (ON/OFF),
totalised values from the additional pulse meters (domestic cold/hot
water) and operational diagnostics.
All the above-described totalised values are recorded on a daily basis
in log files that are useful for consumption analysis and cost breakdown.
The remote transmission and print software for consumption data is
supplied with the product.
755845
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Anno di produzione
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
7550 CONTECA
755871
739107
~24V (ac)
123456
BUS line
F N
646002
ID
TEL. 1
TEL. 2
TEL. 3
1
2
3
....
Any change in the enabled phone numbers can only be made by
technical personnel authorised by the system manager
(Administrator - Service - Certifier).
ELECTRIC-ELECTRONIC OPTIONS
755830
75588.
Pulse output
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
Utente
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Numero di serie
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
Anno di produzione
Terminal 21 - 23 Thermie
755810
PN
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
Terminal 21 - 23 Thermie
Terminal 21 - 22 Refr. units
PUSH
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
Utente
755881
755882
7554 . .
7554 . .
Consumption certification
The natural difficulties in starting up a centralised system
suggest it is wise to rely on a competent SERVICE, monitoring
the first year of operation and then hopefully confirming this
service for future years.
Monitoring acquisition
sheet
The CONTECA system offers many options: some are dictated by the
plant engineering system (thermie/refrigeration units), others are
suggested by the presence of a central transmission bus (pulse
aggregation for other consumption data), others are for management
(user status) with user enabling/disabling.
755810
755890
CALEFFI
23 Thermie
22 Refrigeration
units
ENERGIA kWh
755825
0V
21
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
7554 series
CONTECA direct heat meter conforming to directive 2004/22/CE (MID) for use in heating and air-conditioning systems, with
the following characteristics: hot water positive displacement meter with magnetic joint (maximum temperature 90C), with
pulse output, NTC temperature probe, 8-digit data display, temperature range 1090C, protection class IP 54, transmission via
TWO-WAY bus in accordance with M-bus mode, electric supply 24 V (ac) 50 Hz - 1 W. Designed for remote activation of user
services. Options: 3 additional pulse inputs - 2 voltage-free digital inputs for status/alarm - 1 relay output.
Code 755010
Compact touch-screen CONTECA controller, equipped with RS232 - RS485, USB and LAN ports, with user monitoring
function (max. 250) and daily logging of consumption data. Enabled for SMS message alarm and remote activation
management, and for automatic transmission of data via email and FTP server. Electric supply 230 V (ac).
Code 755055/755056
HW-SW interface for consumption data acquisition via digital transmission, in M-Bus mode. Electric supply 230 V (ac) 50 Hz - 5 VA. Includes software. Maximum number of users: 30. Code 755056 is designed for transmission via
analogue/digital modem code 755845/755846. Ambient temperature range 1035C. Dimensions: width 160 mm x height
125 mm x depth 40 mm.
7940 series
User domestic water cut-off for centralised system with user module featuring direct local reading meter, consisting of:
1/2 (3/4) direct reading positive displacement meter, BALLSTOP ball shut-off valve with incorporated check valve, ball
shut-off valve with male terminal, fixing screws and collars.
7941 series
User domestic water cut-off for centralised CONTECA system consisting of: 1/2 (3/4) positive displacement meter
with pulse output (K=10), BALLSTOP ball shut-off valve with incorporated check valve, ball shut-off valve with male
terminal, fixing screws and collars.
7930 - 7931 series
User domestic water cut-off for centralised CONTECA system. 7930 series with direct local reading meter.
7931 series with positive displacement meter with pulse output (K=10). Consist of: pair of BALLSTOP ball shut-off
valves with incorporated check valve, pair of 1/2 (3/4) positive displacement meters with/without pulse output,
thermostatic mixing valve, fittings.
Code 755810
Refrigeration unit metering. Upon activation of the software module, CONTECA is able to keep a record of the thermal
units and refrigeration units, on the evaluation of the temperature difference reversal, in separate registers for both the
current values and for the logged files.
Code 75588.
The single pulse output code 755881 or the double pulse output code 755882 can be used to transfer the thermie and/or
refrigeration unit energy values to a generic acquirer. The pulse weighs 1 kWh. The pulse output with no potential is
open collector with pulse time 120 ms - Vmax 24 V (dc).
Code 755890
Electronic 8-digit LCD totaliser equipped with cover plate for three-slot recessed electric box. Lithium battery: duration
8 years - maximum frequency 20 Hz. Suitable for pulse outputs code 75588.. Cable length (2x1 mm2) not supplied by us:
maximum 150 mm.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) ITALY TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2009 Caleffi
CALEFFI
01115/04 GB
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
Function
The zone valves allow the automatic shut-off of circuits in heating
and air conditioning systems.
The series 642 (two-way) and 643 (three-way) zone valves are
equipped with a spring return actuator with a synchronous motor
and auxiliary microswitch. They are therefore extremely versatile
and suitable for use in both heating and air conditioning systems.
The actuator is fitted with a mechanism for rapidly clipping it onto
the body of the valve which also makes it easy to remove.
Product range
Series 642 Two-way motorised zone valve
Series 643 Three-way motorised zone valve
Technical specification
Dimensions
Valve body
Materials: - body:
brass, EN 12165 CW617N
- paddle stem:
stainless steel
- paddle:
EPDM
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Temperature range:
Peak temperature of fluid:
Max. working pressure:
Connections:
(NC) A
B (NA)
AB
Actuator
Materials: - base and cover:
PC G10
Synchronous motor:
Normally closed
Supply:
230 V - 50 Hz
Power consumption:
6,5 W; 7 VA
Opening time:
70 75 s
Closing time:
57 s
Microswitch contacts rating:
0,8 A
Protection class:
IP 40
Max. ambient temperature:
40C
Complies with Directives: 73/23/EC and 89/336/EC
Length of power cable:
95 cm
A
B
Code
642042 1/2 78
642052 3/4 78
642062 1
88
W eight (kg)
24
24
24
90
94
94
0,97
0,98
1,10
Code
643042 1/2 78
643052 3/4 78
643062 1 88
Weight (kg)
Operating principle
Construction details
With the electrical supply off, the actuator keeps the valve in the
closed position. When an ambient temperature thermostat or other
electrical device switches the supply on, the actuator moves the
paddle into the open position.
When the supply is turned off, the valve closes again due to the
action of a return spring.
Auxiliary microswitch
The actuator is fitted with a microswitch to operate devices such as,
for example, a circulating pump. The microswitch comes on when
the valve is 60% open.
3 way
Passage A closed
A closed
B open
AB open
With supply on
Passage A open
A open
B closed
AB open
Opened manually
Passage A open
A open
B open
AB open
Manual opening
The valve can be opened manually by moving
the lever to lock open position. When the
power is re s t o red the manual control is
automatically overridden.
Clip on actuator
A rapid clip-on system makes it easy to
remove it from the body of the valve for
maintenance or replacement operations.
Warning: the actuator can only be used
with valve bodies 642 and 643 series.
Operation
The actuator is fitted with a special mechanism for gradual
movement of the valve paddle which prevents judder and vibration
due to the inertia of the gearmotor.
Flow curves
642 series
2-way zone valve
P (mm w.g.)
1/2
3/4
1 P ( kPa)
4000
40
30
3000
2000 1800
1600
1400
1200
1000
(NC)A
20
18
16
14
12
900
800
700
9
8
7
600
400
10
500
200
5
300
180
160
140
120
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
90
80
70
0,9
0,8
0,7
60
0,6
40
0,4
30
0,3
18
16
14
12
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
100
50
2
1
0,5
20
0,2
0,1
10
G (l/h)
1/2
P (mm w.g.)
3/4
1 P ( kPa)
4000
643 series
3-way zone valve
40
3000
30
2000 1800
1600
1400
1200
1000
(NC )A
18
16
14
12
B (NA )
AB
20
10
900
800
700
9
8
7
600
400
300
180
160
140
120
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
90
80
0,9
0,8
70
0,7
60
0,6
40
0,4
30
0,3
18
16
14
12
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
500
200
100
50
20
2
1
0,5
10
0,2
0,1
G (l/h)
Connection
1/2
3/4
1
AB
Kv (m /h)
(2-way) (3-way)
2,5
2,5
4,5
4,5
6
6
3
Installation
- The valve can be fitted either vertically or horizontally, with the actuator in
any position, except upside down.
360
2-way
(with the power off, passage
A is closed)
(NC)
Electrical connections
3-way
(with the power off, passage
A is closed)
L
N
230 V / 50 Hz
Thermostat
(NC)
A
AB
B (NO)
AB
M
3-way installed on the return side with
mixer position and ON/OFF services
A
AB
AB
1 Brown
2 Blue
3 Grey
4 Orange
5 Yellow/Green
Application diagrams
diagram
Application
Shut-off valve
RT
Manual valve
Electric pump
RT
Room thermostat
Check valve
Insulated manifold
Differential by-pass
Adjustable differential
by-pass
Zone system
RT
RT
CHILLER
Two-pipe system
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 642
Two-way motorised zone valve. Threaded connections 1/2 F (from 1/2 to 1). Brass body. Valve stem in EPDM.
Cover in reinforced polycarbonate. Temperature range: 0 90C. Peak temperature of fluid: 110C. Maximum working
pressure: 16 bar. Maximum differential pressure: 210 kPa (1/2: 210 kPa, 3/4: 150 kPa, 1: 100 kPa). Maximum percentage
of glycol: 30%. Actuator: Voltage 230 V (ac). Power consumption: 6,5 W; 7 VA. Maximum ambient temperature: 40C.
Opening time: 70 75 s. Closing time: 5 7 s. Fitted with auxiliary microswitch, contacts rating: 0,8 A. Protection class: IP 40.
Series 643
Three-way motorised zone valve. Threaded connections: 1/2 F (from 1/2 to 1). Brass body. Valve stem in EPDM.
Cover in reinforced polycarbonate. Temperature range: 0-90C. Peak temperature of fluid: 110C. Maximum working
pressure: 16 bar. Maximum differential pressure: 210 kPa (1/2: 210 kPa, 3/4: 150 kPa, 1: 100 kPa). Maximum percentage
of glycol: 30%. Actuator: Voltage 230 V (ac). Power consumption: 6,5 W; 7 VA. Maximum ambient temperature: 40C.
Opening time: 70 75 s. Closing time: 5 7 s. Fitted with auxiliary microswitch, contacts rating: 0,8 A. Protection class: IP 40.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
H t t p : / / w w w. c a l e ffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
series 605
01117/04 GB
Function
The control unit detects the presence of ice and snow by a sensor
that measures outside temperature and relative humidity.
There are two types of sensor:
- code 605010 and 605020 suitable for open spaces such
as garages, parking places, steps, footpaths or loading ramps;
- code 605030 used for gutters, flat roofs or dish antennas.
Once the risk of ice formation has been detected, the unit is
capable of switching on heating devices for the surfaces at risk.
Product range
Code
Code
Code
Code
605000
605010
605020
605030
Technical specification
Control unit
Sensors
Electric supply:
Power consumption:
Outlet terminal:
Max. ambient temperature:
Insulation test:
Protection class:
230 V 6% - 50 Hz
10 VA
230 V - 6 A -- with zero voltage
50 C
4 kV
II (after proper installation
on the bar to DIN 43880
-30 80C
IP 68
- 605010: 6 m
- 605020: 20 m
- 605030: 6 m
all extendable up to 50 m
The cable used is oil sealed of the type SL-Y11Y to DIN VDE
0472/9.21 Abs. 8036.
Dimensions
40
30
60
90
1 - Temperatura minima
2 - Durata attivazione
4
5
TEMPERATURA
1
5
+
UMIDITA
RISCALDAMENTO
RETE
Code
605000
A
107
C
B
88
C
60
Weight (kg)
0,38
Code
A
605010 68
605020 68
B
5
5
-2
-3
-1
T50
6(2)A
230V 10VA 50 Hz
TEST
-5
CALEFFI
0
50
-10
C
B
-25
-15
-20
G
C
31
31
D
E
F
51 55 67
51 55 67
G
24
24
Code
605030
A
150
B
16
C
32
Sensor functioning
10
-15
-20
-25
-10
40
-5
30
60
90
CALEFFI
0
code 605030
50
1 - Minimum temperature
2 - Operating time
TEST
T50
6(2)A
230V 10VA 50 Hz
-1
-2
-3
TEMPERATURE
TFTFFF FF
4
1
5
+
HUMIDITY
HEATING
POWER
SH L L N
Two heat sensors are located inside the sensor units completely
embedded in protective polymer:
- an NTC which measures temperature;
- a hybrid PTC with a metallic electrode (more reliable than sensors
that are normally used which can become dirty, corroded or short
circuit) which measures relative humidity.
The sensors function in combination with the control unit as follows:
1) the sensor detects a temperature lower than that set with
selector 4;
2) the sensor itself heats to melt ice or snow that may be present;
3) after 4 minutes the sensor measures the relative humidity as a
function of the change in the consumption of current;
4) if the relative humidity measured is higher than the value set by
selector 5, the heating is switched on because two determining
conditions are both met (low temperature and high relative
humidity);
5) the heating remains on for the time set using selector 2.
6) the sensor repeats the following two checks of the environment
5 minutes before the heating is switched off:
a) if the conditions are the same, the heating remains on for
another cycle;
b) if the temperature or the relative humidity have returned to
normal levels the heating switches off at the end of the period
set using selector 2.
6. Humidity
The LED flashes when the humidity is higher than the value set with
selector 5; it only flashes if the LED 3 Temperature is on.
Temperature
Heating state
temporarily
off
off
within range
15C e +4C
with low RH%
on
off
within range
15C e +4C
with high RH%
on
on
7. Heating
The LED comes on when the heating is switched on.
8. Power
The LED is green and comes on when power is supplied to the
regulator.
9. Heating sensor
The LED is red and comes on when the sensor for measuring the
relative humidity is operating.
-25
50
-20
-10
40
-5
30
60
90
CALEFFI
0
-2
-3
TEST
T50
6(2)A
230V 10VA 50 Hz
-1
1 - Minimum temperature
2 - Operating time
4
5
TEMPERATURE
TFTFFF FF
1
5
+
HUMIDITY
HEATING
code 605010
605020
POWER
SH L L N
230 V
heating
control
code 605030
Installation
Warning: a control unit can be connected to one sensor only.
Instructions for the 605010 and 605020 code sensor installation.
Sensor
Adhesive clip
Gutter sensor
Clip
Heating cable
Heating cable
Sensor
Warning:
too
much
mechanical pressure on the
surface of the sensor may
damage it.
Application diagrams
60
40
80
20
100
60
152 series
Temperature
regulating unit
80
20
100
CALEFFI
25% 50%
100%
80%
19
20
18
16
15
21
55%
17
12
50
13
23
22
14
24
WATCH
60
70
40
80
30
90
12
11
-25%
+25%
-50%
-15
10
50
4
5
-20
-25
-10
30
-2
-3
-15
40
-5
30
60
90
CALEFFI
0
-2
-3
TEST
T50
6(2)A
230V 10VA 50 Hz
Sensor
4
1
5
+
HUMIDITY
HEATING
POWER
SH L L N
4
5
1
5
+
UMIDITA
RISCALDAMENTO
RETE
40
60
20
1 - Temperatura minima
2 - Durata attivazione
Heating cable
TEST
T50
6(2)A
230V 10VA 50 Hz
-1
TEMPERATURA
40
TFTFFF FF
50
-10
1 - Minimum temperature
2 - Operating time
4
5
TEMPERATURE
-25
90
-1
-20
60
CALEFFI
559 series
Sepcoll
163 series
Thermostatic
regulating
unit
40
-5
80
60
20
80
230 V
pump control
-15
50
-20
-25
-10
40
-5
30
60
90
-2
-3
1 - Temperatura minima
2 - Durata attivazione
TEST
T50
6(2)A
230V 10VA 50 Hz
CALEFFI
0
-1
4
5
TEMPERATURA
1
5
+
UMIDITA
RISCALDAMENTO
RETE
Code 607100
Universal fitting
for heating cable
-15
Clips
-25
Gutter sensors
Heating cable
50
-20
-10
40
-5
30
60
90
CALEFFI
0
-2
-3
TEST
T50
6(2)A
230V 10VA 50 Hz
-1
1 - Minimum temperature
2 - Operating time
4
5
TEMPERATURE
TFTFFF FF
1
5
+
HUMIDITY
HEATING
POWER
SH L L N
230 V
heating
control
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 605000
Control unit for detecting ice. Power: 230 V. Rated output: 10 VA. Maximum ambient temperature: 50C. Protection class II.
Code 605010
Sensor for outdoor areas. 6 metre cable extendable to 50 m. Protection class: IP 68. Working temperature range: -30C to 80C.
Code 605020
Sensor for outdoor areas. 20 metre cable extendable to 50 m. Protection class: IP 68. Working temperature range: -30 to 80C.
Code 605030
Sensor for gutters, roofs, and dish antennas. 6 metre cable extendable to 50 m. Protection class: IP 68. Working temperature
range: -30 to 80C.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
740 series
01118/05 GB
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
Function
Over the last decade, technology has entered our homes with increasingly more
advanced audio/video systems and electrical appliances.
The new frontier is represented by the evolution of technical systems owing to
legitimate expectations of more comfortable, safer and more flexible household
systems.
Household automation via the development of the RADIO SYSTEM permits easily
integrating household management and control products and services.
Within this framework, the radio wave temperature control system is a significant
application:
-
Product range
740 series Radio wave temperature control
740204 code Power bar
740206 code Power bar
740208 code Power bar
code
code
code
code
Wall-mounting receiver
Concealed receiver
Wall-mounting receiver
Wall-mounting receiver
1 channel
1 channel
2 channels
8 channels
740102 code
740103 code
740112 code
740113 code
4 channels
6 channels
8 channels
Typical installations
230 V
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
t2
ON
H2O
- t1
- t2
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
1 2 3 4 5 6
CALEFFI
t1/t2/t
ON OFF
H2O
- t1
- t2
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
CALEFFI
ON
ON
ON
230 V
RESET
356
t3
CALEFFI
1
RESET
Mod. Dep.
t2
CALEFFI
t1
t1/t2/t
OFF
t3
1 channel
1 channel
1 channel
1 channel
Technical specifications
Weekly digital chrono-thermostat with radio transmitter
(740000 code)
Power supply:
2 x 1,5 V alkaline penlight
Operating time:
1 year
Frequency:
868,35 MHz
Maximum range in free air:
120 m
Antenna:
integrated
Contact capacity:
5 (2) A / 250 V
Installation:
wall mounting
Protection rating:
IP 30
Insulation class:
III
Control input for telephone programmer code 739000
Temperature levels:
2 + antifreeze
Reference standards:
Wall-mounting receiver:
Power supply:
Contact capacity:
Output type:
Reception frequency:
Protection rating:
Insulation class:
Maximum range in free air:
Reference standards:
Recess-mounting receiver
for plastic consumer box:
Power supply:
Contact capacity:
Output type:
Protection rating:
Insulation class:
Maximum range in free air:
LVD EN 60 730-1
EMC EN 301 489-3
RADIO EN 300 220-3
Dimensions:
120 x 80 x 18 mm
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1/t2/t
ON OFF
H2 O
t1
t2
- t1
- t2
CALEFFI
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
Dimensions:
132 x 90 x 25 mm
ON
230 V - 50-60 Hz
5 (2) A / 250 V
free contact on switching
868,35 MHz
IP 30
II
130 m
CALEFFI
1
RESET
LVD EN 60 730-1
EMC EN 301 489-3
RADIO EN 300 220-3
Dimensions:
60 x 60 x 44 mm
ON
RESET
Dimensions:
76 x 81 x 40 mm
ON
CALEFFI
Dimensions:
132 x 90 x 25 mm
ON
CALEFFI
1
RESET
Reference standards:
LVD EN 60 730-1
EMC EN 301 489-3
RADIO EN 300 220-3
Power supply:
Input:
Output type:
230 V - 50-60 Hz
5,5 VA maximum (8 outputs)
relay with single-pole switchover contact
- Polarized N/O-N/C - 8 (2) A / 250 V
Auxiliary output type:
relay with single-pole switchover contact
potential-free N/O-N/C-COM - 8 (2) A / 250 V
Maximum total load 8 outputs:
16 A
Protection rating:
IP 52 (with rubber cable clamps)
Insulation class:
II
Power bar:
Dimensions:
250 x 43 x 76 mm
1 - LED
Power supply 230 V present
2 - LED
Bus fault
3 - LED 18 Channel status
4 - LED
Pump status
Operational/functional characteristics
Relay output
Master function
N
L
ON
RESET
740000 code
740100 code
740000 code
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
t2
230 V
t1/t2/t
ON OFF
H2O
- t1
- t2
t3
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
CALEFFI
ON
RESET
Mod. Dep.
.peD .doM
CALEFFI
653
356
740101 code
IFFELAC
The distinction between wall-mounting receiver (740100 code) and concealed receiver (740101 code) depends on the type of material
(metal - plastic) of the plumbing box.
N.B. The metal boxes have the property of shielding the radio signals.
Note: For both solutions it is possible to supply a complete pre-wired kit.
740102 code - Timer + wall-mounting receiver
740112 code - Timer + wall-mounting receiver + servomotor 646002 code
740103 code - Timer + concealed receiver
740113 code - Timer + concealed receiver + servomotor 646002 code
With the same 2-channel wall-mounting receiver (740104 code) it is possible to have two setups.
- Each zone is governed by its own chrono-thermostat with its own time settings and levels of comfort and attenuation settings.
740000 code
t1/t2/t
ON OFF
H2O
t1
t2
- t1
- t2
t3
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
740104 code
Mod. Dep.
356
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
ON
ON
CALEFFI
1
RESET
N L
NC NA C NC NA C
A B
230 V
740000 code
1 2 3 4 5 6
230 V
L
N
t1/t2/t
ON OFF
H2O
t1
t2
- t1
- t2
t3
CALEFFI
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
30
740201 code
25
10
15
20
ON
CALEFFI
740104 code
Mod. Dep.
356
CALEFFI
ON
ON
SET 1
SET 2
CALEFFI
1
RESET
SET ATTEN.
230 V
COMFORT
740000 code
COMFORT
ATTENUAT.
t
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
t2
t1/t2/t
ON OFF
H2O
- t1
- t2
t3
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
CALEFFI
This setup, which provides room-by-room temperature control, is especially suited for panel heating systems where each loop is controlled by
a thermo-electric actuator (6560 series).
The control bar permits having electrical voltage all concentrated inside the consumer plumbing module.
1 2 3 4 5 6
5a Zone
740201 code
30
t1/t2/t
ON
15
20
ON
25
25
25
25
15
20
10
15
ON
- t1
- t2
10
ON OFF
H2O
t3
10
t2
10
t1
4a Zone
740201 code
30
3a Zone
740201 code
30
2a Zone
740201 code
30
1a Zone
740000 code
15
20
ON
20
CALEFFI
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
CALEFFI
T1
CALEFFI
T2
CALEFFI
T3
CALEFFI
T4
T5
ON
ON
Day
Ok
Reset
Prog
CALEFFI
1
740202 code
RESET
230 V
740208 code
40
60
20
80
45
CALEFFI
50
55
40
60
20
80
3
2
bar
4
5
1
conforme norme ISPESL
Example of coupling
- Chrono-thermostat defined as master of devices T2 - T3 - T4 - T5
- Chrono-thermostat associated with channel 1 / T2 channel 2 / T3 channel 3 / T4 channel 4 / T5 channel 5.
RICEIVER
CONTROL BAR
1Channel 2Channel 3Channel 4Channel 5Channel
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
5 6
C A N C A N C A N C A N C A N
...
8Channel Pump
C A N L N
BUS
V1
Power supply 18 V
Power bar
5
V7
V2
V3
V5
V6
V7
V4
230 V
Diagram 5
Alternative solutions
Referring to diagram 5, which considers a single temperature
control device as master and all the others as slaves, we can see
how the user can reconfigure some devices either as masters of
themselves or of other devices.
MASTER setup
MASTER
- When the MASTER radio signal reaches the receiver, the channel
LEDs will show the current situation according to the following
logic
1) LED blinking
Channel under the domain of the active master
to confirm acquisition.
2) LED off
Channel free and not in the domain of the active master
Note: When receiving a test signal the channel LED may be in the
following three conditions:
1) LED on steady
The channel is already occupied by another device
2) LED blinking
Channel learned by the device at that time in the test phase
3) LED off
The channel is free of devices
Signal diagnostics
During the self-learning procedure the receiver supplies the quality
of the signal at visual and audible level by progressively
illuminating the three LEDs accompanied by a beep.
LED 1 + LED 2 + LED 3 on - high power
LED 1 + LED 2 on - medium power
LED 1 on - low power
The visual-audible sequence is repeated cyclically every 3 seconds.
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
740000 code
Digital chrono-thermostat, with weekly programming and radio transmitter (transmission frequency 868,35MHz) with max
range 130 m in free air - 2 temperature levels + antifreeze - telephone control input - test function in couplings with the receiver.
740100 code
Wall-mounting radio receiver - 1 channel - with indication of RF signal level.
740101 code
Concealed radio receiver - 1 channel - with indication of RF signal level.
740104 code
Wall-mounting radio receiver - 2 channels - with pump activation and indication of RF signal level.
740201 code
Analog thermostat with radio transmitter (transmission frequency 868,35MHz) with max range 130 m in free air - test
function in coupling with the receiver - summer winter control.
740202 code
Wall-mounting radio receiver - 8 channels - with pump activation - equipped with control bus, reprogrammable non-volatile
memory for coupling and assigning to master - manual forcing of channel output status - three-level test signal visual and
audible indicator.
740204 code
Power bar with 4 channels with pump activation, channel status indicator light, dialogue on 2-wire bus equipped with
anchor slides on bottom of consumer plumbing box. Power supply 230 V.
740206 code
Power bar with 6 channels with pump activation, channel status indicator light, dialogue on 2-wire bus equipped with
anchor slides on bottom of consumer plumbing box. Power supply 230 V.
740208 code
Power bar with 8 channels with pump activation, channel status indicator light, dialogue on 2-wire bus equipped with
anchor slides on bottom of consumer plumbing box. Power supply 230 V.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
Heating cable
with constant power consumption
6065 series
CALEFFI
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01119/06 GB
Function
The heating system is generally composed of a heating cable and
a thermostat connected to the normal electric mains. It is used for
ice control and snow removal from ramps, steps, pedestrian
crossings and ramps for otherwise-abled persons. The heating
power released by the constant power consumption cable, on the
contrary to the self-regulating type, is independent of the
temperature. This feature ensures simple calculations for correct
sizing, low costs and ease of installation; in addition, it can also be
used to maintain temperature levels in rooms.
Product range
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
Code
Technical specifications
Materials: - conductor:
- insulation:
- protection sheathing:
- outer coating:
- earth conductor:
606523
606532
606545
606568
606596
606512
coil
coil
coil
coil
coil
coil
of
of
of
of
of
of
122,9
131,9
145,4
168,1
196,4
120,1
m
m
m
m
m
m
Performance
double made of copper alloy
XLPE (cross-linked polymer)
aluminium
PVC with high tensile
strength and waterproofing
copper
Electric supply:
230 V (ac)
Power consumption:
28 W/m
Insulation resistance:
>500 M
Maximum adjustment temperature:
90C
Maximum temperature tolerated by the cable:
160C
Outside diameter:
7,5 mm
Minimum bendings radius:
5 times the diameter of the cable
Operating principle
The heating cable with constant power consumption is composed of a double copper alloy conductor with a earth conductor, XLPE
(cross-linked polymer) insulation and PVC outer coating. The cable is the resistive type, where the live conductor generates heat by the Joule
effect. The heating cable is supplied already terminated and ready for installation.
COLD CABLE
HOT CABLE
This is comprehensive of 10 metres of cold cable (that is the portion of non-resistive cable that ensures simple passage of current) with the
possibility of reducing it by cutting off the excess. The section is identifiable thanks to asterisks marked on the outer coating.
The joint between the hot cable and cold cable is marked with the word SPLICE, where the hot cable starts.
Sizing
The heating cable is supplied in coils of a fixed length and cannot be shortened or joined to another heating cable.
Depending on the location and pitch between the turns it is possible to determine the power per square metre to
supply.
The following table gives the average operating powers according to the situation:
Type of installation
Plain only ice
Plain ice plus snow
Mountain (above 800 metres) only ice
Mountain (above 800 metres) ice plus snow
Necessary power
180 W/m2
200 W/m2
200 W/m2
240 W/m2
The second table gives the surface area it is possible to control with each section of heating cable according to the required parameters.
The centre distance between the turns (pitch) depends on the power to install per square metre and can be obtained from the last row in the table.
Code
606523
606532
606545
606568
606596
606512
Length
Power
22,9 m
31,9 m
45,4 m
68,1 m
96,4 m
120 m
640 W
890 W
1270 W
1900 W
2700 W
3400 W
Nominal
resistance
82,6
59,4
41,6
27,8
19,6
15,6
Input
2,91 A
4,04 A
5.78 A
8,63 A
12,27 A
15,45 A
Cover
180 W/m2
3,55 m2
4,94 m2
7,03 m2
10.55 m2
14,94 m2
18,60 m2
(pitch:
155 mm)
200 W/m2
3.20 m2
4.46 m2
6.34 m2
9.52 m2
13.47 m2
16.77 m2
(pitch:
140 mm)
240 W/m2
2,66 m2
3,71 m2
5,28 m2
7,93 m2
11,23 m2
13,98 m2
(pitch:
115 mm)
A
6(2)
Hz
50
FI
LEF
CA
3
0
-1
FI
LEF
CA
3
-2
A
-3
UR
AT
ER
MP
TE
Control unit
0 10VA
T50V
23
1773
0
T5
TE
RE
Hz
50
A
)A
0V
TO m
23 6(2
EN 20
AM =
LD24V
CA
RIS
230 V
+
1
IDIT
UM
5
60
D.
MO
Relay
The hot portion of cable must always be completely sunk into the concrete and never installed in ducts or other construction components.
To avoid overheating or malfunctioning, lay the cable avoiding abnormal overlapping or crossovers. It is essential to protect the heating cable
from any deformation where there are crossovers of the expansion joints by using an omega section at the joint, without using ducting. It will
be possible to lay the surface finish once the heating circuits have been made.
Do not tread on the cable during the phase of laying and anyhow avoid causing any kind of damage when casting the concrete. Cast the
concrete in the same direction in which the cable runs to avoid altering its layout. If asphalt is used, the temperature of the casting must not
exceed 160C.
Electrical tests
It is necessary to check that the electrical magnitudes of continuity, insulation and input do not change when laying, so they will be checked before
and after casting the concrete slab and marked on a specific card supplied in the package that will be kept in the junction box for future checks.
Do not power up the heating cable until the concrete has completely dried, which is normally 6-8 weeks after laying. Although the cable can be
used by connecting it directly to the electric mains via a switch, to avoid wasting power it is recommended to use a thermostat or an ice control
unit that will automatically switch on only when operation is actually necessary.
ACCESSORIES
WATERTIGHT ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR code 607200
Function
Technical specifications
Voltage:
Max voltage:
Max contact capacity:
Protection class:
230 V (ac)
450 V (ac)
32 A
IP 68
Function
The control unit detects the presence of ice and snow by a sensor that measures
outside temperature and relative humidity.
There are two types of sensor:
- code 605010 and 605020 suitable for open spaces such as entrances to garages,
parking places, steps, footpaths or loading ramps;
- code 605030 used for gutters, flat roofs or dish antennas.
Once the risk of ice formation has been detected, the unit is capable of switching
on heating devices for the surfaces at risk.
Technical specification
Control unit
Electric supply:
Power consumption:
Output terminal:
Max ambient temperature:
Insulation test:
Protection class:
Sensors
230 V 6% - 50 Hz
10 VA
230 V - 6 A -- with zero voltage
50C
4 kV
II (after proper installation
on the bar to DIN 43880)
-30 80C
IP 68
- 605010: 6 m
- 605020: 20 m
- 605030: 6 m
all can extendable up to 50 m (greater distances on request)
The cable used is oil sealed of the type SL-Y11Y to DIN VDE
0472/9.21 Abs. 8036.
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
6065 series
Heating cable with constant power consumption to control ice and remove snow off ramps, steps and pedestrian
crossings. Double copper alloy conductor, copper earth conductor. Nominal voltage 230 V (ac). Power consumption
28 W/m. Insulation resistance >500 M. Maximum temperature adjustment 90C. Maximum temperature tolerated 160C.
Outside diameter 7,5 mm. Maximum installable length 120 m.
NAME:
DATE:
SITE REF.:
TELEPHONE:
FAX:
E-MAIL:
TOTAL
WHEEL BASE
SURFACE TO HEAT
m2
m2
................
m
................
................
................
BED OF SAND
WITH SELF-LOCKING ELEMENTS
CONCRETE
................
................
mm
Reinforcement
................
mm
................
mm
................
mm
SELF-LOCKING ELEMENTS
Heating cable
mm
SAND BED
Reinforcement
EARTH
Heating cable
EARTH
OTHER
PLACE
ICE ONLY
PLAIN
Space for stating the surface area to heat with related distances:
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data contained in this publication at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
CALEFFI
series 155
01120/04 GB
Function
The temperature regulating unit is designed to guarantee the
correct contribution of heating energy required by the user, by
measuring the outside and room temperature values to regulate the
correct system flow for either heating and cooling. The unit is
delivered with all the required components for a regulating circuit.
The unit is compact to save space and facilitates installation into an
embedded wall box.
It is supplied complete with:
4-way mixing valve, servomotor, electronically-regulated pump,
flow temperature sensor, return temperature sensor, outside
temperature sensor, limit control sensor for relative humidity,
temperature controller, flow temperature gauge, unions for
connecting to the manifolds and to the primary circuit.
The unit is designed for connection for remote data transmission.
This unit solves the problems of installation of regulating
components in modern small and medium-sized systems, due to its
compact size and ease of use.
The unit is supplied in a manifold box preassembled with
manifolds.
The unit is factory set for use with underfloor heating systems.
Product range
Temperature regulating unit for heating and cooling, in manifold box preassembled with manifolds
Room thermostat and indoor sensor
Technical specification
- Materials: - Body:
- Hydraulic seals:
- Mixing valve:
-
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Temperature setting range:
Max. working pressure:
Pump
G-MS 58 brass
EPDM
4-way
water, glycol solutions
30%
5 60C
6 bar
0 60C
1 1/2 with union connection
1 F with union
Servomotor
-
Electrically powered:
Rating:
Cycle time:
Torque:
230 V - 50 Hz
1,3 VA
210 s
6 Nm
Electronic pump:
Total consumption:
Max. flow rate:
Max. ambient relative humidity:
Ambient temperature:
Protection class:
UPE 25-60
~ 110 W
3.5 m3/h
95%
0 40C
IP 42
H (m w. g.)
Code 1556 . 2
Code 151000
Factory setting:
proportional
head regulation.
5
4
3
2
1
0
4
5
G (m3/h)
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
18
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
30
24
32
22
34
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
13 outlets
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
100%
80%
25%
50%
100%
80%
50%
25%
50%
50%
17
16
CALEFFI
15
21
12
40
13
23
22
14
WATCH
12
11
45
CALEFFI50
50
35
55
30
60
+25%
-50%
10
20 30 20
10
60
60
CALEFFI
CALEFFI50
70
40
80
30
90
-25%
+25%
-50%
20
0
40
60
REGOLATORE
DIGITALE TRE PUNTI
60
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
70
40
80
30
90
-25%
+25%
-50%
20
0
40
60
10
-25%
REGOLATORE
DIGITALE TRE PUNTI
2
6 4
Zu
CALEFFI
2
6 4
Zu
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
270-410
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
Zu
CALEFFI
450
2
6 4
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
24
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
28
26
19
20
10 outlets
1200
6 outlets
1000
800
Dimensions
320
50
150-190
Code
Outlets
A
1556E2
5
655
1556F2
6
705
1556G2
7
755
1556H2
8
805
1556I2
9
885
1556L2
10
935
1556M2
11
985
1556N2
12
1035
1556O2
13
1085
Characteristic components
1
11
CALEFFI
26
26
19
19
20
20
18
18
16
21
22
14
23
23
13
WATCH
WATCH
12
99
24
24
30
30
32
32
22
22
34
34
15
11
11
11
50
40
60
45
70
50
40
35
80
55
30
90
60
-25%
-25%
+25%
+25%
-50%
-50%
00
10
20 30 20
10
60
22
10
SYSTEM
FLOW
7
7
66
28
28
24
24
17
12
4
55
10
7
SYSTEM
RETURN
4
4 2
8 6
Zu
16
22
24
BOILER
FLOW
CALEFFI
20
18
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
BOILER
RETURN
Hydraulic diagram
SF
M
SR
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
BR
10
8
6
4
2
0
Servomotor
Automatic by-pass
BF
10
8
6
4
2
0
Temperature gauge
10
8
6
4
2
0
Temperature controller
14
26
19
18
30
24
32
22
34
16
15
21
28
17
12
13
23
22
14
WATCH
12
24
10
CALEFFI
20
13
11
40
45
50
35
55
30
60
-25%
11
+25%
10
-50%
12
b)
c)
d)
2)
3)
4)
5)
7)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
9)
25%
TFLOW (C)
1)
55
50%
50
B (-10;45)
45
D (4;40)
80%
40
55%
35
C (11;33,75)
30
25
E (24;20)
20
A (18;20)
15
10
5
35
30
25
20
15
10
Preparatory phase
-5
-10
-15
TOUTSIDE (C)
Passive phase
11)
16
17
4(2)A
PS
4(2)A
MA
4(2)A
MC
2501
230 V AC
4VA
230V AC
10A max
-10
OPEN
-10
-15
SM
18
60
30
65
22
4,5
20
40 35
UR
65 1,5
6
max
NZ
100
RF(%)
40
35
30
4
10
50
DIP
6,25C
45
55
0 14
KA
A
50
-20 -20
-5
KA
4(2)A
55
12
SR
CLOSE
ON
4(2)A
15
SE
N
CLOSE
C
F
11
PUMP
OPEN
TA1
TA
MXING PUMP
INLET
1 2 3 4
TFLOW (C)
L
LP
13
AMBIENT
THERMOSTAT
T 40
DIGITAL
CONTROLLER t Typ 2125
25
20
1)
2)
15
25
20
15
10
-5
-10
-15
TOUTSIDE (C)
12)
60
55
4)
6,25C
40
35
30
25
20
15
25
20
15
10
-5
-10
-15
TOUTSIDE (C)
ON
16C limited
flow temperature
1 2 3 4
ON
1 2 3 4
ON
Free flow
temperature
DIP
Screed
drying
1 2 3 4
ON
DIP
d
-7
21
1 2 3 4
23
ON
24
1 2 3 4
12
ON
1 2 3 4
22
Reposition
the
outer
ring,
making sure that the reference day
shown on it falls in the operating
sector of the switching point.
45
ON
50
TFLOW (C)
3)
14C limited
flow temperature
20
DIP
DIP
18
19
12C limited
flow temperature
17
16
15
DIP
DIP
14
10C limited
flow temperature
13
10
12
11
5)
6)
7) NZ
Layouts for the correct positioning of the max RH% limit sensor.
The sensor should be fixed to the manifold installed in the position
where the RH% relative humidity value has not to exceed the safety
limits. Fix by inserting the two straps contained in the package
through the suitable holes on the sensor.
28
28
3032
3032
2426
2426
19
19
20
20
18
18
17
16
22
22
60
13
23
22
14
24
24
WATCH
WATCH
12
11
11
30
90
90
-25%
-25%
+25%
+25%
-50%
-50%
00
10
20 30 20
1060
22
8
7
4
55
TFLOW (C)
7080
7080
4050
10
34
34
15
21
12
99
4 2
8 6
Zu
60
55
50
45
40
Treturn: 34C
35
30
25
20
15
25
20
15
10
-5
-10
-15
TOUTSIDE (C)
The maximum heat energy that the panel can produce, in relation
to the climate values recorded, can be reached by controlling the
parameters below.
- Minimum flow temperature on the characteristic curve, which can
be selected through the microswitch (point 4 on the back panel).
- Sensor controlled maximum RH% limit.
- Room temperature controlled through room thermostat (code 151000).
- Room temperature and relative humidity controlled through a
dedicated fan-coil or dehumidifier).
N.B.: When installing the RH% limit sensor according to the
diagrams, as indicated, possible formation of condensation on the
surface is anticipated. In areas where the max RH% limit sensor
is installed, adequate ventilation must always be present.
11) SE
RH side
terminal strip
SE
12) SR
Connector
LH side
termial strip
Outside sensor
Connecting
wiring
C
F
KA
KA
CALEFFI
22
16
24
CALEFFI
26
24
19
20
18
16
21
22
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
30
32
34
15
22
14
23
13
WATCH
12
11
50
60
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
70
40
80
30
90
-25%
+25%
-50%
40
60
20
10
80
100
4
5
CALEFFI
14) PS
2
6 4
CALEFFI
24
28
17
12
Zu
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
RH side
terminal strip
PS
MA
MC
Brown
C
0
2
4
6
8
10
15
Ohm
5.632
5.187
4.742
4.347
4.000
3.553
2.971
16) C
Summer - winter circuit changeover valve wiring.
F
This connection enables the 3-way valve to be activated
automatically for hydraulic deviation between the boiler circuit
and the chiller circuit. This takes place after the outside
temperature has risen above the value set at point 3 for at least
half an hour.
Ten minutes later, the regulating unit pump is activated.
Safety
C
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
Ohm
2.431
2.000
1.655
1.376
1.150
966
815
C
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
Ohm
690
587
501
430
370
319
276
C
90
95
100
Ohm
240
209
183
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
26
24
19
20
18
16
21
22
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
30
32
34
15
22
14
50
23
13
WATCH
12
24
28
17
12
11
60
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
70
40
80
30
90
-25%
+25%
-50%
40
60
20
10
80
100
4
5
2
6 4
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
Zu
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
or
Anti-seize function
If the pump remains inactive for twenty four hours, the following
program automatically comes into operation, with:
mixing valve open for 30 seconds,
mixing valve closed for 30 seconds,
pump ON for 60 seconds.
When this function is operating, it cannot be interrupted.
Manual control
Disconnect the wires on the back of the PCB on the right at the
positions MA, marked No. 2 and
2 Zu
6 4
MC No. 3.
8
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
n 2
n 3
MA
MC
RH side
terminal strip
20
15
10
25
20
15
10
-5
-10
-15
TOUTSIDE (C)
Press on the screw on the protective cover and turn it to the position
desired.
Options
TA1
TA
TA 1
TA
LH side
terminal strip
Room thermostat
20
18
CALEFFI
16
22
24
Application diagram
0
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
Pump
Lockshield valve
Shut-off valve
Zone valve
Clock
Thermostatic valve
20
18
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
26
24
19
20
18
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
10
8
6
4
2
22
Thermostat/humidistat
TH
24
30
32
17
16
22
34
15
21
12
22
14
23
13
WATCH
12
24
28
16
TH
11
50
60
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
70
40
80
30
90
-25%
+25%
-50%
40
60
20
10
80
100
4
5
2
6 4
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
Zu
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 1556.2
Temperature regulating unit preassembled with manifold for radiant panels in box. Primary circuit connections: 1" F with
union. Manifold outlets: 3/4 M. Brass body. EPDM hydraulic seals. Maximum working pressure: 6 bar. Ambient
temperature: 0 to 40C. Setting temperature range: 5 to 60C (factory setting: 45C). Complete with: 4-way mixing valve;
mixing valve servomotor, with the following specification: electrical supply: 230 V 50 Hz. Rating: 1,3 VA. Cycle time: 210 s.
Torque: 6 Nm; electronic pump: UPE 25-60. Maximum flow rate: 3,5 m3/h. Protection class: IP 42; temperature controller
with with daily/weekly clock; flow temperature sensor; return temperature sensor; outside temperature sensor. Limit
control sensor for relative humidity. Flow pocket temperature gauge, scale 0 60C; flow manifold, 5 outlets (5 to 13)
complete with regulating valves; return manifold, 5 outlets (5 to 13) complete with shut-off valves suitable for
thermoelectric heads; head unit with air vent valve and drain valve; box in sheet steel, RAL 9010 white colour, depth
adjustable from 150 to 190 mm, complete with floor supports with height adjustable from 270 to 410 mm.
Code 151000
Room thermostat and indoor sensor for temperature regulating unit.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.com
CALEFFI
01121/04 GB
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
Function
The thermostatic regulating unit is designed for maintaining the
temperature set for the flow fluid constant in a low temperature
circuit for underfloor radiant panels.
This unit has been specially designed for use with both the external
and wall embedded versions of the series 559 series
separator/distribution manifolds.
It comes supplied with a three-way thermostatic mixing valve with
built-in temperature sensor, a three-speed pump, a safety
thermostat, a differential by-pass valve, flow and return temperature
gauges and secondary circuit shut-off valves.
Supplied complete with preformed insulation shell.
Product range
Code 163600 External thermostatic regulating unit for radiant panels for Sepcoll. Flow upwards, flow on right hand side
Code 163610 External thermostatic regulating unit for radiant panels for Sepcoll. Flow upwards, flow on left hand side
Size 1
Size 1
Technical specification
Three-way thermostatic valve
Materials: - Body:
- Internal cartridge:
- Springs:
- Seals:
Safety thermostat
brass EN 1982 CB753S
brass EN 12164 CW614N,
chemically nickel plated
stainless steel
EPDM
By-pass
Materials: -
Set temperature:
Protection class:
Contacts rating:
Wiring diagrams
55C
IP 55
10 A/ 240 V
L
230 V
N
Safety
thermostat
Ambient
thermostat
Pump
Body:
Springs:
Obturator:
Seals:
Shut-off valves
Materials: - Body:
- Seals:
Performance
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Setting temperature range:
Accuracy:
Primary inlet max. temperature:
By-pass setting range:
1 F with union
1 F
90 mm
Three-speed pump:
Material: - Body:
UPS 25/60
GG 15/20 cast iron
Electric supply:
Max. relative humidity:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protection class:
Pump centre distance:
Pump connections:
230 V - 50 Hz
95%
80C
IP 44
130 mm
1 1/2 with union
H (m w.g.)
5
UPS 25-60
P
(W)
n
(r.p.m.)
0,40
90
1800
0,30
65
1100
0,20
45
700
1
0
(A)
Speed
0,5
1,5
2,5
G (m3/h)
Dimensions
code 163610
code 163600
40
60
20
80
40
60
20
80
60
20
80
80
40
40
60
20
Material:
closed cell expanded PEX
Thickness:
20 mm
Density: - inner part
30 Kg/m3
- outer part
50 Kg/m3
Thermal conductivity (DIN 52612): - at 0C
0,038 W/(mK)
- at 40C
0,045 W/(mK)
Coefficient of resistance to the diffusion of vapour (DIN 52615): > 1.300
Temperature range:
0 100C
Fire resistance (DIN 4102):
B2 class
SYSTEM
RETURN
SYSTEM
FLOW
Code
163600
95
90
77
460
320
140
163610
95
90
77
460
320
140
Hydraulic diagram
8
SR
40
80
60
20
80
SF
40
60
20
A
C
6
3
4
ST
5
2
2
BOILER
RETURN
BOILER
FLOW
Characteristic components
Three-way thermostatic valve with built-in temperature sensor
Three-speed UPS 25-60 pump
Differential by-pass valve
Safety thermostat
Wiring box
Flow temperature gauge
Return temperature gauge
Secondary circuit shut-off valves
BR
Shut-off valve
Temperature gauge
By-pass valve
Safety probe
BF
ST
T
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Safety thermostat
3-way thermostatic valve
System electric pump
Operating principle
Construction details
Replaceable cartridge
The internal cartridge which contains all the regulation components
is pre-assembled in a single unit and can be easily inspected for
cleaning or replacement if required without the need to remove the
valve body from the piping.
Anti-stick surfaces
All the functional parts, such as the shutter, the seatings and guides
have chemically nickel plated surfaces. This surface treatment
reduces the wear of moving parts to a minimum and guarantees
high performance and long life.
Installation
Configuration with
Sepcoll served
from the right
Thermostatic
regulating unit
code 163610
04
04
06
02
08
Configuration with
Sepcoll served
from the left
40
06
40
60
20
02
08
80
60
20
80
Thermostatic
regulating unit
code 163600
T T
Thermostatic
regulating unit
code 163600
Thermostatic
regulating unit
code 163610
04
04
06
02
08
40
06
02
08
40
60
20
80
60
20
80
Temperature setting
Cartridge replacement
Position
Min
Max
Temp. (C)
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
58
1 MIN
MA
Differential by-pass
The differential by-pass valve is used to control the head in
the secondary circuit. When the differential pressure set for
the valve is reached, the valve opens and allows fluid to pass
between the flow and return of the circuit, limiting the
differential pressure at the value set.
If the individual circuits to panels are shut-off by automatic
two way on/off or modulating valves, the valve prevents
excessive fluid velocities and the pump from overheating.
p (m w.g.)
(kPa)
Setting positions
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,5
1,5
2
3
G (m /h)
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
4) Open the shut-off valves again and set the mixing valve at
the temperature desired.
Accessories
738107
Battery powered ambient chrono-thermostat. With self-learning programme, weekly clock
programming, telephone input connection, Three temperature levels.
Minimum programme periods of 30 minutes.
Size: (w x h x d) 120 x 90 x 20 mm.
Application diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
-t1
-t2
-t3
CALEFFI
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
-t1
-t2
-t3
t
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
40
40
60
20
80
40
60
20
80
40
60
20
80
60
20
80
Pump
Lockshield valve
Shut-off valve
Thermostatic valve
Clock
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
- t1
- t2
- t3
t
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
40
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
40
60
20
CALEFFI
80
60
20
80
Pump
Lockshield valve
Shut-off valve
Thermostatic valve
Clock
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 1636 . .
Thermostatic regulating unit for underfloor radiant panels for the Sepcoll 559 series. Configuration with flow upwards and
flow on the right hand side (or flow on left hand side). Connections to the primary circuit 1F union. Connections to the
secondary circuit 1 F. Centre distance of connections to the primary and secondary circuits 90 mm. Setting temperature
range: 25 55C. Accuracy: 2C. Primary inlet maximum temperature: 85C. Maximum working pressure: 10 bar.
Complete with: three-way thermostatic valve with built-in sensor. Body and internal cartridge in brass with chemically
nickel plated sliding surfaces. Springs in stainless steel. EPDM seals. Safety thermostat set at 55C, protection class:
IP 55. Three-speed pump: UPS 25-60, power supply: 230 V-50 Hz, Maximum ambient temperature: 80C, protection
class: IP 44. Temperature gauge scales: 0C to 80C. Differential by-pass valve, brass body, stainless steel spring,
pressure range: 10 to 60 kPa. Shut-off valves on secondary circuit. Insulation in preformed closed cell expanded PEX.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
IS
161 series
TERE
01122/08 GB
replaces dp 01122/05
Function
The controller can be used with three-point motorized mixing valves
with rotation times ranging between 30 and 240 seconds.
It performs both set point and modulating regulation. In the
modulating mode, the controller automatically varies the flow
temperature depending on the actual value of the system
return temperature. This is detected to indicate the instantaneous
ambient load. This reduces system operating times and power
overloads.
The controller is equipped with flow and return temperature probes
and a wiring box for an easy use when mounted on the wall. It can
also be connected from the back by means of a standard recessed
electrical box.
Product range
Code 161000
Code 150050
Code 150051
Code 150052
Modulating digital controller for heating and cooling, with flow/return probes and contact probe holder
Max. relative humidity probe
Converter
Transformer
Technical specifications
Controller
- Three point type
- Electric supply:
- Protection class:
- Control temperature rage
230 V - 50 Hz
IP 40
778C
-10125C
2,5 s
10.000 at 25C
25/85C 3977 1,5%
1/8 M
1m
Dimensions
24 V - 50 Hz
8085%
Converter
- Electric supply:
- Microswitch contact rating:
- Max. ambient temperature:
- DIN bar clamps
24 V - 50 Hz
6 / (2) A (230 V)
50C
Transformer
- Electric supply:
- Power consumption:
- Max. ambient temperature:
- DIN bar clamps
230 V - 50 Hz
10,5 VA
50C
Dimensions
E
D
A
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
150051
Convertitore
150052
Trasformatore
AC 24V 50Hz
AC 230V
6(2)A
T50
V
DE
AC
50Hz
24V~
24V
1 2 3
A
133
LN
4 5 6
~ ~
1
A
1 - when installing in a recessed junction box do not use the cable gland socket
Code
161000
230V
B
129
C
90
D
35
E
42
Weight (kg)
0,31
Code
150051
A
54
A
B
89
Weight (kg)
0,12
Code
150052
A
54
B
89
Weight (kg)
0,38
Digital controller
2
Operating principle
3
10
11
12
Example:
FTset = 40C
RTset = 40 - 0,35 (40 - 20) = 33C
FTcalculated = 40 + (33 - RT)
The new FT value calculated is shown on the display 1) highlighted
a side bar.
FT;RT
(C)
Flow temperature
limit
50
ed
lat
u
alc
45
FT
Design flow
temperature
40
FT
Flow
temperature
FT Set
d
te
ula
35
FT
lc
Ca
RT Set
Design return
temperature
30
25
20
Example:
Tactuator rotation = 120 s
Tpulse = 120/40 = 3 s
11) Trimmer for time delay in reading return probe.
Adjustable 1360 s. Factory setting: 20 s.
12) Trimmer of valve-motor mechanical delay recover.
Adjustable 130 s. Factory setting: 5 s.
50%
100%
150%
Design thermal
load %
Display
The three-digit LCD display shows the following parameters:
- Flow temperature set using the selector 5). The flow temperature
measured appears after 5 s.
- Measured flow temperature, with return probe off.
- Calculated flow temperature, with return probe on.
- Maximum duration of the impulse on the valve, selected using the
trimmer 10). Displayed for 5 s.
- Delay time for acquiring the return temperature, selected using the
trimmer 11). Displayed for 5 s.
- Valve-motor mechanical delay recover, selected using the trimmer
12). Displayed for 5 s.
Back panel
CALEFFI
M 230 V~ 5060 Hz
~
5(2) A / 250 V~
13 14 15 16 17 18
1
7
SA
SR TA
Flow/return probe
The flow/return temperature probes are the NTC type. If the probes
detect ohmic resistance indicating a short circuit, the following
operating state is set:
pump OFF, mixing valve closed, LED 8) permanently on.
9 10 11 12
TS
230 V~ IN OUT
Opens Closes
*
13 14 15
16 17 18
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
C
-20
-15
-10
-5
0
5
97.060
72.940
55.319
42.324
32.654
25.396
C
10
15
20
25
30
35
19.903
15.714
12.493
10.000
8.056
6.530
C
40
45
50
55
60
65
5.327
4.370
3.603
2.986
2.488
2.083
C
70
75
80
85
90
95
1.752
1.480
1.255
1.070
915
787
C
100
105
110
115
120
125
680
592
517
450
390
340
ON
Position 1
Position 0
1 2 3
E
Safety
thermostat
150051
150052
Convertitore
Trasformatore
V
DE
ST
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
LN
AC 230V 50Hz
10,5VA
T50
24V
24V~
~ ~
1 2 3
4 5 6
Layouts for the correct positioning of the max RH% limit probe.
The probe should be fixed to the manifold installed in the zone
where the RH% relative humidity has not to exceed the safety limits.
Fix the probe by inserting the two straps through the holes.
230 V
Room
thermostat
RT
Regulator
cod. 161000
13 14 15
16 17 18
13 14 15 16 17 18
1
7
SA
SR TA
230 V~ IN OUT
9 10 11 12
TS
Opens Closes
cod. 150052
10
L
N
CONVERTER
cod. 150051
CONVERTER
cod. 150051
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
230 V
Terminal board
24 V
RH% SENSOR
cod. 150050
RH% SENSOR
cod. 150050
17
ST
18
cod. 150052
10
L
N
The maximum thermal energy that the panel can produce can be
reached by controlling the parameters below.
- Minimum flow temperature can be set using the selector 5) on the
front panel.
- Maximum relative humidity RH% limit, controlled through the
relative humidity probe.
- Room temperature, controlled by the room thermostat
- Room temperature and relative humidity, controlled by a fan coil
or dehumidifier.
CONVERTER
cod. 150051
CONVERTER
cod. 150051
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
Accessories
230 V
738
24 V
R1
R2
Rel NC
RH% SENSOR
cod. 150050
RH% SENSOR
cod. 150050
TA
TA
R1
Terminal board
R2
16
17
18
ST
Code
738107
124 x 90 x 21 mm
Hydraulic characteristics
p (kPa)
5000
50
4500
4000
3500
3000
2500
2000
1800
1600
1400
1200
45
40
35
30
25
1000
900
20
DN
12
5
p (mm w.g.)
1
11
/4
11
/2
2
-D
N5
21
0
/2
DN
65
DN
80
DN
10
0
610
3/
4
Mixing valves
18
16
14
12
9
8
7
6
450
400
350
300
250
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
500
200
180
10090
0,90
0,80
0,70
0,60
200
120
140
160
180
100
60
70
80
90
35
40
45
50
30
20
25
12
14
16
18
10
6
7
8
9
3,5
4
4,5
2,5
0,5
G (m3/h)
2 1/2
1
1 1/4 1 1/2
2
72
11,9
16,8
30
45
DN 65 DN 80 DN100 DN 125
72
140
183
340
3/4
7,5
DN 50
45
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
5000
50
1600
1400
1200
1000
900
DN
12
5
2000
1800
45
40
35
30
25
2
-D
N5
21
0
/2
DN
65
DN
80
DN
10
0
4500
4000
3500
3000
2500
3/
4
1
11
/4
11
/2
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
0,5
0,6
0,35
0,40
0,45
50
0,7
0,8
0,9
80
70
60
Kv (m3/h)
Kv (m3/h)
611
450
400
350
300
250
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
200
180
10090
0,90
0,80
0,70
0,60
200
120
140
160
180
100
60
70
80
90
50
35
40
45
30
25
20
10
12
14
16
18
6
7
8
9
0,5
3,5
4
4,5
2,5
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
0,7
0,8
0,9
0,6
0,5
0,3
50
0,35
0,40
0,45
80
70
60
G (m3/h)
3/4
7,8
DN 50
53
1
1 1/4 1 1/2
2
2 1/2
12,3
18,5
30
53
80
DN 65 DN 80 DN100 DN 125
80
140
230
410
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
5000
50
1000
900
20
DN
12
5
1600
1400
1200
45
40
35
30
25
11
/2
2
-D
N5
21
0
/2
DN
65
DN
80
DN
10
0
2000
1800
1
11
/4
4500
4000
3500
3000
2500
18
16
14
12
10
800
700
600
9
8
7
6
450
400
350
300
250
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
500
200
180
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
160
140
120
10090
0,90
0,80
0,70
0,60
80
70
60
200
120
140
160
180
60
70
80
90
100
50
25
35
40
45
30
20
12
14
16
18
6
7
8
9
10
2,5
3,5
4
4,5
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
0,7
0,8
0,9
0,5
0,6
0,5
0,35
0,40
0,45
50
0,3
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
160
140
120
3/
4
10
9
8
7
6
Kv (m3/h)
Kv (m3/h)
612
20
18
16
14
12
800
700
600
500
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
160
140
120
0,3
10
800
700
600
G (m3/h)
Kv (m3/h)
Kv (m3/h)
3/4
7,2
DN 50
42
1
1 1/4 1 1/2
2
2 1/2
11,9
16,5
30
42
62
DN 65 DN 80 DN100 DN 125
62
123
172
340
6370
Actuator for mixing valves 610-611-612 series
from 3/4 to 1 1/2.
With adapter.
With auxiliary microswitch.
Technical specifications
Auxiliary microswitch
1 2 3 4 5 6
4 = common
5 = N/C contact
6 = N/O contact
CW
6370
Electric supply
Auxiliary microswitch
4 = common
5 = N/C contact
6 = N/O contact
1 2 3 4 5 6
50
1
1/
1 4
1/
2
2
3.000
2.000
30
20
10
500
300
200
100
Kv (m3/h)
1 1/4
14
10
1.000
1 1/2
19
G (m3/h)
2
25
Hydraulic characteristics
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
50
3.000
/4
5.000
2.000
11
p (kPa)
6371
CCW
5.000
p (mm w.g.)
Technical specifications
Hydraulic characteristics
3/
CCW
L
N
636
CW
0,5
11
/
2 2
Technical specifications
CCW CCW
L
N
50
20
Electric supply
30
20
Technical specifications
100
1
20
50
200
10
300
500
10
1.000
0,5
G (m3/h)
Kv (m3/h)
3/4
6,5
1
9,8
1 1/4
17,7
1 1/2
30
2
39,2
Application diagram
Shut-off valve
1
2
3
4
L/MIN
Pump
CALEFFI
CAMERA
Temperature probe
1
2
Pressure gauge
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
HOBBY
CAMERA
1
2
L/MIN
CALEFFI
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
Temperature gauge
CALEFF
BAGNO
WC
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
Safety thermostat
Differential by-pass valve
1
2
3
4
L/MIN
CALEFFI
1
2
1
2
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
V
DE
LN
CALEFFI
150051
150051
Convertitore
Trasformatore
AC
50Hz
Convertitore
AC 24V 50Hz
AC 230V
6(2)A
T50
230V
24V
24V~
~ ~
1 2 3
AC 24V 50Hz
AC 230V
6(2)A
T50
24V~
4 5 6
1 2 3
4 5 6
ST
S/W
CAMERA
1
2
HOBBY
1
2
L/MIN
HOBBY
CAMERA
CALEFF
150052
1
2
4
L/MIN
CALEFFI
220 - 240 V 50 Hz
ST
HOBBY
CAMERA
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
BAGNO
WC
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
WC
CALEFFI
CAMERA
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 161000
Modulating digital controller for heating and cooling. Complete with flow/return probes and contact probe holder. Three point type.
Electric supply 230 V - 50 Hz. Protection class IP 40. Control temperature range 778C. Complete with NTC flow/return probes.
Working temperature range -10125C. Time constant 2,5 s. Response 10.000 at 25C. Beta value 25/85C 3977 1,5%.
Two-wire cable with 1/8 M connection, length 1 m.
Code 150050
Maximum relative humidity probe. Electric supply 24 V 50 Hz. RH% limit: 8085%.
Code 150051
Converter. Electric supply: 24 V - 50 Hz. Microswitch contact rating (TRIAC) 1 A (230 V). Maximum ambient temperature 50C.
DIN bar clamps.
Code 150052
Transformer. Electric supply 230 V - 50 Hz. Power consumption 10,5 VA. Maximum ambient temperature 50C. DIN bar clamps.
610 series
Three-way butterfly mixing valve with manual control. Heavy series. Threaded 3/4 F connections (3/42 1/2). Cast iron body
and rotor. Aluminium cover and handle. NBR seals. Working temperature range 2110C.
Maximum working pressure 6 bar. Can be motorized.
610 series
Three-way butterfly mixing valve with manual control. Heavy series. Flanged DN 50 connections (from DN 50 to DN 125). To be
coupled with counterflange EN 1092-1. Cast iron body and rotor. Aluminium cover and handle. NBR seals. Working temperature
range 2110C. Maximum working pressure 6 bar. Can be motorized.
611 series
Four-way butterfly mixing valve with manual control. Heavy series. Threaded 3/4 F connections (3/42 1/2). Cast iron body
and rotor. Aluminium cover and handle. NBR seals. Working temperature range 2110C. Maximum working pressure 6 bar. Can
be motorized.
611 series
Four-way butterfly mixing valve with manual control. Heavy series. Flanged DN 50 connections (DN 50DN 125). To be coupled
with counterflange EN 1092-1. Cast iron body and rotor. Aluminium cover and handle. NBR seals. Working temperature range
2110C. Maximum working pressure 6 bar. Can be motorized.
612 series
Three-way sector mixing valve with manual control. Heavy series. Threaded 3/4 F connections (3/42 1/2).
Cast iron body and rotor. Aluminium cover and handle. NBR seals. Working temperature range 2110C. Maximum working
pressure 6 bar. Can be motorized.
612 series
Three-way sector mixing valve with manual control. Heavy series. Flanged DN 50 connections (from DN 50 to DN 125). To be
coupled with counterflange EN 1092-1. Cast iron body and rotor. Aluminium cover and handle. NBR seals. Working temperature
range 2110C. Maximum working pressure 6 bar. Can be motorized.
636 series
Three-way motorized piston valve. Three-way with manual opening. Full bore. 1 1/4 F connections (from 1 1/4 to 2). Brass body.
Stainless steel stem. Self-extinguishing ABS motor cover. Maximum working pressure 16 bar. Maximum working temperature
110C. Three point type actuator. Electric supply 230 V (ac) or 24 V (ac). Power consumption 3,7 VA. Operating time 90 seconds.
Protection class IP 44. Maximum ambient temperature 50C. Auxiliary microswitch contact rating 3 A (230 V).
637 series
Three-way motorized zone ball valve with manual opening and T drilling. Threaded 3/4 F connections (from 3/4 to 2).
Nickled brass body and ball. PTFE seals. Working temperature range -10100 C. Maximum working pressure 40 bar. Maximum
differential pressure 6 bar. Actuator: Electric supply 230 V (ac) or 24 V (ac). Power consumption 3 VA (3/41);
5 VA (1 1/42). Dynamic torque 15 Nm (3/4 and 1: 15 Nm - 1 1/42: 20 Nm). Operating time 60 seconds (rotation 90).
Protection class IP 65. Maximum ambient temperature 55C. Auxiliary microswitch contact rating 1 A.
6370 series
Actuator for mixing valves from 3/4 (from 3/4 to 5). Three point type regulation. Electric supply 230 V (ac) or 24 V (ac). Power
consumption 3 VA (3/41 1/2); 4,5 VA (25). Dynamic torque 15 Nm (3/41 1/2: 15 Nm - 25: 35 Nm). Operating time
60 seconds (3/41 1/2: 60 s, 25: 180 s). Protection class IP 42. Maximum ambient temperature 50C. Auxiliary microswitch
contact rating 1 A.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2008 Caleffi
DISCALD
DIRT deaerator-dirt separator
CALEFFI
546 series
01123/10 GB
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
FM 21654
replaces dp 01123/05 GB
Function
Deaerators-dirt separators are used to continuously eliminate the
air and dirt contained in the hydraulic circuits of heating and
cooling systems. The air discharge capacity of these devices is
very high. They are capable of automatically removing all the air
present in the system down to micro-bubble level. At the same time
they separate dirt and impurities contained in the water within the
circuit and collect them in the lower part of the valve body, from
which they may be expelled.
The circulation of fully deaerated water enables the equipment to
operate under optimum conditions, free from any noise, corrosion,
localised overheating or mechanical damage.
Flanged and weld-end deaerators-dirt separators are supplied
complete with hot pre-formed shell insulation to ensure perfect
thermal insulation when used in both hot and chilled water systems.
Patented.
Reference documentation:
- Tech. broch. 01060 DISCAL deaerator 551 series
- Tech. broch. 01137 DIRTCAL dirt separator 5462 series
Product range
546
546
546
546
series
series
series
series
DISCALDIRT
DISCALDIRT
DISCALDIRT
DISCALDIRT
deaerator-dirt
deaerator-dirt
deaerator-dirt
deaerator-dirt
separator
separator
separator
separator
with
with
with
with
olive connections
threaded connections
flanged connections and pre-formed insulation
weld ends and pre-formed insulation
Technical specifications
series
Materials
Body:
Dirt separation chamber:
Automatic air vent body:
Internal element:
Float:
Float guide:
Stem:
Float lever:
Spring:
Hydraulic seals:
Drain cock:
Drain valve:
Performance
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
Working temperature range:
Particle separation rating:
Connections
Main:
Drain:
546 threaded
hose connection
External cover
Material:
Thickness:
Reaction to fire (DIN 4102):
Dimensions
B
C
F
C
Code
38552
38552
F
C
F Mass (kg)
3,0
Code
Code
Code
546052 DN 50 350 55
374
775
169 300
18
169 300
13
546062 DN 65 350 55
374
775
169 300
19
169 300
13
546082 DN 80 466 55
436
912
219 370
33
219 370
25
436
912
219 370
35
219 370
25
82
70
85
70
G Mass (kg)
G Mass (kg)
F Mass (kg)
2,9
Dimensions
DN 50
DN 65
DN 80
DN 100
DN 125
DN 150
2,9
Volume (l)
13,6
13,8
28,6
29,6
85
87
Operating principle
Construction details
2
2
2 3
2
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
Insulation
Flanged and weld-end DISCALDIRT
devices are supplied complete with
hot pre-formed shell insulation.
This system ensures not only perfect
thermal insulation, but also the
tightness
required
to
prevent
atmospheric water vapour from
entering the unit. For this reason, this
type of insulation may also be used in
cooling water circuits as it prevents
condensation from forming on the
surface of the valve body.
DN 150
DN 125
DN 100
DN 80
DN 65
400
DN 50
p (mm w.g.)
22 - 3/4
Hydraulic characteristics
p (kPa)
4
350
3,5
300
250
2,5
200
180
160
140
1,8
1,6
1,4
120
1,2
100
90
80
70
0,9
0,8
0,7
60
0,6
50
0,5
45
40
0,45
0,4
35
0,35
30
0,3
25
0,25
20
0,2
200
180
140
160
120
60
70
80
90
100
50
25
35
40
45
30
18
20
14
16
12
10
7
8
9
3,5
4
4,5
2,5
1,8
0,5
1,4
1,6
0,12
1,2
12
10
0,7
0,8
0,9
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,6
18
16
14
0,1
DN
22-3/4
Kv (m3/h)
16,2
DN
Kv (m3/h)
DN 80
180
1
28,1
DN 50
75
DN 65
150
DN 100 DN 125
280
450
DN 150
720
1
22-3/4
35,18
22,7
2,11
1,36
DN 80
361,5
21,69
DN 50
141,20
8,47
DN 65
238,72
14,32
DN 100 DN 125
980
564,8
58,8
33,69
DN 150
1436,6
86,2
G (m3/h)
Boiler micro-bubbles
4 bar
5 bar
6 bar
7 bar 8 bar
100
120
50
45
Pressure
Absolute pressure
55
40
2 bar
35
30
25
1 bar
20
15
10
5
0
0
20
40
60
80
140
160
180
Water temperature C
Velocity
Micro-bubbles develop where the fluid velocity is very high with the
corresponding reduction in pressure.
These points are
typically
the
pump impeller
and
the
regulating valve
seating. These
Implosions
Seat-obturator
air and vapour
distance
Cavitation
micro-bubbles,
micro-bubbles
the
formation
which
is
of
Pressure
Velocity
enhanced
in
the
case
of
non de-aerated
Fluid vapour
pressure
may
water,
subsequently
implode due to
the
cavitation
phenomenon.
3 bar
80
60
40
20
1000
500
210
250
150
105
50
63
35
20
16
WORKING ZONE
DIRTCAL
DIR
TCAL
CARTRIDGE FILTERS
SPECIAL STRAINERS
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
90
80
70
60
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
45
40
35
30
25
0,45
0,4
0,35
0,3
0,25
Installation
DISCALDIRT devices may be used in both heating
and cooling circuits, to guarantee progressive
elimination of impurities and air which form
continuously. They should preferably be installed after
the boiler, on the pump suction side, as this is where
most of the micro-bubbles form.
DISCALDIRT deaerators-dirt separators must be
installed in a vertical position.
It is recommended that the air vent cap is replaced with
a Caleffi 5620 series hygroscopic safety cap if the
device is installed in a location that cannot be
inspected.
CHILLER
0,5
4500
4000
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
0,1
5000
3500
3000
2500
1800
2000
1600
1400
1200
200
10
0,2
DISCALDIRT curve
3/4 - Kv=16,2
18
16
14
12
1000
20
3
2,5
900
50
180
160
140
120
800
100
10
4.5
4
3,5
Y-strainer curve
3/4 - Kv=8
700
200
450
400
350
300
250
9
8
7
6
600
500
900
800
700
600
450
1000
500
Efficiency
50 passages (1 m/s)
100
400
Efficiency
50 passages (0,5 m/s)
.100%)
350
Initial quantity
10
Separated quantity
300
250
Efficiency (%)
Particle
dimensions
(m)
Separation efficiency
G (l/h)
Application diagram
P
T
F
A
Sensor pocket
AUTOFLOW
Control pocket
Safety valve
Flow meter
Gas filter
Backflow preventer
Pump
Ball valve
BALLSTOP
T
Temperature gauge
Pressure switch
Shut-off valve
Temperature probe
Safety thermostat
Gas regulator
Automatic filling unit
Y-strainer
Regulator
F
Flow switch
Expansion vessel
Anti-vibration joint
Zone valve
3-way valve
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
DISCALDIRT 546 series
Deaerator-dirt separator. Connections with compression ends for 22 mm copper pipe and 3/4 connections (and 1) F. Brass
dirt separation chamber and body. Brass automatic air vent body. PA66G30 internal element. PP float. Brass float guide and
stem. Stainless steel float lever and spring. EPDM hydraulic seals. Brass drain cock. Medium water and non-dangerous glycol
solutions excluded from the guidelines of EC directive 67/548; maximum percentage of glycol 50%. Maximum working pressure
10 bar. Working temperature range 0110C. Particle separation rating down to 5 m. Drain: with hose connection.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.p.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 Fontaneto dAgogna (NO) Italia Tel. +39 0322 8491 Fax +39 0322 863305
www.caleffi.it info@caleffi.it
Copyright 2010 Caleffi
DISCALA
AIR high-performance
automatic air vent
CALEFFI
551 series
cert. n 0003
01124/06 GB
ISO 9001
Function
DISCALAIR devices are able to release large quantities of air that has formed in the
hydraulic circuits of heating and air conditioning systems, even against substantial
pressure values.
This venting capacity is due to the particular geometry of the venting
mechanism, identical to that of the DISCAL deaerators 551 series.
This prevents the appearance of negative phenomena that might prejudice the
working life and performance of the heating system, such as:
- corrosive processes caused by oxygen;
- air pockets in the heating elements;
- cavitation in the circulating pumps.
Product range
Code 551004 High-performance automatic air vent
size 1/2 F
Dimensions
Technical specifications
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
10 bar
10 bar
0110C
Materials: - body:
- cover:
- float:
- float guide:
- obturator stem:
- float lever:
- spring:
- hydraulic seals:
1/2 F
Code
551004
A
1/2"
B
115
C
35
D
55
Weight (kg)
0,62
Operating principle
Installation
The accumulation of air bubbles in the valve body causes the float
to drop so that the obturator opens. This action, and therefore
correct valve operation, is ensured as long as the water pressure
remains under the maximum discharge pressure.
Construction details
High discharge pressure
The valve is able to release large quantities of air up to a pressure
of 10 bar, thanks to the particular internal geometry used in its
design.
The operating principle is based on the properties
of the cellulose fibre disks forming the retaining
cartridge. These disks increase their volume by
50% when they come into contact with water, thus
closing the valve. This avoids any damage in the
event of water leakage.
Hydraulic characteristics
Discharge capacity in the phase of filling the system
Maintenance
Nl/s
Operating chamber
The valve body is made in such a way as to have a long chamber
for movement of the float controlling the obturator.
This characteristic prevents impurities in the water from reaching
the seal housing.
1,5
1,4
1,3
1,2
1,1
1,0
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
0
0,5
1,5
2,5
3,5
4,5
5,5
6,5
7,5
8,5
9,5
10
bar (air)
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
DISCALA
AIR 551 series
High-performance automatic air vent. 1/2 F connections. Brass body and cover. PP float. Brass float guide. Stainless
steel float lever and spring. Brass obturator stem. EPDM hydraulic seals. Medium water and glycol solutions; maximum
percentage of glycol 50%. Temperature range 0110C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Maximum discharge
pressure 10 bar.
Code R59681
Hygroscopic safety cap. Brass body. EPDM hydraulic seals. Cellulose fibre disks seal cartridge; fibre volume increase
on contact with water 50%. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Maximum working temperature 110C.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
01125/05 GB
Function
The automatic filling unit is a device consisting of a pressure
reducing valve with compensating seat, an inlet strainer, an
upstream shut-off valve with built-in check valve and a downstream
shut-off valve.
It is installed in the water supply pipework in sealed heating
systems and its main function is to maintain the system pressure
stable at a set value, automatically topping up with water, as
required.
This product has the characteristic of being pre-adjustable,
which means that it can be adjusted at the required pressure
value before the system filling phase.
After installation, during the filling or topping-up phase, feed will
stop when the set pressure is reached.
A pre-assembled version is also available, complete with upstream
backflow preventer and shut-off valve.
Reference documentation
- Tech. broch. 01085 Pressure reducing valves, series 5350
- Tech. broch. 01022 Backflow preventer, series 574
- Tech. broch. 01021 Ballstop ball valve with built-in check valve
Product range
Code 554040 Pre-adjustable automatic filling unit assembly for high flow rates, with pressure gauge connection and setting indicator
Size 1/2
Code 5541 . 0 Pre-adjustable automatic filling unit assembly for high flow rates, with pressure gauge and setting indicator
Sizes 1/2, 3/4
Code 574001 Charging unit with pressure gauge, complete with BA type backflow preventer, series 574, strainer and shut-off valve
Size 3/4
Technical specification
554040 - 5541 . 0
574001
16 bar
1 6 bar
3 bar
60C
0 10 bar
0,51 mm
water
10 bar
1 6 bar
3 bar
60C
0 10 bar
0,40 mm
water
1/2, 3/4 F
1/2, 3/4 F
1/4 F
3/4 F
3/4 F
-
stainless steel
dezincification resistant alloy
EN 12164 CW602N
NBR
stainless steel
brass EN 12165 CW617N
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
Dimensions
CALE
FFI
CALEFFI
E
D
Code
554040/140
554150
A
1/2
3/4
B
112
112
C
204
232
Weight (kg)
1,72
1,9
Code
574001
Construction details
554 series
A
3/4
B
112
C
30
D
505
Weight (kg)
6,1
Non-stick materials
The central support 1 containing
the moving parts, is made of a
plastic material with a low
adhesion coefficient. This solution
minimises the possibility of
limescale formation, the main
cause of eventual malfunctions.
2
1
Pre-adjustment
554 series filling unit assemblies are
provided with an adjustment knob
and a calibration pressure indicator
which is visible from both sides. This
pressure indicator has an incremental
movement, so that the pressure can
be adjusted continuously, with the
value being displayed at 0,5 bar
increments.
The system pressure can thus be
pre-set to the required value even
before the reducer is installed.
High pressures
The zone exposed to the upstream pressure is constructed in such
a way that it can operate at high pressure. Thanks to the PTFE antiextrusion rings 2 on the compensanting piston, the valve can be
used in continuous service with upstream pressures of up to 25 bar.
4
6
2
8
0
10
bar
Code 574001
Installation
The filling unit is a device placed between the heating system and
the public mains or the internal water supply system.
In order to prevent potentially polluted water, (which may be
hazardous to human health), from flowing back from the heating
system, it is always advisable to install a pre-assembled kit with
backflow preventer.
CALEFF
I
CALEFF
I
CALEFF
I
Maintenance
For inspection, cleaning or replacement of the complete regulating
cartridge:
1) Isolate the reducer.
Series 574
Application diagram
IFFELAC
IFFELAC
AC
IFFEL
IFFELAC
F
A
Shut-off valve
Pump
Ball valve
Autoflow
3-way valve
Pressure switch
Flow meter
Check valve
Sensor pocket
Control pocket
Temperature gauge
Temperature probe
Safety thermostat
Safety valve
Gas filter
Gas regulator
Flow switch
Controller
Zone valve
Expansion vessel
Air separator
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 554
Pre-adjustable automatic filling unit assembly. 1/2F (1/2 and 3/4) threaded connections. Body and moving parts in
dezincification resistant alloy. Maximum working temperature 60C. Maximum inlet pressure 16 bar. Pressure setting
range 1 - 6 bar. Consisting of: pressure reducing valve with compensating seat, cover in PA 66 G 30, filter in stainless
steel, siliding surfaces in anti-scaling material, diaphragm and seals in NBR, removable for maintenance operations,
pressure setting indicator for the device pre-adjustment, pressure gauge scale 0 - 10 bar (version with pressure gauge),
1/4F pressure gauge connection (version with pressure gauge connection); upstream shut-off ball valve with built-in
check valve, chrome plated; downstream shut-off ball valve, chrome plated.
Code 574001
Charging unit with backflow preventer. 3/4 F connections. Maximum working temperature 60C. Maximum working
pressure 10 bar. Consisting of: pressure reducing valve with compensating seat, body and moving parts in dezincification
resistant alloy, cover in PA 66 G 30, seals in NBR, pressure setting range 1 - 6 bar, complete with strainer; downstream
pressure gauge scale 0 - 10 bar; BA type controllable reduced pressure zone backflow preventer, complying with EN
12729, body in dezincification resistant alloy, diaphragm and seals in NBR, discharge tundish with fixing collar for the
discharge piping; shut-off ball valve in brass; backflow preventer Y-strainer.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
670 series
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01126/05 GB
Function
Manifolds in composite are used to control and distribute the fluid
in the circuits of floor radiant panel systems.
This particular series of manifolds, made in a specific composite
material for use in air-conditioning systems, is composed of: flow
manifold, with flow meters and built-in balancing valves; return
manifold, with shut-off valves fitted for thermo-electric actuator; end
fittings with automatic air vent valves and filler/drain cocks; ball shut-off
valves; liquid crystal digital thermometers, on the flow and return
manifolds.
They are supplied pre-assembled in a special box with reduced
depth and height-adjustable supports to facilitate installation and
plumbing connections.
Reference documents
Tech. Broch. 01042 Thermo-electric actuator
Product range
670 series
Manifolds in composite specifically designed for radiant panel systems, pre-assembled in box
Size 1
Technical specifications
Materials:
Flow manifold
- body:
Flow-rate balancing valve
- obturator:
- flow meter body:
- spring:
- hydraulic seals:
- balancing unit cover:
Return manifold
- body:
Shut-off valve
- obturator:
- obturator stem:
- spring:
- hydraulic seals:
- control knob:
End fittings
- body:
- air vent valve body:
- filler/drain cock body:
- air vent valve seal:
- hydraulic seals:
PA66GF
brass EN 12164 CW614N
PSU
stainless steel
EPDM
ABS
PA66GF
EPDM
stainless steel
stainless steel
EPDM
ABS
PA66GF
PA66GF
brass EN 12165 CW617N
silicone rubber
EPDM
Performance
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
Max. cold hydraulic test pressure:
Max. air vent valve discharge pressure:
Temperature range:
1-4 l/min
10%
24-48C
Manifold connections
- main:
- outlets:
1 F
3/4 x coupling with adapter code 675850
Dimensions
30
70
195
BAGNO
CUCINA
ENTRATA
PRANZO
C. MATRIM.
255
550
CAMERA
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
4
L/MIN
BAGNO
4
L/MIN
CUCINA
ENTRATA
3
L/MIN
PRANZO
C. MATRIM.
CAMERA
91
65
43
270-410
48
110
80-120
50
A
B
Code
Nr. outlets
A
B (Wall box width)
Weight (kg)
6706C1
3
300
600
14,8
6706D1
4
350
600
15,0
6706E1
5
400
600
15,2
6706F1
6
450
600
15,4
6706G1
7
500
800
19,4
6706H1
8
550
800
19,6
6706I1
9
600
800
19,8
6706L1
10
650
800
20,0
Characteristic components
12
BAGNO
CUCINA
ENTRATA
PRANZO
C. MATRIM.
CAMERA
4
C
9
11
10
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
1
2
3
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
50
CUCINA
ENTRATA
PRANZO
C. MATRIM.
CAMERA
7
13
Construction details
Specific plastic material
The manifolds are made with a specifically selected polymer for heating and cooling system applications. The basic characteristics for this use are:
-
These basic material characteristics, combined with the appropriate shaping of the most highly stressed areas, enable a comparison with the
metals typically used in the construction of distribution manifolds.
Return manifold
The return manifold is equipped with built-in shut-off valves. Using
the shut-off valve with a manual knob, the flow rate to the single
circuits can be reduced so much as to shut off the circuit
completely. The valve is equipped with a stainless steel control
stem in a single piece, with a double O-ring seal. The rubber
obturator is specially shaped to minimize the losses of head and
the noise produced by the flow of the medium, preventing the seal
seat from possibly sticking.
The valves are fitted to accommodate thermo-electric actuator in order
to automate their action upon receiving a signal from an ambient
thermostat.
Flow manifold
The flow manifold is equipped with flow meters and built-in flow rate
balancing valves.
Using the balancing valve with the special tapered obturator, the
flow rate to the single circuits can be adjusted accurately as
required, with the setting being read off the single flow meter with a
scale of 1-4 l/min. This simplifies and speeds up the operation of
calibrating the circuit, with no need for reference graphs. After
balancing, the valve can be locked in position by means of its
tamper-proof cover.
This valve makes it possible to seal off the single circuit should this
be necessary.
Modular manifolds
The manifolds and end fittings
are modular thanks to the
threaded connections with
O-ring seals and lock clips
preventing unscrewing. With
this connection system, the
operation of assembling the
various components is simplified
and the hydraulic seal is fully
assured.
Replaceable components
The headworks of the balancing valve with flow meter and of the
shut-off valve can be removed and replaced with spare parts.
End fitting
The end fitting is equipped with an automatic air vent with hygroscopic
safety cap, discharge valve and filler/drain ball cock.
The automatic air vent is equipped with a removal mechanism air with
a silicone rubber obturator. The vent mechanism is connected to the
valve body by a fixing clip, making any inspection and maintenance
work easier.
The hygroscopic safety plug anyhow prevents water leaking to
protect the installation. The manual discharge valve speeds up the
operation of filling the circuit, done by using the drain/filler ball cock.
Digital thermometers
A liquid crystal digital thermometer is fitted on the flow and return
manifold body, on both sides, with a temperature range of 24-48C.
The liquid crystals automatically light up green at the measured
temperature, making it easy to read even when there is poor lighting.
This thermometer is calibrated to display the actual temperature of
the medium, which is essential to evaluate the systems thermal
load and operating conditions.
Room identification
On the manifold body, at the outlet of
each panel circuit, there is a special
surface for affixing an adhesive label
identifying the corresponding room.
Bracketing
The manifolds have holes to
secure them on brackets to allow
housing them in boxes.
The manifolds are reversible, in
that they can be positioned with
the entry from the right or left.
The return manifold, located at
the top, is installed at an angle
on purpose in order to make it
easier for the panel circuit pipes
to pass through, up to 20 mm in
diameter.
The manifolds can thus be
bracketed in a box just 80 mm
deep, allowing for installation in
thin walls.
Shut-off valves
The ball shut-off valves on the
flow and return of the circuits are
the union-type with a flat-seat
seal made of EPDM.
Box
The manifolds are supplied bracketed in a recess-mounting plate
box with an adjustable depth from 80 to 120 mm. The box,
specifically designed to be used with radiant panel systems, is
equipped with floor supports that are adjustable in height from
270 to 410 mm, the height being chosen according to the thickness
of the slab. With these supports, the pipe passageway is clear of
obstruction; a double curtain wall then enables the plastering to be
done directly and the correct fitting of frame and cover. The back wall
of the box has grooves and holes to secure the manifold brackets;
the side and top walls have holes for the main pipes to pass through.
The cover is opened and closed using a special handle with a
push-fit clamp, without using any keys or tools.
The box is also customizable for connecting the main pipes coming
in from the top.
Hydraulic characteristics
In order to determine the hydraulic characteristics of the circuit, it is necessary to calculate the total loss of head suffered by the flow of medium
on passing through the devices forming the manifold assembly and the radiant panel circuits.
From a hydraulic point of view, the system composed of the manifold assembly and the circuits can be represented as a set of hydraulic elements
arranged in series and in parallel.
PBall V
PR Man.
PSV
PTot.
BAGNO
CUCINA
ENTRATA
PRANZO
CAMERA
C. MATRIM.
PLoop
PBV
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
PBall V
GLoop
BAGNO
CUCINA
ENTRATA
GTot.
PRANZO
CAMERA
C. MATRIM.
PF Man.
PTot.
PBV
PTot.
PBV
PLoop
PSV
PBall V
PF. Man.
GLoop
PSV
PR Man.
GTot.
(1.1)
When the hydraulic characteristics of each component and the design flow rates are known, the total loss can be calculated as the sum of the
partial losses of head for each specific component of the system, as indicated with the formula (1.1).
Hydraulic characteristics
P (kPa)
10
600
450
400
350
4,5
4
3,5
300
2,5
250
2,5
0,3
25
0,25
0,2
450
0,1
500
400
350
300
250
180
200
160
140
120
90
100
80
50
25
20
70
0,12
60
12
10
45
0,18
0,16
0,14
40
18
16
14
50
20
0,9
0,8
0,7
60
0,6
45
40
35
0,45
0,4
0,35
0,5
30
0,3
25
0,25
18
16
14
0,18
0,16
0,14
12
0,12
0,2
10
G (l/h)
G (l/h)
Kv
1,00
2,40
Kv0,01
100
240
0,1
4000
30
0,5
1,2
90
80
70
3500
0,45
0,4
0,35
120
100
3000
0,6
35
20
60
45
40
35
30
50
0,9
0,8
0,7
1,8
1,6
1,4
2500
1,2
90
80
70
180
160
140
1800
120
100
200
2000
1,8
1,6
1,4
1600
180
160
140
500
1400
250
1200
300
200
9
8
7
900
4,5
4
3,5
10
900
800
700
1000
450
400
350
P (kPa)
1000
800
600
500
P (mm w.g.)
700
9
8
7
600
900
800
700
500
P (mm w.g.)
1000
Kv
16,0*
12,0*
16,5*
Kv0,01
1600*
1200*
1650*
* Average value
Circuit 2
P2 = 15 kPa
G2 = 150 l/h
Circuit 3
P3 = 7 kPa
G3 = 80 l/h
(1.2)
=
=
=
=
=
=
} Values obtained by disregarding variations due to flow rate to each branch circuit
SV
PCircuit
disadvantaged
Referring to the diagram alongside, the balancing valve must, for the
loop flow rate, provide an additional head loss equal to the difference
PBV (PBalancing valve).
PTot.
HPredetermined PCircuit +
disadvantaged
BV
PBV
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
670 series
Manifold in composite specifically designed for radiant panel systems with 3 (from 3 to 10) outlets. Body of PA66GF. Seals
of EPDM. Head connections: 1 F threaded. Outlet connections: 3/4 M. Media: water and glycol solutions. Maximum
percentage of glycol 30%. Maximum working pressure 4 bar. Temperature range 5-60C. Maximum automatic air vent
discharge pressure 6 bar.
Complete with:
- Flow manifold with flow-rate balancing valves and flow meter with graduated scale 1-4 l/min.
Accuracy 10%.
- Return manifold with shut-off valves fitted for thermo-electric actuator.
- Pair of end fittings with automatic air vent with hygroscopic cap, discharge valve, filler/drain cock.
- Pair of ball shut-off valves, brass body. Union seals made of EPDM.
- Liquid crystal digital thermometers on the flow and return manifolds. Scale 24-48C.
- Adhesive labels indicating the rooms.
- Pair of fixing brackets.
- Box made of painted sheet steel with clamp; adjustable depth of from 80 to 120 mm; with floor supports that are
adjustable from 270 to 410 mm.
- Coupling adapter with clip 675850 code for manifold outlet and pipe fitting connection 680 series.
- Template for pipe cutting 675002 code.
Accessories
675
Coupling adapter with clip code 675850 for manifold outlet 670 series
and pipe fitting connection 680 series.
Size: 3/4 M - 18-clip coupling.
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
Temperature range:
Connection:
680
adapter:
nut:
pipe clenching ring:
seals:
dielectric seal ring:
Medium:
Max percentage of glycol:
Max working pressure:
Temperature range:
Connection:
1
2
3
4
Construction details
Pipe-fitting coupling flexibility
This fitting has been specifically designed in order to adjust to several pipe diameters. The great
variety of plastic pipes, single and multi-layer, on the market and the breadth of permissible tolerances
have made it necessary to design a specific fitting.
Keeping the nominal dimensions of the fittings currently on the market, the new construction
solution makes it possible to use the same fitting for pipes with differences on their outside
diameter of up to 2 mm and on their inside diameter of up to 0,5 mm.
Pull-out resistance
This fitting opposes high resistance to pipe pull-out. Its special tightening system makes it
suitable for all applications, ensuring a perfect hydraulic seal.
Low head losses
The internal profile of the adapter (1) is shaped to obtain a Venturi effect as the medium flows.
It permits having a head loss 20% lower than that corresponding to passages of the same
diameter.
Dielectric seal ring
The fitting is equipped with a rubber insulating element (2) to prevent contact between the
aluminium in the multi-layer pipe and the brass of the fitting. This prevents any galvanic
corrosion generated by two different metals.
Double O-ring seal
On the adapter there are two O-ring seals (3) (4) made of EPDM in order to avoid potential
leaks even at high working pressures.
Piping (mm)
inside outside
Code
680502
680503
680500
680501
680506
680515
680517
680524
680526
680535
680537
680544
680546
680555
680564
680505
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
7,5- 8
8,5- 9
9,5- 9,5
1 9,5-10
1 9,5-10
10,5-11
10,5-11
11,5-12
11,5-12
12,5-13
12,5-13
13,5-14
13,5-14
14,5-15
15,5-16
17
12-14
12-14
14-16
12-14
14-16
14-16
16-18
14-16
16-18
16-18
18-20
16-18
18-20
18-20
18-20
22,50
Thermo-electric actuators
6561
Thermo-electric actuator.
Normally closed.
Code
230
224
Thermo-electric actuator.
Normally closed.
With auxiliary microswitch.
656112
656114
Voltage (V)
230
224
Normally closed
Electric supply:
Starting current:
Working current:
- 24 V (dc)
1A
230 V (ac) = 13 mA
24 V (ac) - 24 V (dc) = 140 mA
Power consumption:
3W
Auxiliary microswitch contacts rating (code 656112/114): 0,8 A (230 V)
Protection class:
IP 44 (in vertical position)
Double insulation construction:
CE
Max. ambient temperature:
50C
Operating time:
opening and closing from 120 s to 180 s
Length of supply cable:
80 cm
Approval:
230 V
(ac)
- 24 V
(ac)
675
695
self-extinguishing polycarbonate
RAL 9010 white
version with micro: RAL 9002 grey
Voltage (V)
656102
656104
Code
- body:
Thermometer fluid:
Thermometer scale:
Max. working temperature:
Range of use of pipe outside (e) diam.:
Conducting paste supplied in package
Materials: - body:
- piston:
- control lever:
Max. working pressure:
Water content:
Pressure gauge scale:
Hose connection:
Hose length:
bronze
brass
galvanized steel
50 bar
12 l
0-60 bar
1/2
1,5 m
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
680 series
Self-adjustable diameter fitting for single and multi-layer plastic pipes with internal profile having a Venturi effect to limit head
losses. Size 3/4 F. Nut and adapter made of brass, seals of EPDM, dielectric seal ring of EPDM, pipe clenching ring of PA66GF.
Media: water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Temperature range
5-80C (PEX); 5-50C (Multi-layer).
675 series
Push-fit thermometer for panel piping. Range of use of pipe outside diameter: from 15 to 18 mm. Body of PA6GF. Thermometer
fluid: alcohol. Thermometer scale 5-50C. Maximum working temperature 60C.
6561 series
Thermo-electric actuator. Normally closed (Normally closed with auxiliary microswitch). Electric supply 230 V (ac); 24 V (ac);
24 V (dc). Starting current 1 A. Working current 13 mA (230 V (ac)), 140 mA (24 V (ac) - 24 V (dc)). Power consumption 3 W.
Protection class IP 44 (in vertical position). Maximum ambient temperature 50C. Operating time from 120 to 180
seconds. Length of supply cable 80 cm.
695 series
System test pump with 0-60 bar pressure gauge and 1,5 m hose. Hose connection of 1/2. Maximum working pressure:
50 bar. Water content: 12 l.
Application diagram
a
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
-t1
-t2
-t3
td
CALEFFI
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
50
40
30
20
10
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
BAGNO
CUCINA
PRANZO
50
ENTRATA
CAMERA
C. MATRIM.
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
50
40
30
20
10
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
1
2
CUCINA
1
2
ENTRATA
1
2
PRANZO
CAMERA
C. MATRIM.
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
-t1
-t2
-t3
td
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
CALEFFI
50
40
30
20
10
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
BAGNO
CUCINA
PRANZO
50
ENTRATA
CAMERA
C. MATRIM.
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
50
40
30
20
10
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
1
2
CUCINA
1
2
ENTRATA
1
2
PRANZO
CAMERA
C. MATRIM.
a
40
40
60
20
40
60
20
80
60
Pump
Thermostatic valve
Lockshield valve
80
80
60
20
40
40
60
20
80
01
40
40
01
60
20
80
20
40
60
20
80
80
60
20
80
Shut-off valve
Clock
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R.229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01127/06 GB
Replaces 01127/05 GB
Function
The thermostatic mixing valve is used in systems for the production
of domestic hot water.
It is designed to maintain the set temperature of the mixed water
supplied to the user when there are variations in the temperature
and pressure conditions of the incoming hot and cold water or in
the flow rate.
This particular series of mixing valves can function continuously at
the high temperatures of the incoming hot water from the solar
storage tank.
Product range
Code 252140/50 Adjustable thermostatic mixing valve for solar systems
Code 252153
Adjustable thermostatic mixing valve with inlet check valves for solar systems
Technical specifications
- Materials: - body:
Setting range:
Accuracy:
3065C
2C
100C
2:1
15C
5 l/min
14 bar
5 bar
0,2 bar
Dimensions
C
HOT
MAX 7
MIN
MAX 7
E
A
A
1/2
3/4
MIN
MIX
MIX
Code
252140
252150
COLD
COLD
HOT
B
67
67
C
134
134
D
152
152
A
E
86,5
86,5
F
65,5
65,5
Weight (kg)
1,11
1,12
Code
252153
A
3/4
B
71,5
C
143
D
156,5
E
91
F
65,5
Weight (kg)
1,21
Operating principe
The controlling element of the thermostatic mixing valve is a temperature sensor fully immersed in the mixed water outlet passage which, as it
expands or contracts, continuously establishes the correct proportion of hot and cold water entering the valve.
The regulation of these flows is by means of a piston sliding in a
cylinder between the hot and cold water passages.
Even when there are pressure drops due to the drawing off of hot or
cold water for other uses, or variations in the incoming temperature,
the mixer automatically regulates the water flow to obtain the set
temperature.
Anti-scale materials
The materials used in the construction of
the mixing valve eliminate the problem of
jamming caused by lime deposits. All
the working parts such as shutter, seats
and slide guides are made of a special
anti-scale material, with a low friction
coefficient, guaranteeing that the
performance will be maintained over the
long term.
HOT
COLD
Construction details
MIXED
Hydraulic characteristics
p (bar)
p (m w.g.)
10
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
0,05
0,5
Commissioning
In view of the special purpose of the thermostatic mixing valve, it
must be commissioned in accordance with current standards by
qualified personnel using temperature measuring equipment. Use
of a digital thermometer is recommended for measurement of the
mixed water temperature.
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
50
1
20
10
0,2
1,0
15
0,5
1,5
Check vales
In systems with thermostatic mixing valves, check valves should be
installed to prevent undesirable fluid backflow.
The thermostatic mixing valves are also available in versions with
incorporated check valves at the hot and cold inlets.
Temperature adjustment
The temperature is set at the desired value by means of the knob
with the graduated scale, on the top of the valve.
Kv = 2,6 (m3/h)
Use
2521 series thermostatic mixing valves are typically installed at the
outlet of hot water storage tanks in solar systems, to ensure constant
temperature of the mixed water supplied to the user.
2521 series thermostatic mixing valves, because of their flow
characteristics, can be installed to control the temperature for both
single consumers (e.g., washbasin, bidet, shower) and for multiple
consumers. In order to guarantee the delivery of mixed water at the
set temperature, the thermostatic mixing valves must have a
minimum flow rate of 5 l/min.
Installation
Before installing mixing valve, the pipework must be flushed out to
ensure that there are no circulating impurities to harm the system.
We recommend always installing filters of sufficient capacity at the
inlet of the water system.
2521 series thermostatic mixing valves must be installed according
to the installation diagrams shown on the instructions sheet or this
leaflet.
2521 series thermostatic mixing valves can be installed in any position,
horizontally or vertically.
The following are indicated on the body of the mixing valve:
hot water inlet, indicated with the colour red and the word HOT
cold water inlet, indicated with the colour blue and the word COLD
mixed water outlet with the word MIX.
Min.
Max.
27
32
38
44
49
53
58
63
67
Reference values: Thot = 68C; Tcold = 13C; Hot and cold water inlet pressures = 3 bar
1 MI N
MA
HOT
1
MIN
CALEFFI
Temperature gauge
MAX 7
COLD
Expansion vessel
T
Automatic
diverting valve
T
Thermostat
Pump
Normally closed
valve
Safety valve
HOT
1
MIN
CALEFFI
MAX 7
COLD
Normally closed
valve
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 2521.0
Adjustable thermostatic mixing valve, for solar systems. 1/2 (or 3/4) M connections with union. Dezincification resistant
alloy body. Chrome plated. Shutter, regulator seats and slide surfaces made of plastic, scale-resistant material with high
heat resistance. EPDM seals. Stainless steel springs. Maximum inlet temperature: 100C. Setting range from 30C to
65C. Maximum working pressure: 14 bar. Accuracy: 2C. Provided with tamper-proof setting lock.
Code 252153
Adjustable thermostatic mixing valve, for solar systems. Complete with check valves at the inlets. 3/4 M connections with
union. Dezincification resistant alloy body. Chrome plated. Shutter, regulator seats and slide surfaces made of plastic,
scale-resistant material with high heat resistance. EPDM seals. Stainless steel springs. Maximum inlet temperature:
100C. Setting range from 30C to 65C. Maximum working pressure: 14 bar. Accuracy 2C. Provided with tamper-proof
setting lock.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
163 series
01128/05 GB
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
Function
The direct supply unit supplies the circuits of the high-temperature
heating system or air-conditioning system directly from the outlets
of a hydraulic separator/manifold.
This unit has been specifically designed for use with both the external
and concealed versions of the separator/distribution manifolds 559
series.
The unit is supplied complete with pre-formed insulation shells,
three-speed pump, differential by-pass valve, flow and return
temperature gauges on secondary circuit and pressure gauge on
the primary inlet, shut-off valves on secondary circuit.
Product range
163620 code Direct supply unit for Sepcoll. Upward flow, right side flow
163630 code Direct supply unit for Sepcoll. Upward flow, left side flow
Size 1
Size 1
Technical specifications
Wiring diagram
By-pass
Materials: -
body:
spring:
obturator:
seals:
L
230 V
N
Ambient
thermostat
Shut-off valves
Materials: - body:
- seals:
Connecting pipes
Materials: - body:
- seals:
Performance
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. inlet temperature on primary:
Max. working pressure:
By-pass setting range:
Temperature gauge scale:
Pressure gauge scale:
Connections: - primary circuit:
- secondary circuit:
- connection centre distance:
Pump
Three-speed pump:
Material: - body:
Electric supply:
Max. ambient humidity:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protection class:
Pump centre distance:
Pump connections:
230 V - 50 Hz
95%
80C
IP 44
130 mm
1 1/2 with union
H (m w.g.)
6
5
UPS 25-60
P
(W)
n
(r.p.m.)
0,40
90
1800
0,30
65
1100
0,20
45
700
3
2
1
0
(A)
Speed
1
0
0,5
1,5
2,5
3,5
Q (m3/h)
Dimensions
Code 163630
Code 163620
40
60
20
80
40
60
20
80
60
20
80
80
40
40
60
20
SYSTEM
RETURN
SYSTEM
FLOW
Code
Weight (kg)
163620
95
90
77
460
320
140
7,5
163630
95
90
77
460
320
140
7,5
Hydraulic diagram
6
SR
40
SF
40
60
20
A
C
80
60
20
80
4
2
3
1
BOILER
RETURN
BOILER
FLOW
Characteristic components
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
BR
BF
Shut-off valve
By-pass valve
Temperature gauge
Pressure gauge
Differential by-pass
The differential by-pass valve is used to control
the total head in the secondary supply circuit.
When the set differential pressure value is
reached, the obturator opens and allows fluid
to pass from the flow to the return circuit,
keeping the pressure differential at the set
value.
If the individual circuits are shut off by
automatic two-way on/off modulating or
thermostatic valves, the valve prevents
overheating of the pump and excessive velocity
of the fluid.
p (m w.g.)
(kPa)
80
70
7
6
60
50
40
3
2
30
20
1
0
10
0
0,5
1,5
G (m3/h)
Installation
Configuration with
Sepcoll supplied
from the right
Configuration with
Sepcoll supplied
from the left
40
40
60
80
80
20
60
20
20
80
60
80
20
60
40
40
T T
40
60
20
80
40
60
20
80
40
60
20
80
60
20
80
Application diagram
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
-t1
-t2
-t3
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
CALEFFI
C
50
40
30
20
10
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
C
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
C
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
BAGNO
CUCINA
PRANZO
C
50
ENTRATA
CAMERA
C. MATRIM.
C
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
C
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
50
40
30
20
10
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
1
2
CUCINA
1
2
ENTRATA
1
2
40
60
40
60
20
80
60
80
4
2
80
40
40
60
20
80
01
40
40
01
60
20
80
20
40
60
20
80
60
20
PRANZO
CAMERA
40
20
C. MATRIM.
80
Pump
Shut-off valve
Thermostatic valve
Clock
60
20
80
Lockshield
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
163620 / 163630 codes
Direct supply unit for Sepcoll 559 series. Configuration with upward flow and right side flow (or left side flow). 1 F union
connections on primary circuit. 1 F connections on secondary circuit. Centre distance between primary and secondary
circuit connections: 90 mm. Maximum temperature at inlet of primary circuit: 100C. Maximum working pressure: 10 bar.
Complete with: UPS 25-60 three-speed pump, 230 V - 50 Hz power supply, maximum ambient temperature: 80C,
protection class: IP 44; temperature gauge scale: 0-80C; pressure gauge: 0-10 bar; differential by-pass valve, brass
body, stainless steel spring, setting range: 10-60 kPa; shut-off valves on secondary circuit. With pre-formed insulation
shells in closed cell expanded PEX.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) TEL. 0322 8491 FAX 0322 863305
Http://www.caleffi.it E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
2523 series
01129/05 GB
Function
The thermostatic mixing valve is used in systems for the production
of domestic hot water.
It is designed to maintain the set temperature of the mixed water
supplied to the user when there are variations in the temperature
and pressure conditions of the incoming hot and cold water or
in the flow rate.
This particular series of mixing valves has been designed specifically
for systems requiring high flow rates and can function continuously at
the high temperatures of the incoming hot water from the solar
storage tank.
Product range
2523 series
Technical specifications
Dimensions
Materials:- body:
brass EN 12165 CW617N, chrome-plated
- cartridge and shutter:
brass EN 12164 CW614N,
electroless nickel plated
- springs:
stainless steel
- seal components:
EPDM
30-65C
2C
MIN
MAX 7
110C
CALEFFI
2:1
Connections:
14 bar
5 bar
0,2 bar
Setting range:
Accuracy:
C
B
Code
252340
252350
A
1/2
3/4
B
85
85
C
170
170
D
169
169
E
95
95
F
74
74
Weight (kg)
1,65
1,68
Operating principle
HOT
Construction details
COLD
Interchangeable cartridge
The internal cartridge containing all the control components is
preassembled in a single body and can easily be inspected for
cleaning or replacement if necessary, without any need to take the
valve body out of the pipework.
Wearproof coating
All functional parts, such as the shutter, valve seats and guides, are
electroless nickel plated. This wearproof coating minimizes the risk
of scale forming and ensures performance is maintained over time.
Low-inertia thermostat
The most temperature-sensitive element, the engine of the
thermostatic mixer, has low thermal inertia; in this way it can quickly
react to changes in the conditions of inlet pressure and temperature,
shortening the valve response time.
Temperature setting and locking
The control knob permits temperature setting between minimum
and maximum in one turn (360). It also has a tamper-proof system
to lock the temperature at the set value.
MIXED
Hydraulic characteristics
p (bar)
1/2
3/4
p (m w.g.)
1,5
15
1,0
10
Position
Min
Max
T (C)
25
29
33
39
43
48
52
58
65
Reference values: Thot = 68C; Tcold = 13C; Hot and cold water inlet pressures = 3 bar
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,5
50
2
20
1
10
0,05
1/2
3/4
Kv (m3/h)
4,0
4,5
1/2
3/4
Minimum
(l/min)
6,7
8,4
2
3
1 MIN
MA
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
0,5
0,1
Maximum*
(l/min)
82,0
92,0
* P = 1,5 bar
Use
2523 series thermostatic mixing valves are typically installed at the
outlet of hot water storage tanks in solar systems, to ensure constant
temperature of the mixed water supplied to the user.
2523 series thermostatic mixing valves, because of their flow
characteristics, can be installed in centralised systems with many
different user fittings or for controlling groups of fittings, such as
shower units, washbasin units, etc. In order to guarantee the
delivery of mixed water at the set temperature, the thermostatic
mixing valves must have a minimum flow rate of 6,7 l/min (1/2) and
8,4 l/min (3/4).
Installation
Before installing the mixing valve, pipes should be flushed to remove
any impurities that could impair performance. We recommend always
installing filters of sufficient capacity at the inlet of the water system.
3a
3b
Temperature gauge
2
1
MIN
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
Expansion vessel
M AX 7
Automatic
diverting valve
T
Thermostat
Pump
Normally closed
valve
Safety valve
2
1
MIN
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
MAX 7
Normally closed
valve
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
2523 Series
Adjustable thermostatic mixing valve with interchangeable cartridge for solar systems. 1/2 (1/2 or 3/4) M connections with
union. Brass body. Chrome-plated. Electroless nickel plated brass shutter and cartridge. Stainless steel springs. Seals of EPDM.
Maximum inlet temperature 110C. Adjustment range from 30C to 65C. Maximum working pressure (static) 14 bar.
Maximum working pressure (dynamic) 5 bar. Accuracy 2C. Provided with tamper-proof setting lock.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
309 series
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01130/05 GB
General information
The temperature and pressure relief valves (TP) 309 series are made
by Caleffi S.p.A in compliance with the essential safety requirements
laid down by Directive 97/23/EC of the European Parliament and the
Council of the European Union for harmonisation of Member States
with regard to pressurised equipment.
Function
The TP relief valve controls and limits the temperature and pressure
of the hot water contained in a domestic storage heater and prevents
it from being able to reach temperatures of over 100C, with the
formation of steam.
On reaching the settings, the valve discharges a sufficient amount
of water into the atmosphere so that the temperature and pressure
return within the systems operating limits.
111 5
Product range
309 series Temperature and pressure relief valve
Dimensions
Technical specifications
dezincification-resistant alloy
EN 12165 CW602N
- stem:
brass EN 12164 CW614N
- obturator and diaphragm:
EPDM
- spring:
steel EN 10270-1 SH
- control knob:
PA6GF
Materials: - body:
Discharge rating:
PN 10
- 1/2 and 3/4 15;
- 3/4 22;
Medium:
PED category:
Settings:
- temperature:
- pressure:
10 kW
25 kW
water
IV
Nominal pressure:
90C
3 - 4 - 6 - 7 - 10 bar
A
F
Code completion ( . . )
Code 3094..
30 3 bar
40 4 bar
60 6 bar
70 7 bar 00 10 bar
Code
3094 . .
309542
3095 . .
A
1/2
3/4
3/4
B
15
15
22
C
40
43
43
D
102
99
99
E
88
91
91
F
39
39
39
Weight (kg)
0,253
0,261
0,310
Operating principle
The valve opens the outlet on reaching the settings for:
- temperature: the thermostat compound inside the temperature sensor 1) submerged in the hot
water storage heater, expands as the temperature increases. This expansion causes a thrust
pin to move and act on the obturator 2) opening the valve. The valve is set to open at
temperatures of over 90C.
- pressure: the obturator, opposed by a set spring, raises on reaching the pressure setting and
opens the outlet completely. The pressure setting is chosen according to the maximum
permissible pressure in the system.
As the temperature and pressure decrease, the opposite action occurs with the valve
subsequently reclosing within the set tolerances.
Certification
CE mark
309 series TP relief valves comply with the essential safety requirements of Directive 97/23/EC
concerning pressure equipment (also called P.E.D.). They are therefore classified as category IV
and are equipped with the CE mark.
Product certification in accordance with European Standard EN 1490
European Standard EN 1490: 2000, entitled Building valves - Combined temperature and
pressure relief valves Tests and requirements, describes the constructional and performance
specifications that TP relief valves must have.
Caleffi 309 series TP relief valves are certified by Buildcert (UK) to comply with the requirements
of the European Standard EN 1490 (for settings 4 7 10 bar).
Installation
Before installing a TP relief valve it is necessary for the sizing to be performed correctly by specialized technical personnel in accordance with
the current regulations for the specific applications. Any use other than the intended use is prohibited.
The TP relief valves must be installed by qualified technical personnel in accordance with current regulations.
The TP relief valve must be installed observing the direction of flow indicated by the arrow on the valve body.
Assembly
Plumbing system
TP relief valves must be installed on the top of the hot water storage
heater, making sure that the temperature sensor is correctly
submerged in the tank.
Make sure that there are no shut-off devices between the valve and
the storage heater.
TP relief valves can
be fitted vertically or
horizontally, but not
overturned.
This prevents debris
from
impairing
operation.
HOT WATER
STORAGE
HEATER
Correct installations
HOT WATER
STORAGE
HEATER
HOT WATER
STORAGE
HEATER
Correct installation
SOLAR
STORAGE
Incorrect installation
Incorrect installation
SOLAR
STORAGE
HOT WATER
STORAGE
HEATER
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
309 series
Temperature and pressure relief valve. Equipped with the CE mark in accordance with directive 97/23/EC. Threaded 1/2 M
connections on the inlet and 15 mm (3/4x 15 mm and 3/4x 22 mm) with compression fitting for copper pipe on the
outlet. Temperature setting 90C. Pressure setting 3 bar (available settings: 3-4-6-7-10 bar for 1/2, 4 bar for 3/4 x 15 mm,
3-6-7-10 bar for 3/4 x 22 mm). Valves with 4-7-10 bar setting certified to EN 1490 standard. Discharge rating: 1/2 x 15 mm:
10 kW, 3/4 x 15 mm: 10 kW, 3/4 x 22 mm: 25 kW. Medium: water. Nominal pressure: PN 10. Dezincification-resistant
alloy body. Brass stem. Obturator and diaphragm in EPDM. Steel spring. Control knob in glass-fiber re-inforced nylon.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01131/06 GB
Function
The motorised zone valves permit automatically shutting off the
medium in air-conditioning and plumbing systems.
The high level of hydraulic performance of this particular series of
valves combined with reduced dimensions and practical
installation make it especially suited to zone heating systems.
The motorised ball valves are used in the above-mentioned
systems mainly thanks to the following features:
- No seepage
- Short operating times (opening - closing valve)
- Operational capacity with high pressure differentials
- Low head losses
- Combination with any type of 3-contact control in order to have
complete control when opening and closing, due to the electrical
construction features.
Patent application No. MI 2005 A 001282
Product range
6442 Series
Motorised two-way ball zone valve with 3-contact control
Code 6443.. 3BY Motorised three-way ball zone valve, by-pass version, with 3-contact control
6444 Series
Motorised three-way ball zone valve, with telescopic by-pass tee, with 3-contact control
Technical specifications
Actuator
Valve body
Materials:
body
brass EN 12165 CW617N
ball
brass EN 12164 CW614N, chrome plated
ball seal
PTFE with O-Ring in EPDM
control stem seal
double O-Ring in EPDM
union seal
O-Ring in EPDM
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
Temperature range:
Max. pressure differential:
Connections:
self-extinguishing polycarbonate
grey RAL 9002
2 230 V 4 24 V
6442 series
2-way
E
G
B
C
Code
A
64424 . 1/2
64425 . 3/4
64426 . 1
B
60
60
60
C
117
117
126
E
95
95
95
D
60
60
60
F
88
88
88
H Weight (kg)
G
55 Es. 37 0,97
55 Es. 37 0,97
55 Es. 38 1,00
6443.. 3BY code
3-way by-pass
version
E
G
CALEFFI
B
C
E
95
95
95
D
Code
A
B
C
64434 . 3BY 1/2 60 117 60
64435. 3BY 3/4 60 117 60
64436. 3BY 1 60 126 60
F
88
88
88
H
G
I
55 Es. 37 59
55 Es. 37 59
55 Es. 37 63
Weight (kg)
1,1
1,1
1,3
E
D
D
Code
A
B
C
64444 . 1/2 60 117 60
64445 . 3/4 60 117 60
64446 . 1 60 126 60
E
95
95
95
F
88
88
88
H
G
I
Weight (kg)
55 Es. 37 4963 1,40
55 Es. 37 4963 1,40
55 Es. 38 4963 1,57
63
B
C
49
CALEFFI
6444 series
3-way with
telescopic
by-pass
Construction details
Seals
The
valves
are
equipped with unions
with a flat seat with
EPDM O-Ring seal.
Removing the actuator reveals the slot on the top of the control
stem on which acts the pin of the actuator:
- it permits opening/closing the valve manually with a screwdriver.
- its position shows the direction of flow according to the position of
the ball, which is especially helpful when testing or checking the
system.
Here are three diagrams, one for each type of valve; the position
of the slot shows the direction of flow.
Actuator
Two-way valve 6442 series
ON/OFF mode
The valves can be used in ON/OFF mode with a single electrical
enabling signal for opening or closing given by the three-contact
thermostat/timer-thermostat or an ordinary switch.
Modulating mode
The electrical construction features of the actuator allow it to be
combined with any type of three-point regulator.
Drive transmission
Thanks to the tapered coupling
between the stem of the valve
(A) and the shaft of the
gearmotor (B), there is a constant
mesh of the two components.
This
permits
automatic
compensation of the mechanical
slack thanks to the force (C) on
the stem applied by the pressure
of the medium.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
Auxiliary microswitch
The actuator is equipped with an auxiliary microswitch to be used,
for instance, to stop the pump on closing the valve and vice versa.
It turns on for an average valve opening value of 80%.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
All the valves are supplied with the slot/indicator in the horizontal
position.
Hydraulic characteristics
Two-way zone valve 6442 series, sizes 1/2, 3/4 and 1
p (kPa)
4000
30
1800
1600
1400
1200
18
16
14
12
900
800
700
600
9
8
7
6
400
300
180
160
140
120
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
90
80
70
60
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
40
0,4
20
2000
10
1000
500
400
300
180
160
140
120
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
90
80
70
60
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
40
0,4
10
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
5000
50
4000
40
3000
30
CALEFFI
2000 1800
16
18
14
12
1600
1400
1200
1000
900
800
700
9
8
7
600
400
300
180
160
140
120
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
90
80
70
0,9
0,8
60
0,6
500
10
Kv (m3/h) = 1,8
1800
0,5
2000
1600
1400
1200
1000
900
800
700
600
450
500
400
350
300
250
200
180
160
140
120
90
100
50
60
50
0,7
80
100
20
70
200
G (l/h)
9000
10000
8000
7000
6000
4500
4000
5000
3500
3000
2500
1800
2000
1600
1400
1200
900
1000
800
700
300
180
160
140
120
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
90
80
70
0,9
0,8
60
0,6
20
10
0,5
2000
1800
1600
1400
1200
1000
900
800
700
600
50
0,7
Kv (m3/h) = 1,2
G (l/h)
400
50
10000
9000
8000
7000
6000
5000
4500
4000
3500
3000
2500
2000
1800
1600
1400
1200
900
1000
800
700
600
500
40
45
350
300
Kv (m3/h) = 10,3
450
100
0,2
0,1
600
500
0,4
0,3
9
8
7
400
200
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
700
500
18
16
14
12
900
800
350
30
10
600
1200
1000
0,5
40
16
18
14
12
1600
1400
300
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
30
250
90
80
70
60
3000
2000 1800
180
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
40
200
180
160
140
120
50
4000
160
300
p (kPa)
5000
140
p (mm w.g.)
20
5
400
0,1
90
9
8
7
6
0,2
G (l/h)
120
900
800
700
600
40
45
10
0,3
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
500
0,1
30
18
16
14
12
100
18
16
14
12
1
0,5
300
9000
1800
1600
1400
1200
CALEFFI
30
CALEFFI
3000
50
20
20
40
10
50
0,2
p (kPa)
500
100
100
Kv (m3/h) = 10,3
4000
200
20
80
p (mm w.g.)
1000
200
G (l/h)
2000
10000
8000
7000
6000
4500
5000
4000
3500
3000
2500
1800
2000
1600
1400
1200
900
800
1000
700
600
500
300
40
45
0,3
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
350
30
18
16
14
12
Kv (m3/h) = 11,1
18
16
14
12
0,5
10
1800
1600
1400
1200
9
8
7
6
50
20
30
350
100
40
3000
900
800
700
600
500
200
p (kPa)
4000
CALEFFI
1000
3000
p (mm w.g.)
70
2000
40
60
p (mm w.g.)
G (l/h)
Installation
USER
ACTUATOR
OPEN
CLOSE
USER
RT
Horizontal stem
Vertical stem
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
356
C A L E F F I
356
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
Max
0,8 A
ACTUATOR
Max
0,8 A
OPEN
CLOSE
min. 30 mm
N
RT
CALEFFI
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
C A L E F F I
356
C A L E F F I
min. 30 mm
C A L E F F I
CALEFFI
Microswitches
The motor is equipped with limit microswitches that cut off the
electricity supply on reaching the valve open/closed positions.
The auxiliary microswitch turns on for an average valve opening
value of 80%.
C
A
L E F F
I
C
A
L E F F
I
C
A
L E F F
I
C
A
L E F F
L
Max
0,8 A
OPEN
N
CLOSE
Wiring diagrams
Application diagrams
In systems with zone control, action is taken to automatically cut off the circuits serving the heat exchanger terminal emitters, according to the
temperature reached in the room. This circuit closing can however cause changes in pressure and flow rate throughout the system so it is
essential to make sure these changes are kept under control within acceptable limits.
System with 6442 series two-way zone valves, differential by-pass valve and Autoflow
The system works with variable flow rate and it is necessary to keep the pressure differential generated by the zone valves closing under
control. This increase, which can reach unacceptable limits for the system to work properly, translates into an increase in the flow rate to the
circuits still open, with problems for the pumps and the boiler. It is therefore necessary to keep the pressure differentials under control by means
of differential by-pass valves or variable speed pumps. Installing the Autoflow however always limits the flow rate to the open circuits to the
nominal value.
Shut-off valve
RT
Thermostatic valve
Manual valve
Electric pump
Autoflow
RT
Room thermostat
Differential by-pass
Air vent valve
Differential by-pass
valve
System with code 6443.. 3BY three-way zone valve with by-pass
RT
CALEFFI
RT
CALEFFI
System with 6444 series three-way zone valves with by-pass tee and Autoflow
RT
CALEFFI
Autonomous system with 6444 series three-way zone valves with by-pass tee and Autoflow
RT
CALEFFI
RT
CALEFFI
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
6442 series
Motorised two-way ball zone valve with three-contact control. 1/2 M (from 1/2 to 1) connections with union. Brass body.
Chrome plated brass ball. Ball seal made of PTFE with O-Ring in EPDM. Control stem seal with double O-Ring in EPDM.
Union seals with O-Ring in EPDM. Medium water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 50%. Maximum
working pressure 10 bar. Temperature range -5110 C. Maximum working differential pressure 10 bar.
Self-extinguishing polycarbonate actuator; grey RAL 9002; synchronous three-contact motor with auxiliary microswitch;
electric supply 230 V (or 24 V); power consumption 4 VA; dynamic starting torque 8 Nm. Auxiliary microswitch contacts
rating 0,8 A. Protection class IP 44 with control stem in vertical position, IP 40 with control stem in horizontal position.
Operating time (angle of rotation 90C) 40 s; ambient temperature range 055C.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
6443 series
01132/10 GB
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
FM 21654
replaces dp 01132/06 GB
Function
The motorised diverter valves can be used to automatically divert
the medium in air-conditioning and hydraulic/domestic water
systems.
The exceptional hydraulic performance level of this particular
series of valves combined with reduced dimensions and practical
installation make the products especially suited to heating systems
and domestic hot water production systems.
The motorised ball valves are used in the above-mentioned
systems predominantly thanks to the following features:
- no seepage
- short operating times (valve opening - closing); available in
versions with operating times of 10 seconds and 40 seconds
- operation at high differential pressures
- low head losses
- compatibility with any type of 3-contact control for complete
control during the opening and closing phases, thanks to the
electrical construction features.
Patent application No. MI2005A001282
European directive conformity
CE mark directives 89/336 EC and 73/23 EC.
Product range
6443 series Motorised three-way ball diverter valve with 3-contact control
Technical specifications
Dimensions
self-extinguishing polycarbonate
grey RAL 9002
Actuator
Protective shell:
Colour:
Materials
Valve body
Body:
Ball:
Ball seal:
Control stem seal:
Union seal:
AB
Performance
Valve body
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Maximum working pressure:
Working temperature range:
Maximum differential pressure:
Connections:
Actuator
Synchronous motor
Electric supply:
A
B
C
Code
644342
644344
644346
644352
644354
644356
644353
644355
644357
644362
644364
644366
A
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
1"
1"
1"
B
60
60
60
60
60
60
78
78
78
78
78
78
C
117
117
117
117
117
117
149
149
149
159
159
159
D
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
E
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
F
88
88
88
88
88
88
91
91
91
91
91
91
G
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
H
Ex.37
Ex.37
Ex.37
Ex.37
Ex.37
Ex.37
Ex.37
Ex.37
Ex.37
Ex.47
Ex.47
Ex.47
Mass (kg)
1,1
1,1
1,1
1,1
1,1
1,1
1,4
1,4
1,4
1,7
1,7
1,7
Auxiliary microswitch
The actuator is equipped with an auxiliary microswitch to be used,
for instance, to stop the pump on closing the valve and vice versa.
It shuts off for an average valve opening value of 80%.
Operating times
The actuator is available in two versions, with an operating time of
10 seconds or 40 seconds (with angle of rotation 90).
AB
Construction details
Seals
The
valves
are
equipped with unions
which have a flat seat
with an O-Ring seal
made of EPDM.
Actuator
ON/OFF mode
The valves may be used in ON/OFF mode, with a single electrical
enabling signal for opening or closing provided by the
three-contact thermostat/timer-thermostat or an ordinary switch.
T DRILLING
ON/OFF operation via three-wire or modulating thermostat
controlled by a three-point controller
Rotation of 90
Modulating mode
The electrical construction features of the actuator allow it to be
combined with any type of three-point temperature controller.
Drive transmission
The taper coupling between the
valve control stem (1) and the
gearmotor shaft (2) allows
constant connection between the
two components. This provides
automatic compensation for
mechanical slack via the thrust
(S) exerted on the control stem by
the pressure of the medium.
2
1
AB
AB
AB
AB
All the valves are supplied with the slot/indicator in the horizontal position.
Hydraulic characteristics
Wiring diagrams
1/2 - 3/4
p (mm w.g.)
3/4
p (kPa)
5000
1800
1600
1400
1200
AB
18
16
14
12
B
AB
900
800
700
600
9
8
7
6
400
20
500
100
5
300
180
160
140
120
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
90
80
70
60
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
40
0,4
50
2
1
0,5
4500
0,2
RT
L
0,1
5000
4000
3500
3000
2500
1800
1600
2000
1400
900
1200
1000
800
700
600
450
400
500
350
300
250
180
200
100
10
160
0,3
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
140
30
18
16
14
12
120
20
Max
0,8 A
G (l/h)
Connection Kv (m3/h)
1/2
3,9
3/4
3,9
3/4
8,6
1
9,0
ACTUATOR
Max
0,8 A
M
CLOSE
Code
644342/44/46
644352/54/56
644353/55/57
644362/64/66
OPEN
200
ACTUATOR
10
OPEN
1000
40
30
CLOSE
2000
50
4000
3000
B
A
ACTUATOR
AB
Max.
0,8 A
AB
B
A
AB
Vertical stem
CLOSE
Horizontal stem
OPEN
USER
B
USER
B
AB
RT
L
A
B
AB
B
AB
Microswitches
The motor is equipped with limit microswitches that cut off the
electricity supply on reaching the valve open/closed positions.
The auxiliary microswitch shuts off at an average valve opening
value of 80%.
Application diagrams
Solar thermal system with three-way diverter valve (10 s)
If the water from the storage tank is at a lower temperature than required (and set on the thermostat) the
diverter valve sends the water to the boiler. Otherwise, the valve sends the water directly to the mixing valve.
Shut-off valve
Pump
Mixing valve
Manual valve
Diverter on the secondary
circuit for domestic hot water
Temperature gauge
B
BA
BALLSTOP
Temperature/Pressure
safety relief valve
T
Normally
closed valve
Thermostat
Pressure reducing valve
Check valve
Y-filter
A
AB
B
BA
Diverter on the
heating circuit
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
6443 series
Motorised three-way ball diverter valve with three-contact control. 1/2 M (from 1/2 to 1) connections with union. Brass body. Chrome
plated brass ball. PTFE ball seal with EPDM O-Ring. Control stem seal with double EPDM O-Ring. Union seals with EPDM O-Ring.
Medium water and glycol solutions; maximum percentage of glycol 50%. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Temperature range
-5110C. Maximum working differential pressure 10 bar.
Self-extinguishing polycarbonate actuator. Grey RAL 9002. Three-contact synchronous motor with auxiliary microswitch. Electric supply
230 V (or 24 V 10%) 5060 Hz. Power consumption 4 VA (8 VA for 10 s version). Dynamic torque 8 Nm. Auxiliary microswitch contact
rating 0,8 A. Protection class IP 44 with control stem vertical, IP 40 with control stem horizontal. Operating time (angle of rotation 90)
40 s (10 s). Ambient temperature range 055C.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) ITALY TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2010 Caleffi
CALEFFI
cert. n 0003
01133/07 GB
ISO 9001
Replaces 01133/06 GB
Function
Automatic air vents are used in the closed circuits of solar heating systems to allow air contained in
the fluid to be released automatically by means of a valve operated by a float in contact with fluid in
the system.
The shut-off valves are on the contrary typically used in combination with the automatic air vent
valves to be able to cut them off after filling the circuit of solar heating systems.
These particular series of products have been specially made to work at high
temperature with a glycol medium.
Product range
Code 250031 Automatic air vent for solar systems
Code R29284 Shut-off valve for automatic air vent
size 3/8 M
sizes 3/8 M x 3/8 F
Materials: -
Materials: - body:
- ball:
- seals:
body:
brass EN 12165 CW617N, chrome plated
cover:
brass EN 12165 CW617N, chrome plated
control spindle:
alloy
UNI EN 12164 CW602N
float and conveyor:
high resistance polymer
seals:
high resistance elastomer
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
-30180C
10 bar
5 bar
Connections:
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
-30200C
10 bar
Connections:
3/8 F x 3/8 M
3/8 M
Dimensions
Dimensions
Code
250031
A
3/8
B
97
C
55
D
11
Weight (kg)
0,32
Code
R29284
A
3/8
B
46
C
8,5
D
35
Weight (kg)
0,90
Operating principe
Maintenance
Application diagram
Construction details
Resistance to temperature
The high performance level of this series of automatic air vent
valves, required moreover in solar heating systems, is ensured by
using materials that are highly resistant to temperature. They allow
maintaining the functional features of the valve with glycol water
temperatures up to 180C.
Hydraulic characteristics
Nl/s
0,5
1,5
2,5
3,5
4,5
5,5
6,5
7 bar
(air)
Installation
Tmax = 180C / 360F
Pmax = 10 bar / 150 psi
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
250 series
Automatic air vent for solar heating systems. 3/8 M threaded connections. Brass body and cover. Chrome plated. Float
in high resistance polymer. Seals in high resistance elastomer. Medium: water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage
of glycol: 50%. Working temperature range: -30180C. Maximum working pressure: 10 bar. Maximum discharge
pressure: 5 bar.
Code R29284
Shut-off valve for automatic air vent for solar heating systems. 3/8 F x 3/8 M threaded connections. Chrome plated brass
body and ball. Seals in high resistance elastomer. Medium: water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol:
50%. Working temperature range: -30200C. Maximum working pressure: 10 bar.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
251 series
01134/10 GB
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
replaces 01134/07 GB
FM 21654
Function
Deaerators are used to discharge continuously air from the
hydraulic circuits of air-conditioning or solar thermal systems. The
air vent capacity of these devices is extremely high. They are able
to automatically remove all the air from the circuits, down to
micro-bubble level. The circulation of fully deaerated water allows
the systems to work under optimal conditions without any trouble of
noise, corrosion, local overheating and mechanical damage.
They are available in versions for installation to horizontal or vertical
pipes.
This particular series of deaerators has been specifically designed
to work at high temperature with glycol solutions, typical condition
of solar thermal systems.
Product range
251 series DISCAL Deaerator for horizontal pipes, for solar thermal systems. With drain
251 series DISCAL Deaerator for horizontal pipes, for solar thermal systems. Compact version
251 series DISCAL Deaerator for vertical pipes, for solar thermal systems. Compact version
Technical specifications
Materials
Body:
Cover:
Float:
Internal element:
Float guide:
Obturator stem:
Performance
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Working temperature range:
Max. working pressure:
Max. discharge pressure:
Float lever:
Spring:
Hydraulic seals:
Connections: - main
- drain
Dimensions
C
F
B
Code
251006
251007
A
B
Mass (kg)
1,80
2,36
Code
A
B C D
E
Mass (kg)
251003 3/4" 78 55 143 162
0,91
E
Code
251905
251906
Mass (kg)
2,05
2,05
System operation
The quantity of air that can remain dissolved in solution in the water
depends on the pressure and temperature.
This relationship is known as Henrys law, whose graph below
permits quantifying the physical phenomenon of releasing the air
contained in the medium.
Absolute pressure
55
3 bar
4 bar
5 bar
6 bar
7 bar 8 bar
50
45
40
2 bar
35
30
25
1 bar
20
automatic
filling
15
10
5
0
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
Water temperature C
Operating principle
The deaerator utilises the combined action of several physical
principles. The active part is composed of a set of metal screen
surfaces arranged like spokes (1). These elements create such
swirling motion as to facilitate the release of micro-bubbles and
their adhesion to the surfaces.
The bubbles, joining together, increase in volume until the
hydrostatic thrust is such as to overcome the force of adhesion to
the structure. They then rise towards
the top of the device from where they
are released by a float-operated
automatic air vent valve (2).
Construction details
1 bar
2 bar
3 bar
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
Tmax = 160C / 320F
Pmax = 10 bar / 150 psi
1 1/4"
1"
3/4" - 1"
Vertical version
3/4"
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
4
350
3,5
300
250
2,5
200
180
160
140
1,8
1,6
1,4
120
1,2
100
0,9
0,8
0,7
60
0,6
50
0,5
45
40
0,45
0,4
35
0,35
30
0,3
25
0,25
20
0,2
0,1
10
4,5
3,5
2,5
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
0,9
0,5
0,12
0,8
12
0,7
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,6
18
16
14
(m3/h)
Tmax = 160C / 320F
Pmax = 10 bar / 150 psi
Size
3/4
3/4 - 1
1 1/4
28,1
48,8
Vertical version
Kv (m3/h)
10
17
3/4
3/4 - 1
1 1/4
35,18
2,11
57,85
3,47
Vertical version
22,7
1,36
22,7
1,36
l/min
Kv (m3/h)
1200
Tme
(s)
25
No.
of
recirc.
1100
90
80
70
10
1000
20
900
800
700
600
Installation
Hydraulic characteristics
400
15
V = 1 m/s - T = constant
10
500
400
300
200
100
Application diagram
Solar thermal system with thermal integration, with boiler and hot water storage
Shut-off valve
Pump
Thermostatic mixing
valve
Air vent
T
Thermostat
Expansion vessel
Temperature gauge
BALLSTOP
Regulator
Safety valve
automatic
filling
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
DISCAL 251 series
Deaerator for solar thermal systems. Connections 1 (and 1 1/4) F for horizontal pipes, version with drain; 3/4 F, compact version.
Brass body, chrome plated. High-resistance polymer float. Stainless steel internal element, float lever and spring. Brass float guide.
Dezincification resistant alloy obturator stem. High-resistance elastomer hydraulic seals. Medium water and glycol solutions;
maximum percentage of glycol 50%. Working temperature range -30160C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Maximum
discharge pressure 10 bar.
DISCAL 251 series
Deaerator for solar thermal systems. Connections 3/4 (and 1) F for vertical pipes, compact version. Brass body, chrome plated.
High-resistance polymer float. Stainless steel internal element, float lever and spring. Brass float guide. Dezincification resistant alloy
obturator stem. High-resistance elastomer hydraulic seals. Medium water and glycol solutions; maximum percentage of glycol 50%.
Working temperature range -30160C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Maximum discharge pressure 10 bar.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.p.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 Fontaneto dAgogna (NO) Italy Tel. +39 0322 8491 Fax +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2010 Caleffi
CALEFFI
cert. n 0003
251 series
ISO 9001
01135/07 GB
Replaces 01135/06 GB
Function
DISCALAIR devices are used in air-conditioning systems or in the phase of filling
and starting solar heating systems to discharge even large quantities of air that has
formed in the circuits. This function is performed even when there is considerable
pressure thanks to the special geometry of the discharge mechanism, which is
identical to the one on DISCAL 551 series deaerators.
This particular series of automatic air vent valves has been specifically designed to
work at high temperature with a glycol medium, which is typical of solar heating
systems.
Product range
Code 251004 High-performance automatic air vent valve for solar heating systems
size 1/2 F
Dimensions
- Materials: -
body
brass EN 12165 CW617N, chrome plated
cover:
brass EN 12165 CW617N, chrome plated
float:
high resistance polymer
float guide:
brass EN 12164 CW614N
obturator stem:
dezincification resistant alloy
EN 12164 CW602N
- float lever:
stainless steel
- spring:
stainless steel
- hydraulic seals:
high resistance elastomer
Connections:
Medium:
Max percentage of glycol:
Temperature range:
Max working pressure:
Max discharge pressure:
Technical specifications
1/2 F
Code
251004
A
1/2"
B
114,5
C
35
D
55
Weight (kg)
0,62
Operating principle
Maintenance
Application diagram
Construction details
Resistance to heat and high discharge pressure
The high performance of this series of automatic air vent valves,
moreover required in solar heating systems, is ensured by the use
of particularly heat resistant materials.
They allow maintaining the functional features of the valve with
glycol water temperatures up to 160C. The internal geometry of
the valve has been designed to be able to discharge the air up to
a pressure of 10 bar.
Hydraulic characteristics
Nl/s
0,1
0
0,5
1,5
2,5
3,5
4,5
5,5
6,5
7,5
8,5
9,5
10
bar (air)
Installation
DISCALAIR series 251
automatic air vent valves
must
be
installed
vertically, typically on the
top of solar heating system panels and at points in the circuit where
bubbles of air that must be discharged gather.
They must always be installed in combination with a shut-off valve.
This is necessary since the vent valves must be shut off after use, to
remove the air in the phase of filling and starting up the system.
Tmax = 160C / 320F
Pmax = 10 bar / 150 psi
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
DISCALAIR SOLAR 251 series
High-performance automatic air vent valve for solar heating systems. Connections 1/2 F. Brass body, chrome plated. High
resistance polymer float. Stainless steel float lever and spring. Brass float guide. Dezincification resistant alloy obturator stem. High
resistance elastomer hydraulic seals. Medium water and glycol solutions; maximum percentage of glycol 50%. Temperature range
-30160C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Maximum discharge pressure 10 bar.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
Circulation units
for solar heating systems
CALEFFI
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01136/07 GB
Function
Circulation units are used on the primary circuit of solar heating
systems to control the temperature of the hot water storage. The
pump inside the units is activated by the signal from the differential
temperature regulator. The units contain the functional and safety
devices for an optimal circuit control. Available with flow and return
connection and with return connection only.
Product range
Code 255056
Code 255156
Code 255166
Code 256056
Circulation unit for solar heating systems, flow and return connection, flow meter scale: 113 l/min
Circulation unit for solar heating systems, flow and return connection, flow meter scale: 830 l/min
Circulation unit for solar heating systems, flow and return connection, flow meter scale: 540 l/min
with Grundfos Solar 25-120 pump
Circulation unit for solar heating systems, return connection, flow meter scale: 113 l/min
Technical specifications
Materials:
Body:
Temperature gauge:
Seals:
O-Rings:
Gaskets:
Insulating shell:
Performance:
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
size 3/4
size 3/4
size 1
size 3/4
Grundfos pump
Code 255056, 255156 and 256056
Code 255166
Body:
Power supply:
Max. pressure:
Max. temperature:
Protection class:
(kPa)
12
120
11
10
100
9
8
80
7
60
6
5
4
3/4 F
3/4 M
with 13 mm hose connection
40
20
0
0
0,5
1,5
2,5
0
3,5
Q (m3/h)
Characteristic components
Dimensions
B
A
2
8
8
2
4
5
1
0
12
10
80
60
120
140
160
10
80
20
60
120
40
140
20
100
120
140
60
120
40
140
20
160
9
1
100
120
140
160
160
11
5
F
160
80
100
40
1
60
20
5
0
80
100
40
7
100
20
4
5
80
60
40
3
5
4
3
2
1
0
3
5
5
4
3
2
1
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
A
E
F
E
D
C
Code
A
B
255056 3/4 90 130 405 245 520
255156 3/4 90 130 405 245 520
255166 1 90 130 405 245 520
Weight (kg)
7,00
7,25
9,50
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
B
A
Construction details
Shut-off and check valve
2
The shut-off and check valves are built into the ball cocks of the temperature gauge
connectors.
4
5
1
0
To allow the medium to flow in both directions it is necessary to open the respective
ball cocks (B) to 45 with a 14 mm fixed spanner. The check valve is opened by the
ball, see figure (A). In normal system operation the ball cocks must be fully open.
80
60
100
40
120
20
140
160
5
4
3
2
1
0
A
A
14
B
Code
A
B
256056 3/4 130
C
405
D
555
E
200
Weight (kg)
5,00
Flow meter
Air separator
The solar circulation unit, version with flow and return connection,
is equipped with an air vent separator on the flow line. The gases,
separated from the thermal carrier medium, are collected at the top
of the deaerator.
The collected gases must be evacuated from time to time (every
day after putting into operation and afterwards, depending on the
quantity of air, once a week or once a month) using the manual air
vent with a suitably sized screwdriver. To maintain optimal
efficiency of the solar heating system, afterwards, it is necessary to
vent the system every six months by using the deaerator.
Adjustable nut
Graduation
Fitting 3/4 F
Accessories
Code
259012
259018
259025
259035
259050
259
257
Litres
12
18
25
35
50
Connections
Precharge (bar)
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
2,5
2,5
2,5
2,5
2,5
broch. 01143
Code
257020
257
broch. 01143
255
Expansion vessel connection kit.
Consisting of: stainless steel hose,
automatic shut-off cock, wall bracket.
Max. working pressure: 10 bar.
Max. cock working temperature: 110C.
Hose length: 500 mm.
Used on a bracket for expansion vessels
with a maximum capacity of 24 l.
Code
257030
Code
255001
Connections
3/4
257
255
System filling pump for
circulation units 255 and
256 series.
Code
255010
Connections
3/4
broch. 01143
257040
2544
255-256
Code
Connections
254458
254452
3/4 M x 18 mm
3/4 M x 22 mm
Code
255002
256002
Application diagrams
Shut-off valve
Pump
4
5
1
0
80
60
80
100
60
100
40
120
40
120
20
140
20
140
160
160
5
4
3
2
1
0
4
5
1
0
80
80
60
100
60
100
40
120
40
120
20
140
20
140
160
160
5
4
3
2
1
0
4
5
1
0
100
40
120
140
20
140
5
4
3
2
1
0
60
120
160
4
5
80
100
20
0
80
60
40
160
5
4
3
2
1
0
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 255056
Circulation unit for solar heating systems. Connections 3/4 F. Flow and return connection. Brass body. Steel and
aluminium temperature gauge. PTFE and EPDM seals. EPDM and Viton O-Rings. AFM 34 gaskets, asbestos free.
EPP insulating shell. Medium water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 50%. Maximum working
temperature 180C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Safety relief valve temperature range -30160C. Safety relief valve
factory set at 6 bar. p minimum opening shut-off and check valve 2 kPa. Flow meter scale 113 l/min. Maximum flow
meter temperature 120C. Pressure gauge scale 06 bar. Temperature gauge scale 0160C. Filling/drain connections
with 13 mm hose connection. Grundfos Solar 15-60 pump. Cast iron body GG 15/20. Electric supply 230 V 50 Hz.
Maximum pressure 10 bar. Maximum temperature 110C. Protection class IP 42.
Code 255156
Circulation unit for solar heating systems. Connections 3/4 F. Flow and return connection. Brass body. Steel and
aluminium temperature gauge. PTFE and EPDM seals. EPDM and Viton O-Rings. AFM 34 gaskets, asbestos free.
EPP insulating shell. Medium water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 50%. Maximum working
temperature 180C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Safety relief valve temperature range -30160C. Safety relief valve
factory set at 6 bar. p minimum opening shut-off and check valve 2 kPa. Flow meter scale 830 l/min. Maximum flow
meter temperature 120C. Pressure gauge scale 06 bar. Temperature gauge scale 0160C. Filling/drain connections
with 13 mm hose connection. Grundfos Solar 15-60 pump. Cast iron body GG 15/20. Electric supply 230 V 50 Hz.
Maximum pressure 10 bar. Maximum temperature 110C. Protection class IP 42.
Code 255166
Circulation unit for solar heating systems. Connections 1 F. Flow and return connection. Brass body. Steel and aluminium
temperature gauge. PTFE and EPDM seals. EPDM and Viton O-Rings. AFM 34 gaskets, asbestos free.
EPP insulating shell. Medium water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 50%. Maximum working
temperature 180C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Safety relief valve temperature range -30160C. Safety relief valve
factory set at 6 bar. p minimum opening shut-off and check valve 2 kPa. Flow meter scale 540 l/min. Maximum flow
meter temperature 120C. Pressure gauge scale 06 bar. Temperature gauge scale 0160C. Filling/drain connections
with 13 mm hose connection. Grundfos Solar 25-120 pump. Cast iron body GG 15/20. Electric supply 230 V 50 Hz.
Maximum pressure 10 bar. Maximum temperature 110C. Protection class IP 42.
Code 256056
Circulation unit for solar heating systems. Connections 3/4 F. Flow and return connection. Brass body. Steel and
aluminium temperature gauge. PTFE and EPDM seals. EPDM and Viton O-Rings. AFM 34 gaskets, asbestos free.
EPP insulating shell. Medium water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 50%. Maximum working
temperature 180C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Safety relief valve temperature range -30160C. Safety relief valve
factory set at 6 bar. p minimum opening shut-off and check valve 2 kPa. Flow meter scale 113 l/min. Maximum flow
meter temperature 120C. Pressure gauge scale 06 bar. Temperature gauge scale 0160C. Filling/drain connections
with 13 mm hose connection. Grundfos Solar 15-60 pump. Cast iron body GG 15/20. Electric supply 230 V 50 Hz.
Maximum pressure 10 bar. Maximum temperature 110C. Protection class IP 42.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2007 Calef fi
CALEFFI
01137/10 GB
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
FM 21654
replaces dp 01137/06 GB
Function
In heating and air conditioning systems, the circulation of water
containing impurities may result in rapid wear and damage of
components such as pumps and control valves. It also causes
blockages in heat exchangers, heating elements and pipes,
resulting in a lower thermal efficiency of the system.
The dirt separator separates off these impurities, which are mainly
made up of sand and rust particles. These are collected in a large
collection chamber that requires low frequency cleaning
procedures, from which they can be removed even while the
system is in operation.
This device is capable of efficiently removing even the smallest
particles, with extremely limited head loss.
The threaded connection product is available in versions for
installation on horizontal or vertical pipes.
Flanged DIRTCAL dirt separators are supplied complete with hot
pre-formed shell insulation to ensure perfect thermal insulation
when used with both hot and chilled water.
Reference documentation
- Tech. Broch. 01054 Automatic air vent MINICAL-VALCAL
5020 - 5021 - 5022 series
- Tech. Broch. 01031 Automatic air vent MAXCAL for heating,
air-conditioning and cooling systems. 501 series
Product range
5462
5465
5469
5469
series
series
series
series
DIRTCAL
DIRTCAL
DIRTCAL
DIRTCAL
dirt
dirt
dirt
dirt
separator
separator
separator
separator
for
for
for
for
Technical specifications
series
Materials:
Body:
Dirt collection chamber:
Top plug:
Internal element:
Hydraulic seals:
Drain cock:
Performance:
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
Working temperature range:
Particle separation rating:
Connections:
Main:
Top:
Drain:
5465 flanged
Internal part
Material:
rigid closed cell expanded polyurethane foam
Thickness:
60 mm
Density:
45 kg/m3
Thermal conductivity (ISO 2581):
0,023 W/(mK)
Working temperature range:
0105C
Internal part
Material:
Thickness:
Density: - inner part:
- outer part:
Thermal conductivity (ISO 2581):
External cover
Material:
Thickness:
Reaction to fire (DIN 4102):
Head covers
Heat moulded material:
External cover
Material:
Thickness:
Reaction to fire (DIN 4102):
PS
Dimensions
B
G
BI-DIRECTIONAL
Tmax 105C
Pmax 10 bar
Tmax 110C
Pmax 10 bar
Mass (kg)
1,95
1,95
Code
546905
546906
C
F
Code
546902
Mass (kg)
1,95
Code
A
B
546205 3/4 110
546206 1 110
546207 1 1/4 124
546208 1 1/2 124
546209 2 127
C
56
56
56
56
56
D
131,5
131,5
151,5
151,5
145,5
E
49
49
49
49
55
Mass (kg)
F
236,5 1,87
236,5 1,87
256,5 2,22
256,5 2,22
256,5 2,36
A
Code
546550 DN 50
546560 DN 65
546580 DN 80
546510 DN 100
546512 DN 125
546515 DN 150
B
350
350
466
470
635
635
C
1
1
1
1
1
1
D
425
425
500
500
600
600
E
620
620
740
740
900
900
F
G Mass (kg)
169 3/4"
13
169 3/4"
15
219 3/4"
23
219 3/4"
25
324 3/4"
52
324 3/4"
54
18
18
52
52
Operating principle
The dirt separator operating principle is based on the combined
action of a number of physical phenomena.
The internal element (1) is composed of a set of radial reticular
surfaces. The impurities in the water, on striking these surfaces, get
separated, dropping into the bottom of the body (2) where they are
collected.
In addition, the large internal volume of DIRTCAL slows down the
flow speed of the medium thus helping, by gravity, to separate the
particles it contains.
The collected impurities are discharged, even with the system
running, by opening the drain cock (3); this procedure can even be
performed while the system is in operation.
The dirt separator is designed in such a way that the direction in
which the medium is flowing inside it makes no difference.
3
3
Construction details
Low head losses and performance maintained over time
The separating action of the dirt separator is based on using the
internal element with reticular surfaces in place of the ordinary
strainer. The screen, by its nature, offers little resistance to the flow
of the medium while
ensuring separation.
This occurs due to the
particles colliding with the
reticular surfaces and then
settling, not by filtration, an
action by which the
strainer, over time, gets
instead
progressively
clogged by the sludge it
removes.
The internal shape of the
body was also designed
to
offer
minimum
resistance to the passage
of the medium. All this is to
the benefit of performance,
i.e. the high capacity to
separate impurities and
the low head losses that
remain unaltered over
time.
Top connection
The connection on the top of the dirt separator can be
used to install an automatic air vent, code 502040
MINICAL for the threaded version (A), code 501500
MAXCAL for the flanged version (B).
B
C
BI-DIRECTIONAL
Tmax 110C
Pmax 10 bar
Tmax 105C
Pmax 10 bar
Maintenance
Insulation
Flanged
DIRTCAL
devices are supplied
complete with hot preformed shell insulation.
This system ensures not
only perfect thermal
insulation, but also the
tightness required to
prevent water vapour
entering the device from
the ambient.
For this reason, this type
of insulation may also be
used in chilled water
circuits as it prevents
condensation
from
forming on the surface
of the valve body.
DN 150
DN 125
DN 100
DN 80
DN 65
1 1/2"
2
DN 50
1 1/4"
p (mm w.g.)
400
1"
3/4"
22 - 3/4" - 1
Vertical version
Hydraulic characteristics
p (kPa)
4
350
3,5
300
250
2,5
200
180
160
140
1,8
1,6
1,4
120
1,2
100
90
80
70
0,9
0,8
0,7
60
0,6
50
0,5
45
40
0,45
0,4
35
0,35
30
0,3
25
0,25
20
0,2
180
200
140
160
120
100
70
80
90
60
30
25
35
40
45
50
20
18
14
16
12
7
8
9
10
3,5
4
4,5
2,5
1,8
0,5
10
1,4
1,6
0,12
1,2
12
0,7
0,8
0,9
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,6
18
16
14
G (m3/h)
0,1
Sizes
3/4"
1"
Kv (m3/h)
16,2
Sizes
DN 50
DN 65
DN 80
Kv (m3/h)
75,0
150,0
180,0
280,0
22 - 3/4 - 1
1 1/4" 1 1/2"
2"
Vertical version
28,1
17
48,8
63,2
450,0
70,0
720,0
1"
1 1/4"
1 1/2"
2"
l/min
22,7
35,18
57,85
90,36
136,6
m3/h
1,36
2,11
3,47
5,42
8,2
Sizes
DN 50
DN 65
l/min
141,20
238,72
361,5
564,8
980,0
1436,6
m3/h
8,47
14,32
21,69
33,89
58,8
86,2
80
60
40
20
1000
500
210
250
150
105
50
63
35
20
16
WORKING ZONE
DIRTCAL
CARTRIDGE FILTERS
SPECIAL STRAINERS
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
90
80
70
60
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
45
40
35
30
25
0,5
0,2
Installation
The dirt separator should preferably be installed on the return circuit
upstream of the boiler. This enables it to intercept any impurities already
present in the circuit, particularly when it is first started, before they
reach the boiler.
The dirt separator should always be installed vertically and ideally
upstream of the pump. Use the specific versions designed for
installation on horizontal or vertical pipes.
The flow direction of the medium is not important in dirt separators.
CHILLER
0,1
5000
4500
4000
3500
3000
2500
1800
2000
1600
1400
1200
900
800
1000
200
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
18
16
14
12
10
0,45
0,4
0,35
0,3
0,25
DIRTCAL curve
3/4 - Kv=16,2
700
20
3
2,5
180
160
140
120
600
50
10
4.5
4
3,5
Y-strainer curve
3/4 - Kv=8
500
100
450
400
350
300
250
450
200
9
8
7
6
400
500
p (kPa)
900
800
700
600
350
Efficiency
50 passages (1 m/s)
100
1000
Efficiency
50 passages (0,5 m/s)
.100%)
300
Initial quantity
Separated quantity
10
250
Efficiency (%)
Particle
dimensions
(m)
Separation efficiency
G (l/h)
Application diagram
P
T
F
A
Shut-off valve
BI-DIRECTIONAL
Tmax 110C
Pmax 10 bar
Flow switch
Tmax 105C
Pmax 10 bar
Safety thermostat
Control pocket
Zone valve
Ball valve
Gas filter
Regulator
Pump
Gas regulator
Anti-vibration joint
Pocket
Safety valve
Expansion vessel
BALLSTOP
AUTOFLOW
Y strainer
Flow rate
metering device
Temperature sensor
Temperature gauge
Backflow preventer
3 way tap
P
Fuel shut-off
valve
Automatic
filling unit
Pressure switch
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
5462 series DIRTCAL
Dirt separator. Connections for horizontal pipes 3/4 F (from 3/4 to 2). Top connection 1/2 F (with plug). Drain with hose
connection. Brass dirt collection chamber and body. PA66G30 internal element. EPDM hydraulic seals. Brass drain cock.
Medium water and non-hazardous glycol solutions excluded from the guidelines of EC directive 67/548; maximum
percentage of glycol 50%. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Working temperature range 0110C. Particle separation
rating down to 5m. Patented.
5465 series DIRTCAL
Dirt separator. Flanged connections DN 50 (from DN 50 to DN 150), PN 16; can be coupled with counterflanges EN 1092-1.
Top connection 3/4 (with plug). Drain 1 F. Epoxy resin coated steel body. Stainless steel internal element. Hydraulic seals in
non-asbestos fibre. Medium water and non-hazardous glycol solutions excluded from the guidelines of EC directive 67/548;
maximum percentage of glycol 50%. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Working temperature range 0110C. Particle
separation rating down to 5m.
Complete with:
- chrome plated brass drain valve
- rigid closed cell expanded polyurethane foam insulation for sizes up to DN 100 (closed cell expanded PE-X for DN 125
and DN 150) and embossed unfinished aluminium external cover. Working temperature range 0105C (0100C for
DN 125 and DN 150). Patented.
5469 series DIRTCAL
Dirt separator. Connections 22 with compression ends for copper pipe and 3/4 (and 1) F connections. Brass dirt
collection chamber and body. Steel internal element. EPDM hydraulic seals. Brass drain cock. Medium water and nonhazardous glycol solutions excluded from the guidelines of EC directive 67/548; maximum percentage of glycol 50%.
Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Working temperature range 0110C. Particle separation rating down to 5m.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) ITALY TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2010 Caleffi
CALEFFI
118 series
cert. n 0003
01138/06 GB
ISO 9001
Function
Flow regulators maintain a constant flow rate as the upstream/downstream
pressure difference varies. They automatically balance the hydronic circuit and
ensure the design flow rate.
This particular series of devices is equipped with a special cartridge that can be
adjusted from the outside, with which the flow rate can be set on the desired
value directly, with no need to shut off the valve.
Product range
Series 118
Automatic flow regulator with adjustable cartridge
Code 118000 Cartridge adjustment key
Dimensions
Technical specifications
Materials: -
body:
pressure port plugs:
adjustable cartridge:
hydraulic seals:
2
5
4
3
2
p Range:
Flow rates:
Accuracy:
Connections:
Pressure port connections:
1/21 1/4 F
1/4 F
25 bar
0100C
C
Medium:
Max percentage of glycol:
B
A
Code
118141 1/2
118151 3/4"
1"
118161
118171 1 1/4
B
83
94
128
128
C
31
31
47
47
D
80
80
100
100
Weight(kg)
0,66
0,62
1,90
1,70
Operating principle
By using the special key (code 118000) you act on the adjustment
mechanism and read off the desired position on the graduated
reference scale.
A double gauge, with a scale from 1 to 5 and decimal division from
1 to 9, permits making exact flow rate adjustments. Its colour
identifies the pressure range.
Depending on the range of flow rate, the cartridges are available in
various colours to permit easy identification. The same colours are on
the outside, on the adjuster screw and on the protection cover.
A
p2
p1
p1
p3
pawl
cartridge
Working range (Range p)
p end
GNom
p start
G Flow rate
DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE
Full code:
SERIES
SIZE
FLOW RATE
AND p RANGE
SIZE
SIZE
1/2
3/4
DIGIT
1 1/4
7
The last three digits indicate the available ranges of flow rate and the Range p,
with the corresponding cartridges.
Each cartridge is marked by a specific colour.
Body
size
Cartridge
size
p range
(kPa)
Cartridge
colour
Cartridge code
digit
1/2 - 3/4
DN
DN
DN
DN
DN
20
20
20
20
20
17-210
17-210
35-400
35-400
30-400
0,10-0,40
0,15-0,60
0,14-0,60
0,24-0,90
0,40-1,30
Black
Green
Black
Green
Red
1YB
1YG
1GB
1GG
1YR
1 - 1 1/4
DN 40
17-400
1,05-5,00
Black
2YB
17210 kPa
l/h
Black
Min (p)
(kPa)
100,0
107,8
115,6
124,4
131,2
139,0
146,8
154,6
162,4
170,2
178,0
185,8
193,6
201,4
209,2
217,0
224,8
232,6
240,4
248,2
256,0
263,8
271,6
279,4
287,2
295,0
302,8
310,6
318,4
326,2
334,0
341,8
349,6
357,4
365,2
373,0
380,8
388,6
396,4
404,2
412,0
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
19
19
19
19
l/h
Green
Min (p) Rotation
(kPa)
157,0
168,3
179,6
190,9
202,2
213,5
224,8
236,1
247,4
258,7
270,0
281,3
292,6
303,9
315,2
326,5
337,8
349,1
360,4
371,7
383,0
394,3
405,6
416,9
428,2
439,5
450,8
462,1
473,4
484,7
496,0
507,3
518,6
529,9
541,2
552,5
563,8
575,1
586,4
597,7
609,0
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
16
16
16
16
16
16
17
17
17
17
17
18
18
18
18
18
19
19
19
20
20
20
20
21
21
21
1,0
1,1
1,2
1,3
1,4
1,5
1,6
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,1
2,2
2,3
2,4
2,5
2,6
2,7
2,8
2,9
3,0
3,1
3,2
3,3
3,4
3,5
3,6
3,7
3,8
3,9
4,0
4,1
4,2
4,3
4,4
4,5
4,6
4,7
4,8
4,9
5,0
Adjustment
position
35400 kPa
l/h
Black
Min (p)
(kPa)
137,9
149,8
161,8
173,7
185,6
197,6
209,5
221,4
233,3
245,3
257,2
269,1
281,1
293,0
304,9
316,9
328,8
340,7
352,6
364,6
376,5
388,4
400,4
412,3
424,2
436,2
448,1
460,0
471,9
483,9
495,8
507,7
519,7
531,6
543,5
555,5
567,4
579,3
591,2
603,2
615,1
32
32
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
34
34
34
34
34
34
35
35
35
35
35
36
36
36
36
37
37
37
37
38
38
38
38
39
39
39
40
40
40
41
41
l/h
Green
Min (p) Rotation
(kPa)
237,6
254,1
270,5
287,0
303,5
319,9
336,4
352,8
369,3
385,8
402,2
418,7
435,1
451,6
468,1
484,5
501,0
517,4
533,9
550,4
566,8
583,3
599,8
616,2
632,7
649,1
665,6
682,1
698,5
715,0
731,4
747,9
764,4
780,8
797,3
813,7
830,2
846,7
863,1
879,6
896,1
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
33
33
33
33
34
34
34
35
35
35
36
36
37
37
38
38
39
39
40
40
41
41
42
42
43
44
44
45
1,0
1,1
1,2
1,3
1,4
1,5
1,6
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,1
2,2
2,3
2,4
2,5
2,6
2,7
2,8
2,9
3,0
3,1
3,2
3,3
3,4
3,5
3,6
3,7
3,8
3,9
4,0
4,1
4,2
4,3
4,4
4,5
4,6
4,7
4,8
4,9
5,0
Adjustment
position
Red
Min (p) Rotation
(kPa)
405,9
527,4
448,9
470,4
491,9
513,4
534,9
556,4
577,9
599,4
620,9
642,4
663,9
685,4
706,9
728,4
749,9
771,4
792,9
814,4
835,9
857,4
878,9
900,4
921,9
943,4
964,9
986,5
1008,0
1029,0
1051,0
1072,0
1094,0
1115,0
1137,0
1158,0
1180,0
1201,0
1223,0
1244,0
1266,0
29
30
30
31
31
32
32
33
34
34
35
35
36
37
38
38
39
40
41
42
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
58
59
60
61
62
64
1,0
1,1
1,2
1,3
1,4
1,5
1,6
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,1
2,2
2,3
2,4
2,5
2,6
2,7
2,8
2,9
3,0
3,1
3,2
3,3
3,4
3,5
3,6
3,7
3,8
3,9
4,0
4,1
4,2
4,3
4,4
4,5
4,6
4,7
4,8
4,9
5,0
17400 kPa
l/h
Adjustment
position
Black
Min (p) Rotation
(kPa)
1048,0
1203,4
1355,9
1505,6
1652,4
1796,3
1937,3
2075,4
2210,7
2343,0
2472,5
2599,1
2722,8
2843,6
2961,6
3076,6
3188,8
3298,1
3404,5
3508,0
3608,7
3706,4
3801,3
3893,3
3982,4
4068,6
4152,0
4232,4
4310,0
4384,7
4456,5
4525,4
4591,5
4654,6
4714,9
4772,3
4826,8
4878,4
4927,2
4973,0
5016,0
17
17
17
17
17
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
1,0
1,1
1,2
1,3
1,4
1,5
1,6
1,7
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,1
2,2
2,3
2,4
2,5
2,6
2,7
2,8
2,9
3,0
3,1
3,2
3,3
3,4
3,5
3,6
3,7
3,8
3,9
4,0
4,1
4,2
4,3
4,4
4,5
4,6
4,7
4,8
4,9
5,0
Accessories
100
Code
100000
130 FLOMET
100
Pair of fittings with fast coupling syringe for
connection of the pressure ports to the
measuring instruments.
Female 1/4 threaded connection.
Max working pressure: 10 bar.
Max working temperature: 110C.
Code
100010
1/4
Code
130000
130001
Application diagrams
In heating and air-conditioning systems, the regulators are preferably installed on the circuit return pipe. Some typical installation examples are
given below.
2
5
4
3
5
3
5
4
5
4
3
2
3
2
T.A.
2
2
5
2
5
4
3
2
1
T.A.
2
1
5
4
4
3
2
1
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
To ensure the design flow rates (with both valve open and
valve closed) to the various zones of a system.
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
118 series
Automatic flow regulator with adjustable cartridge. 1/2 F connections (from 1/2 to 1 1/4), 1/4 F pressure port. Brass
pressure port plugs and body. Polymer adjustable cartridge with HNBR diaphragm. EPDM hydraulic seals. Medium: water and
glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 50%. Maximum working pressure 25 bar. Temperature range 0100C.
p range 17210 kPa (17400 kPa, 30400 kPa, 35400 kPa). Range of flow rate from 0,10 to 5,00 m3/h. Accuracy 5%.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data contained in this publication at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Thermostatic regulator
for domestic hot water recirculation circuits
116 series
CALEFFI
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01139/06 GB
Function
The thermostatic regulator is used for automatic balancing of
recirculation circuits in domestic hot water distribution systems, so
as to ensure that all parts of the network reach the required
temperature.
It is also equipped with a by-pass mechanism, either manual or
automatic with thermoelectric actuator, to be used in the event of
thermal disinfection against Legionella.
Product range
Thermostatic regulator for recirculation circuit
Thermoelectric actuator for 116 series
Thermoelectric actuator for 116 series
Dimensions
Technical specifications
body:
adjustable cartridge:
springs:
hydraulic seals:
Performance:
Medium:
Temperature setting range:
Factory set:
Accuracy:
Max. working temperature:
Max. working pressure:
Max. pressure differential:
Connections:
water
3565C
55C
2C
100C
10 bar
1 bar
1/23/4 F
1/4 F with plug
A
Materials: -
116 series
Code 116002
Code 116004
Normally closed-ON/OFF
Electric supply:
Power consumption:
Insulation:
Protection class:
Ambient temperature range:
Operating time:
Length of supply cable:
Thermoelectric actuator
Code
116040
116050
A
1/2
3/4
B
80
80
C
31
31
D
97
97
D
132
132
Weight (kg)
0,61
0,56
Operating principle
P (kPa)
P (mm w.g.)
2000
20
1800
1600
1400
18
16
14
1200
12
9
8
7
10
1000
Thermostatic
operation 5K
900
800
700
By-pass
operation
600
500
450
400
350
4,5
4
3,5
300
250
2,5
200
1,8
1,6
1,4
180
160
140
120
1,2
100
90
80
70
0,9
0,8
0,7
60
0,6
50
450
400
500
350
300
250
180
160
200
140
120
80
90
100
70
60
40
35
30
25
18
16
45
50
G (l/h)
To correctly size the recirculation pump head, add the loss of head
of the valve to the loss of head of the most disadvantaged circuit.
Hydraulic characteristics
1,4
Example
1,2
1
Kv - (m3/h)
20
14
10
12
0,5
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
0,8
0,6
Flow rate for the riser, which therefore passes through the
thermostatic regulator:
G = 12 20 0,860/2= 103 l/h
0,4
0,2
0
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
System sizing
The thermostatic regulators are used for automatic balancing of the
various branches of domestic hot water recirculation circuits, so as
to ensure the required temperature in each section, to prevent the
growth of Legionella and limit heat losses.
The recirculation circuits are generally sized according to the flow
rate required for each branch, based on the allowed heat loss and
the corresponding decrease in temperature along the pipe.
Generally speaking, the maximum allowed temperature drop
between the point of departure from the heating plant and the point
of return to the latter is 5C.
According to the flow rate, determined using the various calculation
methods, it is possible to calculate the loss of head caused by
passage through the thermostatic regulator, using the graphs
provided below.
The curves for the loss of head are shown with:
- valve in thermostatic operating mode. In this case, reference is
made to an average aperture corresponding to 5K, between the
valve set temperature and the incoming water temperature,
bearing in mind the losses along the pipe. This value allows the
head required for the recirculation pump to be limited. It is also
always necessary to take care to ensure the minimum flow
rate required by the mixers in the heating plant.
- valve in by-pass operating mode. In this case, the valve obturator
is fully open and the minimum loss of head is produced during
thermal disinfection against Legionella.
20m
Installation
By-pass
Temperature setting
The regulator is supplied with a factory temperature setting of 55C.
The temperature is set at the desired value by turning the upper
screw with the control key. The graded scale shows the
temperatures to which the indicator can be set.
After adjustment, screw the black protective cover all the way down
to activate thermostatic operation.
Maintenance
The preassembled cartridge containing the control components
can be removed from the valve body for checking, cleaning or
replacement.
Checking temperature
The valve body is fitted with threaded connectors, which can be
used for pressure/temperature ports to check the temperature
reached and the loss of head.
Application diagrams
nu
all eentu iidd o
m otta
meetnttteem
tn e rreep
o edd p
nu
all eentu iidd o
m otta
meetnttteem
tn e rreep
o edd p
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
116 series
Thermostatic regulator for domestic hot water recirculation circuits. Connections 1/2 and 3/4 F. Pressure port
connections 1/4 F with plug. Brass body. Adjustable PPS cartridge. Stainless steel springs. EPDM hydraulic seals.
Regulation temperature range 3565C. Factory setting 55C. Precision 2C. Maximum working temperature 100C.
Code 116002
Thermoelectric actuator for 116 series, normally closed-ON/OFF. Power supply 230 V (ac). Power consumption 1,8 W.
Insulation class II. Protection class IP 54. Ambient temperature range 060C. Operating time 150200 s. Power cable
length 1 m.
Code 116004
Thermoelectric actuator for 116 series, normally closed-ON/OFF. Power supply 24 V (ac). Power consumption 1,8 W.
Insulation class II. Protection class IP 54. Ambient temperature range 060C. Operating time 150200 s. Power cable
length 1 m.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data contained in this publication at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
ISO 9001
CALEFFI
01140/07 GB
Function
Convertible radiator valves and lockshields are typically used to
shut off and balance the flow rate of medium on the terminal
emitters of heating and air-conditioning systems.
Whereas thermostatic control head are used in automatically
regulating the ambient temperature on the set value: for this
purpose convertible radiator valves can be converted from manual
to thermostatic by simply replacing the control knob with the
thermostatic control.
The chrome-plating and special design of this series of
products make them particularly suited to the styling
requirements of designer heating systems.
Product range
VALVES
4001 Series
4003 Series
Convertible radiator valve and square lockshield, HIGH-STYLE, for designer heating systems
Convertible radiator valve with double right square and double left square lockshield,
HIGH-STYLE, for designer heating systems
4004 Series Convertible radiator valve with double left square and double right square lockshield,
HIGH-STYLE, for designer heating systems
Code 387127 Multipurpose wrench for unions
Body:
brass EN 12165 CW617N, high chrome finish
Control device upper port: brass EN 12164 CW614N
Obturator control stem:
stainless steel
Spring:
stainless steel
Lockshield obturator
control stem:
brass EN 12164 CW614N
- Hydraulic seals:
EPDM
- Control knob:
ABS, high chrome finish
- Knob cap:
PA, high chrome finish
- Lockshield knob:
brass EN 12164 CW614N,
high chrome finish
- Pipe-cover shell:
ABS, high chrome finish
- 1/2 x 23 p.1,5
water, glycol solutions
30%
10 bar
1 bar
5100C
0C
7C
12C
234
16C
20C
24C
28C
05
028C
~ 7C
50C
Dimensions
31
31
58
A
58
58
A
31
31
58
Code
Code
Weight (kg)
0,86
Weight (kg)
0,86
RH version
48
D
F
58
A
E
B
A
58
D
A
31
31
Code
Weight (kg)
0,86
LH version
48
58
A
58
58
A
48
Code
Code
Code
400100 + 20001.
23 p.1,5
1/2
32,5
400300 +20001.
23 p.1,5
1/2
31
400400+20001.
12
1/2
31
Code
Weight (kg)
Code
Weight (kg)
Code
Weight (kg)
106,5
48,5
0,55
400300 +20001.
5580
109
47
0,55
400412+20001.
5580
109
47
0,55
A
Code
20001. 30 p.1,5
Weight (kg)
80
48
52,5
35
36
0,21
Operating principle of
thermostatic control head
Valve
shut
Valve
open
Construction details
The
coupling
between
valve/lockshield and designer
heating system must be made
using the specific tailpiece with
sealing (1a), to be screwed
onto the radiator using the
code 387127 Caleffi union
wrench. On completing the
coupling, lock the valve to the
tailpiece by screwing the
socket head screw into the hole
shown.
1a
Valve
The stainless steel control stem (1) has an EPDM double seal
O-Ring (2) - (3). In this way the upper portion of the control device
upper port (4) can be replaced even with the system running.
The obturator (5) is shaped so as to optimize the hydraulic
characteristics of the valve during the progressive action of
opening or closing in thermostatic operation.
The wide passage between the seat and obturator causes reduced
head losses in manual operation.
Lockshield
The hydraulic seal of the lockshield is ensured by using the
EPDM O-Rings on the control device upper port (1) and on the
control stem of the lockshield (2) while the O-Ring on the obturator
(3) enables
shutting off
2
1
3
the radiator
completely.
Hydraulic characteristics
Convertible radiator valves with square connections,
high-style, with manual adjustment, code 400100.
p (mm w.g.)
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
50
5000
50
2000
20
2000
20
1000
10
1000
10
500
500
200
200
100
100
100
G (l/h)
G (l/h)
p (kPa)
3000
2000
s-2K
1000
2000
0,1
1000
0,2
10
500
20
200
0,5
50
50
10
500
50
2000
0,1
1000
0,2
10
200
20
100
0,5
20
50
20
5000
30
20
3000
2000
p (kPa)
30
20
10
1000
500
500
200
200
100
100
10
s-2K
Kv0 01 = 60 l/h
lly
ta
to
2000
1000
20
2000
20
10
1000
500
200
100
100
500
p (kPa)
50
200
200
5000
500
p (kPa)
50
2000
1000
G (l/h)
en
op
p (mm w.g.)
10
1
2
5
2
op
en
p (mm w.g.)
5000
100
50
10
G (l/h)
to
ta
lly
Kv0,01 = 56 l/h
50
0,1
20
0,2
10
2000
20
0,1
1000
0,2
10
500
20
200
0,5
100
50
20
0,5
10
50
1 turn
2 turns
3 turns
4 turns
F.O.
Kv0,01 (l/h)
21
37
84
151
192
G (l/h)
Reg. pos.
1 turn
2 turns
3 turns
4 turns
F.O.
Kv0,01 (l/h)
2000
1000
500
0,5
200
100
100
50
20
10
Reg. pos.
50
0,1
20
0,2
10
10
20
0,1
2000
0,2
10
1000
20
500
50
200
0,5
50
G (l/h)
21
34
90
130
137
System sizing
For correct system sizing, the valves are normally selected by identifying the pressure drop in accordance with the flow on diagrams
s-2K as above (regulation with proportional band of 2K).
2.
3. Re-lock the
ring. The valve
will now have a
temperature
range restriction
from 0 to the set
value.
2.
3. Re-lock the
ring. The valve
will now be
locked at the set
temperature.
Position the
valve at the
required
temperature
and turn the ring
clockwise up to
the stop.
1. Using a
screw-driver, unlock
the ring, pressing it
fully towards the
valve body.
2. Turn the
knob to the fully
open position
and the ring
anti-clockwise,
up to the stop.
The RESET
arrows will
match up.
3. Re-lock the
ring. The valve
will now no
longer have any
temperature
restriction or lock.
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
4001 Series
Square convertible radiator valve and lockshield HIGH-STYLE for designer heating systems, high chrome finish; valve
fitted for thermostatic and electro-thermal controls. Connections for piping 23 p.1,5. Connection to the radiator 1/2 M
with EPDM pre-seal nipples supplied. Brass body. ABS valve knob and PA cap, chrome-plated. Brass lockshield knob,
chrome-plated. Stainless steel obturator control stem and stainless steel valve spring. Brass lockshield obturator control
stem, chrome-plated. Valve with double seal on the control stem with EPDM O-Ring. Brass control device upper port,
chrome-plated ABS pipe-cover shells, chrome-plated. Allen wrench for tightening valve. Medium: water and glycol
solutions; Maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Max differential pressure with control
fitted 1 bar. Temperature range 5100C.
4003 Series
Right double square convertible radiator valves valve and left double square lockshield HIGH-STYLE for designer heating
systems, high chrome finish; valve fitted for thermostatic and electro-thermal controls. Connections for piping 23 p.1,5.
Connection to the radiator 1/2 M with EPDM pre-seal nipples supplied. Brass body. ABS valve knob and PA cap,
chrome-plated. Brass lockshield knob, chrome-plated. Stainless steel obturator control stem and stainless steel valve
spring. Brass lockshield obturator control stem, chrome-plated. Valve with double seal on the control stem with EPDM
O-Ring. Brass control device upper port, chrome-plated ABS pipe-cover shells, chrome-plated. Allen wrench for
tightening valve. Medium: water and glycol solutions; Maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Maximum working pressure
10 bar. Max differential pressure with control fitted 1 bar. Temperature range 5100C.
4004 Series
Left double square convertible radiator valves valve and right double square lockshield HIGH-STYLE for designer heating
systems, high chrome finish; valve fitted for thermostatic and electro-thermal controls. Connections for piping 23 p.1,5.
Connection to the radiator 1/2 M with EPDM pre-seal nipples supplied. Brass body. ABS valve knob and PA cap,
chrome-plated. Brass lockshield knob, chrome-plated. Stainless steel obturator control stem and stainless steel valve
spring. Brass lockshield obturator control stem, chrome-plated. Valve with double seal on the control stem with EPDM
O-Ring. Brass control device upper port, chrome-plated ABS pipe-cover shells, chrome-plated. Allen wrench for
tightening valve. Medium: water and glycol solutions; Maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Maximum working pressure
10 bar. Max differential pressure with control fitted 1 bar. Temperature range 5100C.
Code 200015
-Thermostatic control for HIGH-STYLE convertible radiator valves or thermostatic radiator valves for designer heating
systems. Sensor incorporated with liquid-sensitive element. High chrome finish. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Max
differential pressure with control fitted 1 bar. Temperature range 5100C. Max ambient temperature 50C. Graduated
scale from 0 to 5 corresponding to a temperature adjustment range from 0 to 28C, with the possibility of locking and
limiting the temperature. Antifreeze trigger ~7C.
- Tamperproof antitheft cap for thermostatic control head, for use in public places, high chrome finish.
- Special wrench for tightening tamperproof antitheft cap, code 209004.
Code 387127
Multipurpose wrench. Can be used for unions from 3/8 to 1.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data contained in this publication at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
CALEFFI
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01141/06 GB
Function
The Autoflow devices are automatic flow regulators capable of
maintaining a constant flow rate of the medium as the operating
conditions of the hydronic circuit change. They automatically
balance the hydronic circuit and ensure the design flow rate at each
terminal emitter.
In this particular series, the devices are equipped with an innovative
and exclusive regulator element made of high-resistance polymer,
selected for use in air-conditioning and plumbing systems.
With this new regulator, the devices provide silent operation,
accuracy in control, insensitivity to scale and a long service life.
The devices are available in both the version as a flow regulator and
in the version completed with a shut-off ball valve.
Patent application No. MI2004A001549
Product range
121 series Automatic flow regulator with high-resistance polymer cartridge and ball valve
126 series Automatic flow regulator with high-resistance polymer cartridge
Technical specifications
series
Materials
Body:
Autoflow cartridge:
Spring:
Seals:
Ball:
Ball seat:
Control stem seal:
Lever:
Pressure port plugs:
121
126
1/21 1/4 F
1/4 F
1/4 F
Performance
Medium:
Maximum percentage of glycol:
Maximum working pressure:
Working temperature range:
p Range:
Flow rates:
Accuracy:
Connections
Pressure ports connections
Dimensions
D
A
C
FI
LEF
CA
FFI
LE
CA
B
Code
121141 ...
121151 ...
121161 ...
121171 ...
A
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1 1/4"
B
156,5
159,5
218,5
220,5
B
C
50
50
96
96
D
50
50
66
66
E
100
100
120
120
F
1/4"
1/4"
1/2"
1/2"
Weight (kg)
1,00
1,00
1,85
1,87
Code
126141 ...
126151 ...
126161 ...
126171 ...
A
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1 1/4"
B
101
106
140
148
C
50
50
96
96
F
1/4"
1/4"
1/2"
1/2"
Weight (kg)
0,45
0,48
1,36
1,24
Circuit balancing
DYNAMIC CIRCUIT BALANCING
Modern heating and air-conditioning systems have to guarantee a high level of thermal comfort with a low consumption of energy. This means
supplying the system terminal emitters with the correct design flow rates, to produce balanced hydraulic circuits.
Unbalanced circuits
If a circuit is not
balanced,
the
hydraulic imbalance
between emitters
creates areas with
temperatures which
are not unifor m,
problems with thermal
comfort, and higher
energy consumption.
Flow rate
50 %
17
140 %
22
24
180 %
Flow rate
Flow rate
100 %
100 %
140 %
Regulating
valve
0%
100 %
120 %
Manual valve
FULL LOAD
PARTIAL LOAD
Flow rate
100 %
100 %
CALEF
FI
CALEF
FI
100 %
0%
CALEF
FI
Regulating
valve
100 %
CALEF
FI
CALEF
FI
100 %
CALEF
FI
Autoflow
FULL LOAD
PARTIAL LOAD
Autoflow devices
Function
The AUTOFLOW device has to guarantee a constant flow rate when its upstream/downstream pressure differential varies.
It is therefore necessary to refer to the p - flow rate diagram and a basic diagram illustrating the methods of operation and the effects of the
relevant variables.
Principle of operation
The regulating element of these devices is a piston and a cylinder that has side apertures, of fixed and variable geometry, through which the
medium flows. These apertures are governed by the movement of the piston on which the thrust of the medium acts. A specially calibrated
spring counteracts this movement.
Autoflows are high performance automatic regulators. They regulate the flow rates selected within a very tight tolerance (approx. 10%) and
offer a wide range of operation.
FLOW RATE
G0
Control range
Final p
G0
Initial p
FLOW RATE
G0
Construction details
New polymer regulator
The flow-rate regulator element is made entirely of high-resistance
polymer, specially chosen for use in air-conditioning and plumbing
systems.
Its mechanical behaviour is excellent in a wide range of working
temperatures, it features high resistance to abrasion due to the
medium flowing continuously, it is insensitive to the deposit of scale
and is fully compatible with the glycols and additives used in circuits.
Exclusive design
The new regulator, thanks to its exclusive design, is able to
accurately regulate the flow rate in a wide range of operating
pressures. A special internal chamber acts as a damper for the
beating and vibration triggered by the flow of the medium, making
sure the device works quietly.
For these reasons it can be used in system circuits on both zone
outlets and directly at the terminal emitters.
Ball valve
The control stem of the ball valve has a blowout-proof stem and the
reversible closing lever is covered with vinyl. If there are any
insulated pipes, it can be changed with the extended lever series 117.
Replaceable cartridge
The internal regulator is assembled in the form of a self contained
cartridge so as to permit easy removal from the body for inspection
or replacement. It is equipped with a special automatic fixing system
with wire and an operating ring for fast and safe positioning without
using tools.
FI
LEF
CA
p (kPa)
d.
co
ge
Ran
I
LEFF
CA
18
150
p
=
/h
a
kP
FI
LEF
CA
d.
co
ge
Ran
I
LEFF
CA
18
150
p
=
m
a
kP
/h
Regulating valve
Autoflow
p absorbed by Autoflow
at 100% load
H pump
minimum p requested by
Autoflow
p branch circuit
at nominal flow rate
4
Terminal
Flow-rate tables
Code
121141
121151
121161
121171
Code
126141
126151
126161
126171
kv0,01 (l/h)
Minimum working
p (kPa)
1.690
1.773
1.800
1.850
15
15
15
15
kv0,01 (l/h)
Minimum working
p (kPa)
1.669
1.758
1.400
1.450
15
15
15
15
p Range
(kPa)
15200
15200
15200
15200
p Range
(kPa)
15200
15200
15200
15200
0,12; 0,15; 0,2; 0,25; 0,3; 0,35; 0,4; 0,5; 0,6; 0,7; 0,8; 0,9; 1,0; 1,2
0,12; 0,15; 0,2; 0,25; 0,3; 0,35; 0,4; 0,5; 0,6; 0,7; 0,8; 0,9; 1,0; 1,2
0,5; 0,6; 0,7; 0,8; 0,9; 1,0; 1,2; 1,4; 1,6; 1,8; 2,0
0,5; 0,6; 0,7; 0,8; 0,9; 1,0; 1,2; 1,4; 1,6; 1,8; 2,0
0,12; 0,15; 0,2; 0,25; 0,3; 0,35; 0,4; 0,5; 0,6; 0,7; 0,8; 0,9; 1,0; 1,2
0,12; 0,15; 0,2; 0,25; 0,3; 0,35; 0,4; 0,5; 0,6; 0,7; 0,8; 0,9; 1,0; 1,2
0,5; 0,6; 0,7; 0,8; 0,9; 1,0; 1,2; 1,4; 1,6; 1,8; 2,0
0,5; 0,6; 0,7; 0,8; 0,9; 1,0; 1,2; 1,4; 1,6; 1,8; 2,0
Example
Autoflow 126 series dimension 1 with flow rate G0 = 1200 l/h and p Range 15200 kPa:
prequired = pAutoflow + pbody = 15 + (G0 /kv0,01)2 = 15 + (1200 /1400)2 = 15,7 kPa
Pump head H = pcircuit + prequired
3rd
5th
SERIES
1st
SIZE
5th
7th
SERIES
SIZE
2nd
8th
3rd
9th
6th
7th
8th
9th
Complete code
FLOW RATE
AND p RANGE
4th
1st
121
126
Size
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1 1/4"
Digit
digit
m3/h
digit
m3/h
digit
m3/h
digit
m3/h
digit
m3/h
digit
0,12
0,15
0,20
M12
M15
M20
0,25
0,30
0,35
M25
M30
M35
0,40
0,50
0,60
M40
M50
M60
0,70
0,80
0,90
M70
M80
M90
1,00
1,20
1,40
1M0
1M2
1M4
1,60
1,80
2,00
1M6
1M8
2M0
Applications of Autoflow (
Installation of Autoflow
In air-conditioning systems, AUTOFLOW devices must preferably be installed on the circuit return pipe.
Some typical installation examples are given below.
T.A.
T.A.
Applications of Autoflow (
Accessories
120 FILTER Version
Combination of filter
and ball valve.
Y-filter.
Brass body.
Stainless steel
filter cartridge.
Maximum working pressure:
25 bar
Temperature range:
0110C
Filter mesh :
1/2-1 1/4: 0,87 mm
Fitted for connecting pressure ports and drain valve.
Brass body.
Stainless steel filter cartridge.
Maximum working pressure:
Temperature range:
Filter mesh :
Code
Code
120141
120151
120161
120171
kv0.01 (l/h)
000
000
000
000
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1.687
1.725
1.665
1.723
Head losses
- The stated values of kv0,01 refer to the body of the device with filter.
25 bar
-20110C
1/2-1 1/4: 0,87 mm
125141
125151
125161
125171
kv0.01 (l/h)
000
000
000
000
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
0,688
0,705
1.410
1.494
Head losses
- The stated values of kv0,01 refer to the body of the device with filter.
130 FLOMET
100
Code
130000
130001
supply 230 V
battery operated
Code
100000
1/4
117
Dual-purpose ball valve control handle:
- valve open/close control possible,
even when insulation is fitted thanks to
extended lever;
- memory stop position by means of
mechanically-locking selector.
Useful if you want to create a certain loss of head
in the user circuit and you want to keep it even
after subsequently closing and reopening the
valve.
100
Pair of fittings with fast-coupling syringe for
connection of pressure ports to measuring
instruments.
Female 1/4 threaded connection.
Max. working pressure: 10 bar.
Max. working temperature: 110C.
Code
100010
Code
Use
117000
117001
1/4
538
Drain cock
with hose connection.
Code
538201
538401
1/4
1/2
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
121 series
Automatic flow regulator and ball valve, Autoflow. Brass body. High-resistance polymer cartridge. Stainless steel spring. EPDM
seals. Chrome-plated brass ball. PTFE ball seat and stem seal. Zinc-plated steel lever. POM pressure port plugs. Medium:
water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 50%. Maximum working pressure 16 bar. Temperature range
0100C. Accuracy 10%. p Range 15200 kPa. Range of available flow rates: 0,122,0 m3/h. Connections 1/2 (3/4, 1
and 1 1/4) F with union x F.
126 series
Automatic flow regulator, Autoflow. Brass body. High-resistance polymer cartridge. Stainless steel spring. EPDM seals. POM
pressure port plugs. Medium: water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 50%. Maximum working pressure
16 bar. Temperature range 0100C. Accuracy 10%. p Range 15200 kPa. Range of available flow rates: 0,122,0 m3/h.
Connections 1/2 (3/4, 1 and 1 1/4) F x F.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
CALEFFI
cert. n 0003
ISO 9001
01142/06 GB
Function
The thermo-electric actuator, coupled with zone valves and distribution manifolds
for radiant panel systems and radiators, performs the function of making the
medium shut-off automatic with control by the room thermostat or another electrical
switch.
The thermo-electric actuator 6563 series is equipped with a control knob for manual
opening, valve opening/closing indicator and a device for returning to automatic
operation from the manual position when the electricity supply is restored.
Patent application No. MI 2005 A 000742.
Reference documentation
-
Tech. broch.
Tech. broch.
Tech. broch.
Tech. broch.
Product range
Code 656302 Thermo-electric actuator with manual opening and position indicator
Code 656304 Thermo-electric actuator with manual opening and position indicator
Code 656312 Thermo-electric actuator with manual opening, position indicator and auxiliary microswitch
Code 656314 Thermo-electric actuator with manual opening, position indicator and auxiliary microswitch
Technical specifications
Materials: - protective shell
- colour
Dimensions
self-extinguishing polycarbonate
(codes 656302/04) white RAL 9010
(codes 656312/14) grey RAL 9002
Normally closed
Electric supply:
Starting current:
Working current:
Code
6563..
A
M 30 x 1,5
B
76
C
42
Weight (kg)
0,18
Principle of operation
Construction details
The thermo-electric actuator 6563 series is equipped with an
automatic valve opening position indicator, a knob for opening the
valve manually and a mechanism for returning to automatic mode if
the electricity supply is restored.
The control knob for manual opening and the automatic return from
the manual to the automatic position is particularly useful when
testing or servicing the system if:
ON
OFF
ON
Electrical connections
Installation
1
0
RT
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
BLACK
BLACK
BROWN
BLUE
CALEFFI
BROWN
BLUE
RT
20
CALEFFI
80
CALEFFI
Coupling table
656302
656304
656312
656314
676
663
677
678
666-668
670
CALEFFI
Hydraulic characteristics
656302, 656304,
656312, 656314 +
code 668000
10
8
6
4
2
0
DN
kv0,01
(l/h)
pmax *
370
1/21 370/100
370/100
12
12
12
663
666
668
670
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1
25
25
25
25
* Maximum pressure differential assured by the servo control for regular operation
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
(m w.g.)
676
677
678
287
287
287
240
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
1
2
3
4
5
6
Applications
The thermo-electric actuators with manual opening and
position indicator can be installed in the various types of
systems listed below:
RT
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
In systems with fan coils, if you want to fit them with valves to
shut off the medium automatically.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
40
60
20
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
RT
CALEFFI
Mod.
357
CALEFFI
- shut off each circuit directly from the manifold, with less work and
expense to make the electrical connections.
CALEFFI
RT
C
50
40
30
20
10
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
C
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
C
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
BAGNO
CUCINA
PRANZO
C
50
ENTRATA
CAMERA
C. MATRIM.
C
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
C
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
50
40
30
20
10
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
1
2
CUCINA
1
2
ENTRATA
1
2
PRANZO
CAMERA
C. MATRIM.
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Codes 656302/04
Thermo-electric actuator with manual opening and position indicator. Normally closed. Self-extinguishing polycarbonate
protective shell. RAL 9010 white colour. Supply voltage: 230 V (ac); 24 V (ac); 24 V (dc). Starting current: 1 A. Working current:
13 mA (230 V (ac)), 140 mA (24 V (ac) - 24 V (dc)). Power consumption: 3 W. Protection class: IP 40. Made with double insulation.
Maximum ambient temperature: 50C. Operating time opening/closing from 120 to 180 s. Length of supply cable: 80 cm.
Codes 656312/14
Thermo-electric actuator with manual opening and position indicator. Normally closed with auxiliary microswitch.
Self-extinguishing polycarbonate protective shell. RAL 9002 grey colour. Supply voltage: 230 V (ac); 24 V (ac); 24 V (dc). Starting
current: 1 A. Working current: 13 mA (230 V (ac)), 140 mA (24 V (ac) - 24 V (dc)). Power consumption 3 W. Auxiliary microswitch
contacts rating 0,8 A (230 V). Protection class: IP 40. Made with double insulation. Maximum ambient temperature: 50C.
Operating time opening/closing from 120 to 180 s. Length of supply cable: 80 cm.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
IS
257 series
TERE
CALEFFI
01143/07 GB
Function
The differential regulator acquires the temperature signals from the
probes installed at the panel outlet and in the boiler, calculates the
difference between the two temperatures and, by comparison with
the set value, commands the primary solar circuit circulation pump.
The thermostat controls the storage temperature and activates
thermal integration from alternative sources to solar energy (water
heaters, electricity, etc.). In addition, it can control the diverter
valves in solar panels with natural circulation in order to utilize the
albeit minimal available energy.
Product range
Code 257020
Differential temperature regulator for solar heating systems, with relay output. Complete with box, contact probe and
immersion probe with pocket.
Code 257030
Thermostat for solar heating systems, with relay output. For thermal integration control and diverter valves. Complete with box
and contact probe.
Code 257040
Regulator and thermostat for solar heating systems, with relay output. Complete with box, 1 contact probe and 2 immersion
probes with pocket.
Code 257010
Differential temperature regulator for solar heating systems with relay output. Complete with contact probe and immersion
probe with pocket.
Technical specifications
Boxes
Dimensions:
230 V 6% - 50 Hz
1,45 VA
6 A (230 V)
220 K
2 K ( 1 K)
50C
4 kV
3 DIN
Thermostat
Electric supply:
Power consumption:
Contacts rating on switch-over:
Adjustable temperature range:
Hysteresis:
Max ambient temperature:
Alarm output contact:
Insulation test:
Dimensions:
230 V 6% - 50 Hz
1,45 VA
6 (2) A (230 V)
2090C
1K
50C
24 V / 20 mA
4 kV
3 DIN
- Code 257001:
- Code 257003:
Protection class:
Temperature probes
NTC type
Working range:
Two-wire cable
Length of cable:
4 DIN
6 DIN
IP 65
-20100C
2 m (can be extended to 200 m
in case of a cable with 0,5 mm2 cross-section)
14616
13211
11958
10839
9838
8941
8132
7405
6752
6164
C
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
C
5634 20
5155 22
4721 24
4329 26
3974 28
3652 30
3360 32
3094 34
2852 36
2632 38
2431
2247
2079
1925
1785
1657
1539
1430
1331
1239
C
40
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
1154
1004
938
876
819
767
718
673
631
592
C
62
64
66
68
70
72
74
76
78
80
556
522
491
462
434
409
386
364
343
324
C
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
98
100
306
290
274
260
246
233
221
210
199
189
A
Code
A
257020 122
B
47
D
C
D Weight (Kg)
200 112
1,2
C
B
C
B
C
B
Dimensions
A
Code
A
257030 122
B
47
D
C
D Weight(Kg)
200 112
1,4
A
Code
A
257040 160
B
47
D
D Weight(Kg)
C
200 112
1,83
Characteristic components
Operation
-00
CALEFFI
50
40
20
60
70
30
80
C
90
Sonda
ON
AC 24V 50Hz
AC 230V
T50
6(2)A
4
5
1
0
80
100
20
0
80
60
40
60
120
40
140
20
160
100
120
140
160
2
5
4
3
2
1
0
-00
Differential
temperature
regulator
CALEFFI
Probe
TF
1
TF
2
Thermostat
50
SH
60
40
70
30
80
20
N L
AC 24V 50Hz
AC 230V
6(2)A
T50
SH
FROM / TO
BOILER
ON
Diff. Temp.
N L
90
TF
Thermostat
The thermostat, using the probe, measures the temperature of the
natural or forced circulation solar storage, according to the type of
application; should it be below the set value, the thermostat will
activate a contact powering the device connected to it. On solar
regulator systems, a value equal to or greater than 55C is set. It is
recommended to carry out periodic heat treatment to the hot water
storage to prevent any possible growth of Legionella.
Assembly
The regulator and the thermostat are set up for assembly on a DIN bar,
in a box or in a wiring cabinet.
257
257
Code
257001
Code
257010
257
257
257003
257000
150
257
150009
Code
257002
150
150
150029
1/4 M
150006
Application diagrams
Example of connection between thermostat and natural circulation solar heating system.
The device controls the diverter valve according to the temperature detected in the solar water storage. If the temperature is not sufficient, the
domestic water is passed through the hot water storage controlled by the boiler.
Shut-off valve
Pressure reducing valve
Tundish
Check valve
T/P safety relief valve
2
HOT
70
80
COLD
MAX 7
60
MIN
20
CALEFFI
50
40
30
90
Temperature gauge
Expansion vessel
T
Pump
Safety relief valve
Normally
closed valve
Example of combined connection of thermostat and regulator to a forced circulation solar heating system.
The regulator controls the circulation unit pump according to the temperature detected on the solar panel and in the lower part of the water
storage. If the temperature detected in the upper part of the storage is insufficient, the thermostat integrates it by starting the pump.
Shut-off valve
Pump
Air vent
Expansion vessel
Safety relief valve
4
5
1
0
80
60
60
100
120
40
120
20
140
20
140
80
100
40
160
160
5
4
3
2
1
0
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 257020
Differential temperature regulator for solar heating systems, complete with box, contact probe and immersion probe
with pocket. Electrical supply 230 V 6% - 50 Hz. Nominal power consumption 1,45 VA. Contact rating 6 A (230 V).
T adjustment range 220 K. Hysteresis 2 K ( 1 K). Maximum ambient temperature 50C. Insulation test 4 kV.
Dimensions 3 DIN. Box: Dimensions 4 DIN. Dimensions (w x h x d) 122 x 200 x 112 mm. Protection class IP 65.
Code 257030
Thermostat for solar heating systems. Complete with box and contact probe. Electrical supply 230 V 6% - 50 Hz.
Nominal power consumption 1,45 VA. Contacts rating on switch-over 6 (2) A (230 V). Adjustable temperature range
2090C. Hysteresis 1 K. Maximum ambient temperature 50C. Alarm output contact 24 V, 20 mA. Insulation test 4 kV.
Dimensions 3 DIN. Box: dimensions 4 DIN. Dimensions (w x h x d) 122 x 200 x 112 mm. Protection class IP 65.
Code 257040
Regulator and thermostat for solar heating systems. Complete with box, 1 contact probe and 2 immersion probes with
pocket. Regulator: electrical supply 230 V 6% - 50 Hz. Nominal power consumption 1,45 VA. Contacts rating on switch-over
6 A (230 V). T adjustment range 220 K. Hysteresis 2 K ( 1 K). Maximum ambient temperature 50C. Insulation test 4 kV.
Dimensions 3 DIN. Thermostat: electrical supply 230 V 6% - 50 Hz. Nominal power consumption 1,45 VA. Contacts
rating on switch-over 6 (2) A (230 V). Adjustable temperature range 2090C. Hysteresis 1 K. Maximum ambient
temperature 50C. Alarm output contact 24 V / 20 mA. Insulation test 4 kV. Dimensions 3 DIN. Box: dimensions 6 DIN.
Dimensions (w x h x d) 160 x 200 x 112 mm. Protection class IP 65.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2007 Calef fi S.P.A.
IS
668...S1 series
TERE
CALEFFI
UNI EN ISO 9001:2000
Cert. n 0003
01144/07 GB
Function
Distribution manifolds for radiant panel systems are used to
optimally distribute the heating fluid in floor heating system circuits
and ultimately improve the control of heat emission from the panels.
They are offered in a pre-assembled version comprehensive of:
flow meters to regulate and check the flow rate on the flow
manifold; manual shut-off valves designed for thermo-electric
actuator on the return manifold; end fittings comprehensive of
automatic air vent and multi-position valves to fill/drain the system;
differential by-pass kit to keep the head balanced as the flow rate
varies; pair of ball shut-off valves and brackets for box or wall
mounting.
Reference Documentation
- Tech. Brochure 01041 Automatic flow regulator with stainless
steel cartridge 120 - 125 - 103 series
- Tech. Brochure 01042 Thermo-electric actuator 6561 series
- Tech. Brochure 01142 Thermo-electric actuator with manual
opening and position indicator 6563 series
- Tech. Brochure 01054 Automatic air vent 5020 series
Product range
6686...S1 series Pre-assembled distribution manifold for radiant panel systems
6687...S1 series Pre-assembled distribution manifold for radiant panel systems
Technical specifications
Materials
Flow manifold
Body:
Flow rate regulating valve
Headwork:
Obturator:
Flow meter body:
Spring:
Hydraulic seals:
Regulating unit cover:
Return manifold
Body:
Shut-off valve
Headwork:
Obturator stem:
Obturator:
Springs:
Seals:
Control knob:
Ball shut-off valves
Body:
Ball:
Control knob:
End fitting
Body:
Automatic air vent
Obturator stem:
Spring:
Seals:
Float:
Multi-position valve
Ball:
Control lever:
Hose connection:
Size 1
Size 1 1/4
Performance
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
End fitting max. discharge pressure:
Temperature range:
Flow meter scale:
Accuracy:
Main connections:
Centre distance:
Outlets:
Centre distance:
1
2
1
2
1 o 1 1/4
CALEFFI
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
HOBBY
CAMERA
CALEFFI
59
1 o 1 1/4
195
108
Dimensions
CALEFFI
SOGGIORNO
CALEFF
25
3/4
50
L TOTAL
Code (1)
Code (1 1/4)
N outlets
L TOTAL
Weight (kg)
27
6686I5S1
6687I5S1
9
700
11,4
Characteristic components
1 Flow manifold complete with flow meters and built-in flow rate
regulating valves
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
3 Flow end fitting with two-position ball valve, automatic air vent and
fill/drain hose connection
CALEFFI
HOBBY
CAMERA
WC
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
CAMERA
HOBBY
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
Construction details
Flow manifold
The flow manifold is equipped with flow meters and built-in flow rate
balancing valves.
Acting on the regulating valve with the special cone-shaped
obturator (1), the flow rate to the single circuits can be accurately
adjusted to the required value, just by reading the value on the
single flow meter with a scale of 15 l/min (2). This simplifies and
speeds up the operation of circuit calibration, with no need for
reference graphs. After adjustment, the valve can be locked open
by means of its tamper-proof cover (3), which also acts as a knob
for adjusting the flow rate.
This valve makes it possible to seal off the single circuit, should this
be necessary.
ALEFFI
Return manifold
The return manifold is equipped with manual shut-off valves (1), in
order to cut off the flow to the individual circuits.
They can also be fitted with a thermo-electric actuator (2) that,
when used with a room thermostat, maintains the ambient
temperature at the set values despite any thermal load variation.
The obturator stem (3) is made of ground stainless steel in order to
minimize friction and prevent dangerous encrustation.
The headwork (4) has a double EPDM O-Ring seal (5)-(6) on the
sliding stem.
The EPDM obturator (7) is shaped to optimize the hydraulic
characteristics of the valve, preventing any sticking in the sealing
seat after the circuit has been shut off. It minimizes the noise
caused by the medium flow, also during the progressive action of
opening or closing when operating with thermo-electric actuator.
1
5
ALEFFI
Replaceable components
The headwork of the regulating valve with flow meter can be removed
and replaced with spare parts.
Modular manifolds
The manifolds are modular
thanks to the threaded
connections with an O-ring seal.
The special machining of the
thread on these connections
enables perfect alignment
between the two coupled parts
once they are fully screwed in.
End fitting
Automatic air vent
The automatic air vent performs
the function of automatically
expelling the air accumulating in
the circuits of the air-conditioning
system. It is equipped with a
hygroscopic safety plug (1)
that prevents water getting out
to protect the installation.
Room identification
On the manifold body, at the
outlet of the single panel circuit,
there is a special seat to place
an adhesive label identifying the
corresponding room.
Manifold reversibility
The manifolds are reversible, so they can be positioned with the
entry from the right or left.
1
2
1
2
CALEFFI
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
HOBBY
CAMERA
CALEFFI
b
c
CALEFF
CAMERA
HOBBY
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
25 mm
Fill/drain
Closing
Filling the circuits.
Filling via the flow
manifold and
draining via the
return manifold:
both valves are in
the open position.
Normal operation.
The valve of the return
manifold is in the
position of connection
with the by-pass and
the valve of the flow
manifold is in the open
position.
Hydraulic characteristics
In order to determine the hydraulic characteristics of the circuit, it is necessary to calculate the total loss of head suffered by the flow of fluid as
it passes through the devices forming the manifold assembly and the radiant panel circuits.
From a hydraulic point of view, the system composed of the manifold assembly and the circuits can be represented as a set of hydraulic elements
arranged in series and in parallel.
PBall v.
PF Man.
1
2
1
2
1
2
PBV
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
GTot.
CALEFFI
HOBBY
CAMERA
CALEFFI
PLoop
PTot.
PSV
CALEFF
CAMERA
HOBBY
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
GLoop
PR Man.
PBall v.
PBV
PTot.
PLoop
PTot.
PSV
PBV
PBall V.
GTot.
PF Man.
GLoop
PR Man.
PBall .V.
GTot.
PSV
(1.1)
When the hydraulic characteristics of each component and the design flow rates are known, the total loss can be calculated as the sum of the
partial losses of head for each specific component of the system, as indicated with the formula (1.1).
Hydraulic characteristics
0,45
0,4
0,35
30
0,3
25
0,25
0,5
0,2
450
0,1
1,2
50
20
90
80
70
0,9
0,8
0,7
60
0,6
45
40
35
0,45
0,4
0,35
30
0,3
25
0,25
18
16
14
0,18
0,16
0,14
12
0,12
0,5
0,2
10
500
400
350
300
250
180
200
160
140
120
90
100
80
50
25
20
70
0,12
60
12
10
45
0,18
0,16
0,14
40
18
16
14
120
100
G (l/h)
G (l/h)
Kv
1,85
2,50
Kv0,01
185
250
0,1
4000
0,6
45
40
35
35
20
60
30
50
0,9
0,8
0,7
3500
1,2
90
80
70
1,8
1,6
1,4
3000
120
100
2,5
180
160
140
2500
1,8
1,6
1,4
250
1800
180
160
140
300
200
2000
4,5
4
3,5
1600
2,5
450
400
350
1400
250
600
500
1200
300
200
900
4,5
4
3,5
9
8
7
1000
450
400
350
10
900
800
700
800
600
500
p (kPa)
p (mm w.g.)
1000
700
9
8
7
600
10
900
800
700
500
p (kPa)
p (mm w.g.)
1000
Kv
21,0*
15,0*
47,5
Kv0,01
2100*
1500*
4750
* Average value
Circuit 2
P2= 20 kPa
G2= 250 l/h
Circuit 3
P3= 7 kPa
G3= 80 l/h
(1.2)
Each segment of the formula (1.1) is calculated using the following relationship:
P=G2/Kv0,012
=
=
=
=
=
=
} Values obtained by neglecting the changes due to the flow rate dispersed to each branch circuit
Note:
We can ignore the three terms for the head losses associated with the ball valves and manifolds because of their low values. In general, the total
head loss is fairly close to the branched circuit of the panel head loss.
BV
PTot.
Referring to the diagram alongside, for the loop flow rate the balancing
valve must provide an additional head loss equal to the difference PBV
(PBalancing valve).
PBV
+ disadvantaged
SV
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
668S1 series
Pre-assembled distribution manifold for radiant panel systems with 3 (from 3 to 13) outlets. Brass body. EPDM hydraulic seals.
Main connections 1 (and 1 1/4) threaded F, centre distance 195 mm. Outlet connections 3/4 M 18, outlet centre
distance 50 mm. Medium: water and glycol solutions; maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Maximum working pressure
10 bar. Temperature range 080C. Maximum automatic air vent discharge pressure 2,5 bar.
Consisting of:
- Flow manifold with flow rate balancig valves and flow meter with graduated scale 15 l/min. Accuracy 15%.
- Return manifold, with shut-off valves suitable for thermo-electric actuator.
- Pair of end fittings comprehensive of automatic air vent with hygroscopic plug, fill/drain hose connection, multi-position
ball valves for coupling with the off-centre by-pass kit with fixed setting supplied in the package.
- Off-centre by-pass kit with fixed setting. Threaded connections 1 M x 3/4 M. Brass body and nuts. Copper gauged pipe.
PA obturator, stainless steel spring, EPDM seals, asbestos-free fibre gaskets. Differential pressure fixed setting 25 kPa.
- Adhesive labels indicating the rooms.
- Pair of ball shut-off valves, brass body. Union seals made of EPDM.
- Pair of fixing brackets.
10
13
14
12
1
2
1
2
CAMERA
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
11
16
1
2
1
2
4
L/MIN
CALEFFI
15
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
CAMERA
HOBBY
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
CAMERA
HOBBY
4
L/MIN
CAMERA
1
2
CALEFFI
WC
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
1. Flow manifold with flow meters and flow rate balancing valves,
667...S1 series
2. Return manifold with built-in shut-off valves suitable for thermo-electric
actuator, 666...S1 series
3. Flow end fitting with two-position ball valve, automatic air vent and
fill/drain hose connection, code 599674
4. Return end fitting with three-position ball valve, by-pass connection
and fill/drain hose connection, code 599675
5. Off-centre by-pass kit with fixed setting comprehensive of manifold
connecting pipe, code 668000S1
6. Automatic air vent, code 502043
7. Ball shut-off valve, 391...S1 series
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Sizes 1 x 3/4
Dimensions
Materials
A
brass EN 12165 CW617N
copper
PA
stainless steel
EPDM
asbestos free fibre
143
Nuts:
Gauged pipe 18 with folder:
Check valve obturator:
Spring:
Seals:
Gaskets:
Performance
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
Temperature range:
Differential pressure fixed setting:
Connections:
B
C
Code
668000S1
A
3/4"
B
1"
C
25
Weight (kg)
0,160
Operating principle
The by-pass valve contains a non-return obturator integral with a counter spring.
When the fixed setting differential pressure value is reached, the valve obturator opens gradually.
In this way the flow is recirculated and, being proportional to the closure of the electrothermal valves, keeps the differential pressure constant
in the manifold circuit.
Construction details
Hydraulic characteristics
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
5000
50
3500
35
3000
30
2500
25
20
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
1
10
20
0,2
2
2000
40
0,5
45
4000
0,1
4500
2
1
2
1
2
CALEFFI
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
HOBBY
CAMERA
1
2
4
L/MIN
A
C
CALEFFI
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
SOGGIORNO
WC
1
2
A
O
CALEFFI
L/MIN
L/MIN
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
D
B
CALEFF
CAMERA
HOBBY
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
B
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 668000S1
Off-centre by-pass kit with fixed setting. Threaded female connections 1 x 3/4 with captive nut. Brass nuts. Copper gauged
pipe. PA check valve obturator, stainless steel spring, EPDM seals, asbestos-free fibre gaskets. Medium: water and glycol
solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
Temperature range 0100C. Differential pressure fixed setting 25 kPa.
Single and multi-layer plastic pipe fitting with self-adjusting diameter 680 series
Function
The self-adjusting fitting for single and multi-layer plastic pipes is a mechanical device that allows a safe and easy
connection of the radiant panel system pipes to the related manifolds.
Due to the specific requirements of this type of system, it has been designed to meet the need of having a versatile
connector, being adjustable for different pipe diameters.
Patented
Product range
6805 series . . Self-adjusting fitting for single and multi-layer plastic pipes
Technical specifications
Characteristic components
Materials
1) Adapter
2) Clenching ring
3) Nut
Nut:
Adapter:
Seals:
Electric insulating ring:
Twin cone:
Performance
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Size 3/4
Code
680502
680503
680500
680501
680506
680515
680517
680524
680526
680535
680537
680544
680546
680555
680564
680505
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
inside
outside
7,518,0
8,519,
9, 9,5
9,510
9,510
10,511,
10,511,0
11,512,0
11,512,0
12,513,0
12,513,0
13,514,0
13,514,0
14,515,0
15,516,0
1716,0
1214
1214
1416
1214
1416
1416
1618
1416
1618
1618
1820
1618
1820
1820
1820
22,50
Construction details
Pipe-fitting coupling flexibility
This fitting has been specifically designed in order to adjust to several pipe diameters.
The great variety of plastic pipes, single and multi-layer, on the market and the breadth of permissible
tolerances have made it necessary to design a specific fitting. Keeping the nominal dimensions of the
fittings currently on the market, the new construction solution makes it possible to use the same fitting for
pipes with differences on their outside diameter up to 2 mm and on their inside diameter up to 0,5 mm.
4
5
Pull-out resistance
This fitting opposes high resistance to pipe pull-out. Its special tightening system makes it suitable for all
applications, ensuring a perfect hydraulic seal.
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
680 series
Self-adjusting diameter fitting for single and multi layer plastic pipes with internal profile having a Venturi effect to limit
head losses. Size 3/4 F. Brass cap and adapter, EPDM seals, EPDM dielectric ring, PA clenching ring. Medium: water and
glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Temperature range 580C (PE-X);
575C (Multi layer marked 95C).
6561
broch. 01042
656102
656104
230
224
Protective shell:
Colour:
self-extinguishing polycarbonate
(code 656102/04) white RAL 9010
(code 656112/14) grey RAL 9002
Performance
Normally closed
Electric supply:
Starting current:
Working current:
broch. 01042
656112
656114
Materials
Voltage (V)
6561
Code
Technical specifications
Voltage (V)
230
224
Power consumption:
Auxiliary microswitch contacts rating
(code 656112/114):
0,8 A (230 V)
Protection class:
IP 44 (in vertical position)
Double insulation construction:
CE
Max. ambient temperature:
50C
Operating time:
opening and closing from 120 s to 180 s.
Length of supply cable:
80 cm.
6563
broch. 01142
656302
656304
230
224
Protective shell:
Colour:
Normally closed
Electric supply:
Starting current:
Working current:
broch. 01142
Voltage (V)
230
224
self-extinguishing polycarbonate
(code 656302/04) white RAL 9010
(code 656312/14) grey RAL 9002
Performance
656312
656314
Materials
Voltage (V)
6563
Code
Technical specifications
Power consumption:
Auxiliary microswitch contacts rating
(code 656312/14):
0,8 A (230 V)
Protection class:
IP 40
Double insulation construction:
CE
Max. ambient temperature:
50C
Operating time:
opening and closing from 120 s to 180 s
Length of supply cable:
80 cm
The 6563 series thermo-electric actuator is equipped with a control knob for manual opening, valve opening/closing indicator and a device
for returning to automatic operation from the manual position when the electricity supply is restored.
The control knob for manual opening and the
automatic return from the manual to the
automatic position is particularly useful when
testing or servicing the system if:
- hydraulic tests need to be carried out without
having necessarily to connect and power up
the controls.
- the knob is left on the manual position at the end
of the tests. In this case the control
automatically goes back onto the automatic
operation when the system is electrically put
into operation.
broch. 01041
Technical specifications
With thermometer scale 080C, 40 mm
Max. working pressure: 25 bar
Max. working temperature: 110C
Range p: 14220 kPa
Accuracy: 5%
Code
120961
120961
120961
120961
120961
120961
120961
1L2
1L4
1L6
1L8
2L0
2L2
2L5
They
1 F x 1 1/4 M
1 F x 1 1/4 M
1 F x 1 1/4 M
1 F x 1 1/4 M
1 F x 1 1/4 M
1 F x 1 1/4 M
1 F x 1 1/4 M
1,20
1,40
1,60
1,80
2,00
2,25
2,50
Code
120971
120971
120971
120971
120971
120971
120971
1L2
1L4
1L6
1L8
2L0
2L2
2L5
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
1,20
1,40
1,60
1,80
2,00
2,25
2,50
broch. 01041
Technical specifications
With thermometer scale 080C, 40 mm
Max. working pressure: 25 bar
Maximum working temperature: 110C
Filter mesh : 0,87 mm
Code
120961 000
Code
1 F x 1 1/4 M
120971 000
1 1/4 F x 1 1/4 M
Manifolds
666...S1
Technical specifications
Materials
Code
666735S1
666745S1
666755S1
666765S1
666775S1
666785S1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
F
F
F
F
F
F
x
x
x
x
x
x
3
4
5
6
7
8
Return manifold
Body:
Outlets
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
M
M
M
M
M
M
Shut-off valve
Headwork:
Obturator stem:
Obturator:
Springs:
Seals:
Control knob:
PA66GF
stainless steel
EPDM
stainless steel
EPDM
ABS
Flow manifold
Body:
667...S1
Flow manifold, with flow meters and
built-in flow rate regulating valves.
Performance
Code
667735S1
667745S1
667755S1
667765S1
667775S1
667785S1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
F
F
F
F
F
F
x
x
x
x
x
x
3
4
5
6
7
8
Outlets
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
M
M
M
M
M
M
Medium:
water, glycol solutions
Max. percentage of glycol:
30%
Max. working pressure:
10 bar
Temperature range:
080C
Flow meter scale:
15 l/min
Accuracy:
15%
Main connections:
1 1/4 F
Outlets:
3/4 M 18
Centre distance:
50 mm
Shut-off valves
391...S1
391...S1
Code
391167S1
391177S1
Connections
Code
Connections
391067S1
391077S1
1 x 1 1/4
1 1/4 x 1 1/4
1 x 1 1/4
1 1/4 x 1 1/4
End fittings
5996
5996
Code
Code
599674
1 1/4
599675
1 1/4
Brackets
5020
658
Code
Code
502043
1/2 M
658100
Reduction
Plug disc
386
3642..S1
Reduction fitting.
Code
Code
386500
364276S1
3/4
1 F x 1 1/4 M
Temperature gauge
675
695
Technical specifications
Technical specifications
Material
Materials
Body:
Thermometer fluid:
Temperature gauge scale:
Max. working temperature:
Range of use outside diam. (e) pipes:
Conducting paste supplied in package
PA6GF
alcohol
550C
60C
from 15 to 18 mm
Body:
Piston:
Control lever:
Max. working pressure:
Water content:
Pressure gauge scale:
Hose connection:
Length of hose:
Code
Code
675900
695000
bronze
brass
galvanized steel
50 bar
12 l
060 bar
1/2
1,5 m
Boxes
Code
659
661
(h x w x d)
500
500
500
500
500
659043
659063
659083
659103
659123
x
x
x
x
x
1400
1600
1800
1000
1200
x
x
x
x
x
110140
110140
110140
110140
110140
Code
661043
661063
661083
661103
661123
660
(h x w x d)
500
500
500
500
500
x
x
x
x
x
1400
1600
1800
1000
1200
x
x
x
x
x
110 150
110 150
110 150
110 150
110 150
660040
660060
660080
660100
660120
for
for
for
for
for
659043
659063
659083
659103
659123
Choice of box size, 659 or 661 series according to the number of outlets.
1
2
1
2
CALEFFI
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1000
800
600
1
2
1
2
1
2
1200
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
GIORNO
WC
GIORNO
WC
HOBBY
CAMERA
CALEFF
CAMERA
HOBBY
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
WC
CALEFFI
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
WC
CALEFFI
SOGGIORNO
WC
WC
GIORNO
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
WC
CALEFFI
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2007 Calef fi S.P.A.
IS
5217 series
TERE
CALEFFI
UNI EN ISO 9001:2000
Cert. n 0003
01145/07 GB
Function
In some hot water distribution systems there is a need to protect the
most vulnerable people against scalding caused by hot water, such
as, for example, in hospitals, in nursing homes or in schools.
This particular series of thermostatic mixing valves has been
specially designed for these applications and installation upstream
the point of use.
These thermostatic mixing valves ensure high thermal performance.
They are able to accurately control the temperature of the mixed
water supplied to the user in case of variations in the inlet supply
pressure or temperature, or in the flow rate.
They are designed with a special anti-scald function which
immediately shuts off the flow of water discharging from the mixed
water outlet in the event of a failure of cold supply.
(Certified under standard NF 079 doc. 8 - Device of class 12 (1/2)
and class 20 (3/4), RU type, regulated by user).
Product range
Code 521714
Thermostatic mixing valve, adjustable with knob and with anti-scald function, complete with strainers
and check valves at the inlet
Thermostatic mixing valve, adjustable with knob and with anti-scald function, complete with strainers
and check valves at the inlet
Code 521713
Technical specifications
Size 1/2
Size 3/4
Dimensions
Materials
dezincification resistant alloy
Shutter:
Springs:
Sealing elements:
Knob:
EN 12165 CW602N,
chrome plated
PSU
stainless steel
EPDM
ABS
10 bar
5 bar
3050C
2C
Performance
Temperature adjustment range:
Accuracy:
Body:
4 l/min (1/2)
6 l/min (3/4)
I
1/2 and 3/4 M with union
Code
521714
521713
A
1/2
3/4
B
62,5
67
C
125
134
D
E
126,5 81,5
127
82
F
45
45
(Kg)
0,58
0,81
Weight
reduce the temperature at the point of use to a value lower than that
of the storage and make it suitable for sanitary use.
maintain the temperature constant while while the incoming
pressure and temperature conditions vary.
prevent the water temperature at the outlet from reaching values
above 50C.
have an anti-scald safety function in case of failure of the cold water
supply.
Thermal disinfection
The drawing alongside
shows the behaviour of
Legionella Pneumophila
bacteria
as
the
conditions vary in the
temperature of the water
containing the bacteria.
To
ensure
correct
thermal disinfection, it is
necessary to go up to
values of no less than
60C.
C
75
Full thickness
burns
70
65
Partial thickness
burns
60
55
Safety conditions.
Max. exposure time
at a specific
temperature
50
45
0,1
10
100
1.000
10.000
Seconds
60
50
40
30
Optimum temperature
for growth of bacteria
20
10
Temperature
Adults
70C
1s
65C
2s
0.5 s
60C
5s
1s
55C
30 s
10 s
50C
5 min
2,5 min
Operating principle
The thermostatic mixing valve mixes the hot and cold
water at the inlet so as to maintain the mixed water at a
constant set temperature at the outlet. A thermostatic
element is fully immersed in the mixed water pipe. It
contracts or expands, thus moving an obturator which
controls the hot or cold water passage at the inlet. If
there are changes in inlet temperature or pressure, the
internal element reacts automatically to restore the set
temperature at the outlet.
HOT
Code 521714
HOT
COLD
Anti-scale materials
The materials used in constructing the mixing valve
were selected to eliminate seizing due to limescale
deposits. All functional parts have been made using a
special material with low friction coefficient, which
ensures over time performance.
COLD
Construction details
Code 521713
MIXED
Hydraulic characteristics
Thermal transient
p (bar)
521714
p (m w.g.)
521713
1,5
15
1,0
10
0,5
0,3
0,2
T(C)
< 0,5 s - max
60C
< 3 s - max
55C
0,1
2K
2K
Starting
temperature
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
5
50
20
10
0,5
5
0,5
0,2
0,05
Temperature
rise
Stabilisation
period
Stable
conditions
Time (s)
Kv (m3/h)
Code
521714
1/2
1,5
521713
3/4
1,85
Use
According to its flow characteristics, the Caleffi 5217 series thermostatic mixing
valves can be used for application at the point of use or for a limited number of
users, for example a bathroom. For this reason, the flow passing through the valve
is generally the same as through the final user, for example the tap of a basin,
shower, bidet, etc. To ensure a stable operation, a minimum flow rate of 4 l/min (1/2)
and 6 l/min (3/4) must be guarantee to the mixing valve. The system must always
be sized taking into account the current legislation on the nominal flow rate to each
user.
Public buildings, hospitals, nursery schools
In this type of application the risk of scalding is extremly high because of the nature
of the hot water users, who include children, old people, sick people.
In these installations, the two supply networks providing hot water from the boiler
and cold water may have different origins and operate at different pressures.
In case of failure of the cold water supply, the mixing valve is able to shut off the
supply of mixed water to prevent possible scalding.
Selecting the correct size mixing valve
If the design flow rate is known, taking into account simultaneous use of the sanitary
appliances, the dimensions of the mixing valve are chosen by checking the graph
provided to find the loss of head produced. In this case, it is necessary to check
the available pressure, the loss of head in the system downstream of the mixer and
the residual pressure to be guaranteed to user appliances.
Installation
Before installing the mixing valve, the connecting pipes should be washed to
remove any impurities that could impair performance.
We always recommend installing strainers of sufficient capacity at the inlet from the
public water network.
The 5217 series mixing valves are equipped with strainers on the hot and cold
water inlets.
The 5217 series thermostatic mixing valves must be installed as shown in the
installation diagrams on the instruction sheet or in this leaflet.
The 5217 series thermostatic mixing can be installed in any position, horizontally or
vertically.
The following marks are indicated on the mixing valve body:
hot water inlet, indicated by the letter H (Hot)
cold water inlet, indicated by the letter C (Cold)
mixed water outlet, indicated by the word MIX.
Check valves
In systems with thermostatic mixing valves, check valves should be installed to
prevent undesired flow return. 5217 series mixing valves are equipped with
check valves at the hot and cold water inlets.
Commissioning
In view of the special purpose of the thermostatic
mixing valve, it must be commissioned in accordance
with current regulations by qualified personnel using
appropriate temperature measurement equipped.
Use of a digital thermometer is recommended for
measuring the temperature of the mixed water.
Temperature setting
The temperature is set at the desired value using
the regulator knob. Given the particular use of this
type of mixing valve, the following table shows the
recommended maximum outlet water temperatures
to prevent scalding.
Appliance
Bidet
Shower
Wash basin
Bath tub
Tmax.
38C
41C
41C
44C
Application diagrams
Point of use installation
Bathroom installation
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
5217 series
Thermostatic mixing valve adjustable with knob and with anti-scald function. Certified under standard
NF 079 doc. 8. 1/2 and 3/4 M connections. Dezincification resistant alloy body. Chrome plated. Shutter in PSU. Stainless
steel springs. EPDM seal elements. ABS knob. Maximum working temperature 85C. Adjustment range 3050C.
Accuracy 2C. Maximum working pressure (static) 10 bar. Maximum working pressure (dynamic) 5 bar. Maximum inlet
pressures ratio (H/C or C/H) 2:1. Complete with strainers and check valves at the inlets.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETODAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2007 Caleffi S.P.A.
IS
75525 series
TERE
01146/08 GB
Function
Conteca Solar is a direct heat energy meter especially suited for
measuring heat energy recovered from a solar source used for an
alternative management of the allocation of energy expenditures.
The device comprises an electronic calculator unit, a flow rate
volume meter and two temperature probes. The Conteca Solar
meter is extremely simple to install and needs no special
maintenance.
The Conteca Solar flow rate meter is the turbine type. The turbine
speed is measured by means of a high-resistance protected
magnetic joint. Thanks to the mechanism being in a vacuum there
is no condensation.
The mechanism block cap, made of non-magnetic material,
prevents all attempted tampering. The electronic technology and
the materials used enable precise and reliable measurements.
The temperature probes are high-precision Pt 100 that are easy to
seal for greater protection against tampering. The cables
connecting the flow and return probes to the calculator unit are
1,9 m long.
The Conteca Solar meter is equipped with an 8-digit liquid crystal
display that can be turned on with a button as it is normally off in
order to save battery charge. This display enables easy reading of
consumption and a range of technical data to permit evaluation of
the operating status of the device and log the data.
The Conteca Solar meter is fitted for centralised
teletransmission (max 250 modules) in M-Bus mode.
Product range
75525 series
Code 755000
Code 755055/56
7558 series
Heat meter
Controller
M-Bus interface - Teletransmission interface
Additional options
Technical specifications
Performance:
Electric supply:
Long life storage battery:
Data transmission:
Antitamper protection
Conformity to standards:
Max. percentage of glycol:
24 V (ac) - 50 Hz - 1 W
5 years
using M Bus protocol EN 1434
EN 1434
50%
Technical data
Temperature probes
Flow probe length
Return probe length
Probe type
Temperature range limits
Temperature difference limits
Measurement sensitivity
m
m
T
1,9
1,9
Pt 100
5120
0115
0,05
C
K
C
Volumetric part
Dimensions/Connection
Body
Type of hydraulic connection
Nominal flow rate
Lower measurement range
Upper measurement range
Nominal pressure
Max. medium temperature
Installation
Pulse output
Qp
Qi
Qmax
PN
1/21
brass
male with union ISO 228
see table 1
see table 1
see table 1
threaded PN 10
120
normally horizontal
class OA-OC according to EN 1434-2
l/h
l/h
l/h
bar
C
C
kWh
Dimensions
TAB. 1 - Flow rate range (m3/h) - Connections from 1/2 to 1:
165
147
40
120
Code
755254
755255
755256
Code
755254
755255
755256
F
G
M07 1259
07185865
A
1/2"
3/4"
1"
B
110
130
260
B
B1
B1
190
230
378
C
18
21
45
D
96
96
185
E
80
80
102
F
44
51
60
G
59
69
82
H
59
69
87
The Conteca Solar heat meter is supplied complete with accessories for
installation, positioning of the probes and subsequent sealing.
Each Conteca Solar meter has n. 2 Y pockets (the flow pocket is fitted
with a mesh strainer).
Meas. type
Single jet
Single jet
Multi jet
Qi
0,12
0,20
0,35
Qp
1,5
2,5
3,5
Qmax
1,5
2,5
3,5
SYSTEM
FLOW
M07 1259
07185865
SYSTEM
RETURN
M07 1259
07185865
Hydraulic characteristics
p (kPa)
1"
1/2"
p (m w.g.)
3/4"
4,5
4
3,5
3
45
40
35
30
2,5
25
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
18
16
14
12
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
9
8
7
6
0,5
50
Qp
20
10
0,45
0,40
0,35
0,30
4,5
4
3,5
3
0,25
2,5
0,25
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
4,5
2
1
3,5
2,5
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,5
0,1
0,6
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
Q (m3/h)
Kv
1/2
3/4
2,5
4,2
5,9
M07 1259
07185865
Cooling/Heating
mass meter
FT
RT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
21 22 23 24 25 26
FT
M07 1259
07185865
Flow
Volume meter
Rx
Tx
24 V (a c)
Return
RT
Data centralisation
In the case of centralised data transmission via bus, the
following connection plan must necessarily be carried
out:
1 - 2
3 - 5
Transmission bus
3 Tx (Transmission)
5 Rx (Reception)
Medium volume
Return temperature
Temperature difference
Flow temperature
Power
Flow rate
Check Sum
Segment test
ELECTRONIC OPTIONS
755881
Pulse output
755890
Code
755881
Terminal 21 - 23 Thermie
CALEFFI
ENERGIA kWh
4
755881
75525
Acquisition card
(supervisor)
23 Thermie
3
0V
21
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
75525 series
CONTECA SOLAR direct dynamic heat meter for use in solar heating systems with the following characteristics: volume
meter for hot water with magnetic joint (Maximum temperature 120C) with pulse output; Pt100 temperature probe; data
visualised on 8 digit display; temperature range 5120C; protection class IP 54; transmission via TWO-WAY bus according
to M-bus mode; conformity to EN 1434; electric supply by battery 24 V (ac) in M-bus transmission mode.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
Copyright 2008 Calef fi
IS
309 series
TERE
CALEFFI
UNI EN ISO 9001:2000
Cert. n 0003
01147/07 GB
General information
The temperature and pressure relief valves (TP) 309 series for solar
systems are made by Caleffi S.p.A in compliance with the essential
safety requirements laid down by Directive 97/23/EC of the European
Parliament and the Council of the European Union for harmonisation
of Member States with regard to pressurised equipment.
Function
The TP relief valve controls and limits the temperature and pressure
of the hot water contained in a solar domestic water storage heater
and prevents it from being able to reach temperatures of over
100C, with the formation of steam.
On reaching the settings, the valve discharges a sufficient amount
of water into the atmosphere so that the temperature and pressure
return within the systems operating limits.
111 5
Product range
309 series Temperature and pressure relief valve for solar systems
Technical specifications
dezincification-resistant alloy
EN 12165 CW602N chrome plated
brass EN 12164 CW614N
EPDM
steel EN 10270-1 SH
PA6GF
Performance
Nominal pressure:
Medium:
PED category:
Settings:
Connections:
PN 10
- 1/2 15;
- 3/4 22;
- temperature:
- pressure:
10 kW
25 kW
water
IV
Discharge rating:
Stem:
Obturator and diaphragm:
Spring:
Control knob:
Dimensions
Materials:
Body:
90C
6 - 7 - 10 bar
A
F
Code completion ( . . )
Code 3094..
61 6 bar 71 7 bar 01 10 bar
Code 3095..
61 6 bar
71 7 bar 01 10 bar
Code
3094 . .
3095 . .
A
1/2
3/4
B
15
22
C
40
43
D
102
99
E
88
91
F
39
39
Weight (kg)
0,253
0,310
Operating principle
The valve opens the outlet on reaching the settings for:
- temperature: the thermostat compound inside the temperature sensor 1), submerged in the hot
water storage heater, expands as the temperature increases. This expansion causes a thrust
pin to move and act on the obturator 2) opening the valve. The valve is set to open at
temperatures of over 90C.
- pressure: the obturator, opposed by a set spring, raises on reaching the pressure setting and
opens the outlet completely. The pressure setting is chosen according to the maximum
permissible pressure in the system.
As the temperature and pressure decrease, the opposite action occurs with the valve subsequently
reclosing within the set tolerances.
Certification
CE mark
309 series TP relief valves for solar systems comply with the essential safety requirements of
Directive 97/23/EC concerning pressure equipment (also called P.E.D.). They are therefore classified
as category IV and are equipped with the CE mark.
Product certification in accordance with European Standard EN 1490
European Standard EN 1490: 2000, entitled Building valves - Combined temperature and pressure
relief valves Tests and requirements, describes the constructional and performance
specifications that TP relief valves must have.
Caleffi 309 series TP relief valves for solar systems are certified by Buildcert (UK) to comply with the
requirements of the European Standard EN 1490 (for settings 7 10 bar).
Installation
Before installing a TP relief valve it is necessary for the sizing to be performed correctly by specialized technical personnel in accordance with
the current regulations for the specific applications. Any use other than the intended use is prohibited.
The TP relief valves must be installed by qualified technical personnel in accordance with current regulations.
The TP relief valves must be installed observing the direction of flow indicated by the arrow on the valve body.
Assembly
Correct installation
Plumbing system
TP relief valves must be installed on the top of the solar hot water
storage heater, making sure that the temperature sensor is correctly
submerged in the tank.
Make sure that there are no
shut-off devices between
the valve and the storage
heater.
TP relief valves can be fitted
vertically or horizontally, but
not overturned.
This prevents debris from
impairing operation.
SOLAR
HOT WATER
STORAGE
SOLAR
HOT WATER
STORAGE
Correct installation
SOLAR
STORAGE
Incorrect installation
Incorrect installation
SOLAR
HOT WATER
STORAGE
SOLAR
STORAGE
SOLAR
HOT WATER
STORAGE
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
309 series
Temperature and pressure relief valve for solar systems. Equipped with the CE mark in accordance with directive 97/23/EC.
Dezincification-resistant alloy body. Brass stem. Obturator and diaphragm in EPDM. Steel spring. Control knob in glass-fiber
re-inforced nylon. Threaded 1/2 M connections on the inlet and 15 mm (and 3/4 M x 22 mm) with compression fitting
for copper pipe on the outlet. Temperature setting 90C. Pressure setting 6 bar (available settings: 6-7-10 bar).
Valves with 7-10 bar setting certified to EN 1490 standard. Discharge rating: 1/2 x 15 mm: 10 kW, 3/4 x 22 mm: 25 kW.
Medium: water. Category PED IV. Nominal pressure: PN 10.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL.INT. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
Http://www.caleffi.com E-mail: info@caleffi.it
Copyright 2007 Calef fi S.P.A.
IS
258 series
TERE
CALEFFI
BSI EN ISO 9001:2000
Cert. n FM 21654
01148/08 GB
Function
The balancing valve is an hydraulic device that accurately regulates
the flow rate of heating medium supplied to the various circuits of
solar thermal systems.
This particular series of valves is equipped with a flow meter for a
direct reading of the regulated flow rate. The flow meter, housed in
a by-pass circuit on the valve body and that can be shut off during
normal functioning, allows a fast and easy balancing of circuits
without the need of differential pressure gauges or diagrams.
The balancing valve is equipped with a hot preformed shell
insulation to ensure a perfect thermal performance.
This particular series of valves has been specifically designed to
work with glycol solutions at high temperatures, typical conditions of
solar thermal systems.
Patent application No. MI2007A000703.
Product range
Balancing valves with flow meter for solar thermal systems
Technical specifications
Materials
Valve
Body:
Ball:
Ball control stem:
Ball seal seat:
Control stem guide:
Seals:
Flow meter
Body:
Headwork:
Obturator stem:
Springs:
Seals:
Flow meter float:
Indicator cover:
Performance
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
Working temperature range:
Flow rate scale unit of measurement:
Accuracy:
Control stem angle of rotation:
Operating wrench:
Threaded connections:
Code
258503
258523
258603
Size
3/4
3/4
27
728
1040
Dimensions
CALEFFI
bar
l/min
10%
90
9 mm
258 series
3/4 and 1 F
Insulation
Material:
closed cell expanded PE-X
Thickness:
10 mm
Density: - inner part:
30 kg/m3
- outer part:
50 kg/m3
Thermal conductivity (DIN 52612): - at 0C:
0,038 W/(mK)
- at 40C:
0,045 W/(mK)
Coefficient of resistance to water vapour (DIN 52615):
> 1.300
Working temperature range:
0100C
Reaction to fire (DIN 4102):
class B2
Code
258503
258523
258603
A
3/4
3/4
1
B
83,5
83,5
85
C
45,5
45,5
47
D
145
145
158
Weight (kg)
0,74
0,74
0,96
Operating principle
1
3
7
6
4
3
5
4
Automatic
filling
Construction details
Temperature
In solar thermal systems, the primary circuit thermal medium is a glycol solution operating at high temperature; for taking into account these
particular working conditions, the seals and the inner plastic components of the valve are made of highly temperature resistant materials.
Flow meter
The flow rate value is displayed
directly by a flow meter housed
in a by-pass circuit on the valve
body, automatically shut-off
during normal functioning.
The use of a flow meter greatly
simplifies the process of system
balancing, since the flow rate
can
be
measured
and
controlled at any time and there
is no need for differential
pressure gauges or reference
charts.
5
7
6
4
Insulation
Hydraulic characteristics
3/4
p (mm w.g.)
3/4
15.000
150
10.000
100
5.000
50
2.000
20
1.000
10
500
200
100
50
100
250
500
1.000
2.500
5.000
10.000
3
2
G (l/h)
Code
Size
3/4
3/4
Flow rates
(l/min)
27
7 28
10 40
Kv (m /h)
0,9
5,4
7,2
Installation
Install the balancing valve in such a way to ensure free access to
the flow meter obturator, control stem and flow rate indicator.
We recommend to install straight sections of pipe as shown in the
illustration below to ensure accurate flow measurement.
258 series
258 series
Pump
2
3
4
5
6
7
10D
5D
6
5
4
3
3
D.After completing the balancing, release the ring of the flow meter
obturator that, thanks to an internal spring, will automatically go
back into the closed position.
Shut-off valve
Pump
Deaerator
Air vent
Expansion vessel
Temperature gauge
Ballstop
Controller
Safety relief valve
2
Automatic
filling
2
Automatic
filling
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
258 series
Balancing valve with flow meter for solar thermal systems. Threaded connections 3/4 (and 1) F x F. Brass body, chrome plated. Brass
ball. Brass control stem ball, chrome plated. High resistance elastomer seals. High resistance polymer control stem guide. Brass flow
meter body, chrome plated. Brass flow meter headwork. Brass flow meter obturator stem, chrome plated. Stainless steel flow meter
spring. High resistance polymer flow meter float. High resistance polymer flow indicator cover. High resistance elastomer seals.
Expanded closed cell PE-X pre-formed shell insulation. Medium water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 50%.
Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Working temperature range -30130C. Flow rate scale unit of measurement l/min. Accuracy 10%.
Control stem angle of rotation 90.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2008 Caleffi
Balancing valve
with flow meter
CALEFFI
RE
IS
132 series
TERE
01149/08 GB
Function
The balancing valve is an hydraulic device that accurately
regulates the flow rate of heating medium supplied to system
terminals.
A correct balancing of hydraulic systems is essential to guarantee
the system operation according to its design specifications, high
thermal confort and low energy consumption.
This particular series of valves is equipped with a flow meter for a
direct reading of the regulated flow rate. The flow meter, housed in
a by-pass circuit on the valve body and that can be shut off during
normal functioning, allows a fast and easy balancing of circuits
without the need for differential pressure gauges or diagrams.
The balancing valve is equipped with a hot pre-formed shell
insulation to ensure a perfect thermal performance in case of use
both with hot and chilled water.
Patent application No. MI2007A000703.
Product range
Balancing valve with flow meter
Technical specifications
Materials
Valve
Body:
Ball:
Ball control stem:
Ball seal seat:
Control stem guide:
Seals:
Flow meter
Body:
Headwork:
Obturator stem:
Springs:
Seals:
Flow meter float:
Indicator cover:
1/2
3/4
3/4
1 1/4
1 1/2
Flow
rates
27
513
728
1040
2070
30120
50200
(l/min)
Dimensions
brass EN 12165 CW617N
brass EN 12164 CW614N
brass EN 12164 CW614N, chrome plated
stainless steel
EPDM
PSU
PSU
Performance
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
Working temperature range:
Flow rate range unit of measurement:
Accuracy:
Control stem angle of rotation:
Operating wrench:
Threaded connections:
Size
CALEFFI
15
bar
132 series
7
6
5
4
3
2
l/min
10%
90
1/21 1/4: 9 mm
1 1/2 and 2: 12 mm
1/22 F
Insulation
Material:
closed cell expanded PE-X
Thickness:
10 mm
Density: - inner part:
30 kg/m3
- outer part:
50 kg/m3
Thermal conductivity (DIN 52612): - at 0C:
0,038 W/(mK)
- at 40C:
0,045 W/(mK)
Coefficient of resistance to water vapour (DIN 52615):
> 1.300
Working temperature range:
0100C
Reaction to fire (DIN 4102):
class B2
Code
132402
132512
132522
132602
132702
132802
132902
A
1/2
3/4
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
B
83,5
83,5
83,5
85
88
91
96,5
C
45,5
45,5
45,5
47
50
56,5
62
D
145
145
145
158
163,5
171
177
Weight (kg)
0,80
0,74
0,74
0,96
1,19
1,47
2,00
Operating principle
3
15
1
7
6
5
4
2
3
4
5
6
7
Construction details
Flow meter
The flow rate value is displayed
directly by a flow meter housed
in a by-pass circuit on the valve
body, automatically shut-off
during normal functioning.
The use of a flow meter greatly
simplifies the process of system
balancing, since the flow rate
can
be
measured
and
controlled at any time and there
is no need for differential
pressure gauges or reference
charts.
The provision of a flow meter
also means that it is not
anymore necessary to calculate
valve settings at the system
design stage.
The advantages of this solution
can be explained as significant
time and cost saving, because
the traditional balancing device
presetting,
performed
by
qualified technicians, is a long
and difficult procedure.
Ball/magnet indicator
The ball (4) that indicates the flow rate value is
not in direct contact with the thermal medium
passing through the flow meter.
Thanks to an effective and innovative measuring
system, the ball slides up and down in a cylinder
(5) that is actually separate from the body of the
flow meter. The ball is moved by a magnet (6)
fixed to a float (7).
This means that the flow rate indication system
remains perfectly clean and provides reliable
readings over time.
5
7
6
4
Hydraulic characteristics
1/2
p (mm w.g.)
1 1/2
1 1/4
3/4
Insulation
3/4
15.000
150
10.000
100
5.000
50
2.000
20
1.000
10
500
200
100
50
100
250
500
1.000
2.500
5.000
1
25.000 50.000
10.000
3
2
G (l/h)
Code
Size
Flow
rates
1/2
3/4
3/4
1 1/4
1 1/2
27
513
728
1040
2070
30120 50200
Kv (m3/h)
0,9
2,5
5,4
7,2
13,1
(l/min)
27,8
46,4
Installation
Install the balancing valve in such a way to ensure free access to
the flow meter obturator, control stem and flow rate indicator.
We recommend to install straight sections of pipe as shown in the
illustration below to ensure accurate flow measurement.
132 series
5
6
132 series
Pump
5D
10D
2
3
4
5
6
7
D.After completing the balancing, release the ring of the flow meter
obturator that, thanks to an internal spring, will automatically go
back into the closed position.
Application diagrams
The balancing valve with the flow meter should preferably be installed on the circuit return pipe.
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
132 series
Balancing valve with flow meter. Threaded connections 1/2 (from 1/2 to 2) F x F. Brass body. Brass ball. Brass ball control
stem, chrome plated. PTFE ball seal seat. PSU control stem guide. Brass flow meter body and headwork. Brass flow meter
obturator control stem, chrome plated. Stainless steel flow meter springs. PSU flow meter float and indicator cover. EPDM
seals. With pre-formed shell insulation in expanded closed cell PE-X. Medium water and glycol solutions. Maximum
percentage of glycol 50%. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Working temperature range -10110C. Flow rate range unit of
measurement l/min. Accuracy 10%. Control stem angle of rotation 90.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2008 Caleffi
IS
6509 series
TERE
CALEFFI
01150/08 GB
Function
This series of stainless steel manifolds is provided for control and
distribution of the heating fluid in radiant panel systems that require
particularly high flow rates. For this reason they are mainly
indicated for industrial type applications, such as warehouses,
factories, large workshops, etc.
They are supplied in a pre-assembled version with 3 to 16 outlets
complete with: shut-off valves on the outlets giving the possibility of
cutting off the heating to different areas, pockets for temperature
gauges (supplied in the package) for controlling the radiant panel
heat exchange and cocks with hose connection for filling/draining
the circuit.
The use of stainless steel allows the manifolds to be used with
drinking water or aggressive fluids.
Product range
6509 series
size 2
Dimensions
Technical specifications
Manifold
Body:
40
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
Shut-off valves
Body:
Control lever:
stainless steel
105
Materials
10 bar
-10110C
080C
Main connections:
Manifold inner diameter:
Main connection centre distance:
Outlets:
Outlet centre distance:
Fill/drain cock:
2 M x 2 M
54 mm
350 mm
3/4 F
80 mm
hose connection
Hydraulic characteristics
CALEFFI
1,0
3,0
17
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
105
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Performance
3/4
Code outlets
650903
3
650904
4
650905
5
650906
6
650907
7
650908
8
650909
9
L
285
365
445
525
605
685
765
80
60
Weight (kg)
08,4
09,7
11,0
15,0
15,3
16,6
18,6
Codice
650910
650911
650912
650913
650914
650915
650916
deriv.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
L
845
925
1005
1085
1165
1245
1325
Weight (kg)
19,8
21,0
22,2
23,4
24,6
25,8
27,0
Characteristic components
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
9
1
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
Accessories:
7) Three-piece 2 F x M union fitting, code 588091
8) 942 series sleeve
9) Fitting with self-adjusting diameter for plastic pipes,
DARCAL 681 series
Construction details
Ease of installation
The manifold is supplied pre-assembled with fixing brackets, ready
for mounting directly on the wall.
Accessories
681
588
588091
Code
681687
681605
1
1
inside
outside
17,5
19,5
25
25
2 F x M with union
942
Sleeve.
Chrome plated.
Code
681
Fitting with self-adjusting diameter for
single and multilayer plastic pipes.
Max. working pressure: 10 bar.
Temperature range:
580C (PE-X)
575C (Multi-layer marked 95C).
Chrome plated.
Patented.
Code
inside
681502
681500
681501
681506
681515
681517
681524
681526
681535
681537
681546
681555
681556
681564
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
7,5 8
1 9 9,5
9,5 10
19,5 10
10,5 11
10,5 11
11,5 12
11,5 12
12,5 13
12,5 13
13,5 14
14,5 15
15 15,5
15,5 16
942551
942561
3/4 M x 3/4
3/4 M x 1
695
System test pump.
With pressure gauge and
hose for connecting to
the system.
outside
12
14
12
14
14
16
14
16
16
18
18
18
18
18
14
16
14
16
16
18
16
18
18
20
20
20
20
20
Technical specifications
Materials:
Body:
Piston:
Control lever:
Performance:
Max. working pressure:
Water content:
Pressure gauge scale:
Hose connection:
Length of hose:
bronze
brass
galvanized steel
50 bar
12 l
060 bar
1/2
1,5 m
Code
695000
1/2
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
6509 series
Manifolds for industrial radiant panel systems with 3 (from 3 to 16) outlets. Stainless steel body. Shut-off valves with
chrome plated brass body, aluminium control levers. Main connections 2 M. Outlet connections 3/4 F, centre distance
80 mm. Mediums: water and glycol solutions; maximum percentage of glycol 50%. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
Temperature range -10110C.
Complete with:
- Flow and return manifolds complete with ball shut-off valves, fill/drain cocks with hose connection and pockets for
temperature gauges.
- Pair of brackets, complete with insulating clamps.
- Blind end plugs.
- Pair of temperature gauges.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2008 Calef fi
CALEFFI
RE
IS
171 series
TERE
01151/07 GB
Function
The temperature regulating unit is made to be used in radiant panel
systems in combination with distribution manifolds.
The modulating temperature regulating unit, comprehensive of
digital temperature regulator, controls the temperature of the
medium sent to the panels according to the actual thermal load.
In this particular series, the temperature is regulated by a dedicated
hydraulic unit equipped with a specific motorised three-way valve.
It is supplied with a removable differential by-pass kit for the
primary circuit.
This accessory is essential when there is a primary circuit
circulation pump and the radiator circuits or fan coils are controlled
by thermostatic or thermo-electric valves.
In case of connection with a Sepcoll or an hydraulic separator
without primary pump, the kit can be removed and the hydraulic
unit is connected directly.
Patent application No. MI2006A 001935.
Reference Documentation
- Tech. brochure 01144 Pre-assembled distribution manifolds
for radiant panel systems 668...S1 series
Product range
Modulating regulating unit, with UPS 25-60 pump
Modulating regulating unit, with UPS 25-80 pump
Technical specifications
Performance
Materials
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
080C
010 bar
primary circuit:
to regulating unit:
panel circuit outlets:
outlet centre distance:
3/4 M
1 F with nut
3/4 M - 18 mm
50 mm
p (kPa)
50
5000
45
4000
40
3500
35
3000
30
2500
25
2000
0,2
4500
20
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
Connections:
0,1
Shut-off valves
Body:
Ball:
20
2078C
5100C
10 bar
0,5
10
Code 1715.1
Code 1715.3
Digital controller
Three-point type
Electric supply:
Power consumption:
Protection class:
(kPa)
230 V - 50 Hz
3 VA
IP 40
50
(kPa)
80
UPS 25-80
70
Actuator
40
60
30
20
50
40
30
230 V - 50 Hz
50 s (rotation 120)
8 VA
0,8 A
IP 44
55C
self-extinguishing VO
1
0
10
0,5
1,5
2,5
20
1
0
10
0
0,5
1,5
2,5
G (m3/h)
3,5
G (m3/h)
Power consumption
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
Speed
0,40
0,30
0,20
90
65
45
1800
1100
700
3
2
1
Speed
UPS 25-60
5
4
Three-point type
Electric supply:
Operating time:
Power consumption:
Auxiliary micro contact rating:
Protection class:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protective cover:
H (m w.g.)
60
3
2
1
-10125C
2,5 s
10.000 at 25C
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
1,04
0,92
0,63
245
210
140
2450
1500
700
Insulation
Safety thermostat
Factory set:
Protection class:
Contacts rating:
Material:
Thickness:
Density: - inner part:
- outer part:
Thermal conductivity (DIN 52612):
55C 3C
IP 55
10 A / 240 V
Pump
Three-speed pump:
Material: Body:
Electric supply:
Maximum ambient humidity:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protection class:
Pump centre distance:
Pump connections:
230 V - 50 Hz
95%
80C
IP 44
130 mm
1 1/2 with nut
>1300
0100C
Class B2
3
2
bar
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
1
2
3
1
2
3
13 outlets
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
1200
9 outlets
1000
5 outlets
800
Dimensions
1
2
3
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CL
6
2.5
co
n fo r
m e n or m e ISP E
30
40
SL
50
20
60
10
70
C
CAMERA
HOBBY
HOBBY
CALEFFI
CALEFF
30
40
20
CALEFFI
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
CALEFF
CALEFFI
CAMERA
CALEFF
CALEFFI
CAMERA
50
60
10
70
0
80
270410
115
3/4
60
345
50
A
code
HOBBY
CAMERA
CALEFFI
80
700
CALEFFI
Panel outlets
A
110150
Characteristic components
Flow manifold
equipped with
flow meters and
balancing valves
10
3
2
bar
1
0
1
2
CL
2.5
c on
f or m
30
e n o r m e I SP
40
20
ES L
SYSTEM
FLOW
50
60
10
70
0
80
CALEFFI
30
40
SYSTEM
RETURN
50
20
60
10
70
0
1
2
3
L/MIN
L/MIN
CAMERA
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
Return manifold
equipped with
shut-off valves.
6
2
1
2
4
L/MIN
CALEFFI
CAMERA
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
WC
80
11
12
BOILER BOILER
FLOW RETURN
1
2
3
4
7
8
9
10
11
12
Hydraulic diagram
Digital controller
SF
10
RT
Temperature gauge
5
9
Temperature probe
7
8
ST
RT
Room thermostat
ST
Safety thermostat
9
4
SR
12
11
11
BF
BR
Differential by-pass
Operating principle
SECONDARY
FLOW
SECONDARY
RETURN
2
PRIMARY
INLET
PRIMARY
RETURN
Construction details
Regulating unit body
The valve body, containing the thermal regulating device, is made
out of a single casting with connections to the primary and
secondary circuits. A specific internal channel carries the system
return medium to the regulating valve, making it possible for the unit
to be smaller in size and easy to connect.
Flow unit
The flow unit is made out of a single casting with the necessary
ports to connect with the functional components such as the safety
thermostat, temperature gauge, pressure gauge, drain valve and
flow temperature probe.
30
Fully open
clo
se
clo
en
open
op
se
70
0
50
60
10
Manual opening
By removing the actuator, the valve can be opened-closed manually
by using a screwdriver.
Fully closed
40
20
C
80
Removable kit
In case of an hydraulic circuit connected to a Sepcoll or to an
hydraulic separator without primary pump, the kit can be removed and
the hydraulic unit is connected directly. The circuit shut-off valves,
equipped with nut connection, can be removed easily and used
directly on the unit.
Connection without hydraulic separator or SEPCOLL
Differential valve
The differential valve is used to control the head in the primary
distribution circuit. It aids the flow circulation towards the heating
elements and limits overpressure if there are thermostatic or
thermo-electric valves.
The differential valve has a fixed setting that cannot be changed.
It is preset to 10 kPa, mean value for the loss of head in the primary
circuit.
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
2000
20
1800
1600
18
16
1400
14
1200
12
1000
10
800
700
600
Secondary
Gs
2
20
10
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
0,2
0,1
500
0,5
900
Secondary
Gs
secondary
Gp Primary
Gp Primary
Digital regulator
2
Operation
The regulator receives the signal from the room thermostat to switch the
pump on and to control the mixing valve.
The regulator acts on the mixing valve following two operating logics,
depending on the state of activation of the return sensor.
Set point regulation: return probe off. Selector 6) OFF.
In this case the flow temperature TM is kept constant at the value set
with the selector 5) in both heating and cooling. This setting is shown
on the display 1).
Modulating regulation: return probe on. Selector 6) ON.
In this case the flow temperature TM is changed according to the
temperature measured by the return probe TR. In this way the actual
thermal efficiency of the slab is kept under control and, as a result,
the rooms thermal load as well. This minimizes the systems thermal
response times.
TRset = TMset - 35% (TMset - 20C)
TMcalculated = TMset + (TRset - TR)
Example:
TMset = 40C
TRset = 40 - 0,35 (40 - 20) = 33C
TMcalculated = 40 + (33 - TR)
The new value of TM calculated is shown on the display 1) with a
side bar.
10
11
12
TM;TR
(C)
Flow temperature
limit
50
te
la
lcu
45
TM
Designed flow
temperature
40
Ca
TM
Flow
temperature
TM Set
ed
lat
lcu
35
TM
Ca
TR Set
Return temperature
designed
30
25
100%
150%
Designed
thermal load %
Display
Tpulse (s) =
Example:
Tactuator rotation = 120 s
Tpulse = 120/40 = 3 s
11) Return probe reading delay time trimmer.
Adjustable 1360 s. Factory configuration: 20 s.
12) Valve-motor mechanical delay recovery trimmer.
Adjustable 130 s. Factory configuration: 13 s.
Back panel
CALEFFI
M 230 V~ 5060 Hz
~
5(2) A / 250 V~
13 14 15 16 17 18
1
7
SA
SR TA
230 V~ IN OUT
9 10 11 12
TS
Open Close
Auxiliary microswitch
The regulator is equipped with an auxiliary microswitch that can be
used to control other devices.
13 14 15
1 2 3
16 17 18
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
On the back panel there are terminals for the electrical connections
of the various components.
Electric supply
1 Electric supply 230 V~ Live
2 Electric supply 230 V~ Neutral
3 Ground/Earth
Pump command
4 Ground/Earth
5 Pump command 230 V~ Live
6 Pump command 230 V~ Neutral
Mixer command
7 Valve command for opening
8 Common C
9 Valve command for closing
Example:
When Heating, to turn the water heater on/off.
N/O contact - Pump stationary - ambient thermostat OFF or safety
thermostat on (water heater off).
N/C contact - Pump on - ambient thermostat ON (water heater on).
Contact capacity: 5 A (230 V).
Flow/return probe
The flow/return temperature probes are the NTC type. If the probes
detect an ohmic resistance corresponding to short circuiting, the
following operating state comes into operation: pump OFF, mixing
valve closed, LED 8) on steady.
Sensor resistance values table
C
-20
-15
-10
-5
0
5
97.060
72.940
55.319
42.324
32.654
25.396
C
10
15
20
25
30
35
19.903
15.714
12.493
10.000
8.056
6.530
Flow/return probe
13 Flow temperature probe
14 Common C
15 Return temperature probe
Ambient thermostat/safety thermostat
16 Contact for ambient thermostat
17 Contact for common C ambient thermostat / Contact for common C
safety thermostat
18 Contact for safety thermostat.
Accessories
738
Chrono-thermostat for ambient,
battery operated.
With self-learning program.
Weekly programmable clock.
With phone programmer.
3 temperature levels + antifreeze.
30 minutes minimum programme.
Code
738107
124 x 90 x 21 mm
5.327
4.370
3.603
2.986
2.488
2.083
C
70
75
80
85
90
95
1.752
1.480
1.255
1.070
915
787
C
100
105
110
115
120
125
680
592
517
450
390
340
Factory configuration:
Auxiliary microswitch
10 Auxiliary output N/O
11 Auxiliary output common C
12 Auxiliary output N/C
C
40
45
50
55
60
65
ON
Position 1
Position 0
1 2 3
Application diagrams
Pump
Variable speed pump
Three-way valve
Thermostatic valve
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
- t1
- t2
- t3
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
CALEFFI
RT
Lockshield
Shut-off valve
co
n fo
rm e no rme IS PE S
Clock
RT
Room thermostat
Manual valve
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
- t1
- t2
- t3
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
CALEFFI
RT
co
n fo
rm e no rme IS PE S
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 1715..
Modulating temperature regulating unit. Connections to the primary circuit 3/4 M. Connections to the regulating unit 1 F with nut.
Panel circuit outlet connections 3/4 M - 18 mm. Primary circuit manifold outlet connections 3/4 M - 18 mm. Medium: water and
glycol solutions; Maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Control temperature range 2078C. Temperature range at primary circuit inlet
5100C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Panel manifolds differential by-pass setting 25 kPa. Primary circuit differential by-pass
setting 10 kPa. Temperature gauge scale 080C. Pressure gauge scale 010 bar. Complete with: flow manifold for panel system
with 5 outlets (from 5 to 13) with brass body, flow rate regulating valve with flow meter with a scale of 15 l/min; return manifold
for panel system with 5 outlets (from 5 to 13) with brass body, shut-off valve. Regulating unit with motorised three-way valve,
three-point actuator, electric supply 230 V - 50 Hz, protection class IP 44. Digital controller, electric supply 230 V - 50 Hz,
comprehensive of probes measuring temperature of flow and return. Flow adapter unit with brass body. By-pass kit with brass body,
POM differential by-pass valve and stainless steel spring. Shut-off valves with brass body and chrome plated brass ball. Safety
thermostat: factory setting 55C 3C, protection class IP 55, contact rating 10 A / 240 V. Three-speed circulation pump UPS 25-60
(and UPS 25-80), protection class IP 44. Pre-formed PE-X shell insulation for primary circuit. Supplied preassembled in a painted plate
box with lock, depth adjustable from 110 to 150 mm, including floor supports adjustable in height from 270 to 410 mm.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2007 Calef fi S.P.A.
CALEFFI
RE
IS
171 series
TERE
01152/07 GB
Function
The temperature regulating unit is made to be used in radiant panel
systems in combination with distribution manifolds.
The modulating temperature regulating unit, comprehensive of
digital temperature regulator, controls the temperature of the
medium sent to the panels according to the actual thermal load.
In this particular series, the temperature is regulated by a dedicated
hydraulic unit equipped with a specific motorised three-way valve.
It is supplied with removable differential by-pass kit for the primary
circuit. This accessory is essential when there is a primary circuit
circulation pump and the radiator circuits or fan coils are controlled
by thermostatic or thermo-electric valves.
In case of connection with a Sepcoll or an hydraulic separator
without primary pump, the kit can be removed and the hydraulic
unit is connected directly.
Patent application No. MI2006A 001935.
Reference Documentation
- Tech. brochure 01144 Pre-assembled distribution manifolds
for radiant panel systems 668...S1 series
Product range
Modulating regulating unit for heating and cooling with UPS 25-60 pump
Modulating regulating unit for heating and cooling with UPS 25-80 pump
Technical specifications
Performance
Materials
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Connections:
080C
010 bar
primary circuit:
to regulating unit:
panel circuit outlets:
outlet centre distance:
3/4 M
1 F with nut
3/4 M - 18 mm
50 mm
p (kPa)
50
45
4000
40
3500
35
3000
30
2500
25
2000
0,2
4500
20
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
5000
0,1
Shut-off valves
Body:
Ball:
20
778C
5100C
10 bar
0,5
10
Code 1715.2
Code 1715.4
Digital controller
Three-point type
Electric supply:
Power consumption:
Protection class:
(kPa)
230 V - 50 Hz
3 VA
IP 40
50
(kPa)
80
UPS 25-80
70
Actuator
40
60
30
20
50
40
30
230 V - 50 Hz
50 s (rotation 120)
8 VA
0,8 A
IP 44
55C
self-extinguishing VO
1
0
10
0,5
1,5
2,5
20
1
0
10
0
0,5
1,5
2,5
G (m3/h)
3,5
G (m3/h)
Power consumption
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
Speed
0,40
0,30
0,20
90
65
45
1800
1100
700
3
2
1
Speed
UPS 25-60
5
4
Three-point type
Electric supply:
Operating time:
Power consumption:
Auxiliary micro contact rating:
Protection class:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protective cover:
H (m w.g.)
60
3
2
1
-10125C
2,5 s
10.000 at 25C
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
1,04
0,92
0,63
245
210
140
2450
1500
700
Insulation
Safety thermostat
Factory set:
Protection class:
Contacts rating:
Material:
Thickness:
Density: - inner part:
- outer part:
Thermal conductivity (DIN 52612):
55C 3C
IP 55
10 A / 240 V
Pump
Three-speed pump:
Material: Body:
Electric supply:
Maximum ambient humidity:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protection class:
Pump centre distance:
Pump connections:
230 V - 50 Hz
95%
80C
IP 44
130 mm
1 1/2 with nut
>1300
0100C
Class B2
3
2
bar
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
1
2
3
4
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
4
L/MIN
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
12 outlets
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
3
4
L/MIN
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
1200
8 outlets
1000
5 outlets
800
Dimensions
1
2
3
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CL
m e n or m e ISP E
SL
CALEFFI
150051
Trasformatore
30
Convertitore
AC
50Hz
230V
40
CALEFFI
CAMERA
HOBBY
HOBBY
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
80
CALEFF
30
40
20
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
CALEFF
CALEFFI
CAMERA
CALEFF
CALEFFI
CAMERA
50
60
10
70
0
80
270410
115
3/4
60
415
50
A
code
HOBBY
CAMERA
CALEFFI
70
10
AC 24V 50Hz
AC 230V
6(2)A
T50
50
60
20
700
V
DE
2.5
co
n fo r
CALEFFI
150052
Panel outlets
A
110150
Characteristic components
Flow manifold
equipped with
flow meters and
balancing valves
10
3
2
bar
1
0
1
2
CL
CALEFFI
f or m
30
CALEFFI
150051
Trasformatore
e n o r m e I SP
40
ES L
20
60
70
C
SYSTEM
FLOW
50
10
0
150052
V
DE
2.5
c on
80
Convertitore
AC
50Hz
230V
AC 24V 50Hz
AC 230V
T50
6(2)A
14
CALEFFI
30
40
20
SYSTEM
RETURN
50
CALEFFI
60
10
1
2
3
L/MIN
L/MIN
CAMERA
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
Return manifold
equipped with
shut-off valves.
13
1
2
4
L/MIN
CAMERA
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
70
0
80
11
12
BOILER BOILER
FLOW RETURN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Safety thermostat
Flow and return temperature gauges with pocket
Pressure gauge
Primary circuit shut-off valves
Primary circuit differential by-pass kit
Max. RH% control probe
Max. RH% control components
Hydraulic diagram
Digital controller
SF
10
13
RT
T C
9
7
14
T C
Transformer/Convertor
Temperature gauge
ST
Temperature probe
Humidity % probe
9
4
6
SR
RT
Room thermostat
ST
Safety thermostat
2
Ball shut-off valve
12
11
11
Pump
BF
BR
Differential by-pass
Operating principle
The medium temperature is regulated
by a three-way mixing valve with a
sector obturator comprehensive of an
actuator managed by a specific
digital controller.
The controller receives the signal from
two probes, flow probe on the mixing
valve outlet and probe from the panel
circuit return, and it controls the
movement of the valve.
The flow in the valve is regulated by a
shaped obturator (1) that, by turning,
closes or opens the hot water flow port
(2) and the water returning port from
the circuit (3) to adjust the desired flow
temperature.
Even if the secondary circuit thermal
load or the inlet temperature from the
boiler change, the mixing valve
automatically adjusts the flow rates
until it obtains the optimal flow
temperature.
SECONDARY
FLOW
SECONDARY
RETURN
2
PRIMARY
INLET
PRIMARY
RETURN
Construction details
Regulating unit body
The valve body, containing the thermal regulating device, is made
out of a single casting with connections to the primary and
secondary circuits. A specific internal channel carries the system
return medium to the regulating valve, making it possible for the unit
to be smaller in size and easy to connect.
Flow unit
The flow unit is made out of a single casting with the necessary
ports to connect with the functional components such as the safety
thermostat, temperature gauge, pressure gauge, drain valve and
flow temperature probe.
30
Fully open
clo
se
clo
en
open
op
se
70
0
50
60
10
Manual opening
By removing the actuator, the valve can be opened-closed manually
by using a screwdriver.
Fully closed
40
20
C
80
Removable kit
In case of an hydraulic circuit connected to a Sepcoll or to an
hydraulic separator without primary pump, the kit can be removed and
the hydraulic unit is connected directly. The circuit shut-off valves,
equipped with nut connection, can be removed easily and used
directly on the unit.
Connection without hydraulic separator or SEPCOLL
Differential valve
The differential valve is used to control the head in the primary
distribution circuit. It aids the flow circulation towards the heating or
cooling elements and limits overpressure if there are thermostatic
or thermo-electric valves.
The differential valve has a fixed setting that cannot be changed.
It is preset to 10 kPa, mean value for the loss of head in the primary
circuit.
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
2000
20
1800
1600
18
16
1400
14
1200
12
1000
10
800
700
600
Secondary
Gs
2
20
10
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
0,2
0,1
500
0,5
900
Secondary
Gs
secondary
Gp Primary
Gp Primary
Digital regulator
2
Operation
The regulator receives the signal from the room thermostat to switch the
pump on and to control the mixing valve.
The regulator acts on the mixing valve following two operating logics,
depending on the state of activation of the return sensor.
Set point regulation: return probe off. Selector 6) OFF.
In this case the flow temperature TM is kept constant at the value set
with the selector 5) in both heating and cooling. This setting is shown
on the display 1).
Modulating regulation: return probe on. Selector 6) ON.
In this case the flow temperature TM is changed according to the
temperature measured by the return probe TR. In this way the actual
thermal efficiency of the slab is kept under control and, as a result,
the rooms thermal load as well. This minimizes the systems thermal
response times.
TRset = TMset - 35% (TMset - 20C)
TMcalculated = TMset + (TRset - TR)
Example:
TMset = 40C
TRset = 40 - 0,35 (40 - 20) = 33C
TMcalculated = 40 + (33 - TR)
The new value of TM calculated is shown on the display 1) with a
side bar.
10
11
12
TM;TR
(C)
Flow temperature
limit
50
te
la
lcu
45
TM
Designed flow
temperature
40
Ca
TM
Flow
temperature
TM Set
ed
lat
lcu
35
TM
Ca
TR Set
Return temperature
designed
30
25
Example:
Tactuator rotation = 120 s
Tpulse = 120/40 = 3 s
11) Return probe reading delay time trimmer.
Adjustable 1360 s. Factory configuration: 20 s.
12) Valve-motor mechanical delay recovery trimmer.
Adjustable 130 s. Factory configuration: 13 s.
20
50%
100%
150%
Designed
thermal load %
Display
The three-digit LCD displays the following parameters:
- flow temperature set with selector 5).
After 5 s the measured flow temperature appears.
- measured flow temperature, with return sensor off.
- calculated flow temperature, with return sensor on.
- maximum duration of pulse on the valve, selectable via trimmer 10).
Displayed for 5 s.
- return temperature acquisition delay time, selectable via trimmer 11).
Displayed for 5 s.
- valve-motor mechanical delay recovery, selectable via trimmer 12).
Displayed for 5 s
Back panel
CALEFFI
M 230 V~ 5060 Hz
~
5(2) A / 250 V~
13 14 15 16 17 18
1
7
SA
SR TA
9 10 11 12
Factory configuration:
TS
230 V~ IN OUT
Open Close
13 14 15
1 2 3
16 17 18
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
On the back panel there are terminals for the electrical connections
of the various components.
Electric supply
1 Electric supply 230 V~ Live
2 Electric supply 230 V~ Neutral
3 Ground/Earth
Pump command
4 Ground/Earth
5 Pump command 230 V~ Live
6 Pump command 230 V~ Neutral
Mixer command
7 Valve command for opening
8 Common C
9 Valve command for closing
Auxiliary microswitch
10 Auxiliary output N/O
11 Auxiliary output common C
12 Auxiliary output N/C
Flow/return probe
13 Flow temperature probe
14 Common C
15 Return temperature probe
Ambient thermostat/safety thermostat
16 Contact for ambient thermostat
17 Contact for common C ambient thermostat / Contact for common C
safety thermostat and humidity probe convertor
18 Contact for safety thermostat and humidity probe convertor.
Heating safety thermostat
If the safety thermostat trips, on detecting a higher flow temperature
than the setting, the following state comes into operation: pump OFF,
mixing valve closed. The thermostat contact is N/C; if the connection
fails, the regulator is not on.
Auxiliary microswitch
The regulator is equipped with an auxiliary microswitch that can be
used to control other devices.
Example:
When Heating, to turn the water heater on/off.
N/O contact - Pump stationary - ambient thermostat OFF or safety
thermostat on (water heater off).
N/C contact - Pump on - ambient thermostat ON (water heater on).
When Cooling, to turn the refrigerating unit on/off.
N/O contact - Pump stationary - ambient thermostat OFF or RH%
limit probe on (refrigerating unit off).
N/C contact - Pump on - ambient thermostat ON (refrigerating unit on).
Contact capacity: 5 A (230 V).
Flow/return probe
The flow/return temperature probes are the NTC type. If the probes
detect an ohmic resistance corresponding to short circuiting, the
following operating state comes into operation: pump OFF, mixing
valve closed, LED 8) on steady.
Sensor resistance values table
C
-20
-15
-10
-5
0
5
97.060
72.940
55.319
42.324
32.654
25.396
C
10
15
20
25
30
35
19.903
15.714
12.493
10.000
8.056
6.530
C
40
45
50
55
60
65
5.327
4.370
3.603
2.986
2.488
2.083
C
70
75
80
85
90
95
1.752
1.480
1.255
1.070
915
787
C
100
105
110
115
120
125
680
592
517
450
390
340
Setting
Limit
Limit
Dipswitch maximum minimum
0 0 0
50
14
0 0 1
54
13
0 1 0
58
12
0 1 1
62
11
1 0 0
66
10
1 0 1
70
9
1 1 0
74
8
1 1 1
78
7
ON
Position 1
Position 0
1 2 3
Safety
thermostat
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
ST
150051
150052
Converter
Transformer
AC
50Hz
V
DE
LN
AC 24V 50Hz
AC 230V
6(2)A
T50
230V
24V
24V~
~ ~
1 2 3
4 5 6
Accessories
230 V
Room
thermostat
738
RT
Controller
cod. 161000
13 14 15
16 17 18
13 14 15 16 17 18
1 2 3 4 5 6
L
230 V~
IN OUT
7 8 9 10 11 12
SA
SR TA
TS
Code
Open Close
738107
124 x 90 x 21 mm
Application diagram
Pump
Lockshield
Shut-off valve
Three-way valve
Clock
Thermostatic valve
S/W
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
- t1
- t2
- t3
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
co
nf o
rme
P ES
no r me I S
CALEFFI
TH Thermostat/Humidostat
TH
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 1715..
Modulating temperature regulating unit for heating and cooling. Connections to the primary circuit 3/4 M. Connections to the
regulating unit 1 F with nut. Panel circuit outlet connections 3/4 M - 18 mm. Medium: water and glycol solutions; Maximum
percentage of glycol 30%. Control temperature range 778C. Temperature range at primary circuit inlet 5100C. Maximum
working pressure 10 bar. Panel manifolds differential by-pass setting 25 kPa. Primary circuit differential by-pass setting 10 kPa.
Temperature gauge scale 080C. Pressure gauge scale 010 bar. Complete with: flow manifold for panel system with 5 outlets
(from 5 to 12) with brass body, flow rate regulating valve with flow meter with a scale of 15 l/min; return manifold for panel
system with 5 outlets (from 5 to 12) with brass body, shut-off valve. Regulating unit with motorised three-way valve, three-point
actuator, electric supply 230 V - 50 Hz, protection class IP 44. Digital controller, electric supply 230 V - 50 Hz, comprehensive of
probes measuring temperature of flow, return and relative humidity. Flow adapter unit with brass body. By-pass kit with brass body,
POM differential by-pass valve and stainless steel spring. Shut-off valves with brass body and chrome plated brass ball. Safety
thermostat: factory setting 55C 3C, protection class IP 55, contact rating 10 A / 240 V. Three-speed circulation pump UPS 25-60
(and UPS 25-80), protection class IP 44. Pre-formed PE-X shell insulation for primary circuit. Supplied preassembled in a painted
plate box with lock, depth adjustable from 110 to 150 mm, including floor supports adjustable in height from 270 to 410 mm.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2007 Calef fi S.P.A.
CALEFFI
RE
IS
171 series
TERE
01153/07 GB
Function
The temperature regulating unit with the distribution kit for the primary
circuit is made to be used in mixed systems: radiant panels and
radiators or fan coils, in combination with distribution manifolds for
radiant panels.
The modulating temperature regulating unit, comprehensive of
digital temperature regulator, controls the temperature of the
medium sent to the panels according to the actual thermal load.
In this particular series, the temperature is regulated by a dedicated
hydraulic unit equipped with a specific motorised three-way valve.
The function of the kit is to distribute a portion of the medium
flowing from the primary boiler circuit to the heating elements.
It is supplied with manifolds with built-in shut-off and balacing
valves and a differential by-pass kit for the primary circuit. This
accessory is essential when there is a primary circuit circulation
pump and the radiator circuits or fan coils are controlled by
thermostatic or thermo-electric valves.
Patent application No. MI2006A 001935.
Reference Documentation
- Tech. brochure 01144 Pre-assembled distribution manifolds
for radiant panel systems 668...S1 series
Product range
Modulating regulating unit with distribution kit for primary circuit, with UPS 25-60 pump
Modulating regulating unit with distribution kit for primary circuit, with UPS 25-80 pump
Technical specifications
Performance
Materials
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
stainless steel
EPDM
stainless steel
ABS
p (kPa)
50
5000
4500
45
4000
40
3500
35
3000
30
2500
25
2000
0,2
p (mm w.g.)
3/4 M
1 F with nut
3/4 M - 18 mm
50 mm
0,1
Return manifold
Body:
Shut-off valve
Stem:
Obturator and seals:
Springs:
Control knob:
primary circuit:
to regulating unit:
panel circuit outlets:
outlet centre distance:
080C
010 bar
20
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
Shut-off valves
Body:
Ball:
20
2078C
5100C
10 bar
0,5
10
Digital controller
Three-point type
Electric supply:
Power consumption:
Protection class:
(kPa)
230 V - 50 Hz
3 VA
IP 40
50
(kPa)
80
UPS 25-80
70
Actuator
40
60
30
20
50
40
30
230 V - 50 Hz
50 s (rotation 120)
8 VA
0,8 A
IP 44
55C
self-extinguishing VO
1
0
10
0,5
1,5
2,5
20
10
0,5
1,5
2,5
G (m3/h)
3,5
G (m3/h)
Power consumption
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
Speed
0,40
0,30
0,20
90
65
45
1800
1100
700
3
2
1
Speed
UPS 25-60
5
4
Three-point type
Electric supply:
Operating time:
Power consumption:
Auxiliary micro contact rating:
Protection class:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protective cover:
H (m w.g.)
60
3
2
1
-10125C
2,5 s
10.000 at 25C
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
1,04
0,92
0,63
245
210
140
2450
1500
700
Insulation
Safety thermostat
Factory set:
Protection class:
Contacts rating:
Material:
Thickness:
Density: - inner part:
- outer part:
Thermal conductivity (DIN 52612):
55C 3C
IP 55
10 A / 240 V
Pump
Three-speed pump:
Material: Body:
Electric supply:
Maximum ambient humidity:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protection class:
Pump centre distance:
Pump connections:
230 V - 50 Hz
95%
80C
IP 44
130 mm
1 1/2 with nut
>1300
0100C
Class B2
3
2
bar
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
1
2
3
1
2
3
12 outlets
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
1200
8 outlets
1000
5 outlets
800
Dimensions
1
2
3
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CL
6
2.5
co
n fo r
m e n or m e ISP E
30
40
SL
50
20
60
10
70
C
CAMERA
HOBBY
HOBBY
CALEFFI
CALEFF
3/4
HOBBY
CAMERA
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
80
700
CALEFFI
30
40
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
CALEFF
CALEFFI
CAMERA
CALEFF
CALEFFI
CAMERA
50
20
60
10
70
C
80
270410
129 105
415
50
code
Radiator outlets
Panel outlets
A
110150
Characteristic components
10
3
2
Flow manifold
equipped with
flow meters and
balancing valves
bar
1
0
6
CL
2.5
c on
f or m
30
e n o r m e I SP
40
20
ES L
SYSTEM
FLOW
50
60
10
70
0
80
1
2
3
CALEFFI
30
50
CALEFFI
60
C
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
CAMERA
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
Return manifold
equipped with
shut-off valves.
SYSTEM
RETURN
CAMERA
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
WC
70
0
40
20
10
1
2
4
L/MIN
80
12
BOILER
FLOW
11
13
BOILER
RETURN
1
2
3
4
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Hydraulic diagram
Digital controller
SF
10
RT
Temperature gauge
5
9
Temperature probe
7
8
ST
RT
Room thermostat
ST
Safety thermostat
9
4
6
12
11
SR
BF
11
BR
12
13
Differential by-pass
Operating principle
SECONDARY
FLOW
SECONDARY
RETURN
2
PRIMARY
INLET
PRIMARY
RETURN
Construction details
Regulating unit body
The valve body, containing the thermal regulating device, is made
out of a single casting with connections to the primary and
secondary circuits. A specific internal channel carries the system
return medium to the regulating valve, making it possible for the unit
to be smaller in size and easy to connect.
Flow unit
The flow unit is made out of a single casting with the necessary
ports to connect with the functional components such as the safety
thermostat, temperature gauge, pressure gauge, drain valve and
flow temperature probe.
30
Fully open
clo
se
clo
en
open
op
se
70
0
50
60
10
Manual opening
By removing the actuator, the valve can be opened-closed manually
by using a screwdriver.
Fully closed
40
20
C
80
800
700
600
9
8
7
6
400
350
300
250
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
0,2
p (mm w.g.)
2
20
0,5
5
10
0,1
2
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
0,1
0,2
10
Kv
5,40
4,10
Kv0,01
540
410
20
1800
1600
18
16
1400
14
1200
12
10
1000
900
800
700
600
500
p (kPa)
2000
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
16
14
12
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
0,45
0,4
0,35
0,3
0,25
45
40
35
30
25
20
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
80
70
60
2018
540
50
5,40
5 mm
0,5
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
10090
22
130
320
470
Differential valve
The differential valve is used to control the head in the primary
distribution circuit. It aids the flow circulation towards the heating
elements and limits overpressure if there are thermostatic or thermoelectric valves.
The differential valve has a fixed setting that cannot be changed.
It is preset to 10 kPa, mean value for the loss of head in the primary
circuit.
180
160
140
120
F.O.
0,22
1,30
3,20
4,70
10
200
0,2
500450
Adjustment
position
2 turns
3 turns
4 turns
5 turns
0,1
p (mm w.g.)
1000900
Secondary
Gs
Gs
Gp
Gp
Primary
Primary
Digital regulator
2
Operation
The regulator receives the signal from the room thermostat to switch the
pump on and to control the mixing valve.
The regulator acts on the mixing valve following two operating logics,
depending on the state of activation of the return sensor.
Set point regulation: return probe off. Selector 6) OFF.
In this case the flow temperature TM is kept constant at the value set
with the selector 5) in both heating and cooling. This setting is shown
on the display 1).
Modulating regulation: return probe on. Selector 6) ON.
In this case the flow temperature TM is changed according to the
temperature measured by the return probe TR. In this way the actual
thermal efficiency of the slab is kept under control and, as a result,
the rooms thermal load as well. This minimizes the systems thermal
response times.
TRset = TMset - 35% (TMset - 20C)
TMcalculated = TMset + (TRset - TR)
Example:
TMset = 40C
TRset = 40 - 0,35 (40 - 20) = 33C
TMcalculated = 40 + (33 - TR)
The new value of TM calculated is shown on the display 1) with a
side bar.
10
11
12
TM;TR
(C)
Flow temperature
limit
50
te
la
lcu
45
TM
Designed flow
temperature
40
Ca
TM
Flow
temperature
TM Set
ed
lat
lcu
35
TM
Ca
TR Set
Return temperature
designed
30
25
100%
150%
Designed
thermal load %
Display
Tpulse (s) =
Example:
Tactuator rotation = 120 s
Tpulse = 120/40 = 3 s
11) Return probe reading delay time trimmer.
Adjustable 1360 s. Factory configuration: 20 s.
12) Valve-motor mechanical delay recovery trimmer.
Adjustable 130 s. Factory configuration: 13 s.
Back panel
CALEFFI
M 230 V~ 5060 Hz
~
5(2) A / 250 V~
13 14 15 16 17 18
1
7
SA
SR TA
230 V~ IN OUT
9 10 11 12
TS
Open Close
Auxiliary microswitch
The regulator is equipped with an auxiliary microswitch that can be
used to control other devices.
13 14 15
1 2 3
16 17 18
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
On the back panel there are terminals for the electrical connections
of the various components.
Electric supply
1 Electric supply 230 V~ Live
2 Electric supply 230 V~ Neutral
3 Ground/Earth
Pump command
4 Ground/Earth
5 Pump command 230 V~ Live
6 Pump command 230 V~ Neutral
Mixer command
7 Valve command for opening
8 Common C
9 Valve command for closing
Auxiliary microswitch
10 Auxiliary output N/O
11 Auxiliary output common C
12 Auxiliary output N/C
Flow/return probe
13 Flow temperature probe
14 Common C
15 Return temperature probe
Ambient thermostat/safety thermostat
16 Contact for ambient thermostat
17 Contact for common C ambient thermostat / Contact for common C
safety thermostat
18 Contact for safety thermostat.
Accessories
738
Chrono-thermostat for ambient,
battery operated.
With self-learning program.
Weekly programmable clock.
With phone programmer.
3 temperature levels + anti-freeze.
30-minute minimum programme.
Code
738107
124 x 90 x 21 mm
Example:
When Heating, to turn the water heater on/off.
N/O contact - Pump stationary - ambient thermostat OFF or safety
thermostat on (water heater off).
N/C contact - Pump on - ambient thermostat ON (water heater on).
Contact capacity: 5 A (230 V).
Flow/return probe
The flow/return temperature probes are the NTC type. If the probes
detect an ohmic resistance corresponding to short circuiting, the
following operating state comes into operation: pump OFF, mixing
valve closed, LED 8) on steady.
Sensor resistance values table
C
-20
-15
-10
-5
0
5
97.060
72.940
55.319
42.324
32.654
25.396
C
10
15
20
25
30
35
19.903
15.714
12.493
10.000
8.056
6.530
C
40
45
50
55
60
65
5.327
4.370
3.603
2.986
2.488
2.083
C
70
75
80
85
90
95
1.752
1.480
1.255
1.070
915
787
C
100
105
110
115
120
125
680
592
517
450
390
340
Factory configuration:
ON
Position 1
Position 0
1 2 3
Application diagram
RT
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
- t1
- t2
- t3
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
3
2
bar
1
2
1
2
1
2
Thermostatic valve
Shut-off valve
Manual valve
Clock
Room thermostat
RT
1
2
Lockshield
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
CAMERA
HOBBY
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CL
2.5
co
1
2
CALEFFI
Pump
nf o
rm e n or me I S PES
30
40
20
50
60
10
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
70
0
80
CALEFF
30
40
CAMERA
HOBBY
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
50
60
20
70
10
0
80
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 1715.. 003
Modulating temperature regulating unit with distribution kit for primary circuit. Connections to the primary circuit 3/4 M.
Connections to the regulating unit 1 F with nut. Panel circuit outlet connections 3/4 M- 18 mm. Primary circuit manifold outlet
connections 3/4 M - 18 mm. Medium: water and glycol solutions; maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Control temperature
range 2078C. Temperature range at primary circuit inlet 5100C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Panel manifolds differential
by-pass setting 25 kPa. Primary circuit differential by-pass setting 10 kPa. Temperature gauge scale 080C. Pressure gauge scale
010 bar. Complete with: flow manifold for panel system with 5 outlets (from 5 to 12) with brass body, flow rate regulating valve
with flow meter with a scale of 15 l/min; return manifold for panel system with 5 outlets (from 5 to 12) with brass body, shut-off
valve. Regulating unit with motorised three-way valve, three-point actuator, electric supply 230 V - 50 Hz, protection class IP 40.
Digital controller, electric supply 230 V - 50 Hz, comprehensive of probes measuring temperature of flow and return. Flow adapter
unit with brass body. Primary circuit distribution manifolds with 3 outlets, brass body, flow rate regulating and shut-off valves.
By-pass kit with brass body, POM differential by-pass valve and stainless steel spring. Shut-off valves with brass body and chrome
plated brass ball. Safety thermostat: factory setting 55C 3C, protection class IP 55, contact rating 10 A / 240 V. Three-speed
circulation pump UPS 25-60 (and UPS 25-80), protection class IP 44. Pre-formed PE-X shell insulation for primary circuit. Supplied
preassembled in a painted plate box with lock, depth adjustable from 110 to 150 mm, including floor supports adjustable in height
from 270 to 410 mm.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2007 Calef fi S.P.A.
CALEFFI
IS
171 series
TERE
01154/07 GB
Function
The temperature regulating unit with the distribution kit for the primary
circuit is made to be used in mixed systems: radiant panels and
radiators or fan coils, in combination with distribution manifolds for
radiant panels.
The modulating temperature regulating unit, comprehensive of
digital temperature regulator, controls the temperature of the
medium sent to the panels according to the actual thermal load.
In this particular series, the temperature is regulated by a dedicated
hydraulic unit equipped with a specific motorised three-way valve.
The function of the kit is to distribute a portion of the medium
flowing from the primary boiler circuit to the heating or cooling
elements.
It is supplied with manifolds with built-in shut-off and balacing
valves and a differential by-pass kit for the primary circuit. This
accessory is essential when there is a primary circuit circulation
pump and the radiator circuits or fan coils are controlled by
thermostatic or thermo-electric valves.
Patent application No. MI2006A 001935.
Reference Documentation
- Tech. brochure 01144 Pre-assembled distribution manifolds for
radiant panel systems 668...S1 series
Product range
Code 1715.2 003
Code 1715.4 003
Modulating regulating unit for heating and cooling with distribution kit for primary circuit, with UPS 25-60 pump
Modulating regulating unit for heating and cooling with distribution kit for primary circuit, with UPS 25-80 pump
Technical specifications
Performance
Materials
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Connections:
50
40
3500
35
3000
30
2500
25
20
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
1
20
2000
45
4000
0,5
4500
10
stainless steel
EPDM
stainless steel
ABS
p (kPa)
5000
0,2
3/4 M
1 F with nut
3/4 M - 18 mm
50 mm
p (mm w.g.)
primary circuit:
to regulating unit:
panel circuit outlets:
outlet centre distance:
0,1
Return manifold
Body:
Shut-off valve
Stem:
Obturator and seals:
Springs:
Control knob:
080C
010 bar
778C
5100C
10 bar
Shut-off valves
Body:
Ball:
Digital controller
Three-point type
Electric supply:
Power consumption:
Protection class:
(kPa)
230 V - 50 Hz
3 VA
IP 40
Actuator
40
80
UPS 25-80
70
60
30
20
50
40
30
230 V - 50 Hz
50 s (rotation 120)
8 VA
0,8 A
IP 44
55C
self-extinguishing VO
1
0
0,5
10
1,5
2,5
20
1
0
10
0
0,5
1,5
2,5
G (m3/h)
3,5
G (m3/h)
Power consumption
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
Speed
0,40
0,30
0,20
90
65
45
1800
1100
700
3
2
1
Speed
50
6
4
Three-point type
Electric supply:
Operating time:
Power consumption:
Auxiliary micro contact rating:
Protection class:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protective cover:
UPS 25-60
5
(kPa)
H (m w.g.)
60
3
2
1
-10125C
2,5 s
10.000 at 25C
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
1,04
0,92
0,63
245
210
140
2450
1500
700
Insulation
Safety thermostat
Factory set:
Protection class:
Contacts rating:
Material:
Thickness:
Density: - inner part:
- outer part:
Thermal conductivity (DIN 52612):
55C 3C
IP 55
10 A / 240 V
Pump
Three-speed pump:
Material: Body:
Electric supply:
Maximum ambient humidity:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protection class:
Pump centre distance:
Pump connections:
230 V - 50 Hz
95%
80C
IP 44
130 mm
1 1/2 with nut
>1300
0100C
Class B2
3
2
bar
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
4
L/MIN
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
12 outlets
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
3
4
L/MIN
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
1200
8 outlets
1000
5 outlets
800
Dimensions
1
2
3
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CL
CALEFFI
2.5
co
n fo r
CALEFFI
m e n or m e ISP E
30
40
20
60
10
150052
Trasformatore
CAMERA
HOBBY
BAGNO
WC
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
HOBBY
CAMERA
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
80
Convertitore
AC
50Hz
230V
AC 24V 50Hz
AC 230V
6(2)A
T50
700
V
DE
CALEFFI
HOBBY
70
0
150051
SL
50
3/4
CALEFF
30
40
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
CALEFF
CALEFFI
CAMERA
CALEFF
CALEFFI
CAMERA
50
20
60
10
70
C
80
270410
129 105
415
50
code
Radiator outlets
Panel outlets
A
1715E2 003
3
5
765
1715F2 003
3
6
815
1715G2 003
3
7
865
1715H2 003
3
8
915
110150
1715I2 003
3
9
985
1715L2 003
1715L4 003
3
10
1035
1715M2 003
1715M4 003
3
11
1085
1715N2 003
1715N4 003
3
12
1135
Characteristic components
Flow manifold
equipped with flow
meters and
balacing valves
10
3
2
bar
1
0
1
2
CL
CALEFFI
2.5
c on
f or m
30
CALEFFI
e n o r m e I SP
40
60
70
150051
Trasformatore
V
DE
SYSTEM
FLOW
50
20
10
150052
ES L
80
Convertitore
AC
50Hz
230V
AC 24V 50Hz
AC 230V
6(2)A
T50
15
30
40
SYSTEM
RETURN
50
20
60
10
70
0
4
L/MIN
CAMERA
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CAMERA
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
WC
80
9
BOILER
FLOW
12
11
13
BOILER
RETURN
5
6
7
1
2
3
L/MIN
Return manifold
equipped with
shut-off valves.
14
1
2
3
4
CALEFFI
1
2
4
L/MIN
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Safety thermostat
Flow and return temperature gauges with pocket
Pressure gauge
Primary circuit shut-off valves
Distribution manifolds with built-in valves for primary circuit
Primary circuit differential by-pass kit
Max. RH% control probe
Max. RH% control components
Hydraulic diagram
Digital controller
SF
10
14
RT
T C
9
7
15
T C
Transformer/Convertor
Temperature gauge
ST
Temperature probe
Humidity % probe
4
6
3
12
11
SR
2
RT
Room thermostat
ST
Safety thermostat
Ball shut-off valve
BF
11
12
13
Pressure gauge
BR
Pump
Differential by-pass
Operating principle
SECONDARY
FLOW
SECONDARY
RETURN
2
PRIMARY
INLET
PRIMARY
RETURN
Construction details
Regulating unit body
The valve body, containing the thermal regulating device, is made
out of a single casting with connections to the primary and
secondary circuits. A specific internal channel carries the system
return medium to the regulating valve, making it possible for the unit
to be smaller in size and easy to connect.
Flow unit
The flow unit is made out of a single casting with the necessary
ports to connect with the functional components such as the safety
thermostat, temperature gauge, pressure gauge, drain valve and
flow temperature probe.
30
Fully open
clo
se
clo
en
open
op
se
70
0
50
60
10
Manual opening
By removing the actuator, the valve can be opened-closed manually
by using a screwdriver.
Fully closed
40
20
C
80
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
10090
80
70
60
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
45
40
35
30
25
0,45
0,4
0,35
0,3
0,25
0,5
2018
0,2
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
16
14
12
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
1
20
Kv
5,40
4,10
Kv0,01
540
410
p (kPa)
2000
20
1800
1600
18
16
1400
14
1200
12
1000
10
900
800
700
600
500
p (mm w.g.)
10
0,1
2
0,5
0,1
0,2
10
Differential valve
The differential valve is used to control the head in the primary
distribution circuit. It aids the flow circulation towards the heating or
cooling elements and limits overpressure if there are thermostatic or
thermo-electric valves.
The differential valve has a fixed setting that cannot be changed.
It is preset to 10 kPa, mean value for the loss of head in the primary
circuit.
180
160
140
120
540
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
200
50
5,40
5 mm
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
22
130
320
470
20
400
350
300
250
500450
F.O.
0,22
1,30
3,20
4,70
0,5
10
9
8
7
6
10
p (kPa)
800
700
600
Adjustment
position
2 turns
3 turns
4 turns
5 turns
0,2
p (mm w.g.)
1000900
0,1
Secondary
Gs
Gs
Gp
Gp
Primary
Primary
Digital regulator
2
Operation
The regulator receives the signal from the room thermostat to switch the
pump on and to control the mixing valve.
The regulator acts on the mixing valve following two operating logics,
depending on the state of activation of the return sensor.
Set point regulation: return probe off. Selector 6) OFF.
In this case the flow temperature TM is kept constant at the value set
with the selector 5) in both heating and cooling. This setting is shown
on the display 1).
Modulating regulation: return probe on. Selector 6) ON.
In this case the flow temperature TM is changed according to the
temperature measured by the return probe TR. In this way the actual
thermal efficiency of the slab is kept under control and, as a result,
the rooms thermal load as well. This minimizes the systems thermal
response times.
TRset = TMset - 35% (TMset - 20C)
TMcalculated = TMset + (TRset - TR)
Example:
TMset = 40C
TRset = 40 - 0,35 (40 - 20) = 33C
TMcalculated = 40 + (33 - TR)
The new value of TM calculated is shown on the display 1) with a
side bar.
10
11
12
TM;TR
(C)
Flow temperature
limit
50
te
la
lcu
45
TM
Designed flow
temperature
40
Ca
TM
Flow
temperature
TM Set
ed
lat
lcu
35
TM
Ca
TR Set
Return temperature
designed
30
25
Example:
Tactuator rotation = 120 s
Tpulse = 120/40 = 3 s
11) Return probe reading delay time trimmer.
Adjustable 1360 s. Factory configuration: 20 s.
12) Valve-motor mechanical delay recovery trimmer.
Adjustable 130 s. Factory configuration: 13 s.
20
50%
100%
150%
Designed
thermal load %
Display
The three-digit LCD displays the following parameters:
- flow temperature set with selector 5).
After 5 s the measured flow temperature appears.
- measured flow temperature, with return sensor off.
- calculated flow temperature, with return sensor on.
- maximum duration of pulse on the valve, selectable via trimmer 10).
Displayed for 5 s.
- return temperature acquisition delay time, selectable via trimmer 11).
Displayed for 5 s.
- valve-motor mechanical delay recovery, selectable via trimmer 12).
Displayed for 5 s
Back panel
CALEFFI
M 230 V~ 5060 Hz
~
5(2) A / 250 V~
13 14 15 16 17 18
1
7
SA
SR TA
9 10 11 12
Factory configuration:
TS
230 V~ IN OUT
Apre Chiude
13 14 15
1 2 3
16 17 18
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
On the back panel there are terminals for the electrical connections
of the various components.
Electric supply
1 Electric supply 230 V~ Live
2 Electric supply 230 V~ Neutral
3 Ground/Earth
Pump command
4 Ground/Earth
5 Pump command 230 V~ Live
6 Pump command 230 V~ Neutral
Mixer command
7 Valve command for opening
8 Common C
9 Valve command for closing
Auxiliary microswitch
10 Auxiliary output N/O
11 Auxiliary output common C
12 Auxiliary output N/C
Flow/return probe
13 Flow temperature probe
14 Common C
15 Return temperature probe
Ambient thermostat/safety thermostat
16 Contact for ambient thermostat
17 Contact for common C ambient thermostat / Contact for common C
safety thermostat and humidity probe convertor
18 Contact for safety thermostat and humidity probe convertor.
Heating safety thermostat
If the safety thermostat trips, on detecting a higher flow temperature
than the setting, the following state comes into operation: pump OFF,
mixing valve closed. The thermostat contact is N/C; if the connection
fails, the regulator is not on.
Auxiliary microswitch
The regulator is equipped with an auxiliary microswitch that can be
used to control other devices.
Example:
When Heating, to turn the water heater on/off.
N/O contact - Pump stationary - ambient thermostat OFF or safety
thermostat on (water heater off).
N/C contact - Pump on - ambient thermostat ON (water heater on).
When Cooling, to turn the refrigerating unit on/off.
N/O contact - Pump stationary - ambient thermostat OFF or RH%
limit probe on (refrigerating unit off).
N/C contact - Pump on - ambient thermostat ON (refrigerating unit on).
Contact capacity: 5 A (230 V).
Flow/return probe
The flow/return temperature probes are the NTC type. If the probes
detect an ohmic resistance corresponding to short circuiting, the
following operating state comes into operation: pump OFF, mixing
valve closed, LED 8) on steady.
97.060
72.940
55.319
42.324
32.654
25.396
C
10
15
20
25
30
35
19.903
15.714
12.493
10.000
8.056
6.530
C
40
45
50
55
60
65
5.327
4.370
3.603
2.986
2.488
2.083
C
70
75
80
85
90
95
1.752
1.480
1.255
1.070
915
787
C
100
105
110
115
120
125
680
592
517
450
390
340
Setting
Limit
Limit
Dipswitch maximum minimum
0 0 0
50
14
0 0 1
54
13
0 1 0
58
12
0 1 1
62
11
1 0 0
66
10
1 0 1
70
9
1 1 0
74
8
1 1 1
78
7
ON
Position 1
Position 0
1 2 3
Safety
thermostat
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
Convertitore
Trasformatore
AC
50Hz
V
DE
LN
ST
150051
150052
AC 24V 50Hz
AC 230V
6(2)A
T50
230V
24V
24V~
~ ~
1 2 3
4 5 6
Accessories
230 V
Room
thermostat
738
RT
Controller
cod. 161000
13 14 15
16 17 18
13 14 15 16 17 18
1 2 3 4 5 6
L
230 V~
IN OUT
7 8 9 10 11 12
SA
SR TA
TS
Code
Open Close
738107
124 x 90 x 21 mm
Application diagram
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
MIN
BBY
Pump
Lockshield
Three-way valve
Shut-off valve
Thermostatic valve
Clock
Manual valve
E/I
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
- t1
- t2
- t3
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
3
2
bar
1
2
230V
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
CAMERA
HOBBY
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
2.5
rm e n or me I S PES
30
40
50
60
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
70
0
Convertitore
AC
50Hz
TA
nf o
20
10
V
DE
TH
CL
co
CALEFFI
150051
Trasformatore
1
2
CALEFFI
150052
CALEFFI
TH Thermostat/Humidostat
80
AC 24V 50Hz
AC 230V
T50
6(2)A
CALEFF
30
40
20
CAMERA
HOBBY
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
50
60
10
70
0
80
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 1715.. 003
Modulating temperature regulating unit for heating and cooling with distribution kit for primary circuit. Connections to the primary circuit
3/4 M. Connections to the regulating unit 1 F with nut. Panel circuit outlet connections 3/4 M - 18 mm. Primary circuit manifold outlet
connections 3/4 M - 18 mm. Medium: water and glycol solutions; Maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Control temperature range
778C. Maximum temperature at primary circuit inlet 100C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Panel manifolds differential by-pass setting
25 kPa. Primary circuit differential by-pass setting 10 kPa. Temperature gauge scale 080C. Pressure gauge scale 010 bar. Complete with:
flow manifold for panel system with 5 outlets (from 5 to 12) with brass body, flow rate regulating valve with flow meter with a scale of
15 l/min; return manifold for panel system with 5 outlets (from 5 to 12) with brass body, shut-off valve. Regulating unit with motorised
three-way valve, three-point actuator, electric supply 230 V - 50 Hz, protection class IP 44. Digital controller, electric supply 230 V - 50 Hz,
comprehensive of probes measuring temperature of flow, return and relative humidity. Flow adapter unit with brass body. Primary circuit
distribution manifolds with 3 outlets, brass body, flow rate regulating and shut-off valves. By-pass kit with brass body, POM differential
by-pass valve and stainless steel spring. Shut-off valves with brass body and chrome plated brass ball. Safety thermostat: factory setting
55C 3C, protection class IP 55, contact rating 10 A / 240 V. Three-speed circulation pump UPS 25-60 (and UPS 25-80), protection class
IP 44. Pre-formed PE-X shell insulation for primary circuit. Supplied preassembled in a painted plate box with lock, depth adjustable from
110 to 150 mm, including floor supports adjustable in height from 270 to 410 mm.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2007 Calef fi S.P.A.
CALEFFI
RE
IS
172 series
TERE
01155/07 GB
Function
The temperature regulating unit is made to be used in radiant panel
systems, in combination with distribution manifolds. The set point
regulating unit performs the function of keeping the flow
temperature constant, at the set value, for the medium distributed
in a low temperature system for floor radiant panels.
In this particular series, the temperature is regulated by a specific
hydraulic unit equipped with a thermostatic three-way valve with a
built-in sensor.
It is supplied with a removable differential by-pass kit for the
primary circuit. This accessory is essential when there is a primary
circuit circulation pump and the radiator circuits are controlled by
thermostatic or thermo-electric valves.
In case of connection with a Sepcoll or an hydraulic separator
without primary pump, the kit can be removed and the hydraulic
unit is connected directly.
Patent application No. MI2006A 001935.
Reference Documentation
- Tech. brochure 01144 Pre-assembled distribution manifolds
for radiant panel systems 668...S1 series
Product range
Pre-assembled set point regulating unit with manifolds and box, with UPS 25-60 pump
Pre-assembled set point regulating unit with manifolds and box, with UPS 25-80 pump
Technical specifications
Performance
Materials
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
primary circuit:
to regulating unit:
panel circuit outlets:
outlet centre distance:
3/4 M
1 F with nut
3/4 M - 18 mm
50 mm
p (kPa)
5000
50
45
4000
40
3500
35
3000
30
2500
25
2000
4500
20
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
Connections: -
080C
010 bar
20
Shut-off valves
Body:
Ball:
0,5
2555C
2C
90C
10 bar
0,2
0,1
10
Code 1725.1
Code 1725.3
Safety thermostat
Factory set:
Protection class:
Contact rating:
55C 3C
IP 55
10 A / 240 V
H (m w.g.)
(kPa)
50
UPS 25-60
5
(kPa)
H (m w.g.)
60
80
UPS 25-80
70
60
6
4
40
Unit
pump
Room
thermostat
RT
L
N
ST
User side
0,5
30
20
40
30
10
20
1,5
2,5
10
1
0
0,5
1,5
2,5
G (m3/h)
3,5
G (m3/h)
Power consumption
Speed
Safety
thermostat
3
2
1
Pump
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
Speed
0,40
0,30
0,20
90
65
45
1800
1100
700
3
2
1
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
1,04
0,92
0,63
245
210
140
2450
1500
700
Insulation
Three-speed pump:
Material: Body:
Material:
Thickness:
Density: - inner part:
- outer part:
Thermal conductivity (DIN 52612):
Electric supply:
Max. ambient humidity:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protection class:
Pump centre distance:
Pump connections:
230 V - 50 Hz
95%
80C
IP 44
130 mm
1 1/2 with nut
Coefficient of resistance
to the diffusion of water vapour (DIN 52615):
Working temperature range:
Reaction to fire (DIN 4102):
Dimensions
4 outlets
7 outlets
1
2
1
2
nf o
rm
e n o r me IS P
Panel outlets
A
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
11 outlets
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
13 outlets
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
ES L
BAGNO
1
2
co
code
50
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
WC
CALEFFI
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
WC
CALEFFI
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
WC
CALEFFI
>1300
0100C
Class B2
Characteristic components
c on
for m
ES L
e no r m e I S P
Flow manifold
equipped with
flow meters and
balancing valves
SYSTEM
FLOW
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
CAMERA
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
2
1
CALEFFI
Return manifold
equipped with
shut-off valves.
SYSTEM
RETURN
5
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
WC
SOGGIORNO
BOILER
FLOW
CAMERA
BOILER
RETURN
6
7
8
9
Pressure gauge
Primary circuit shut-off valves
Primary circuit differential by-pass kit
Electrical wiring case
Hydraulic diagram
RT
SF
Temperature gauge
6
9
5
3
Room thermostat
ST
Safety thermostat
ST
Ball shut-off valve
2
1
SR
RT
8
7
BF
BR
Operating principle
SECONDARY
FLOW
SECONDARY
RETURN
Construction details
Regulating unit body
The valve body, containing the temperature regulating
device, is made out of a single casting with connections to
the primary and secondary circuits. A specific internal
channel carries the system return medium to the regulating
valve, making it possible for the unit to be smaller in size and
easy to connect.
1
PRIMARY
INLET
PRIMARY
RETURN
Flow unit
The flow unit is made out of a single casting with the
necessary ports to connect with the functional components
such as the safety thermostat, temperature gauge, pressure
gauge and drain valve.
Non-sticking materials
The materials used for the mixing valve construction
eliminate potential sticking due to scale. All functional parts,
such as the obturator, valve seats and guides, have been
made using a special material with low friction coefficient,
which ensures performance over time.
30
40
20
50
60
10
70
C
80
35
40
30
25
MI N
MA
Removable kit
In case of an hydraulic circuit connected to a Sepcoll or to an
hydraulic separator without primary pump, the kit can be removed and
the hydraulic unit is connected directly. The circuit shut-off valves,
equipped with nut connection, can be removed easily and used
directly on the unit.
Connection without hydraulic separator or SEPCOLL
Differential valve
The differential valve is used to control the head in the primary
distribution circuit. It aids the flow circulation towards the heating
elements and limits overpressure if there are thermostatic or
thermo-electric valves.
The differential valve has a fixed setting that cannot be changed.
It is preset to 10 kPa, mean value for the loss of head in the primary
circuit.
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
2000
20
1800
1600
18
16
1400
14
1200
12
1000
10
800
700
600
Secondary
Gs
2
20
10
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
0,2
0,1
500
0,5
900
Secondary
Gs
secondary
Gp Primary
Gp Primary
Application diagrams
Pump
Variable speed pump
Three-way valve
Thermostatic valve
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
- t1
- t2
- t3
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
CALEFFI
RT
Lockshield
Shut-off valve
co n
f
o rme
ES
norm e IS P
Clock
RT Room thermostat
Manual valve
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
- t1
- t2
- t3
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
CALEFFI
RT
co n
f
o r me
ES
norm e IS P
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 1725.1
Set point temperature regulating unit. Connections to the primary circuit 3/4 M. Connections to the regulating unit 1 F with
nut. Panel circuit outlet connections 3/4 M - 18 mm. Medium: water and glycol solutions; maximum percentage of glycol
30%. Adjustment temperature range 2555C. Maximum temperature at primary circuit inlet 90C. Maximum working
pressure 10 bar. Panel manifolds differential by-pass setting 25 kPa. Primary circuit differential by-pass setting 10 kPa.
Temperature gauge scale 080C. Pressure gauge scale 010 bar.
Complete with: flow manifold for panel system with 3 outlets (from 3 to 13) with brass body, flow rate regulating valve with
flow meter with a scale of 15 l/min; return manifold for panel system with 3 outlets (from 3 to 13) with brass body, shut-off
valve. Regulating unit with thermostatic three-way valve with brass body and headwork, PSU obturator and EPDM seals. Flow
adapter unit with brass body. By-pass kit with brass body, POM differential by-pass valve and stainless steel spring.
Shut-off valves with brass body and chrome plated brass ball. Electric supply 230 V - 50 Hz. Safety thermostat: factory setting
55C 3C, protection class IP 55, contact rating 10 A / 240 V. Three-speed circulation pump UPS 25-60 (and UPS 25-80),
protection class IP 44. Pre-formed PE-X shell insulation for primary circuit. Supplied preassembled in a painted steel box with lock,
depth adjustable from 110 to 150 mm, including floor supports adjustable in height from 270 to 410 mm.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2007 Calef fi S.P.A.
CALEFFI
IS
172 series
TERE
01156/07 GB
Function
The temperature regulating unit with the distribution kit for the
primary circuit is made to be used in mixed systems: radiant panels
and radiators, in combination with distribution manifolds for radiant
panels.
The set point regulating unit performs the function of keeping the
flow temperature constant, at the set value, for the medium
distributed in a low temperature system for floor radiant panels.
In this particular series, the temperature is regulated by a specific
hydraulic unit equipped with a thermostatic three-way valve with a
built-in sensor.
The function of the kit is to distribute a portion of the medium
flowing from the primary boiler circuit to the heating emitters.
It is supplied with manifolds with built-in shut-off and balancing
valves and a differential by-pass kit for the primary circuit. This
accessory is essential when there is a primary circuit circulation
pump and the radiator circuits are controlled by thermostatic or
thermo-electric valves.
Patent application No. MI2006A 001935.
Reference Documentation
- Tech. brochure 01144 Pre-assembled distribution manifolds for
radiant panel systems 668...S1 series
Product range
Code 1725.1 003 Pre-assembled set point regulating unit with manifolds and box, distribution kit for primary circuit, with UPS 25-60 pump
Code 1725.3 003 Pre-assembled set point regulating unit with manifolds and box, distribution kit for primary circuit, with UPS 25-80 pump
Technical specifications
Performance
Materials
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
stainless steel
EPDM
stainless steel
ABS
p (kPa)
5000
50
4500
45
4000
40
3500
35
3000
30
2500
25
2000
20
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
3/4 M
1 F with nut
3/4 M - 18 mm
50 mm
Return manifold
Body:
Shut-off valve
Stem:
Obturator and seals:
Springs:
Control knob:
primary circuit:
to regulating unit:
panel circuit outlets:
outlet centre distance:
Connections: -
080C
010 bar
20
0,5
Shut-off valves
Body:
Ball:
10
2555C
2C
90C
10 bar
0,2
0,1
Safety thermostat
Factory set:
Protection class:
Contacts rating:
55C 3C
IP 55
10 A / 240 V
H (m w.g.)
(kPa)
50
UPS 25-60
5
(kPa)
H (m w.g.)
60
80
UPS 25-80
70
6
4
40
Unit
pump
Room
thermostat
User side
RT
L
N
ST
30
20
50
40
30
60
10
0,5
1,5
2,5
20
1
0
10
0
0,5
1,5
2,5
G (m3/h)
3,5
G (m3/h)
Power consumption
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
Speed
0,40
0,30
0,20
90
65
45
1800
1100
700
3
2
1
Speed
Safety
thermostat
3
2
1
Pump
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
1,04
0,92
0,63
245
210
140
2450
1500
700
Insulation
Three-speed pump:
Material: Body:
Material:
Thickness:
Density: - inner part:
- outer part:
Thermal conductivity (DIN 52612):
Electric supply:
Max. ambient humidity:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protection class:
Pump centre distance:
Pump connections:
230 V - 50 Hz
95%
80C
IP 44
130 mm
1 1/2 with nut
Coefficient of resistance
to the diffusion of water vapour (DIN 52615):
Working temperature range:
Reaction to fire (DIN 4102):
>1300
0100C
Class B2
3
2
1
2
bar
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
4
L/MIN
1
2
3
1
2
12 outlets.
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
SOGGIORNO
WC
3
4
L/MIN
1
2
3
1
2
1200
8 outlets.
1000
5 outlets.
800
Dimensions
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
SOGGIORNO
WC
6
CL
2.5
co
nf o
rm
30
e n o r me IS P
40
20
ES L
50
60
10
CALEFFI
70
C
CAMERA
CALEFFI
30
40
20
WC
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
HOBBY
CAMERA
CALEFFI
BAGNO
CALEFFI
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
CAMERA
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
CALEFF
CAMERA
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
50
60
10
70
0
80
270410
129 105
BAGNO
CALEFF
MAX 7
MIN
3/4
HOBBY
BAGNO
80
700
HOBBY
50
405
code
110150
with ups 25-60 pump 1725C1003 1725D1003 1725E1003 1725F1003 1725G1003 1725H1003 1725I1003 1725L1003 1725M1003 1725N1003
with ups 25-80 pump
1725L3003 1725M3003 1725N3003
Radiator outlets
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Panel outlets
A
3
655
4
705
5
755
6
805
7
855
8
905
9
975
10
1025
11
1075
12
1125
Characteristic components
3
2
1
0
6
CL
10
2.5
c on
f orm
30
e no r m e I SP
40
20
E SL
SYSTEM
FLOW
50
60
10
70
0
Flow manifold
equipped with flow
meters and
balancing valves
bar
80
1
2
1
2
CALEFFI
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
CAMERA
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
Return manifold
equipped with
shut-off valves.
2
MAX 7
MIN
30
40
60
70
C
80
SYSTEM
RETURN
50
20
10
CALEFFI
BOILER
FLOW
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
WC
BOILER
RETURN
CAMERA
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Pressure gauge
Primary circuit shut-off valves
Primary circuit distribution manifolds with built-in valves
Primary circuit differential by-pass kit
Electrical wiring case
Plumbing diagram
RT
SF
6
Temperature gauge
10
5
RT
Room thermostat
ST
Safety thermostat
3
4
ST
Ball shut-off valve
SR
BF
Differential by-pass
BR
Operating principle
SECONDARY
FLOW
SECONDARY
RETURN
Construction details
Regulating unit body
The valve body containing the temperature regulating device
is made out of a single casting with connections to the
primary and secondary circuits. A specific internal channel
carries the system return medium to the regulating valve,
making it possible for the unit to be smaller in size and easy
to connect.
1
PRIMARY
INLET
PRIMARY
RETURN
Flow unit
The flow unit is made out of a single casting with the
necessary ports to connect with the functional components
such as the safety thermostat, temperature gauge, pressure
gauge and drain valve.
Non-sticking materials
The materials used for the mixing valve construction
eliminate potential sticking due to scale. All functional parts,
such as the obturator, valve seats and guides, have been
made using a special material with low friction coefficient,
which ensures performance over time.
30
40
20
50
60
10
70
C
80
35
40
30
25
MI N
MA
80
70
60
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
45
40
35
30
25
0,45
0,4
0,35
0,3
0,25
0,5
2018
0,2
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
16
14
12
Kv
5,40
4,10
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
1
20
10
0,2
2
0,5
0,1
0,1
10
Kv0,01
540
410
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
2000
20
1800
1600
18
16
1400
14
1200
12
1000
10
900
800
700
600
500
10090
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
Differential valve
The differential valve is used to control the head in the
primary distribution circuit. It aids the flow circulation towards
the heating or cooling elements and limits overpressure if
there are thermostatic or thermo-electric valves.
The differential valve has a fixed setting that cannot be
changed. It is preset to 10 kPa, mean value for the loss of
head in the primary circuit.
180
160
140
120
540
20
200
50
5,40
5 mm
0,5
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
22
130
320
470
10
400
350
300
250
0,22
1,30
3,20
4,70
9
8
7
6
500450
F.O.
10
800
700
600
0,2
p (kPa)
Adjustment
position
2 turns
3 turns
4 turns
5 turns
p (mm w.g.)
1000900
0,1
Secondary
Gs
Gs
Gp
Gp
Primary
Primary
Application diagram
Pump
Shut-off valve
Thermostatic valve
Clock
RT Room thermostat
Manual valve
Lockshield
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
- t1
- t2
- t3
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
3
2
bar
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
RT
1
2
L/MIN
CALEFFI
L/MIN
L/MIN
CL
6
2.5
co n
fo
SL
rm e no r m e I S P E
30
40
20
50
60
10
CALEFFI
MAX 7
CALEFFI
30
MIN
BAGNO
WC
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
80
40
20
CAMERA
HOBBY
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
50
60
10
70
0
80
HOBBY
CAMERA
70
0
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 1725.. 003
Set point temperature regulating unit with distribution kit for primary circuit. Connections to the primary circuit 3/4 M.
Connections to the regulating unit 1 F with nut. Panel circuit outlet connections 3/4 M - 18 mm. Primary circuit manifold
outlet connections 3/4 M - 18 mm. Medium: water and glycol solutions; maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Adjustment
temperature range 2555C. Maximum temperature at primary circuit inlet 90C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Panel
manifolds differential by-pass setting 25 kPa. Primary circuit differential by-pass setting 10 kPa. Temperature gauge scale
080C. Pressure gauge scale 010 bar.
Complete with: flow manifold for panel system with 3 outlets (from 3 to 12) with brass body, flow rate regulating valve with
flow meter with a scale of 15 l/min; return manifold for panel system with 3 outlets (from 3 to 12) with brass body, shut-off
valve. Regulating unit with thermostatic three-way valve with brass body and headwork, PSU obturator and EPDM seals. Flow
adapter unit with brass body. Primary circuit distribution manifolds with 3 outlets, brass body, flow rate regulating and
shut-off valves. By-pass kit with brass body, POM differential by-pass valve and stainless steel spring.
Shut-off valves with brass body and chrome plated brass ball. Electric supply 230 V - 50 Hz. Safety thermostat: factory setting
55C 3C, protection class IP 55, contacts rating 10 A / 240 V. Three-speed circulation pump UPS 25-60 (and UPS 25-80),
protection class IP 44. Pre-formed PE-X shell insulation for primary circuit. Supplied preassembled in a painted steel box with
lock, depth adjustable from 110 to 150 mm, including floor supports adjustable in height from 270 to 410 mm.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2007 Calef fi S.P.A.
IS
174 series
TERE
CALEFFI
01157/08 GB
Function
The temperature regulating unit is made to be used in radiant panel
systems in combination with distribution manifolds.
The outside compensated temperature regulating unit,
complete with temperature digital regulator, controls the
temperature of the medium sent to the panels, with a
compensation depending on the outside and inside
temperature and the actual thermal load.
In this particular series, the temperature is regulated by a
dedicated hydraulic unit equipped with a specific motorised
three-way valve.
It is supplied with a removable differential by-pass kit for the
primary circuit. This accessory is essential when there is a primary
circuit circulation pump and the radiator circuits or fan coils are
controlled by thermostatic or thermo-electric valves.
In case of connection with a Sepcoll or an hydraulic separator
without primary pump, the kit can be removed and the hydraulic
unit is connected directly.
Patent application No. MI2006A001935.
Reference Documentation
- Tech. brochure 01144 Pre-assembled distribution manifolds for
radiant panel systems 668...S1 series
Product range
Code 1745.1 Outside compensated temperature regulating unit, with UPS 25-60 pump
Code 1745.3 Outside compensated temperature regulating unit, with UPS 25-80 pump
Technical specifications
Performance
Materials
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
2090C
5100C
10 bar
Connections: -
080C
010 bar
primary circuit:
to regulating unit:
panel circuit outlets:
outlet centre distance:
3/4 M
1 F with nut
3/4 M - 18 mm
50 mm
p (kPa)
5000
50
40
3500
35
3000
30
2500
25
20
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
1
20
10
0,2
2
2000
45
4000
0,5
4500
0,1
Shut-off valves
Body:
Ball:
Digital controller
Three-point type
Electric supply:
Power consumption:
Protection class:
(kPa)
230 V - 50 Hz
5,5 VA
IP 40
50
(kPa)
80
UPS 25-80
70
Actuator
40
60
30
20
50
40
30
230 V - 50 Hz
50 s (rotation 120)
8 VA
0,8 A
IP 44
55C
self-extinguishing VO
1
0
10
0,5
1,5
2,5
20
1
0
10
0
0,5
1,5
2,5
G (m3/h)
3,5
G (m3/h)
Power consumption
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
Speed
0,40
0,30
0,20
90
65
45
1800
1100
700
3
2
1
Speed
UPS 25-60
5
4
Three-point type
Electric supply:
Operating time:
Power consumption:
Auxiliary microswitch contact rating:
Protection class:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protective cover:
H (m w.g.)
60
3
2
1
-20100C
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
1,04
0,92
0,63
245
210
140
2450
1500
1000
Safety thermostat
Factory set:
Protection class:
Contact rating:
Insulation
55C 3C
IP 55
10 A / 240 V
Material:
Thickness:
Density: - inner part:
- outer part:
Thermal conductivity (DIN 52612):
Pump
Three-speed pump:
Material: Body:
Electric supply:
Max. ambient humidity:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protection class:
Pump centre distance:
Pump connections:
230 V - 50 Hz
95%
80C
IP 44
130 mm
1 1/2 with nut
>1300
0100C
class B2
5 Outlets
Optimiser
9 Outlets
13 Outlets
1200
1000
Optimiser
800
Dimensions
Optimiser
CALEFFI
3
2
bar
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CL
6
2.5
co
n fo r
m e n or m e ISP E
30
40
SL
50
60
20
CALEFFI
CAMERA
HOBBY
HOBBY
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
80
700
SOGGIORNO
CALEFF
30
40
20
CALEFF
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CAMERA
CALEFF
CALEFFI
CAMERA
50
60
10
70
0
80
270410
115
3/4
60
345
50
A
code
HOBBY
CAMERA
CALEFFI
70
10
Panel outlets
A
110150
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Characteristic components
Optimiser
11
Optimiser
10
CALEFFI
3
2
bar
1
0
30
e n o r m e I SP
40
ES L
SYSTEM
FLOW
50
60
10
70
0
80
8
9
6
15
2
30
40
60
70
C
12
1
2
3
4
L/MIN
CAMERA
SOGGIORNO
WC
Return manifold
equipped with
shut-off valves.
13
CAMERA
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
BOILER
FLOW
5
6
7
8
3
L/MIN
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
80
3
14
1
2
4
L/MIN
SYSTEM
RETURN
50
20
10
0
1
2
3
4
2.5
f or m
20
1
2
CL
c on
Optimiser
Flow manifold
equipped with flow meters
and balancing valves.
BOILER
RETURN
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Hydraulic diagram
14
15
SF
11
RPT
5
Temperature gauge
8
9
10
Temperature probe
ST
RPT
ST
4
Ball shut-off valve
SR
2
Pressure gauge
13
Pump
Differential by-pass
12
12
BF
BR
Operating principle
SECONDARY
FLOW
SECONDARY
RETURN
2
PRIMARY
INLET
PRIMARY
RETURN
Construction details
Manual opening
By removing the actuator, the valve can be opened-closed manually
by using a screwdriver.
Regulating way - primary inlet
Fully closed
Reduced head losses
The three-way mixing valve is equipped with a special obturator acting
on calibrated water orifices. This ensures a high flow rate and a reduced
size, while maintaining accurate temperature control, with no swinging
due to sudden changes in thermal load.
Fully open
op
open
en
clo
clo
se
se
Electrical connections
The actuator is electrically
connected through an
external plug-socket system
with a protective rubber
cap. This system does not
require opening the lid to
connect the cables.
In this way, replacing the
actuator (should this ever be
necessary) is particularly
easy to do.
MAX 0,8 A
COMMON
30
40
20
N
L
50
60
10
230 V
CLOSES
ACTUATOR
OPENS
Auxiliary microswitch
The actuator is equipped
with
an
auxiliary
microswitch that can be
used to switch on the
generator.
Mixing valve fully closed:
contact OFF.
Start opening mixing
valve: contact ON.
Flow unit
The flow unit is made out of a single casting with the necessary
ports to connect with the functional components such as the safety
thermostat, temperature gauge, pressure gauge, drain cock and
flow temperature probe.
70
0
80
Removable kit
In case of an hydraulic circuit connected to a Sepcoll or to an
hydraulic separator without primary pump, the kit can be removed and
the hydraulic unit is connected directly. The circuit shut-off valves,
equipped with nut connection, can be removed easily and used
directly on the unit.
Connection without hydraulic separator or SEPCOLL
Differential valve
The differential valve is used to control the head in the primary
distribution circuit. It aids the flow circulation towards the heating
elements and limits overpressure if there are thermostatic or
thermo-electric valves.
The differential valve has a fixed setting that cannot be changed.
It is preset to 10 kPa, mean value for the loss of head in the primary
circuit.
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
2000
20
1800
1600
18
16
1400
14
1200
12
1000
10
800
700
600
Secondary
Gs
2
20
10
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
0,2
0,1
500
0,5
900
Secondary
Gs
secondary
Gp Primary
Gp Primary
Temperature controller
Remote control and room probe thermostat
Optimiser
Description of controls
3. The display shows the text in a clear way, giving all the information and menu points. All the values displayed are continuously refreshed.
The monitor light switches on automatically when a function is selected. If no other commands are given in 4 minutes, the monitor goes back
to the standard page and the light switches off.
4. The Select knob can be turned to the right (+) or left (-) to go to the different menu, function or value editing fields. Press the knob to select
any of the menu points.
Room temperature management
The remote control can be used to change the room temperature, either increasing it or decreasing it in relation to a standard reference value.
The change ( 5 K) is shown in the lines on the display, with increments of 0,5 K in relation to the reference values: comfort 20C; set-back
correction 18C. The actual room temperature is shown on the fourth line on the display.
5. Function keys:
-
Esc
Info
Set
Changes the display of the selected menu point and goes back to the previous menu level.
The changed data are not accepted and not recorded.
Displays brief information about the current menu point.
The change that has been made is recorded.
Transmission interface
Optimiser
Optimiser
Optimiser
CALEFFI
Optimiser
CALEFFI
Terminal board
Electrical connections
L
Live
N
Neutral
La Mixing valve relay contact
a1 Mixing valve opening contact
a2 Mixing valve closing contact
N
Neutral output for mixing valve and pump
b0 Pump relay contact
b1 Pump contact
La a1 a2 N
Probe connections
Terminal board X
X1 Outside probe
X2 Common outside and room probes
X3 Room probe
X4 Flow probe
X5 Common flow and return probes
X6 Return probe
b0 b1
( (
230V~
L N
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8
14616
13211
11958
10839
9838
8941
8132
7405
6752
6164
5634
5155
4721
4329
3974
3652
3360
3094
C
-2
0
+2
+4
+6
+8
+10
+12
+14
C
+16
+18
+20
+22
+24
+26
+28
+30
+32
2852
2632
2431
2247
2079
1925
1785
1657
1539
1430
1331
1239
1154
1076
1004
938
876
819
C
+34
+36
+38
+40
+42
+44
+46
+48
+50
767
718
673
631
592
556
522
491
462
C
+52
+54
+56
+58
+60
+62
+64
+66
+68
434
409
386
364
343
324
306
290
274
C
+70
+72
+74
+76
+78
+80
+82
+84
+86
C
+88
+90
+92
+94
+96
+98
+100
260
246
233
221
210
199
189
15720
15260
14800
C
21
22
23
14370
13940
13520
The remote control base must be positioned horizontally, following the usual
installation instructions for a normal room probe thermostat.
If this is not possible, the room probe thermostat function must be disabled by
positioning a jumper on terminal board X, contact x2=x3.
The controller automatically positions on the immediate comfort function.
Controller - remote control connection
Optimiser
A B C D
Optimiser
CALEFFI
A B C D
Optimiser
Probe connection
Dedicated raceway
must be used for the
connection of the
flow, return and outside
probes, the room probe
thermostat and controller.
If the connection cable shares
the raceway with other power
cables, shielded and earthed
cable must be used.
Any alteration to the wiring of
the controller could result in
electrical disturbance.
A reset must be done (i.e.
switching the controller's
power supply off for a few
seconds) whenever work is
done on the wiring.
Maximum distance between
remote control and controller:
100 m, with 4-pole cable of
0.5 mm2 section.
50
40
40
25 % correction
30
30
20
30
Setting range
Setting range
Min. flow T
heating start
50
The controller is ready to start operating immediately using the factory configurations, for radiant panel systems.
20
25
20
15
10
Setting range
-5
-10
-15
-20
-25
Setting range
mOT constant
Optimisation
Slab drying
Set-back correction curve
Rotation correction
Neutral zone
=
=
=
=
=
=
100
not active
not active
-25%
290 s
2K
Operating information
Automatic
T max
Off
Stand by
Comfort
Set-back correction
On
.
>
>>
#
Meaning
Off
Line choise
Selected value
Edited value
Probe resistance above
working range
Probe resistance below
working range
Value not available
Meaning
Meaning
Mixing valve opens/
or scroll menu up
Mixing valve stopped
Mixing valve closes/
or scroll menu down
Mixing valve fully open position
Mixing valve fully closed position
Measured value
Calculated nominal value
Details of functions
Adjustment of flow temperature in relation to the outside temperature
The calculated flow temperature depends on the quantities read by the probes: outside, flow, return probe, room probe thermostat and set curve.
Mixing valve and pump blocking safety system
Long shutdown periods, such as in the summer, could lead to mixing valve malfunctions or pump blocking.
To avoid this, the mixing valve and pump are operated automatically for 60 seconds every day.
Frost protection function - double control level
First level: the pump is switched on if the outside temperature is less than 4C or the room temperature less than 5C (room probe present).
It is switched off when the outside temperature exceeds 6C or the room temperature exceeds 7C.
Second level: if the flow or return temperature is less than 7C, the mixing valve is opened and the pump switched on.
When this temperature in the circuit is over 20C, the pump switches off and the mixing valve is closed.
Probe control
Outside temperature probe error
When the measured temperature range is less than -25C or greater than +40C, the following state automatically comes into operation: pump
off, mixing valve closed and the display will show the message < OT probe malfunction > and the red LED will flash. The frost protection
function, flow sensor and summer blocking safety system, however, remain enabled.
Flow temperature probe error
When the measured temperature range is less than 0C or greater than 110C, the following state automatically comes into operation: pump
off, mixing valve closed.
The display will show the message < FT probe malfunction > and the red LED will flash.
Optional probe recognition
If there are no optional probes (room t. and return t.), the controller will signal their absence with -X- .
When the probes are connected, the system recognises them automatically.
As these are corrective probes, no alarm state is signalled in the event of a malfunction.
Slab drying (for floors, wall and ceiling heating systems)
The new low-temperature systems have to be heated gradually, after a period of natural drying.
The automatic initial heating-drying program can be used for this. This program must be activated in Standby function.
The overall duration is seven days.
In the first three days, the flow temperature will be maintained at 25C. In the remaining four days, the flow temperature will be at the value set
at the max. blocking temperature menu point (menu structure level 4).
At the end of this procedure, the slab drying function must be switched off, otherwise the controller repeats the operation automatically.
If there is a break in the electricity during the drying, the program will restart automatically from the point when the break occurred.
Procedure:
Level 0
Select
> Configuration
> Desired mixing valve circuit
> Operativity
> Slab drying
Select
Select
Select
Set
CAUTION: when this procedure is set, check whether the max. blocking FT needs to be adjusted; the factory set is 55C
Comfort and set-back correction optimisation (manual or with self-learning)
Comfort optimisation and set-back correction (manual or with self-learning)
The room probe thermostat must be present for this operation.
The optimisation makes it possible to bring forward the activation of the change from set-back correction to comfort (in this function the FT is
set at the max. design specification), so as to reduce to a minimum the actual time necessary to reach the desired comfort level.
This function can operate in three ways:
= off;
= active;
A = self-learning.
Active:
Since the time of the bringing forward depends on a number of different system parameters (power, outside and room temperatures, heat
exchange, type of structure, etc.), a structure gradient reference coefficient must be set.
Some reference values are given below.
Structure gradient reference values
- Building with low heat loss:
400
- Factory configuration:
100
- Building with very high heat loss: 50
Self-learning :
In this case the bringing forward of the activation depends on the controller. The maximum suggested self-learning period is 10 days;
before the end of the 10 days it is necessary to go from operating state A = self-learning to the
= active operating state.
The resulting structure gradient coefficient will be entered automatically at the < constant > operating state menu point.
Average outside temperature
This function can be enabled when necessary. If enabled, the average outside temperature, known as OT ref., is calculated automatically and
recorded every hour. It is used to determine the flow temperature value. The calculation of the average OT ref. makes it possible to attenuate
the effect of sudden changes of outside temperature.
Work states
Standby
In this state, the controller remains inactive, keeping the mixing valve closed and the pump off.
The mixing valve and pump frost protection and anti-blocking function remains active.
Comfort
During the comfort function, the flow temperature is adjusted according to the measured outside temperature, following the set characteristic curve.
This curve is automatically corrected if a room probe thermostat or a return probe are present.
Set-back correction
During the set-back correction function, the nominal flow temperature is lowered, by means of a parallel downward shifting of the
characteristic curve. This shifting is settable with a parameter of between 0 and -50%.
Maximum temperature
This function guarantees heating to the maximum set temperature. This value, Tmax, can be set from 25C to 90C.
Standard indication and change of nominal value
On the display there is: day of week, date, time, curve correction, work state, room temperature or outside temperature.
Remote control
Example:
Control on controller
22:41
+0.0K
+23.9C
Time
Action
Active on
06:00
Comfort
22:00
Set-back correction
SP point
Time
Action
Active on
05:00
Set-back correction
07:00
Comfort
09:00
Comfort
22:00
Set-back correction
23:30
Standby
For a detailed description of the different functions, refer to the commissioning manual
Application diagrams
Pump
Variable speed pump
Tree-way valve
Thermostatic valve
Lockshield valve
Shut-off valve
Optimiser
Clock
RT
RT
Room thermostat
Manual valve
Optimiser
Optimiser
CALEFFI
c on
f or me
PE
nor me I S
SL
Optimiser
Optimiser
RT
Optimiser
CALEFFI
c on
f or me
PE
nor me I S
SL
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 1745..
Outside compensated temperature regulating unit. Connections to primary circuit 3/4" M. Connections to regulating unit
1" F with nut. Panel circuit outlet connections 3/4" M - 18 mm. Medium: water and glycol solutions; maximum
percentage of glycol 30%. Control temperature range 2090C. Primary inlet temperature range 5-100C. Maximum
working pressure 10 bar. Panel manifold differential by-pass setting 25 kPa. Primary circuit differential by-pass setting
10 kPa. Temperature gauge scale 080C. Pressure gauge scale 010 bar. Complete with: flow manifold for panel system
with 5 outlets (from 5 to 13) with brass body, flow rate regulating valve with flow meter with a scale of 15 l/min; return
manifold for panel system with 5 outlets (from 5 to 13) with brass body, shut-off valve. Regulating unit with motorised
three-way valve, three-point actuator, electric supply 230 V - 50 Hz, protection class IP 44. Digital controller, electric
supply 230 V - 50 Hz, complete with probes for measuring outside, room, flow and return temperature. Management of
controller and room temperature with remote control. Flow adapter unit with brass body. By-pass kit with brass body, POM
differential by-pass valve and stainless steel spring. Shut-off valves with brass body and chrome plated brass ball. Safety
thermostat: factory setting 55C 3C, protection class IP 55, contact rating 10 A/240 V. Three-speed circulation pump
UPS 25-60 (and UPS 25-80), protection class IP 44. Pre-formed PE-X shell insulation for primary circuit. Supplied
preassembled in painted steel box. Closure with a push-fit clamp. Depth adjustable from 110 to 150 mm, including floor
supports adjustable in height from 270 to 410 mm.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2008 Caleffi
IS
174 series
TERE
CALEFFI
01158/08 GB
Function
The temperature regulating unit with the distribution kit for the
primary circuit is made to be used in mixed systems: radiant panels
and radiators or fancoils, in combination with distribution manifolds
for radiant panels.
The outside compensated temperature regulating unit,
complete with temperature digital regulator, operates on the
medium temperature, supplied to the panels, with a
compensation depending on the outside and inside
temperature and the actual thermal load.
In this particular series, the temperature is regulated by a specific
hydraulic unit equipped with a motorised three-way valve.
The function of the kit is to distribute a portion of the medium
flowing from the primary boiler circuit to the heating elements.
It is supplied with manifolds with built-in shut-off and balancing
valves and a differential by-pass kit for the primary circuit.
This accessory is essential when there is a primary circuit
circulation pump and the radiator circuits are controlled by
thermostatic or thermo-electric valves.
Patent application No. MI2006A001935.
Reference Documentation
- Tech. brochure 01144 Pre-assembled distribution manifolds for
radiant panel systems 668...S1 series
Product range
Code 1745.1 003 Outside compensated temperature regulating unit with distribution kit for primary circuit, with UPS 25-60 pump
Code 1745.3 003 Outside compensated temperature regulating unit with distribution kit for primary circuit, with UPS 25-80 pump
Technical specifications
Performance
Materials
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
080C
010 bar
primary circuit:
to regulating unit:
panel circuit outlets:
outlet centre distance:
3/4 M
1 F with nut
3/4 M - 18 mm
50 mm
stainless steel
EPDM
stainless steel
ABS
50
45
4000
40
3500
35
3000
30
2500
25
2000
4500
20
p (kPa)
5000
0,5
p (mm w.g.)
0,2
Flow manifold
Body:
Flow rate regulating valve
Obturator:
Hydraulic seals:
Return manifold
Body:
Shut-off valve
Obturator stem:
Obturator and seals:
Springs:
Control knob:
0,1
Shut-off valves
Body:
Ball:
10
2090C
5100C
10 bar
20
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
Digital controller
Three-point type
Electric supply:
Power consumption:
Protection class:
(kPa)
230 V - 50 Hz
5,5 VA
IP 40
50
(kPa)
80
UPS 25-80
70
Actuator
40
60
30
20
50
40
30
230 V - 50 Hz
50 s (rotation 120)
8 VA
0,8 A
IP 44
55C
self-extinguishing VO
1
0
10
0,5
1,5
2,5
20
1
0
10
0
0,5
1,5
2,5
G (m3/h)
3,5
G (m3/h)
Power consumption
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
Speed
0,40
0,30
0,20
90
65
45
1800
1100
700
3
2
1
Speed
UPS 25-60
5
4
Three-point type
Electric supply:
Operating time:
Power consumption:
Auxiliary microswitch contact rating:
Protection class:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protective cover:
H (m w.g.)
60
3
2
1
-20100C
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
1,04
0,92
0,63
245
210
140
2450
1500
1000
Safety thermostat
Factory set:
Protection class:
Contact rating:
Insulation
55C 3C
IP 55
10 A / 240 V
Material:
Thickness:
Density: - inner part:
- outer part:
Thermal conductivity (DIN 52612):
Pump
Three-speed pump:
Material: Body:
Electric supply:
Max. ambient humidity:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protection class:
Pump centre distance:
Pump connections:
230 V - 50 Hz
95%
80C
IP 44
130 mm
1 1/2 with nut
Dimensions
Optimiser
outlets
outlets
Optimiser
Optimiser
CALEFFI
1
2
1
2
code
CALEFF
Panel outlets
A
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
fo r m
E SL
e n or me IS P
HOBBY
Radiator outlets
1
2
4
L/MIN
c on
outlets
CAMERA
HOBBY
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
HOBBY
CAMERA
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFF
CAMERA
HOBBY
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
WC
CALEFFI
>1300
0100C
class B2
Characteristic components
Optimiser
Flow manifold
equipped with flow meters
and balancing valves.
Optimiser
CALEFFI
co
n fo r
m e n or m e IS PE
SL
SYSTEM
FLOW
Return manifold
equipped with
shut-off valves.
SYSTEM
RETURN
BOILER
FLOW
Optimiser
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
BOILER
RETURN
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Hydraulic diagram
Digital controller Optimiser
15
RPT
16
SF
11
Temperature gauge
Temperature probe
8
9
10
RPT
ST
ST
Safety thermostat
Ball shut-off valve
4
6
7
3
13
12
SR
2
Pressure gauge
Pump
BF
Differential by-pass
12
BR
13
14
Outside temperature probe
Interface wire connection
Operating principle
SECONDARY
FLOW
SECONDARY
RETURN
2
PRIMARY
INLET
PRIMARY
RETURN
Construction details
Manual opening
By removing the actuator, the valve can be opened-closed manually
by using a screwdriver.
Regulating way - primary inlet
Fully closed
Reduced head losses
The three-way mixing valve is equipped with a special obturator acting
on calibrated water orifices. This ensures a high flow rate and a reduced
size, while maintaining accurate temperature control, with no variations
due to sudden changes in thermal load.
Fully open
op
open
en
clo
clo
se
se
Electrical connections
The actuator is electrically
connected through an
external plug-socket system
with a protective rubber
cap. This system does not
require opening the lid to
connect the cables.
In this way, replacing the
actuator (should this ever be
necessary) is particularly
easy to do.
MAX 0,8 A
COMMON
30
40
20
N
L
50
60
10
230 V
CLOSES
ACTUATOR
OPENS
Auxiliary microswitch
The actuator is equipped
with
an
auxiliary
microswitch that can be
used to switch on the
generator.
Mixing valve fully closed:
contact OFF.
Start opening mixing
valve: contact ON.
Flow unit
The flow unit is made out of a single casting with the necessary
ports to connect with the functional components such as the safety
thermostat, temperature gauge, pressure gauge, drain cock and
flow temperature probe.
70
0
80
10090
80
70
60
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
45
40
35
30
25
0,45
0,4
0,35
0,3
0,25
0,5
2018
0,2
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
16
14
12
2
20
0,5
5
0,1
2
10
Kv
5,40
4,10
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
0,1
0,2
10
Kv0,01
540
410
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
2000
20
1800
1600
18
16
1400
14
1200
12
10
1000
900
800
700
600
500
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
180
160
140
120
Differential valve
The differential valve is used to control the head in the primary
distribution circuit. It aids the flow circulation towards the heating
elements and limits overpressure if there are thermostatic or
thermo-electric valves.
The differential valve has a fixed setting that cannot be changed.
It is preset to 10 kPa, mean value for the loss of head in the primary
circuit.
200
50
540
20
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
5,40
5 mm
0,5
400
350
300
250
500450
F.O.
22
130
320
470
10
9
8
7
6
0,22
1,30
3,20
4,70
10
800
700
600
0,2
p (kPa)
Adjustment
position
2 turns
3 turns
4 turns
5 turns
0,1
p (mm w.g.)
1000900
Secondary
Gs
Gs
Gp
Gp
Primary
Primary
Temperature controller
Remote control and room probe thermostat
Optimiser
Description of controls
3. The display shows the text in a clear way, giving all the information and menu points. All the values displayed are continuously refreshed.
The monitor light switches on automatically when a function is selected. If no other commands are given in 4 minutes, the monitor goes back
to the standard page and the light switches off.
4. The Select knob can be turned to the right (+) or left (-) to go to the different menu, function or value editing fields. Press the knob to select
any of the menu points.
Room temperature management
The remote control can be used to change the room temperature, either increasing it or decreasing it in relation to a standard reference value.
The change ( 5 K) is shown in the lines on the display, with increments of 0,5 K in relation to the reference values: comfort 20C; set-back
correction 18C. The actual room temperature is shown on the fourth line on the display.
5. Function keys:
-
Esc
Info
Set
Changes the display of the selected menu point and goes back to the previous menu level.
The changed data are not accepted and not recorded.
Displays brief information about the current menu point.
The change that has been made is recorded.
Transmission interface
Optimiser
Optimiser
Optimiser
CALEFFI
Optimiser
CALEFFI
Terminal board
Electrical connections
L
Live
N
Neutral
La Mixing valve relay contact
a1 Mixing valve opening contact
a2 Mixing valve closing contact
N
Neutral output for mixing valve and pump
b0 Pump relay contact
b1 Pump contact
La a1 a2 N
Probe connections
Terminal board X
X1 Outside probe
X2 Common outside and room probes
X3 Room probe
X4 Flow probe
X5 Common flow and return probes
X6 Return probe
b0 b1
( (
230V~
L N
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8
14616
13211
11958
10839
9838
8941
8132
7405
6752
6164
5634
5155
4721
4329
3974
3652
3360
3094
C
-2
0
+2
+4
+6
+8
+10
+12
+14
C
+16
+18
+20
+22
+24
+26
+28
+30
+32
2852
2632
2431
2247
2079
1925
1785
1657
1539
1430
1331
1239
1154
1076
1004
938
876
819
C
+34
+36
+38
+40
+42
+44
+46
+48
+50
767
718
673
631
592
556
522
491
462
C
+52
+54
+56
+58
+60
+62
+64
+66
+68
434
409
386
364
343
324
306
290
274
C
+70
+72
+74
+76
+78
+80
+82
+84
+86
C
+88
+90
+92
+94
+96
+98
+100
260
246
233
221
210
199
189
15720
15260
14800
C
21
22
23
14370
13940
13520
The remote control base must be positioned horizontally, following the usual
installation instructions for a normal room thermostat.
If this is not possible, the room thermostat function must be disabled by
positioning a jumper on terminal board X, contact x2=x3.
The controller automatically positions on the immediate comfort function.
Controller - remote control connection
Optimiser
A B C D
Optimiser
CALEFFI
A B C D
Optimiser
Probe connection
Dedicated raceway
must be used for the
connection of the
flow, return and
outside probes, the room
thermostat and controller.
If the connection cable shares
the raceway with other power
cables, shielded and earthed
cable must be used.
Any alteration to the wiring of
the controller could result in
electrical disturbance.
A reset must be done (i.e.
switching the controller's
power supply off for a few
seconds) whenever work is
done on the wiring.
Maximum distance between
remote control and controller:
100 m, with 4-pole cable of
0.5 mm2 section.
50
40
40
25 % correction
30
30
20
30
Setting range
Setting range
Min. flow T
heating start
50
The controller is ready to start operating immediately using the factory configurations, for radiant panel systems.
20
25
20
15
10
Setting range
-5
-10
-15
-20
-25
Setting range
mOT constant
Optimisation
Slab drying
Set-back correction curve
Rotation correction
Neutral zone
=
=
=
=
=
=
100
not active
not active
-25%
290 s
2K
Operating information
Automatic
T max
Off
Stand by
Comfort
Set-back correction
On
.
>
>>
#
Meaning
Off
Line choise
Selected value
Edited value
Probe resistance above
working range
Probe resistance below
working range
Value not available
Meaning
Meaning
Mixing valve opens/
or scroll menu up
Mixing valve stopped
Mixing valve closes/
or scroll menu down
Mixing valve fully open position
Mixing valve fully closed position
Measured value
Calculated nominal value
Details of functions
Adjustment of flow temperature in relation to the outside temperature
The calculated flow temperature depends on the quantities read by the probes: outside, flow, return probe, room thermostat and set curve.
Mixing valve and pump blocking safety system
Long shutdown periods, such as in the summer, could lead to mixing valve malfunctions or pump blocking.
To avoid this, the mixing valve and pump are operated automatically for 60 seconds every day.
Frost protection function - double control level
First level: the pump is switched on if the outside temperature is less than 4C or the room temperature less than 5C (room probe present).
It is switched off when the outside temperature exceeds 6C or the room temperature exceeds 7C.
Second level: if the flow or return temperature is less than 7C, the mixing valve is opened and the pump switched on.
When this temperature in the circuit is over 20C, the pump switches off and the mixing valve is closed.
Probe control
Outside temperature probe error
When the measured temperature range is less than -25C or greater than +40C, the following state automatically comes into operation: pump
off, mixing valve closed and the display will show the message < OT probe malfunction > and the red LED will flash. The frost protection
function, flow sensor and summer blocking safety system, however, remain enabled.
Flow temperature probe error
When the measured temperature range is less than 0C or greater than 110C, the following state automatically comes into operation: pump
off, mixing valve closed.
The display will show the message < FT probe malfunction > and the red LED will flash.
Optional probe recognition
If there are no optional probes (room t. and return t.), the controller will signal their absence with -X- .
When the probes are connected, the system recognises them automatically.
As these are corrective probes, no alarm state is signalled in the event of a malfunction.
Slab drying (for floors, wall and ceiling heating systems)
The new low-temperature systems have to be heated gradually, after a period of natural drying.
The automatic initial heating-drying program can be used for this. This program must be activated in Standby function.
The overall duration is seven days.
In the first three days, the flow temperature will be maintained at 25C. In the remaining four days, the flow temperature will be at the value set
at the max. blocking temperature menu point (menu structure level 4).
At the end of this procedure, the slab drying function must be switched off, otherwise the controller repeats the operation automatically.
If there is a break in the electricity during the drying, the program will restart automatically from the point when the break occurred.
Procedure:
Level 0
Select
> Configuration
> Desired mixing valve circuit
> Operativity
> Slab drying
Select
Select
Select
Set
CAUTION: when this procedure is set, check whether the max. blocking FT needs to be adjusted; the factory set is 55C
Comfort and set-back correction optimisation (manual or with self-learning)
Comfort optimisation and set-back correction (manual or with self-learning)
The room probe thermostat must be present for this operation.
The optimisation makes it possible to bring forward the activation of the change from set-back correction to comfort (in this function the FT is
set at the max. design specification), so as to reduce to a minimum the actual time necessary to reach the desired comfort level.
This function can operate in three ways:
= off;
= active;
A = self-learning.
Active:
Since the time of the bringing forward depends on a number of different system parameters (power, outside and room temperatures, heat
exchange, type of structure, etc.), a structure gradient reference coefficient must be set.
Some reference values are given below.
Structure gradient reference values
- Building with low heat loss:
400
- Factory configuration:
100
- Building with very high heat loss: 50
Self-learning :
In this case the bringing forward of the activation depends on the controller. The maximum suggested self-learning period is 10 days;
before the end of the 10 days it is necessary to go from operating state A = self-learning to the
= active operating state.
The resulting structure gradient coefficient will be entered automatically at the < constant > operating state menu point.
Average outside temperature
This function can be enabled when necessary. If enabled, the average outside temperature, known as OT ref., is calculated automatically and
recorded every hour. It is used to determine the flow temperature value. The calculation of the average OT ref. makes it possible to attenuate
the effect of sudden changes of outside temperature.
Work states
Standby
In this state, the controller remains inactive, keeping the mixing valve closed and the pump off.
The mixing valve and pump frost protection and anti-blocking function remains active.
Comfort
During the comfort function, the flow temperature is adjusted according to the measured outside temperature, following the set characteristic curve.
This curve is automatically corrected if a room probe thermostat or a return probe are present.
Set-back correction
During the set-back correction function, the nominal flow temperature is lowered, by means of a parallel downward shifting of the
characteristic curve. This shifting is settable with a parameter of between 0 and -50%.
Maximum temperature
This function guarantees heating to the maximum set temperature. This value, Tmax, can be set from 25C to 90C.
Standard indication and change of nominal value
On the display there is: day of week, date, time, curve correction, work state, room temperature or outside temperature.
Remote control
Example:
Control on controller
22:41
+0.0K
+23.9C
Time
Action
Active on
06:00
Comfort
22:00
Set-back correction
SP point
Time
Action
Active on
05:00
Set-back correction
07:00
Comfort
09:00
Comfort
22:00
Set-back correction
23:30
Standby
For a detailed description of the different functions, refer to the commissioning manual
Application diagram
RT
Optimiser
Lockshield
Thermostatic valve
Shut-off valve
Manual valve
Clock
Room thermostat
Optimiser
Pump
RT
Optimiser
CALEFFI
3
2
bar
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
CAMERA
HOBBY
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CL
2.5
co
1
2
nf o
SL
rm e n o r me IS PE
30
40
20
50
60
10
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
70
0
80
CALEFF
30
40
20
CAMERA
HOBBY
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
50
60
10
70
0
80
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 1745.. 003
Outside compensated temperature regulating unit with distribution kit for primary circuit. Connections to primary circuit
3/4" M. Connections to regulating unit 1" F with nut. Panel circuit outlet connections 3/4" M - 18 mm. Primary circuit
manifold outlet connections 3/4" M - 18 mm. Medium: water and glycol solutions; maximum percentage of glycol 30%.
Control temperature range 2090C. Primary inlet temperature range 5-100C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Panel
manifold differential by-pass setting 25 kPa. Primary circuit differential by-pass setting 10 kPa. Temperature gauge scale
080C. Pressure gauge scale 010 bar. Complete with: flow manifold for panel system with 5 outlets (from 5 to 12) with
brass body, flow rate regulating valve with flow meter with a scale of 15 l/min; return manifold for panel system with 5
outlets (from 5 to 12) with brass body, shut-off valve. Regulating unit with motorised three-way valve, three-point actuator,
electric supply 230 V - 50 Hz, protection class IP 44. Digital controller, electric supply 230 V - 50 Hz, complete with probes
for measuring outside, room, flow and return temperature. Management of controller and room temperature with remote
control. Flow adapter unit with brass body. Primary circuit distribution manifolds with 3 outlets, brass body, flow rate
regulating and shut-off valves. By-pass kit with brass body, POM differential by-pass valve and stainless steel spring.
Shut-off valves with brass body and chrome plated brass ball. Safety thermostat: factory setting 55C 3C, protection
class IP 55, contact rating 10 A/240 V. Three-speed circulation pump UPS 25-60 (and UPS 25-80), protection class IP 44.
Pre-formed PE-X shell insulation for primary circuit. Supplied preassembled in painted steel box. Closure with a push-fit
clamp. Depth adjustable from 110 to 150 mm, including floor supports adjustable in height from 270 to 410 mm.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2008 Calef fi
IS
164 series
TERE
CALEFFI
UNI EN ISO 9001:2000
Cert. n 0003
01159/07 GB
Function
The motorised temperature regulating unit is configured for being
combined with an outside compensated or modulating temperature
regulator to control the flow temperature in heating and
air-conditioning systems.
This unit is specially made for connection to the Sepcoll 559 series
separator/manifold, either in the exposed or concealed versions.
Supplied complete with motorised three-way mixing valve, three-speed
pump, safety thermostat, differential by-pass valve, flow and return
temperature gauges, secondary circuit shut-off valves.
Supplied complete with pre-formed insulation shell, suitable for
heating and cooling.
Product range
Code 164600 Motorised temperature regulating unit for Sepcoll. Flow upwards, supply on right hand side
Code 164610 Motorised temperature regulating unit for Sepcoll. Flow upwards, supply on left hand side
Size 1
Size 1
Technical specifications
Materials
Regulating unit with motorised three-way valve
Safety thermostat
Body:
Headwork:
Obturator:
Seals:
Factory set:
Protection class:
Contacts rating:
Performance
By-pass valve
Body:
Spring:
Obturator:
Seals:
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Actuator
Three-point type
With auxiliary microswitch
Electric supply:
Operating time:
Power consumption:
Microswitch contact rating:
Protection class:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protective cover:
230 V - 50 Hz
50 s (120 rotation)
8 VA
0,8 A (230 V)
IP 44
55C
self-extinguishing VO
Shut-off valves
Body:
Ball:
Seals:
55C 3C
IP 55
10 A / 240 V
5100C
10 bar
1060 kPa (16 m w.g.)
- primary circuit:
- secondary circuit:
- connections centre distance:
080C
1 F with union
1 F
90 mm
Dimensions
Pump
Model UPS 25-60
Cast iron GG 15/20
230 V-50 Hz
95%
80C
IP 44
130 mm
1 1/2 with nut
Code 164600
Code 164610
Electric supply:
Max. ambient humidity:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protection class:
Pump centre distance:
Pump connections:
Three-speed pump:
Material: - Body:
40
40
60
20
80
60
20
80
80
4
3
40
1
0
0,5
Speed
1,5
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
30
0,40
90
1800
20
0,30
65
1100
0,20
45
700
10
1
(A)
50
UPS 25-60
3
60
Power consumption
H (kPa)
60
20
80
H (m w.g.)
40
40
60
20
Q (m3/h)
Insulation
Material:
Thickness:
Density:
SYSTEM
RETURN
SYSTEM
FLOW
A
C
Code
Weight (kg)
164600
95
90
77
460
320
140
9,0
164610
95
90
77
460
320
140
9,0
Hydraulic diagram
SR
2
40
40
60
20
80
60
20
SF
80
4
2
ST
3
1
9
230 V ~ 10%
5060 Hz - 8 VA
IP 44 - Tamb. 055C
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS
MAX 0,8 A
N
L
230 V
COMMON
CLOSE
OPEN
ACTUATOR
1
BOILER
RETURN
BOILER
FLOW
Characteristic components
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
BR
Shut-off valve
BF
ST
Safety thermostat
Temperature gauge
System pump
Pressure gauge
By-pass valve
Actuator
Construction details
Mixing valve
The mixing valve is a three-way type with a sector obturator. The
internal regulating element is made entirely of stainless steel so as
to minimize wear on the moving parts and ensure performance is
maintained over time.
The obturator and the valve body are sized so as to ensure a high
flow rate with reduced overall dimensions while permitting accurate
regulation of the water flows. Thus providing the best conditions for
precise adjustment of the temperature of the mixed water sent to
the system.
Actuator
The actuator is a three-point type so it can
easily be combined with the most widely
used temperature regulators, both outside
conpensated and modulating.
The actuator is moreover equipped with an
auxiliary microswitch that can be used to
shut down the boiler or the chiller unit when
the valve is closed.
The microswitch contacts are closed when
the valve is approximately 20% open.
The actuator can be fitted on the valve
body in the two shown positions. Fastening
is done with a stainless steel clip.
230 V ~ 10%
5060 Hz - 8 VA
IP 44 - Tamb. 055C
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS
MAX 0,8 A
CLOSE
OPEN
ACTUATOR
M
2
N
L
230 V
COMMON
230 V
COMMON
1
OPEN
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS
3
CLOSE
MAX 0,8 A
ACTUATOR
230 V ~ 10%
5060 Hz - 8 VA
IP 44 - Tamb. 055C
Manual opening
By removing the actuator, the valve can be opened-closed manually
by using a screwdriver.
Electrical connections
The electrical connection
of the actuator consists of
an
external
plug-in
socket system, which
does not require the
cover to be opened for
the supply cable to be
connected.
This solution is particularly
useful if the actuator
needs to be replaced. An efficient rubber protective cover
safeguards the connection system.
Fully open
op
clo
se
open
en
clo
se
Accessories
161
broch. 01122
M
2
MAX 0,8 A
1520
Outside compensated temperature
controller complete with flow probe
and outside probe.
Setting range: 2090C.
Electric supply: 230 V - 50 Hz.
Protection class: IP 40.
N
COMMON
230 V
COMMON
CLOSE
OPEN
ACTUATOR
Configuration with
sepcoll supplied from
right-hand side
Configuration with
sepcoll supplied from
left-hand side
M
2
CLOSE
OPEN
N
L
MAX 0,8 A
N
L
230 V
COMMON
COMMON
CLOSE
OPEN
3
CLOSE
OPEN
MAX 0,8 A
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS
ACTUATOR
230 V ~ 10%
5060 Hz - 8 VA
IP 44 - Tamb. 055C
3
CLOSE
OPEN
L
N
MAX 0,8 A
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS
ACTUATOR
230 V ~ 10%
5060 Hz - 8 VA
IP 44 - Tamb. 055C
3
CLOSE
OPEN
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS
COMMON
COMMON
230 V
230 V
230 V
MAX 0,8 A
ACTUATOR
230 V ~ 10%
5060 Hz - 8 VA
IP 44 - Tamb. 055C
Concealed Sepcoll
code 164610
code 164610
Differential by-pass
Code 163630
Code 164610
4
N
230 V
6
8
COMMON
1
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS
3
CLOSE
OPEN
MAX 0,8 A
ACTUATOR
01
230 V ~ 10%
5060 Hz - 8 VA
IP 44 - Tamb. 055C
40
40
60
20
ACTUATOR
MAX 0,8 A
code 164600
code 164600
COMMON
230 V
230 V
N
L
230 V
CLOSE
OPEN
OPEN
230 V ~ 10%
5060 Hz - 8 VA
IP 44 - Tamb. 055C
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS
ACTUATOR
COMMON
230 V
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS
MAX 0,8 A
COMMON
MAX 0,8 A
CLOSE
COMMON
OPEN
230 V ~ 10%
5060 Hz - 8 VA
IP 44 - Tamb. 055C
ACTUATOR
N
L
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS
MAX 0,8 A
ACTUATOR
CLOSE
230 V ~ 10%
5060 Hz - 8 VA
IP 44 - Tamb. 055C
ACTUATOR
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS
code 164600
230 V ~ 10%
5060 Hz - 8 VA
IP 44 - Tamb. 055C
230 V ~ 10%
5060 Hz - 8 VA
IP 44 - Tamb. 055C
code 164600
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS
code 164610
code 164610
80
60
20
80
p (m w.g.)
(kPa)
Setting positions
80
70
60
50
40
3
2
30
20
1
0
10
0,5
1,5
G (m3/h)
Application diagrams
RT
C
50
40
30
20
30
20
20
10
10
C
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
C
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
BAGNO
C
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
C
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
50
40
30
20
10
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
40
30
CUCINA
50
40
CUCINA
PRANZO
C
50
1
2
ENTRATA
10
ENTRATA
CAMERA
C. MATRIM.
PRANZO
CAMERA
C. MATRIM.
RT
C
50
40
30
20
10
1
2
30
20
20
10
10
1
2
3
C
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
1
2
3
C
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
1
2
3
BAGNO
C
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
1
2
3
C
50
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
10
50
40
30
20
10
1
2
3
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
40
30
CUCINA
50
40
CUCINA
PRANZO
C
50
4
L/MIN
ENTRATA
ENTRATA
CAMERA
C. MATRIM.
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS
ACTUATOR
OPEN
MAX 0,8 A
Pump
2
0
01
40
40
60
20
40
60
80
40
MAX 0,8 A
01
20
230 V
N
L
COMMON
COMMON
CLOSE
OPEN
60
20
80
80
60
20
80
RT Room thermostat
Thermostatic valve
Shut-off valve
Lockshield valve
Clock
PRANZO
CAMERA
230 V ~ 10%
5060 Hz - 8 VA
IP 44 - Tamb. 055C
ACTUATOR
230 V
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS
CLOSE
230 V ~ 10%
5060 Hz - 8 VA
IP 44 - Tamb. 055C
C. MATRIM.
RT
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
10
8
6
4
2
0
CALEFFI
4
L
N
230 V
COMMON
1
OPEN
3
CLOSE
MAX 0,8 A
ACTUATOR
01
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS
6
8
230 V ~ 10%
5060 Hz - 8 VA
IP 44 - Tamb. 055C
40
40
60
20
Pump
RT
80
60
20
80
Room thermostat
Shut-off valve
Thermostatic valve
Clock
Lockshield valve
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
164 series
Motorised temperature regulating unit for SEPCOLL 559 series. Configuration with bottom-up flow and supply right side
(or supply left side). 1 F union connection to primary circuit. 1 F connection to secondary circuit. Centre distance
between primary and secondary circuit connections 90 mm. Maximum temperature at inlet of primary circuit 100C.
Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Complete with: Three-way mixing valve, brass body, stainless steel obturator;
Three-point actuator, electric supply 230 V - 50 Hz, protection class IP 44; Three-speed pump UPS 25-60, electric supply
230 V - 50 Hz, maximum ambient temperature 55C, protection class IP 44; Temperature gauge scale 080C; Differential
by-pass valve, brass body, stainless steel spring, setting range 1060 kPa; Shut-off valves on secondary circuit.
With pre-formed shell insulation in expanded closed cell PE-X.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2007 Calef fi S.P.A.
RE
IS
6005 series
TERE
CALEFFI
UNI EN ISO 9001:2000
Cert. n 0003
01160/08 GB
Function
The multi-function unit is used in sanitary water systems to control the hot and cold
water delivered to user taps, serving a bathroom or a dwelling.
A high-performance adjustable thermostatic mixing valve keeps the hot water
temperature at the desired level and protects the user from the danger of scalding.
A flushing valve is used for the circuit thermal disinfection all the way to the tap, in
compliance with anti-Legionella regulations.
Patent application No. MI2007A000936
Product range
Cod.
Cod.
Cod.
Cod.
600500
600530
600540
600550
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
with
with
with
with
size 3/4
size 3/4 - outlets 23 p. 1,5
size 3/4 - outlets 23 p. 1,5
size 3/4 - outlets 23 p. 1,5
Technical specifications
Performance
Materials
Mixing valve
Body:
dezincification-resistant alloy
Obturator:
Springs:
Sealing elements:
Cap:
Flushing valve
Control stem:
Obturators:
Control stem seal:
Manual control knob:
EN 1982 CB752S,
chrome plated
PSU
stainless steel
EPDM
ABS
stainless steel
EPDM
EPDM
ABS
self-extinguishing polycarbonate
white RAL 9010
Multi-function unit
Medium:
drinking water
Setting range:
3050C
Factory set:
43C
Accuracy:
2C
Max. working pressure (static):
10 bar
Max. working pressure (dynamic):
5 bar
Max. inlet temperature:
85C
Max. inlet pressure ratio (H/C or C/H):
2:1
Min. temperature difference between inlet hot water and
outlet mixed water to ensure anti-scald performance:
15C
Min. flow rate for stable operation:
6 l/min
Performances to standards:
NF 079 doc.8, EN 1111, EN 1287
Connections:
Thermo-electric actuator
Normally closed
Electric supply:
Starting current:
Working current:
Working power consumption:
Protection class:
Double insulation construction:
Max. ambient temperature:
Operating time for start of flushing:
Length of supply cable:
Distribution manifolds
Medium:
Max. working pressure:
Temperature range:
Main connections:
Outlet connections:
Outlet centre distance:
230 V (ac)
1A
13 mA
3W
IP 44 (in vertical position)
CE
50C
210 s
80 cm
drinking water
10 bar
5100C
3/4 F x M
23 p. 1,5 18
35 mm
Dimensions
90
Code 600500
MIX
CALEFFI
330
3/4
MIX
HOT
COLD
HOT
111
HOT
16
50
198
86
COLD
3/4
3/4
COLD
3/4
HOT
COLD
COLD
CALEFFI
COLD
17
560
Code
No. outlets
L
Weight (kg)
3/4
50
Legionella-danger of scalding
In systems producing hot water with storage, in order to avoid the
growth of the dangerous bacterium known as Legionella, the hot water
must be stored at a temperature of at least 60 C. At this temperature
it is certain that the bacterium growth will be totally eliminated. At this
temperature, however, the water cannot be used directly.
As shown in the diagram provided, temperatures of more than 50C
can cause scalds very quickly.
For example, at 55C, partial burning will occur in approximately
30 seconds, while at 60C partial burning will occur in approximately
5 seconds. On average, these times can be halved for children and
elderly people.
Therefore, it is necessary to use a thermostatic mixing valve able to:
- reduce the temperature at the point of use to a value lower than that
of the storage and make it suitable for sanitary use.
- maintain the temperature constant despite any variation of the
incoming pressure and temperature.
- prevent the water temperature at the outlet from reaching values
above 50C.
- have an anti-scald safety function in case of failure of the cold water
23 p.1,5
35
600530
2+3
325
4,6
600500
2,3
600540
3+4
360
4,8
600550
4+5
395
5,0
Full
thickness
burns
70
65
Partial
thickness
burns
60
55
Safety conditions.
Max. exposure time
at a specific
temperature
50
45
0,1
10
100
1.000
10.000
Seconds
supply.
Exposure time required to cause partial burns
Thermal disinfection
To be more certain that there is no growth of Legionella, all sections of
the network must be subjected to thermal disinfection. Even in the
section downstream of the mixing valve, as far as the user tap, it must
be possible to flush the system at temperatures exceeding 60C. This
means by-passing the thermostatic mixing valve, which is set at lower
values, and activating another valve that allows the taps to be fed
directly with the hot water arriving from the distribution network.
Temperature
Adults
70C
1s
65C
2s
0,5 s
60C
5s
1s
55C
30 s
10 s
50C
5 min
2,5 min
Reference documents
With regard to the prevention and control of Legionella, see the
National Regulations and applicable Code of Practice.
Applications
The temperature control and thermal disinfection unit is typically used
in systems serving hospitals, nursing homes, sports and shopping
centres, hotels, campsites and colleges. In these structures with their
collective use, it is more than ever necessary to control and prevent
legionnaires disease in a programmed manner, allowing thermal
disinfection to be carried out right up to the user tap if necessary.
Thermal disinfection
The drawing alongside
shows the behaviour of
Legionella Pneumophila
bacteria as the conditions
vary in the temperature of
the water containing the
bacteria.
To ensure correct thermal
disinfection, it is necessary
to go up to values of no
less than 60C.
70
60
50
40
30
Optimum temperature
for growth of bacteria
20
10
0
Characteristic components
Hydraulic diagram
Operation with mixing
10
12
OFF
MIX
CALEFFI
COLD
HOT
COLD
HOT
COLD
9
Operation with thermal disinfection
Flushing valve open
ON
3) Ball shut-off valves with built-in strainers and check valves at the
hot and cold water inlets
4) Cold water circuit outlet kit
Thermal disinfection
The temperatures and corresponding disinfection times for the network must be chosen according to the type of system and the related intended
use. According to the requirements of the most advanced world legislation on this matter, the following criteria can generally be followed:
T = 70C for 10 minutes
T = 65C for 15 minutes
T = 60C for 30 minutes
After turning the flushing valve control switch on (approx. 210 s), the user taps must be opened to carry out thermal disinfection using the hot water
from the distribution network.
The tap opening times and their disinfection frequency will depend on how the system is run and on applicable regulations.
HOT
COLD
HOT
COLD
MIX
COLD
In a traditional system,
comprising a mixing
valve and a flushing
valve connected by
pipes, this risk may still
exist. Part of the mixing
valve, as it is always in
contact with the cold
water, remains at a
temperature that does
not give the certainty of
complete disinfection of
all its parts.
HOT
MIX
CALEFFI
COLD
Operating principle
1
MIXED
Flushing valve
The flushing valve, which can be activated
manually or automatically using a
thermo-electric actuator, allows the hot
water to pass directly to the unit outlet.
Using the control stem with double obturator
(2), it opens the by-pass on the hot water
inlet to the mixing valve and, at the same
time, shuts the cold water inlet off.
This prevents any mixing of hot and cold
water during the flushing operation, with the
taps open, as this would reduce the
temperature of the water sent to perform
thermal disinfection.
COLD
Construction details
Monoblock unit
The valve body, containing the thermal regulating and by-pass
components, is made out of a single casting with connections to the
hot water inlet, the cold water inlet and the mixed water outlet.
A specific internal channel carries the hot water to the mixing valve
inlet and to the flushing valve, making it possible for the unit to be
smaller in size and easily connectable.
Anti-scale materials
The materials used in constructing the mixing valve eliminate seizing
due to limescale deposits. All functional parts were made using a
special anti-scale material with low friction coefficient, which ensures
performances over time.
Hydraulic characteristics
MIX
p (m w.g.)
BY-PASS
15
1,5
Kv MIX
(m3/h) : 1,75
Kv BY-PASS (m3/h) : 1,80
1,0
10
0,3
0,2
0,1
0,05
0,5
50
20
0,5
0,5
10
Shut-off valves
The hot and cold water inlet shut-off valves are fitted with stainless
steel strainers (4) with EPDM seals and check valves (5).
HOT
p (bar)
Control stem
The flushing valve control stem (3) is made of stainless steel with a
double O-ring seal in EPDM. In this way the upper portion of the
headwork can be replaced even with the system running.
COLD
0,2
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
Mixing valve
The thermostatic mixing valve mixes the hot
and cold water at the inlet so as to maintain
the mixed water at a constant set
temperature at the outlet. A thermostatic
element (1) is fully immersed in the mixed
water pipe. It contracts or expands, moving
an obturator which controls the passage of
hot or cold water at the inlet. If there are
changes in inlet temperature or pressure, the
internal element reacts automatically to
restore the set temperature at the outlet.
Thermal transient
Use
According to its flow characteristics, the unit with thermostatic mixing valve can be
used for application with a limited number of users, for example a bathroom. For this
reason, the flow rate passing through the valve is generally the same as through the
final user, for example the tap of a basin, shower, bidet, etc. To ensure stable operation,
a minimum flow rate of 6 l/min must be guaranteed to the mixing valve. The system
must always be dimensioned taking into account the current legislation on the nominal
flow rate to each user.
Public buildings, hospitals, kindergartens
In this type of application, the risk of scalding is extremly high because of the nature of
the hot water users, who include children, old people, sick people.
In these installations, the two supply networks providing hot water from the storage
and cold water may have different origins and operate at different pressures.
In case of failure of cold water supply, the mixing valve is able to shut off the supply of
mixed water to prevent possible burns.
Head loss check in the mixing valve
If the design flow rate is known, taking into account simultaneous use of the sanitary
appliances, the head loss produced by the mixing valve is checked using the graph
provided.
It is necessary to verify the available pressure, the head loss in the system downstream
of the mixing valve and the residual pressure to be guaranteed to user appliances.
Installation
Before installing the unit with the mixing valve, the pipes must be washed out to ensure
that no impurities in circulation will impair its performance.
We recommend always installing suitable strainers at the inlet of the water system.
The mixing valve unit is fitted with shut-off valves with strainers at the hot and cold
water inlets.
The mixing valve unit must be installed according to the diagram provided within the
instruction sheet or in this brochure.
The unit can be installed in any position, vertical or horizontal.
The following marks are indicated on the unit body:
hot water inlet, indicated by the word Hot
cold water inlet, indicated by the word Cold
mixed water outlet, indicated by the word MIX.
Check valves
In systems with thermostatic mixing valves, check valves shall be installed to prevent
undesired backflows. The mixing valve unit is fitted with check valves, incorporated in
the shut-off valves at the hot and cold water inlets.
Temperature setting
The temperature is set at the desired value
using the regulator screw. Temperature
adjustment can then be locked by means
of the tamper-proof locking nut.
1.
Manual opening
The flushing valve can be activated manually by means of the knob provided.
Thermo-electric actuator
The operating knob can be removed, by unscrewing the locking nut, and
replaced by a thermo-electric actuator. This allows automatic operation of the
valve, controlled by a suitable switch or timer.
2.
T(C)
< 0,5 s - max
60C
< 3 s - max
55C
2K
2K
Initial
temperature
Temperature
rise
Stabilisation
period
Stable
conditions
Time (s)
Commissioning
According to the special purpose of the thermostatic
mixing valve, it must be commissioned in accordance
to the current regulations by qualified personnel using
appropriate temperature measurement equipment.
We recommend using a digital thermometer for
measuring the temperature of the mixed water.
Recommended temperatures
Given the specific use of this type of mixing valve, the
following table summarizes the maximum water
temperatures at the tap to avoid scalding.
Appliance
Bidet
Shower/Washbasin
Bath
3.
Tmax
38C
41C
44C
Distribution manifolds
The hot and cold water distribution manifolds are fitted with shut-off valves with operating knobs for
each circuit and identification labels for each of the appliances served.
This creates balanced distribution of water to the various user outlets, enabling the circuit supplying
each individual appliance to be shut off in order to carry out any maintenance.
p (m w.g.)
1,0
10
3
Kv (m /h): 3
0,2
0,1
0,05
0,5
0,03
0,3
0,02
0,2
50
1
20
10
0,2
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
0,3
0,5
0,5
Box
The box is supplied with guards to be positioned on the sides where
no pipes pass, to ensure that no mortar falls inside the box itself when
it is fitted, dirtying the components.
This guard is supplied so that it can be fitted both on the shorter and
on the longer side, according to the position in which the box is fitted,
horizontal or vertical.
Application diagrams
12
MIX
12
12
MIX
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
COLD
HOT
COLD
HOT
COLD
HOT
COLD
HOT
COLD
COLD
1
12
MIX
MIX
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
COLD
HOT
COLD
HOT
COLD
HOT
COLD
HOT
COLD
COLD
HOT
HOT
12
12
MIX
COLD
HOT
CALEFFI
COLD
12
COLD
MIX
CALEFFI
COLD
COLD
CALEFFI
COLD
COLD
COLD
HOT
HOT
MIX
HOT
HOT
MIX
COLD
HOT
12
CALEFFI
COLD
COLD
COLD
Accessories
6002
525 ANTISHOCK
3641
broch. 01020
364151
3/4 M
5991
End fitting.
Chrome plated.
Code
525040
Timer with programmable key, settings from
1 to 12 minutes.
To operate the valves used to carry out
thermal disinfection of circuit sections, up to
the outlet taps.
Electric supply: 230 V (ac).
1/2
Code
599155
3642
5993
End fitting.
Chrome plated.
Code
Code
600200
364255
3/4 F x 1/2 F
3/4 M x 1/2 F
599351
3/4 M
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Series 6005
Multi-function compact unit for temperature control, thermal disinfection (cod. 600500).
Multi-function compact unit for temperature control, thermal disinfection and distribution for sanitary water system, pre-assembled
in box (cod. 600530 - 600540 - 600550).
Complete with:
Multi-function monoblock unit with anti-scald thermostatic mixing valve and flushing valve for thermal disinfection of the circuit.
Complete with shut-off valves, inspectable strainers and check valves at the hot and cold water inlets. Ready for direct
connection to the distribution manifolds. With cold water circuit outlet kit. Connections: inlet 3/4 M, outlet 3/4 M with union.
Dezincification-resistant alloy body. Chrome plated. Medium: drinking water.
Anti-scald thermostatic mixing valve, with performance in compliance with standard NF 079 doc.08, EN 1111 and EN 1287. With
tamper-proof block for the temperature setting. Obturator in PSU. Stainless steel springs. EPDM seal elements. ABS cap.
Maximum inlet temp. 85C. Adjustment range 30-50C. Accuracy 2C. Maximum working pressure (static) 10 bar. Maximum
working pressure (dynamic) 5 bar. Maximum inlet pressure ratio (H/C or C/H) 2:1. Flushing valve for mixing valve control by-pass
and simultaneous cold water inlet shut-off, manual or automatic with thermo-electric actuator. Stainless steel control stem with
double obturator in EPDM. Control stem seal with double O-Ring in EPDM. Manual control knob in ABS. Shut-off valves and outlet
kit with chrome plated brass body. Inspectable stainless steel strainers with EPDM seal. Check valves with POM body and
obturator and stainless steel spring.
Thermo-electric actuator. Normally closed. Electric supply 230 V (ac). Working power consumption 3 W. Starting current 1 A.
Working current 13 mA. Protection class IP 44 (in vertical position). Maximum ambient temperature 50C. Operating time for start
of flushing 210 seconds. Length of supply cable 80 cm.
Hot and cold water distribution manifolds fitted with shut-off valves with operating knobs for each circuit and identification labels
for each of the appliances served. With 2+3 hot and cold water outlets (or 3+4 or 4+5). Main connections 3/4 F, outlet
connections 23 p. 1,5 mm. Centre distance: 35 mm. Brass manifold body, chrome plated. Brass stem and headwork. EPDM
hydraulic seals. Maximum working pressure: 10 bar. Temperature range: 5100C. PA6GF knob. Stainless steel brackets.
Ventilated box. Colour white RAL 9010. Useful dimensions 560 x 330 mm, depth 80 mm.
Code. 525040
Water hammer arrester. Threaded connections 1/2 M. Brass body. Chrome plated. Very high resistance polymer piston.
Carbon steel spring. EPDM seals with anti-extrusion rings. Maximum working temperature 90C. Maximum working pressure
10 bar. Maximum water hammer pressure 50 bar.
Code. 600200
Timer with programmable key, settings from 1 to 12 minutes. To operate the valves used to carry out thermal disinfection.
Power supply 230 V (ac).
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2008 Calef fi
IS
574 series
TERE
CALEFFI
01161/08 GB
Function
The charging unit assembly is composed of a shut-off valve with an
inspectable strainer, a BA type controllable reduced pressure zone
backflow preventer and a pre-adjustable filling unit.
It is installed on the water inlet pipe in sealed heating systems and its
main function is to maintain the pressure of the system stable at a set
value, providing automatically a re-fill of the missing water.
This product has the peculiarity of being pre-adjustable. That means it
can be adjusted at a desired pressure value before the system filling
stage.
The backflow preventer is inserted to prevent the contaminated water
of the closed heating circuit from flowing back into the domestic water
supply network, in compliance with EN 1717 standard prescriptions.
The device is proposed complete with pre-formed shell insulation and
with a compact dimension design to make its hydraulic installation
easier.
Reference Documentation
- Tech. brochure 01022. Controllable reduced pressure zone backflow
preventer (BA type). 574-575-570 series.
Product range
Compact automatic charging unit assembly with BA type backflow preventer
Technical specifications
Backflow preventer
Designation:
Certification:
Pressure ports:
Upstream filter mesh :
Materials
Backflow preventer
Body and cover:
Check valves:
Springs:
Diaphragm and seals:
Filling unit
Body:
Cover:
Obturator stem and moving parts:
Strainer:
Diaphragm and seals:
size 1/2
dezincification-resistant alloy
EN 12165 CW602N
PSU-POM
stainless steel
EPDM
brass EN 12165 CW617N
PA66G30
brass EN 12164 CW614N
stainless steel
NBR
Family B, Type A
EN 12729
upstream, intermediate, downstream
0,4 mm
Filling unit
Set pressure range:
Factory set:
Indicator accuracy:
Pressure gauge range:
Internal filter mesh :
0,24 bar
1,5 bar
0,15 bar
04 bar
0,28 mm
Connections:
Dimensions
CALEFFI
EPS
33 kg/m3
Performance
Medium:
Maximum working pressure:
Maximum working temperature:
Acoustic group:
Insulation
Material:
Density:
Code 574011
drinking water
10 bar
65C
II
Code
A
574011 1/2
B
101,5
C
50
D
E
F
Weight (kg)
182 40-60 250
1,6
Characteristic components
Construction details
Automatic filling unit
10
40
Pre-adjustment
This model is provided with a pressure regulation
indicator, which facilitates setting operations.
The system charging
pressure may be set,
turning the regulating
2
screw, even before the
30
20
system
charging
phase begins.
50
CALEFFI
psi
bar
CALEFFI
Anti-stick materials
The components inside the assembly are made of plastic having a
low adherence coefficient. This solution reduces to a minimum the
chance of scale forming, the major cause of any malfunctions.
Insulation
The assembly is supplied complete with insulation, sized to limit
thermal losses and to prevent condensation forming on the surface.
Compact assembly
The assembly is designed compact and with reduced overall
dimensions in order to make hydraulic installation easier, above all
if space is limited. This condition is typical of small and
medium-size systems this product is designed for.
35
3,0
30
2,5
25
2,0
20
1,5
15
1,0
10
0,5
5
1
1,50
40
3,5
1,25
4,0
0,75
50
45
Flow rate
(m3/h)
p (m w.g.)
4,5
Simplified maintenance
When needed, any disassembly and maintenance work is easier to
perform thanks to the use of components easy to verify and replace
without having to disassemble the valve body from the pipe.
p (bar)
5,0
0,50
Corrosion-proof materials
The materials used to manufacture the backflow preventers must
be insensitive to corrosion caused by the contact with drinking
water. This is why they are made using
dezincification-resistant
alloy and stainless steel, as they are a guarantee to keep best
performance over time.
Hydraulic characteristics
0,25
Installation
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
3
3
0
CALEFFI
Application diagram
P
T
F
2
3
CALEFFI
Shut-off valve
Pump
Ball valve
Autoflow
3-way cock
P
Ballstop
Temperature gauge
Temperature probe
Safety thermostat
Flow switch
Controller
Zone valve
Expansion vessel
Pressure switch
Inspection pocket
Gas strainer
Gas controller
Deaerator
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 574011
Compact automatic charging unit assembly with BA type backflow preventer. Connections 1/2 M with union. Maximum
working temperature 65C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Medium water.
Complete with:
- Controllable backflow preventer with reduced pressure zones, BA type, compliant with EN 12729. Dezincification-resistant
alloy body, EPDM diaphragm and seals. Stainless steel spring. Complete with discharge tundish with collar for fixing to the
drain pipe;
- Pre-adjustable filling unit. Brass body, control stem and moving parts. Glass nylon cover. NBR seals.
Adjustment range 0,24 bar. Complete with cock, stainless steel strainer with mesh size 0,28 mm and check valve.
Pressure gauge with 04 bar scale;
- Dezincification-resistant alloy shut-off ball valve. Brass ball. EPDM seals. Glass nylon handle;
- Strainer upstream with mesh size 0,4 mm;
- EPS insulation, density 33 kg/m3.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2008 Caleffi
IS
601-602 series
TERE
CALEFFI
UNI EN ISO 9001:2000
Cert. n 0003
01162/08 GB
Function
In certain sanitary hot water distribution systems, for example
hospitals, nursing homes, schools, sport centres etc., it is
necessary to protect vulnerable people from a risk of scalding with
hot water.
This particular series of thermostatic mixing valves has been
specifically designed for this type of application, for installation just
upstream of the basin tap. The mixing valves automatically maintain
the mixed water temperature constant, despite any variation in inlet
pressure or temperature or the actual flow rate drawn at the tap.
A special by-pass mechanism is used on the 602 series unit to
thermally disinfect the circuit all the way to the tap, in compliance
with anti-Legionella regulations.
Product range
601 series Anti-scald thermostatic mixing valve for wash-hand basins
602 series Anti-scald thermostatic mixing valve with by-pass, for wash-hand basins
Technical specifications
Materials
Body:
Obturator:
Spring:
Sealing elements:
Cover:
Performance
Medium:
Adjustment range:
Factory set:
Accuracy:
Max. working pressure (static):
Max. working pressure (dynamic):
water
2550C
41C
2C
10 bar
5 bar
90C
5:1
10C
4,5 l/min
Hot
3/8 - 10 olive
3/8 - 12 olive
Dimensions
B
B
A
601
602
Code
A
B
C D E E F G
Weight (kg)
601310/602310 3/8" 10 40 62 28 55 51 46 0,60/0,69
601312/602312 3/8" 12 40 62 28 55 51 46 0,60/0,69
Code
A
B
601415/602415 15 40
601
C
62
D
28
602
D
55
E
47
F
47
Weight (kg)
0,60/0,69
601
601
602
Code
A
B
C D E E F G
Weight (kg)
601333/602333 3/8" 3/8" 40 62 28 55 51 38 0,60/0,69
Code
A
B
601444/602444 1/2 40
C
62
D
28
C
75
602
D
55
E
51
F
Weight (kg)
38 0,60/0,69
Full
thickness
burns
70
65
Partial
thickness
burns
60
55
Safety conditions.
Max. exposure time
at a specific
temperature
50
45
0,1
10
100
1.000
10.000
Seconds
Thermal disinfection
The drawing alongside shows
the behaviour of Legionella
Pneumophila bacteria as the
conditions
vary
in
the
temperature of the water
containing the bacteria.
To ensure correct thermal
disinfection, it is necessary to
go up to values of no less than
60C.
60
50
40
30
Optimum temperature
for growth of bacteria
20
10
0
Temperature
Adults
70C
1s
65C
2s
0,5 s
60C
5s
1s
55C
30 s
10 s
50C
5 min
2,5 min
Operating principle
The thermostatic mixing valve mixes the hot and cold water at the inlet so as to maintain constant the adjusted mixed water temperature at the
outlet. A thermostatic element is fully immersed in the mixed water port. It contracts or expands, moving an obturator which controls the
passage of the hot or cold water at the inlet. If there are changes in inlet temperature or pressure, the internal element reacts automatically to
restore the adjusted temperature at the outlet.
COLD
MIXED
Thermal disinfection - By-pass function
602 series mixing valves are equipped with a by-pass device which
allows to reach the delivery tap with the thermal disinfection, as
required by established legislation.
The by-pass provides total disinfection of the system and the
mixing valve itself, without the need for disassembly.
HOT
HOT
COLD
MIXED
HOT
Anti-scald safety function
In case of hot or cold water supply failure at the inlet, the obturator
closes the water port, thus shutting off the mixed water outlet. This
function is only guaranteed if there is a minimum temperature
difference of 10C between the hot water at the inlet and the mixed
water at the outlet.
HOT
Hydraulic characteristics
Installation
p (bar)
p (m w.g.)
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
0,05
0,5
1
20
10
0,2
2
10
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
1,0
0,5
15
0,1
1,5
Kv (m3/h) = 0,8
Use
Check valves
Temperature adjustment
By-pass function
Cold
water
Hot
water
By-pass
closed
By-pass
open
Application diagram
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
601 series
Anti-scald thermostatic mixing valve for wash-hand basins. Threaded connections 3/8 (and 1/2). Chrome plated brass body.
Brass obturator. Stainless steel spring. EPDM seal elements. ABS cover. Medium water. Adjustment range 2550C. Factory
set 41C. Accuracy 2C. Maximum working pressure (static) 10 bar; maximum working pressure (dynamic) 5 bar. Maximum
inlet temperature 90C. Maximum inlet pressure ratio (H/C or C/H) 5:1. Minimum temperature difference between the inlet hot
water and the outlet mixed water to ensure anti-scald performance 10C. Minimum flow rate for a stable operation 4,5 l/min.
602 series
Thermostatic mixing valve with by-pass, for wash-hand basins. Threaded connections 3/8 (and 1/2). Chrome plated brass body.
Brass obturator. Stainless steel spring. EPDM seal elements. ABS cover. Medium: water. Adjustment range 2550C. Factory
set 41C. Accuracy 2C. Maximum working pressure (static) 10 bar; maximum working pressure (dynamic) 5 bar. Maximum inlet
temperature 90C. Maximum inlet pressure ratio (H/C or C/H) 5:1. Minimum temperature difference between the inlet hot water
and the outlet mixed water to ensure anti-scald performance 10C. Minimum flow rate for a stable operation 4,5 l/min.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2008 Caleffi
CALEFFI
RE
IS
01163/08 GB
Function
The solar storage-to-boiler connection kits automatically control and
optimize the thermal energy contained in a solar water storage,
ensuring that domestic hot water is distributed throughout the
system at a controlled optimum temperature.
The kits come complete with anti-scald thermostatic mixing valve,
motorised diverter valve and thermostat with temperature probe for
the solar water storage.
They ensure that users always receive hot water at the set
temperature and switch the boiler on if the temperature of the water
coming from the solar storage falls below the set point.
The kits are available in two versions, for use with either modulating
or non-modulating boilers.
These compact kits are designed for quick and easy installation in
both new and existing systems.
They come complete with a pre-formed shell protective cover.
Patent application No. MI2007A000936.
Product range
Code 264352 SOLARNOCAL Solar storage-to-boiler connection kit without thermal integration
Code 265352 SOLARINCAL Solar storage-to-boiler connection kit with thermal integration
Technical specifications
Materials
Mixing valve
Body:
Obturator:
Springs:
Seals:
Control knob:
Diverter valve
Body:
Ball:
Ball seal:
Control stem seal:
Union seals:
Actuator
Protective shell:
Colour:
self-extinguishing polycarbonate
grey RAL 9002
Protective cover:
Material:
Thickness:
Density:
Working temperature range:
Reaction to fire (EN 13501-1):
Connections:
PVC
7 mm
1,29 kg/dm3
-5110C
class B2
Performance
Diverter valve
Max. working pressure:
Max. differential pressure:
Working temperature range:
10 bar
10 bar
-5110C
size 3/4
size 3/4
Mixing valve
Max. working pressure:
10 bar (static); 5 bar (dynamic)
Adjustment temperature range:
3555C
Factory set:
43C
Accuracy:
2C
Max. inlet temperature:
100C
Max. inlet pressure ratio (H/C or C/H):
2:1
Minimum temperature difference between the inlet hot water
and the outlet mixed water to ensure anti-scald performance: 10C
Min. flow rate for stable operation:
4 l/min
Actuator
Three-contact type
Electric supply:
230 V (ac)
Power consumption:
8 VA
Auxiliary microswitch contact rating:
0,8 A (230 V)
Protection class:
IP 44 (control stem in vertical position)
IP 40 (control stem in horizontal position)
Operating time:
10 s
Ambient temperature range:
055C
Dynamic torque:
6 Nm
Length of supply cable:
1m
Thermostat
Electric supply:
Power consumption:
Adjustable temperature range:
Factory set:
Box protection class:
230 V (ac)
10 (2+8) VA
3550C
45C
IP 65
Temperature probe
Working range:
-25110C
Time constant:
1 min
Response:
100 k at 25C
Two wire cable with 4,5 mm probe
L=2m
Maximum distance:
10 m with 2 x 0,25 mm2 cable
100 m with 2 x 0,5 mm2 cable
Dimensions
230 V - 5 VA - IP 65
230 V - 5 VA - IP 65
Code
264352
A
3/4"
B
90
C
87,5
D
45
E
131
Weight (kg)
2,3
A
B
Code
A
B
C
D
265352 3/4" 108,5 87,5 66,5
E
50
F
81
G Weight (kg)
45
2,3
Adults
70C
1s
--
65C
2s
0,5 s
60C
5s
1s
55C
30 s
10 s
50C
5 min
2,5 min
USER
MODULATING
BOILER
NON
MODULATING
BOILER
Operating principle
1) Diverter valve
2) Diverter valve actuator
3) Thermostatic mixing valve
4) Diverter valve control thermostat
5) Solar water storage temperature probe
1
Cold
water
inlet
Hydraulic diagram
Inlet
from
boiler
BOILER
COLD
COLD
SOLAR
Inlet from
solar storage
User
outlet
BOILER
MIXED
USER
OUTLET
SOLAR
USER
OUTLET
Operating principle
1) Diverter valve
2) Diverter valve actuator
3) Thermostatic mixing valve
4) Diverter valve control thermostat
5) Solar storage temperature probe
Hydraulic diagram
Inlet
from
boiler
Outlet to
boiler
BOILER
BOILER
2
M
Cold
water
inlet
COLD
MIXED
Mixed
water
outlet
Inlet from
solar storage
SOLAR
COLD
MIXED
SOLAR
Construction details
Mixing valve
High resistance to temperature
Internal control components are designed to maintain constant the
mixing valve performance with inlet hot water temperatures up to
100C, in continuous operation.
Anti-scale materials
The materials used in constructing the mixing valve were selected
to eliminate seizing due to limescale deposits. All functional parts
have been made using a special anti-scale material with low friction
coefficient, which ensures over time performance.
Anti-scald safety function
As a safety measure, in case of failure of the cold water supply, the
valve immediately shuts off the flow of the hot water. This prevents
dangerous burns. This performance is guaranteed if there is a
minimum temperature difference between the inlet hot water and
the outlet mixed water of 10C. Also in case of failure of the hot
water supply, the valve shuts off the cold water port and thus the
outlet mixed water to prevent dangerous thermal shocks.
Diverter valve
Directions of flow and position indicator
Removing the actuator reveals a slot at the top of the control stem
on which the shaft of the actuator acts:
- this slot allows the valve to be opened and closed manually with
a screwdriver;
- the slot position allows to understand the flow direction
depending on the ball position. This is extremely useful for system
commissioning and checking.
Two diagrams follow here regarding the two valves types. As
visible, the slot position shows the flow direction.
264 series
Actuator
Drive transmission
A taper coupling allows a constant connection between the valve
control stem (A) and the output shaft of the gear actuator (B).
This provides automatic compensation for the mechanical slack
thanks to the thrust (C) of the fluid pressure on the control stem.
Valve-actuator coupling
An elastic steel fastener (D) allows the valve to be coupled to the
actuator quickly and easily, by a simple clutch operation with
automatic locking.
A
B
C
Max
0,8 A
CLOSE
Auxiliary microswitch
The auxiliary microswitch closes at
an average valve aperture of 80%.
OPEN
265 series
Application
p (m w.g.)
15
3
Kv (m /h)
1,1
1,0
10
7,1
0,5
0,3
0,2
Check valves
In systems with thermostatic mixing valves, check valves should be
installed to prevent undesired backflow. The kit with mixing valve
incorporates check valves on the hot and cold water inlets.
5
100
50
20
0,5
10
10
0,5
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
0,05
2
0,2
0,1
Commissioning
In view of the special applications for which the thermostatic mixing
valve is used, it must be commissioned according to current
regulations, by qualified technicians equipped with suitable
temperature measurement instruments. We recommend using a
digital thermometer for measuring the mixed water temperature.
Temperature adjustment
The temperature is set to the
desired value by means of the
control knob on the thermostatic
mixing valve.
p (m w.g.)
15
Kv (m3/h)
1,0
10
1,40
1,55
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
0,05
0,5
5
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
50
1
20
10
0,2
0,5
5x20
315 mA T
35
50
ON
50
FUS
28087
28086
TSET (C)
FUS
TSET (C)
5x20
315 mA T
70
35
50
ON
OFF
OFF
Com.
Com.
Probe
L
230 V (ac)
Factory set:
Probe
Diverter valve
ON: 45C
OFF: 60C
230 V (ac)
Factory set:
Diverter valve
ON: 45C
OFF: 45C
Application diagrams
264 series Solarnocal
NON
MODULATING
BOILER
COLD
WATER
INLET
COLD
USER
MODULATING
BOILER
MIXED
COLD
COLD
WATER
INLET
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
264 series
Solar storage-to-boiler connection kit without thermal integration. Inlet and outlet threaded connections 3/4 M with unions.
Medium drinking water.
Consisting of:
- Mixing valve: dezincification resistant alloy body, chrome plated; PSU obturator; stainless steel springs; EPDM seals; ABS
control knob. Maximum working pressure 10 bar (static), 5 bar (dynamic); adjustment temperature range 3555C; factory
set 43C; accuracy 2C; maximum inlet temperature 100C; maximum inlet pressures ratio (H/C or C/H) 2:1; minimum
temperature difference between the inlet hot water and the outlet mixed water to ensure anti-scald performance 10C;
minimum flow rate for a stable operation 4 l/min.
- Diverter valve: brass body, chrome plated; brass ball, chrome plated; PTFE ball seal with EPDM O-Ring; double EPDM
O-Ring control stem seal; non-asbestos fibre union seal. Maximum working pressure 10 bar; maximum differential pressure
10 bar; working temperature range -5110C.
- Actuator with protective shell in self-extinguishing polycarbonate; colour grey RAL 9002.
- Three-contact actuator with auxiliary microswitch; electric supply 230 V (ac); power consumption 8 VA; auxiliary microswitch
contact rating 0,8 A (230 V); protection class IP 44 with control stem in vertical position, IP 40 with control stem in horizontal
position; operating time 10 s; ambient temperature range 055C; dynamic torque 6 Nm; length of electric supply cable 1 m.
- PVC pre-formed shell protective cover. Temperature range -5110C.
- Thermostat: electric supply 230 V (ac); power consumption 10 (2+8) VA; adjustable temperature range 3550C; factory
set 45C; box protection class IP 65.
- Temperature probe: working range 0100C; time constant 1 min; response 100 k at 25C; two wire cable with 4,5 mm
probe, L = 2 m.
265 series
Solar storage-to-boiler connection kit with thermal integration. Inlet and outlet threaded connections 3/4 M with unions, boiler
connection 3/4 M. Medium drinking water.
Consisting of:
- Mixing valve: dezincification resistant alloy body, chrome plated; PSU obturator; stainless steel springs; EPDM seals; ABS
control knob. Maximum working pressure 10 bar (static), 5 bar (dynamic); adjustment temperature range 3555C; factory
set 43C; accuracy 2C; maximum inlet temperature 100C; maximum inlet pressures ratio (H/C or C/H) 2:1; minimum
temperature difference between the inlet hot water and the outlet mixed water to ensure anti-scald performance 10C;
minimum flow rate for a stable operation 4 l/min.
- Diverter valve: brass body, chrome plated; brass ball, chrome plated; PTFE ball seal with EPDM O-Ring; double EPDM
O-Ring control stem seal; non-asbestos fibre union seals. Maximum working pressure 10 bar; maximum differential pressure
10 bar; working temperature range -5110C.
- Actuator with protective shell in self-extinguishing polycarbonate; colour grey RAL 9002.
- Three-contact actuator with auxiliary microswitch; electric supply 230 V (ac); power consumption 8 VA; auxiliary microswitch
contact rating 0,8 A (230 V); protection class IP 44 with control stem in vertical position, IP 40 with control stem in horizontal
position; operating time 10 s; ambient temperature range 0-55C; dynamic torque 6 Nm; length of electric supply cable 1 m.
- PVC pre-formed shell protective cover. Temperature range -5110C.
- Thermostat: electric supply 230 V (ac); power consumption 10 (2+8) VA; adjustable temperature range 3550C; factory
set 45C; box protection class IP 65.
- Temperature probe: working range 0-100C; time constant 1 min; response 100 k at 25C; two wire cable with 4,5 mm
probe, L = 2 m.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2008 Caleffi
IS
BS EN ISO 9001:2000
Cert. n FM 21654
CALEFFI
UNI EN ISO 9001:2000
Cert. n 0003
01164/09 GB
Function
The solar storage-to-boiler connection kits automatically control and
optimise the thermal energy contained in the solar water storage,
ensuring that domestic hot water is distributed throughout the
system at a controlled optimum temperature.
They ensure that users always receive hot water at the set
temperature and switch the boiler on if the temperature of the water
coming from the solar storage falls below the set point.
The kits are available in two versions, to be coupled with various
boiler kinds, with storage or istantaneous.
Depending on the version, they are supplied complete with
thermostatic diverter valve, special thermostatic control device
designed to prevent boiler hunting and anti-scald thermostatic
mixing valve.
These compact kits are designed for quick and easy installation in
both new and existing systems.
They come complete with a pre-formed shell protective cover.
Patent application No. MI2008A001813.
Product range
Code 262350 SOLARINCAL-T. Solar thermostatic connection kit to boilers with storage
Code 263350 SOLARINCAL-T PLUS. Solar thermostatic connection kit to instantaneous boilers
size 3/4
size 3/4
Technical specifications
Materials
Thermostatic mixing valve
Body: - 262 series:
- 263 series:
Obturator:
Springs:
Seals:
Knob:
PVC
7 mm
1,29 kg/dm3
-5110C
class B
EPP
15 mm
0,037 W/(mK) at 10C
0,045 kg/dm3
-5120C
class HBF
3/4 M with union
3/4 M
Performance
Thermostatic mixing valve
Medium:
Max. working pressure:
drinking water
10 bar (static);
5 bar (dynamic)
Max. inlet temperature:
100C
Adjustment temperature range:
3555C
Factory set:
43C
Accuracy:
2C
Max. inlet pressure ratio (H/C or C/H):
2:1
Min. temperature difference between inlet hot water and
the outlet mixed water to ensure anti-scald performance:
10C
Min. flow rate for stable operation:
4 l/min
Performance to standards: NF 079 doc. 8, EN 15092, EN 1111, EN 1287
Thermostatic diverter valve
Max. working pressure:
Max. differential pressure:
Max. inlet temperature:
Factory set:
Accuracy:
10 bar
5 bar
100C
45C
2C
85C
30C
2C
Dimensions
A
Code
262350
A
3/4"
B
66,5
C
108,5
D
40
E
81
F Weight (kg)
42,5
1,75
Code
263350
A
3/4"
A
C
B
60
C
60
D
78
E
88,5
F Weight (kg)
45,5
1,85
Adults
70C
1s
65C
2s
0,5 s
60C
5s
1s
55C
30 s
10 s
50C
5 min
2,5 min
USER
MODULATING
BOILER
Operating principle
Inlet
from
boiler
Outlet
to boiler
Cold
water
inlet
Hydraulic diagram
BOILER
Mixed water
outlet
Inlet from
solar storage
BOILER
COLD
MIXED
SOLAR
COLD
MIXED
SOLAR
Operating principle
Outlet
to boiler
Inlet from
boiler
Cold
water
inlet
Hydraulic diagram
BOILER
Mixed water
outlet
BOILER
Inlet
from
solar storage
M
COLD
COLD
MIXED
SOLAR
MIXED
SOLAR
Construction details
Operational flexibility
The kits are made using a single casting, so as to minimise their
overall size and make installation easier. They are supplied
complete with components used for control and operation,
designed for direct connection to the circuit without sections of
piping having to be fitted between the various devices.
Diverter
valve
Mixing valve
T < 45C
Control
device
Diverter valve
The thermostatic diverter valve at
the kit inlet features a built-in
sensor, which is immersed directly
in the flow of hot water coming from
the solar storage. Through the
action of the thermostat controlling
obturator movement, the flow rate
is adjusted proportionally and
automatically, without the need for
external energy sources.
This means there is no need for
other temperature probes in the
circuit and electrical wiring
procedures.
Thermal transient
During transient, following rapid changes in pressure, temperature
or flow rate, the outlet mixed water temperature increases with
respect to the initial set point and this increase must be of limited
duration to guarantee safety. The anti-scald mixing valve always
ensures that these conditions are respected.
T(C)
< 0,5 s - max
60C
< 3 s - max
55C
2K
2K
Initial
temperature
Temperature
rise
Stabilisation
period
Stable
conditions
Time (s)
Application
The diverter-mixing valve coupling on the Solarincal T storage-toboiler thermostatic connection kit allows the mixing valve to rotate
through 360 to satisfy all the possible installation needs.
The kit comes complete with a special pre-formed protective cover.
p (m w.g.)
15
1,0
10
Kv (m3/h)
0,5
0,1
0,05
0,5
50
1
20
10
0,2
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
0,2
0,5
0,3
p (m w.g.)
15
1,0
10
Kv (m3/h)
0,5
0,1
0,05
0,5
50
1
20
10
0,2
5
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
0,2
0,5
0,3
Bracketing
The 263 series connection
kit is supplied complete
with a special wallmounting bracket.
This
simplifies
the
installation process and
makes connection easier
while ensuring a secure
support.
Check valves
In systems with thermostatic mixing valves, check valves shall be
installed to prevent undesired backflow. The kit with mixing valve
incorporates check valves on the hot and cold water inlets.
Commissioning
In view of the special applications for which the thermostatic mixing
valve is used, it must be commissioned according to current
regulations, by qualified technicians equipped with suitable
temperature measurement instruments. We recommend using a
digital thermometer for measuring the mixed water temperature.
Temperature adjustment
The temperature of the mixed water
is set to the desired value by means
of the control knob on the
thermostatic mixing valve.
Factory configurations
Diverter valve:
45C
Thermostatic control device: 30C
Application diagrams
262 series Thermostatic Solarincal - natural circulation solar system
Shut-off valve
Pressure reducing valve
Discharge tundish
Check valve
T/P safety relief valve
Temperature gauge
Expansion vessel
T
Thermostat
Pump
MIXED
COLD
COLD
WATER
INLET
MIXED
COLD
Normally closed valve
COLD
WATER
INLET
MODULATING
BOILER
MIXED
COLD
COLD
WATER
INLET
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
262 series
Solar thermostatic connection kit to boilers with storage. Inlet and outlet connections 3/4 M with union. Boiler connections 3/4 M.
Medium drinking water.
Complete with:
- Diverter valve with chrome plated brass body. PSU obturator; stainless steel springs; EPDM seals; ABS cover. Union seals in
non-asbestos fibre. Maximum working pressure 10 bar; maximum differential pressure 5 bar; maximum inlet temperature 100C;
factory set 45C; accuracy 2C.
- Anti-scald thermostatic mixing valve with dezincification resistant alloy body, chrome plated; PSU obturator; stainless steel
springs; EPDM seals; ABS control knob. Maximum working pressure (static) 10 bar, 5 bar (dynamic); temperature adjustment
range 35-55C; factory set 43C; accuracy 2C. Maximum inlet temperature 100C; maximum ratio between inlet pressures (H/C
or C/H) 2:1; minimum temperature differential between hot water inlet and mixed water outlet to ensure anti-scald performance
10C; minimum flow rate for stable operation 4 l/min.
Performance to standards: NF 079 doc. 8, EN 15092, EN 1111, EN 1287. Complete with a PVC pre-formed shell
protective cover.
263 series
Solar thermostatic connection kit to instantaneous boilers. Inlet and outlet connections 3/4 M with union. Boiler
connections 3/4 M. Medium drinking water.
Complete with:
- Diverter valve with dezincification resistant alloy body, chrome plated. PSU obturator; stainless steel springs; EPDM
seals; ABS cover. Union seals in non-asbestos fibre. Maximum working pressure 10 bar; maximum differential pressure
5 bar; maximum inlet temperature 100C; factory set 45C. Accuracy 2%.
- Thermostatic control device with dezincification resistant alloy body, chrome plated. PSU obturator; stainless steel
springs; EPDM seals; ABS cover. Union seals in non-asbestos fibre. Maximum inlet temperature 85C; factory set 30C;
accuracy 2C.
- Anti-scald thermostatic mixing valve with dezincification-resistant alloy body, chrome plated; PSU obturator; stainless
steel springs; EPDM seals; ABS control knob. Maximum working pressure (static) 10 bar, 5 bar (dynamic); temperature
adjustment range 35-55C; factory set 43C; accuracy 2C. Maximum inlet temperature 100C; maximum ratio
between inlet pressures (H/C or C/H) 2:1; minimum temperature differential between hot water inlet and mixed water
outlet to ensure anti-scald performance 10C; minimum flow rate for stable operation 4 l/min.
Performance to standards: NF 079 doc. 8, EN 15092, EN 1111, EN 1287. Complete with a EPP pre-formed shell
protective cover.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2009 Caleffi
IS
2527 series
TERE
BS EN ISO 9001:2000
Cert. n FM 21654
CALEFFI
01165/09 GB
Function
The thermostatic mixing valve is used in solar thermal systems for
the production of domestic hot water.
It is designed to maintain the set temperature of the mixed water
supplied to the user when there are variations in the temperature
and pressure conditions of the incoming hot and cold water or in
the flow rate.
It is also fitted with an anti-scald safety function, which immediately
shuts off the hot water flow in case of a failure in the cold water
supply at the inlet.
This particular series of mixing valves can function continuously at
the high temperatures of the incoming hot water from the solar
storage tank.
Product range
2527 series Adjustable anti-scald thermostatic mixing valve for solar thermal systems.
Complete with strainers and check valves at the inlets
Connections:
Performance
Adjustment range:
3555C
Accuracy:
2C
Max. working pressure (static):
10 bar
Max. working pressure (dynamic):
5 bar
Max. inlet temperature:
100C
Max. inlet pressure ratio (H/C or C/H):
2:1
Minimum temperature difference between the inlet hot water
and the outlet mixed water to ensure anti-scald performance: 10C
Min. flow rate for stable operation:
4 l/min
Performance to standards:
NF 079 doc. 8, EN 15092
EN 1111, EN 1287
Obturator:
Springs:
Seal components:
Control knob:
Materials
Body:
Dimensions
Technical specifications
Code
252714
252713
A
1/2
3/4
B
62,5
67
C
125
134
D
E
126,5 81,5
127
82
F Weight (kg)
45
0,58
45
0,81
Adults
1s
2s
5s
30 s
5 min
Operating principle
The thermostatic mixing valve mixes the hot and cold water at the
inlet so as to maintain the mixed water at a constant set temperature
at the outlet. A thermostatic element is fully immersed in the mixed
water outlet passage. It contracts or expands, moving an obturator
which controls the passage of hot or cold water at the inlet. If there
are changes in the inlet temperature or pressure, the internal
element automatically reacts to restore the set temperature at the
outlet.
Code 252713
HOT
COLD
Construction details
Anti-scale materials
The materials used in constructing the
mixing valve were selected to eliminate
seizing due to limescale deposits.
All functional parts have been made
using a special anti-scale material with
low friction coefficient, which ensures
over time performance.
Anti-scald safety function
As a safety measure, in case of failure of
the cold water supply, the valve
immediately shuts off the flow of the hot
water. This prevents dangerous burns.
This performance is guaranteed if there
is a minimum temperature difference
between the inlet hot water and the
outlet mixed water of 10C. Also in case
of failure of the hot water supply, the
valve shuts off the cold water port and
thus the outlet mixed water to prevent
dangerous thermal shocks.
Code 252714
MIXED
Hydraulic characteristics
Commissioning
p (bar)
252714
p (m w.g.)
252713
1,5
15
1,0
10
0,5
0,3
0,2
Temperature adjustment
The temperature of the mixed water sent to the user
is set at the desired value using the control knob
with the graduated scale on the valve.
Kv (m3/h)
252714
1/2
1,5
252713
3/4
1,7
50
20
10
0,5
5
Code
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
0,5
0,05
0,2
0,1
Use
In view of their flow characteristics, the 2527 series thermostatic mixing valves can
be installed to control the temperature for individual user fittings (for example wash
basin, bidet, shower) or multiple user fittings.
To ensure stable operation, the mixing valve must be guaranteed a minimum flow
rate of 4 l/min. The system must always be sized in accordance with current
legislation regarding the nominal flow rate to each user fitting.
Thermal transient
During transient, following rapid changes in pressure,
temperature or flow rate, the outlet mixed water
temperature increases with respect to the initial set
point and this increase must be of limited duration to
guarantee safety. The anti-scald mixing valve always
ensures that these conditions are respected.
Installation
Before installing the mixing valve, the pipework must be flushed to ensure that no
circulating impurities can compromise its operation. It is recommended to install
always strainers of adequate performance at the water inlet from the hydraulic
network. The 2527 series mixing valve is equipped with strainers at the cold and
hot water inlets. The 2527 series thermostatic mixing valve must be fitted according
to the installation diagram provided in the instruction manual or in this brochure.
The 2527 series thermostatic mixing valve can be installed in any position, vertically
or horizontally.
The following marks are indicated on the valve body:
hot water inlet by the letter H (Hot)
cold water inlet by the letter C (Cold)
mixed water outlet by the word MIX
< 3 s - max
2K
2K
Starting
temperature
Temperature
rise
Stabilisation
period
Stable
conditions
Time (s)
Check valves
In systems with thermostatic mixing valves, check valves should be installed to
prevent undesired backflow. The 2527 series thermostatic mixing valve
incorporates check valves on the hot and cold water inlets, specific for solar hot
water high temperatures.
Thermostat
Pump
Normally closed
valve
Normally closed
valve
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
2527 series
Adjustable anti-scald thermostatic mixing valve for solar thermal systems. Connections 1/2 (and 3/4) M with union.
Dezincification resistant alloy body. Chrome plated. Obturator in PSU. Stainless steel springs. EPDM seal elements. ABS
control knob. Maximum inlet temperature 100C. Adjustment range 3555C. Accuracy 2C. Maximum working pressure
(static) 10 bar. Maximum working pressure (dynamic) 5 bar. Maximum inlet pressures ratio (H/C or C/H) 2:1. Complete with
strainers and check valves at the inlets. Minimum temperature difference between the inlet hot water and the outlet mixed
water to ensure anti-scald performance 10C. Minimum flow rate for stable operation 4 l/min. Performance to standards
NF 079 doc. 8, EN 15092, EN 1111, EN 1287.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2009 Caleffi
IS
127 series
TERE
BS EN ISO 9001:2000
Cert. n FM 21654
CALEFFI
UNI EN ISO 9001:2000
Cert. n 0003
01166/09 GB
Function
The AUTOFLOW devices are automatic flow rate stabilizers
capable of maintaining a constant flow rate of the medium as the
operating conditions of the hydraulic system change. They are used
to automatically balance the hydraulic system, guaranteeing the
design flow rate to each terminal.
This series of devices is fitted with an interchangeable flow rate
regulator, made of high resistance, scale resistant and low noise
polymer, for specific use in air-conditioning, hydraulic and domestic
water systems.
This special AUTOFLOW series is also supplied with a compact,
reduced size valve body for easy installation on individual terminals
or system zones.
Patent application no. MI2004A001549
Product range
127 series Compact automatic flow rate regulator, with polymer cartridge
Dimensions
Technical specifications
Performance
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
Working temperature range:
Materials
Body:
Autoflow cartridge:
Spring:
Seals:
16 bar
0100C
p range:
Flow rates:
Accuracy:
15200 kPa
0,121,6 m3/h
10%
Connections:
A
C
Code
127141
127151
A
1/2"
3/4"
B
74
74
C
41
41
Weight (kg)
0,24
0,25
Circuit balancing
Modern heating and air-conditioning systems have to guarantee a high level of thermal comfort with a low energy consumption. This means
supplying the system terminals with the correct design flow rates, to produce balanced hydraulic circuits.
Unbalanced circuits
In
case
of
an
unbalanced circuit,
the
hydraulic
umbalance between
emitters creates areas
with
temperatures
which
are
not
uniform,
and,
as
a
consequence,
problems with thermal
comfort and higher
energy consumption.
Flow rate
50 %
17
140 %
22
24
180 %
Flow rate
Flow rate
100 %
100 %
140 %
Regulating
valve
0%
100 %
120 %
Manual valve
FULL LOAD
PARTIAL LOAD
Flow rate
Flow rate
100 %
100%
100 %
Regulating
valve
0%
100%
100 %
Autoflow
FULL LOAD
PARTIAL LOAD
AUTOFLOW devices
Function
The AUTOFLOW device has to guarantee a constant flow rate when its upstream/downstream pressure differential varies.
It is therefore necessary to refer to the p - flow rate diagram and to a basic diagram illustrating the operation methods and the relevant
variable effects.
Operating principle
The regulating element of these devices is composed of a cilinder and a piston with side fixed and variable geometry orifices, through which
the fluid flows. These orifices are governed by the piston movement, pushed by the medium thrust. A specially calibrated spring counteracts
this movement.
Autoflows are high performance automatic regulators. They regulate selected flow rates within a very tight tolerance (approx. 10%) and offer a
wide range of operation.
FLOW RATE
G0
Control range
Final p
G0
Initial p
FLOW RATE
G0
Construction details
New polymer regulator
The flow rate regulator is made entirely of high resistance
polymer, specially chosen for use in air-conditioning and
hydraulic systems.
Its mechanical behaviour is excellent in a wide range of
working temperatures, it features high resistance to the
abrasion caused by continuous medium flow, it is insensitive
to the deposit of scale and is fully compatible with glycols
and additives used in circuits.
Cartridge removal
The device is easy to remove for inspection or manual replacement
of the regulator, by unscrewing the cartridge locking nut from
the valve body.
Compact valve body with reduced dimensions
This special series of devices is also supplied with a compact,
simplified valve body for easy fitting on pipes and more costefficient installations.
Exclusive design
With its exclusive design, the new regulator is able to
accurately regulate the flow rate in a wide range of operating
pressures. A special internal chamber acts as a damper for
beating and vibrations triggered by the medium flow, allowing
low noise operating conditions to the device.
For these reasons it can be used in systems both on zone
branch circuits and directly at the terminals.
Regulating valve
AUTOFLOW
p absorbed by AUTOFLOW
at 100% load
Pump H
4
Terminal
Size
Minimum working
p (kPa)
127141
127151
1/2
3/4
15
15
p range
(kPa)
15200
15200
0,12; 0,15; 0,2; 0,25; 0,3; 0,35; 0,4; 0,5; 0,6; 0,7; 0,8; 0,9; 1,0; 1,2
0,12; 0,15; 0,2; 0,25; 0,3; 0,35; 0,4; 0,5; 0,6; 0,7; 0,8; 0,9; 1,0; 1,2; 1,4; 1,6
3th
4th
5th
{
SERIES
SERIES
1th
SIZE
5th
FLOW RATE
AND p RANGE 7th
2th
3th
7th
8th
9th
1 2 7 1
6th
1th
Complete code:
SIZE
127
Size
1/2"
3/4"
Digit
AUTOFLOW regulators
The last three digits indicate the available flow rate values.
8th
9th
m3/h
digit
m3/h
digit
m3/h
digit
m3/h
digit
0,12
0,15
0,20
0,25
0,30
M12
M15
M20
M25
M30
0,35
0,40
0,50
0,60
0,70
M35
M40
M50
M60
M70
0,80
0,90
1,00
1,20
1,40
M80
M90
1M0
1M2
1M4
1,60
1M6
Applications of AUTOFLOW (
Installation of AUTOFLOW
In air-conditioning systems, AUTOFLOW devices should preferably be installed on the circuit return pipe.
Some typical installation examples are given below.
T.A.
T.A.
T.A.
Applications of AUTOFLOW (
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
127 series
Compact automatic flow rate regulator, AUTOFLOW. Connections 1/2 (3/4) F x F. Brass body. High resistance polymer
cartridge. Stainless steel spring. EPDM seals. Medium water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 50%.
Maximum working pressure 16 bar. Working temperature range 0100C. p range 15200 kPa. Range of available flow rates
0,121,6 m3/h. Accuracy 10%.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2009 Caleffi
IS
174 series
TERE
CALEFFI
BS EN ISO 9001:2000
Cert. n FM 21654
01167/09 GB
Function
The temperature regulating unit is made for use in radiant panel
systems in combination with distribution manifolds.
The outside compensated temperature regulating unit, complete
with temperature digital regulator for heating and cooling,
controls the temperature of the medium sent to the panels, with
a compensation depending on the outside and inside
temperature and the actual thermal load.
In this particular series, the temperature is regulated by a
dedicated hydraulic unit equipped with a specific motorised
three-way valve.
It is supplied with a removable differential by-pass kit for the
primary circuit. This accessory is essential when there is a primary
circuit circulation pump and the radiator circuits or fan coils are
controlled by thermostatic or thermo-electric valves.
In case of connection with a SEPCOLL or an hydraulic separator
without primary pump, the kit can be removed and the hydraulic
unit is connected directly.
Patent application No. MI2006A001935.
Reference Documentation
- Tech. Brochure 01144
Product range
Code 1745.2 Outside compensated temperature regulating unit for heating and cooling, with pump UPS 25-60
Code 1745.4 Outside compensated temperature regulating unit for heating and cooling, with pump UPS 25-80
Technical specifications
Performance
Materials
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
290C
5100C
10 bar
Connections:
080C
010 bar
- primary circuit:
- to regulating unit:
- panel circuit outlets:
- outlet centre distance:
3/4 M
1 F with nut
3/4 M - 18 mm
50 mm
p (kPa)
5000
50
40
3500
35
3000
30
2500
25
20
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
1
20
10
0,2
2
2000
45
4000
0,5
4500
0,1
Shut-off valves
Body:
Ball:
Digital controller
H (m w.g.)
Three-point type
Electric supply:
Power consumption:
Protection class:
(kPa)
230 V - 50 Hz
5,5 VA
IP 40
50
(kPa)
80
UPS 25-80
70
60
Actuator
40
230 V - 50 Hz
50 s (rotation 120)
8 VA
0,8 A
IP 44
55C
self-extinguishing VO
1
0
30
20
10
0,5
1,5
2,5
50
40
30
20
10
0,5
1,5
2,5
G (m3/h)
3,5
G (m3/h)
Power consumption
3
2
1
-20100C
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
Speed
0,40
0,30
0,20
90
65
45
1800
1100
700
3
2
1
Speed
UPS 25-60
5
4
Three-point type
Electric supply:
Operating time:
Power consumption:
Auxiliary microswitch contact rating:
Protection class:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protective cover:
H (m w.g.)
60
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
1,04
0,92
0,63
245
210
140
2450
1500
1000
Safety thermostat
Factory set:
Protection class:
Contact rating:
Insulation
55C 3C
IP 55
10 A/240 V
Material:
Thickness:
Density: - inner part:
- outer part:
Thermal conductivity (DIN 52612):
Pump
Three-speed pump:
Material: Body:
Electric supply:
Max. ambient humidity:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protection class:
Pump centre distance:
Pump connections:
230 V - 50 Hz
95%
80C
IP 44
130 mm
1 1/2 with nut
Optimiser
9 outlets
13 outlets
1200
5 outlets
1000
Optimiser
800
Dimensions
Optimiser
CALEFFI
1
2
3
2
bar
1
2
5
0
1
2
L/MIN
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
SOGGIORNO
1
2
L/MIN
BAGNO
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CL
2.5
c on
1
2
1
fo r m
E SL
e n or me IS P
30
40
50
20
60
10
70
C
HOBBY
CAMERA
WC
HOBBY
CALEFFI
HOBBY
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
80
700
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
30
40
20
CAMERA
HOBBY
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
CALEFF
CAMERA
HOBBY
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
CALEFF
CAMERA
HOBBY
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
50
60
10
70
0
80
115
a
270410
3/4
60
50
345
code
Panel outlets
A
1745E2
5
695
1745F2
6
745
1745G2
7
795
1745H2
8
845
110150
1745I2
9
915
1745L2
1745L4
10
965
1745M2
1745M4
11
1015
1745N2
1745N4
12
1065
1745O2
1745O4
13
1115
Characteristic components
Optimiser
a
11
Optimiser
CALEFFI
10
bar
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
CAMERA
SOGGIORNO
WC
CL
2.5
c on
f or m
30
e n o r m e I SP
40
20
SYSTEM
FLOW
50
60
10
70
ES L
80
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
15
16
2
30
40
SYSTEM
RETURN
50
20
CALEFFI
60
10
Return manifold
equipped with
shut-off valves.
CAMERA
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
70
80
14
Optimiser
13
12
BOILER
FLOW
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
BOILER
RETURN
Hydraulic diagram
14
16
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
SF
11
15
RPT
10
ST
SR
RPT
ST
Safety thermostat
13
Pump
12
12
BF
BR
Differential by-pass
Operating principle
SECONDARY
FLOW
The
medium
temperature
is
regulated by a three-way mixing
valve with a sector obturator
comprehensive of an actuator
managed by a specific digital
controller.
The controller receives the signal
from four probes, flow probe on the
mixing valve outlet, probe on the
panel circuit return, outside probe
and room probe.
It controls the valve movement.
The flow in the valve is regulated by
a shaped obturator (1) that, by
turning, closes or opens the hot
water flow ports (2) and the water
returning ports from the circuit (3) to
adjust the desired flow temperature.
Even if the secondary circuit thermal
load or the inlet temperature from the
boiler change, the mixing valve
automatically adjusts the flow rates
until it obtains the optimal flow
temperature.
SECONDARY
RETURN
2
PRIMARY
INLET
Construction details
Regulating unit body
The valve body, containing the thermal regulating device, is made
out of a single casting with connections to the primary and
secondary circuits. A specific internal channel carries the system
return medium to the regulating valve, making it possible for the unit
to be smaller in size and easily to connect.
PRIMARY
RETURN
Manual opening
By removing the actuator, the valve can be opened-closed
manually by using a screwdriver.
Fully closed
Fully open
op
clo
se
open
en
se
Flow unit
The flow unit is made out of a single casting with the necessary ports
to connect with the functional components such as the safety
thermostat, temperature gauge, pressure gauge, drain cock and flow
temperature probe.
Electrical connections
The actuator is electrically
connected through an
external
plug-socket
system with a protective
rubber cap. This system
does not require opening
the lid to connect the
cables.
In this way, replacing the
actuator (should this ever
be
necessary)
is
particularly easy to do.
30
40
20
MAX 0,8 A
230 V
50
60
10
COMMON
CLOSE
ACTUATOR
OPEN
Auxiliary microswitch
The actuator is equipped
with an auxiliary microswitch
that can be used to switch
on the generator.
Mixing valve fully closed:
contact OFF.
Start opening mixing valve:
contact ON.
clo
70
0
80
Removable kit
In case of an hydraulic circuit connected to a Sepcoll or to an
hydraulic separator without primary pump, the kit can be removed and
the hydraulic unit is connected directly. The circuit shut-off valves,
equipped with nut connection, can be removed easily and used
directly on the unit.
Connection without hydraulic separator or SEPCOLL
Differential valve
The differential valve is used to control the head in the primary
distribution circuit. It aids the flow circulation towards the heating or
cooling elements and limits overpressure if there are thermostatic
or thermo-electric valves.
The differential valve has a fixed setting that cannot be changed.
It is preset to 10 kPa, mean value for the loss of head in the primary
circuit.
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
2000
20
1800
1600
18
16
1400
14
1200
12
1000
10
800
700
600
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
20
0,5
Secondary
10
0,1
500
0,2
900
Secondary
Gs
Gs
secondary
Gp Primary
Gp Primary
Optimiser
Description of controls
1. The LED gives information on the status by means of a
multicoloured diode:
- flashing green: controller initialisation
- fixed green: controller operating
- flashing green/red: controller operating with probe error
- flashing red: controller verification loop
- prolonged red: controller error.
CALEFFI
3. The display shows the text in a clear way, giving all the information and menu points. All the values displayed are continuously refreshed.
The monitor light switches on automatically when a function is selected. If no other commands are given in 4 minutes, the monitor goes back
to the standard page and the light switches off.
4. The Select knob can be turned to the right (+) or left (-) to go to the different menu, function or value editing fields. Press the knob to select
any of the menu points.
Room temperature management
The remote control can be used to change the room temperature, either increasing it or decreasing it in relation to a standard reference value.
The change (5 K) is shown in the lines on the display, with increments of 0.5 K in relation to the reference values: comfort heating 20C;
set-back correction 18C. Comfort cooling 22C or off. The actual room temperature is shown on the fourth line on the display.
Optimiser
5. Function keys:
Info
Set
Changes the display of the selected menu point and goes back to the previous menu level.
+
The changed data are not accepted and not recorded.
Displays brief information relating to the current menu point.
The change that has been made is recorded.
Optimiser
Esc
Optimiser
Transmission interface
Optimiser
Optimiser
Optimiser
Optimiser
CALEFFI
Optimiser
CALEFFI
Optimiser
CALEFFI
Optimiser
Temperature controller
La a1 a2 N
230 V~
L N
Probe connections
Terminal board X
X1 Outside probe
X2 Common outside and room probes
X3 Room probe
X4 Flow probe
X5 Common flow and return probes
X6 Return probe
b0 b1
( (
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8
La a1 a2 N b0 b1 Lc c1 c2 N
d0 d1
230 V~
Electrical connections
L
Live
N
Neutral
La Mixing valve relay contact
a1 Mixing valve opening contact
a2 Mixing valve closing contact
N
Neutral output for mixing valve and pump
b0 Pump relay contact
b1 Pump contact
Lc Heating/cooling circuit relay contact
c1 Heating control
c2 Cooling control
N
Heating/cooling circuit neutral output
d0 No-potential contact on Chiller activation outlet
d1 No-potential contact on Chiller activation inlet
Probes connection
Terminal board Y
y1 RH% probe
y2 RH% probe
y9 Summer-winter function connection for thermostats cod.151003
y1 y2 y3 y4 y5 y6 y7 y8 y9
Terminal board X
x1 Outside probe
x2 Common outside probe and optional room probe code 151000
x3 Room probe thermostat, optional, code 151000
x4 Flow probe
x5 Common flow and return probe
x6 Return probe 1
x9 Summer-winter function connection for thermostats cod.151003
x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9
14616
13211
11958
10839
9838
8941
8132
7405
6752
C
-2
0
+2
+4
+6
+8
+10
+12
+14
6164
5634
5155
4721
4329
3974
3652
3360
3094
C
+16
+18
+20
+22
+24
+26
+28
+30
+32
2852
2632
2431
2247
2079
1925
1785
1657
1539
C
+34
+36
+38
+40
+42
+44
+46
+48
+50
1430
1331
1239
1154
1076
1004
938
876
819
C
+52
+54
+56
+58
+60
+62
+64
+66
+68
767
718
673
631
592
556
522
491
462
C
+70
+72
+74
+76
+78
+80
+82
+84
+86
434
409
386
364
343
324
306
290
274
C
+88
+90
+92
+94
+96
+98
+100
260
246
233
221
210
199
189
15720
15260
14800
C
18
19
20
C
21
22
23
14370
13940
13520
The remote control base must be positioned horizontally, following the usual installation
instructions for a normal room probe thermostat. If this is not possible, the room probe
thermostat function must be disabled by positioning a jumper on terminal board X,
contact x2=x3. The controller automatically positions on the immediate comfort
function.
Optimiser
A B C D
Optimiser
Optimiser
CALEFFI
A B C D
Probes connection
Dedicated raceway
must be used for the
connection of the
flow, return and
outside probes, the room
probe
thermostat
and
controller.
If the connection cable shares
the raceway with other power
cables, shielded and earthed
cable must be used.
Any alteration to the wiring of
the controller could result in
electrical disturbance.
A reset must be done (i.e.
switching the controller's
power supply off for a few
seconds) whenever work is
done on the wiring.
Maximum distance between
remote control and controller:
100 m, with 4-pole cable of
0,5 mm2 section.
Heating curve
Characteristic Set-back correction
curve
curve
50
40
40
25 % corrective
30
30
20
30
Setting range
Min. flow T
heating start
Setting range
50
The controller is ready to start operating immediately using the factory configurations, for radiant panel systems
20
25
20
15
10
-5
-10
-15
-20
-25
Setting range
Setting range
Min. outside T, end of heating
Cooling curve
Setting range
30
20
Passive
time
band
10
0
40
30
30
25
A. Factory set
Tmin. outside 25C
Tmax. outside 35C
Tmax. flow 18C
20 Tmin. flow 14C
B. Example
Tmin. outside 25C
Tmax. outside 40C
Tmax. flow 20C
Tmin. flow 14C
Setting range
Tmax
Off
Stand by
Comfort
Set-back correction
On
.
>
>>
#
Automatic
Meaning
Off
Line choise
Selected value
Edited value
Probe resistance above
working range
Probe resistance below
working range
Value not available
Meaning
Meaning
Details of functions
Adjustment of flow temperature in relation to the outside temperature
The calculated flow temperature depends on the quantities read by the probes: outside, flow, return probe, room probe thermostat and set curve.
Mixing valve and pump blocking safety system
Long shutdown periods, such as in the summer, could lead to mixing valve malfunctions or pump blocking.
To avoid this, the mixing valve and pump are operated automatically for 60 seconds every day.
Frost protection function - double control level
First level: the pump is switched on if the outside temperature is less than 4C or the room temperature less than 5C (room probe present).
It is switched off when the outside temperature exceeds 6C or the room temperature exceeds 7C.
Second level: if the flow or return temperature is less than 7C, the mixing valve is opened and the pump switched on.
When this temperature in the circuit is over 20C, the pump switches off and the mixing valve is closed.
Probe control
Outside temperature probe error
When the measured temperature range is less than -25C or greater than +40C, the following state automatically comes into operation: pump
off, mixing valve closed and the display will show the message < OT probe malfunction > and the red LED will flash. The frost protection
function, flow sensor and summer blocking safety system, however, remain enabled.
Flow temperature probe error
When the measured temperature range is less than 0C or greater than 110C, the following state automatically comes into operation: pump
off, mixing valve closed.
The display will show the message < FT probe malfunction > and the red LED will flash.
Optional probe recognition
If there are no optional probes (room t. and return t.), the controller will signal their absence with -X- .
When the probes are connected, the system recognises them automatically.
As these are corrective probes, no alarm state is signalled in the event of a malfunction.
Slab drying (for floors, wall and ceiling heating systems)
The new low-temperature systems have to be heated gradually, after a period of natural drying.
The automatic initial heating-drying program can be used for this. This program must be activated in Standby function.
The overall duration is seven days.
In the first three days, the flow temperature will be maintained at 25C. In the remaining four days, the flow temperature will be at the value set
at the max. blocking temperature menu point (menu structure level 4).
At the end of this procedure, the slab drying function must be switched off, otherwise the controller repeats the operation automatically.
If there is a break in the electricity during the drying, the program will restart automatically from the point when the break occurred.
Procedure:
Level 0
Select
> Configuration
> Desired mixing valve circuit
> Operativity
> Slab drying
Select
Select
Select
Set
CAUTION: when this procedure is set, check whether the max. blocking FT needs to be adjusted; the factory set is 55C
= off;
= active;
A = self-learning.
Active:
Since the time of the bringing forward depends on a number of different system parameters (power, outside and room temperatures, heat
exchange, type of structure, etc.), a structure gradient reference coefficient must be set.
Some reference values are given below.
This funcion is not active in cooling mode
Structure gradient reference values
- Building with low heat loss:
400
- Factory configuration:
100
- Building with very high heat loss: 50
This funcion is not active in cooling mode.
Self-learning:
In this case the bringing forward of the activation depends on the controller. The maximum suggested self-learning period is 10 days;
before the end of the 10 days it is necessary to go from operating state A = self-learning to the
= active operating state.
The resulting structure gradient coefficient will be entered automatically at the < constant > operating state menu point.
Average outside temperature
This function can be enabled when necessary. If enabled, the average outside temperature, known as OT ref., is calculated automatically and
recorded every hour. It is used to determine the flow temperature value. The calculation of the average OT ref. makes it possible to attenuate
the effect of sudden changes of outside temperature.
Work states
Standby
In this state, the controller remains inactive, keeping the mixing valve closed and the pump off. The mixing valve and pump frost protection and
anti-blocking function remain active.
Comfort
During the comfort function, the flow temperature is adjusted according to the measured outside temperature, following the set characteristic curve.
This curve is automatically corrected if a room probe thermostat or a return probe are present.
Set-back correction
During the set-back correction function, the nominal flow temperature is lowered, by means of a parallel downward shifting of the
characteristic curve. This shifting is settable with a parameter of between 0 and -50%.
This funcion is not active in cooling mode.
Maximum temperature
This function guarantees heating to the maximum set temperature. This value, Tmax, can be set from 25C to 90C.
Example:
22:41
+0.0K
+23.9C
Time
Action
Active on
06:00
Comfort
22:00
Set-back correction
SP point
Time
Action
Active on
05:00
Set-back correction
07:00
Comfort
09:00
Comfort
22:00
Set-back correction
23:30
Standby
For a detailed description of the different functions, refer to the commissioning manual.
Application diagram
aa
Pump
Shut-off valve
Clock
Three-way valve
TH
Thermostatic valve
Outside probe
Lockshield valve
Optimiser
S/W
S/W Summer/Winter
Optimiser
Thermostat/Humidostat
TH
Optimiser
CALEFFI
1
2
bar
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
CL
SL
fo r m
e no r me I SP E
30
40
2.5
c on
50
CALEFFI
HOBBY
CAMERA
BAGNO
WC
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
60
20
70
10
80
CALEFFI
30
40
20
CAMERA
HOBBY
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
50
60
10
70
80
aa
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
Code 1745..
Outside compensated temperature regulating unit for heating and cooling. Connections to primary circuit 3/4 M.
Connections to regulating unit 1 F with nut. Panel circuit outlet connections 3/4M - 18 mm. Medium: water and glycol
solutions; maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Control temperature range 290C. Primary inlet temperature range
5100C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Panel manifold differential by-pass setting 25 kPa. Primary circuit differential
by-pass setting 10 kPa. Temperature gauge scale 080C. Pressure gauge scale 010 bar. Complete with: flow manifold
for panel system with 5 outlets (from 5 to 13) with brass body, flow rate regulating valve with flow meter with a scale of 15
l/min; return manifold for panel system with 5 outlets (from 5 to 13) with brass body, shut-off valve. Regulating unit with
motorised three-way valve, three-point actuator, electric supply 230 V - 50 Hz, protection class IP 44. Digital controller,
electric supply 230 V - 50 Hz, complete with probes for measuring outside, room, flow and return temperature and relative
humidity. Management of controller and room temperature with remote control. Flow adapter unit with brass body.
By-pass kit with brass body, POM differential by-pass valve and stainless steel spring. Shut-off valves with brass body and
chrome plated brass ball. Safety thermostat: factory setting 55C 3C, protection class IP 55, contact rating 10A/240 V.
Three-speed circulation pump UPS 25-60 (and UPS 25-80), protection class IP 44. Pre-formed PE-X shell insulation for
primary circuit. Supplied preassembled in painted steel box. Closure with a push-fit clamp. Depth adjustable from 110 to
150 mm, including floor supports adjustable in height from 270 to 410 mm.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2009 Caleffi
RE
174 series
IS
CALEFFI
BS EN ISO 9001:2000
Cert. n FM 21654
01168/09 GB
Function
The temperature regulating unit with the distribution kit for the
primary circuit is made to be used in mixed systems: radiant panels
and radiators or fancoils, in combination with distribution manifolds
for radiant panels.
The outside compensated temperature regulating unit, complete
with temperature digital regulator for heating and cooling,
operates on the temperature of the medium, supplied to the
panels, with a compensation depending on the outside and
indoor temperature and the actual thermal load.
In this particular series, the temperature is regulated by a specific
hydraulic unit equipped with a motorised three-way valve.
The function of the kit is to distribute a portion of the medium
flowing from the primary boiler/chiller circuit to the heating or
cooling elements.
It is supplied with manifolds with built-in shut-off and balancing
valves and a differential by-pass kit for the primary circuit. This
accessory is essential when there is a primary circuit circulation
pump and the radiator or fan coil circuits are controlled by
thermostatic or thermo-electric valves.
Patent application No. MI2006A001935.
Reference Documentation
- Tech. Brochure 01144 Pre-assembled distribution manifolds for
radiant panel systems 668...S1 series
Product range
Code 1745.2 003 Outside compensated temperature regulating unit for heating and cooling with distribution kit for primary circuit, with UPS 25-60 pump
Code 1745.4 003 Outside compensated temperature regulating unit for heating and cooling with distribution kit for primary circuit, with UPS 25-80 pump
Technical specifications
Performance
Materials
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
3/4 M - 18 mm
50 mm
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
5000
50
4500
45
4000
40
3500
35
3000
30
2500
25
2000
0,2
3/4 M
1 F with nut
3/4 M - 18 mm
50 mm
Return manifold
Body:
Shut-off valve
Obturator stem:
Obturator and seals:
Springs:
Control knob:
0,1
Flow manifold
Body:
Flow rate regulating valve
Obturator:
Hydraulic seals:
- primary circuit:
- to regulating unit:
- panel circuit outlets:
- outlet centre distance:
20
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
Connections:
080C
010 bar
Shut-off valves
Body:
Ball:
20
0,5
290C
5100C
10 bar
10
a
Head available at the regulating unit connections
Digital controller
H (m w.g.)
Three-point type
Electric supply:
Power consumption:
Protection class:
(kPa)
230 V - 50 Hz
5,5 VA
IP 40
230 V - 50 Hz
50 s (rotation 120)
8 VA
0,8 A
IP 44
55C
self-extinguishing VO
1
0
Factory set:
Protection class:
Contact rating:
Three-speed pump:
Material: Body:
Optimiser
0,5
Optimiser
20
1,5
2,5
50
40
30
20
10
0,5
1,5
2,5
3,5
G (m3/h)
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
Speed
0,40
0,30
0,20
90
65
45
1800
1100
700
3
2
1
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
1,04
0,92
0,63
245
210
140
2450
1500
1000
Material:
Thickness:
Density: - inner part:
- outer part:
Thermal conductivity (DIN 52612):
230 V - 50 Hz
95%
80C
IP 44
130 mm
1 1/2 with nut
8 outlets
12 outlets
Optimiser
CALEFFI
30
Insulation
5 outlets
3
2
1
Dimensions
60
10
Speed
Electric supply:
Max. ambient humidity:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protection class:
Pump centre distance:
Pump connections:
70
Power consumption
55C 3C
IP 55
10 A/240 V
Pump
80
UPS 25-80
G (m3/h)
-20100C
Safety thermostat
40
50
(kPa)
Three-point type
Electric supply:
Operating time:
Power consumption:
Auxiliary microswitch contact rating:
Protection class:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protective cover:
UPS 25-60
5
4
Actuator
H (m w.g.)
60
1
2
1
2
c on
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
fo r m
E SL
e n or me IS P
HOBBY
CALEFF
CAMERA
HOBBY
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
HOBBY
CAMERA
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFF
CAMERA
HOBBY
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
WC
CALEFFI
code
a
with UPS 25-60 pump
Radiators outlet
Panel outlets
A
2
4
2
4
2
4
Characteristic components
Optimiser
Optimiser
CALEFFI
1
2
co
n fo r
m e n or m e IS PE
SL
SYSTEM
FLOW
CALEFFI
15
16
1
2
3
1
2
3
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
CAMERA
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
Return manifold
equipped with
shut-off valves.
SYSTEM
RETURN
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
BOILER
FLOW
14
Optimiser
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
BOILER
RETURN
SOGGIORNO
WC
17
13
Hydraulic diagram
CAMERA
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
14
RPT
SF
11
15
Temperature gauge
Temperature probe
10
Humidity % probe
ST
RPT
ST
12
Safety thermostat
SR
17
BF
Pump
12
BR
17
13
Differential by-pass
Operating principle
SECONDARY
FLOW
The
medium
temperature
is
regulated by a three-way mixing
valve with a sector obturator
comprehensive of an actuator
managed by a specific digital
controller.
The controller receives the signal
from four probes, flow probe on the
mixing valve outlet, probe on the
panel circuit return, outside probe
and room probe.
It controls the valve movement.
The flow in the valve is regulated by
a shaped obturator (1) that, by
turning, closes or opens the hot
water flow ports (2) and the water
returning ports from the circuit (3) to
adjust the desired flow temperature.
Even if the secondary circuit thermal
load or the inlet temperature from the
boiler change, the mixing valve
automatically adjusts the flow rates
until it obtains the optimal flow
temperature.
SECONDARY
RETURN
2
PRIMARY
INLET
Construction details
Regulating unit body
The valve body, containing the thermal regulating device, is made
out of a single casting with connections to the primary and
secondary circuits. A specific internal channel carries the system
return medium to the regulating valve, making it possible for the unit
to be smaller in size and easily to connect.
PRIMARY
RETURN
Manual opening
By removing the actuator, the valve can be opened-closed
manually by using a screwdriver.
Fully closed
Fully open
op
clo
se
open
en
se
Flow unit
The flow unit is made out of a single casting with the necessary ports
to connect with the functional components such as the safety
thermostat, temperature gauge, pressure gauge, drain cock and flow
temperature probe.
Electrical connections
The actuator is electrically
connected through an
external
plug-socket
system with a protective
rubber cap. This system
does not require opening
the lid to connect the
cables.
In this way, replacing the
actuator (should this ever
be
necessary)
is
particularly easy to do.
30
CLOSE
MAX 0,8 A
230 V
50
60
10
COMMON
40
20
ACTUATOR
OPEN
Auxiliary microswitch
The actuator is equipped
with an auxiliary microswitch
that can be used to switch
on the generator.
Mixing valve fully closed:
contact OFF.
Start opening mixing valve:
contact ON.
clo
70
0
80
80
70
60
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
45
40
35
30
25
0,45
0,4
0,35
0,3
0,25
0,5
2018
0,2
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
16
14
12
2
20
0,5
5
0,1
2
10
Kv
5,40
4,10
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
0,1
0,2
10
Kv0,01
540
410
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
2000
20
1800
1600
18
16
1400
14
1200
12
1000
10
900
800
700
600
500
10090
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
180
160
140
120
Differential valve
The differential valve is used to control the head in the primary
distribution circuit. It aids the flow circulation towards the heating or
cooling elements and limits overpressure if there are thermostatic or
thermo-electric valves.
The differential valve has a fixed setting that cannot be changed.
It is preset to 10 kPa, mean value for the loss of head in the primary
circuit.
200
50
540
20
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
5,40
5 mm
0,5
400
350
300
250
500450
F.O.
22
130
320
470
10
9
8
7
6
0,22
1,30
3,20
4,70
10
800
700
600
0,2
p (kPa)
Adjustment
position
2 turns
3 turns
4 turns
5 turns
0,1
p (mm w.g.)
1000900
Secondary
Gs
Gs
Gp
Gp
Primary
Primary
Description of controls
CALEFFI
3. The display shows the text in a clear way, giving all the information and menu points. All the values displayed are continuously refreshed.
The monitor light switches on automatically when a function is selected. If no other commands are given in 4 minutes, the monitor goes back
to the standard page and the light switches off.
4. The Select knob can be turned to the right (+) or left (-) to go to the different menu, function or value editing fields. Press the knob to select
any of the menu points.
Room temperature management
The remote control can be used to change the room temperature, either increasing it or decreasing it in relation to a standard reference value.
The change (5 K) is shown in the lines on the display, with increments of 0.5 K in relation to the reference values: comfort heating 20C;
set-back correction 18C. Comfort cooling 22C or off. The actual room temperature is shown on the fourth line on the display.
Optimiser
5. Function keys:
Info
Set
Changes the display of the selected menu point and goes back to the previous menu level.
+
The changed data are not accepted and not recorded.
Displays brief information relating to the current menu point.
The change that has been made is recorded.
Optimiser
Esc
Optimiser
Transmission interface
Optimiser
Optimiser
Optimiser
Optimiser
CALEFFI
Optimiser
CALEFFI
Optimiser
CALEFFI
Optimiser
Temperature controller
La a1 a2 N
230 V~
L N
Probe connections
Terminal board X
X1
Outside probe
X2
Common outside and room probes
X3
Room probe
X4
Flow probe
X5
Common flow and return probes
X6
Return probe
b0 b1
( (
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8
La a1 a2 N b0 b1 Lc c1 c2 N
Probes connection
Terminal board Y
y1 RH% probe
y2 RH% probe
y9 Summer-winter function connection for thermostats code 151003
y1 y2 y3 y4 y5 y6 y7 y8 y9
Terminal board X
x1
Outside probe
x2
Common outside probe and optional room probe code 151000
x3
Room probe thermostat, optional, code 151000
x4
Flow probe
x5
Common flow and return probe
x6
Return probe 1
x9
Summer-winter function connection for thermostats cod.151003
14616
13211
11958
10839
9838
8941
8132
7405
6752
C
-2
0
+2
+4
+6
+8
+10
+12
+14
6164
5634
5155
4721
4329
3974
3652
3360
3094
C
+16
+18
+20
+22
+24
+26
+28
+30
+32
2852
2632
2431
2247
2079
1925
1785
1657
1539
d0 d1
230 V~
Electrical connections
L
Live
N
Neutral
La
Mixing valve relay contact
a1
Mixing valve opening contact
a2
Mixing valve closing contact
N
Neutral output for mixing valve and pump
b0
Pump relay contact
b1
Pump contact
Lc
Heating/cooling circuit relay contact
c1
Heating control
c2
Cooling control
N
Heating/cooling circuit neutral output
d0
No-potential contact on Chiller activation outlet
d1
No-potential contact on Chiller activation inlet
C
+34
+36
+38
+40
+42
+44
+46
+48
+50
x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9
1430
1331
1239
1154
1076
1004
938
876
819
C
+52
+54
+56
+58
+60
+62
+64
+66
+68
767
718
673
631
592
556
522
491
462
C
+70
+72
+74
+76
+78
+80
+82
+84
+86
434
409
386
364
343
324
306
290
274
C
+88
+90
+92
+94
+96
+98
+100
260
246
233
221
210
199
189
C
21
22
23
15720
15260
14800
14370
13940
13520
The remote control base must be positioned horizontally, following the usual installation
instructions for a normal room probe thermostat. If this is not possible, the room probe
thermostat function must be disabled by positioning a jumper on terminal board X,
contact x2=x3. The controller automatically positions on the immediate comfort
function.
Optimiser
A B C D
Optimiser
Optimiser
CALEFFI
A B C D
Probes connection
Dedicated raceway
must be used for the
connection of the
flow, return and
outside probes, the room
probe
thermostat
and
controller.
If the connection cable shares
the raceway with other power
cables, shielded and earthed
cable must be used.
Any alteration to the wiring of
the controller could result in
electrical disturbance.
A reset must be done (i.e.
switching the controller's
power supply off for a few
seconds) whenever work is
done on the wiring.
Maximum distance between
remote control and controller:
100 m, with 4-pole cable of
0,5 mm2 section.
Heating curve
Characteristic Set-back correction
curve
curve
50
40
40
25 % corrective
30
30
20
30
Setting range
Min. flow T
heating start
Setting range
50
The controller is ready to start operating immediately using the factory configurations, for radiant panel systems
20
25
20
15
10
-5
-10
-15
-20
-25
Setting range
Setting range
Min. outside T, end of heating
Cooling curve
Setting range
30
20
Passive
time
band
10
0
40
30
30
25
20
A. Factory set
Tmin. outside 25C
Tmax. outside 35C
Tmax. flow 18C
Tmin. flow 14C
B. Example
Tmin. outside 25C
Tmax. outside 40C
Tmax. flow 20C
Tmin. flow 14C
Setting range
Off
Standby
Comfort
Set-back
On
>
>>
#
Tmax
Automatic
Meaning
Off
Line choise
Selected value
Edited value
Probe resistance above
working range
Probe resistance below
working range
Value not available
Meaning
Meaning
Mixing valve opens / or scroll
menu up
Mixing valve stopped
Mixing valve closes/or scroll
menu down
Mixing valve fully open position
Mixing valve fully closed position
Measured value
Calculated nominal value
Details of functions
Adjustment of flow temperature in relation to the outside temperature
The calculated flow temperature depends on the quantities read by the probes: outside, flow, return probe, room probe thermostat and set curve.
Mixing valve and pump blocking safety system
Long shutdown periods, such as in the summer, could lead to mixing valve malfunctions or pump blocking.
To avoid this, the mixing valve and pump are operated automatically for 60 seconds every day.
Frost protection function - double control level
First level: the pump is switched on if the outside temperature is less than 4C or the room temperature less than 5C (room probe present).
It is switched off when the outside temperature exceeds 6C or the room temperature exceeds 7C.
Second level: if the flow or return temperature is less than 7C, the mixing valve is opened and the pump switched on.
When this temperature in the circuit is over 20C, the pump switches off and the mixing valve is closed.
Probe control
Outside temperature probe error
When the measured temperature range is less than -25C or greater than +40C, the following state automatically comes into operation: pump
off, mixing valve closed and the display will show the message < OT probe malfunction > and the red LED will flash. The frost protection
function, flow sensor and summer blocking safety system, however, remain enabled.
Flow temperature probe error
When the measured temperature range is less than 0C or greater than 110C, the following state automatically comes into operation: pump
off, mixing valve closed.
The display will show the message < FT probe malfunction > and the red LED will flash.
Optional probe recognition
If there are no optional probes (room t. and return t.), the controller will signal their absence with -X- .
When the probes are connected, the system recognises them automatically.
As these are corrective probes, no alarm state is signalled in the event of a malfunction.
Slab drying (for floors, wall and ceiling heating systems)
The new low-temperature systems have to be heated gradually, after a period of natural drying.
The automatic initial heating-drying program can be used for this. This program must be activated in Standby function.
The overall duration is seven days.
In the first three days, the flow temperature will be maintained at 25C. In the remaining four days, the flow temperature will be at the value set
at the max. blocking temperature menu point (menu structure level 4).
At the end of this procedure, the slab drying function must be switched off, otherwise the controller repeats the operation automatically.
If there is a break in the electricity during the drying, the program will restart automatically from the point when the break occurred.
Procedure:
Level 0
Select
> Configuration
> Desired mixing valve circuit
> Operativity
> Slab drying
Select
Select
Select
Set
CAUTION: when this procedure is set, check whether the max. blocking FT needs to be adjusted; the factory set is 55C
= off;
= active;
A = self-learning.
Active:
Since the time of the bringing forward depends on a number of different system parameters (power, outside and room temperatures, heat
exchange, type of structure, etc.), a structure gradient reference coefficient must be set.
Some reference values are given below.
Work states
Standby
In this state, the controller remains inactive, keeping the mixing valve closed and the pump off. The mixing valve and pump frost protection and
anti-blocking function remain active.
Comfort
During the comfort function, the flow temperature is adjusted according to the measured outside temperature, following the set characteristic curve.
This curve is automatically corrected if a room probe thermostat or a return probe are present.
Set-back correction
During the set-back correction function, the nominal flow temperature is lowered, by means of a parallel downward shifting of the
characteristic curve. This shifting is settable with a parameter of between 0 and -50%.
This funcion is not active in cooling mode.
Maximum temperature
This function guarantees heating to the maximum set temperature. This value, Tmax, can be set from 25C to 90C.
Standard indication and change of nominal value
On the display there is: day of week, date, time, curve correction, work state, room temperature.
Example:
Remote control
22:41
+0.0K
+23.9C
Time
Action
Active on
06:00
Comfort
22:00
Set-back
SP point
Time
Action
Active on
05:00
Set-back
07:00
Comfort
09:00
Comfort
22:00
Set-back
23:30
Standby
For a detailed description of the different functions, please refer to the commissioning manual.
Application diagram
aa
Pump
Shut-off valve
Three-way valve
Clock
TH Thermostat/Humidostat
Thermostatic valve
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
Manual valve
HOBBY
BAGNO
WC
SOGGIORNO
Lockshield valve
Optimiser
S/W
RT Room thermostat
S/W Summer/Winter
Optimiser
Outside probe
1
2
TH
RT
Optimiser
CALEFFI
bar
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
CAMERA
HOBBY
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CL
2.5
co
1
2
nf o
SL
rm e n o r me IS PE
30
40
20
50
60
10
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
70
80
CALEFF
30
40
20
CAMERA
HOBBY
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
50
60
10
70
80
aa
SPECIFICATION SUMMARIES
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2009 Caleffi
CALEFFI
RE
IS
BS EN ISO 9001:2008
Cert. n FM 21654
01169/09 GB
Function
The mixing valves are used in central heating system regulation, by
mixing the water flowing out of the boiler with the water returning
from the system, in order to obtain the desired flow temperature of
the water supplied to the user.
They may be motorised and used in conjunction with outside
compensated regulators in order to supply hot water to the user
depending on the actual thermal load required, thereby adhering to
recent energy saving regulations.
Reference Documentation
- Tech. broch. 01122
- Ins. sheet 18057
- Ins. sheet 18075
Product range
610
610
611
611
612
612
series
series
series
series
series
series
Code 63700. Actuator for mixing valves from 3/4 to 1 1/2, with auxiliary microswitch
Code 63701. Actuator for mixing valves from 2 to 5, with auxiliary microswitch
Technical specifications
Materials
Body:
Rotor:
Cover:
Bushing:
Lever:
Seals:
Performance
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
Working temperature range:
Rotor angle of rotation:
Threaded connections:
Flanged connections:
3/42 1/2 F
DN 50DN 125, PN 6 to be coupled with
counterflanges EN 1092-1
Actuator
3-contact type
Electric supply:
- code 637002, 637012:
- code 637004, 637014:
230 V - 50 Hz
24 V - 50 Hz
Power consumption:
- code 637002, 637004:
- code 637012, 637014:
3 VA
4,5 VA
Protection class:
IP 42
Operating time:
- code 637002, 637004:
- code 637012, 637014:
60 s
180 s
Dynamic torque:
- code 637002, 637004:
- code 637012, 637014:
15 Nm
35 Nm
55C
Dimensions
G
D
E
Code
A
610005 3/4"
610006
1"
610007 1 1/4"
610008 1 1/2"
610009
2"
B
52
52
52
52
52
C
65
65
70
78
75
D
130
130
140
156
150
E
65
65
70
78
75
F
40
40
40
40
40
G Weight (kg)
2,8
128
2,8
128
3,1
128
3,6
128
4,6
128
610020 2 1/2"
66
100
200
100
56
128
8,8
D
180
200
230
260
290
E
90
100
115
130
145
F
140
160
190
210
240
G
190
210
240
260
290
Weight (kg)
7,1
9,8
13,1
20,2
32
G
F
C
90
100
115
130
145
D
B
B
A
65
3/4"
65
1"
1 1/4" 70
1 1/2" 78
75
2"
2 1/2" 100
C
65
65
70
78
75
100
D
130
130
140
156
150
200
E
65
65
70
78
75
100
F
40
40
40
40
40
56
G Weight (kg)
128
2,9
128
3
128
3,3
128
4
128
5,1
158
9,7
Code
A
611050 DN 50
611060 DN 65
611080 DN 80
611100 DN 100
611120 DN 125
Weight (kg)
90
100
115
130
145
90
100
115
130
145
180
200
230
260
290
90
100
115
130
145
140
160
190
210
240
190
210
240
260
290
8,3
11,6
16,4
21
28
Code
611005
611006
611007
611008
611009
611020
Code
A
610050 DN 50
610060 DN 65
610080 DN 80
610100 DN 100
610120 DN 125
E
D
B
65
65
70
78
75
100
E
65
65
70
78
75
100
D
130
130
140
156
150
200
F
40
40
40
40
40
56
G Weight (kg)
128
2,8
128
2,8
128
3,1
128
3,6
128
4,6
158
8,8
Code
612050 DN 50
612060 DN 65
612080 DN 80
612100 DN 100
612120 DN 125
Weight (kg)
90
100
115
130
145
180
200
230
260
290
90
100
115
130
145
140
160
190
210
240
190
210
240
260
290
8
9,6
13,2
20,3
26
C
B
F
Code
63700.
A
25
D
E
B
100
C
125
Code
A
612005 3/4"
612006
1"
612007 1 1/4"
612008 1 1/2"
612009
2"
612020 2 1/2"
D
90
E
112
D
F
61
Weight (kg)
0,72
Code
63701.
A
79
C
B
130
C
83
D
44
E
162
Weight (kg)
1,3
Operating principle
Caleffi 610 and 612 series valves, butterfly and segment type
respectively, are three-way devices while Caleffi 611 series are
four-way butterfly devices. 610 and 612 series valves may be used
as mixing or as diverter valves, while 611 series valves may only be
used for mixing purposes.
610, 611 and 612 series valves may be used with customised
ports:
1) for 610 and 611 series devices, the inlet port for the hot water
supplied by the boiler (identified with the label A ) may be
swapped with the system return cold water inlet, positioned in
line. The mixed water outlet remains the same in both
configurations, i.e. positioned at 90 underneath the graduated
plate.
2) for 612 series devices, the inlet port for the hot water supplied by
the boiler (identified with the label A ) may be swapped with the
outlet of the mixed water supplied to the system, positioned in
line. The system return cold water inlet remains the same in both
configurations, i.e. positioned at 90 on the part opposite the
graduated plate.
Only in the 612 series is it necessary to access the inside of the
valve body, by loosening the four hexagonal screws, and rotate
the rotor shaped bushing by 180. Please refer to the instruction
sheet for detailed information.
When customising the ports, we suggest the A label is removed
and the ports identified in accordance with the new scheme, in
order to make any future component maintenance procedures
easier.
Legend:
Legend:
Boiler flow
Boiler return
System return
A Boiler inlet (mixing valve function)
Mixing function
Diverter function
System return
Customed
610 series
610 series
Mixing function
System flow
Boiler flow
Boiler return
System flow
610 series
610 series
A
A
611 series
611 series
Mixing function
Diverter function
A
612 series
611 series
A
612 series
612 series
612 series
Hydraulic characteristics
Construction details
610 series
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
5000
50
1600
1400
1200
1000
900
20
DN
12
5
3/
4
2000
1800
45
40
35
30
25
1
11
/4
11
/2
2
-D
N5
21
0
/2
DN
65
DN
8
DN 0
10
0
4500
4000
3500
3000
2500
18
16
14
12
10
800
700
600
9
8
7
6
450
400
350
300
250
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
500
200
180
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
160
140
120
10090
0,90
0,80
0,70
0,60
200
120
140
160
180
100
60
70
80
90
50
25
30
20
10
12
14
16
18
6
7
8
9
35
40
45
0,5
3,5
4
4,5
2,5
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
0,6
0,5
0,3
0,35
0,40
0,45
50
0,7
0,8
0,9
80
70
60
G (m3/h)
Kv (m3/h)
Kv (m3/h)
2 1/2
1
1 1/4 1 1/2
2
72
11,9
16,8
30
45
DN 65 DN 80 DN100 DN 125
72
140
183
340
3/4
7,5
DN 50
45
611 series
p (mm w.g.)
1000
900
800
700
600
45
40
35
30
25
20
DN
12
5
1600
1400
1200
2
-
3/
4
1
11
/4
11
/2
2000
1800
DN
21
50
/2
DN
65
DN
80
DN
10
0
50
4500
4000
3500
3000
2500
18
16
14
12
10
9
8
7
6
500
450
400
350
300
250
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
200
180
160
140
120
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
10090
0,90
0,80
0,70
0,60
120
140
160
180
G (m3/h)
Kv (m3/h)
Kv (m3/h)
3/4
7,8
DN 50
53
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
5000
Motor-driven option
Caleffi 610, 611 and 612 series mixing valves are
supplied as manually-controlled devices, but can
be motorised through the application of Caleffi actuators 6370 series.
To find the most suitable size of Caleffi 610, 611 and 612 series
mixing valve, it is necessary to know two parameters:
- the flow rate of the medium passing through the mixing valve
- the head loss that can be attributed to the valve. Generally, the
valve is given a loss value of 515% of the head loss of the user
circuit.
Example
Required flow rate:
System piping:
Head loss in the user circuit:
G = 5 m3/h
2
p = 3000 mm w.g. = 30 kPa
611 series
Using the hydraulic characteristic diagram for the 611 series valve,
we enter an x-coordinate with a value of 5 m3/h and move upwards
until points A and B have been identified (at the intersection with
the respective head loss values). The line joining points A and B
intersects the head loss curve for the 4-way 1 1/2 valve in the 611
series, which should therefore be installed in the system.
1
1 1/4 1 1/2
2
2 1/2
12,3
18,5
30
53
80
DN 65 DN 80 DN100 DN 125
80
140
230
410
612 series
Linear characteristics
Thanks to the shape of the ports allowing the
medium to pass through the sleeve, the system
regulation is of linear type. This is the optimal
condition for guaranteeing the best possible
control of variable thermal loads on the system.
200
100
60
70
80
90
50
25
30
20
10
12
14
16
18
6
7
8
9
35
40
45
0,5
3,5
4
4,5
2,5
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
0,5
0,6
0,35
0,40
0,45
0,3
0,7
0,8
0,9
80
70
60
50
Anti-friction system
Inside the valves, between the mixing devices and the body, there
is a sleeve in anti-friction material, which absorbs any variations in
volume caused by heat-related expansion of the valve parts; it also
ensures smooth rotation in all working temperature ranges.
Sizing method
p (kPa)
5000
50
1000
900
20
DN
12
5
1600
1400
1200
45
40
35
30
25
11
/2
2
-D
N5
21
0
/2
DN
65
DN
80
DN
10
0
3/
4
2000
1800
1
11
/4
4500
4000
3500
3000
2500
18
16
14
12
10
800
700
600
9
8
7
6
450
400
350
300
250
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
500
200
180
Installation
Valve installation
The 610, 611 and 612 series mixing valves installed with the rotor
axis horizontal may be oriented in any position, although avoiding
to place the cable guiding slit towards the top. If, on the other hand,
they are installed with the rotor axis vertical, the actuator must be
positioned above the valve.
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
160
140
120
10090
0,90
0,80
0,70
0,60
80
70
60
200
120
140
160
180
60
70
80
90
100
50
25
35
40
45
30
20
12
14
16
18
6
7
8
9
10
2,5
3,5
4
4,5
1,2
1,4
1,6
1,8
0,7
0,8
0,9
0,5
0,3
0,6
0,5
0,35
0,40
0,45
50
G (m3/h)
Kv (m3/h)
Kv (m3/h)
3/4
7,2
DN 50
42
1
1 1/4 1 1/2
2
2 1/2
11,9
16,5
30
42
62
DN 65 DN 80 DN100 DN 125
62
123
172
340
Motorising the
valve
When fitting 6730 series actuators to the valve, please refer to the
instruction sheet for detailed information.
Wiring diagrams
Actuator code 637002-637004
(SM50)
Actuator
code 637012-637014
(SM100)
Actuator
1- anti-clockwise rotation (ACW)
2- clockwise rotation (CW)
3- common
Auxiliary microswitch
(graphical representation at the
end of indicated rotation)
4- common
5- normally closed N/C
6- normally open N/O
Actuator
1- clockwise rotation (CW)
2- anti-clockwise rotation (ACW)
3- common
Auxiliary microswitch
(graphical representation at the
end of indicated rotation)
CW
4- normally open N/O
5- normally closed N/C
L
6- common
1 2 3 4 5 6
ACW
CW
ACW
1 2 3 4 5 6
ACW
ACW
Actuator
code 637012
(SM100) with modulating
digital regulator for
heating and cooling
code 161000
1 2 3 4 5 6
ACW
CW
1 2 3 4 5 6
ACW
9 10 11 12
CW
13 14 15 16 17 18
1
6
SA
SR TA
TS
ACW
9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18
7
230 V~ IN OUT
ACW
Open Close
7
SA
SR TA
230 V~ IN OUT
TS
Open Close
230 V~
Electrical connections
1 2 3 4 5 6
L
Phase
N Neutral
ACW
ACW
CW
La Mixing valve relay
contact
a1 a2 N
a1 Mixing valve opening
contact
a2 Mixing valve closing
contact
N Neutral output for
mixing valve and pump
b0 Pump relay contact
b1 Pump contact
L N La a1 a2 N b0 b1
( (
Electrical connections
L
Phase
N Neutral
La Mixing valve relay
contact
a1 Mixing valve opening
contact
a2 Mixing valve closing
contact
N Neutral output for
mixing valve
and pump
L N
b0 Pump relay
contact
b1 Pump contact
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8
N.B: Check the direction in which the actuator rotates. If necessary, switch actuator terminals 1 and 2.
230 V~
1 2 3 4 5 6
CW
ACW
ACW
a1 a2 N
La a1 a2 N b0 b1
( (
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8
161
1520
Outside compensated
regulator complete with flow
contact probe and outside
probe.
Adjustment range: 2090C.
Electric supply: 230 V - 50 Hz.
Protection class: IP 40.
Code
Code
1 channel
2 channels
3 channels
152001
152002
152003
161000
1520
152021
1 channel
Application diagrams
Shut-off valve
Pump
Temperature probe
Pressure gauge
Temperature gauge
220 - 240 V 50 Hz
220 - 240 V 50 Hz
220 - 240 V 50 Hz
230V L
N
Shut-off valve
Pump
1
2
3
4
L/MIN
Temperature probe
CALEFFI
CAMERA
Pressure gauge
1
2
1
2
S/W
CALEFFI
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
HOBBY
CAMERA
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
WC
CALEFFI
Summer/Winter selector
CALEFF
HOBBY
CAMERA
BAGNO
WC
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
Safety thermostat
1
2
3
4
L/MIN
CALEFFI
1
2
1
2
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
V
DE
LN
CALEFFI
150051
150051
Convertitore
Trasformatore
AC
50Hz
Convertitore
AC 24V 50Hz
AC 230V
6(2)A
T50
230V
24V
24V~
~ ~
1 2 3
AC 24V 50Hz
AC 230V
6(2)A
T50
24V~
4 5 6
1 2 3
4 5 6
ST
S/W
CAMERA
1
2
HOBBY
1
2
L/MIN
HOBBY
CAMERA
CALEFF
150052
1
2
4
L/MIN
CALEFFI
220 - 240 V 50 Hz
ST
1
2
4
L/MIN
Temperature gauge
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
SOGGIORNO
BAGNO
WC
SOGGIORNO
CALEFFI
WC
CALEFFI
CAMERA
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
610 series
Three-way butterfly mixing valve with manual control. Heavy series. Threaded connections 3/4 F (3/42 1/2). Flanged
connections DN 50 (DN 50DN 125). Coupling with counterflange EN 1092-1. Cast iron body and rotor. Aluminium cover.
PA66GF30 lever. EPDM seals. Medium water, glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Working temperature
range 2110C. Maximum working pressure 6 bar. Can be motorised.
611 series
Four-way butterfly mixing valve with manual control. Heavy series. Threaded connections 3/4 F (3/42 1/2). Flanged
connections DN 50 (DN 50DN 125). Coupling with counterflange EN 1092-1. Cast iron body and rotor. Aluminium cover.
PA66GF30 lever. EPDM seals. Medium water, glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Working temperature
range 2110C. Maximum working pressure 6 bar. Can be motorised.
612 series
Three-way segment mixing valve with manual control. Heavy series. Threaded connections 3/4 F (3/42 1/2). Flanged
connections DN 50 (DN 50DN 125). Coupling with counterflange EN 1092-1. Cast iron body and rotor. Aluminium cover.
PA66GF30 lever. EPDM seals. Medium water, glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Working temperature
range 2110C. Maximum working pressure 6 bar. Can be motorised.
6370 series
Actuator for 3/4 (3/45) mixing valves. Three point type regulation. Electric supply 230 V (ac) or 24 V (ac). Power
consumption 3 VA (3/41 1/2), 4,5 VA (25). Dynamic torque 15 Nm (3/41 1/2), 35 Nm (25). Operating time 60 s
(3/41 1/2), 180 s (25). Protection class IP 42. Maximum ambient temperature 55C. Equipped wth auxiliary microswitch,
contact rating 10 (2) A - 250 V (ac) (3/41 1/2), 16 (4) A - 250 V (ac) (25).
Code 161000
Modulating digital regulator for heating and cooling. Complete with flow/return probes and contact probe holder. Three-point
type. Electric supply 230 V - 50 Hz. Protection class IP 40. Adjustment temperature range 778C. With NTC flow/return
probes. Working temperature range -10125C. Time constant 2,5 s. Response 10.000 at 25C. Two-wire cable with 1/8 M
connection, length 1 m.
1520 series
OPTIMISER digital outside compensated regulator. Electric supply 230 V (ac) 10%, 5060 Hz. Power consumption 5,5 VA.
Output signals: 3 relay contacts for code 152001, 6 relay contacts for code 152002, 10 relay contacts for code 152003.
Contact rating 250 V (ac), 8(2) A (maximum 9 A in total). Protection class II. Protection class IP 40. Working ambient
temperature range 040C. Storage temperature range -2070C. Maximum permissible humidity Class F, in accordance with
DIN 40040. Mixing valve rotation time can be set between 10 and 900 s. Data retention with no power supply in indelible
EEPROM. RS 232 remote reading system. Clock operating life with no power supply 24 hours. Minimum sp function
changeover time 10 minutes. Dimensions: 180 x 130 x 60 mm.
Code 152021
OPTIMISER digital outside compensated regulator for heating and heating/cooling. Electric supply 230 V (ac), 10%;
50-60 Hz. Power consumption 5,5 VA. Output signals: 3 relay contacts for heating, 6 relay contacts for heat./cool. Contact
rating 250 V (ac), 8(2) A (maximum 9 A in total). Protection class II. Protection class IP 40. Working ambient temperature
range 040C. Storage temperature range -2070C. Maximum permissible humidity Class F, in accordance with DIN
40040. Mixing valve rotation time can be set between 10 and 900 s. Data retention with no power supply in indelible
EEPROM. Remote reading via RS 232 mini DIN connection. Clock operating life with no power supply 24 hours. Minimum
sp function changeover time 10 minutes. Dimensions: 180 x 130 x 60 mm.
Code 150050
Relative humidity limit probe. Electric supply 24 V - 50 Hz. RH% limit 8085%.
Code 150051
Converter. Electric supply 24 V - 50 Hz. Microswitch contact rating (TRIAC) 1 A (230 V). Maximum ambient temperature 50C.
DIN bar clamps.
Code 150052
Transformer. Electric supply 230 V - 50 Hz. Power consumption 10,5 VA. Maximum ambient temperature 50C. DIN bar
clamps.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) ITALY TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2009 Caleffi
Distribution manifold
for heating systems
CALEFFI
662 series
G
T E RE
RE
IS
BS EN ISO 9001:2008
Cert. n FM 21654
01180/09 GB
Function
The distribution manifold is used for the control and distribution of
thermal medium in heating systems.
It features accuracy in controlling the flow rate to the individual
circuits, shutting them off, and a reduced size.
Furthermore, the reduced head losses allow it to be used as a
distribution manifold for several zones, when installed directly in a
central heating system.
This manifold is supplied complete with special mounting brackets
which, during installation, allow the centre distance of the main flow
and return connections to be adjusted easily.
Reference Documentation
- Tech. broch. 01042 Thermo-electric actuator 6561 series
- Tech. broch. 01142 Thermo-electric actuator with manual
opening and position indicator 6563 series
- Tech. broch. 01054 Automatic air vent valves 5020 series
- Tech. broch. 01141 Automatic flow regulator with highresistance polymer cartridge
- Tech. broch. 01041 Automatic flow rate regulator with stainless
steel cartridge
Product range
662 series Distribution manifold for heating systems
size 1
Technical specifications
Materials
Flow manifold
Body:
Lockshield valve
Headwork:
Lockshield stem:
Seals:
Cap:
Performance
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
brass EN 1982 CB753S
brass EN 12164 CW614N
brass EN 12164 CW614N
EPDM
self-extinguishing polycarbonate
Shut-off valve
Headwork:
Obturator stem:
Obturator:
Spring:
Seals:
Knob:
End fitting
Air vent:
Plug:
Brackets and supports:
Body:
PA6G30
10 bar
5100C
Main connections:
1 F
Centre distances available for main connections: 196 mm, 175 mm
154 mm, 133 mm and 112 mm
Outlets:
Centre distance:
3/4 M - 18
50 mm
29
51
Dimensions
3/4
50
A
6626B5
2
165
2
Code
N of outlets
Total L (A)
Weight (kg)
6626C5
3
215
2,4
6626D5
4
265
2,8
6626E5
5
315
3,4
6626F5
6
365
3,8
6626G5
7
425
4,1
6626H5
8
475
4,8
6626I5
9
525
5,5
6626L5
10
575
6
6626M5
11
625
6,9
6626N5
12
675
7,2
6626O5
13
735
7,7
Characteristic components
3
1 Flow manifold complete with lockshield valves
for flow rate pre-adjustment
2 Return manifold complete with shut-off valves
fitted for thermo-electric actuator
3 End fittings complete with manual air vent,
double radial end fitting and plugs
4 Pair of mounting brackets for box or wall
installation
5 Upper and lower manifold supports for brackets;
may be assembled using the quick push-fit
system
Construction details
Flow manifold
1
2
Return manifold
The return manifold is equipped
with manual shut-off valves (1), by
means of which the flow to the
single circuits can be cut off.
They are moreover fitted for an
electro-thermal control (2) that,
used with a room thermostat,
permits keeping the ambient
temperature on the set values as
the thermal load varies.
The obturator stem (3) is made of
ground stainless steel in order to
minimize friction and prevent
dangerous encrustation.
The headwork has a double
seal (4) - (5) on the slide stem in
the form of an O-Ring in EPDM.
The EPDM obturator (6) is shaped
so as to optimize the hydraulic
characteristics of the valve and
minimize the noise caused by the
flow of the medium, also during
the progressive action of opening
or closing in operation with
thermo-electric actuator.
2
1
4
5
3
6
RT
CALEFFI
Modular manifolds
The manifolds are modular thanks
to the threaded connections with
O-Ring seal (1). The threading is
designed to create a perfect
hydraulic seal and to align the
relevant
respective
outlets
correctly when the components
are screwed on and fully
tightened.
RT
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
2
1
Managing the medium directly in the central heating system
simplifies the electrical connection process of the thermo-electric
actuators fitted to the manifold for zone control purposes.
Hydraulic characteristics
In order to determine the hydraulic characteristics of the circuit, it is necessary to calculate the total head loss suffered by the flow of medium
as it passes through the devices forming the manifold assembly and the radiator circuits.
From a hydraulic point of view, the system consisting of the manifold assembly and the circuits can be represented as a set of hydraulic elements
arranged in series and in parallel.
PRet. man.
PSV
PLV
P
PP/T/VR
PTot.
SV = Shut-off valve
LV = Lockshield valve
P/R = Pipe/Radiator
GP/ R
GTot.
PFlow man.
PLV
PFM
PTot.
PP/ R
GP/ R
PTot.
PLV
PSV
PP/R
PRM
PSV
PFM
GTot.
GTot.
GP/ R
PRM
GP/ R
(1.1)
When the hydraulic characteristics of each component and the design flow rates are known, the total loss can be
calculated as the sum of the partial head losses for each specific component of the system, as indicated with the formula (1.1).
200
10090
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
45
40
35
30
25
0,45
0,4
0,35
0,3
0,25
0,5
2018
0,2
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
16
14
12
Kv0,01
540
410
80
70
60
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
45
40
35
30
25
0,45
0,4
0,35
0,3
0,25
0,5
2018
0,2
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
16
14
12
10
Kv
5,40
4,10
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
1
20
10
0,1
2
0,5
0,1
0,2
10
50
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
0,1
80
70
60
180
160
140
120
50
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
10090
400
350
300
250
500450
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
180
160
140
120
10
9
8
7
6
50
200
p (kPa)
800
700
600
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
27 outlets
400
350
300
250
500450
813 outlets
20
800
700
600
p (mm w.g.)
1000900
0,5
10
9
8
7
6
10
LV p (kPa)
SV
0,2
p (mm w.g.)
1000900
Kv
16,70*
10,40*
Kv0,01
1670*
1040*
* Average value
Circuit 2
G2 = 130 l/h
PRadiator 2 = 3 kPa
PPipe 2 = 6,8 kPa
PP/R2 = 6,8 + 3 = 9,8 kPa
Circuit 3
G3 = 200 l/h
PRadiator 3 = 5,3 kPa
PPipe 3 = 7,2 kPa
PP/R3 = 7,2 + 5,3 = 12,5 kPa
(1.2)
Each segment of the formula (1.1) is calculated using the following relationship:
P=G2/Kv0,012
G=flow rate in l/h
P = head loss in kPa (1 kPa =100 mm w.g.)
Kv0,01 = flow rate in l/h through the device, which corresponds to a head loss of 1 kPa
It should be highlighted that the calculation of PTot. must be made taking account of the circuit in which there are the greatest head losses
distributed along the entire circuit consisting of pipe + radiator.
In the case we are examining, the relevant circuit is No. 3.
It follows that:
PLV3
PP/R3
PSV3
PFM
PRM
} Values obtained by neglecting the changes due to tapping off flow rate to the single branched circuits.
Note:
Because of the low head losses for the manifolds, the two terms relating to them can be neglected.
In general, the total head loss is reasonably approximate to that of the circuit consisting of the pipe, radiator and lockshield valve fully open.
(1.3)
(1.4)
In all the circuits the lockshield, for the flow rate GCircuit,
must provide an additional head loss equal to the
difference, which we can indicate as PLV (P lockshield).
SYSTEM
FLOW
SV
PCircuit
PTot.
Once the data PLV and GCircuit has been established for
each circuit, we need to refer to the graph displaying the
hydraulic characteristics of the lockshield and choose the
optimum adjustment curve to which the valve adjustment
position corresponds.
most
disadvantaged
circuit
PLV
LV
SYSTEM
RETURN
Example of adjustment
Suppose we need to balance three circuits with the head loss and flow rate characteristics for the pipe/radiator assembly shown in the example (1.2):
Since circuit No. 3 is the most disadvantaged one, because it has the greatest head loss for the pipe/radiator assembly, we need to adjust the
remaining circuits:
Circuit 3
PP/R3 = 12,5 kPa
G3 = 200 l/h
Circuit 1
PP/R1 = 3 kPa
G1 = 80 l/h
Circuit 2
PP/R2 = 9,8 kPa
G2 = 130 l/h
most disadvantaged
P 1
P most
P 2
P LV1
disadvantaged
circuit
P 3
P LV2
13 kPa
pcircuit
most disadvantaged
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
5000
50
45
4500
40
4000
5 mm
3500
Circuit 1
PLV1 = 13 - 3 = 10 kPa
G1 = 80 l/h
No. of adjustment turns = 2
35
3000
30
2500
25
2000
20
1800
1600
18
16
1400
14
1200
12
1000
10
600
2,5
3,5
FO
500
450
4,5
400
4,0
350
3,5
300
3,0
250
2,5
200
180
160
1,8
1,6
140
1,4
120
1,2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,0
1,2
20
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,5
0,6
10
0,45
0,40
0,35
0,25
0,30
0,2
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
0,09
0,08
0,1
0,07
0,06
0,045
0,05
0,040
0,035
1
0,030
100
0,025
700
0,5
Circuit 3
Adjustment position fully open
9
8
0,020
Circuit 2
PLV2 = 13 - 9,9 = 3,1 kPa
G2 = 130 l/h
No. of adjustment turns 2,5*
900
800
2,0
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
5000
50
45
4500
40
4000
5 mm
3500
35
3000
30
2500
25
2000
20
1800
1600
18
16
1400
14
1200
12
1000
900
800
9
8
700
600
2,5
3,5
TA
500
450
4,5
400
4,0
350
3,5
300
3,0
250
2,5
200
180
160
1,8
1,6
140
1,4
120
1,2
2,0
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
20
1,0
0,9
0,8
0,7
10
0,6
0,5
0,45
0,40
0,35
0,30
0,25
0,2
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
0,09
0,1
0,08
0,07
0,06
0,045
0,05
0,040
0,035
0,030
0,5
0,025
0,020
100
2,5
3,5
F.O.
0,22
0,60
1,30
3,20
4,70
5,40
22
60
130
320
470
540
Adjustment position
Kv
10
Kv0,01
- Kv = flow rate in m3/h for a head loss of 1 bar
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
662 series
Distribution manifold for heating systems with 2 (from 2 to 13) outlets. Brass body. EPDM seals. Main threaded connections
1 F. Centre distances available for main connections: 196 mm, 175 mm, 154 mm and 112 mm. Outlet threaded connections
3/4 M - 18, centre distance 50 mm. Medium water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Maximum
working pressure 10 bar. Working temperature range 5100C.
Consisting of:
- Flow manifold complete with lockshield valves with 5 full pre-adjustment turns.
- Return manifold complete with shut-off valves fitted for thermo-electric actuator.
- End fittings consisting of double radial connection, manual air vent and plug.
- Pair of mounting brackets for box or wall installation.
- Upper and lower manifold supports for brackets; may be assembled using the quick push-fit system.
10
15
System
return
CALEFFI
16
System
flow
14
11
12
13
17
18
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
14)
15)
16)
17)
18)
Fixed set differential by-pass kit with flexible hose, code 662000
Function
In heating systems, the medium distribution circuits can be totally or partially shut off by closing the thermo-electric valves
in the manifolds or the thermostatic valves of the radiators.
After reducing the flow rate, the differential pressure in the circuit may increase up to values which may generate noise
problems, a high medium speed, mechanical erosion and hydraulic unbalancing of the system itself.
The differential by-pass kit for 662 series manifolds performs the function of keeping the flow and return pressure in the
manifold circuit balanced as the flow rate changes.
This special by-pass kit consists of a flexible hose which makes installation easier and allows the manifold to be adapted to
suit the brackets, according to the actual positions of the system flow and return piping.
Product range
Code 662000 Fixed set differential by-pass kit with flexible hose
Technical specifications
Dimensions
Materials
Flexible hose:
stainless steel
Nuts:
brass EN 12165 CW617N, chrome plated
Check valve support body:brass EN 12165 CW617N, chrome plated
Check valve obturator:
POM
Spring:
stainless steel
Hydraulic seals:
EPDM
Operating principle
A
3/4"
Code
662000
B
1/2
C
420
Weight (kg)
0,24
Hydraulic characteristics
Construction details
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
5000
50
4500
45
4000
40
3500
35
3000
30
2500
25
2000
20
1000
800
900
700
600
500
350
400
450
300
250
200
180
100
50
60
1000
140
160
12
90
14
1200
120
1400
80
18
16
70
1800
1600
10
G (l/h)
Hose connections:
Check valve support connections:
CALEFFI
Performance
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Max. working pressure:
Working temperature range:
Fixed set differential pressure:
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
Code 662000
Fixed set differential by-pass kit with flexible hose. Connections 3/4 x 3/4 F captive nut. Brass nuts, chrome plated. Stainless
steel flexible hose. Brass check valve support body. Stainless steel spring. EPDM hydraulic seals. Medium water and glycol
solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Working temperature range 0100C.
Differential pressure fixed set 20 kPa.
By-pass installation
To fit the differential by-pass kit on the 662 series manifolds, it is necessary to carry out the following steps:
1) When the system is empty, remove the plugs (A) from the flow and return manifold end fittings.
2) Screw the check valve support (B) (supplied) onto the return manifold end fitting and create a seal using hemp, PTFE tape or another suitable
sealant.
3) Fit the flexible hose (C) to the two manifold end fittings using the captive nuts, once the seals (D) (supplied) have been positioned correctly.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
121 AUTOFLOW
broch. 01141
16 bar
0100C
50%
15200 kPa
0,124,5 m3/h
10%
121141
121151
121161
121171
Kv (m3/h)
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
16,90
17,73
18,00
18,50
15
15
15
15
120 FILTER
15200
15200
15200
15200
broch. 01041
25 bar
0110C
50%
1/21 1/4: 0,87 mm; 1 1/2 and 2: 0,73 mm
120141
120151
120161
120171
120181
120191
Kv (m3/h)
000
000
000
000
000
000
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
16,87
17,25
16,65
17,23
39,13
39,69
Thermo-electric actuators
6561
broch. 01042
Thermo-electric actuator.
For 662 series manifolds.
Normally closed.
Code
Materials
Protective shell:
Colour:
Voltage (V)
230
224
656102
656104
6561
Normally closed
Electric supply:
Starting current:
Working current:
broch. 01042
Thermo-electric actuator.
For 662 series manifolds.
Normally closed.
With auxiliary microswitch.
Code
Technical specifications
Voltage (V)
self-extinguishing polycarbonate
(code 656102/04) white RAL 9010
(code 656112/14) grey RAL 9002
Power consumption:
Auxiliary microswitch contact rating
(code 656112/114):
0,8 A (230 V)
Protection class:
IP 44 (in vertical position)
Double insulation construction:
CE
Max. ambient temperature:
50C
Operating time:
opening and closing from 120 s to 180 s
Length of supply cable:
80 cm
230
224
656112
656114
6563
broch. 01142
Thermo-electric actuator.
For 662 series manifolds.
Normally closed.
Code
656302
656304
Materials
Protective shell:
Colour:
Voltage (V)
230
224
6563
656312
656314
Normally closed
Electric supply:
Starting current:
Working current:
broch. 01142
Thermo-electric actuator.
For 662 series manifolds.
Normally closed.
With auxiliary microswitch.
Code
Technical specifications
Voltage (V)
230
224
self-extinguishing polycarbonate
(code 656302/04) white RAL 9010
(code 656312/14) grey RAL 9002
Power consumption:
Auxiliary microswitch contact rating
(code 656312/14):
0,8 A (230 V)
Protection class:
IP 40
Double insulation construction:
CE
Max. ambient temperature:
50C
Operating time:
opening and closing from 120 s to 180 s
Length of supply cable:
80 cm
Patent application No. MI2005A000742.
The 6563 series thermo-electric actuator is equipped with a control knob for manual opening, valve opening/closing indicator and a device
for returning to automatic operation from the manual position when the electric supply is restored.
The control knob for manual opening and the
automatic return from the manual to the automatic
position is particularly useful when testing or
servicing the system if:
- hydraulic tests need to be carried out without
necessarily having to connect and power up the
controls.
- the knob is left in the manual position at the end
of the tests. In this case the control automatically
reverts to automatic operation when the system is
electrically put into operation.
6621
Manifolds
662
Pair of manifolds complete with shut-off and
lockshield valves for flow rate
pre-adjustment.
Max. working pressure: 10 bar.
Temperature range: 5100C.
Outlet centre distance: 50 mm.
Code
No. of
Connection outlets
1
1
1
1
1
662625
662635
662645
662655
662665
x
x
x
x
x
2
3
4
5
6
Outlets
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
M
M
M
M
M
6620
Return manifold complete with shut-off
valves, fitted for thermo-electric actuator.
Max. working pressure: 10 bar.
Temperature range: 5100C.
Outlet centre distance: 50 mm.
Code
No. of
Connection outlets
1
1
1
1
1
662025
662035
662045
662055
662065
x
x
x
x
x
2
3
4
5
6
Outlets
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
M
M
M
M
M
662125
662135
662145
662155
662165
Connection
1
1
1
1
1
No. of
outlets
x
x
x
x
x
2
3
4
5
6
Outlets
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
Materials
Flow manifold
Body:
Lockshield valve
Headwork:
Lockshield stem:
Seals:
Cap:
M
M
M
M
M
Performance
Max. working pressure:
Working temperature range:
10 bar
5100C
Main connections:
1 F
Outlets:
Centre distance:
3/4 M - 18
50 mm
Air vents
Drain cock
5020
538
Drain cock
with hose connection and cap.
Max. working pressure: 10 bar.
Max. working temperature: 110C.
Code
538400
Code
1/2 M
502033
3/8 M
Brackets
337
658
Code
658400
337231
3/8 M
386
End fitting
5996
3/4
3/8
Code
386500
3/4
679
Fitting for multilayer plastic pipes
for continuous high temperature use.
Max. working pressure: 10 bar.
Temperature range: 095C.
Chrome plated.
1/2
3/4
For a correct use calibrate the multi layer pipe before installation
using the Caleffi 679 series calibrator.
Code
Code
599662
1 F
Fittings
680
679514
679524
679525
679544
679564
679565
679566
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
14x2
16x2
16x2,25
18x2
20x2
20x2,25
20x2,5
Code
680507
680502
680503
680500
680501
680506
680515
680517
680524
680526
680535
680537
680544
680546
680555
680556
680564
680505
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
679
Calibrator and handle to calibrate
multilayer pipes before use
with fittings 679 series fittings.
outside
17,518,0
17,518,0
8,519,
19,019,5
19,510,0
19,510,0
10,511,0
10,511,0
11,512,0
11,512,0
12,513,0
12,513,0
13,514,0
13,514,0
14,515,0
15,515,5
15,516
17
10,512
12,514
12,514
14,516
12,514
14,516
14,516
16,518
14,516
16,518
16,518
18,520
16,518
18,520
18,520
18,520
18,520
22,50
Code
679001
679002
679003
679004
679006
679007
679008
679009
Calibrator 14x2
Calibrator 16x2
Calibrator 16x2,25
Calibrator 18x2
Calibrator 20x2
Calibrator 20x2,25
Calibrator 20x2,5
Burnished effect handle for calibrator
347
Compression fitting for annealed copper,
hard copper, brass, mild steel and
stainless steel pipes.
With O-Ring seal.
Max. working pressure: 10 bar.
Temperature range: -25120C.
Pipe
Code
347510
347512
347514
347515
347516
347518
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
10
12
14
15
16
18
Pipe clamp
Nut
Hose connection
Valve or manifold
connection
Choice of box size, 659 and 661 series, according to the number of outlets
L total
Code
6626B5 6626C5
No. of outlets
2
3
Length (total) of manifold (mm) 190
240
Length of box (mm)
400
400
Box code, 659 series
659044 659044
Box code, 661 series
661045 661045
6626D5
4
290
400
659044
661045
218,5
6626E5
5
340
600
659064
661065
6626F5
6
390
600
659064
661065
6626G5
7
450
600
659064
661065
6626H5
8
500
600
659064
661065
6626I5
9
550
800
659084
661085
6626L5
10
600
800
659084
661085
6626M5
11
650
800
659084
661085
6626N5
12
700
800
659084
661085
6626O5
13
760
1000
659104
661105
Boxes
Code
659044
659064
659084
659104
659124
659
(h x w x d)
500
500
500
500
500
x
x
x
x
x
1400
1600
1800
1000
1200
Code
660040
660060
660080
660100
660120
659
x
x
x
x
x
Code
110140
110140
110140
110140
110140
659045
659065
659085
659105
659125
(h x w x d)
500
500
500
500
500
659044
659064
659084
659104
659124
1400
1600
1800
1000
1200
x
x
x
x
x
80120
80120
80120
80120
80120
660
661
for
for
for
for
for
x
x
x
x
x
661045
661065
661085
661105
661125
(h x w x d)
500
500
500
500
500
x
x
x
x
x
1400
1600
1800
1000
1200
x
x
x
x
x
110150
110150
110150
110150
110150
Application diagrams
Independent radiator system with wall-mounted boiler and direct distribution
Shut-off valve
Ball shut-off valve
Manual valve
Pump
RT
Room thermostat
Differential by-pass valve
Zone valve
Thermostatic valve
RT
AUTOFLOW
RT
CALEFFI
RT
CALEFFI
RT
CALEFFI
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2009 Calef fi
T E RE
RE
603 series
CALEFFI
BS EN ISO 9001:2008
Cert. n FM 21654
01181/09 GB
Function
The anti-freeze safety device prevents ice build-up in domestic
water circuits, avoiding possible damage to water storages and
pipes in hydraulic, solar and irrigation systems.
When the minimum ambient operating temperature is reached, it
automatically opens so that a minimum quantity of water may flow
toward the drain, enabling a small continuous inflow of water; this
prevents water from freezing inside the pipe.
When the ambient temperature increases or in the event of contact
with warmer water, the opposite action occurs, causing the device
to shut off and circuit normal operating conditions to be restored.
A particular product has been developed by combining the freeze
protection device with a garden tap, ball-type, specifically
constructed for these installations.
Patent application No. MI2009U000006
Product range
Code 603041 Anti-freeze safety device
Code 603450 Garden tap, ball-type, with anti-freeze safety device
Technical specifications
1/2 F nut
1/2 M x 3/4 M with hose connection
Dimensions
C
Materials
Control lever:
Lever fixing nut:
Anti-freeze device
Body:
Obturator stem:
Seal seat:
Springs:
Seal elements:
Strainers:
Garden tap
Body:
Ball:
Ball control stem:
Seal elements:
stainless steel
stainless steel
Code
603041
C
26
Weight (kg)
0,120
Performance
Medium:
water
Max. working pressure:
10 bar
Ambient temperature range:
-3090C
Opening temperature:
3C
Closing temperature:
4C
Accuracy:
1C
Connections: - anti-freeze device (603041):
1/2 F with nut
- garden tap (603450):
1/2 M x 3/4 M
with hose connection for 15 mm pipe
B
52,5
A
1/2
Code
A
603450 1/2
B
63
C
47
D
66
E
100
F
3/4
Weight (kg)
0,450
Operating principle
A thermostatic element (1) in contact with the
ambient air controls a shut-off obturator fitted
to a passage seat in contact with the water
contained in the pipe (2).
When the ambient temperature drops to the
minimum intervention value, the thermostat
contracts. This causes the obturator to move
and open a tiny passage so that water can
drain out, allowing a small amount of water to
flow in continuously; this prevents water from
freezing inside the pipe.
Water from the supply network, which is
usually warmer than the air temperature up to
the intervention value, laps the thermostat and
causes the opposite action: the channel
closes again and normal circuit operating
conditions are restored.
For optimal system operation without the risk
of freezing, it is recommended that the part of
the circuit in which the safety device is
installed is connected to the water supply
network and a suitable pressure level
maintained.
Construction details
The valve is fitted with a ball
featuring blow-out proof design,
double O-ring seal and packing
gland; the control lever and fixing
nut are made of stainless steel,
for total resistance against
corrosion in different climatic
conditions.
Installation
Before installing the device, make sure that the system has been
flushed and cleaned to remove any traces of dirt that may have
accumulated during installation.
The device must only be installed in vertical position, as shown in
the diagram, so as to permit a free and unrestricted downward flow
of the water as it drains out.
The device must be installed in the points of the circuit at risk of
freezing so that the water may flow freely and in order to prevent
pipes, storages or components located upstream of the device
from freezing.
Pipes downstream of the device must be protected from frost if, due
to the intervention of the device, the water contained in them
remains stagnant without flowing.
In the case of exposed outdoor pipes, the installation of a suitable
heating cable will provide effective protection.
Application diagrams
Application of code 603041 on domestic water circuit
SOLAR
HOT WATER
STORAGE
Installation
with heating cable
on pipe downstream
of the device
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
code 603041
Anti-freeze safety device. Connection 1/2 F with nut. Brass body, chrome plated. Brass obturator stem. Stainless steel seal seat.
NBR seal elements. Medium water. Working temperature range from -30C to 90C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Opening
temperature 3C. Closing temperature 4C. Accuracy 1C.
code 603450
Ball-type garden tap, with anti-freeze safety device. Connection 1/2 M x 3/4 M with hose connection for 15 mm pipe. Brass
body. Chrome plated. Brass ball and control stem, chrome plated. EPDM seal elements. Stainless steel control lever and fixing
nut. Medium water. Working temperature range from -30C to 90C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar.
Complete with: anti-freeze safety device. Brass body, chrome plated. Brass obturator stem. Stainless steel seal seat. NBR seal
elements. Medium water. Working temperature range from -30C to 90C. Maximum working pressure 10 bar. Opening
temperature 3C. Closing temperature 4C. Accuracy 1C.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) ITALY TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2009 Caleffi
CALEFFI
RE
IS
576 series
TERE
BS EN ISO 9001:2008
Cert. n FM 21654
01183/09 GB
Function
The pressure reducing valve is a device which, installed on the
water mains, reduces and regulates the pressure entering from the
public network, irrespective of upstream pressure variations.
In case of necessity, this series of pressure reducing valves is easy
to inspect and maintain since it can be completely disassembled
from the top and therefore it is not necessary to remove the
appliance from the pipe.
The reducing valve can be used in water distribution networks,
drinking water supply systems and irrigation systems.
Product range
576 series Pressure reducing valve
Technical specifications
Dimensions
Materials
Body and cover:
Diaphragm:
Obturator:
Obturator seat:
Connections
Flanged connections:
CALEFFI
2
3
CALEFFI
bar
bar
2
1
16 bar
1,56 bar
on request 612 bar
65C
016 bar
Performance
Max. upstream pressure:
Downstream pressure setting range:
Code
576080
576100
576120
576150
576200
A
DN 80
DN 100
DN 125
DN 150
DN 200
B
108
112
141
145
174
C
466
466
576
576
686
D
310
350
400
480
600
Weight (kg)
34
37
84
87
115
Operating principle
Characteristic components
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
10
11
12
Body
Stem
Seat
Cover
Lower cylinder
Obturator holder
Obturator stop
Flange
Mounting plate
Guide cylinder
Guide beat
Adjustment spring
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Diaphragm
Mobile valve
Guide ring
Lower cylinder O-ring
Non-removable nut
Nut
Cover fixing nut
Setting screw
Adjustment key
Pressure gauge
Pressure gauge cock
21
20
18
2
1
CALEFFI
bar
CALEFFI
bar
17
12
22
2
15
CALEFFI
2
3
bar
UPSTREAM
DOWNSTREAM
CALEFFI
10
bar
13
23
19
14
16
5
3
1
11
Fig.1
Hydraulic characteristics
The following cavitation diagram can be used to check the
operating conditions of the pressure reducing valve:
Sizing
The diameter of the appliance must be chosen based on the
maximum flow rate and the conditions of use and not according the
diameter of the pipe.
2
3
Installation
Maintenance
1. Before the installation, open all distribution taps to clean out the
system and to expel air remaining in the pipes.
2. Install the shut-off valves upstream and downstream to facilitate
future maintenance.
3. The reducing valve can be installed in any position.
CALEFFI
bar
CALEFFI
bar
bar
CALEFFI
1
20
9
bar
CALEFFI
1
12
CALEFFI
13
bar
CALEFFI
bar
8
5
bar
CALEFFI
bar
4
3
CALEFFI
4
3
A
2
CALEFFI
18
bar
CALEFFI
bar
21
B
Installation recommendations
Water hammer is one of the major causes of breakage in pressure
reducing valves. Consequently during installation in high-risk
systems, it is advisable to fit suitable devices to absorb water
hammer.
2
1
CALEFFI
2
3
bar
bar
Functional faults
The reducing valve does not maintain the set value
In the majority of cases, this problem is due to impurities depositing
on the seat seal and causing seepage and creeping, thereby
increasing downstream pressure.
The solution is to install a filter downstream of the valve and to
ensure that maintenance is properly carried out (see maintenance
section).
CALEFFI
20
2
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
576 series
Pressure reducing valve with compensated seat. Flanged connections DN 80 (from DN 80 to DN 150, PN 16; DN 200 PN 10).
Cast iron body. Stainless steel seat. Diaphragm in cloth covered elastomer - CR, obturator in PUR. Maximum working
temperature 65C. Maximum upstream pressure 16 bar. Downstream pressure setting range from 1,5 to 6 bar, on request
from 6 to 12 bar. Supplied with double pressure gauge 016 bar upstream and downstream. Corrosion-resistant epoxy
coating for contact with drinking water. Diaphragm, seat and obturator removable for maintenance purposes.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) ITALY TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2009 Caleffi
CALEFFI
240 series
01185/10 GB
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
FM 21654
Function
The 240 series ball valve is used to shut off the medium contained
within solar thermal systems.
The control lever, supplied with an anti-scald knob, is equipped
with a device which can be used to lock the valve in open or closed
position.
The body, ball, control stem and lever are made of stainless steel to
guarantee optimal resistance in terms of contact with the medium
as well as the wear caused by external agents.
This particular series of ball valves has been specifically designed
to work at high temperature with a glycol solution, typical condition
of solar thermal systems.
Product range
240 series Ball valve for solar thermal systems
Technical specifications
Performance
Materials
Body:
Ball:
Control stem:
Lever:
Knob:
Ball seal seat:
AISI
AISI
AISI
AISI
Dimensions
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Nominal pressure:
Working temperature range:
Connections:
1/2, 3/4, 1 F
400
p (kPa)
1"
1/2"
p (mm w.g.)
3/4"
Hydraulic characteristics
350
3,5
300
250
2,5
200
180
160
140
1,8
1,6
1,4
120
1,2
100
0,9
0,8
0,7
60
0,6
50
0,45
0,4
35
0,35
30
0,3
25
0,25
C
70
75
90
D
115
115
170
Mass (kg)
0,305
0,390
0,645
18
0,1
20
16
14
12
10
4,5
3,5
2,5
1,6
1,8
1,4
1,2
0,9
0,8
0,12
0,7
12
0,6
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,5
B
58
65
76
0,2
18
16
14
10
A
1/2"
3/4"
1
0,5
45
40
20
Code
240400
240500
240600
90
80
70
G (m3/h)
Construction details
Locking device
The control lever can be locked in position for greater safety. Once the
valve has been opened or shut off, slide the shaped clamp (1)
downwards, inserting it into the relevant protruding slot (2) on the valve
body.
The hole (3) on the control lever may be used to fit a tamper-proof
safety seal or a padlock (not supplied) which locks the clamp (1) in
position.
Control lever knob
The knob (4) covering the control lever is made of plastic material with
low thermal conductivity. Specifically designed to withstand high
temperatures, it prevents burns during operation and is resistant to the
wear normally experienced by plastic materials when installed
outdoors.
Application diagrams
Use of the ball valve in solar panel circuit with inverse return
connection
Keep the valve in its open position with
a tamper-proof seal or padlock
(not supplied)
Use of the ball valve in solar panel circuit with balancing via
AUTOFLOW
Keep the valve in its open position with
a tamper-proof seal or padlock
(not supplied)
AUTOFLOW
Automatic
filling
AUTOFLOW
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
240 series
Ball valve for solar thermal systems. Threaded connections 1/2 x 1/2 (from 1/2 to 1) F. Stainless steel body, lever, control
stem and ball. PTFE and graphite ball seal seat. Expanded PUR knob. Medium water and glycol solutions; maximum
percentage of glycol 50%. Nominal pressure PN 63. Working temperature range -30200C.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) ITALY TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2010 Caleffi
CALEFFI
539 series
01188/10 GB
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
FM 21654
Function
In most cases the delivery pressure from the public water network
is very high, thus it needs to be reduced to provide the user with:
- greater comfort through a reduction in noise emission levels
(vibration, whistles),
- water save by avoiding excessive levels of consumption,
- a secure internal water circuit, limiting the risk of leakage and
mechanical wear on devices.
Compliant with NF 079 doc.4 - EN 1567
Product range
Code 539250 Pressure reducing valve
size 3/4 F
Technical specifications
Dimensions
Materials
C
CB752S
CW602N
PA66G38
dezincification resistant alloy
CW602N
brass CW614N
steel EN 10270-1 DH (C98)
stainless steel AISI 303
NBR
NBR
Body:
Nipples:
Cover:
Obturator:
Moving parts:
Spring:
Seat:
Diaphragm:
Hydraulic seals:
Performance
water
25 bar
16 bar
3 bar
80C
Code
A
539250 3/4
B
77
F
A
B
F
A
F
Connections:
- main:
refer to table of dimensions
- pressure gauge connection:
1/4 F
A
F
Medium:
Max. upstream pressure:
Downstream pressure setting range:
Factory setting:
Max. working temperature:
C
75
D
31,5
E
75,5
F
1/2
G Mass(kg)
25,5 0,880
Hydraulic characteristics
2,5
2
1
1,5
Cut-away
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
Installation advice
1 Before installing the valve, open all taps to flush the entire system
and to purge air from the pipes.
2 Install upstream and downstream shut-off valves to facilitate future
maintenance operations.
3 Install the reducing valve in vertical or horizontal position, but
never upside-down.
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
Series 539250
Pressure reducing valve. Threaded connections 3/4 F. Dezincification resistant alloy body and obturator. Brass moving parts.
Stainless steel seat. Steel spring. NBR seals. NBR diaphragm. Medium water. Maximum working temperature 80C. Maximum
upstream pressure 25 bar. Downstream pressure setting range 16. Factory setting 3 bar. Compliant with NF standard.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.p.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 Fontaneto dAgogna (NO) Italy Tel. +39 0322 8491 Fax +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2010 Caleffi
CALEFFI
RE
IS
182 series
TERE
BS EN ISO 9001:2000
Cert. n FM 21654
01190/09 GB
Function
The temperature regulating unit is made to be used in radiant panel
systems, in combination with distribution manifolds.
The set point regulating unit performs the function of keeping the
flow temperature constant, at the set value, for the medium
distributed in a low temperature system for floor radiant panels.
In this particular series, the temperature is regulated by a specific
hydraulic unit equipped with a thermostatic three-way valve with a
built-in sensor.
Patent application No. MI2006A001935.
Reference documentation
- Tech. broch. 01126 Manifolds in composite specifically designed
for radiant panel systems 670 series.
Product range
Code 1825.1 Pre-assembled set point thermostatic regulating unit with manifolds and box, with UPS 25-60 pump
Technical specifications
Performance
Materials
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
2555C
2C
90C
4 bar
2448C
010 bar
- to regulating unit:
- panel circuit outlets:
60 mm
p (kPa)
50
40
3500
35
3000
30
2500
25
1
20
10
2000
1,5
45
4000
0,5
4500
20
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
5000
0,2
0,1
Safety thermostat
Factory set:
Protection class:
Contact rating:
55C 3C
IP 55
10 A / 240 V
H (m w.g.)
(kPa)
60
UPS 25-60
5
50
40
RT
Safety
thermostat
10
1
0
0,5
1,5
2,5
3
2
1
Pump
model UPS 25-60
cast iron GG 15/20
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
0,40
0,30
0,20
90
65
45
1800
1100
700
230 V - 50 Hz
95%
80C
IP 44
130 mm
1 1/2 with nut
Dimensions
n fo
Code
A
1
2
BAGNO
CUCINA
1
2
1
2
3
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
3
L/MIN
CUCINA
BAGNO
3
L/MIN
ENTRATA
BAGNO
1
2
CUCINA
3
L/MIN
SL
r m e n or me IS P E
3/4
Panel outlets
1
2
ENTRATA
CUCINA
ENTRATA
1
2
L/MIN
13 outlets
ENTRATA
9 outlets
5 outlets
co
G (m3/h)
Power consumption
Speed
Electric supply:
Max. ambient humidity:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protection class:
Pump centre distance:
Pump connections:
20
Room
thermostat
Three-speed pump:
Material: - body:
30
User side
ST
230 V
3/4
Characteristic components
3
C
SYSTEM
RETURN
ENTRATA
CALEFFI
BAGNO
BOILER
RETURN
CUCINA
BOILER
FLOW
1
2
3
4
L/MIN
C
ENTRATA
6
bar
CUCINA
Serie 182
3
L/MIN
SYSTEM
FLOW
Pmax 10 bar
Tset 2060C
Alimentazione 24 V
1
2
4
L/MIN
BAGNO
10
CL
2.5
co n
fo r m
ES L
e no r me I SP
5
End fittings with automatic air
vent and fill/drain cock.
4. Safety thermostat
5. Pressure gauge
6. Electrical wiring case
Hydraulic diagram
C Digital thermometer
T
BF
C
BR
RT
Room thermostat
ST
Safety thermostat
SR
Pressure gauge
RT
Pump
2
4
ST
C
5
SF
Operating principle
Construction details
Regulating unit body
The valve body, containing the temperature regulating
device, is made out of a single casting with connections to
the primary and secondary circuits. A specific internal
channel carries the system return medium to the regulating
valve, making it possible for the unit to be smaller in size and
easy to connect.
Reduced head losses
The three-way mixing valve is equipped with a special
obturator that acts on calibrated water orifices. This ensures
a high flow rate and a reduced size, while maintaining
accurate temperature control.
Non-sticking materials
The materials used for the mixing valve construction
eliminate potential sticking due to scale. All functional parts,
such as the obturator, valve seats and guides, have been
made using a special material with low friction coefficient,
which ensures performance over time.
Low-inertia thermostatic sensor
The temperature-sensitive element, the engine of the
thermostatic three-way valve, has low thermal inertia; in this
way it can quickly react to changes in the conditions of inlet
pressure and temperature, shortening the valve response
time as the thermal load changes.
4
2
1
PRIMARY
INLET
3
SECONDARY
RETURN
PRIMARY
RETURN
SECONDARY
FLOW
Flow unit
The flow unit is made out of a single casting with the
necessary ports to connect with the functional components
such as the safety thermostat and the pressure gauge.
Adjustment locking
4
bar
2
10
CL
co n
2.5
Serie 182
Pmax 10 bar
Tset 2060C
Alimentazione 24 V
fo r m
ES L
e no r me I SP
Safety thermostat
We recommend the safety thermostat is connected to the
heat generator so that the electric supply is cut off when the
triggering temperature is reached. To do so, connect the two
safety thermostat wires directly to the generator and create
an electrical jumper between the two contacts on the terminal
board for unit 182, previously connected to the safety
thermostat.
Application diagrams
Pump
Variable speed pump
Three-way valve
Thermostatic valve
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
Lockshield
t1/t2/t3
t2
- t1
- t2
- t3
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
CALEFFI
RT
Shut-off valve
Clock
RT
Room thermostat
Differential by-pass valve
co
L
n fo
r m e no rme IS PES
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
- t1
- t2
- t3
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
CALEFFI
RT
co
L
n fo
r m e no rme IS PES
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
182 series
Set point thermostatic regulating unit. Connections to the regulating unit 3/4 M with union. Panel circuit outlet connections 3/4
for coupling with adapter code 675850. Medium water and glycol solutions; maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Adjustment
temperature range 2555C. Maximum temperature at primary circuit inlet 90C. Maximum working pressure 4 bar. Panel
manifold differential by-pass setting (optional, code 182000) 25 kPa. Liquid crystal thermometer scale 2448C. Pressure
gauge scale 0-10 bar.
Complete with: flow manifold for panel system with 3 outlets (from 3 to 13) with PA66GF body, flow rate regulating valve with
flow meter with a scale of 14 l/min; return manifold for panel system with 3 outlets (from 3 to 13) with PA66GF body, shut-off
valve. Regulating unit with thermostatic three-way valve with brass body and headwork, PSU obturator and EPDM seals. Flow
adapter unit with brass body. Electric supply 230 V - 50 Hz. Safety thermostat: factory set 55C 3C, protection class IP 55,
contact rating 10 A / 240 V. Three-speed UPS 25-60 pump, protection class IP 44. Supplied preassembled in painted steel
box. Closure with a push-fit clamp. Depth adjustable from 110 to 150 mm, including floor supports adjustable in height from
270 to 410 mm.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2009 Caleffi
CALEFFI
IS
182 series
TERE
BS EN ISO 9001:2000
Cert. n FM 21654
01191/09 GB
Function
The temperature regulating unit with the distribution kit for the primary
circuit is made to be used in mixed systems: radiant panels and
radiators, in combination with distribution manifolds for radiant panels.
The set point regulating unit performs the function of keeping the flow
temperature constant, at the set value, for the medium distributed in a
low temperature system for floor radiant panels.
In this particular series, the temperature is regulated by a specific
hydraulic unit equipped with a thermostatic three-way valve with a
built-in sensor.
The function of the kit is to distribute a portion of the medium flowing
from the primary boiler circuit to the heating elements.
It is supplied complete with manifold and a differential by-pass kit for
primary circuit.
This accessory is essential when there is a primary circuit circulation
pump and the radiator circuits are controlled by thermostatic or
thermo-electric valves.
Patent application No. MI2006A001935.
Reference documentation
- Tech. broch. 01126 Manifolds in composite specifically designed
for radiant panel systems 670 series.
Product range
Code 1825.1 002 Pre-assembled set point thermostatic regulating unit with manifolds and box, distribution kit for primary circuit, with UPS 25-60 pump
Technical specifications
Performance
Materials
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
2448C
010 bar
3/4 F
1 F with nut
3/4 for coupling with adapter
code 675850
- outlet centre distance:
50 mm
- primary circuit manifold connection
centre distance:
- primary circuit manifold outlets:
- outlet centre distance:
60 mm
1/2 F
40 mm
p (kPa)
5000
50
45
4000
40
3500
35
3000
30
2500
25
20
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
1
20
2000
1,5
4500
0,5
20 mm
10
0,2
0,1
2555C
2C
90C
4 bar
Safety thermostat
Factory set:
Protection class:
Contact rating:
55C 3C
IP 55
10 A / 240 V
H (m w.g.)
(kPa)
60
UPS 25-60
5
50
40
RT
Safety
thermostat
10
1
0
0,5
1,5
2,5
3
2
1
Pump
model UPS 25-60
cast iron GG 15/20
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
0,40
0,30
0,20
90
65
45
1800
1100
700
230 V - 50 Hz
95%
80C
IP 44
130 mm
1 1/2 with nut
Dimensions
n fo
Code
Panel outlets
A
1
2
1
2
BAGNO
1
2
4
L/MIN
BAGNO
4
L/MIN
CUCINA
4
L/MIN
ENTRATA
4
L/MIN
BAGNO
CUCINA
BAGNO
1
2
CUCINA
3
L/MIN
SL
r m e n or me IS P E
3/4
Radiator outlets
1
2
4
L/MIN
ENTRATA
CUCINA
ENTRATA
1
2
13 outlets
ENTRATA
9 outlets
5 outlets
co
G (m3/h)
Power consumption
Speed
Electric supply:
Max. ambient humidity:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protection class:
Pump centre distance:
Pump connections:
20
Room
thermostat
Three-speed pump:
Material: Body:
30
User side
ST
230 V
3/4
Characteristic components
Mod. Dep.
BOILER
RETURN
SYSTEM
RETURN
ENTRATA
CALEFFI
BAGNO
CALEFFI
1
2
1
2
C
ENTRATA
3
L/MIN
bar
CUCINA
Serie 182
1
2
4
L/MIN
SYSTEM
FLOW
Pmax 10 bar
Tset 2060C
Alimentazione 24 V
4
L/MIN
BAGNO
BOILER
FLOW
CUCINA
10
CL
2.5
co n
fo r m
ES L
e no r me I SP
5
End fittings with automatic air
vent and fill/drain cock.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Pressure gauge
Primary circuit distribution manifold
Primary circuit differential by-pass kit
Electrical wiring case
Hydraulic diagram
C Digital thermometer
T
BF
C
BR
RT
Room thermostat
ST
Safety thermostat
SR
Pressure gauge
7
3
RT
Pump
Differential by-pass
2
4
ST
C
5
SF
Operating principle
Construction details
Regulating unit body
The valve body, containing the temperature regulating
device, is made out of a single casting with connections to
the primary and secondary circuits. A specific internal
channel carries the system return medium to the regulating
valve, making it possible for the unit to be smaller in size and
easy to connect.
Reduced head losses
The three-way mixing valve is equipped with a special
obturator that acts on calibrated water orifices. This ensures
a high flow rate and a reduced size, while maintaining
accurate temperature control.
Non-sticking materials
The materials used for the mixing valve construction
eliminate potential sticking due to scale. All functional parts,
such as the obturator, valve seats and guides, have been
made using a special material with low friction coefficient,
which ensures performance over time.
4
2
1
PRIMARY
INLET
3
SECONDARY
RETURN
PRIMARY
RETURN
SECONDARY
FLOW
Flow unit
The flow unit is made out of a single casting with the
necessary ports to connect with the functional components
such as the safety thermostat and the pressure gauge.
Serie 182
Pmax 10 bar
Tset 2060C
Alimentazione 24 V
4
bar
2
10
CL
Adjustment locking
Turn the knob onto the
required number, unscrew
the upper screw, remove the
knob and put it back on so
that the internal reference
couples with the protrusion
on the knob carrier ring nut.
2.5
co n
fo r m
ES L
e no r me I SP
Differential valve
The differential valve is used to control the head in the
primary distribution circuit. It aids flow circulation towards the
heating elements and limits overpressure if there are
thermostatic or thermo-electric valves.
The differential valve has a fixed setting that cannot be
changed. It is preset to 10 kPa, the mean value for the loss of
head in the primary circuit.
p (mm w.g.)
p (kPa)
2000
Example:
Let us calculate the head loss of the primary circuit manifold.
20
1800
1600
18
16
1400
14
1200
12
10
1000
900
800
700
600
Flow rate
(l/min) (m 3/h)
1
20
0,5
5
10
0,1
0,2
500
Secondary
Primary
Gp
CALEFFI
Gs
Mod. Dep.
357
Primary
Gp
Secondary
CALEFFI
Gs
Mod. Dep.
357
Application diagram
Pump
Shut-off valve
Thermostatic valve
Clock
Lockshield valve
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1
ON OFF
C
C
t1/t2/t3
t2
- t1
- t2
- t3
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
Mod. Dep.
1
2
3
bar
1
2
3
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
C. MATRIM.
PRANZO
C
CAMERA
4
L/MIN
Serie 182
Pmax 10 bar
Tset 2060C
Alimentazione 24 V
1
2
PRANZO
C. MATRIM.
CAMERA
1
2
C. MATRIM.
357
C. MATRIM.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
4
5
1
6
CL
2.5
0
co
nfo
SL
r m e n o r me IS P E
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
182 series
Set point thermostatic regulating unit with distribution kit for primary circuit. Connections to primary circuit 3/4 F. Connections to
regulating unit 1 F with nut. Panel circuit outlet connections 3/4 for coupling with adapter code 675850. Primary circuit
manifold outlet connections 1/2 F. Medium water and glycol solutions; maximum percentage of glycol 30%. Adjustment
temperature range 2555C. Maximum temperature at primary circuit inlet 90C. Maximum working pressure 4 bar. Panel
manifold differential by-pass (optional, code 182000) setting 25 kPa. Primary circuit differential by-pass setting 10 kPa. Liquid
crystal thermometer scale 2448C. Pressure gauge scale 010 bar.
Complete with: flow manifold for panel system with 3 outlets (from 3 to 13) with PA66GF body, flow rate regulating valve with
flow meter with a scale of 14 l/min; return manifold for panel system with 3 outlets (from 3 to 13) with PA66GF body, shut-off
valve. Regulating unit with thermostatic three-way valve with brass body and headwork, PSU obturator and EPDM seals. Flow
adapter unit with brass body. Primary circuit distribution manifold with 2 outlets and brass body. By-pass kit with brass body,
POM differential by-pass valve and stainless steel spring. Electric supply 230 V - 50 Hz. Safety thermostat: factory set 55C
3C, protection class IP 55, contact rating 10 A / 240 V. Three-speed pump UPS 25-60, protection class IP 44. Supplied
pre-assembled in painted steel box. Closure with a push-fit clamp. Depth adjustable from 110 to 150 mm, including floor
supports adjustable in height from 270 to 410 mm.
We reserve the right to make changes and improvements to the products and related data in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2009 Caleffi
CALEFFI
01192/10 GB
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
FM 21654
replaces dp 01191/09GB
Function
The temperature regulating unit with the distribution kit for the primary
circuit is made to be used in mixed systems: radiant panels and
radiators, in combination with distribution manifolds for radiant panels.
The set point regulating unit performs the function of keeping the
flow temperature constant, at the set value, for the medium
distributed in a low temperature system for floor radiant panels.
In this particular series, the temperature is regulated by a specific
hydraulic unit equipped with a thermostatic three-way valve with a
built-in sensor.
The function of the kit is to distribute a portion of the medium
flowing from the primary boiler circuit to the heating elements.
It is supplied complete with manifolds with built-in shut-off and
regulating valves and an adjustable differential by-pass kit for the
primary circuit. The latter accessory is essential when there is a
primary circuit circulation pump and the radiator circuits are
controlled by thermostatic or thermo-electric valves.
Patent application No. MI2006A001935.
Reference documentation
- Tech. broch. 01126 Manifolds in composite specifically designed
for radiant panel systems 670 series.
Product range
Pre-assembled set point thermostatic regulating unit with manifolds and box,
distribution kit for primary circuit, with UPS 25-60 pump
Technical specifications
Performance
Materials
Medium:
Max. percentage of glycol:
Connections:
brass EN 1982 CB753S
p (kPa)
5000
50
45
4000
40
3500
35
3000
30
2500
25
2000
1,5
4500
20
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
stainless steel
EPDM
stainless steel
ABS
1 F
1 F with nut
3/4 for coupling with adapter
code 675850
- outlet centre distance:
50 mm
0,2
- primary circuit:
- to regulating unit:
- panel circuit outlets:
0,1
Return manifold
Body:
Shut-off valve
Obturator stem:
Obturator and seals:
Springs:
Knob:
2448C
010 bar
Flow manifold
Body:
Flow rate regulating valve
Obturator:
Hydraulic seals:
20 mm
20
0,5
2555C
2C
90C
4 bar
10
Safety thermostat
Factory set:
Protection class:
Contact rating:
55C 3C
IP 55
10 A/240 V
H (m w.g.)
(kPa)
60
UPS 25-60
5
50
40
ST
RT
20
1
10
1
0
0,5
1,5
2,5
G (m /h)
Power consumption
Room
thermostat
Speed
3
2
1
Pump
Three-speed pump:
Material: Body:
30
User side
Safety
thermostat
230 V
Electric supply:
Max. ambient humidity:
Max. ambient temperature:
Protection class:
Pump centre distance:
Pump connections:
(A)
P
(W)
n
(rpm)
0,40
0,30
0,20
90
65
45
1800
1100
700
230 V - 50 Hz
95%
80C
IP 44
130 mm
1 1/2 with nut
Dimensions
1
2
E
e nor me IS P
1
2
3
1
2
3
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
BAGNO
CUCINA
fo rm
CUCINA
BAGNO
CUCINA
1
2
L/MIN
BAGNO
330
50
13 outlets
CUCINA
500
3/4
co n
Code
10 outlets
BAGNO
6 outlets
SL
565
615
665
715
765
815
865
915
965
1015
1065
Radiator outlets
Panel outlets
A
Characteristic components
7
Return manifold equipped with
shut-off valves.
1
BOILER
FLOW
3
C
BOILER
RETURN
BAGNO
CUCINA
ENTRATA
CALEFFI
SYSTEM
RETURN
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
4
BAGNO
ENTRATA
CUCINA
SYSTEM
FLOW
Serie 182
Pmax 10 bar
Tset 2060C
Alimentazione 24 V
4
bar
CL
2.5
1
2
3
4
10
0
co n
fo r m
ES L
e no r m e I SP
5
6
7
8
Pressure gauge
Primary circuit distribution manifolds
Primary circuit differential by-pass kit
Electrical wiring case
Hydraulic diagram
C Digital thermometer
T
BF
Room thermostat
ST
Safety thermostat
SR
BR
Pressure gauge
7
3
RT
RT
Pump
8
Differential by-pass
2
4
ST
C
5
SF
Operating principle
Construction details
Regulating unit body
The valve body, containing the temperature regulating
device, is made out of a single casting with connections to
the primary and secondary circuits. A specific internal
channel carries the system return medium to the regulating
valve, making it possible for the unit to be smaller in size and
easy to connect.
Non-sticking materials
The materials used for the mixing valve construction eliminate
potential sticking due to scale. All functional parts, such as
the obturator, valve seats and guides, have been made using
a special material with low friction coefficient, which ensures
product performance over time.
4
2
1
PRIMARY
INLET
3
SECONDARY
RETURN
PRIMARY
RETURN
SECONDARY
FLOW
Flow unit
The flow unit is made out of a single casting with the
necessary ports to connect with the functional components
such as the safety thermostat and the pressure gauge.
4
bar
2
10
CL
Adjustment locking
Turn the knob onto the
required number, unscrew
the upper screw, remove the
knob and put it back on so
that the internal reference
couples with the protrusion
on the knob carrier ring nut.
2.5
co n
fo r m
ES L
e no r me I SP
p (kPa)
1000900
9
8
7
6
400
350
300
250
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
200
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
10090
80
70
60
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
45
40
35
30
25
0,45
0,4
0,35
0,3
0,25
0,5
2018
F.O.
0,22
1,30
3,20
4,70
22
130
320
470
5,40
540
5 mm
Differential valve
The differential valve is used to control the head in the
primary distribution circuit. It aids flow circulation towards the
heating elements and limits overpressure if there are
thermostatic or thermo-electric valves.
The differential valve setting can be adjusted. It is preset to
5 kPa, the mean value for the loss of head in the primary
circuit. If necessary, the intervention value can be adjusted
within the range 230 kPa (0,23 m w.g.), using the
corresponding knob with graduated scale.
0,2
0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
16
14
12
2,5
30
2
2
1,5
0,5
0,2
20
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
15
10
0,75
10
Kv0,01
540
410
40
0,5
Kv
5,40
4,10
(kPa)
50
1
20
0,5
5
10
0,1
2
Flow rate
(l/min) (m3/h)
0,1
0,2
10
p (m w.g.)
5
0,25
50
180
160
140
120
Adjustment
position
2 turns
3 turns
4 turns
5 turns
10
800
700
600
500450
Primary
Primary
Secondary
Gp
Secondary
Gp
Gs
Gs
Application diagram
Pump
Shut-off valve
Thermostatic valve
Clock
Lockshield valve
t1
- t1
- t2
- t3
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
t2
t3
CALEFFI
TA
1
2
3
1
2
3
PRANZO
C. MATRIM.
CAMERA
1
2
C. MATRIM.
1
2
3
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
L/MIN
Serie 182
bar
PRANZO
C. MATRIM.
CAMERA
3
2
C. MATRIM.
Pmax 10 bar
Tset 2060C
Alimentazione 24 V
4
5
1
6
CL
on fo
SL
rm e n or me IS P E
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
182 series
Set point thermostatic regulating unit with distribution kit for primary circuit. Connections to primary circuit 1 F. Connections to
regulating unit 1 F with nut. Panel circuit outlet connections 3/4 for coupling with adapter code 675850. Primary circuit
manifold outlet connections 3/4 M - 18 mm. Medium water and glycol solutions; maximum percentage of glycol 30%.
Adjustment temperature range 25 55C. Maximum temperature at primary circuit inlet 90C. Maximum working pressure
4 bar. Panel manifold differential by-pass (optional, code 182000) setting 25 kPa (2500 mm w.g.). Primary circuit differential
by-pass setting range 230 kPa (0,23 m w.g.). Liquid crystal thermometer scale 2448C. Pressure gauge scale 010 bar.
Complete with: flow manifold for panel system with 3 outlets (from 3 to 13) with PA66GF body, flow rate regulating valve with
flow meter with a scale of 14 l/min; return manifold for panel system with 3 outlets (from 3 to 13) with PA66GF body, shut-off
valve. Regulating unit with thermostatic three-way valve with brass body and headwork, PSU obturator and EPDM seals. Flow
adapter unit with brass body. Primary circuit distribution manifolds with 2 outlets, brass body and flow rate regulating and
shut-off valves. By-pass kit with brass body, PA6G30 differential by-pass valve and stainless steel spring. Electric supply
230 V - 50 Hz. Safety thermostat: factory set 55C 3C, protection class IP 55, contact rating 10 A/240 V. Three-speed pump
UPS 25-60, protection class IP 44. Supplied preassembled in painted steel box. Closure with a push-fit clamp. Depth
adjustable from 110 to 150 mm, including floor supports adjustable in height from 270 to 410 mm.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. I 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) S.R. 229, N.25 TEL. +39 0322 8491 R.A. FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2010 Caleffi
CALEFFI
01201/10 GB
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
FM 21654
Specifications
AQUAPRO is an electronic hot and cold domestic water
consumption data acquisition module. This compact appliance
comprises a calculator unit, to which up to 8 water jet meters can
be connected.
AQUAPRO is equipped with an 8-digit liquid crystal display for
easy reading of consumption values as well as a range of other
technical data.
AQUAPRO is designed for centralised remote transmission
(max. 250 modules, max. 2000 measuring points).
Displays
1st domestic water consumption
Typical installation
755600
PUSH
Cod. 755600
Tfluido : 595C
IDB
Tamb. : 545C
IP 54
Utente 2
Utente 3
Utente 4
Utente 5
Utente 6
Utente 7
Utente 8
76050
24 V ~
Bus line
1
Segment test
Dimensions
Performance
Electric supply:
24 V (ac) - 50 Hz - 1 W
Maximum number of connectable water jet meters:
8
Long life battery:
5 years
Ambient operating temperature:
545C
(with no humidity or dust)
D
PUSH
Data transmission:
Antitamper protection
B
A
Cod. 755600
Tfluido : 595C
IDB
Tamb. : 545C
IP 54
Utente 2
Utente 3
Utente 4
Utente 5
Utente 6
Utente 7
Utente 8
76050
Technical specifications
Series
755600
A
147
B
165
C
120
D
40
Weight (Kg)
0,45
Dimensions
Hydraulic options
Domestic water function
D
C
A
7941
B
Code
794140
794141
794150
794151
7942
10
10
10
10
1.6
1.6
2.5
2.5
Code
794140
794141
794150
794151
794160
794161
A
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
1
1
C
75
75
75
75
75
75
B
280
280
330
330
460
460
D
110
110
130
130
260
260
Weight (Kg)
1,10
1,10
1,50
1,50
3.50
5,50
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
10
10
10
100
100
100
1.6
2.5
3.5
6
10
15
7943
794340
794341
794350
794351
B
C
Code
794204
794205
794206
794207
794208
794209
A
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
B
110
130
260
260
300
300
C
190
226
358
378
438
458
D
16
19
34
34
45
45
E
68
68
159
159
185
199
F
Weight (Kg)
70
0,95
70
1,20
100
3,50
100
4,30
110
7,50
125
10,00
10
10
10
10
1.6
1.6
2.5
2.5
794204
794205
794206
794207
794208
794209
Size
Code
COLD WATER
HOT WATER
1/2
3/4
1/2
3/4
PN 16
1,600 l/h 2,500 l/h 1,600 l/h 2,500 l/h
2,000 l/h 3,125 l/h 2,000 l/h 3,125 l/h
0.1-30C
30-90C
32 l/h
128 l/h
50 l/h
200 l/h
32 l/h
128 l/h
50 l/h
200 l/h
64 l/h
160 l/h
100 l/h
250 l/h
64 l/h
160 l/h
100 l/h
250 l/h
2%
5%
3%
5%
Code
794340/41
794350/51
75
75
Weight (Kg)
1,10
1,10
AQUAPRO interface
755060 series
7556
Wall box made of painted
sheet metal for interiors
(RAL 9010), fitted for
installation of domestic
water function.
Code
Code
755604
755608
no. of functions
Useful dim. (h x w x d)
max 4
max 8
755604
755060
755061
AQUAPRO interface
AQUAPRO REMOTE interface
Specifications
With the AQUAPRO interface it is possible to have central M-Bus
transmission equipped with a single data collection point, with the
possibility of remote data transmission via GSM modem (code
755846) or analogue modem (code 755845).
Using a portable PC and complementary software, the operator can
transfer and print out the consumption data by connecting this
interface locally to the portable PC, or by connecting from a
remote PC.
Technical specifications
Electric supply:
Dimensions:
230 V (ac) - 50 Hz 10 VA
160 x 125 x 40 mm
Typical installation
755600
755600
PUSH
PUSH
Tfluido : 595C
PUSH
IDB
Tamb. : 545C
Cod. 755600
IP 54
Tfluido : 595C
IP 54
Utente 3
Utente 4
Utente 7
Utente 8
76050
Utente 2
Utente 6
Utente 1
Utente 2
Utente 3
Utente 4
Utente 5
Utente 6
Utente 7
Utente 8
IDB
Tamb. : 545C
IP 54
Utente 2
Utente 3
Utente 4
Utente 5
Utente 6
Utente 7
Utente 8
76050
Cod. 755600
IDB
Tamb. : 545C
76050
Cod. 755600
Tfluido : 595C
Utente 1
Utente 5
8
PUSH
Cod. 755600
Tfluido : 595C
PUSH
IDB
Tamb. : 545C
Cod. 755600
IP 54
Tfluido : 595C
Bus line
Utente 2
Utente 3
Utente 4
Utente 6
Utente 7
Utente 8
IDB
Tamb. : 545C
IP 54
Utente 5
Utente 1
Utente 2
Utente 3
Utente 4
Utente 5
Utente 6
Utente 7
Utente 8
1
PUSH
FAST
FAST-TELE
AQUAPRO
Tfluido : 595C
IDB
Tamb. : 545C
IP 54
Utente 4
Utente 8
Utente 1
Utente 2
Utente 3
Utente 4
Utente 5
Utente 6
Utente 7
Utente 8
Cod. 755055
Cod. 755056
Cod. 755060
Cod. 755500
CD
PWR
Utente 3
Utente 7
755061
AQUAPRO TELE
56K FAXMODEM
SD
Cod. 755600
IP 54
Utente 2
Utente 6
Tamb. : 545C
Attenzione:
Componenti in tensione
IP 54
76049
Modem
PUSH
IDB
Tamb. : 545C
Utente 5
76050
Cod. 755600
Tfluido : 595C
755845
755846 (GSM)
Local
service
76050
24 V ~
RD
230 V ~
FAST
FAST-TELE
AQUAPRO
bus
24 V ~
Cod. 755055
Cod. 755056
Cod. 755060
Cod. 755500
Contatti Rel 4 x 8 A - 250 V
Sonde temp. 0 90C
Tamb. : 545C
IP 54
Local
service
Attenzione:
Componenti in tensione
Togliere lalimentazione prima di
aprire la scatola
76049
755608
230 V ~
755060
AQUAPRO
Options
Code
755832
755845
755846
755855/N
12 - 13 3rd Pulse
VIII Pulse
VII Pulse
VI Pulse
V Pulse
II Pulse
III Pulse
IV Pulse
15 - 16 5th Pulse
I Pulse
10 - 11 2nd Pulse
13 - 14 4th Pulse
Rx Polarised cable
Tx
24 V (a c)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
16 - 17 6th Pulse
18 - 19 7th Pulse
19 - 20 8th Pulse
For mounting in a box or directly on a wall, use the screws provided in the package, fixing them in the curved slots which enable the device
to be levelled correctly.
Sample screenshots of the AQUAPRO cost allocation system
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
Code 755600
ACQUAPRO module for acquisition of domestic water consumption data supplied with 24 V (ac), with maximum 8 inputs
and LCD display for local readings, can be connected via BUS cable code 755855/N to controller for centralised display.
Data transmission in BUS mode. Ambient operating temperature with no humidity or dust: 5-45C.
Code 755060
AQUAPRO interface, for acquisition of consumption data via digital transmission in Bus mode. Power supply 230 V (ac) 50 Hz - 10 VA. Includes software. Maximum number of connectable AQUAPRO devices: 250.
Code 755061
AQUAPRO interface, for acquisition of consumption data via digital transmission in Bus mode. Power supply 230 V (ac) 50 Hz - 10 VA. Includes software. Maximum number of connectable AQUAPRO devices: 250. Fitted for transmission via
analogue/digital modem 755845/755846.
7941 series
Consumer domestic water cut-off for CONTECA centralised system consisting of: water jet meter (MID 001) with pulse
output, sizes 1/2 and 3/4 (K=10); BALLSTOP ball shut-off valve with check valve. With male terminal.
7942 series
Water jet meter (MID 001) for consumer hot/cold domestic water with direct local display and pulse output k=10 (100).
Connections 1/22 M. Maximum temperature 90C. Complete with fittings.
7943 series
Water jet meter (MID 001) for consumer hot/cold domestic water with direct local display and pulse output k=10.
Connections 1/23/4. BALLSTOP ball shut-off valve with check valve. With 90 elbow terminal at the outlet.
7556 series
Box made of painted sheet metal for interiors (RAL 9010). Fitted with connections for installing 7941 and 7943 series
domestic water functions.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) ITALY TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2010 Caleffi
CALEFFI
RE
IS
7000 series
TERE
BS EN ISO 9001:2008
Cert. n FM 21654
01203/09 GB
Specifications
Current regulations and provisions regarding the design of
centralised domestic water/heating systems require the application
of user modules.
The user module (independent flame-free mini-boiler) offers
independent heating control and therefore keeps a record of direct
consumption data, both in terms of thermie/refrigeration units and
domestic hot/cold water.
The user module incorporates multiple hydraulic solutions which
can be actuated directly on-site.
Three-way zone valve, equipped with by-pass setting.
Two-way zone valve (by-pass in closed position).
AUTOFLOW arrangement.
Possibility for aggregation of 3 domestic water outlets.
Standard functions
to other users
Optional functions
PUSH
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
2 34
90
89 0
123456
12
TECNICA
2 34
90
8
6
45 7
67
12
89 0
45
123456
FREDDA
12
2 34
90
6
45 7
12
89 0
45
67
5 67
6
45 7
12
5 67
CALDA
67
5 67
2 34
da C.H.P
6
45 7
12
45
8 90
FREDDA
123456
3
8 90
TECNICA
12
89 0
8 90
CALDA
90
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
12
45
567
123456
3
8 90
Numero di serie
Utente
67
Anno di produzione
CALEFFI S.p.A.
755810
PN
Technical specifications
Characteristic components
Materials
Components:
Connecting pipes:
Performance
Max. working pressure:
Temperature range:
Medium:
Maximum percentage of glycol:
Connections:
Insulation
Material:
Temperature range:
Reaction to fire (DIN 4102):
10 bar
390C
water, glycol solutions
30%
3/4 M
68,5
33
80
Recessed box with galvanised base and painted door for interiors
(RAL 9010); equipped with finishing frame, adjustable from 110 to
150 mm in depth.
100
520
80
130
383
50
80
80
142
236
520
142
110150
From
C.H.P.
FLOW
FLOW
FLOW
From
C.H.P.
user
DCW
dual
water
DHW
FOLW
user
From
C.H.P.
FLOW
FLOW
DHW
DHW
dual
water
dual
water
DCW
DCW
user
From
C.H.P.
FLOW
FLOW
FLOW
From
C.H.P.
user
DCW
DHW
FLOW
user
From
C.H.P.
FLOW
FLOW
DHW
DHW
MIX
MIX
MIX
DCW
DCW
user
Note: Any domestic water functions should be positioned in accordance with the above instructions. The central position is assigned to the
dual water or technical function. Other positioning schemes do not allow for the installation of the MIX function code 700055.
BOILER
FLOW
PUSH
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
2 34
12
89 0
90
CALEFFI S.p.A.
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
12
45
567
8 90
6
45 7
Numero di serie
Utente
67
Anno di produzione
123456
3
PUSH
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
Numero di serie
B
CALEFFI S.p.A.
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
755810
PN
Utente
CALEFFI
12
2 34
12
89 0
90
567
8 90
45
6
45 7
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
123456
BOILER
RETURN
2. Open the electronic panel and disconnect the pulse cable of the
flow rate gauge (terminal 9/10). Remove the insulation (6).
755810
PN
67
Fig. 1
C
Note: By adjusting the by-pass knob (A), the module can be
changed from a two-way module
(by-pass closed) to
CALEFFI
three-way module with adjustable by-pass.
The hydraulic module can be connected via the left-hand
connection or the right-hand connection, provided that the
direction of flow is respected.
Actuator specifications
3-contact actuator.
Auxiliary microswitch.
Power consumption: 4 VA.
Ambient temperature range: 055C.
Protection class:
IP 44 (vertical control stem),
IP 40 (horizontal control stem).
Operating time: 40 s (90 rotation).
CALEFFI
CALEFFI
12
12
12
90
89 0
89 0
90
2 34
2 34
45
5 67
123456
6
45 7
8 90
6
45 7
67
12
67
45
5 67
123456
3
8 90
ACTUATOR
Max
0,8 A
OPEN
CLOSE
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
Anno di produzione
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
755810
PN
Utente
CALEFFI
TA
CALEFFI
123456
09 8
2 34
32 1
543
45 7
6
09
broch. 01131
09
765
21
67
Hydraulic characteristics
p (bar)
1
10000
p (bar)
p (mm w.g.)
10000
0,5
5000
0,5
5000
0,3
3000
0,3
3000
0,2
2000
0,2
2000
0,1
1000
0,1
1000
0,05
500
0,05
500
0,03
300
0,03
300
0,02
200
0,02
200
100
0,01
100
5000
G (l/h)
2000
1000
500
200
5000
G (l/h)
2000
1000
200
0,01
500
Kv = 3,46
m3/h digit
m3/h digit
m3/h digit
m3/h digit
m3/h digit
0,12 M12
0,15 M15
0,20 M20
0,25 M25
0,30 M30
0,35 M35
0,40 M40
0,50 M50
0,60 M60
0,70 M70
0,80 M80
0,90 M90
1,00 1M0
1,20 1M2
1,40 1M4
Example: maximum flow rate required 600 l/h, code 700075 M60
HYDRAULIC OPTIONS
700050 - 700051 Domestic water function
TECNICA
90
89 0
2 34
90
89 0
6
45 7
12
67
123456
FREDDA
12
2 34
90
6
45 7
12
89 0
45
67
567
2 34
45
567
6
45 7
12
567
123456
COLD WATER
HOT WATER
1/2
3/4
1/2
3/4
PN 16
1.600 l/h 2.500 l/h 1.600 l/h 2.500 l/h
2.000 l/h 3.125 l/h 2.000 l/h 3.125 l/h
0,130C
3090C
32 l/h
128 l/h
50 l/h
200 l/h
32 l/h
128 l/h
50 l/h
200 l/h
64 l/h
160 l/h
100 l/h
250 l/h
64 l/h
160 l/h
100 l/h
250 l/h
3%
5%
8 90
12
2 34
89 0
12
6
45 7
123456
12
CALDA
8 90
2 34
90
8
6
45 7
67
12
89 0
45
567
45
90
M0
l/imp.
CALEFFI S.p.A
K=
Numero di serie
567
(ac)
sso: ritorno
DE-07-MI0
CALEFFI
67
2%
5%
8 90
CALDA
Dimensions
Single jet meter
Permanent flow rate Q3
Overload flow rate Q4
Working temperature range
8 90
12
FREDDA
Characteristic components:
- BALLSTOP valve with built-in check valve 3/4 M
- Template connection point
- Shut-off ball valve 3/4 M with male terminal
- Domestic water meter (supplied)
2004/22/EC certification
12
TECNICA
DCW
Notes:
123456
45
dual
water
8 90
67
CALDA
DHW
80
Mixed
water
12
2 34
90
89 0
6
45 7
10 bar
85C
12
67
Components:
Mixing valve 5217 series with anti-scald safety function, certified to
NF 079 standard with temperature adjustment 3050C
FREDDA
45
567
123456
3
8 90
broch. 01092
Technical specifications
Temperature probe
Type:
Temperature difference limit:
Measurement sensitivity:
Water meter
Nominal pressure:
Maximum temperature of the medium:
Lowest flow rate Q i :
Nominal flow rate Q p :
Installation:
NTC
380 K
0,05C
PN10
90C
50 l/h
2500 l/h
horizontal / vertical
Calculation unit
Metrological specifications:
conformity to EN 1434-1
2004/22/EC MID
Centralised transmission:
in M-Bus mode
Ambient classification:
MID 2004/22/EC E1-M1
Supply:
24 V (ac) - 1 W - 50 Hz
Protection class in accordance with DIN 40050:
IP 54
III Pulse
II Pulse
m3
m3
PUL Return
Meter
I Pulse
Heat-A/C
Polarized cable
Rx
24 V (ac)
F
Flow
Tx
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
FT
Heating probes
(for system with 2 pipes)
9 - 10 Mass meter
Two-pipe system
Flow rate
10 - 11 DHW or DCW
Power
12 - 13 DCW
Flow temperature
10 - 11 DHW
Return temperature
10 - 11 DHW
12 - 13 DCW
13 - 14 Generic/Dual
broch. 01111
ELECTRIC-ELECTRONIC OPTIONS
755890
755810
75588.
22 Refrigeration
units
23 Thermie
Pulse output
0V
755881
755882
21
DATA CENTRALISATION
(A) CONTROLLER
Remote acquisition
755010
Controller
PUSH
Utente
755810
PN
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Numero di serie
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
PN
PUSH
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
Utente
Remote acquisition
PUSH
Utente
755810
PN
Numero di serie
analogic
CALEFFI S.p.A.
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Numero di serie
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
Anno di produzione
Modem
7558545 7558546
PUSH
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
Utente
Data centralisation
solutions (A), (B)
and (C) are alternatives
to one another
PUSH
755810
PN
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Numero di serie
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
Anno di produzione
Utente
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
FAST-TELE
PUSH
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
digital
Utente
FAST
Local acquisition
broch. 01111
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
Code 700005
Template for PLURIMOD universal positioning user module, consisting of:
- Box made of painted plate for interiors (RAL 9010) with universal closure door.
(w = 520 - h = 520 - d = 110150 mm).
- Two pairs of ball shut-off valves 3/4 M.
- Flushing pipes for checking water tightness and washing the system.
- Triple domestic water function positioning flaps (DHW - DCW - Dual water or technical function).
Code 700015/16
PLURIMOD universal positioning hydraulic module with adjustable configuration from two-way to three-way, with adjustable
by-pass. Equipped with:
- Hydraulic unit with ball zone valve and pockets for temperature gauges.
- Actuator, 6440 series, supply 230 V for code 700015 or 24 V (ac) for code 700016.
- CONTECA heat meter - EC 2004/22 certification (MID).
- Template for AUTOFLOW.
- Insulation.
Code 700050/51
Domestic cold water (DCW) function, domestic hot water (DHW) function and dual water (DW) or technical function equipped
with:
- BALLSTOP shut-off ball valve with built-in check valve.
- Water meter without pulse output (K 10) 3/4 code 700050; with pulse output code 700051.
- Shut-off ball valve with male terminal.
- Template connection point for water meter.
Code 700055
Domestic water MIX function consisting of:
- Thermostatic mixing valve, 5217 series, 3/4 certified to standard NF 079 doc. 8.
- Copper pipes and quick push-fit connections.
Code 700075...
Compact automatic flow rate regulator, AUTOFLOW. Quick push-fit connections. Brass body. High resistance polymer
cartridge. Stainless steel spring. EPDM seals. Medium water and glycol solutions. Maximum percentage of glycol 50%.
Maximum working pressure 16 bar. Working temperature range 0100C. Range p 15200 kPa. Range of available flow
rates 0,121,4 m3/h. Accuracy 10%.
Code 700010
Compact touch-screen CONTECA controller, with RS232 - RS485, USB and LAN ports, user monitoring function (maximum
250) and daily logging of consumption data. Enabled for SMS message alarm and remote activation management, and for
automatic transmission of data via FTP server. Supply 230 V (ac).
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) ITALY TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2009 Caleffi
CALEFFI
01206/10 GB
ACCREDITED
ISO 9001
FM 21654
Specifications
The SAT22 satellite unit regulates the plumbing units heat
requirement and instantly generates domestic hot water through
the same medium, making the general supply network as simple as
possible (two pipes only).
The SAT22 user satellite is therefore the most complete
simplification for individual plumbing units in central systems.
The SAT22 user satellite, a two-way system with modulating control
of the heating medium, is particularly suitable for centralised
systems with condensing boilers, and for centralised systems
served by remote heating.
- Basic functions
- ON/OFF heating regulation with medium modulation through p
control valve
- instant hot domestic water production wit exchanger/sensor/DHW
pre-adjustment valve system and control of primary return
temperature
- thermostatic domestic water mixing with anti-scald device
MI
MA 7
PUSH
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Anno di produzione
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
PN
Utente
- Optional functions
- cold domestic water meter code 794204 in conformity with
Directive 2004/22/EC (MI001)
- centralised data transmission code 755010
0000000
Notes: The positioning of the wall box is the first essential and
necessary step for installation of the SAT22 user
satellite, which can only be installed indoors.
Wall box code 794972 is only used for user satellite
code SAT22.
Technical specifications
Characteristic components
Materials
Ball valves:
Connection pipes:
Performance
Max. working pressure:
Working temperature range:
Medium:
Connections:
10 bar
090C
water/glycol solutions, max 30%
3/4 M
Box:
Pnom 50 kW
SAT22
LEGEND
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
7
6
10
MI
MA 7
PUSH
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
11
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Anno di produzione
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
755810
PN
Utente
COLD WATER
1/2
PN 16
1,600 l/h
2,000 l/h
0,130C
0000000
Size
Single jet meter
Permanent flow rate Q3
Overload flow rate Q4
Working temperature range
Vertical installation (V)
Minimum flow rate Q1
Transition flow rate Q2
C.H.
Heating
Heating
C.H.
DCW
DCW
DHW
12
64 l/h
160 l/h
2% for Q2 Q Q4
5% for Q1 Q Q2
12)
75
75
580 mm
75
90
57
BOILER
FLOW
HEATING
FLOW
HEATING
RETURN
BOILER
RETURN
75
212300 mm
58 75
COLD WATER
OUTLET
COLD WATER
INLET
MIXED WATER
OUTLET
750 mm
Operating principle
35
140 mm
Heat metering
The 7554 series CONTECA heat meter (10) determines the total
user energy requirement through the pair of probes and the flow
rate meter (9).
Wallbox code 794972 is supplied with a recess-mounting wall box
made of painted sheet metal for interiors (RAL 9010) with door, ball
shut-off valves and check valves.
Hydraulic characteristics
2000
0,1
1000
0,05
500
0,03
300
0,02
200
PUSH
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
0,2
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
3000
MI
0,3
5000
MA 7
p (mm w.g.)
2
p (bar)
0,5
Utente
Gwork = kv 0,25
0000000
0,01
100
Kv = 2,3 m3/h
50
BOILER
FLOW
HEATING
FLOW
HEATING
RETURN
BOILER
RETURN
COLD
WATER
INLET
MIXED
WATER
OUTLET
G (l/h)
COLD
WATER
OUTLET
5000
2000
1000
500
200
100
0,005
p (mm w.g.)
5000
0,3
3000
0,2
2000
MI
MA 7
0,5
PUSH
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
Anno di produzione
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
755810
PN
Utente
0,1
1000
0,05
500
0,03
300
0,02
200
0000000
0,01
Kv = 1,6 m3/h
100
50
5000
2000
1000
500
200
100
0,005
BOILER
FLOW
HEATING
FLOW
HEATING
RETURN
BOILER
RETURN
COLD
WATER
OUTLET
COLD
WATER
INLET
MIXED
WATER
OUTLET
G (l/h)
0,2
2000
0,1
1000
MI
5000
0,3
MA 7
p (bar)
0,5
PUSH
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
Numero di serie
Utente
0,05
500
0,03
300
0,02
200
0,01
100
Kv = 2,7 m3/h
0000 000
0,005
5000
BOILER
FLOW
HEATING
FLOW
HEATING
RETURN
BOILER
RETURN
COLD
WATER
INLET
COLD
WATER
OUTLET
G (l/h)
MIXED
WATER
OUTLET
2000
1000
500
200
100
50
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Anno di produzione
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
755810
PN
DHW production
Operating principle
The performance of the exchanger depends on the
primary medium flow rate and on the temperature of the
medium.
The thermostatic valve
US (A) modulates the
primary outlet flow rate
IP
based on the sensor
(B) which is immersed
in the exchanger.
Fig. 3
0
1
2
3
UP
IS
100
200
300
400
500
600
Time (s)
Thermostatic valve
The thermostatic valve is equipped
with a control knob which allows preadjustment of the plumbing unit
DHW.
0
1
2
3
1000
800
600
400
200
0
100
200
300
Time (s)
400
500
600
DHW function
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
50,00
49,00
48,00
47,00
46,00
45,00
44,00
43,00
42,00
41,00
40,00
39,00
38,00
37,00
36,00
35,00
200
COMPLIANT
ZONE
50,00
49,00
48,00
47,00
46,00
45,00
44,00
43,00
42,00
41,00
40,00
39,00
38,00
37,00
36,00
35,00
200
COMPLIANT
ZONE
Fig. 4
300
400
DHW function
Flow
medium
(l/h) (IP)
50
600
19
700
800
900
580
720
21
26
55
27
760
28
760
34
940
720
950
920
1000
34
35
65
1000
1000
36
38
36
1000
DHW
l/h
60
36
27
kW
600
700
800
900
1000
520
500
600
700
800
900
1200
55
60
350
400
500
600
720
320
250
300
400
500
9
11
14
18
380
470
550
650
14
17
20
24
480
540
640
780
65
12
17
19
23
28
440
550
670
750
880
70
16
20
24
27
32
500
600
740
860
1000
75
18
22
27
31
36
570
670
800
940
1050
21
24
29
34
40
Heating function:
The ball zone valve (2) equipped with 230/24 V (ac) actuator
controls the plumbing unit heat flow and the differential
pressure regulator (3) maintains a constant pressure difference
throughout the entire heating circuit.
140 series Differential pressure regulator (3)
Regulation curve
p (kPa)
30
25
20
15
10
m3/h
0,60
0,70
0,80
0,90
1,00
1,20
digit
M60
M70
M80
M90
1M0
1M2
5
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
B
2
MI
MA 7
A
PUSH
Numero di serie
M08 1259
76072
755810
Anno di produzione
2008
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
PN
76072
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
2008
Utente
M08 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Anno di produzione
PUSH
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
CALEFFI S.p.A.
2008
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Anno di produzione
Utente
76072
M08 1259
755810
PN
PUSH
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
2008
76072
Anno di produzione
Utente
M08 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
Numero di serie
76072
76072
2008
Utente
PN
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
M08 1259
76072
CALEFFI S.p.A.
M08 1259
Anno di produzione
PUSH
Cod. 7554
IDB
DN
755810
PN
0000 000
PUSH
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
Numero di serie
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
2008
76072
Anno di produzione
Utente
M08 1259
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
2008
Utente
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
Anno di produzione
PUSH
Cod. 7554
IDB
DN
755810
PN
PUSH
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
Numero di serie
Utente
PUSH
Cod. 7554
IDB
DN
755810
PN
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
2008
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
Anno di produzione
Utente
Anno di produzione
M08 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
PUSH
Cod. 7554
IDB
DN
Cod. 7554
IDB
DN
M07 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
Utente
SAT22
755810
PN
2008
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Numero di serie
Utente
M08 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
2008
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Anno di produzione
PUSH
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
76072
M08 1259
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
2008
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
Anno di produzione
Utente
76072
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
76072
CALEFFI S.p.A.
M08 1259
PUSH
PUSH
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
755810
PN
Numero di serie
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
2008
76072
Anno di produzione
Utente
M08 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
PUSH
Cod. 7554
DN
IDB
Utente
755010
CALEFFI
Hydronic Solutions
M08 1259
755810
PN
Utente
2008
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Numero di serie
M08 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
2008
CALEFFI S.p.A.
Anno di produzione
Utente
PUSH
Cod. 7554
IDB
DN
755810
PN
M08 1259
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
Numero di serie
CALEFFI S.p.A.
2008
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
Anno di produzione
Utente
76072
Cod. 7554
IDB
DN
755810
PN
76072
CALEFFI S.p.A.
M08 1259
PUSH
PUSH
Cod. 7554
IDB
DN
755810
PN
Numero di serie
DE-07-MI004-PTB024
2008
76072
Anno di produzione
Utente
76072
PUSH
Cod. 7554
IDB
DN
Controller
BUS Line
BUS Line
755855 LSC
755855 LSC
FAST
FAST-TELE
AQUAPRO
Cod. 755055
Cod. 755056
Cod. 755060
Cod. 755500
Contatti Rel 4 x 8 A - 250 V
Sonde temp. 0 90C
amb.:
545C
Attenzione:
Componenti in tensione
IP 54
(ac) -
50 Hz - 10 W
76049
~ 230 V (ac)
755010
755055
The controller is able to acquire, via bus, all the totalised values of
the individual users (heating units / refrigeration units / mass /
opening times of the zone valve), user operating status (ON/OFF),
totalised values from the supplementary pulse meters (hot/cold
domestic water) and operational diagnostics.
All the above-described totalised values are recorded on a daily
basis in log files that are useful for analysing consumption and
allocating costs.
Maximum number of plumbing units: 250.
Comprises:
- Data acquisition software.
- Instruction manual.
Comprises:
- 1 CPU touch screen
- 1 rack for wall mounting
The controller has the following
features:
- 1 touch screen LCD monitor for
display of consumption and user
data
- 1 RS232 port
- 1 RS485 port
- 2 USB ports
- 1 LAN port
- GSM modem
Electric supply:
230 V (ac) 10% - 50 Hz - 60 W.
Ambient conditions:
1035C with no dust.
FAST interface
Specifications:
Electric supply: 230 V (ac) - 50 Hz - 5 VA.
RS232-C interface.
Dimensions 165 x 120 x 40 mm.
a) Inspect and clean the filter mesh in the pocket on the flow pipe (see
diagram on page 2)
b) Check the clogging of the heat exchanger (5)
c) Check the operation of the zone valve (3) by switching the room
timer-thermostat.
d) Visually check for water leakage from the fittings or shut-off valves
794204
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY
Code SAT22
Recess-mounting two-way user satellite for heating and instant hot domestic water production equipped with CONTECA
heat meter for local display and arranged for RS485/M-bus transmission. Conforms to Directive 2004/22/EC (MID). Fitted for
cold domestic water pulse litre counter code 794204. The SAT22 satellite unit comprises: two-way ball zone valve, with 6440
series actuator (230 V (ac)); brazed exchanger with pre-adjustment valve (Pnom 50 kW). Adjustable thermostatic mixing
valve 3050 2C, differential pressure valve.
Code 794972
Wall box for SAT22 user satellite including:
- Recess-mounting wall box for interiors (l=580 mm - h=7501050 mm - d=140 mm) painted with epoxy polyester powder
coating RAL 9010.
- Inlet connections from central hearing plant at the bottom 3/4 M.
- Outlet connections to plumbing unit at the bottom 3/4 M.
Code 794204
Positive displacement meter for plumbing unit cold domestic water with 2004/22/CE (MI001) certification, with direct local
display and pulse output k=10. Connection 1/2 M; Qnom 1.6 m3/h. Maximum temperature 30C.
We reserve the right to change our products and their relevant technical data, contained in this publication, at any time and without prior notice.
CALEFFI
CALEFFI S.P.A. S.R.229, N.25 28010 FONTANETO DAGOGNA (NO) ITALY TEL. +39 0322 8491 FAX +39 0322 863723
www.caleffi.com info@caleffi.com
Copyright 2010 Caleffi